Survey
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) Abkürzungen Signatur SD Sonderdruck S T A N ZA Buddhismus Tibet Allgemein Nepal Zentralasien 1 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) Titelliste ID Signatur 1765 SD S 1 1 1774 SD S 1 10 1775 SD S 1 11 1776 1777 1778 SD S 1 12 SD S 1 13 SD S 1 14 1779 SD S 1 15 1780 SD S 1 16 1781 1782 SD S 1 17 SD S 1 18 1783 SD S 1 19 1766 SD S 1 2 1784 SD S 1 20 Verfasser, Titel La Vallée Poussin (1932): Mélanges chinois et bouddhiques. Notes et bibliographie bouddhiques. Publiés par l'Institut Belge des Hautes Études Chinoises. Premier Volume: 1931-1932 (tirage à part). Bruxelles, 377-424. Yūki, Reimon (1964): Bukkyō Shisōshi Ronshū [Essays on the History of Buddhist Thought]- Bibliography and Index. Tōkyō. Bibliographie Nakano und Inhaltsverzeichnis (1960). In: Studies in Indology and Buddhology. Presented in Honour of Prof. Gishō Nakano on the Occasion of his Seventieth Birthday. Ed. by the Planning Committee. Koyasan University. Hirakawa, Akira - Werkverzeichnis bzw. Inhalt des Bandes. In: Bukkyō ni okeru Hō no Kenkyū. Tōkyō, 1975. Nanto Bukkyō - Index 1954-1981, 1-17. Festschrift für Prof. Satō (1972): Bukkyō Shisō Ronshū - Bibliographie und Inhalt. Tōkyō. Yuyama, Akira (1983): The Philology of Buddhist Sanskrit. Translated by Shang Huipeng, Fang Quangchang (chin.). In: Studies in the World Religions 3. Iwamoto, Yutaka (1958): On the Textual Criticism of Buddhist Sanskrit Texts (jap.). Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 6/1. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 5/1 (1957) - Inhaltsverzeichnis. Nanto Bukkyō [Journal of the Nanto Society for Buddhist Studies] 23-47 (1969-1981) - Inhaltsverzeichnisse. Sarma, K.V. (1982): Manuscriptology and textual Criticism in Medieval India. In: Proceedings of the ConferenceSeminar of Indological Studies, Stockholm, October 12th-16th, 1980 (Indologica Taurinensia 10 (1982)), 281-288. La Vallée Poussin, L. (1899-1904): Bouddhisme. Notes et Bibliographie. Le Muséon 18 (1899) 97-100, 221-225; Le Muséon 1 (1900) 456-471; Le Muséon 2 (1901) 353-368; Le Muséon 3 (1902) 267-273; Le Muséon 4 (1903) 306317; Le Muséon 5 (1904) 193-207. Katsura, Shoryu (1983): Indian Buddhism (II). Japanese Contributions to the Study of Buddhism. Dignāga and after, including Esoteric Buddhism - Bibliography. 31. Congrés International des Sciences Humaines en Asie et en Afrique du Nord. 2 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1785 SD S 1 21 1786 SD S 1 22 1787 SD S 1 23 1788 SD S 1 24 3917 SD S 1 26 1789 SD S 1 27 1790 SD S 1 28 1127 SD S 1 29 1767 SD S 1 3 1139 SD S 1 30 1141 SD S 1 31 1143 SD S 1 32 1145 SD S 1 33 1148 SD S 1 34 1150 1152 SD S 1 35 SD S 1 36 Emmerick, R.E. (?): Research on Khotanese: A Survey (1979-1982). In: ?, 127-145. Ueyama, Daishun (1981): Études des Manuscrits Tibétains de Dunhuang relatifs au Boudddhisme de Dhyana. Bilan et Perspectives. Journal Asiatique 269, 287-295. Miyamoto, Shōson (ed.) (1956): Bukkyō no kompon shinzi - Bukkyō ni okeru kompon shinzi no rekishitchi shokeitai [Fundamental Truth of Buddhism - Historical forms of the fundamental Truth in Buddhism] - Inhaltsverzeichnis und Index. Tōkyō. Behrsing, Siegfried (1933-35): Beiträge zu einer Milindapañha-Bibliographie. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies (Unversity of London) Vol. 7, 335-348, 517-539. Petech, Luciano and Scialpi, Fabio (1984): The works of Giuseppe Tucci. East and West 34/1-3, 23-42. Eimer, Helmut (1987): Reviews - Edward Conze, Buddhist Scriptures. A Bibliography. Edited and revised by Lewis Lancaster. New York, London, 1982. IIJ 30, 60-64. Publikationen der Institutsmitglieder der Universität München Institut für Indologie und Iranistik. München, 1987, 11 S. Tucci, Giuseppe.- Bibliographia degli scritti di Giuseppe Tucci dal 1911 al 1970. Opera Minora I. Roma 1971. XIXXIV. Nakamura, Hajime (1976/77): A Survey of Mahāyāna Buddhism with bibliographical Notes. Part I and Part II. The Journal of Intercultural Studies 3 (1976) 61-145, 4 (1977) 7-135. Overseas Buddhist Study Research Project Team: Bibliography of Foreign-Language Articles on Japanese Buddhism 1960 to 1987. Annual Memoirs of the Otani University Shin Buddhist Comprehensive Research Institute 6, 1988, 151-212. Bechert, Heinz.- Bibliographie der Schriften von Heinz Bechert. Typoscript 70 S. Dietz, Siglinde (1989): Investigations into Buddhist Literature, A Project of the Academy of Sciences in Göttingen. Annual Memoirs of the Otani University Shin Buddhist Comprehensive Research Institute 7, 71-77. Matsumura, Hisashi (1986): On Editing Indian Codices Multi. Aligarh Journal of Oriental Studies 3/2, 93-100. Vetter, Tilmann (1991): Zur religiösen Hermeneutik buddhistischer Texte. Beiträge zur Hemeneutik indischer und abendländischer Religionstraditionen. Arbeitsdokumentation eines Symposiums. Hg. v. Gerhard Oberhammer. Wien: öAW (SB 573), 179-192. Hoffman, Frank J. (1991): Towards a Philosophy of Buddhist Religion. Asian Philosophy 1, No.1, 21-27. Kōgen, Mizuno (19??): Bukkyō bunkengaku bōhōshiron [Methodologie der buddhistischen Literaturwissenschaft], 3 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1155 SD S 1 37 1158 SD S 1 38 1161 SD S 1 39 1768 SD S 1 4 1172 SD S 1 40 1173 SD S 1 41 1174 68 69 70 1662 1665 1769 SD S 1 42 SD S 1 43 SD S 1 44 SD S 1 45 SD S 1 46 SD S 1 47 SD S 1 5 1770 SD S 1 6 1771 SD S 1 7 1772 SD S 1 8 1773 SD S 1 9 125-152 Eliade, Mircea (Hrsg.) (1985): The Encyclopedia of Religion. The Articles and the Contributors. A Prospectus. Manda, Michitoshi (1990): Bibliography of Foreign-Language Articles on Japanese Buddhism, Suppl. 1960-1989. Annual Memoirs of the Otani Univ. Shin Buddhist Compr. Res. Inst., 8, 1-21. Ruegg, David Seyfort (1992): Some Reflections on Translating Buddhist Philosophical Texts from Sanskrit and Tibetan. Asiatische Studien 46/1, 367-391. Kawasaki, Shinjō (1977): Indian Buddhism. Part II - 22 (Oriental Studies in Japan: Retrospect and Prospect 19631972). Tokyo: The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies. Sueki, Yasuhiro (1993): Bibliographical Sources for Buddhist Studies: Emphasizing Japanese Publications from the Viewpoint of Buddhist Philology. Offprint from the Proceedings of the 9th General Meeting of the Intern. Ass. of Orientalist Librarians, 193-226. Durt, Hubert (1988): Recent Japanese Publications on Buddhism. EFEO Section de Kyōto 4, Cahiers d'Extrême-Asie, 205-216 Octopus (1996): Buddhismus-Bibliographie. 1-64. Deegalle, Mahinda (1997): A Bibliography on Sinhala Buddhism. Journal of Buddhist Ethics 4, 1-22. Silburn, Lilian (1977): Bibliographie. Aux sources du Bouddhisme, 489-511. Keown, Damien (1995): A Bibliography on Buddhism and Human Rights. Journal of Buddhist Ethics, 1-9. Bibliographie Heinz Bechert 63 S. Peter Skilling: Publications (June, 2003), 7 S. Agehananda Bharati - List of Publications 1950-1983. Schayer, St. (1933): Über die Methode der Nyāya-Forschung. In: Festschrift Moriz Winternitz 1863 - 23. Dezember 1933. Hsg. von Otto Stein und Wilhelm Gampert. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz Verlag, 247-257. Sakurabe, Hajime (1968): Some Problems in the Editing of A Critical Pāli Dictionary (jap.). Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies (Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū) 16/2, 669-672. Zwecker, Karin und v. Hinüber, Oskar (1977): Index zum Hōbōgirin: Sanskrit-Japanisch. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 3, 107-113. Yuyama, Akira (1983): The Need for Systematic Bibliographies in Buddhist Sanskrit Philology (jap.). South Asian Studies 2, 65-76. 4 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2094 SD S 10 1 2103 SD S 10 10 1465 SD S 10 100 1466 SD S 10 101 1467 SD S 10 102 1468 SD S 10 103 1648 SD S 10 104 1661 SD S 10 105 1680 SD S 10 106 2104 SD S 10 11 2105 SD S 10 12 2106 SD S 10 13 2107 2108 SD S 10 14 SD S 10 15 2109 SD S 10 16 Hikata, Ryusho (1960): Gaṇḍavyūha and the Reliefs of Barabuḍur-Galleries. In: Studies in Indology and Buddhology. Presented in Honour of Prof. Gishō Nakano, Dr. Litt. on the Occasion of his 70th Birthday. Kyushu,150 (12 plates). Schlingloff, Dieter (1973): Prince Sudhana and the Kinnarī. An Indian Love-story in Ajanta. Indologica Taurinensia 1, 155-167 (7 figures). Klimburg-Salter, Deborah E. (1999/2000): The Buddhist art of Gujarat: on Tāranātha's Old Western Indian Style. In: Silk Roar Art and Archaeology 6 (Paper in honour of Francine Tissot, ed. by E. Errington and O. Bopearachchi), pp. 253-267. Leisen, Hans and Jroslav Poncar (2000?): German Apsara Conservation Project: Angkor Wat. Lesbre, Emmanuelle (2000): La conversion de Hārītī au Buddha: origine du thème iconographigue et interprétations picturales chinoises. In: Arts Asiatiques 55, pp. 98-119. Mesnil, Evelyne (1999): Les Seize Arhat dans la peinture chinoise (VIIIe-Xe S.) et les collections japonaises: Prémices iconographiques et stzlistiques. In: Arts Asiatiques 54, 66-84. Wandl, Erna (1999): Painted Textiles in a Buddhist Temple. Textile History 30/1, 16-28. Allinger, Eva (2001): Narrative Paintings in the 12th-13th Century Manuscripts: An Examination of Photographs Taken by Rāhula Sāṅkṛtyāyana at the Ñor Monastery , Tibet. Journal of Bengal Art 6, 101-115. The Collecting of Oriental Art in Hungary as Reflected in the Collections of the Ferenc Hopp Museum of Eastern Asiatic Arts. In Honour of the 35th International Congress of Asian and North African Studies. June 26, 1997August 31, 2000. Budapest, 10 S. Klar, H. (o.J.): Die buddhistsichen Höhlentempel bei Ajantā. o.A., 98-117. Filliozat, Jean (1954): Le symbolisme du monument du Phnoṃ Bākhèṅ. Bulletin de l'École Française d'ExtrêmeOrient 44/2, 527-554. Schlingloff, D. (1973): A battle-painting in Ajanta. In: Indologen-Tagung 1971. Verhandlungen der Indologischen Arbeitstagung im Museum für Indische Kunst Berlin 7.-9. Oktober 1971. Hsg. von Herbert Härtel und Volker Moeller. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag, 196-203. Alsdorf, Ludwig (o.J.): Reise nach Nepal. Westermanns Monatshefte, 41-47. Finot, Louis (1932): Le Yaśodharagiri et le Phimānàkàs. Journal Asiatique 220, 47-59. Schlingloff, D. (1977): Die Jātaka-Darstellungen in der Höhle 16 von Ajanta. In: Beiträge zur Indienforschung. Ernst Waldschmidt zum 80. Geburtstag gewidmet. Berlin, 451-478. 5 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2110 SD S 10 17 2111 SD S 10 18 2112 SD S 10 19 2095 SD S 10 2 2113 SD S 10 20 2114 SD S 10 21 2115 SD S 10 22 2116 SD S 10 23 2117 SD S 10 24 2118 SD S 10 25 2119 SD S 10 26 2120 SD S 10 27 2121 SD S 10 28 2122 SD S 10 29 2096 SD S 10 3 Gabain, A. von (1977): Wort und Bild, Gedanken zur erzählend-illustrativen Kunst von Turfan. In: Beiträge zur Indienforschung. Ernst Waldschmidt zum 80. Geburtstag gewidmet. Berlin, 105-118. Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. (1928): Erakapatra Nāgārāja. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 629-630. Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. (1928): Some Early Buddhist Reliefs Identified. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 390-398. Schlingloff, Dieter (1971): Die Einhorn-Legende. Christiana Albertina 11, 51-64. Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. (1928): The Buddha's cūḍā, Hair, uṣṇīṣa, and Crown. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 815-841. Gordine, Dora (1942): A lecture on the Sculpture of Indochina, Siam, and Java. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 132-138 (9 plates). Franz, Gerhard (1981): Turmstupa-Modell aus Turfan. Zur Herkunft der Pagode in China. Bruckmanns Pantheon. International Art Journal 39/2, 169-171. Franz, Heinrich Gerhard (1981): Buddhistische Kunst und Kultur entlang der "Seidenstraße". Afghanistan Journal 3, 96-101. Franz, H. G. (1979): Ambulatory temples in Buddhism and Hinduism. South Asian Archaelogy, 449-458. Franz, Heinrich Gerhard (o.J.): Chotscho und Yar-Khoto. Die beiden Ruinenstädte der Turfan-Oase als Zentren buddhistischer Baukunst. In: A. von Le Coq - Chotscho. Graz: Akademische Druck- u. Verlagsanstalt, 19-24. Buchthal, H. (1943): The Common Classical Sources of Buddhist and Christian Narrative Art. The Summary of a Lecture given on 11th February, 1943, under the joint auspices of the Royal Asiatic and India Societies. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 137-148 (plates 5-14). Hargreaves, H. (1951): Masterpieces of Oriental Art. 17 Representations of the Bodhisattva Going to School, in Gandhāra Reliefs (plate 5). Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 131-133. Lindsay, J. H. (1951): The Makara in Early Chinese Sculpture (plate 5). Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 133138. Bandaranayake, Senake (1978): Sri Lanka and Monsoon Asia: Patterns of local and regional architectural development and the problem of the traditional Sri Lankan roof. In: Senarat Paranavitana Commemoration Volume. Ed. by Leelananda Prematilleke, Karthigesu Indrapala and J.E. van Lohuizen-De Leeuw. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 22-44. Schlingloff, Dieter (1972): Jātakamālā-Darstellungen in Ajanta. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens 16, 5565. 6 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2123 SD S 10 30 2124 SD S 10 31 2125 SD S 10 32 2126 SD S 10 33 2127 SD S 10 34 2128 SD S 10 35 2129 SD S 10 36 2130 SD S 10 37 2131 SD S 10 38 2132 SD S 10 39 2097 SD S 10 4 2133 SD S 10 40 2134 SD S 10 41 2135 SD S 10 42 Harle, J. C. (1978): A Gupta ear-ring. Studies in South Asian Culture. 3, 74-80. Bone, Karl (1907): A painting by Li Lung-Mien. 1100-1106 A.D.. T'oung Pao. Archives concernant l'histoire, les langues, la géographie et l'ethnographie de l'Asie Orientale série 2 vol. 8, 235-267. Krishan, Y. (1964): Was Gandhāra art a product of Mahāyāna Buddhism ? Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 104119. Quaritch Wales, H. G. (1966): Dvāravatī in South-East Asian cultural history. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 40-52. Roth, Gustav (1980): Bemerkungen zum Stūpa des Kṣemaṃkara. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 5/6, 181-194 (6 Abbildungen). Coedès, G. (1957): Comptes rendus: D.T. Devendra, The Buddha Image and Ceylon. Colombo, K.V.G. de Silva and Sons, 1957. Journal Asiatique 245, 211. Brough, John (1982): Amitābha and Avalokiteśvara in an inscribed Gandhāran sculpture. Indologica Taurinensia 10, 65-70. Rhys Davids, C. A. (1927): Notices of books: The Life of the Buddha on the Stūpa of Barabuḍur, according to the Lalitavistara-text. Ed. by Dr. N. J. Krom. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff, 1926. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 632-633. Hinüber, Oskar von (1974): Das Nandyāvarta-Symbol. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft Supplement 2. 18. Deutscher Orientalistentag vom 1.-5. Oktober 1972, in Lübeck. Vorträge hsg. von Wolfgang Voigt. Wiesbaden, 356-366. Bhat, M. S. (1970): A fragment of a frescoed frieze depicting Dīpaṅkara Buddha in Mīrān, Central Asia. The Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 26/1-3, 587-589. Anneliese und Claus Vogel (1967): Zu dem umstrittenen Basrelief am Stūpa von Barhut. Deutsche Zahnärztliche Zeitschrift 5, 730-732. Sahai, Bhagwant (1979): Bronze images of Cundā in the Patna Museum. Journal of the GanganathaJha Vendiya Sanskrita Vidyapeetha 35/3-4, 71-80. Banerji, Adris (1945): A clay Votive Stupa from Sarnath. The Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 3/12, 117-120. Vogel, Claus (1964-1965): On a controversial Bas-Relief from the stūpa of Bharhut (Cunningha,'s plate XXXIII 3). Indo-Iranian Journal 8, 197-210. 7 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2136 SD S 10 43 2137 SD S 10 44 2138 SD S 10 45 2139 SD S 10 46 2140 SD S 10 47 2141 SD S 10 48 2142 SD S 10 49 2098 SD S 10 5 2143 SD S 10 50 2144 SD S 10 51 2145 SD S 10 52 2146 SD S 10 53 2147 SD S 10 54 Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (1981): Ritual as interaction at Bamiyan. In: Gaeffke, P. & Oleksiw, S. (eds.): System of Communications and Interaction in South Asia. Philadelphia, 65-69. Klimburg-Salter (o.J.): Vaiśravaṇa in North-West India. In: Madhu: Recent Researchs in Indian Archaeology and Art History. Shri M.N. Deshpande Festschrift. Delhi, 253-262 (plates 45-47). Callieri, Pierfrancesco (1985): Osservazioni su un rilievo su roccia presso Būnérwal (Pūran, N.W.F.P., Pakistan). Serie Orientale Roma 56/1, 199-207. Faccenna, Domenico (1985): Note Gandhariche - 2. Sulla ricostruzione di un grande rilievo da Butkara i raffigurante la partenza di Siddhārta da Kapilavastu. Serie Orientale Roma 56/1, 325-341 (14 Tafeln). Franz, Heinrich Gerhard (1985): Ursprünge und Vorstufen des indischen Turmtempels. Serie Orientale Roma 56/1, 417-443 (8 Tafeln). Jera-Bezard, Robert et Maillard, Monique (1985): Origine et montage des bannières peintes de Dunhuang. In: Arts Asiatiques. Annales du musée Guimel et du musée Cernuschi 40, 83-91. Durt, Hubert, Riboud Krishnā et Tung-Hung, Lai (1985): A propos de "stūpa miniatures" votifs du 5e siècle découverts à Tourfan et au Gansu. In: Arts Asiatiques. Annales du musée Guimel et du musée Cernuschi 40, 92-106. Schermann, L. (o.J.): Frühbuddhistische Steinskulpturen in China. Zeitschrift des Buddhismus [Untersuchung zur Geschichte des Buddhismus 4], 1-11. Berthier, François (1983): Les premières statues bouddhiques du Japon, Entrevues a Travers les Textes Anciens. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture),14 pages (typescript). Egami, Yasushi (1983): Landscape Depiction in Sutra Ornamentation in the Heian Period: With Special Reference to Lotus Sutra Ornamentation. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 13 pages (typescript). Donohashi, Akio (1983): Paintings of the Lotus Sutra at Dunhuang. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 12 pages (typescript; 4 pages lists). Karetzky Eichenbaum, Patricia (1983): The Sutra of Cause and Effect and its Illustration in China. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 11 pages (typescript). Charpentier, Jarl (1926-28): Remarks on the identification of some Jataka pictures. Bulletin of the School of Oriental 8 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2148 SD S 10 55 2149 SD S 10 56 2150 SD S 10 57 2151 SD S 10 58 2152 SD S 10 59 2099 SD S 10 6 2153 SD S 10 60 2154 SD S 10 61 2155 SD S 10 62 498 SD S 10 63 499 SD S 10 64 500 SD S 10 65 Studies 4, 493-503. Sirén, Osvald (1933-35): Review: The George Eumorfopoulos Collection Catalogue of the Chinese and Corean Bronzes, Sculptures, Jades, Jewellery, and Miscellaneous Objects. London: Ernest, Benn, 1932. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 7, 192-203. Inagaki, H. (1979): Review: Jōji Okazaki: Pure Land Buddhist Painting. Translated and adapted by Elizabeth ten Grotenhuis (Japanese Arts Library 4). Tokyo: Kodansha International and Shibundo, 1977. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 42, 583-584. Tarzi, Zémaryalai (1983): La grotte K 3 de Bāmyān. Arts Asiatiques 38, 20-29. Burgess, J. (1906): Book-notice: L'Art Gréco-Bouddhique du Gandhāra:`Étude sur les Origines, de l'Influence classique dans l'Art bouddhique de l'Inde err de l'extréme Orient. Par A. Foucher. Tome premier: Introduction, les Édifices, les Bas-reliefs; avec 300 illustrations, une planche et uns carte. Paris, 1905. Indian Antiquary 35, 213-215. Verardi, Giovanni (1983): The Kuṣāṇa Emperors as Cakravartins. Dynastic Art and Cults in India and Central Asia: History of a Theory, Clarifications and Refutations. With a note by Alessandro Grossato. East and West 33/1-4, 225294. Kirste, J. (1920): Zum Citralakṣaṇa. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 74, 270-273. Rozh, Gustav (1977-78): A Stūpa Passage in Kuladatta's Kriyāsaṃgraha. The Journal of the Bihar Research Society 63-64, 709-722. Coomaraswamy, A. K. (1937): Review: Gayā and Buddha-Gayā. By Benimadhab Barua. Vol. I, Book i, Early History of the Holy Land, Vol. II. Books ii-v, Old Shrines at Buddha-Gayā, with 77 illustrations on 41 collotype plates. Calcutta: Indian Research Institute Publications. Indian History Series No. 1, and Fine Arts Series No. 4, 1934. Journal of the American Oriental Society 57, 191-193. Waddell, L. A. (1893): Note on some Ajanta Paintings. Indian Antiquary 22, 8-11. Bhattacharya, Gouriswar (1986): Two inscribed Buddhist images from the Museum of Indian Art, Berlin. Deyadharma. Studies in Memory of Dr. D. C. Sircar. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications (Sri Garib Dass Oriental Ser. 33), 29-45. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (1987): Dukhtar-i Nushirvan: An Ideology of Kingship. Kusumañjali. New Interpretation of Indian Art & Culture. Sh. C. Sivaramamurti Comm. Vol. ed. Nagaraja Rao. Delhi, Agam Kala Prakashan, 61-76 + 4 plates. Schlingloff, Dieter (1988): Die Pūrṇa-Erzählung in einer Kizil-Mal1erei. Zentralasiatische Studien 21, 180-195. 9 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 501 SD S 10 66 502 SD S 10 67 503 SD S 10 68 504 SD S 10 69 2100 SD S 10 7 517 SD S 10 70 519 SD S 10 71 520 SD S 10 72 521 SD S 10 73 522 SD S 10 74 523 SD S 10 75 524 525 526 SD S 10 76 SD S 10 77 SD S 10 78 Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (1990): The Gilgit Manuscript Covers and the "Cult of the Book". South Asian Archaeology 1987. Proceedings of the Ninth International conference of the Association of South Asian Archaeologists in Western Europe, held in the Fondazione Giorgio Cini, Island of San Giorgio Maggiore, Venice, ed. by M. Taddei. Part 2. Rome, 815-830. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1989): Chūgoku no Chibetto Bukkyō Jinin [Tempel des tibetischen Buddhismus in China]. Chūgoku 3, 216-223. Lokesh Chandra (1985): Borobudur as a Monument of Esoteric Buddhism. Journal of the Asiatic Society XXVII/4, 22-77. Klimburg, Max (1974): Die Entwicklung des 2. indo-iranischen Stils von Kutscha. Schriften zur Geschichte und Kultur des Alten Orients 5, 317-325. Bareau, André (1967): Recherches complémentaires sur le site probable de la Dhānyakaṭaka de Hiuan-Tsang. Arts Asiatiques 16, 89-100 (26 figures). Yuyama, Akira (1991): The Kacchapa-Jātaka in Bas-relief at the Caṇýi M_ndut in Central Java. Felicitation Volume f. Prof. Dr. Egaku Mayeda Tokyo: Sankibō Busshorin, 263-265. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah and M. Taddei (1991): The Uṣṇīsa and the Brahmarandhra: An Aspect of Light Symbolism in Gandharan Buddha Images. BIB 88, 73-93. Sander, Lore (1991): Towards the Identification of a Woodcut Illustration of the Aparimitāyur-(Nāma)-JñānaMahāyānasūtra. Bibliotheca Indo-Buddhica, 88, Akṣayanīvī, Essays presented to Dr. Debala Mitra in admiration of her scholarly contributions, 153-162 & fig. 1-13. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (1992): The Painted Covers of the Saṃghāṭasūtra 627/8 and the Votive Objects from Gilgit. Monographs in World Archaeology, 14, Papers from the Tenth International Conference of South Asian Archaeologists in Western Europe, Musée National des Arts asiatiques - Guimet, Paris, France, 3-7 July 1989, 395402. Borromeo, Alberto (1992): Il Prabhāsa-Avadāna A Kizil. Rivista degli Studi Orientali, 66/1-2, 59-78. Gabain, A. v. (1971): Kṣitigarbha-Kult in Zentralasien, Buchillustrationen aus den Turfan-Funden. IndologenTagung 1971. Hrsg.: Herbert Härtel und Volker Moeller. 47-71. Schlingloff, D. (1971): A Battle-Painting in Ajanta. Indologen-Tagung 1971. 196-203. Fischer, K. (1971): Archäologische Landesaufnahme im Afghanischen Sistan. Indologen-Tagung 1971. 204-209. Irwin, John (1971): The Sāñchī Torso. Indologen-Tagung 1971. 210-223. 10 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 527 SD S 10 79 2101 SD S 10 8 538 SD S 10 80 539 SD S 10 81 541 SD S 10 82 543 SD S 10 83 544 SD S 10 84 545 SD S 10 85 546 SD S 10 86 547 548 549 SD S 10 87 SD S 10 88 SD S 10 89 2102 SD S 10 9 562 SD S 10 90 563 SD S 10 91 939 SD S 10 92 940 SD S 10 93 Burton-Page, J. (1971): A Project of Documentation and Research in the Art and Archaeology of Early Buddhism. Indologen-Tagung 1971. 283-285. Bareau, André (1965): Le site de la Dhānyakaṭakā de Hiuan-Tsang suivi d'une note stylistique par Mireille Bénisti. Arts Asiatiques 12, 23-81 (22 figures). Schlingloff, Dieter (1993): Wandmalereien aus dem alten Indien. Einsichten - Forschung a.d. Ludwig-Maximilians Univ. München, 1, 9-14. Hinüber, Oskar von (1989): Review: Siegfried LIENHARD: Die Abenteuer des Kaufmanns Siṃhala. Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Indische Kunst Berlin, Band 7. Indo-Iranian Journal 32, 164-165. Wayman, Alex (1989): The Mathurā Set of Aṣṭamaṅgala (Eight Auspicious Symbols) in Early and Later Times. Repr. from Mathura: The Cultural Heritage General Editor, Doris Meth Srinivasan, 234-246. Hinüber, Oskar von (1991): Inscribed Vessels from Buddhist Monasteries in Termez and Salihundam. Pakistan Archaeology 26, 120-124. Gail, Adalbert (1994): Ein Jaina-Mönch beim Parinirvāṇa des Buddha. Festschrift Klaus Bruhn, 333-337. Schlingloff, Dieter (1994): Die wunderbare über-querung der Gaṅgā. Zur Text- und Bildtradition einer buddhistischen Legende. Festschr. Klaus Bruhn, 571-584. Schlingloff, Dieter (1995): Bilddokumentation über Malereien in den buddhistischen Höhlenklöstern von Ajanta, Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München, 74. Jahresbericht, 18-20. Lalou, Marcelle (1930): Notes sur la Décoration des Monastères Bouddhiques. Arts Asiatique, 1-3. Skilling, Peter (1996): Symbols on the Body, Feet, and Hands of a Buddha, Part II - Short Lists. JSS, 5-28. Ramchandra Dikshitar, V.R. (1938): Origin and Early History of Caityas. IHQ, 440-451. Elisséeff, Serge (1936): The Bommōkyō and the Great Buddha of the Tōdaiji. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 1, 84-95. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (1994): Some Remarks on Canopies in Bāmiyān. Atti Dei Convegni Lincei 127. La Persia E L'Asia Centrale Da Alessandro Al X Secolo, 473-487. Joshi, M.C. (1997): From Symbolic Pillar to Preaching Buddha - A Survey of early Buddhist Art. Roopa-Lekha LXIV, LXV, LXVI, 65-85. Zin, Monika (1998): Der Vidūṣaka jenseits der Bühne. Indo-Asiatische Zeitschrift 2, 30-41. Schlingloff, Dieter (1998): Memorandum on the making of reconstructive copies of the Ajanta paintings. IndoAsiatische Zeitschrift 2, 42-53. 11 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 941 SD S 10 94 942 SD S 10 95 943 SD S 10 96 944 SD S 10 97 945 SD S 10 98 946 SD S 10 99 2156 SD S 11 1 2164 SD S 11 1 2167 SD S 11 10 2168 SD S 11 11 2169 SD S 11 12 2170 SD S 11 13 2171 SD S 11 14 2172 SD S 11 15 2173 SD S 11 16 Yamabe, Nobuyushi (1999): An Examination of the Mural Paintings of Toyok Cave 20 in Conjunction with the Origin of the Amitayus Visualisation Sutra. Orientations 30 April, 38-44. Schlingloff, Dieter (1993): The Oldest Image of a Garuýa in Indian Painting. Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series 105. Centenary Commemoration Volume, 379-385. Schlingloff, Dieter (1994): Jainas and other 'Heretics' in Buddhist Art. In: N.N. Bhattacharyya (ed.): Jainism and Prakrit in Ancient and Medieval India; Essays for Prof. Jagdish Chandra Jain. New Delhi: Manohar Publishers and Distributors, 71-82. Schlingloff, Dieter (1994): Die wunderbare überquerung der Gaṅgā. Zur Text- und Bildtradition einer buddhistischen Legende. In: N. Balbir & J.K. Bautze (Hrsg.): Festschrift für KLAUS BRUHN zur Vollendung des 65. Lebensjahres, 571-584. Schlingloff, Dieter (1997/98): Das Mahāprātihārya in der zentralasiatischen Hīnayāna-Kunst. Indologica Taurinensia, volume XXIII-XXIV, 175-194. Bautze-Picron, Claudine (1997): Le groupe des Huit Grands Bodhisatva en Inde: Genèse et développement. In: N. Eilenberg, S. Diskul, R. Brown (eds.): Living a Life in Accord with Dhamma: Papers in Honor of Professor Jean Boisselier on His Eightieth Birthday. Bangkok: Silpakorn University, 1-55. Tucci, G (1958): Preliminary report on an archaeological survey in Swat. East and West (New Series) 9/4, 279-328. Gullini, G. (1958): Marginal note on the excavations at the Castle of Udegram: restoration problems. East and West (New Series) 9/4, 329-348. Smith, Vincent A. (July 1904): Deposit of Sutras in Stupas. Indian Antiquary 33, 175-176. Stein, A. (Febr., March 1901): Notes on an archaeological tour in South Bihār and Harāribāgh. Indian Antiquary 30, 54-63, 81-97 (4 figures, plan). Bühler, G. (Nov. 1896): A new inscribed Graeco-Buddhist Pedestal. Indian Antiquary 25, 311-312. Stein, A. (Jan. 1899): Detailed report of an archaeological tour with the Buner Field Force. Indian Antiquary 28, 1463. Oertel, F. O. (Oct. 1908): Some remarks on the excavations at Sarnath carried out in the year 1904-5. Indian Antiquary 37, 277-280. Luard, C. E. (Aug., Sept. 1910): Gazetteer gleanings in Central India. Indian Antiquary 39, 225-235, 245-246 (6 plans, 23 figures, 5 plates). Yazdani, G. (1941): Excavations at Kondapur. An Andhra Town (Cir. 200 B.C. to 200 A.D.). Annals of the 12 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2174 516 518 2157 1041 1042 533 534 535 537 1104 1106 2158 2159 2160 2162 2161 2163 Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 22/3-4, 171-185 (18 plates). Schopen, Gregory (1987): Burial ,ad sanctos` and the physical presence of the Buddha in early Indian Buddhism. A SD S 11 17 study in the archaeology of religions. Religion 17, 193-225. SD S 11 18 Jettmar, Karl (1987): Entdeckungen in Baltistan. Indo Asia (29. Jg.), 38-42. SD S 11 19 Jettmar, Karl (1988): Exploration in Baltistan. Typoscript. 7 S. Karny, H. H. (1924): Ein Besuch beim Borodur. Zeitschrift für Buddhismus [Untersuchungen zur Geschichte des SD S 11 2 Buddhismus 8], 3-19. Temple, R.C. (1893): Notes on antiquities in Ramannadesa (the Talaing country of Burma. IA 23, 327-366; 1 Karte, SD S 11 20 Sd1 19 Tafeln. SD S 11 20 Sd2 Temple, R.C. (1894): Buddhist caves in Mergul. IA 23, 168. Jettmar, Karl (1984): Project: Rockcarvings and Inscriptions along the Karakorum Highway. Himalayan Research SD S 11 21 Bulletin 3/1984, 31-37. Kuwayama, Shoshin (1987): Tapa Shotor and Lalma: Aspects of Stupa Court at Hadda. Annali 47, 153-176, plates 1SD S 11 22 8. Jettmar, Karl (1984): Felsbilder und Inschriften am Karakorum Highway. DFG - Geschichte, Kunst und Altertum. SD S 11 23 Geisteswissenschaftliche Langfristprojekte der Deutschen Forschungsgemeinschaft. Eine Ausstellung aus Anlaß der DFG-Jahresversammlung 1984 in Bonn, 57-59. Lokesh-Chandra (1979): The Borobudur As A Monument of Esoteric Buddhism. Int. Academy of Indian Culture, SD S 11 24 New Delhi, 1-68. Howell, James (1989): Note on the Society's Excavations at Sannathi, Gulbarga District, Karnataka, India. South SD S 11 25 Asian Studies 5, 159-162. SD S 11 26 Seshadri, S. (1972): Buddhist Monuments in Mysore. Artibus Asiae, vol. XXXIV 2/3, 169-182. Przyluski, Jean (1936): Les Sept Terrasses du Barabuḍur. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 1, 251-256. SD S 11 3 SD S 11 4 Bohlin, Birger (1936): Newly Visited Western Caves at Tun-Huang. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 1, 163-167. SD S 11 5 Jettmar, K. (1961): Zur "Beweisungsszene" aus Pendzikent. Central Asian Journal 6/1, 262-269. SD S 11 6a Schlumberger, Daniel (1952): Le Temple de Surkh Kotal en Bactriane. Journal Asiatique 240, 433-453. SD S 11 6b Schlumberger, Daniel (1955): Le Temple de Surkh Kotal en Bactriane (III). Journal Asiatique 243, 269-279. Morris, Rekha (1982): The early sculptures from Sārnāth. Indologica Taurinensia 10 [Proceedings of the ConferenceSD S 11 7 13 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2165 SD S 11 8 2166 SD S 11 9 2175 SD S 12 1 2184 SD S 12 10 2185 SD S 12 11 2186 SD S 12 12 2187 SD S 12 13 2188 SD S 12 14 2189 SD S 12 15 2190 2191 2192 SD S 12 16 SD S 12 17 SD S 12 18 2193 SD S 12 19 2176 SD S 12 2 2194 SD S 12 20 2195 SD S 12 21 2196 SD S 12 22 Seminar of Indological Studies. Sponsored by the Royal Swedish Academy of Letters, History and Antiquities, Stockholm, October 12th - 16th, 1980], 155-168. Hendley, T. H. (1885): Buddhist Remains near Sámbhur, in Western Rajputana, India. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 17, 29-37. Deydier, Henri (1951): La date de Kaniṣka, L'art du Gandhara et la chronologie du Nord-Ouest de l'Inde. Réflexions à propos d'une récente théorie. Journal asiatique 239, 133-151. Petech, L. (1961): The Chronology of the Early Inscripts of Nepal. East and West (New Series) 12/4, 227-232. Fussman, Gérard (1978): Inscriptions de Gilgit. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 65/1, 1-63 (and 32 planches). Fleet, J. F. (1909): The last words of Asoka. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 981-1016. Geiger, Wilhelm (1933): Königsnamen in den Brāhmī-Inschriften Ceylons. In: Festschrift Moriz Winternitz 1863 23. Dezember 1933. Hsg. von Otto Stein und Wilhelm Gampert. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz Verlag, 313-321. Wickremasinghe, M. de Z. (1930-32): On the Etymology and Interpretation of Certain Words and Phrases in the Aśoka Edicts. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 345-348. Charpentier, Jarl (1930-32): Antiochus, King of the Yavanas. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 303-321. Stein, A. (1899): Notes on inscriptions from Udyāna, presented by Major Deane. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 895-903 (10 Abbildungen). Bühler, G. (1897): The Dicovery of Buddha's Birthplace. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 429-433. Smith, Vincent A. (1897): The Birthplace of Gautama Buddha. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 615-621. Corrie, Arran (1897): The Discovery of the Birthplace of the Buddha. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 644-651. Charpentier, Jarl (1933): Kleine Bemerkungen zum fünften Säulenedikt des Aśoka. In: Festschrift Moriz Winternitz 1863 - 23. Dezember 1933. Hsg. von Otto Stein und Wilhelm Gampert. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz Verlag, 303-312. Kern, H. (1906): Sur l'invocation d'une inscription Bouddhique de Battambang. Le Muséon (Nouvelle Série) 7, 4666. Janert, Klaus Ludwig (1963-64): Zu den Aśoka-Inschriften. 4. Zwei Berichtigungen zur Edition von Dhauli. IndoIranian Journal 7, 166-169. Norman, K. R. (1983): Notes on the Ahraurā version of Aśoka's first Minor Rock Edict. Indo-Iranian Journal 26, 277-292. Boyer, A.-M. (1915): L'inscription en Kharoṣṭhī du 15 Āṣāḍha 136. Journal Asiatique 5, 281-298. 14 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2197 SD S 12 23 2198 SD S 12 24 2199 SD S 12 25 2202 SD S 12 26 2201 SD S 12 27 2200 SD S 12 28 2203 SD S 12 29 2177 SD S 12 3 2204 2205 SD S 12 30 SD S 12 31 2206 SD S 12 32 2207 SD S 12 33 2208 SD S 12 34 2209 SD S 12 35 2210 SD S 12 36 2211 SD S 12 37 Hinüber, Oskar von (1985): Epigraphical varieties of continental Pāli from Devnimori and Ratnagiri. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 185-200. Hirano, Shinkan (1964): Innensō no Bonbun shiryō Indokotōshutsudo no Rengameibun no Naiyohitei [Identifying of Brick Inscriptions of Nidānasaṃyukta from Ancient Indian Stūpas]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyō [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 12/1, 158-160. Konow, Sten (1927): Some new facts about the eras of the Kharoṣṭhī inscriptions. Acta Orientalia 5, 28-38. Wright, J. C. (1980): Review: Schneider, Ulrich: Die grossen Felsen-Edikte Aśokas: kritische Ausgabe, Übersetzung und Analyse der Texte [Freiburger Beiträge zur Indologie 11]. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1978. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 43, 389-390. Turner, R. L. (1926-28): Review: Hultzsch, E.: Inscriptions of Aśoka. Corpus Inscriptionum Indicarum, vol. 1. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1925. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 4, 362-365. Smith, Vincent A. (Apr. 1902): The inscriptions of Mahanaman at Bodhgaya. Indian Antiquary 31, 192-197. Lévi, Sylvain (June 1904): On some terms employed in the Inscriptions of the Kshatrapas. Indian Antiquary 33, 163174. Alsdorf, L. (1968): Der Schluss von Aśokas Dreizehnten Felsedikt. Mélanges d'Indianisme à la mémoire de Louis Renou [Publications de l'Institut de Civilisation Indienne 28], 23-33. Kosambi, Dharmananda (June 1910): The Pali inscription at Sarnath. Indian Antiquary 39, 217. Bühler, G. (Dec. 1897): Pada, the writer of Asoka's Siddapur Edicts. Indian Antiquary 26, 334-335. Davary, G. Djelani (1977): A List of the Inscriptions of Pre-Islamic Period from Afghanistan. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 3, 11-22. Humbach, Helmut (1978): A newly discovered Kharoṣṭhī Inscription. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 4, 79-80. Salomon, Richard (1981): The Spinwam (North Waziristan) Kharoṣṭhī Inscription. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 7, 11-20. Niklas, Ulrike (1985): Bemerkungen zu einer neuen Edition der 14 großen Felsedikte des Aśoka in Erraguḍi (AP). Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 10, 213-229. Salomon, Richard (1986): The Inscriptions of Senavarma, King of Oḍi. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 261-293 (1 figure). Bhattacharya, Kamaleswar (1984): The present state of researches on the Sanskrit epigraphy of Cambodia: some observations. Amr̥tadhārā. Prof. R.N. Dandekar Felicitation Volume, 475-483. 15 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2212 SD S 12 38 2213 SD S 12 39 2178 SD S 12 4 2214 SD S 12 40 2215 SD S 12 41 2216 SD S 12 42 733 SD S 12 43 734 SD S 12 44 735 SD S 12 45 736 SD S 12 46 737 SD S 12 47 738 SD S 12 48 739 SD S 12 49 2179 SD S 12 5 764 SD S 12 50 767 SD S 12 51 Seth, H.C. (1939-40): Candragupta Maurya and the Meharauli Iron Pillar Inscription. New Indian Antiquary 2, 625633. Roth, Gustav (o.J.): Alphabet der Schriftzeichen der Handschrift des Bhikṣunivinaya und Abhisamācarika-Dharma der Mahāsāṃghika-Lokottaravādin. O.A., 20 Seiten. Brough, John (1961): A Kharoṣṭhī inscription from China. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 24/3, 517-530. Ko, Taw Sein (Jan. 1893): A preliminary study of the Po:u:daung Inscription of S'Inbyuyiṅ, 1774 A.D. Indian Antiquary 22, 1-8 (7 pages transcription into Modern Burmese characters, 2 figures). Ko, Taw Sein (Jan., Febr., Apr., June, Aug., Sept., Oct. 1893): A preliminary study of the Kalyani Inscriptions of Dhammacheti, 1476 A.D.. Indian Antiquary 22, 11-17, 29-53, 85-89, 150-159, 206-213, 236-243, 274-275 (6 plates, 2 pages of sketches, 1 plan). Bühler, G. (Nov. 1893): Asoka's Sahasram, Rupnath and Airat Edicts. Indian Antiquary 22, 299-306 (1 plate). Andersen, Paul Kent (1986): Preliminaries to a textual criticism of the Minor Rock Edicts of Aśoka. Deyadharma. Studies in Memory of Dr. D. C. Sircar. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications (Sri Garib Dass Oriental Ser. 33), 1-7. Falk, Harry (1990): Die 256 Nächte Aśokas. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 140/1, 96122. Caillat, Colette (1988): Aspects de l'Épigraphie dans l'Asie du Sud et du Sud-Est. Paris: Institut de France, Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres, 12 S. Caillat, Colette (19??): Sur l'Authenticité Linguistique des eEdits d'Asoka. 414-432. Ta-fu, Chou and Bagchi, P. C. (1945): New lights on the Chinese Inscriptions of Bodhgayā. Sino-Indian-Studies 1, 111-114. Gokhale, V.V. (1945): A Brāhmī Stone Inscription from Tunhuang. Sino-Indian-Studies 1, 18-22. Sasaki, Shizuka (1989): Buddhist Sects in the Aśoka Period (I) - the meaning of the schism edict -. Bukkyō Kenkyū 18, 181-202. Gupta, Dāsa (1933): A short note on the Swat relic vase inscription. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 403-405. Norman, K. R. (1987): Aśoka`s "Schism" Edict. Buddhist Seminar 46 (Soc. of Buddhist Stud., Otani Univ., Kyoto), 82-114. Hinüber, Oskar von (erschienen 1993): Inscribed Vessels from Buddhist Monasteries in Termez and Salihundam. Pakistan Archaeology, 26-1991, Vol. 1, Silver Jubilee, 120-124. 16 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 770 SD S 12 52 773 775 SD S 12 53 SD S 12 54 777 SD S 12 55 779 SD S 12 56 780 781 SD S 12 57 SD S 12 58 783 SD S 12 59 2180 SD S 12 6 793 SD S 12 60 795 SD S 12 61 315 SD S 12 62 316 SD S 12 63 1663 SD S 12 64 1664 SD S 12 65 Salomon, Richard (1988): The Reliquary Inscription of Utara: A new Source for the History of The Kings of Apraca. Indo-Iranian Journal 31, 169-177. Humbach, H. (1971): Die Aramäische Aśoka-Inschrift vom Laghman-Fluss. Indologen-Tagung 1971. 161-169. Schneider, U. (1971): Zum Stammbaum der grossen Felseninschriften Aśokas. Indologen-Tagung 1971. 224-237. Skilling, Peter (1992): Preliminary Report on a Recently Discovered Pāli Inscription. Jarasan chotmaikhao Samnaktekhanukan Somdetphrasangkharat 1/1, 83-86. Andersen, Paul Kent (1991): Notes on the Engraving Procedures for The Erraguýi of Aśoka's Minor Rock Edict. Indo-Iranian Journal 34/4, 267-276. Skilling, Peter (1991): A Buddhist Verse Inscription from Andhra Pradesh. Indo-Iranian Journal, 34/4, 239-246. Caillat, Colette (??): Sur L´Authenticité Linguistique des Édits D`Asoka. 413-432 Sander, Lore (1994): A Graffito with the Quintessence of Buddhist Doctrine from Ladakh. Festschrift Klaus Bruhn, 561-570. Sircar, D.C. (1978): Bodhgayā inscription of Pīṭhīpati Ācārya Buddhasena. In: Senarat Paranavitana Commemoration Volume. Ed. by Leelananda Prematilleke, Karthigesu Indrapala and J.E. van Lohuizen-DeLeeuw. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 255-256. Bhattacharya, Gouriswar (1994): Newly Discovered Copper Plate Grants of the Pāla Dynasty. Festschrift Klaus Bruhn, 195-224 Sander, Lore (1988): Auftraggeber, Schreiber und Schreibeigenheiten im Spiegel khotansakischer Handschriften in formaler Brāhmī. Festgabe für Werner Thomas. Studia Indogermanica et Slavica, Suppl.b. 26, 533-549 Bhattacharya, Kamaleswar (1997): Les religions du Cambodge ancien et l'épigraphie sanskrite. In: H. Jessup, T. Zéphir: Angkor et dix siécles d'art khmer, 34-52. Skilling, Peter (1999): A Buddhist inscription from Go Xoai, southern Vietnam, and notes towards a classification of ye dharmā inscriptions. A collection of articles on epigraphy and ancient documents published on the occasion of the celebration of the 80th birthday of Prof. Dr. Prasert Na Nagara. Bagkok, 171-187. Skilling, Peter (1997): New Pāli Inscriptions from South-east Asia. JPTS 23, 123-157. Skilling, Peter (1999): A Buddhist Inscription from Go Xoai, Southern Vietnam and Notes towards a Classification of ye dharmā Inscriptions. In: Peter Skilling, 80 pi Sasadachan Dr. Prasert Na Nakon. ruam bot khwam wichakan dan chruk lae ekasan boran nuang nai wara chalong ayu khrop 80 pi sasadachan dr. prasert na nakhon [80 Years: Prof. Dr. Prasert Na Nagara. A collection of Articles on Epigraphy and Ancient Documents Published on the Occasion of 17 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2181 SD S 12 7 2182 SD S 12 8 2183 SD S 12 9 2218 SD S 13 1 2227 SD S 13 10 2228 SD S 13 11 2229 SD S 13 12 2230 SD S 13 13 2231 SD S 13 14 800 SD S 13 15 801 SD S 13 16 802 SD S 13 17 the Celebration of the 80th Birthday of Prof. Dr. Prasert Na Nagara]. Bangkok, 171-187. Dani, Ahmad Hasan (1978): A Kuṣāṇa Kharoṣṭhī inscription from North Waziristan (Pakistan) dated year 39. In: Senarat Paranavitana Commemoration Volume. Ed. by Leelananda Prematilleke, Karthigesu Indrapala and J.E. van Lohuizen-DeLeeuw. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 48-50 (1 Tafel). Humbach, Helmut (1980): Hybrid Sanskrit in the Gilgit Brāhmī Inscriptions. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 5/6, 99-121. Joshi, M. C. and Pande, B. M. (1967): A newly discovered inscription of Aśoka at Bahapur, Delhi. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 94-98 (2 plates). Schlingloff, Dieter (1956): Die Birkenrindenhandschriften der Berliner Turfansammlung. Mitteilungen des Instituts für Orientforschung 4/1,120-127 (2 Tafeln). Franke, O. and Pischel, R. (Febr., March 1905): Kashgar and the Kharoshthi. Part I and II. Indian Antiquary 34, 2127, 41-46. Grierson, G. A. (Aug. 1895): Book-Notice: Dr. Bühler: On the Origin of the Indian Brahma Alphabet. Indian Antiquary 24, 246-248. Roth, Gustav (1986): Mangala-Symbols in Buddhist Sanskrit. Manuscripts and Inscriptions. In: Dheyadharma Studies. In Memory of Dr. D.C. Sircar. Ed. by Gouriswar Bhattacharya. Delhi: Indian Books Centre, 239-249 (5 plates). Lindtner, Christian (o.J.): An old Error in Aśoka's First Pillar Edict. In: Śramaṇa Vidyā - Studies in Buddhism. Prof. Jagannath Upadhyaya Commemoration Volume. Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies [Samyag-Vāk Series 3], 279-281. Fussman, Gérard (1978): Inscriptions de Gilgit. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 65, 1-63 (31 planches). Sander, Lore (1986): Om or Siddham - remarks on Openings of Buddhist Manuscripts and Inscriptions from Gilgit and Central Asia. Deyadharma. Studies in Memory of Dr. D. C. Sircar. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications (Sri Garib Dass Oriental Ser. 33), 251-262 + 1 table. Roth, Gustav (1986): Mangala-Symbols in Buddhist Sanskrit Manuscripts and Inscriptions. Deyadharma. Studies in Memory of Dr. D. C. Sircar. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications (Sri Garib Dass Oriental Ser. 33), 239-249 (5 plates) + 1 table. Lawson, Simon (1986): A Curious Buddhist Seal from the Ashmolean Museum. Deyadharma. Studies in Memory of 18 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 803 SD S 13 18 804 2219 SD S 13 19 SD S 13 2 808 SD S 13 20 809 SD S 13 21 810 SD S 13 22 811 812 813 SD S 13 23 SD S 13 24 SD S 13 25 814 SD S 13 26 2217 SD S 13 27 815 SD S 13 28 816 SD S 13 29 2220 SD S 13 3 817 SD S 13 30 491 SD S 13 31 1474 SD S 13 32 Dr. D. C. Sircar. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications (Sri Garib Dass Oriental Ser. 33), 169-177 (5 plates). Sander, Lore (1988): Auftraggeber, Schreiber und Schreibeigenheiten im Spiegel khotansakischer Handschriften in formaler Brāhmī. Specimina Philologiae Slavicae suppl. 26, Studia Indogermanica et Slavica. Festgabe für Werner Thomas zum 65. Geburtstag, 533-549. Sander, Lore (1986): Brāhmī Scripts on the Eastern Silk Roads. StII 11/12, ?? Johnston, E. H. (1938): The Gopālpur Bricks. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 547-553 (3 plates). Sarma, Sreeramula Rajeswara (1985): Writing Material in Ancient India. Aligarh Journal of Oriental Studies, 2, (Prof. Ram Suresh Tripathi Commemoration Volume), 175-196. Lokesh-Chandra (ed.) (1977): Saddharma - Puṇýarīka - Sūtra, Kashgar Manuscript. Schrifttabelle. The Reiyukai, Tokyo. Falk, Harry (erschienen 1990): Goodies for India. Literacy, Orality, and Vedic Culture. In: Wolfgang Raible (Hrsg.): Erscheinungsformen kultureller Prozesse. Nowotny, Fausta (1967): Schriftsysteme in Indien. Studium Generale, 20/9, 527-547. Sander, Lore (1986): Brāhmī Scripts on the Eastern Silk Roads. StII 11/12, 159-192. Ymaizoumi et Yamata (1880): Shidda. Annales du Musée Guimet 1, 322-333 Sander, Lore (1991): The earliest manuscripts from Central Asia and the Sarvāstivāda mission. Corolla Iranica, Papers in honour of Prof David Neil MacKenzie, 133-150. Falk, Harry (1996): Aramaic Script and the Kharoṣṭhī - A Comparison. Berliner Indologische Studien 9/10, 151-156. Waldschmidt, Ernst (1963): The Upasenasūtra, A Charm against Snake-Bites from the Saṃyuktāgama. Jñānamuktāvalī 38, Festschr. Johannes Nobel, 234-253. Suzuki, Kōshin (1995): The Script of the Śrāvakabhūmi Manuscript. Studies on the Buddhist Sanskrit Literature, 2138. Roth, G. (o.J.): Akṣara-Liste zur Sammlung in Patna. Göttingen, 4 Seiten. Sander, Lore (1986): Origin and Date of the Bower Manuscript, a New Approach. Proceedings of a Symposium on the Development of Early Buddhist and Hindu Iconography, 313-323. Hartmann, Jens-Uwe (1998): The Rañjanā Script. The Fifth Seal. Paintings by Rolf A. Kluenter. The Radheshyam Saraf Art Collection, Hotel Yak & Yeti, Kathmandu, Nepal, 37-39. Study Group of Sanskrit Manuscripts in Tibetan dBu med Script (General and textual surveys and Scripts by Yonezawa Yoshiyasu) (2001): Introduction to the Facsimile Edition of a Collection of Sanskrit Palm-leaf 19 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2221 SD S 13 4 2222 SD S 13 5 2223 SD S 13 6 2224 SD S 13 7 2225 SD S 13 8 2226 SD S 13 9 2232 SD S 14 1 2233 SD S 15 1 2234 SD S 15 2 269 SD S 15 3 2235 SD S 17 1 2244 2245 2246 SD S 17 10 SD S 17 11 SD S 17 12 2247 SD S 17 13 2248 2249 SD S 17 14 SD S 17 15 Manuscripts in Tibetan dBu med Script. Tokyo: The Institute for comprehensive studies of buddhism Taishō University. Sander, Lore (1968): Paläographisches zu den Sanskrithandschriften der Berliner Turfansammlung. Mit 40 (41) Alphabettafeln. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag, 42 Seiten. Dani, Ahmad Hasan (1963): Ondian Palaeogrphy. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 46 Tafeln, 44 Seiten. George, Christpher S. (1974): Appendix II. In: The Caṇḍamahāroṣaṇa Tantra. Critical Edition and English Translation, Chapters 1-8. New Haven, Connecticut: American Oriental Society, 88-95. Lévi, Sylvain (Jan. 1906): The Kharostra country and the Kharostri writing. Indian Antiquary 35, 1-30. Shamasastry, B. (Sept., Oct., Nov. 1906): A Theory of the Origin of the Devanagari Alphabet. Indian Antiquary 35, 253-267, 270-290, 311-324 (10 plates). Lévi, Sylvain (March 1904): The Kharoshtri writing and its cradle. Indian Antiquary 33, 79-84. Bechert, Heinz (1978): Remarks on astrological Sanskrit literature from Sri Lanka. In: Senarat Paranavitana. Commemoration Volume. Edited by Leelananda Prematilleke, Karthigesu Indrapala and J. E. van Lohuizen-de Leeuw. Leiden: E. J. Brill, 45-47. Pande, Shyam Narain (1975): Ancient Indian Province in Tibet, China and Mongolia identification of the ancient land of Bhadraśva. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 31/1-4, 401-405. Norman, K. R. (1979): (Review:) Eugène Denis: La Lokapaññatti at les idées cosmologiques du bouddhisme ancien. 2 vols. Lille: Atelier Reproduction des Thèses, Université de Lille III; Paris: Honoré Champion, 1977. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 42/1, 155-156. Coedés, E. (1957): The Traibhūmikathā. Buddhist Cosmology and Treaty on Ethics. EW VII.4, 349-352. Tucci, Giuseppe (1951): Buddhist Notes. I. A propos Avalokiteśvara. II. On the Tibetan Cycle of Arhats. Extrait des Mélanges Chinois et Bouddhiques 9, 173-219, 219-220. Wayman, Alex (1959): Studies in Yama and Māra. Indo-Iranian Journal 3, 44-131. Pelliot, Paul (1923): La Théorie des Quatre Fils du Ciel. T'oung Pao 22, 97-125. Ferrand, Gabriel (1930): Les grands rois du monde. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6/1, 329-339. Chandra, Lokesh (1980-81): Nīlakaṇṭha Lokeśvara as the Buddhist apotheosis of Hari-Hara. Adyar Library Bulletin 44-45, 506-527. Tucci, G. (1971): Note Indologiche. I. A proposito del ,Purāṇapañcalakṣaṇa`. Opera Minora 6/1, 256-275. Mus, Paul (1964): Thousend-Armed Kannon. A Mystery or a Problem ? Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies 20 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2250 SD S 17 16 49 SD S 17 17 2236 2237 2238 SD S 17 2 SD S 17 3 SD S 17 4 2239 SD S 17 5 2240 SD S 17 6 2241 SD S 17 7 2242 SD S 17 8 2243 SD S 17 9 2251 SD S 18 1 2260 SD S 18 10 2261 SD S 18 11 2262 SD S 18 12 2263 SD S 18 13 2264 SD S 18 14 [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 12/1, 470-438 (1)-(33). Simson, Georg von (1981): Die Buddhas der Vorzeit: Versuch einer astralmythologischen Deutung. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 7, 77-91. Ohira, Suzuko (1994): The Twenty-Four Buddhas and the Twenty-Four Tirthaṅkaras. Festschrift Klaus Bruhn, 475487. Staël-Holstein, Baron A. von (1936): Avalokita and Apalokita. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 1, 350-362. Filliozat, Jean (1950): Maitreya l'Invaincu. Journal Asiatique, 145-149. Przyluski, J. et Lalou, M. (1938): Notes de Mythologie Bouddhique. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 3, 40-45. Lalou, M. (1938): Notes de Mythologie Bouddhique 2. Les rGyud sum-pa manuscrits de Touen-Houang. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 3, 128-136. Przyluski, J. et Lalou, M. (1939): Notes de Mythologie Bouddhique 3. Les fils de Brahmā. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 4, 69-76. Willoughby-Meade, G. (1924): Note on Indra in Mahayanist Buddhism. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 444449. Mironov, N. D. (1927): Buddhist Miscellanea. I. Avalokiteśvara - Kuan-Yin. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 241-279. Porée-Maspéro, Éveline (1955): Les Bannières du Crocodile. In: Actes du 4e Congrès International des Sciences Anthropologiques et Ethnologiques. Vienne, 1-8 Septembre 1952. Tome 2. Ethnologica Première Partie. Wien, 243245. Mallmann, Marie-Thérèse de (1962-63): Notes d'Iconographie Hindoue. Arts Asiatiques 9/1-2, 115-116. Göbl, Robert (1983): Pars pro toto ? Zur Frage der notwendigen Bandbreite von Untersuchungen mit numismatischer Basis. Litterae Numismaticae Vindobonenses 2, 257-263 (Tafel 20 und Tabelle). Mallmann, Marie-Thérèse de (1952): Un aspect méconnu d'Avalokiteśvara. Journal Asiatique 240, 479-485. Mallmann, Marie-Thérèse de (1970): (Bibliographie:) R.O. Meisezahl, "Die Göttin Vajravārāhī. Eine ikonograohische Studie nach einem Sādhana-Text von Advayavajra". Oriens 18-19, Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1967. T'oung Pao 56, 334-338. Horsch, Paul (1970): Zur Symbolik orientalischer Religionen. Asiatische Studien (Études Asiatiques) 24, 129-140. Sinha, D. K. (1963-1965): The absence of the Buddha image in the pre-Kushan period. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 20-21/1-4, 97-109. 21 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2265 SD S 18 15 2266 SD S 18 16 2267 SD S 18 17 2268 SD S 18 18 2269 SD S 18 19 2252 264 SD S 18 2 SD S 18 20 1669 SD S 18 21 2253 2254 SD S 18 3 SD S 18 4 2255 SD S 18 5 2256 SD S 18 6 2257 SD S 18 7 2258 SD S 18 8 2259 SD S 18 9 Forte, Antonino (1985): Brevi note sul testo Kashmiro del Dhāraṇī-Sūtra di Avalokiteśvara dall'infallibile laccio introdotto in Cina da Manicintana. Serie Orientale Roma 56/1, 371-393. Matsumoto, Moritaka (1983): Iconological Study of Potalaka white-robed Kuan-yin. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 17 pages (typescript). Neville, Tove E. (1983): Iconology of 11-headed Avalokiteśvara (ekādaśamukha) in its earlier deity forms, names, origins and powers, as suggested by scriptures and other written sources. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 10 pages (typescript). Alayev, L. B. (1983): Methods of studying epigraphy as a historical source. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 9 pages (typescript). Loseries, Andrea (1986): Bemerkungen zur buddhistisch-tantrischen Ikonographie: Der Knochenschmuck. In: Festschrift Heinrich Gerhard Franz zum 70. Geburtstag. Hsg. von Brucher et al.. Graz, 203-220, 569-572 (4 Tafeln). Mallmann, Marie-Thérèse de (1962-63): Notes d'Iconographie Tantrique. Arts Asiatiques 9/1-2, 73-79. Skilling, Peter (1992): Symbols on the Body, Feet, and Hands of a Buddha, JSS 80/2, 67-79. Huntington, John C. (1972): Avalokiteśvara and the Namaskāramudrā in Gandhāra. Studies in Indo-Asian Art and Culture 1, 91-99. Mallmann, Marie-Thérèse de (1952): Un aspect méconnu d'Avalokiteśvara. Journal Asiatique 240, 479-485. Mallmann, Marie-Thérèse de (1964): Dieux polyvalents du Tantrisme Bouddhique. Journal Asiatique, 365-377. Gabain, A. von (1975): Types of Arhats on a Series of Wall Paintings from Turfan. In: Memoirs of the Research Department of the Toyo Bunko 33 (Tokyo), 161-169. Wayman, Alex (1971): Contributions on the Symbolism of the Maṇḍala-Palace. In: Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou, Paris, 557-566. Perera, A. D. T. E. (1978): The crowned Buddha. In: Senarat Paranavitana Commemoration Volume. Ed. by Leelananda Prematilleke, Karthigesu Indrapala, J.E. van Lohuizen-de Leeuw. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 166-168. Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. (1909): Mahayana Buddhist images from Ceylon and Java. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 283-356. Coedès, G. (1952): Un yantra récemment découvert à Angkor. Journal Asiatique 140, 465-477. 22 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 430 SD S 19 1 2270 SD S 19 1 2279 SD S 19 10 2280 SD S 19 11 2281 SD S 19 12 2282 SD S 19 13 2283 SD S 19 14 2284 SD S 19 15 2285 2286 2271 SD S 19 16 SD S 19 17 SD S 19 2 2272 SD S 19 3 2273 SD S 19 4 2274 SD S 19 5 2275 SD S 19 6 2276 SD S 19 7 2277 SD S 19 8 Matsumura, Hisashi (1985): The Stūpa Worship in Ancient Gilgit. Journal of Central Asia 8-2, 133-151. Bareau, André (1968/69): Les idées sous-jacentes aux pratiques culturelles bouddhiques dans le Cambodge actuel. Wiener Zeitschrift zur Kunde Süd- und Ostasiens 12-13, 23-32. Matsumura, Hisashi (Feb. 1982): Kodai kita-indo no shaka shinkō [Śākya worship in ancient Northern India]. Shūkyō Kenkyū 55/3, 122-123 (346-347). Macdonald, A. W. (1955): La notion du Saṃbhogakāya à la lumière de quelques faits ethnographiques. Journal Asiatique, 229-239. Eimer, Helmut (1983): Two Sanskrit-Tibetan fragments from the Berlin Turfan Collection identified. Aruṇa-Bhāratī Professor A. N. Jani Felicitation Volume. Baroda, 95-98. Witzel, Michael (1983): On Buddhist Homa in Nepal and Japan. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 10 pages (typescript). Duyvendak, J. J. L. (1927): The Buddhist Festival of All-Souls in China and Japan. Acta Orientalia 5, 39-48. Hooykaas, C. (1963): Bauddha Brahmins in Bali. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 26, 544-550 (5 plates). Tripathi, Chandrabhal (1981): Gilgit-Blätter der Mekhalā-dhāraṇī. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 7, 153-161. Hinüber, Oskar von (1981): Namen in Schutzzaubern aus Gilgit. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 7, 163-171. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1937): Staupikam. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 2, 276-289. Jaini, Padmanabh S. (1965): Mahādibbamanta: A paritta manuscript from Cambodia. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 28/1, 61-80. Bareau, André (1962): La construction et le culte des Stūpa d'après les Vinayapiṭaka. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 50/2, 229-274. Brough, John (1947-48): Nepalese Buddhist Rituals. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 12, 669676. Staal, Frits (1979): Ritual Syntax. In: M. Nagatomi, B.K. Matilal, J.M. Masson and E. Dimock (eds.), Sanskrit and Indian Studies. Essays in Honour of Daniel H. H. Ingalls, 119-142. Handurukande, Ratna (1978): The Benefit of Caitya worship. In: Senarat Paranavitana Commemoration Volume. Ed. by Leelananda Prematilleke, Karthigesu Indrapala, J.E. van Lohuizen-de Leeuw. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 75-77. De Silva, Lily (1978): The symbolism of the Indrakīla in the Parimattamamaṇḍapa. In: Senarat Paranavitana 23 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2278 SD S 19 9 1791 SD S 2 1 18 SD S 2 10 1646 SD S 2 11 1792 1793 SD S 2 2 SD S 2 3 1794 SD S 2 4 1795 SD S 2 5 1796 SD S 2 6 1797 SD S 2 7 1798 SD S 2 8 Commemoration Volume. Ed. by Leelananda Prematilleke, Karthigesu Indrapala, J.E. van Lohuizen-de Leeuw. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 234-250. Filliozat, Jean (1957): Les festivités du Dhamma chez Asoka. Journal Asiatique 245, 1-9. Sāṅkr̥tyāyana, Rāhula (1935-1938): Sanskrit Palm-Leaf Mss. in Tibet. JBORS 21/1 (1935), 21-43; Second Search of Sanskrit Palm-Leaf Mss. in Tibet (with plates). JBORS 23/1 (1937), 1-57; Search for Sanskrit Mss. in Tibet. JBORS 24/4, 137-162. Wang, Sen (1993): Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts kept in the Library of the Nationalities (Peking 1960). Typoscript 41 Seiten. Salomon, Richard (1998): Review: Sanskrithandschriften aus den Turfanfunden, part 7: Die Katalonummern 10661799. Edited by Heinz Bechert, decribed by Klaus Wille. Verzeichniss der orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland vol. X.7. Stuttgart, 1995. Journal of the American Oriental Society 118/1, 121-124. Mitteilungen der Vereinigung Österreichischer Bibliothekare 2 (1980) (33. Jg.), 69-76, 99. Hinüber, Oskar von (1980): Die Kolophone der Gilgit-Handschriften. StII 5/6, 49-82. Kaneko, Ryōtai / Matsunami, Yoshihiro (1979): A Descriptive Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Possession of the Toyo Bunko. Memoirs of the Research Department of the Toyo Bunko (The Oriental Library) 37, 159-191. Hinüber, Oskar von (1982): Die Bedeutung des Handschriftenfundes bei Gilgit. ZDMG Suppl.5, 21. Deutscher Orientalistentag vom 24. bis 29. März 1980, Berlin, 47-66. Haq, Q. Mahmudul and Quraishi, Salim (1984): Urdu language collections in the British Library. The British Library Reference Division, London; The British Library Strategic Plan 1985-1990. Losty, J.P. (o.J.): Prints, Drawings and Photographs in The India Office Library and Records. The British Library, 13 S.; Losty, J.P. and O'Keefe, M.J.C. (o.J.): Sanskrit and Prakrit collections in The British Library, 19 S.; Map collections in The India Office Records. The British Library, 15 S.; India Office Library and Records- The British Library Reference Division: Guide to the Tibetan collection, 5 S.; Guide to the Sanskrit and Prākrit collections, 7 S.; Guide to the Tamil collection, 6 S.; Printed Books in European languages (Oct. 1983), 5 S.; Prints and Drawings (Dec. 1983), 6 S.; The Hindi collections (Dec.1983) 5 S.; The Urdu collections (Dec.1983), 5 S.; The Bengali collections (Dec.1983), 5 S.; Official publications (March 1984), 6 S.; Periodicals and newspapers (May 1984), 5 S.; The map collections (March 1984), 9 S.; The European manuscripts (March 1985), 6 S.; The British Library OMPB Annual Report 1983/84, 19 S. Bongard-Levin, Grigorij M. / Vorobyeva-Desyatovskaya, M.I. (1985): Indian Texts from Central Asia. In: Orientalia 24 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 623 SD S 2 9 1723 SD S 21 1 2288 SD S 22 1 2289 SD S 22 2 2290 SD S 22 3 751 SD S 22 4 754 SD S 22 5 2287 SD S 22 5 757 SD S 22 6 761 SD S 22 7 2291 SD S 23 1 2300 SD S 23 10 2389 SD S 23 100 Iosephi Tucci Memoriae Dicata. Ed. G. Gnoli, L. Lanciotti. Seria Orientale Roma 56/1, 159-174. Index to Volume one of Daizōkyō Zūzō. Kowar, Helmut (1994): Von den Anschauungen über Musik im Buddhismus. In: E. Th. Hilscher & Th. Antonicek (eds.), Vergleichend-systematische Musikwissenschaft. Beiträge zu Methode und Problematik der systematischen, ethnologischen und historischen Musikwissenschaft. Franz Fördermayr zum 60. Geburtstag. Tutzing (Wiener Veröffentlichungen zur Musikwissenschaft 31), 263-275. Zysk, Kenneth G. (1981): Review: Jean Filliozat, Yogaśataka, texte médical attribué à Nāgārjuna. Textes sanskrit et tibétain, traduction française, notes, indices. Pondichéry, Institut français d'Indologie [Publications de l'Institut français d'Indologie 62], 1979. Indo-Iranian Journal 23, 309-313. Wujastyk, D. (1985): Ravigupta and Vāgbhaṭa. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 48/1, 74-78 (1 plate). Emmerick, R. E. (1979): Contributions to the study of the jīvaka-pustaka. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 42/2, 235-243. Emmerick, R. E. E. (1985): A Khotanese Version of the Sūtra of the Lord of Healing. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions: Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieht Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 225-232. Emmerick, Ronald E. (198?): Some Emendations to the Text od Ravigupta's Siddhasāra. Sanskrit and World Culture. Berlin , 579-585. Ojihara, Yutaka (1984): Sur un manuscrit médico-démonologique en provenance de Bāmiyān. Amr̥tadhārā. Prof. R.N. Dandekar Felicitation Volume. Delhi, 301-311. Emmerick, Ronald E. (1993): Indo-Iranian Concepts of Disease and Cure. Journal of the European Āyurvedic Society, 3, 73-93. Emmerick, Ronald E. (1992): The Svastika antidote. Journal of the European Āyurvedic Society 2, 60-81. Weller, Friedrich (1953): Ein zentralasiatisches Fragment des Saundaranandakāvya. Mitteilungen des Instituts für Orientforschung 1/3, 400-423. Brough, John (1914): The Chinese pseudo-translation of Ārya-Sūra's Jātakamālā. Asia Major (New Series) 11/1, 2753. De Jong, J. W. (1955): (Review:) Weller, Friedrich: Zwei zentralasiatische Fragmente des Buddhacarita. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag, 1953. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 8-9, Spalten 404-406. 25 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2390 SD S 23 101 4 SD S 23 102 7 SD S 23 103 9 SD S 23 104 11 SD S 23 105 12 SD S 23 106 13 SD S 23 107 14 15 2301 54 63 SD S 23 108 SD S 23 109 SD S 23 11 SD S 23 110 SD S 23 110 55 SD S 23 111 56 SD S 23 112 57 SD S 23 113 59 SD S 23 114 61 SD S 23 115 62 SD S 23 116 Hultzsch, E. (1915): Kritishe Bemerkungen zur Rājataraṅgiṇī. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 69, 271-282. Bhattacharya, Biswanath (1963): Aśvaghoṣa's Saundara-Nanda, VI, 18. Jñānamuktāvalī. Commemoration Volume in Honour of Johannes Nobel. Ed. by Claus Vogel. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 42-47. Eimer, Helmut (1989): The Fear of Being Reborn as a Pig. Religious and Lay Symbolism in the Altaic World and Other Papers. Proceedings of the 27th Meeting of the Permanent International Altaistic Conference, Walberberg, Federal Republic of Germany, June 12th to 17th, 1984. Wiesbaden (Asiatische Forschungen 105), 109-112. Ta-fu, Chou (1945): Three Buddhist Hymns. Sino-Indian-Studies 1, 85-98. Hartmann, Jens-Uwe und Maue, Dieter (1991): Neue Spuren von Matṛceṭas Varṣārhavarṇa. ZDMG 141. Heft 1, 6982. Hoffmann Karl und Helmut Humbach, Hrsg. (1961): Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft Heft 4, 3-28 Lienhard, Siegfried (1987): A Nepalese Painted Scroll Illustrating the Siṃhalāvadāna. Nepalica (Hrsg. Bernhard Kölver u. Siegfried Lienhard), VGH Wissenschaftsverlag, Bonn. Lévi, M. Sylvain (1929): Autour D'Aśvaghoṣa. Journal Asiatique 215, 254-285. Bagchi, P.C. (1945): Two Buddhist Stotras restored by Sylvain Lévi. Sino-Indian-Studies 1, 99-110. Raghavan, V. (o.J.): Buddhological Texts and the Epics. Adyar Library Bulletin 20/3-4, 349-359. DeJong, J.W. (1989): Bookreview: Goldman, Robert P.: The Rāmāyaṅa of Vālmīki. Indo-Iranian Journal 32, 195Bock-Raming, Andreas (1990): Zum Gebrauch der Samāsopamā bei Aśvaghoṣa. Indo-Iranian Journal 33/4, 241-257. DeJong, J. W. (1989): Bookreview: Hartmann, Jens-Uwe: Das Varṅārhavarṇastotra des Mātṛceṭa. Indo-Iranian Journal 32/3, 243-248. Bollée, Willem (1985): Zur Typologie der Träume und ihrer Deutung in der älteren indischen Literatur. StII, 10, 169-187. Degener, Almuth (1986): Sudhanas Wanderung in khotanischer Fassung. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik, 11/12, 21-32. Mair, Victor H. (1986): Records of Transformation Tableaux (Pien-Hsiang). T'oung Pao LXXII, 3-43. Mair, Victor H. (1988): The Buddhist Tradition of Prosimetric Oral Narrative in Chinese Literature. Oral Tradition, 3/1-2, 106-121. Hahn, Michael (1993): Notes on Buddhist Sanskrit Literature. Chronology and related topics. Original Buddhism and the Mahāyāna Doctrine, Comm.Vol. Dr. F. Watanabe, 31-58. 26 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 64 SD S 23 118 65 SD S 23 119 2302 106 SD S 23 12 SD S 23 120 108 SD S 23 121 110 SD S 23 122 268 SD S 23 123 1379 SD S 23 124 1642 SD S 23 125 1660 SD S 23 126 2303 SD S 23 13 2304 SD S 23 14 2305 SD S 23 15 2306 SD S 23 16 2307 2308 2309 SD S 23 17 SD S 23 18 SD S 23 19 Collins, Steven (1992): Notes on Some Oral Aspects of Pali Literature. IIJ Vol. 35, Nos. 2 & 3. 121-135. Oberlies, Thomas (1996): Die Erzählungen vom Kāmpilya-König Brahmadatta. Eine Untersuchung im Anschluß an Vorarbeiten von Ernst Leumann. BIS, 259-313. Weller, Friedrich (1953): Divyāvadanā 244,7ff. Mitteilungen des Instituts für Orientforschung 1/2, 268-276. Hahn, Michael (1996): Die Einladung der Pratyekabuddhas, Gopadattas Meghajātaka. BIS, 157-201. Ji, Xian-lin (1988): Translations from the Tocharian Maitreyasamitināṭaka - Two sheets (76 YQ. 1.16 and 1.15) of the Xinjiang-Museum version transliterated, translated and annotated. Studia Indogermanica et Slavica, Bd. 28, 141151. Bhattacharya, Biswanath (1963): Aśvaghosas's Saundara-Nanda, VI, 18. Jñānamuktāvalī 38, Festschr. Johannes Nobel, 42-47. Hahn, Michael (1992): Variant Readings on Āryaśūra's Jātakamālā as found in the Jātakamālāṭīkā. The Journal of Oriental Research, Madras, vols. LVI-LXII, 233-253. Oberlies, Thomas (2000): Heilige Schriften des Buddhismus. In: Heilige Schriften. Eine Einführung hrsg. von U. Tworuschka. Darmstadt Wissenschaftl. Buchp., 167-196. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1991): Remarks on the Place of Narrative in the Buddhist Literatures of India and Tibet. In: Alfredo Cadonna (ed.), India, Tibet, China. Genesis and Aspects of Traditional Narrative. Firenze, 193-227. De Jong, J. W. (1992): Review: Peter Khoroche (tr.), Once the Buddha Was a Monkey. Ārya Śūra's Jātakamālā. Chicago and London, 1989. Indo-Iranian Journal 35, 314-317. Brough, John (1957): Some Notes on Maitrakanyaka: Divyāvadanā 38. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 20, 111-132. Schneider, Ulrich (1964): Gegenwartsgeschichte und Prosa in den beiden Fassungen des Sarabhaṅga-Jātaka. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 114/2, 328-259. Iwamoto, Yutaka (1964): Die tibetische Version des Sumāgadhāvadāna. Acta Asiatica - Bulletin of the Institute of Eastern Culture 7, 1-19. Schneider, Ulrich (1961): Die Verse des Sarabhaṅga-Jātaka. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 111/2 (Neue Folge Bd. 36), 308-334. Bechert, Heinz (1954): Das Cullasutasomajātakam. Münchner Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 4, 9-28 (typescript). Bechert, Heinz (o.J.): Narasīhagāthā and Śrī-Śākya-Siṃhastotra. Adyar Library Bulletin (o.A.), 567-579. Alsdorf, L. (o.J.): Das Sivijātaka (499): Ein Beitrag zu seiner Textgeschichte. In: Pratidānam. Indian, Iranian and 27 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2292 SD S 23 2 2310 SD S 23 20 2313 SD S 23 21 2312 SD S 23 22 2311 SD S 23 23 2314 SD S 23 25 2315 SD S 23 26 2316 SD S 23 27 2317 2318 SD S 23 28 SD S 23 29 2293 SD S 23 3 2319 SD S 23 30 2320 SD S 23 31 2321 SD S 23 32 2322 SD S 23 33 2323 2324 SD S 23 34 SD S 23 35 Indo-European Studies presented to Franciscus Bernardus Jacobus Kuiper on His Sixtith Birthday. Mouton, 478-483. Vogel, Claus (1972): On the exact date of Amr̥tānanda's recension of Aśvaghoṣa's Buddhicarita. Indo-Iranian Journal 14/3-4, 210-217. Schneider, Ulrich (1964): Ein nachvedisches Ākhyāna. Indo-Iranian Journal 7/2-3, 156-163. Bareau, André (1967): Un conte bouddhique présentant une analogie avec la légende Śivaïte de Tiruvannamalai. Arts Asiatiques 16, 75-80. Bareau, John (1966): Le Dīpaṃkarajātaka des Dharmaguptaka. Mélanges de Sinologie 1, 1-16. Mayeda, Egaku (1964): A history of the formation of original Buddhist Texts (Summary). Tokyo: SankiboBusshorin Publishing, 11-42. Weller, Friedrich (1926): Zu Buddhacarita 1,26 tibetischer Ausgabe. Asia Major 3, 538-544. Hamm, F. R. (1968): Die ,Verkörperung` des Bodhisattva im Pāli-Jātaka. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 118, 357-366. Winter, Werner (1955): Some Aspects of "Tocharian" Drama: Form and techniques. Journal of the American Oriental Society 75, 26-35. Ware, James R. (1938): The preamble of the Saṃgharakṣitāvadāna. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 3, 47-67. Thomas, W. (1972): Zu den tocharischen ekaśr̥ṅga-Fragmenten. Central Asiatic Journal 16, 226-231. Wilhelm, Friedrich (1968): Kanika and Kaniṣka - Aśvaghoṣa and Mātr̥ceṭa (with regard to Tibetan sources). Papers on the date of Kaniṣka. Submitted to the Conference on the Date of Kaniṣka, London, 20-22 April, 1960. Ed. by A.L. Basham.Leiden: E. J. Brill, 337-345. Dresden, Mark J. (1977): A lyrical poem in Khotanese. Part 1: Text. In: Beiträge zur Indienforschung. Ernst Waldschmidt zum 80. Geburtstag gewidmet. Berlin, 81-103. Thomas, W. (1977): Zum Problem der Übersetzung nuddhistischer Sanskrittexte im Tocharischen. In: Beiträge zur Indienforschung. Ernst Waldschmidt zum 80. Geburtstag gewidmet. Berlin, 523-548. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1917-20): Critical Notes to Saundaranandakāvya. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 1, 133-140. Whitaker, K. P. (1957): Tsaur Jyr and the Introduction of Fannbay into China. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 20, 585-597. Bailey, H. W. (1947-48): The Seven Princes. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 12, 616-623. Thomas, E. J. (1940-42): Note on the Divyāvadāna. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 10, 65428 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2325 SD S 23 36 2326 SD S 23 37 2327 SD S 23 38 2328 SD S 23 39 2294 2329 SD S 23 4 SD S 23 40 2330 SD S 23 41 2331 2332 2333 SD S 23 42 SD S 23 43 SD S 23 44 2334 SD S 23 45 2335 SD S 23 46 2336 SD S 23 47 2337 SD S 23 48 2338 SD S 23 49 2295 SD S 23 5 2339 2340 SD S 23 50 SD S 23 51 656. Waley, A. D. (1917-20): Hymns to Kuan-yin. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 1, 145-146. Emmerick, R. E. (1967): Notes on the "Tale of Bhadra". Bulletin of the School of Oriental and Adfrican Studies 30, 83-94. Bailey, H. W. (1966): The Sudhana Poem of R̥ddhiprabhāva. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 29, 506-532. Jaini, Padmanabh S. (1966): The Story of Sudhana and Manoharā: An analysis of the texts and the Borobudur reliefs. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 29, 533-558. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Note ed appunti sul Divyāvadāna. Opera Minora 6/1, 27-47. Emmerick, R. E. (1970): Nanda and the Merchant. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 32, 74-81. Utgikar, M. A. (o.J.): The Story of the Dasaratha Jataka and of the Ramayana. Journal of the Royal Society (Centenary Supplement), 203-211. Gurner, C. W. (1927): The word "vasthānam" in Aśvaghoṣa. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 322-323. Johnston, E. H. (1927): The Text of the Buddha-carita, Cantos I-VIII. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 210-226. Manen, Johan van (1926): Life an ocean; the body a boat. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 716-717. Johnston, E. H. (1929): The Text of the Buddhacarita, Cantos IX-XIV, 32. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 537552. Rehatsek, E. (1890): Book of the King's Son and the Ascetic. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 119-155. Gurner, C. W. (1928): Notes on the Text of Aśvaghoṣa's Saundarananda. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 131132. Python, P. (1971): Le Sugatapañcatriṃśatastotra de Mātr̥ceṭa (Louange des trente-cinq Sugata). In: Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou. Paris, 402-410. Law, B. C. (1939): Some Observations on the Jātakas. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 241-251. Bhattacharya, Biswanath (1959): Aśvaghoṣa's Saundara-nanda, VI. 18. In: Jñānamuktāvalī. Commemoration Volume in Honour of Johannes Nobel. On the Occasion of his 70th Birthday offered by Pupils and Colleagues. Edited by Claus Vogel. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 42-47. Charpentier, Jarl (1934): Some notes on the Saundaranandakāvya. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 113-119. Lindtner, Chr. (1979): Narakoddharastava. Acta Orientalia 40, 146-155, 29 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2341 SD S 23 52 2342 2343 SD S 23 53 SD S 23 54 2344 SD S 23 55 2345 SD S 23 56 2346 2347 SD S 23 57 SD S 23 58 2348 SD S 23 59 2296 2349 SD S 23 6 SD S 23 60 2350 SD S 23 61 2351 SD S 23 62 2352 SD S 23 63 2353 SD S 23 64 2354 SD S 23 65 2355 SD S 23 66 2356 SD S 23 67 2357 SD S 23 68 Shackleton Bailey, D. R. (1950-51): Notes on the Divyāvadāna Part 1 and 2. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 166-184, 82-102. Masson, J. L. (1971): Philosophy and literary criticism in ancient India. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 167-180. Gershevitch, Ilya (1942): On the Sogdian Vessantara Jātaka. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 97-101. Chavannes, Edouard (1914): Une version chinoise du conte bouddhique de Kalyānamkara et Pāpaṃkara. T'oung Pao 15, 469-500. Pelliot, Paul (1914): La version ouigoure de l'histoire des princes Kalyāṇaṃkara et Pāpaṃkara. T'oung Pao 15, 225271. Lévi, Sylvain (1914): Les éléments de formation du Divyāvadāna. T'oung Pao 15, 103-122. Laufer, Berthold (1907): Zur buddhistischen Literatur der Uiguren. T'oung Pao 8 (série 2), 391-409. Okell, John (1967): "Translation" and "Embellishment" in an early Burmese Jātaka poem. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 133-148. Lang, M. E. (1912): La Mahajjātakamālā. Journal Asiatique 19 (10. Serie), 511-550. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Note sul Saundārananda kāvya di Aśvaghoṣa. Opera Minora 6/1, 157-161. Gauthiot, M. R. (1912): Une version sogdienne du Vessantara Jātaka, publiée en transcription et avec traduction. Journal Asiatique 19, 163-193. Bailey, H. W. (1937-39): The Jātaka-stava of Jñānayaśas. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 9, 851-860. Martini, François (1952): Note sur l'empreinte du Bouddhisme dans la version cambodgienne du Rāmāyaṇa. Journal Asiatique 240, 67-69. Baston, M. A. (1912): Le Saundarananda Kāvya d'Açvaghoṣa. Journal Asiatique 19, 79-100. Matsumura, Hisashi (1981): Monogataridenpa ni okeru butten no yakuwari - ,kotori no kyōkun` o ichirei toshite [A role of the Buddhist scriptures in transmission of tales - in a case of ,Le lai de l'oiselet`]. Nihon Bukkyōbunka Kenkyū 3, 108-126. Vogel, Claus (1966): On the first Canto of Aśvaghoṣa's Buddhacarita. Indo-Iranian Journal 9/4, 266-290. Bühler, Georg (1897): Buddha's Quotation of a Gāthā by Sanatkumāra. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 585588. Kimura, Hideo (1960): The Poetical Construction of the Saundarananda. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 8/2, 752-749. 30 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2358 SD S 23 69 2297 SD S 23 7 2359 SD S 23 70 2360 SD S 23 71 2361 SD S 23 72 2362 SD S 23 73 2363 SD S 23 74 2364 SD S 23 75 2365 SD S 23 76 2366 2367 SD S 23 77 SD S 23 78 2368 SD S 23 79 2298 SD S 23 8 2369 SD S 23 80 2370 SD S 23 81 2371 SD S 23 82 Shirasaki, Kenjō (1980): Cittaratnaviśodhanakramalekha - Kokuō ni ateta Jitāri no Tegami [Jitari's letter addressed to the King]. Nihon Bukkyō Gakkai Nenpō [Journal of the Nippon Buddhist Research Association] 45, 1-16. Sieg, E. und Siegling, W. (1925): Die Speisung des Bodhisattva vor der Erleuchtung. Nach einem in Turfan gefundenen Handschriftenblatt in der B-Mundart des Tocharischen. Asia Major 2, 277-283. Yoritomi, H. (1971): Subhāṣitasaṃgraha no Inyō-Bunken o magutte [Subhāṣitasaṃgraha quotations in the appearing]. Mikkyo Bunka 96, 50-36. Matsumura, Hisashi (1983): Textual remarks on the Pāli Jātaka III. 1-27. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 32/1, 551-545. Simson, Georg von (1982): Die buddhistische erzählung von Udrāyaṇa von Roruka und ihr mythologischer Hintergrund. Indologica Taurinensia 10, 199-214. Sternbach, Ludwig (1967-68): On the Sanskrit Nīti Literature of Ceylon. Adyar Library Bulletin 31-32, 636-663. Schlingloff, Dieter (1977): Zwei Anatiden-Geschichten im alten Indien. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 127/2, 369-397. Chandra, Lokesh (1967): Sanskrit texts from the Ch'ien-Lung Period. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute, 165-169. De Jong, J. W. (1957): Review: Johannes Nobel, Udrāyaṇa, König von Roruka. Eine buddhistische Erzählung. Die tibetische Übersetzung des Sanskrittextes. Wiesbaden, 1955. Indo-Iranian Journal 1, 312-314. Masson, J. L. (1972): Did Dharmakīrti write the Kārikās of the Alaṅkāraśekhara ? Indo-Iranian Journal 14, 32-39. Hahn, Michael (1975): Buddhacarita I,1-7 und 25-40. Indo-Iranian Journal 17, 77-96. De Jong, J. W. (1976): Review: Heinz Zimmermann, Die Subhāṣita-ratna-karaṇḍaka-kathā (dem Āryaśūra zugeschrieben) und ihre tibetische Übersetzung. Ein Vergleich zur Darlegung der Irrtumsrisiken bei der Auswertung tibetischer Übersetzungen [Freiburger Beiträge zur Indologie 8]. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1975. Indo-Iranian Journal 18, 316-320. Günther, Herbert V. (o.J.): Die sinhalesische Sandeśa-Dichtung des 14. und 15. Jahrhunderts. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes 49/1-2, 71-117. Hahn, Michael (1977): Strophen des Candragomin in der indischen Spruchliteratur. Indo-Iranian Journal 19, 21-30. Hahn, Michael (1972): Some remarks concerning an edition of the Tibetan translation of the drama Lokānanda by Candragomin. Indo-Iranian Journal 13, 104-112. De Jong, J. W. (1964-65): Review: Édouard Chavannes, Cinq cents contes et apologues extraits du Tripiṭaka chinois. 31 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2372 SD S 23 83 2373 SD S 23 84 2374 2375 2376 SD S 23 85 SD S 23 86 SD S 23 87 2377 SD S 23 88 2378 SD S 23 89 2299 SD S 23 9 2379 SD S 23 90 2380 SD S 23 91 2381 SD S 23 92 2382 SD S 23 93 2383 SD S 23 94 2384 SD S 23 95 2385 SD S 23 96 Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1962 (4 tomes). Indo-Iranian Journal 8, 240-242. Foucher, M. A. (1908): Une liste indienne des actes du Buddha. École Pratique des Hautes Études - Section des sciences religieuses, 1-32. Handurukande, Ratna (1981): Notes and Communications - Matsaranandāvadāna. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 44/2, 349-351. Thomas, L. A. (March 1903): The legend of Kunjarakarna. Indian Antiquary 32, 111-127. Thomas, F. W. (Sept. 1903): Matriceta and the Maharalakanikalekha. Indian Antiquary 32, 345-360. Thomas, F. W. (July 1905): The Varnanarhavarnana of Matriceta. Indian Antiquary 34, 145-163. Thomas, W. (1977): Der tocharische Übersetzer und seine Zweifel an der eigenen Leistung. Central Asiatic Journal 21, 259-294. Jambunathan, S. (1928): Buddhadatta. Journal of Oriental Research Madras 2, 111-117. Bernhard, Franz (1967): Zur Entstehung einer Dhārāṇī. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 117/1, 148-168. Pandey, Jagdishwar (1973): References to quotations from Aśvaghoṣa's work. Journal of the Bihar Research Society 59/1-4, 59-61. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. (1982): On the Interpretation of Kāvyādarśa II: 274. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 8-9, 69-76. DeJong, W. J. (1986): Review: John S. Strong, The Legend of King Aśoka. A Study and Translation of the Aśokāvadāna. Princeton N. J.: Princeton University Press, 1983. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 70-73. Mette, Adelheid (1986): Review: Konrad Klaus, Das Maitrakanyakāvadāna (Divyāvadāna 38), Sanskrittext und deutsche Übersetzung = Indica et Tibetica - Monographien zu den Sprachen und Literaturen des indo-tibetischen Kulturraumes ed. Michael Hahn, Band 2. Bonn, 1983. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 142-147. Pāsādika Bhikkhu (1986): Review: Sieglinde Dietz, Die buddhistische Briefliteratur Indiens. Nach dem tibetischen Tanjur herausgegeben, übersetzt und erläutert (asiatische Forschungen 84). Wioesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1984. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 203-207. Bechert, Heinz (1987): Review: K. R. Norman, Pāli Literature, including the Canonical Literature in Prakrit and Sanskrit of All Hīnayāna Schools of Buddhism. (A History of Indian Literature, ed. Jan Gonda, Vol. 7/2). Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1983. Indo-Iranian Journal 30, 134-139. Kent, Stephen A. (1982): Early Sāmkhya in the Buddhacarita. Philosophy East and West 32/3, 259-278. 32 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2386 SD S 23 97 2387 SD S 23 98 2388 SD S 23 99 2391 2392 2393 2394 SD S 24 1 SD S 25 1 SD S 25 2 SD S 25 3 2395 SD S 25 4 2396 2397 SD S 25 5 SD S 25 6 2398 SD S 25 7 337 SD S 25 8 338 SD S 25 9 2399 SD S 27.1 1 2492 2493 SD S 27.1 100 SD S 27.1 101 2494 SD S 27.1 102 2495 SD S 27.1 103 Sternbach, Ludwik (1957): Cāṇakya's aphorisms in the Hitopadeśa (parts II-IV). Journal of the American Oriental Society 77, 26-31, 107-115, 166-183. Alsdorf, L. (1955): Vāntam āpātum. Indian Linguistics 16, 21-28. Edgerton, Franklin (1937): Review: E. H. Johnston, The Buddhacarita: or, Acts of the Buddha. Part I, Sanskrit Text. Part II, cantos i to xiv translated from the original Sanskrit supplemented by the Tibetan version, together with an introduction and notes (Panjab University Oriental Publications 31-32). Calcutta: Baptist Mission Press, 1935-36. Journal of the American Oriental Society 57, 422-425. Krappe, Alexandre Haggerty (1932): Un conte Indien dans le Proche-Orient. Journal Asiatique 220, 165-170. Apte, V. (1959): Sanskrit-English Dictionary, Part III. Appendix A. Sanskrit Prosody, 1-32. Vetter, Tilmann (1983): Zur Metrik in einem Tantratext. Indo-Iranian Journal 26, 267-275. Smith, Morton (1980-81): On the development of the Triṣṭubh. Indologica Taurinensia 8-9, 449-465. Edgerton, Franklin (1914-1935): Meter of the Saddharmapuṇḍarīka. In: Studies in Indology - Mahamahopadhyaya Kuppuswami Sastri Commemoration Volume, 39-45. Smith, Helmer (1951): Retractationes rhythmicae. Studia Orientalia 16/5, 3-37. Smith, Helmer (1954): Analecta rhythmica. Studia Orientalia, 3-17. Edgerton, Franklin (1939): The epic Triṣṭubh and its hypermetric varieties. Journal of the American Oriental Society 59, 159-174. Hahn, Michael (1987): Sanskrit metrics - as studied at Buddhist universities in the eleventh and twelfth century a. d. Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 207-227. Bruhn, Klaus (1996): Ludwig Alsdorf's Studies in the Āryā. BIS, 7-53. Bareau, André (1962): Le Rayonnement des Anciens Monastères Bouddhiques de Ceylan. Studia Missionalia 12, 5067. Hoffman, Frank J. (1987): The Pragmatic Efficacy of Saddhā. Journal of Indian Philosophy 15/4, 399-412. Gokhale, V. V. (1966): Gotama's Vision of the Truth. Brahmavidyā 30, 105-121. Bapat, P. V. (1984): Self and the In-effable in early Buddhism. Amr̥tadhārā - Professor R.N. Dandekar Felicitation Volume, 473-474. Bapat, P. V. (1942): Sankha-likhita Brahmacariya. Its Pali interpretation confirmed in Chinese texts. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 23, 61-66. 33 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2407 2408 2409 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 954 Wright, Arthur (1957): Review: The Path of the Buddha. Buddhism Interpreted by Buddhists. Edited by Kenneth W. Morgan. New York: The Ronald Press, 1956. Journal of the American Oriental Society 77, 61-62. Saunders, E. D. (1957): Review: Mysticism: Christian and Buddhist. By Daisetz Teitaro Suzuki [World Perspectives SD S 27.1 105 12]. Ed. by Ruth Nanda Anshen. New York: Harper, 1957. Journal of the American Oriental Society 77, 253-255. SD S 27.1 106 Coomaraswamy, Ananda (1939-40): The reinterpretation of Buddhism. New Indian Antiquary 2, 575-590. SD S 27.1 107 Rhys Davids, C. A. F. (1939-40): Things He will not have taught. New Indian Antiquary 2, 183-189. SD S 27.1 108 Rhys Davids, C. A. F. (1939-40): Missing the essential. New Indian Antiquary 2, 42-46. SD S 27.1 109 Gokhale, V. V. (1941): The Chinese Tripiṭaka. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 22, 220-235. Nakamura, Hajime (1964): A Critical Survey of Mahāyāna and Esoteric Buddhism Chiefly based upon Japanese SD S 27.1 10a Studies. Acta Asiatica - Bulletin of the Institute of Eastern Culture 6, 57-88. Nakamura, Hajime (1964): A Critical Survey of Mahāyāna and Esoteric Buddhism. Chiefly based upon Japanese SD S 27.1 10b Studies (continued). Acta Asiatica - Bulletin of the Institute of Eastern Culture 7, 36-94. Unkrieg, W. A. (1926): Aus den letzten Jahrzehnten des Lamaismus in Rußland (Mit 3 Abbildungen). Zeitschrift des SD S 27.1 11 Buddhismus 20, 5-21. Gokhale, Vasudev (1940): Reviews: What was the original gospel in ,Buddhism`? by Mrs. Rhys Davids. London: SD S 27.1 110 The Epworth Press (Edgar C. Barton), 1938. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 21, 146-147. Inagaki, Hisao (1963): The Adoption of the Buddha's Life. Pattern in the Ten-Bhūmi Systems. Journal of Indian and SD S 27.1 111 Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 9, 797-792 (80-85). Nishi, Giyū (1963): On praṇidhāna and carita of the Bodhisattva [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of SD S 27.1 112 the Indian and Buddhist Studies] 11/2, 379-391. Kagawa, Takao (1963): Formation of the Concept of Calling the Name of Buddha [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku SD S 27.1 113 Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 11/1, 38-49. _____ (1977): Katsubutsu ni tsuite. Tamaki Kōshirō hakushi kanrekikinen ronshū "Hotoke no Kenkyū". Tōkyō, 285SD S 27.1 114 302. SD S 27.1 114b Sasaki, Genjun H. (o.J.): Changing Phases of Conflict in the History of Buddhist Thought. O.A., 113-142. Schopen, Gregory (1988): On the Buddha and His Bones: The Conception of a relic in the inscriptions of SD S 27.1 115 Nāgārjunikoṇḍa. Journal of the American Oriental Society 108/4, 527-537. Geiger, Wilhelm (1921 ?): Dhamma und Brahman. Sonderdruck aus der "Zeitschrift für Buddhismus", 1-11 SD S 27.1 116 (Untersuchungen zur Geschichte des Buddhismus II). SD S 27.1 104 34 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 956 SD S 27.1 117 958 SD S 27.1 118 960 SD S 27.1 119 2410 SD S 27.1 12 978 980 981 982 SD S 27.1 120 SD S 27.1 121 SD S 27.1 122 SD S 27.1 123 983 SD S 27.1 124 984 SD S 27.1 125 985 986 SD S 27.1 126 SD S 27.1 127 987 SD S 27.1 128 988 SD S 27.1 129 2411 1004 SD S 27.1 13 SD S 27.1 130 1005 SD S 27.1 131 1006 SD S 27.1 132 Bohn, Wolfgang (1921): Die Religion des Jina und ihr Verhältnis zum Buddhismus. Zeitschrift für Buddhismus (Untersuchungen zur Geschichte des Buddhismus III), 1-36. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1989): [Besprechung von:]Indo-tibetan Buddhism: Indian Buddhists and their Tibetan Successors. By David Snellgrove. London, Serindia and Boston, Shambala 1987. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 1, 173-178. Tucci, Giuseppe (1957): Buddha Jayanti. EW VII.4, 297-305. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1964): Sur les rapports entre le bouddhisme et le "substrat religieux" indien et tibétain. Journal Asiatique, 77-95. De Lorenzo, Giuseppe (1957): The Nirvāṇa of the Buddha. EW VII.4, 306-308. Conze, Edward (1957): On "perverted views". EW VII.4, 313-318. Evola, Julius (1957): Spiritual Virility in Buddhism. EW VII.4, 319-327. Scaligero, Massimo (1957): What the Eightfold Path may still mean to mankind. EW VII.4, 365-372. Tauscher, Helmut (1989): Buddhismus und umweltbezogene Ethik. Der orientalische Mensch und seine Beziehung zur Umwelt. Hg. Bernhard SCHOLZ. Graz, 185-200. Nakamura, Hajime (1983): Common Elements in Early Jain and Buddhist Literature. Indologica Taurinensia 11, 303-330. Nakamura, Hajime (o.J.): The Significance of "Harmony" in Buddhist Thought. O.A., 91-112. Bareau, André (1988): Étude du bouddhisme. Annuaire du Collège de France 1988-1989, 533-547. Schopen, Gregory (1987): Burial "ad sanctos" and the Physical Presence of the Buddha in Early Indian Buddhism. A Study in the Archeology of Religions. Religion 17, 193-225. Schopen, Gregory (1983): The Generalization of an Old Yogic Attainment in Medieval Mahāyāna Sūtra Literature: Some Notes on Jātismara. JIABS 6, 109-147. Horner, I. B. (1946): Gotama and the Other Sects. Journal of the American Oriental Society 66, 283-289. Wayman, Alex (1990): Human Rights in Buddhism. Studia Missionalia 39, 341-357. Odani, Nobuchiyo (1988): The Transition of Dharma-interpretation in Buddhism from Buddhaghosa to Bu ston. The Annual Report of Researches of Otani University 41, 9-11. Odani, Nobuchiyo (1988): Bukkyō ni okeru "kō" kaishaku no kensen - Buddhaghosa kara Bu ston e [Der Wandel der Erklärung von "dharma" im Buddhismus - von Buddhaghosa bis Bu ston]. Tani Daigaku Kenkyū Nenpō 41, 53-94. 35 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1029 1031 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 2412 Kaschewsky, Rudolf (1984): Heilige Schriften im indischen und tibetomongolischen Buddhismus. Götterbild in Kunst und Schrift. Hg. von Hasn-Joachim Klimkeit. Bonn, 161-176. SD S 27.1 134 Klostermaier, Klaus (1991): The Nature of Buddhism. Asian Philosophy 1/1, 29-37. SD S 27.1 135 Collins, Steven (1982): Self And Non-self In Early Buddhism. Int. Rev. for the History of Religions 29/2, 251-271. SD S 27.1 136 Bagchi, P. C. (?): On the Original Buddhism, its Canon and Language. Sino-Indian Studies 2, 107-135. Bechert, Heinz (1976): Buddha-Feld und Verdienstübertragung: Mahāyāna-Ideen im Theravāda-Buddhismus SD S 27.1 137 Ceylons. Bull. de la Classe des Lettres et des Scs. Morales et Politiques d'Acad. Royale de Belgique, 62, 27-49. SD S 27.1 138 McDermott, James P. (1989): Animals and Humans in Early Buddhism. Indo-Iranian Journal 32/4, 269-280. De Jong, J. W. (1989): Review: David Snellgrove, Indo-Tibetan Buddhism. Indian Buddhists and Their Tibetan SD S 27.1 139 Successors. Indo-Iranian Journal 32, 219-226. SD S 27.1 140 De Jong, J. W. (1989): Review: Richard Gombrich, Theravāda Buddhism. Indo-Iranian Journal 32/3, 239-242. Banks Findly, E. (1992): Ānanda's Hindrance: Faith (Saddhā) in Early Buddhism. Journal of Indian Philosophy 20/3, SD S 27.1 141 253-273. SD S 27.1 142 Wayman, Alex (1993): The Buddhist Attitude Toward Hinduism. Studia Missionalia 42, 329-345. SD S 27.1 143 Bechert, Heinz (1991): Buddhismo. Encicloped. delle Scienze Sociali 1, 580-590. SD S 27.1 144 De Berval, René (1989): Présence du Bouddhisme. Indo-Iranian Journal 32, 232-233. Manda, Michitoshi (1990): Bukkyō-kōki-jidai no shisō ka to Keijijōgakuteki - kadai - Sañjaya, Bukkyō, Jaina-kyō SD S 27.1 145 wo Hikaku shite [The Thinkers in the Age of Buddhism's Arizing and the Metaphysical Subjects] (A comparative Study of Sañjaya, Buddhism and Taonism). Annual Memoirs of the Otani University Graduate School 7, 25-36 Hoffman, Frank J., Koller, John M. (1989): Revies of: Rationality and Mind in Early Buddhism. Journal of Indian SD S 27.1 146 Philosophy 17, 431-436. Vetter, Tilmann (1994): Gedanken zu einer Geschichte der indischen Mystik. Zeitschrift für Missionswissenschaft SD S 27.1 147 und Religionswissenschaft 3 (78. Jg.), 175-190. Schopen, Gregory (1991): Archaeology and Protestant Presuppositions in the study of Indian Buddhism. History of SD S 27.1 148 Religions 31/1, 1-23. SD S 27.1 149 Dietz, Siglinde (1994): Das Weltbild des indischen Buddhismus. Die Welt der Weltbilder, XXXII 273-296. Nakamura, Hajime (1960): The Deification of Gotama the Man. In: Proceedings of the 9th International Congress for SD S 27.1 14a-c the History of Religions Tokyo and Kyoto 1958, August 27th - September 9th. Japanese Organizing Committee for the IX ICHR Science Council of Japan, International Association for the History of Religions. Tokyo, 152-160. SD S 27.1 133 36 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2413 SD S 27.1 15 1057 SD S 27.1 150 1058 SD S 27.1 151 1059 1060 1061 1062 SD S 27.1 152 SD S 27.1 153 SD S 27.1 154 SD S 27.1 155 1063 SD S 27.1 156 1064 SD S 27.1 157 1065 SD S 27.1 158 1067 SD S 27.1 159 1076 1077 1078 1079 SD S 27.1 160 SD S 27.1 161 SD S 27.1 162 SD S 27.1 163 1080 SD S 27.1 164 1081 SD S 27.1 165 1082 SD S 27.1 166 Conze, Edward (1967): Buddhism and Gnosis. Studies in the History of Religions (supplements to Numen) 12, 651667. Bechert, Heinz (1992): Buddha-Field and Transfer of Merit in a Theravāda Source. Indo-Iranian Journal 35/2-3, 95108. Gombrich, Richard (1994): The Buddha and the Jains. A Reply to Professor Bronkhorst. Asiatische Studien 48/4, 1069-1096. Wakahara, Yusho (1995): Buddhists' criticism on Jainism (1), RDR 447, 67-91. Schmithausen, Lambert (1996): Buddhismus und Glaubenskriege. Joachim Jungius-Ges. Wiss. Hamburg 83, 63-92. Harrison, Paul (1995): Some Reflections on the Personality of the Buddha. Otani gakuhō 74, 1-28. Vetter, Tilmann (1996): Atheistic and Theistic Tendencies in Buddhism. Studies in Interreligious Dialogue 6, 76-84. Vetter, Tilmann (1996): Tod im Buddhismus. Der Tod in den Weltkulturen und Weltreligionen (hrsg. von Constantin von Barloewen), 1-26. Schmithausen, Lambert (1997): The Early Buddhist Tradition and Ecological Ethics, Journal of Buddhist Ethics 4, 174. Schmithausen, Lambert (1996): Buddhism and Ecological Responsibility, The Stories They Tell, 57-93. Butzenberger, Klaus (1996): Ancient Indian Conceptions on Man's Destiny After Death. The Beginnings and the Early Development of the Doctrine of Transmigration. I. BIS, 55-118. Harrison, Paul (1995): Searching for the Origins of the Mahāyāna: What Are We Looking For? EB, 28, 48-69 Harrison, Paul (1995): Some Reflections on the Personality of the Buddha, Ōtani Gakuhō 3, 1-28. O.A. (o.J.): The first English translation of the entire Buddhist canon. O.A. Vetter, Tilmann (?): Atheistische und theistische Tendenzn im Buddhismus. Gott im Spiel der Weltreligionen, 22-35 Fujita, Kōtatsu (1959): Shishamonka no seiritsu ni tsuite [über die Entstehung des 4-Status der śramanas]. IBK 7-2, 464-473. [jap.] Fujita, Kotatsu (o.J.): Miyamoto Shōson kyōju kanreki kinen ronbunshū. Tenrin jōō ni tsuite - genshi bukkyō seiten o chūshin to site [Über cakravartirājan, mit dem Mittelpunkt der Überlieferung des ursprünglichen Buddhismus]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Ronshū, 145-156. Nakamura, Hajime (o.J.): Tōyō no shūkyō ni okeru sei no rinri - Bukkyō no denpa o tōshite no kentō [Die Geschlechtsethik des Buddhismus]. Kodai-Chūsei no sei shisō 3, 1237-1252. 37 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1083 SD S 27.1 167 1084 SD S 27.1 168 1085 SD S 27.1 169 2414 SD S 27.1 16a 2415 SD S 27.1 16b 2416 SD S 27.1 17 1098 1099 SD S 27.1 170 SD S 27.1 171 185 SD S 27.1 172 187 SD S 27.1 173 1284 1314 1315 1316 1317 SD S 27.1 174 SD S 27.1 175 SD S 27.1 176 SD S 27.1 177 SD S 27.1 178 1318 SD S 27.1 179 2417 SD S 27.1 18 1319 SD S 27.1 180 Fujita, Kōtatsu (1953): Genshi bukkyō ni okeru shishō byōdō ron [über die Lehre der Egalität der 4-Kaste im ursprünglichen Buddhismus.] IBK 2-1, 55-61. [jap.] Kumoi, Shōzen (1955): Nehan no dōgiigo ni tsuite - Brahman to no kanren ni oite [über das Synonym des Nirvāṇas, im Bezug auf Brahman]. Yamaguchi hakushi kanreki kinen indogaku bukkyōgaku ronsō. [jap.] Fujita, Kōtatsu (1957): Genshi bukkyō ni okeru shin no keitai [über die Gestalt des Glaubens im ursprünglichen Buddhismus]. The Annual Reports on Cultural Science, Faculty of Letters. Hokkaido University, 67-110 [jap.] Bareau, André (1971-72): Etude du Boudhhisme. L'Annuaire du Collège de France. 72e Année. Résumé des Cours de 1971-72, 451-469. Bareau, André (1972-73): Etude du Boudhhisme. L'Annuaire du Collège de France. 73e Année. Résumé des Cours de 1972-73, 403-430. Lamotte, Étienne (1955): Le Bouddhisme des Laïcs. In: Studies in Indology and Buddhology, Presented in Honour of Professor S. Yamaguchi. Kyoto: Hozokan, 73-89. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1995): The Buddha and the Jainas reconsidered. AS, 333-350. Schmithausen, Lambert (1997): Buddhismus und ökologische Ethik. Bodhiblatt 6, 33-40. Gombrich, Richard (1997): Religious Experience in Early Buddhism? Eigth Annual BASR Lecture, British Association for the Study of Religions, Occasional Papers 17, 1-18. Gombrich, Richard (1998): Kindness and Compassion as Means to Nirvana. Fifth Gonda lecture, Royal Netherlands Academy of Arts and Sciences, Amsterdam, 5-27. Gómez, Luis O. (1992): Sources of Authority in Buddhism and Buddhist Scholarship. Otani Gakuho 72/1, 1-37. Schmithausen, Lambert (1997): Buddhismus und Ökologische Ethik. In: Bodhiblatt 6, 33-40. Schmithausen, Lambert (1997): Buddhismus und ökologische Ethik. In Bhodhiblatt 7, 16-24. Schmithausen, Lambert (1998): Buddhismus und ökologische Ethik. In: Bodhiblatt 8, 10-17. Schmithausen, Lambert (2000): Buddhismus und ökologische Ethik. In: Bodhiblatt 9, 8-16. Schmithausen, Lambert (??): Essen, ohne zu töten. Zur Frage von Fleischverzehr und Vegetarismus im Buddhismus. In: Die Religionen und das Essen. Ed. Perry Schmidt-Leukel. Diederichs Gelbe Reihe 163. Tucci, Giuseppe (1959): Animadversiones Indicae. In: Jñānamuktāvalī. Commemoration Volume in Honour of Johannes Nobel On the Occasion of his 70th Birthday offered by Pupils and Colleagues. Edited by Claus Vogel. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 221-227. Schmithausen, Lambert (2000): Zur zwölfgliedrigen Formel des Entstehens in Abhängigkeit. In: Hōrin 7, 41-76. 38 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1320 1321 SD S 27.1 181 SD S 27.1 182 1322 SD S 27.1 183 1323 SD S 27.1 184 1324 SD S 27.1 185 1325 SD S 27.1 186 1333 SD S 27.1 187 1428 SD S 27.1 188 1429 SD S 27.1 189 2418 SD S 27.1 19 1430 SD S 27.1 190 1431 SD S 27.1 191 1432 SD S 27.1 192 1433 SD S 27.1 193 1434 SD S 27.1 194 Steinkellner, Ernst (1998): Die Ethik des Buddhismus. Teil 1. In: Bodhiblatt 8, 18-24. Steinkellner, Ernst (2000): Die Ethik des Buddhismus. Teil 2. In: Bodhiblatt 9, 17-24. Vetter, Tilmann (1998): Explanations of dukkha. Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies 21/2, 383-387. Aramaki, Noritoshi (2003): Towards a New Working Hypothesis on the Origin of Mahāyāna Buddhism. In: The Eastern Buddhist 35-1&2, 203-218. Rhi, Juhyung (2003): Early Mahāyāna and Gandhāran Buddhism: An Assessment of the Visual Evidence. In: The Eastern Buddhist 35-1&2, 152-202. Schopen, Gregory (2000): The Mahāyāna and the Middle Period in Indian Buddhism: Through a Chinese Lookingglass. In: The Eastern Buddhist 32-2, 1-25. Harrison, Paul (2003): Mediums and Messages: Reflections on the Production of Mahāyāna Sūtras. In: The Eastern Buddhist 35-1&2, 115-151. Schmithausen, Lambert (2000): Buddhism and the Ethics of Nature -- Some Remarks. In: The Eastern Buddhist (New Series) 32-2, pp. 26-78. Deeg, Max (1999): Das Ende des Dharma und die Ankunft des Maitreya. Endezeit- und Neue-Zeit-Vorstellungen im Buddhismus mit einem Exkurs zur Kāśyapa-Legende. In: ZfR 7, 145-169. Demiéville, Paul (1957): Le bouddhisme. Aperçu historique et doctrinal. In: Encyclopedie Française 19. Chapitre 4: Les Religions de l'Orient et de l'Extrême Orient, 19.52-13 - 19.54-3. Schmithausen, Lambert (2000): A Note on the Origin of Ahiṃsā. In: Harānandalaharī: Volume in Honour of Professor Minoru Hara on his Seentieth Birthday. Ed. Ryutaro Tsuchida and Albrecht Wezler, pp. 253-282. Hartmann, Jens-Uwe (1999): Buddhist Sanskrit Texts from Northern Turkestan and their relation to the Chinese Tripiṭaka. In: Collection of Essays 1993. Buddhism Across Boundaries -- Chinese Buddhism and the Western Regions, by Erik Zücher, Lore Sander, and others. pp. 107-133. Vetter, Tilmann (1999): Raum-zeitliche Vermitttlung der Transzendenz im ältesten Buddhismus? In: Raum-zeitliche Vermittlung der Transzendenz. Ed. G. Oberhammer, M. Schmücker. pp. 207-227. Collins, Steven (1994): What Are Buddhists Doing When They Deny the Self? In: Religion and Practical Reason. New Essays in the Comparative Philosophy of Religions. Ed. Frank E. Reynolds and David Tracy. State University of New York Press, pp. 59-86. Hakamaya, Noriaki (2001): Gregory Schhopen cho Odani Nobuchiyo yaku: Daijōbukkyō-kōki-jidai / Indo no sōin39 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1435 SD S 27.1 195 1436 SD S 27.1 196 1437 SD S 27.1 197 1438 SD S 27.1 198 1439 SD S 27.1 199 2400 SD S 27.1 2 2419 SD S 27.1 20 1440 SD S 27.1 200 1441 SD S 27.1 201 1442 SD S 27.1 202 1443 SD S 27.1 203 1444 SD S 27.1 204 seikatsu [Review: G. Schopen (Übersetzung von N. Odani) Die Ausstiegsyeit des Mahāyāna-Buddhismus/Das Leben in indischen Klöstern (Seminare in Otani Universität)]. In: Bukkyōgaku-seminar 73, pp. 72-86. Steinkellner, Ernst (2000): Buddhismus: Religion oder Philosophie? und Vom Wesen des Buddha. In: Der Buddhismus als Anfrage an chiristliche Theologie und Philosophie. Ed. Andreas Bsteh. pp. 251-311. Steinkellner, Ernst (2000): Der Mensch im Buddhismus. In: Der Buddhismus als Anfrage an chiristliche Theologie und Philosophie. Ed. Andreas Bsteh. pp. 313-372. Schmithausen, Lambert/Maitrimurthi Mudagamuwe (1998): Tier und Mensch im Buddhismus. In: Tier und Menschen. Geschichte und Aktualität eines prekären Verhältnisses. Hrsg. von Paul Münch in Verbindung mit Rainer Walz. 179-224. Bhattacharya, Kamaleswar (1998): Some thoughts on early Buddhism with special reference to its relation to the Upaniṣads. Post-graduate and Research Department Series No. 41 (Acharya Dharmananda Kosambi Memorial Lectures: Third series), Pune: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, 1-31. Gombrich, Richard (1997): The Buddhist Attitude to Thaumaturgy. In: Bauddhavidyāsudhākaraḥ. Studies in Honour of Heinz Bechert on the Occasion of His 65th Birthday (Indica et Tibetica 30). Ed. by Petra Kieffer-Pülz, Jens-Uwe Hartmann. Swisttal-Odendorf: Indica et Tibetica Verlag, 165-184. Bareau, André (o.J.): Les relations entre la causalite du monde physique et la causalite du monde spirituel dans le Hinayana. Sino-Indian Studies (Liebenthal Festschrift) 5/3-4, 2-8. Wayman, A. (1970): Buddhist Dependent Origination. History of Religions 10, 185-203. Vetter, Tilmann (1997): Der Buddhismus und die Frage nach einer weltbildindifferenten Erfahrung. In: Das Evangelium und die Weltreligionen: theologische und philosophische Herausforderungen. Hrsg. von Hans-Peter Müller. Stuttgart [u.a.]: Kohlhammer, 37-46. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1993): Review: Tilmann Vetter, The Ideas and Meditative Practices of Early Buddhism. E.J. Brill, Leiden [u.a.], 1988. Indo-Iranian Journal 36, 63-68. Herman, A. L. (1986): An economic model for the law of karma. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 42/1-4, 1-35. Schmithausen, Lambert (1998): Buddhismus. In: Lexikon der Bioethik. Hrsg. im Auftrag der Görres-Gesellschaft von Wilhelm Korff, Lutwin Beck, Paul Mikat. Gütersloh: Gütersloher Verlagshaus, 185-188. Skilling, Peter (1999): "Arise, go forth, devote yourselves ...": A verse summary of the teaching of the Buddhas. In: Socially Engaged Buddhism for the New Millennium. Essays in honor of the Ven. Phra Dhammapitaka (Bhikkhu 40 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1445 SD S 27.1 205 1446 SD S 27.1 206 1447 SD S 27.1 207 1450 SD S 27.1 208 1462 SD S 27.1 209 2420 1463 SD S 27.1 21 SD S 27.1 210 1650 SD S 27.1 211 1682 SD S 27.1 212 2421 SD S 27.1 22 2422 SD S 27.1 23 2423 SD S 27.1 24 2424 SD S 27.1 26 2425 SD S 27.1 27 P.A. Payutto) on his 60th birthday anniversary. Bangkok: Sathirakoses-Nagapradipa Foundation & Foundation for Children, 440-444. Paul, Gregor (1998): Buddhistische Glücksvorstellungen. Eine historisch-systematische Skizze. In: Glück und Ethik. Hrsg. von Joachim Schummer. Würzburg: Königshausen & Neumann, 47-68. Skilling, Peter (2002): Three Types of Bodhisatta in Theravādin Tradition: A Bibliographical Excursion. In: Buddhist and Indian Studies in Honour of Professor Sodo Mori. Hamamatsu: Kokusai Bukkyoto Kyokai, 91-102. Johnson, W. J. (1988): Theravāda Buddhism in South-East Asia. In: The World's Religions. Ed. by Stewart Sutherland [u.a.]. London: Routledge, 726-738. Davids, Rhys C.A.F. (1924): Die buddhistische Lehre von der Wiedergeburt (Übersetzung von S. Schayer). Vortrag in der Quest Society. München-Neubiberg: Oskar Schloss Verlag, 1-22. Skilling, Peter (1999): "Arise, go forth, devote yourself": A Verse summary of the teaching of the Buddhas. In: Socially Engaged Buddhism for the New Millennium. Essays in honor of The Ven. Phra Dhammapitaka (Bhikkhu P.A. Payutto) On his 60th birthday anniversary, pp. 440-444. Fujita, Kōtatsu (1975): One vehicle or three ? Journal of Indian Philosophy 3/1-2, 79-166. Schmithausen, Lambert (2000): Zur zwölfgliedrigen Formel des Entstehens in Abhängigkeit. Hōrin 7, 41-76. De Jong, J. W. (1996): Buddha's Word in China (George Ernest Morrison Lectures - A Selection). East Asian History 11(1996), 45-58. Hardy, Friedhelm (1988): The Renouncer Traditions. The Classical Religions of India. In: The World's Religions. Ed. by Stewart Sutherland [u.a.]. London: Routledge, 582-603. Jahn, Karl (1956): Kamālashrī-Rashīd al-Dīn's "Life and Teaching of Buddha". A source for the Buddhism of the Mongol period. Central Asiatic Journal 2/1, 81-128. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1904): Mélanges. Pessimisme Hindou. Le Muséon (N.S.) 5, 113-121. Boyer, A. M. (1906): Note sur le manuscrit sanskrit-ouïgour en brāhmī de la mission Grünwedel. Le Muséon N.S. 7, 103-108. Schmithausen, Lambert (1977): Zur buddhistischen Lehre von der dreifachen Leidhaftigkeit (1). Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft Supplement 3,2 (19. Deutscher Orientalistentag vom 28. September bis 4. Oktzober 1975 in Freiburg im Breisgau. Vorträge hsg. von Wolfgang Voigt. Wiesbaden), 918-931. Lamotte, Étienne (1977): Die bedingte Entstehung und die höchste Erleuchtung. In: Beiträge zur Indienforschung. Ernst Waldschmidt zum 80. Geburtstag gewidmet (Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Indische Kunst Berlin 4). 41 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2426 SD S 27.1 28 2427 SD S 27.1 29 2401 SD S 27.1 3 2428 2430 SD S 27.1 30 SD S 27.1 35 2429 SD S 27.1 36 2431 SD S 27.1 37 2432 SD S 27.1 38 2433 SD S 27.1 39 2434 SD S 27.1 40 2435 SD S 27.1 41 2436 SD S 27.1 42 2437 SD S 27.1 43 2438 SD S 27.1 44 2439 SD S 27.1 45 2440 SD S 27.1 46 Berlin, 279-298. Norman, K.R. (1977): The Buddha's view of devas. In: Beiträge zur Indienforschung. Ernst Waldschmidt zum 80. Geburtstag gewidmet (Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Indische Kunst Berlin 4). Berlin, 329-336. Keith, A. Berriedale (1930-1932): Mahāvīra and the Buddha. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 6, 859-866. Sasaki, Genjun H. (1965): The three aspects of truth in Buddhist epistemology. Journal of the Oriental Institute Baroda 14/3-4, 1-15. Feigl, Hermann (Nov. 1888): Der Buddhismus. Österreichische Monatsschrift für den Orient 11, 159-167. Schayer, Stanisl̷aw (1938): Mit, kult i etyka buddyzmu. Przegląd Współczesny 194, 70-100. Wayman, Alex (1971): Buddhism. In: Historia Religionum - Handbook for the History of Religions. Volume 2: Religions of the Present. Ed. by C. Jouco Bleeker and Geo Widengren. Leiden: Brill, 372-464. De Jong, J. W. (1972): Book Review: Guy Richard Welbon, The Buddhist Nirvāṇa and Its Western Interpreters. The University of Chicago Press, 1968. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 396-403. Wayman, Alex (1978): Indian Buddhism. Journal of Indian Philosophy 6, 415-427. Chatalian, G. (1974): A Review of R. H. Robinson, The Buddhist Religion: A Historical Introduction. Dickenson Publishing Company, Belmont, 1970. Journal of Indian Philosophy 2, 355-372. Schmidt, I. J. (1832): Über einige Grundlehren des Buddhaismus. Erste & Zweite Abhandlung. Mémoires de l'Académie Impériale des Sciences de Saint-Pétersbourg (Sixième Série) 1, 89-120 & 221-262. Thurman, Robert A. F. (1981): The Emptiness That is Compassion: An Essay on Buddhist Ethics. Religious Traditions 4/2, 11-34. Thurman, Robert A. F. (1980): Transcendence and the Sacred in the Mahāyāna Middle Way. Journal of Religious Studies 8/1, 32-50. Wayman, Alex (1982): The Religious Meaning of Concrete Death in Buddhism. Studia Missionalia 31, 273-295. Bareau, André (1957): Comptes rendus: André Migot, Le Bouddha. Paris (Club français du livre), 1957. Journal Asiatique 245, 408-413. Schayer, St. (1937): New contributions to the problem of pre-Hīnayānistic Buddhism. Polish Bulletin of Oriental Studies 1, 8-17. Matsumura, Hisashi (1982): Kodai kita-Indo no minshū bukkyō to shūkyō jissen rinri [The popular Buddhism and ethics of religious practices]. Nihon Bukkyō Gakkai Nenpō 47, 15-30. 42 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2441 SD S 27.1 47 2442 SD S 27.1 48 2443 SD S 27.1 49 2402 SD S 27.1 5 2444 SD S 27.1 50 2445 SD S 27.1 51 2446 SD S 27.1 52 2447 SD S 27.1 53 2448 SD S 27.1 54 2449 SD S 27.1 55 2450 SD S 27.1 56 2451 SD S 27.1 57 2452 SD S 27.1 58 2453 SD S 27.1 59 2403 SD S 27.1 6 Dandekar, R. N. (1957): Religion and Philosophy in the Age of the Guptas (circa 200-700). Rocznik Orientalistyczny 21, 85-107. Regamey, Constantin (1957): Le problème du bouddhisme primitif et les derniers travaux de Stanisl̷aw Schayer. Rocznik Orientalistyczny 21, 37-58. Rhys Davids, C. A. F. (1927): Notices of Books: Giuseppe Tucci, Il Buddhismo (Biblioteca di Critica Religiosa). Foligno: Fr. Campitelli, 1926. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 637-639. Lamotte, Étienne (o.J.): Mañjuśrī. T'oung Pao 48/1-3, 1-96. Glasenapp, Helmut von (1957): (Rezension:) Mensching, Gustav: Buddhistische Geisteswelt. Vom historischen Buddha zum Lamaismus. Texte ausgewählt und eingeleitet. Darmstadt: Holle Verlag, 1955. Theologische Literaturzeitung 5, 352. Enomoto, Fumio (1984): The Formation of the Original Texts of the Chinese Āgamas (jap.). Toyo Gakujutsu Kenkyū 23/1, 93-108 (with an English summary typescript). Litvinsky, B. A. and Mizutani Kōshō (o.J.): Nishi-Turkestan no Bukkyō [Buddhism in West-Turkestan]. O.A., 1076989 (45-132). Kajiyama, Yūichi (1978): Bukkyō ni okeru hotoba to Chinmoku [Words and Silence in Buddhism]. In: Shūkyō taiken to hotoba. Bukkyō to Kiristo-kyō tono taiwe [Religious Experience and Words - Buddhism and Christianity]. Edited by the Institute for Religious Culture,Tōkyō, 16-49. Hayashima, Kyōshō (1962): A Climatological and Religious Explanation of the Conception of Suññatā in Early Buddhism. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 10/2, 765-758. Enomoto, F. (1978): āsrava ni tsuite. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyō 27/1, 159-158 (with an English summary typescript). Enomoto, F. (1979): āsrava (Ro) no seiritsu ni tsuite - Omo ni Jaina Kosō-kyōten ni okeru [On the origin of āsrava, mainly in the Senior Canons of the Jainas]. Bukkyōshigaku Kenkyū 22/1, 17-42 (with English summary typescript). Senart, E. (1907): Origines Bouddhiques. Bibliothèque de vulgarisation du Musée Guimet 25, 1-44. De Jong, J. W. (1972): Book Review: Guy Richard Welbon, The Buddhist Nirvāṇa and Its Western Interpreters. The University of Chicago Press, 1968. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 396-403. Banerjee, Anukul Chandra (1980-81): Buddhism - Its religious background. Indologica Taurinensia 8-9, 19-26. Lamotte, Étienne (1954): Sur la formation du Mahāyāna. In: Asiatica - Festschrift Friedrich Weller zum 65. Geburtstag. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz, 377-396. 43 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2454 SD S 27.1 60 2455 SD S 27.1 61 2456 SD S 27.1 62 2457 SD S 27.1 63 2458 SD S 27.1 64 2459 SD S 27.1 65 2460 SD S 27.1 66 2461 SD S 27.1 67 2462 SD S 27.1 68 2463 SD S 27.1 69 2404 SD S 27.1 7 2464 SD S 27.1 70 2465 SD S 27.1 71 2466 SD S 27.1 72 Bechert, Heinz (1982): On the identification of Buddhist Schools in early Sri Lanka. In: Günther-Dietz Sontheimer and Parameswara K. Aithal (eds.): Indology and Law. Studies in Honour of Professor J. Duncan M. Derrett [Beiträge zur Südasien-Forschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg 77]. Wiesbaden, 60-76. Rhys Davids, C.A. F. (1927): Notices of Books: L'Illuminato (La Storia del Buddha). Da Luigi Suali. Milano: Fratelli Treves, 1925. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 633-635. Thomas, E. J. (1927): Notices of Books: La Morale Bouddhique. Par L. de la Vallée Poussin. Avec une préface de M. Émile Senart. Bibliothèque francaise de philosophie 16. Paris: Nouvelle Librarie Nationale, 1927. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 631-632. Horsch, Paul (1964): Buddhas erste Meditation. Asiatische Studien (Études Asiatiques) 17, 100-154. Dhammaratana, U. (1971): Buddhism in a new perspective. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 27/3-4, 201-211. Pachow, W. (1972): Buddhism and its relation to Chinese religions. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 28/1-2, 429-441. Bapat, P. V. (1973): Impress of Buddhism on Indian people. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Vidyapeetha 29/1-4, 99-107. Banerjee, Anukul Chandra (1976): The Theravada School of Buddhism. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 32/1-4, 187-193. Mishra, Umesha (1951): Influence of the teachings of the Buddha and the causes of the decline of Buddhism in India. Journal of the Ganganatha jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 9/1, 111-122. Joshi, Lal Mani (1965-66): Reviews on some alleged causes of the decline of Buddhism in India. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 22/1-2, 23-37. Nakamura, Hajime (o.J.): The Peace Concept of Buddhism. O.A., 1-16. Feer, M. (1870): Études Bouddhiques. Les quatre vérités et la prédication de Bénarès (Dharmacakrapravartanam). Journal Asiatique, 345-472. Schopen, Gregory (1975): The phrase ,sa pr̥thivīpradeśaś caityabhūto bhavet´ in the Vajracchedikā: Notes on the cult of the book in Mahāyāna. Indo-Iranian Journal 17, 147-181. De Jong, J. W. (1976): Review: Ria Kloppenborg, The Paccekabuddha. A Buddhist Ascetic. A study of the concept of the paccekabuddha in Pāli canonical and commentarial literature [Orientalia Rheno-Traiectina 20]. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1974. Indo-Iranian Journal 18, 322-324. 44 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2467 SD S 27.1 73 2468 SD S 27.1 74 2469 SD S 27.1 76 2470 SD S 27.1 78 2471 SD S 27.1 79 2406 2472 2473 SD S 27.1 8 SD S 27.1 80 SD S 27.1 81 2474 SD S 27.1 82 2475 2476 SD S 27.1 83 SD S 27.1 84 2477 SD S 27.1 85 2478 SD S 27.1 86 2479 SD S 27.1 87 2480 SD S 27.1 88 2481 2405 2482 SD S 27.1 89 SD S 27.1 9 SD S 27.1 90 Bechert, Heinz (1976): Review: Richard F. Gombrich, Precept and Practice, Traditional Buddhism in the Rural Highlands of Ceylon. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1971. Indo-Iranian Journal 18, 145-149. Lévi, Sylvain (1915): La récitation primitive des textes bouddhiques. Journal Asiatique, 401-447. Vetter, Tilmann E. (1985): Recent Research on the most ancient form of Buddhism. A Possible Approach and its Results. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 67-85. Sato, Michio (1983): Abhinavagupta's Relationship to Buddhism. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 5 pages (typescript). Subbamanian, S. V. (1983): Buddhism as found in early Tamil literature. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 17 pages (typescript). Leumann, E. (1925): Der Buddhistische Kanon auf Marmortafeln. Asia Major 2, 309-311 (1 Tafel). La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1906): Studies in Buddhist Dogma. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 943-977. Schlingloff, Dieter (1985): König Asoka und das Wesen des ältesten Buddhismus. Saeculum 36/4, 325-333. Hinüber, Oskar von (1976): Sprachliche Beobachtungen zum Aufbau des Pāli-Kanons. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 2, 27-40. Krishan, Y. (1984): The Origin and Development of the Bodhisattva Doctrine. East and West 34/1-3, 199-232. Cruise, Henry (1983): Early Buddhism: Some recent misconceptions. Philosophy East and West 33/2, 149-166. Nasr, Seyyed Hossein (1984): Feature Review: Marco Pallis, A Buddhist Spectrum. New York: The Seabury Press, 1981. Philosophy East and West 34/4, 451-458. Koseki, Aaron I. (1984): Book Review: Leslie S. Kawamura (ed.), The Bodhisattva Doctrine in Buddhism.Waterloo, Ontario, Canada: Wilfrid Laurier University Press, 1981. Philosophy East and West 34/4, 461-464. Perrett, Roy W. (1986): The bodhisattva paradox. Philosophy East and West 36/1, 55-59. Schumacher, John A. and Anderson, Robert M. (1979): In defense of mystical science. Philosophy East and West 29/1, 73-90. Herman, A. L. (1979): A solution to the paradox of desire in Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 29/1, 91-94. Glasenapp, Helmut von (1958): Nachwort zu Oldenberg, H. (1958): Buddha. Stuttgart: 13. Auflage, 456-519. Alt, Wayne (1980): There is no paradox of desire in Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 30/4, 521-528. 45 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2483 SD S 27.1 91 2484 SD S 27.1 92 2485 SD S 27.1 93 2486 SD S 27.1 94 2487 SD S 27.1 95 2488 SD S 27.1 96 2489 SD S 27.1 97 2490 SD S 27.1 98 2491 SD S 27.1 99 2509 SD S 27.2 1 2518 SD S 27.2 10 2519 SD S 27.2 11 2520 SD S 27.2 12 2521 2522 SD S 27.2 13 SD S 27.2 15 Herman, A. L. (1980): Ah, but there is a paradox of desire in Buddhism - A reply to Wayne Alt. Philosophy East and West 30/4, 529-532. Visvader, John (1980): Reply to Wayne Alt's "There is no paradox of desire in Buddhism". Philosophy East and West 30/4, 533-534. Watts, Jeffrey D. (1982): Necessity and Sufficiency in the Buddh's Causal Schema. Philosophy East and West 32/4, 407-423. Wei-hsun Fu (1973): Morality or beyond: The Neo-Confucian confrontation with Mahāyāna Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 23/3, 375-396. Rupp, George (1971): The relationship between nirvāṇa and saṃsāra: An essay on the evolution of Buddhist ethics. Philosophy East and West 21, 55-67. Bjaaland, Patricia E. and Lederman, Arthur (1973): Review: A.K. Warder, Indian Buddhism. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1970. Philosophy East and West 23/4, 537-544. Berry, Thomas (1974): Review: Frederick J. Streng, The Religious Life of Man. Series Editor. Belmont: Dickenson Publishing Co., 1969-1971. Philosophy East and West 24/1, 99-110. Brown, Delmer (1974): Buddhism and historical thought in Japan before 1221. Philosophy East and West 24/2, 215225. Lethcoe, Nancy R. (1974): Book Review: Kenneth K.S. Ch'en, The Chinese Transformation of Buddhism. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1973. Philosophy East and West 24/4, 461-463. Waldschmidt, Ernst (1968): Ein Beitrag zur Überlieferung vom Sthavira Śroṇa Koṭiviṃśa. Mélanges d'Indianisme à la mémoire de Louis Renou [Publications de l'Institut de Civilisation Indienne 28], 773-787. Ridding, C.M. and La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1917-20): A Fragment of the Sanskrit Vinaya. Bhikṣunikarmavacana. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 1, 123-143 (with plate). Bailey, H. W. (1949-51): The Tumshuq Karmavācana. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 13, 649-670. Panglung, Jampa L. (1980): Zwei Beschwörungsformeln gegen Schlangenbiss im Mūlasarvāstivādin-Vinaya und ihr Fortleben in der Mahāmāyūrīvidyārājñī. In: Heilen und Schenken., Festschrift für Günther Klinge zum 70. Geburtstag. Hsg. von Herbert Franke und Walther Heissig. Wiesbaden, 66-71. Lévi, Sylvain (1912): Un fragment Tokharien du Vinaya des Sarvastivadins. Journal Asiatique 19, 101-111. Lévi, Sylvain (1913): Tokharian Pratimoksa fragment. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 109-120. 46 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2523 SD S 27.2 16 2524 SD S 27.2 17 2525 SD S 27.2 18 2526 SD S 27.2 19 2510 SD S 27.2 2 2527 SD S 27.2 20 2528 SD S 27.2 21 2529 SD S 27.2 22 2530 SD S 27.2 23 2531 SD S 27.2 24 2532 SD S 27.2 25 2533 SD S 27.2 26 Shūko, Tsuchihashi (1976): [On the Tun Huang Manuscript of the T'i-Wei Wu-Chieh-Ching-bing-Wei-i (A Vinayatext)]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies - Proceedings (1) of the twenty-seven Congress held at Aichigakuin University] 25/1, 117-113. Hinüber, Oskar von (1975): Kulturgeschichtliches aus dem Bhikṣuṇī-Vinaya: die saṃkakṣikā. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 125/1, 133-139. Pachow, W. and Mishra, Ramakanta (1952): The Prātomokṣa Sūtra of the Mahāsāṅghikas. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 9/2-4, 239-260. Law, B.C., Ranande, R.D. Siddiq, A., Prasad, I., Mishra, Umesha (eds.) (1953-55): Appendix to the Prātimokṣa (Translation of the Introductory Section of the Text). Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institue 11-12/1-4, 243-248. Waldschmidt, Ernst (o.J.): Vergleichende Analyse des Catuṣpariṣatsūtra. In: Festschrift Schubring, 84-122. De Jong, J. W. (1963-64): Review: Heinz Bechert, Bruchstücke buddhistischer Verssammlungen aus zentralasiatischen Sanskrithandschriften. I. Die Anavataptagāthā und die Sthaviragāthā. Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, Inst. für Orientforschung Veröffentl. Nr. 51, Sanskrittexte aus den Turfanfunden hsg. im Auftrage der Akademie von Ernst Waldschmidt 6, Berlin, 1961. Indo-Iranian Journal 7, 232-235. De Jong, J. W. (1977): Review: Charles S. Prebish, Buddhist Monastic Discipline: The Sanskrit Prātimokṣa Sūtras of the Mahāsāṃghikas and Mūlasarvāstivādins. University Park and London, The Pennsylvania State University Press, 1975. Indo-Iranian Journal 19, 127-135. Shiraishi, Shindo (1958): A Study of the Mahāvastu. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 6/1, 311-306 (1-6). Lévi, Sylvain (1915): Sur la récitation primitive des textes bouddhiques. Journal Asiatique, 401-447. Jaini, P.S. (1963): Review: N. A. Jayawickrama (ed. and tr.): The Inception of discipline and the Vinayanidāna: being a translation and edition of the Bāhiranidāna of Buddhaghosa's samantapāsādikā, the Vinaya commentary. [Sacred Books of the Buddhists 21]. London: Luzac & Co. Ltd., 1962. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 26, 439-440. Brough, J. (1973): Review: Gustav Roth (ed.): Bhikṣunī-vinaya. (Tibetan Sanskrit Work Series 12) Patna: K. P. Jayaswal Research Institute, 1970. Bulletin of the Oriental and African Studies 36, 675-677. Sato, Mitso (1963): The Ceremony of the Ordination and its Understanding in Chinese Texts of Vinaya. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 11/2, 876-869 (1-8). 47 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2534 SD S 27.2 27 700 SD S 27.2 28 702 SD S 27.2 29 2511 SD S 27.2 3 713 714 715 SD S 27.2 30 SD S 27.2 31 SD S 27.2 32 716 SD S 27.2 33 717 718 720 SD S 27.2 34 SD S 27.2 35 SD S 27.2 36 722 SD S 27.2 37 724 SD S 27.2 38 726 SD S 27.2 39 2512 SD S 27.2 4 740 SD S 27.2 40 741 SD S 27.2 41 742 SD S 27.2 42 Yuyama, Akira (1963): Mahāvastu-avadāna i.2.16 - 4.10.. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 9/2, 838-834 (39-43). Nolot, Edith (1988); Derechef à propos d'un fragment du ? Mahāsāṃghika-Vinaya. Bulletin d'Etudes Indiennes 6, 351-358. Hokazono, Kōichi (19??): Lalitavistara to Hōkōdai shōgon kyō. Nihon Bukkyō Gakkai Nenpō 43, 17-35. Schlingloff, Dieter (1964): Zur Interpretation des Prātimokṣasūtra.Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 113/3, 536-551. Schopen, Gregory (19??): The Stūpa Cult And The Extant Pāli Vinaya. Journal of the Pali Text Society 13, 83-100 Bechert, Heinz (?): Vinayapiṭaka. Kindlers Literatur Lexikon, 23, 9971-9973. DeJong, J. W. (1988): Three Sanskrit Fragments of the Vinaya of the Sarvāstivādins. Indo-Iranian Journal 31, 11-16. Schopen, Gregory (1992): On Avoiding Ghosts and Social Censure: Monastic Funerals in the MūlasarvāstivādaVinaya. Journal of Indian Philosophy 20/1, 1-39. Hinüber, Oskar von (1987): Das buddhistische Recht und die Phonetik des Pāli. StII 13/14, 101-127. Skilling, Peter (??): A Note on the History of the Bhikkhunī-saṅgha (II): The order of nuns after the Parinirvāna. Skilling, Peter (?): A Note on the History of the Bhikkhunī-saṅgha (II): The order of nuns after the Parinirvāṅa. Buchbesprechung Hu-von Hinüber, Haiyan:Wille, Klaus (1995) Die handschriftliche überlieferung des Vinayavastu der Mūlasarvāstivādin (Verz. der orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland. Supplementband 30), ZDNG 145/1, 197-198. Hu, Haiyan (1985): Guan yu "Jin Gang Jing" fan ben ji han yi dui kan de ji ge wen ti (I): Some Problems Concerning the Comparative Studies of The Vajracchedikā-Sūtra (I), in: Nan Ya Yan Jiu/South-Asian Studies 2, 3-6. Hu- von Hinüber, Haiyan (1996): Aśoka und die buddhistische Uposatha-Zeremonie (I). Aśokas 256 Nächte. WZKS XL, 87-99. Bechert, Heinz (1968): Some remarks on the Kaṭhina Rite. Journal of the Bihar Research Society 54/1-4, 319-329. Hu- von Hinüber, Haiyan (1991): Das Anschlagen der Gaṇýī in buddhistischen Klöstern - über einige einschlägige Vinaya-Termini. Papers in Honour of Prof. Ji Xianlin, 737-768. Hu, Haiyan (1985): Guan yu "Jin Gang Jing" fan ben ji han yi dui kan de ji ge wen ti (II): Some Problems Concerning the Comparative Studies of The Vajracchedikā-Sūtra (II), in: Nan Ya Yan Jiu/South-Asian Studies 3, 1121 Bechert, Heinz (1992): The Laws of the Buddhist Sangha: An Early Juridical System in Indian Tradition, Manuskr. 48 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 743 744 745 747 SD S 27.2 43 SD S 27.2 44 SD S 27.2 45 SD S 27.2 46 749 SD S 27.2 47 752 SD S 27.2 48 1074 SD S 27.2 49 2513 SD S 27.2 5 1448 SD S 27.2 50 1580 SD S 27.2 51 2514 SD S 27.2 6 2515 SD S 27.2 7 2516 SD S 27.2 8 2517 SD S 27.2 9 2536 SD S 27.3 1 2545 SD S 27.3 10 2546 SD S 27.3 11 Festschrift Rissho Univ., 1-11 Dutt, Nalinaksha (1938): Gilgit Ms. of the Vinaya Piṭaka. IHQ, 409-424. Dutt, Nalinaksha (1938): Doctrines of the Sarvāstivāda School of Buddhism I + II. IHQ, 140-120, 799-812. Dutt, Nalinaksha (1938): Doctrines of the Mahāsanghika School of Buddhism II*. IHQ, 110-113. Skilling, Peter (1994): A Note on the History of the Bhikkhunī-saṅha (I) + (II). Contents, 47-49, 30-49. Schopen, Gregory (1996): The Suppression of Nuns and the Ritual Murder of their Special Dead in Two Buddhist Monastic Texts. Journal of Indian Philosophy 24/6, 563-592. Skilling, Peter (1995): Female Renunciants (nang chi) in Siam. According to Early Travellers' Accounts. Journal of the Siam Society (JSS) 83/1&2, 55-61. Schopen, Gregory (1994): Ritual Rights and Bones of Contention: More on Monastic Funerals and Relics in the Mūlasarvāstivāda - Vinaya. Journal of Indian Philosophy 22, 31-80. Finot, M. Louis (1911): Fragments du Vinaya Sanskrit. Journal Asiatique, 619-625. De Jong, J. W. (1996): Review: Petra Kiefer-Pülz, Sīṃ. Vorschriften zur Regelung der buddhistischen Gemeindegrenze in älteren buddhistischen Texten. Indo-Iranian Journal 39, 282-284. Bechert, Heinz (2001): Sanghabheda and Nikāyabheda in Buddhist Law: IIJBS 2, 9-14. Lévi, Sylvain (1932): Note sur des manuscrits Sanscrits provenant de Bamiyan (Afghanistan), et de Gilgit (Cachemire). Journal Asiatique 220, 1-45. Roth, Gustav (1968): Terminologisches aus dem Vinaya der Mahāsāṃghika-Lokottaravādin. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 118, 334-348. Emmerick, R.E. (1977): The Confession of Acts. Textes et Mémoires vol. 5. Varia 1976. Acta Iranica, 87-115. Simon, Walter (1970): A Note on the Tibetan Version of the Karmavibhaṅgha preseved in the MS Kanjur of the British Museum. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 31, 161-166. Bernhard, Franz (1969): Zum Titel des sogenannten "Udānavarga". Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft Supplementa I: 62. (?) Deutscher Oreintalistentag vom 21. bis 27. Juli 1968. Vorträge hsg. von Wolfgang Voigt Teil 3, 872-881. Ware, James R. (1936): Notes on the Fan Wang Ching. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 1, 156-161. T'ang, Yung-T'ung (1936): The editions of the Ssū-Shih-Êrh-Chang-Ching. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 1, 147-155. 49 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2547 SD S 27.3 12 2548 SD S 27.3 13 2549 SD S 27.3 14 2550 SD S 27.3 15 2551 SD S 27.3 16 2552 SD S 27.3 17 2553 SD S 27.3 18 2554 SD S 27.3 19 2537 SD S 27.3 2 2555 SD S 27.3 20 2556 SD S 27.3 21 2557 2558 SD S 27.3 22 SD S 27.3 23 2559 SD S 27.3 24 2560 SD S 27.3 26 2561 SD S 27.3 27 2562 SD S 27.3 28 Lamotte, Étienne (1956): Problèmes concernant les textes canoniques "mineurs". Journal Asiatique, 249-264. Weller, Friedrich (1973): Bemerkungen zum 7. Kapitel des Dharmasamuccaya. Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Universität Halle 22/3, 77-95. Weller, Friedrich (1971): Das Brahmajālasūtra des chinesischen Dīrghāgama. Asiatische Studien (= Études Asiatiques) 25, 202-264. Waldschmidt, Ernst (1957): Sūtra 25 of the Nidānasaṃyukta. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 20, 569-579 (with plate). Waldschmidt, Ernst (1958): Ein zweites Daśabalasūtra. Mitteilungen des Instituts für Orientforschung 6/3, 382-405. Waldschmidt, Ernst (1957): Identifizierung einer Handschrift des Nidānasaṃyukta aus den Turfan-Funden. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 107/2 (Neue Folge Band 32), 372-401. Lévi, Sylvain (1910): Textes sanscrits de Touen-Houang. Nidāna-Sūtra, Daçabala-Sūtra, Dharmapada, Hymne de Mātr̥ceṭa. Journal Asiatique, 433-456 (1 planche). Brough, John (1950): "Thus Have I Heard ...". Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 13/2, 416-426. Nakamura, Hajime (o.J.): The influence of Confucian ethics on the Chinese translations of Buddhist Sutras. SinoIndian Studies (Liebenthal Festschrift) 5/3-4, 2-16. Schlingloff, Dieter (1961): Zum Mahāgovindasūtra. Mitteilungen des Instituts für Orientforschung 8/1, 32-50. Rau, Wilhelm (1963): Bemerkungen und nicht-buddhistische Sanskrit-Parallelen zum Pāli-Dhammapada. Jñānamuktāvalī. Commemoration Volume in Honour of Johannes Nobel. Ed. by Claus Vogel. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 159-175. Anesaki, Mahasaru (1906): Traces of Pali Texts in a Mahāyāna treatise. Le Muséon 7, 33-45. Anesaki, Mahasaru (1905): Le Sagātha-Vagga du Saṃyutta-Nikāya et ses versions chinoises. Le Muséon 6, 23-37. O. A. (1913): Une nouvelle traduction du Dīghanikāya. (Rezension:) R. O. Franke, Dīghanikāya, das Buch der langen Texte des buddhistischen Canons in Auswahl übersetzt. Göttingen und Berlin, 1913. Le Muséon 14, 292-307. Miller, Roy Andrew (1965): Apropos of the Fonds Pelliot Tibétain No. 610 fragment of the Tibetan Vimalakīrtinirdeśasūtra. Central Asiatic Journal 10/1, 44-54. Hahm, Michael (1977): Das Saptamaithunasamñuktaśāstra, ein Sūtra des Ekottarikāgama. In: Beiträge zur Indienforschung. Ernst Waldschmidt zum 80. Geburtstag gewidmet. Berlin, 205-224. Waldschmidt, Ernst (1970): Buddha frees the disc of the moon (Candrasūtra). Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 33/1, 179-183 (with plate). 50 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2563 SD S 27.3 29 2538 SD S 27.3 3 2564 SD S 27.3 30 2565 SD S 27.3 31 2566 SD S 27.3 32 2567 SD S 27.3 33 2568 2569 SD S 27.3 34 SD S 27.3 35 2570 SD S 27.3 36 2571 SD S 27.3 37 2572 SD S 27.3 38 2573 SD S 27.3 39 2539 SD S 27.3 4 2574 SD S 27.3 40 2575 SD S 27.3 41 2576 SD S 27.3 42 2577 SD S 27.3 43 Bailey, H. W. (1943-46): The Khotan Dharmapada. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 11, 488512. Lamotte, Ét[ienne] (1957): Khuddakanikāya and Kṣudrakapiṭaka. East and West year 7 nr. 4, 341-348. Sieg, E. und Siegling, W. (1930-32): Udānavarga-Übersetzungen in "Kucischer Sprache". Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 6, 483-499. Stede, W. (1957): Angulimāla and Liberation. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 20, 533-535. Waldschmidt, Ernst (1957): Sūtra 25 of the Nidānasaṃyukta. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 20, 569-579. Lamotte, Étienne (1962): Un sūtra composite de l'Ekotterāgama. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 30, 105-116. Rhys Davids, C. A. F. (1933): Buddho or suddho ? Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 910-911. Rhys Davids, C. A. F. (1933): An Overlooked Pali Sutta. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 329-334. Rhys Davids, C. A. F. (1936): Curious omissions in Pali canonical lists. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 721724. Bareau, André (1971): La transformation miraculeuse de la nourriture offerte au Buddha par le brahmane Kasibhāradvāja. In: Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcell Lalou. Paris, 1-10. Stede, W. (1927): (Review:) Lord Chalmers, Further dialogues of the Buddha. Translated from the Pali of the Majjhima Nikāya. Vol. II. London: Oxford University Press, 1927. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 883-887. Sieg, E. und Siegling, W. (1930-32): Udānavarga-Uebersetzungen in "Kucischer Sprache". Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 483-499. Waldschmidt, Ernst (1970): Buddha frees the disc of the moon (Candrasūtra). Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 33/1, 179-183 (with plate). La Vallée Poussin (1913): Documents sanscrits de la Seconde Collection M. A. Stein. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 569-581. Matsumura, Hisashi (1982): Devatāsūtra to Alpadevatāsūtra [The Devatāsūtra and the Alpadevatāsūtra]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 30/2, 988-982 (54-60). Frankfurter, Oscar (1880): Buddhist Nirvāna, and the Noble Eightfold Path. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 12, 548-574. Mayeda, Egaku (1962): Kubunkyō itivuttaka no geni [Original Meaning of von itivuttaka as an aṅga of 51 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2578 SD S 27.3 44 2579 SD S 27.3 45 2580 SD S 27.3 46 2581 SD S 27.3 47 2582 SD S 27.3 48 2540 SD S 27.3 5 2584 SD S 27.3 50 2585 SD S 27.3 51 2586 SD S 27.3 52 2587 SD S 27.3 53 2588 SD S 27.3 54 2589 SD S 27.3 55 2590 SD S 27.3 56 navāṅgabuddhasāsana - ityuktaka and itivr̥ttaka]. Tōhōgaku Ronshū, 23-1 (302-324) (with English summary typescript). Yamada, Isshi (1972): Anityatā-sūtra. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 20/2, 1001-997 (30-34). Ojihara, Yutaka (1982): Quelques remarques sur le texte sanskrit du Dharma-Samuccaya. Indologica Taurinensia 10 (Proceedings of the Conference-Seminar of Indological Studies. Sponsored by the Royal Swedish Academy of Letters, History and Antiquities, Stockholm, October 12th - 16th, 1980), 179-184. Waldschmidt, Ernst (1980-81): The Buddha not a magician. Fragment from the Pāṭalakasūtra of the Madhyamāgama. Indologica Taurinensia 8-9 (Dr. Ludwik Sternbach Commemoration Volume), 495-499. Schindler, Bruno (1932): Friedrich Weller - Über das Brahmajālasūtra. Asia Major 7/4, 642-644. Behrsing, Siegfried (1931): Das Chung-Tsi-King des chinesischen Dīrghāgama. Übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen. Asia Major 7/1-2, 1-149 (und Nachträge Seite 483). Alsdorf, Ludwig (1955): Bemerkungen zu einem metrischen Fragment des Mahāparinirvāṇasūtra. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 105/2 (Neue Folge Bd. 30), 327-330. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1912): Essai d'identification des Gāthas et des Udānas en prose. De l'Udānavarga de Dharmatrāta. Journal Asiatique 19, 311-330. Sieg, E. und Siegling, W. (1933): Bruchstücke eines Udānavarga-Kommentars (Udānālaṃkāra?) im Tocharischen. In: Festschrift Moriz Winternitz 1863 -23.Dezember 1933. Hsg. von Otto Stein und Wilhelm Gampert. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz Verlag, 167-173. Karunes, B. (1951): Teachings of the Dhammapada. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 8/4, 397-406. Law, B. C. (1963-65): Studies in the Aṅguttara Nikāya of the Suttapiṭaka. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 20-21/1-4, 1-50. Bollée, W.B. (1968-69): Review: Thera- and Therī-gāthā, edited by Hermann Oldenberg and Richard Pischel; second edition with appendices by K.R. Norman and L. Alsorf. London: Published for the Pali Text Society, Luzac & Company, 1966. Indo-Iranian Journal 11, 146-149. De Jong, J. W. (1972): Review: The Elder's Verses, I: Theragāthā. Translated with an introduction and notes by K.R. Norman (= Pali Text Society Translation Series 38). London: Published for the Pali Text Society, Luzac and Company, 1969. Indo-Iranian Journal 13, 297-301. Roth, Gustav (1972): Review: Lin Li-Kouang, Dharmasamuccaya. Compendium de la Loi. Recueil de Stances 52 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2583 SD S 27.3 57 2591 SD S 27.3 57 2592 SD S 27.3 58 2593 SD S 27.3 59 2541 SD S 27.3 6 2594 SD S 27.3 60 2595 SD S 27.3 61a 2596 SD S 27.3 61b 2597 SD S 27.3 62 2598 SD S 27.3 63 2599 SD S 27.3 64 extraites du Saddharma-srmr̥tyupasthāna-sūtra par Avalokitasiṃha, 2e partie (Chapitres 6-12). Texte sanskrit édité avec la version tibétaine et les versions chinoises et traduit en français. Revision de André Bareau, J. W. de Jong et Paul Demiéville. Avec des Appendices par J. W. de Jong (= Annales du Musée Guimet, Bibliothèque d'Études 68). Paris, 1969. Indo-Iranian Journal 14, 94-102. Rhys Davids, C. A. F. (1933): A vanished Sakyan window. In: Festschrift Moriz Winternitz 1863 - 23. Dezember 1933. Hsg. von Otto Stein und Wilhelm Gampert. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz Verlag, 150-160. De Jong, J. W. (1976): Review: The Sūtra on the Foundation of the Buddhist Order (Catuṣpariṣatsūtra) translated by Ria Kloppenborg ( = Religious Texts Translation Series Nisaba 1). Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1973. Indo-Iranian Journal 18, 324-327. Enomoto, Fumio (1980): Udānavarga shohon to zōagonkyō betsuyaku zōagonkyō, chūagonkyō no buhakizoku [On the Recensions of the Udānavarga and the Schools to which the Chinese Saṃyuktāgama, its Alternative Translation, and the Chinese Madhyamāgama are to ascribed]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 28/2, 933-931 (with English typescript). Enomoto, Fumio (1983): The Formation and Development of the Sarvāstivāda Scriptures. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 18 pages (typescript). Schneider, Ulrich (1957): Ein Beitrag zur Textgeschichte des Aggañña-Suttanta. Indo-Iranian Journal 1/4, 253-285. Enomoto, Fumio (1981): Bukkyō ni okeru sanmyō (tisso vijja) no seiniton [On the Origin of tisso vijjā in Buddhism]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/2, 939-936. Honjō, Yoshifumi (1976): Theragāthā 1209-1279 (Mahānipāta) - Kenkyū nōto (I). Indogakuhō [Indological Review] 2, 75-79. Honjō, Yoshifumi (1976): Theragāthā 1209-1279 (Mahānipāta) - Kenkyū nōto (I). Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 25/1, 172-173. Hackmann, H. (1927): Die Textgestalt des Sūtra der 42 Abschnitte. Acta Orientalia 5, 197-237. Rhys Davids, C. A. F. (1926-28): Review: Lord Chalmers, Further Dialogues of the Buddha, Translated from the Pali of the Majjhima Nikāya. Sacred Books of the Buddhists 5. In 2 volumes. Vol.1 and vol. 2. London: Oxford University Press, 1926. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 4, 351-354, 633-637. Lamotte, É. (1973): Trois sūtra du saṃyukta sur la vacuité. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 36, 313-323. 53 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2600 SD S 27.3 65 2601 SD S 27.3 66 2602 SD S 27.3 67 2603 SD S 27.3 68 2604 SD S 27.3 69 2542 SD S 27.3 7 2605 SD S 27.3 70 886 SD S 27.3 71 888 SD S 27.3 72 2535 SD S 27.3 72 889 SD S 27.3 73 890 SD S 27.3 74 891 SD S 27.3 75 Robinson, Richard H. (1972): Some methodological approaches to the unexplained points. Philosophy East and West 22, 309-323. Swearer, Donald K. (1972): Two types of saving knowledge in the Pāli suttas. Philosophy East and West 22, 355371. Edgerton, Franklin (1957): Review: Das Mahāvadānasūtra. Ein kanonischer Text über die sieben letzten Buddhas. Sanskrit, verglichen mit dem Pali, nebst einer Analyse der in Chinesischer Übersetzung überlieferten Parallelversionen. Auf Grund von Turfan-Handschriften herausgegeben von Ernst Waldschmidt. Teil 1: Einführung und Sanskrittext im handschriftlichen Befund; Teil II: Die Textbearbeitung. 2 vols. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag, 1953, 1956. Journal of the American Oriental Society 77, 227-232. Mizuno, Kogen (1963): Gāndhārī Dharmapada ni tsuite. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 11/2, 748-754. Bapat, P. V. (1941): A Washington manuscript. New Light thrown on the fragmentary Tibetan version of the Vimukrimārga. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 22, 116-119 (with plate). Schmithausen, Lambert (1970): Zu den Rezensionen des Udānavargaḥ. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Süd- und Ostasiens 14, 47-124. Fuss, Michael (1987): Der Buddha als geistlicher Meister in den Jātakas. In: Studia Missionalia. Spiritual Masters. Christianity and other Religions (Maîtres spirituels. Christianisme et les autres Religions). Rom: Gregorian University Press, 1-23. Lamotte, Et[ienne] (1957): Khuddakanikāya and Kṣudrakapiṭaka. EW VII.4, 341-348. Waldschmidt, Ernst (1963): The Upasenasūtra. A Charm against Snake-Bites from the Saṃyuktāgama. Jñānamuktāvalī. Commemoration Volume in Honour of Johannes Nobel. Ed. by Claus Vogel. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 234-144 [sic!]. Collins, Steven (1987): Kalyāṇamitta and Kalyāṇamittatā. Journal of the Pali Text Society 11, 51-72. Rau, Wilhelm (1963): Bemerkungen und nicht-buddhistische Sanskrit-Parallelen zum Pāli-Dhammapada. Jñānamuktāvalī. Commemoration Volume in Honour of Johannes Nobel. Ed. by Claus Vogel. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 159-175. Nakamura, Hajime (1989): The Idea of the Middle Way in its Incipient Stage. Samtani, N.H. and Prasad, H. S. (eds.): Amalā Prajñā: Aspects of Buddhist Studies. Delhi, 51-60. Nagasaki, Hōjun (19??): Agon ni okeru jikaku no ichikōsatsu - gedatsu to sōjyu metsu [Ein Beitrag zum Bewußtsein 54 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 892 SD S 27.3 76 893 SD S 27.3 77 894 SD S 27.3 78 895 SD S 27.3 79 2543 SD S 27.3 8 902 SD S 27.3 80 903 SD S 27.3 81 905 SD S 27.3 82 907 SD S 27.3 83 909 SD S 27.3 84 911 SD S 27.3 85 913 SD S 27.3 86 915 SD S 27.3 87 916 SD S 27.3 88 917 SD S 27.3 89 im āgama - nibbāna und saññāvedayitanirodha]. Nihon Bukkyō Gakkai Nenpō 44, 79-85. Matsumura, Hisashi (1985): One aspect of the development of the Rāṣṭrapālasūtra. Bukkyō kenkyū 15, 39-62. Fa-Chow (1945): Comparative Studies in the Mahā-parinibbāna-sutta and its Chinese Versions. Sino-Indian-Studies 1, 167-210. Skilling, Peter (1993): A Citation from the *Buddhavaṃsa of the Abhayagiri School. Journal of the Pali Text Society, 18, 165-175. Vogel, Claus (1991): Review: MacQueen, Graeme, A Study of the Śrāmaṇyaphala-Sūtra. Indo-Iranian Journal, 34/3, 233-235. Alsdorf, Ludwig (1959): Sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchati. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 109/2 (Neue Folge Band 34), 317-323. Hara, Minoru (1992): A Note on Dhammapada 97. Indo-Iranian Journal, 35/2,3, 179-191. Jaini, Padmanabh S. (1992): Ākāravattārasutta: An 'Apocryphal' Sutta From Thailand. Indo-Iranian Journal 35/2,3, 193-223. Tsukamoto, Keisho (1985): The Formation of the Andhakas and their Controversy with Another School: On the Satipaṭṭhāna (Smṛtyupasthāna) kathā. Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi, 143-158 Chow, Fa. (?): Comparative Studies in the Mahā-parīnibbāna-sutta and its Chinese Versions. Sino-Indian Studies 2, 1-41. Hartmann, Jens-Uwe (1991): Der Ṣaṭsūtraka-Abschnitt des in Ostturkistan überlieferten Dīrghāgama. XXV Deutscher Orientalistentag, ZDMG-Suppl. 10, Franz-Steiner Verlag, 324-334. Rospatt, Alexander von (1996) Buchbespr. v.:Zafiropulo, Ghiorgo (1993): L'illumination du Buddha. Verlag d.Inst.f. Sprachwissenschaft d. Univ. Innsbruck, 199S. OLZ 91, 79-89. Collins, Steven (1993): The Discourse on What is Primary (Aggañña-Sutta) An Annotated Translation. Journal of Indian Philosophy 21/4, 301-393. Emmrich, Christoph (1996): Die lange und die günstige Zeit. Strukturen religiöser Zeiterfahrung im Sutta-piṭaka. BIS, 139-149. Von Simson, Georg (1988): Etymologie als Mittel ideologischer Auseinandersetzung: Bemerkungen zum Aggaññasutta des Dīghanikāya. Studia Indogermanica et Slavica. Bd. 28, 87-98. Pinault, G.-P. (1989): Une Version Koutcheenne de l´Aggañña-Sutta. Tocharian and Indo-European Studies, 55 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2544 SD S 27.3 9 922 SD S 27.3 90 924 SD S 27.3 91 926 SD S 27.3 92 2608 SD S 27.4 1 2617 SD S 27.4 10 2618 SD S 27.4 11 877 SD S 27.4 12 879 SD S 27.4 13 881 SD S 27.4 14 882 SD S 27.4 15 883 SD S 27.4 16 884 SD S 27.4 17 885 SD S 27.4 18 887 SD S 27.4 19 149-220. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1936): The Vimutti of Godhika. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 1, 128. Matsuda, Kazunobu (1995): New Sanskrit Fragments of the Madhyama-āgama. Abstract 46th Congr. of Jap. Assoc. of Indian and Buddhist Studies. 5 Seiten. Rau. Wilhelm (1963): Bemerkungen und Nicht-Buddhistische Sanskrit-Parallelen zum Pāli-Dhammapada. Jñānamuktāvalī 38, Festschr. Johannes Nobel, 159-175. Hartmann, Jens-Uwe und Maue, Dieter (1994): Die indisch-türkische Bilingue TT VIII G. Turfan, Khotan und Dunhuang, 147-163. Demiéville, Paul (1961): Un fragment sanskrit de l'Abhidharma des Sarvāstivādin. Journal Asiatique, 461-475. Ejima, Yasunori (1987): Textcritical Remarks on the Ninth Chapter of the Abhidharmakośabhāṣya. Bukkyō Bunka [Buddhist Culture], Tōkyōdaigaku Bukkyō-seinen-kai [Society of Young Buddhists of Tokyo University] 20, 1-40. Hinüber, Oskar von (1987): The oldest dated manuscript of the Milindapañha. Journal of the Pali Text Society 11, 111-119. Enomoto, Fumio (1988): Abhidharmadīpa no Turfan shutsudo bonbun shahon dampen [Fragmente eines SanskritManuskripts der Abhidharmadīpa in den Turfanfunden]. IBK 37/1, 414-420. Dietz, Siglinde (1989): Die verschiedenen Versionen der Lokaprajñapti. XXIII. Deutscher Orientalistentag vom 16. bis 20. September 1985 in Würzburg. Ausgewählte Vorträge. Hsgb. v. Einar von Schuler. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner, 490-497. Matsuda, Kazunobu (1996): Sanskrit Fragment of the Abhidharmāvatāra in the Gilgit Manuscripts, The Bulletin of the Association of Buddhist Studies, 4, 35-42. [jap.] Nakamura, Hajime (1957): Engisetsu no genkei [Der Prototyp der pratītyasamutpāda-Lehre]. IBK 5-1, 59-68. [jap.] Sakurabe, Hajime (1964): Abhidharma no tomoshibi - dai 5 shō dai 1 setsu. [jap. übersetzung des Abhidharmadīpa 5.1.]. OG 43-3, 12-22. [jap.] Sakurabe, Hajime (1964): Abhidharma no tomoshibi (shōzen) - dai 5 shō dai 1 setsu [jap. übersetzung des Abhidharmadīpa 5.1 (2)]. OG 44-1, 35-46. [jap.] Muroji, Yoshihito (1986): Kusharon, Jōgōron, Engikyōshaku [Kośaśāstra, Karmasiddhiprakareṇa, Nidānasūtrabhāṣya]. MBu, 53-82. [jap.] Yoshimoto, Shingyo (1990): Genshi bukkyō ni okeru Sanjūshichi Dōbon no Keisei [Die Entstehung der Sattatimsabodhipakkhiya-dhammā im früheren Buddhismus]. Bukkyō gaku Seminar 52, 15-27. [jap.) 56 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2609 SD S 27.4 2 900 SD S 27.4 20 901 SD S 27.4 21 2607 SD S 27.4 22 2610 SD S 27.4 3 2611 SD S 27.4 4 2612 SD S 27.4 5 2613 SD S 27.4 6 2614 SD S 27.4 7 2615 SD S 27.4 8 2616 SD S 27.4 9 2606 1449 SD S 27.4a 1 SD S 27.4a 2 2619 SD S 27.5 1 2628 SD S 27.5 10 1313 SD S 27.5 100 1334 SD S 27.5 100 Bareau, André (1947-50): Les sectes bouddhiques du Petit Véhicule et leurs Abhidharmapiṭaka. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 44/1, 1-11. Yoshimoto, Shingyo (1993): Nehan no Imyō to sono Taikai [Synonyme von nirvāṇa und ihr System]. Genshi bukkyō to Daijō bukkyō. [jap.] Yoshimoto, Shingyo (1990): Sanjū shichi Dōbon ni okeru Gokon Goriki no Ichi [pañc'indriyāni and pañcabalāni in the Sattatiṃsa-bodhipakkhiya-dhammā]. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies 39, 17-22. [jap.] Harrison, Paul (2003): Mediums and Messages: Reflections on the Production of Mahāyāna Sūtras. Eastern Buddhist 35/1-2, 115-151. Bareau, André (1950): Les origines du Sāriputrābhidharmaśāstra. Le Muséon 63/1-2, 69-95. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1925): La controverse du temps et du pudgala dans le Vijñānakāya. Études Asiatiques 1, 343-376. Regamey, Constantin (1971): Motifs vichnouites et śivaïtes dans le Kāraṇḍavyūha. In: Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou. Paris, 411-431. Misra, G. S. P. (o.J.): Logical and scientific method in early Buddhist texts. O.A., 54-64. Waddell, L. A. (1897): A Historical Basis for the Questions of King ,Menander`, from the Tibetan. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 227-237. Saddhatissa, Hammalawa (1985): Review: Philosophy and Its Development in the Nikāyas and Abidhamma by Fumimaro Watanabe. Delhi: Motilal Banarasidass. Journal of Indian Philosophy 13, 201-203. Gethin, Rupert (1986): The five khandhas: Their theatment in the Nikāyas and early Abhidhamma. Journal of Indian Philosophy 14, 35-53. Takakusu, J. (1897): Buddhaghosa's Samantapāsādikā in Chinese. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 113-114. Mochizuki, Kaie (1993): Ratnākaraśānti's Sūtrasamuccayabhāṣyaṃ Ratnālokālaṃkāra (1) In: Seishin 65, 1-40. Bechert, Heinz (1964): Zur Frühgeschichte des Mahāyāna-Buddhismus. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 113/3, 530-535. Stramigioli, Giuliana (1936): Bhavasaṅkrānti. Rivista degli Studi Orientali 16, 294-306. Bhikkhu Pāsādika (19997-98): Two Quotations from the Kāśyaparivarta in Nāgarjuna's Ṣutrasamuccaya. In: Indologica Taurinensia 23-24, 313-320. Karashima, Seishi and Jiang, Zhongxin (2003): Sanskrit Fragments of the Sutra of Golden Light from the Lüshun Museum Collection. In: Hau Lin 3, 331-381. 57 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1335 SD S 27.5 101 1337 SD S 27.5 102 1338 SD S 27.5 103 2688 SD S 27.5 104 1453 SD S 27.5 105 1504 SD S 27.5 106 2671 SD S 27.5 107 2629 SD S 27.5 11 2630 SD S 27.5 12 2631 SD S 27.5 13 2632 SD S 27.5 14 2633 SD S 27.5 15 2634 SD S 27.5 16 2635 SD S 27.5 17 Shimoda, Masahiro (2001): Buddha within and beyond History: The Buddhology in the Saddharmapuṇḍarīka in Connection with an Episode of "God Brahman's Request for the Buddha's First Sermon". In: Sheng-yen Hakase Koki Kinen Ronshū. Higashi-Ajia Bukkyō no Syo-mondai [An Anthology of East Asian Buddhism: A Commemorative Volume in Honor of Dr. Ven. Sheng-yen on His 70th Birthday. Tokyo: Sankibō Busshorin, 93-114. Hartmann, Jens-Uwe (1996): A Note on A Newly Identified Palm-Leaf Manuscript of the Samādhirājasūtra. In. IIJ 39, 105-109. Hakamaya, Noriaki (2000): Hokekyō to Muryōjukyō no Bosatsujoukairon [Die Theorie des Buddha-Werden von Bodhisattva im Saddharmapuṇḍarīka und Sukhāvatīvyūha]. In: Komazawa-tanki-daigaku bukkyō ronsyū 6, (41)(81). De Jong, J. W. (1996): Review: Ulrich Pagel, The Bodhisattvapiṭaka (Buddhica Britannica, Series continua 5). Tring U.K.: The Institute of Buddhist Studies, 1995. Indo-Iranian Journal 39, 176-182. Lindtner, Chr. (1998): Review: The Śālistamba Sūtra and its Indian Commentaries. Jeffrey D. Schoening. In: Buddhist Studies Review 15-1, 107-116. Nattier, Jan (2000): The Teaching of Vimalakīrti (Vimalakīrtinirdeśa): A Review of Four English Translations. Indian Literature 2, 234-257. Maruyama, Takao (1985): Chinese theory of the three ages after the Buddha's decease. Chinese Lotus Sūtra Commentaries. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 233-242. Poppe, Nicholas (1962): An Oyrat Vakracchedikā fragment from Turfan. Central Asiatic Journal 7, 170-178. De Jong, J. W. (1977): Sanskrit fragments of the Kāśyapaparivarta. In: Beiträge zur Indienforschung. Ernst Waldschmidt zum 80. Geburtstag gewidmet. Berlin, 247-255. Thomas, E. J. (1930-32): Gandhayukti in the Lalitavistara. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 6, 515-517. Bailey, H. W. (1953): Ariaca. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 15, 530-540. Brough, John (1977): The Arapacana Syllabary in the old Lalita-Vistara. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 40, 85-95. Snellgrove, D. L. (1958): Note on the Adhyāśayasaṃcodanasūtra. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 21, 620-623. Harrison, Paul (1978): Buddhānusmr̥ti in the Pratyutpanna-Buddha-Saṃmukhāvasthita-Samādhi-Sūtra. Journal of 58 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2636 SD S 27.5 18 2637 SD S 27.5 19 2620 SD S 27.5 2 2638 SD S 27.5 20 2639 SD S 27.5 21a 2640 SD S 27.5 21b 2641 SD S 27.5 21c 2642 2643 SD S 27.5 22 SD S 27.5 23 2644 SD S 27.5 24 2645 SD S 27.5 25 2646 SD S 27.5 26 2647 SD S 27.5 27 2648 SD S 27.5 28 2649 SD S 27.5 29 2621 SD S 27.5 3 2650 SD S 27.5 30 Indian Philosophy 6, 35-57. Shackleton Bailey, D. R. (1955): The Text of Dharmasamuccaya. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 37-54. Schopen, Gregory (1978): The five leaves of the Buddhabalādhānaprātihāryavikurvāṇanirdeśa-Sūtra found at Gilgit. Journal of Indian Philosophy 5, 319-336. Fujita, Kotatsu (1970): The Sukhāvatīvyūha and the Pāli Canon. Hokkaidō Daigaku Bunkabu Kiyo 18/1, 3-45. Mironov, N. D. (1927): Buddhist Miscellanea. I. Avalokiteśvara-Kuan-Yin. II. Central Asian Recensions of the Saddharmapuṇḍarīka. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 241-279. Toda, Hirofumi (1984): A Classification of the Nepalese Manuscripts of the Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra. Tokushima Daigaku Kyōyōbu Kiyō 19, 211-256. Toda, Hirofumi (1985): A Classification of the Nepalese Manuscripts of the Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra (2). Tokushima Daigaku Kyōyōbu Kiyō 20, 245-284. Toda, Hirofumi (1986): A Classification of the Nepalese Manuscripts of the Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra (3). Tokushima Daigaku Kyōyōbu Kiyō 21, 179-242. Thomas, E. J. (1930-32): Gandhavyukti in the Lalitavistara. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6,515-517. Müller, Max (1880): On Sanskrit Texts Discovered in Japan. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 153-188. Bernhard, Franz (1967): Zur Entstehung einer Dhāraṇī. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 117, 148-168. Weiers, Michael (1967): Zum Textfragment TM 40 aus der Berliner Turfan-Sammlung. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 117, 329-352. Matsumura, Hisashi (1982): Yakushikyō no shodenpon (1) [Recensions of the Bhaiṣajyaguru-sūtra]. Bukkyōgaku 13, 73-103. Vorob'jev-Desjatovskij, V. S. (1957): Vnov' najdennye listy rukopisej kāśyapaparivarty [Unlängst gefundene Blätter einer Handschrift des Kāśyapaparivarta]. Rocznik Orientalistyczny 21, 491-500. Bendall, Cecil (1880): The Megha-Sūtra. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 286-311. May, Jacques (1970): Bibliographie: Karuṇāpuṇḍarīka. Edited with Introduction and Notes by Isshi Yamada. London: School of Oriental and African Studies 2 vols., 1968. T'oung Pao 56, 324-334. Weller, Friedrich (91966): Kāśyapaparivarta nach der Djin-Fassung verdeutscht. Mitteilungen des Instituts für Orientforschung 12/4, 379-462. Hamlin, Edward (1983): Discourse in the Laṅkavatāra-Sūtra. Journal of Indian Philosophy 11/3, 267-313. 59 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2651 SD S 27.5 31 2652 SD S 27.5 32 2653 SD S 27.5 33 2654 SD S 27.5 34 2655 SD S 27.5 35 2656 SD S 27.5 36 2657 SD S 27.5 37 2658 SD S 27.5 38 2659 SD S 27.5 39 2622 SD S 27.5 4 2660 SD S 27.5 40 2661 SD S 27.5 41 2662 SD S 27.5 42 Umino, Takanori (1973): Corrections of the Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra 11.35. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 22/1, 513-508. Takasaki, Jikido (1960): Structure of the Anuttarāśrayasūtra. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 8/2, 748-741. Ashikaga, Atsu-uji (1953): Daimuryōjukyō Tanbutsu-ge no Bonbun ni tsuite [The Sanskrit Text of Buddha Stotra in the Sukhāvatīvyūha]. In: Bukkyogaku-Kenkyu [Studies in Buddhism]. Commemorative Volume of Prof. Akashi Etatsu's Sixtieth Birthday. Kyoto: Bukkyo-Gakkai, 1-8. Matsumoto, Hisashi (1983): Recensions of the Bhaiṣajyaguru-sūtra (3). Review of the International Buddhist University Faculty of Letters 16 (published 1984), 175-196. Ashikaga, Asu-uji (1952): Bonbun-Muryōjukyō no Gemon [The Sanskrit Verses of Sukhāvatīvyūha]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 1/1, 241-232. Bongard-Levin, G. M. (1982): New Indian Texts from Central Asia. Indologica Taurinensia 10 (Proceedings of the Conference-Seminar of Indological Studies sponsored by the Royal Swedish Academy of Letters, History and Antiquities, Stockholm, October 12th-16th, 1980), 55-64. Meisezahl, R. O. (1961): Die tibetische Version der Cintāmaṇiratnadhāraṇī. Beitrag zum Caturmahārājarāṣṭraparipālanaparivarta der Rezension II des Suvarṇaprabhāsottamasūtra (ed. J. Nobel). Oriens 1314, 284-335. De Jong, J. W. (1967-68): Remarks on the text of the Rāṣṭrapālaparipr̥cchā. Adyar Library Bulletin (Dr. V. Raghavan Felicitation Volume) 31-32, 1-7. Rhys Davids, C. A. F. (1927): Notices of Book: Daśabhūmikasūtra. Door Johannes Rahder. 8 Vols. Leuven: J.B. Istas, 1926. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 160-162. Iwamoto, Yutaka (1965): Lexikalische Nachlesen aus dem Saddharmapuṇḍarīka 1. Acta Asiatica - Bulletin of the Institute of Eastern Culture 9, 78-82. De Jong, J. W. (1972): Bibliographie: Fujita Kōtatsu, Genshi jōdo shisō no kenkyū. 2ème éd. Tōkyō: Iwanami Shoten, 1970. T'oung Pao 48, 352-366. Darian, Steven G. (1970): Antecedents of Tantrism in the Saddharma-Pundarīka. Asiatische Studien (= Études Asiatiques) 24, 105-125. De Jong, J. W. (1958): Review: F. A. Bischoff, Contribution à l'étude des divinités mineures du Bouddhisme tantrique. Ārya Mahābala-nāma-mahāyānasūtra. Tibétain (MSS. de Touen-houang) et chinois (Buddhica, documents 60 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2663 SD S 27.5 43 2664 SD S 27.5 44 2665 SD S 27.5 45 2666 SD S 27.5 46 2667 SD S 27.5 47 2668 SD S 27.5 48 2669 SD S 27.5 49 2623 SD S 27.5 5 2670 SD S 27.5 50 2672 SD S 27.5 52 2673 SD S 27.5 53 et travaux pour l'étude du bouddhisme.1ère série: mémoires 10). Paris, 1956. Indo-Iranian Journal 2, 159-162. Robinson, Richard H. (1965-66): Review: L'Enseignement de Vimalakīrto (Vimalakīrtinirdeśa). Traduit et annoté par Étienne Lamotte. Louvain: Publications Universitaires, 1962. Indo-Iranian Journal 9, 150-159. Yuyama, Akira (1965-66): Supplementary Remarks on "Fragment of an unknown manuscript of the Saddharmapuṇḍarīka from the N.F. Petrovsky Collection" by G.M. Bongard-Levin and E.N. Tyomkin. Indo-Iranian Journal 9, 85-112. Conze, Edward (1967-68): Review: Zum Kāśyapaparivarta, Heft 2: Verdeutschung des sanskrit-tibetischen Textes. By Friedrich Weller ( = Abhandlungen der sächsischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig, Philosophischhistorische Klasse 57/3). Berlin: Akademie Verlag, 1965. Indo-Iranian Journal 10, 302-305. De Jong, J. W. (1972): Review: R.E.Emmerick, The Sūtra of Golden Light. Being a Translation of the Suvarṇabhāsottamasūtra ( = Sacred Books of the Buddhists 27). London: Luzac & Company Ltd., 1970. Indo-Iranian Journal 14, 118-121. De Jong, J. W. (1980): Review: Étienne Lamotte (tr.), The Teaching of Vimalakīrti (Vimalakīrtinirdeśa). Rendered into English by Sara Boin (Sacred Books of the Buddhists 32). London: The Pali Text Society, 1976. Indo-Iranian Journal 22, 254-256. Kubo, Tsugunari (1983): Hokekyō- no Shūkyōteki Jissen [Religious Practice as Seen in the Lotus Sūtra]. Kōza Daijō Bukkyō [Lectures on Mahāyāna Buddhism]. Tōkyō: Shunjū-sha, 103-135. Bongard-Levin, G. M. and Tyomkin, E. N. (1968-69): Fragment of the Saka version of the Dharmaśarīra-Sūtra from the N. E. Petrovsky Collection. Indo-Iranian Journal 11, 269-280. Bongard-Levin, G. M. und Tyomkin, E. N. (1965): Fragment of an unknown manuscript of the Saddharmapuṇḍarīka from the N.F. Petrovsky Collection. Indo-Iranian Journal 8/4, 268-274. Emmerick, R. E. (1985): A Khotanese version of the Sūtra of the Lord of Healing. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 225232. Paar, William Francis (1983): The first chapter of the Avataṃsaka-Sūtra as a model for one-pointedness. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 11 pages (typescript). Sastri, N. Ayyaswmai (1931): Bhavasamkrānti Sūtra. Restored from the Tibetan version with an English translation. Journal of Oriental Research Madras 5/1, 246-260. 61 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2674 SD S 27.5 54 2675 SD S 27.5 55 2676 SD S 27.5 56 2677 SD S 27.5 57 2678 SD S 27.5 58 2679 SD S 27.5 59 2624 SD S 27.5 6 2680 SD S 27.5 60 2681 SD S 27.5 61 2682 SD S 27.5 62 2683 SD S 27.5 63 2684 SD S 27.5 64 Matsumoto, Shiro (1983): Laṅkavatāra on itaretaraśūnyatā. Journal of Buddhist Studies [Komazawa Daigaku Bukkyō Gakubu Ronshū] 14, 350-343. Kawasaki, Shinjo (1976): Analysis of Yoga in the Saṃdhinirmocana-Sūtra. Hōsan Gakuhō 21, 170-155. Mette, Adelheid (1981): Zwei kleine Fragmente aus Gilgit I. Tathāgatabimbakārāpaṇasūtra (Gilgit-Ms. No. 18). Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 7, 133-151. Harrison, Paul (1987): Review: Akira Yuyama, Sanskrit Fragments of the Mahāyāna Mahāparinirvāṇasūtra, I. Koyasan Manuscript. (Studia Philologica Buddhica, Occasional Paper Series 4). Tokyo: The Reiyukai Library, 1981. Indo-Iranian Journal 30, 150-152. Bielefeldt, Carl and Lancaster, Lewis (1975): T'an ching (Platform Scripture). Philosophy East and West 25/2, 197212. Wayman, Alex (1957): Review: Ārya Mahābala-nāma-Mahāyānasūtra. By F.A. Bischoff. (Buddhica, Première Série: Mémoires 10). Paris: Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner, 1956. Journal of the American Oriental Society 77, 281283. Hauer, W. (1927): Die Dhāraṇī im nördlichen Buddhismus und ihre Parallelen in der sogenannten Mithrasliturgie. In: Beiträge zur indischen Sprachwissenschaft und Religionsgeschichte 2. Hsg. von J. W. Hauer. Stuttgart: W. Kohlhammer, 1-25. Malone, C. B. (1937): Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra, l'explication des mystères. Texte tibétain édité et traduit par Étienne Lamotte. Recueil de travaux publiés par les membres des Conférences d'Histoire et de Philologie, 2e Série, 34e Fascicule. Louvain: 1935. Journal of the American Oriental Society 57, 122-124. Tamura, Yoshiro (1963): The Characteristic of the Bodhisattva Concept in the Lotus Sutra - The Apostle-idea. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] (Proceedings (2) of the Thirteenth Congress held at Ryūkoku University) 11/2, 816-810 (61-67). Nagasawa, Jitsudō (1963): The Formation of Mu-ji-shō-sō-bon (the Chapter "Paramārthasamudgata" in Tibetan) in the Saṃdhinirmocana-Sūtra. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies - Proceedings (2) of the Thirteenth Congress held at Ryūkoku University] 11/2, 418-423. Haseoka, Kazuya (1963): Problems in the Gaṇḍavyūha - the Comparative Study of Sanskrit, Tibetan and Chinese Versions [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies - Proceedings (1) of the Thirteenth Congress held at Ryūkoku University] 11/1, 320-316 (59-63). Ōcho, Enichi (1963): The Meaning in Buddha's Life of Preaching the Saddharmapuṇḍarīka [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] (Proceedings (1) of the Thirteenth Congress held at 62 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2685 SD S 27.5 65 2686 SD S 27.5 66 2687 SD S 27.5 67 1096 SD S 27.5 68 1097 SD S 27.5 69 2625 SD S 27.5 7 1115 SD S 27.5 70 1117 SD S 27.5 71 1119 SD S 27.5 72 1121 SD S 27.5 73 1123 SD S 27.5 74 Ryūkoku University) 11/1, (10-19). Kubo, Tsugunari (1987): The Central Concept of the Bodhisattva Practice in the Lotus Sutra. In: Collected Papers on Indian and Buddhist Studies: A Volume Dedicated to Dr. Jikidō Takasaki on the occasion of his 60th birthday [Takasaki Jikidō Hakushi Kanreki Kinen Ronshū: Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Ronshū]. Tokyo: Shunjū-sha, 1987, 710697 (129-142). Yuyama, Akira (1987): Miscellaneous Remarks on the Lotus Sutra. In: Collected Papers on Indian and Buddhist Studies: A Volume Dedicated to Dr. Jikidō Takasaki on the occasion of his 60th birthday [Takasaki Jikidō Hakushi Kanreki Kinen Ronshū: Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Ronshū]. Tokyo: Shunjū-sha, 1987, 720-712 (119-127). Yuyama, Akira (1987): The six Perfections and the Bodhisattva in the Lotus Sūtra: An example of philological and philosophical questions. Śramaṇa Vidyā - Studies in Buddhism (Prof. Jagannath Upadhyaya Commemoration Volume) 3, 33-40. Yuyama, Akira (1989): The Tathāgata Prabhūtaratna in the Stūpa. Amalā Prajñā: Aspects of Buddhist Studies. Professor P. V. Bapat Felicitation Volume. Ed. N. H. Samtani, H. S. Prasad. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications (Bibliotheca Indo-Buddhica 63). Kubo, Tsugunari (1989): Hokekyō bosatsu shisō no kenkyū, janenti bodhim [Studie zur Bodhisattva-Philosophie im Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 37/2, 877-872. Conze, Edward (1962): The Mahāyāna Treatment of the Viparyāsas. Oriens Extremus 1 (9. Jg.), 34-46. Emmerick, Ronald Eric (1983): Some Verses from the Laṅkāvatārasūtra in Khotanese. A Green Leaf. Papers in Honour of Professor Jes P. Asmussen. (Hommages et Opera Minora 12). Leiden: E.J. Brill, 125-133. Toda, H. (1984): On the Peking Manuscript of the Saddharmapuṇýarīkasūtra. The Tōyō Gakujutsu Kenkyū [The Journal of Oriental Studies] 23/2, 246-261. Matsumura, Hisashi (1982a): Yakushi-kyō no shodenpon. I. Bukkyōgaku 13, 73-103.Matsumura, Hisashi (1982b): Yakushi-kyō no shodenpon. II. Shitennōji Kokusai Bukkyō Daigaku Bungakubu Kiyō [Review of International Buddhist University, Faculty of Letters] 15, 95-112. Kubo, Tsugunari (1989): Hokekyō bosatsu shisō no genjitsuteki shisei [Die wirkliche Stellung der Bodhisattva-Idee im Saddharmapuṇýarīkasūtra]. Fujita Kōtatsu Hakase Kanreki Kinen Ronshū, Indo Tetsugaku to Bukkyō, 333-354. Hakamaya, Noriaki (1977): Bhavasaṃkrāntisūtra kaisetsu ogobi wagaku [Kommentar und übersetzung]. Komazawa Daigaku Kukkyōbu Ronshō 8, 276-302. 63 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1125 SD S 27.5 75 1128 SD S 27.5 76 1130 SD S 27.5 77 1132 SD S 27.5 78 1134 SD S 27.5 79 2626 SD S 27.5 8 1147 SD S 27.5 80 1149 SD S 27.5 81 1151 SD S 27.5 82 1154 SD S 27.5 83 1157 SD S 27.5 84 1160 SD S 27.5 85 1163 SD S 27.5 86 1165 SD S 27.5 87 1003 SD S 27.5 88 Hara, Minoru (1973): Gaṇýa-vyūha. Eine Bemerkung zum Titel "Gaṇḍa-vyūha". Festschrift H. Nakamura, Tokyo, 21-36. Hakamaya, Noriaki (1990): "Hokkekyō" to Hongaku shisō [Saddharmapuṇýarīkasūtra und der Gedanke der immanenten Erleuchtung]. Komazawadaigaku bukkyōgakubu ronshū 21. Nobuchiyo, Odani (1992): Harrison kyōju no hōhōron (Prof. Harrisons Methodology). Bukkyōgaku Seminā 55, 4955. Skilling, Peter (1991): Review: Paul Harrison: The Samādhi of Direct Encounter with the Buddhas of the Present, an Annotated English Translation of the Tibetan Version of the Pratyutpanna-Buddha-Sammukhāvasthita-SamādhiSūtra with Several Appendices Relating to the History of the Text. Stud. Phil. Buddh. Monogr. Ser. V. In: The Journal of the Siam Soc. 79/2, 152-156. Kontler, Christine (1988): Note sur le prodige comme manifestation de l'inconcevable dans le Vimalakīrtinirdesá. BEI 6, 329-341 Staël-Hostein, Baron A. von (1936): The Emperor Ch'ien-Lung and the larger Śūraṃgamasūtra. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 1, 136-146 (with plates). Inaba, Shōju (19??): Jejimmikkyō no Chibetto-gaku ni tsuite [Über die tibetische Übersetzung des Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra]. 66-71. Arguillère, Stéphane (1989): La réalité de la totalité dans l'idéalisme bouddhique. Selon la perspective du Gaṇḍavyūha-sūtra. O.A., 270-283. Vetter, Tilmann (1994): On the Origin of Mahāyāna Buddhism and the subsequent introduction of Prajñāpāramitā. AS 48/4, 1241-1281. Bagchi, P.C. (1945): Bodhisattva-śīla of Śubhākarasiṃha. SIS Vol. 1, 132-160. Matsuda, Kazunobu (1996): Nirvikalpapraveśadhāraṇī, Sanskrit Text and Japanese Translation, Bulletin of the Research Institute of Bukkyo University, 3, 89-113. Matsuda, Kazunoba (1996): New Sanskrit Fragments of the Madhyama-āgama from the Cecil Bendall Manuscripts in the National Archives Collection, Kathmandu, Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies, 44, 113-119. [jap.] Lalou, Marcelle (1938): A Tun-huang Prelude to the Karaṇýavyūha. IHQ, 398-400. Fujita, Kōtatsu (1964): Rinjū raigō shisō no kigen [The Origin of the Thought of Welcoming by Amida Buddha at the Hour of Death in the Sukhāvatīvyūha]. IBK 12-2, 484-496. [jap.] Mette, Adelheid (1997): Die Stotras des Kāraṇḍavyūha. Bulletin d'Études Indiennes 15, 145-169. 64 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 819 SD S 27.5 89 2627 SD S 27.5 9 825 SD S 27.5 90 827 SD S 27.5 91 1265 SD S 27.5 92 1266 SD S 27.5 93 1267 SD S 27.5 94 1268 SD S 27.5 95 1271 SD S 27.5 96 1283 SD S 27.5 97 1311 SD S 27.5 98 1312 SD S 27.5 99 2689 SD S 27.6 1 2698 SD S 27.6 10 Mette, Adelheid: Kāraṇýavyūha. In: R.Radler: Kindlers Neues Literatur Lexikon, Band 22, Supplement L Z, 766-767. Weller, Friedrich (1973): Der Arme Heinrich in Indien. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 68/9-10, Spalten 437-448. Vorobyova-Desyatovskaya, Margarita (2000): Der Bodhisattva im Lotossutra und anderen Sutren. Vortrag, österr. Nationalbibliothek. St. Petersburger Abteilung des Institute of Oriental Studies der Russischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, österreich Soka Gakkai International, 1-13. Lancaster, Lewis (1974): An Early Mahayana Sermon about the Body of the Buddha and the Making of Images. Artibus Asiae, vol. XXXVI, 287-291. Toda, Hirofumi (1980): Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra Nepalese Manuscript (K') (X-XVII). Tokushimadaigaku Kyoyobukiyo 15. pp. 299-347. Toda, Hirofumi (1978): Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra Kashgar Manuscript (II-III). Tokushimadaigaku Kyoyobukiyo 13. pp. 319-361. Toda, Hirofumi (1979): Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra Gilgit Manuscripts (Groups B and C). Tokushimadaigaku Kyoyobukiyo 14. pp. 249-304. Toda, Hirofumi (1988): Hokekyo kejouyubon no bonbun ni tuite: Romanized text of the Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra (Pūrvayogaparivarta) [Romanized text of the Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra (Pūrvayogaparivarta)]. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyūsho Kiyō 11, 247-291. Toda, Hirofumi and Matsuda, Kazunobu (1991): Three Sanskrit Fragments of the Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra from the Cecil Bendall Manuscript Collection in the National Archieves, Kathmandu. In: Memories of the Department of Ethics, College of General Education, The University of Tokushima, Vol. 20, pp. 21-35. Karashima, Seishi and Jiang Zhongxin (2003): Sanskrit Fragments of the Sutra of Golden Light From the Lüshun Museum Collection. In: Hua Lin, vol. 3, pp. 331-381. De Jong, Jan Willem (1998): Notes on Lalitavistara, chapters 1-4. Kokusai-Bukkyōgaku-Daigakuin-Daigaku Kenkyū-kiyō 1, 39-56. De Jong, Jan Willem (1997-98): Recent Japanese Studies on the Lalitavistara. In: Indologica Taurinensia 23-24, 247255. Bharati, A. (1961): Intentional Language in the Tantras. Journal of the American Oriental Society 81/3, 261-270. Bischoff, F. A. (1962): Der Zauberritus der Ucchuṣmā tibetisch und mongolisch (Tanǰur-Text). Central Asiatic Journal, 205-211. 65 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2699 SD S 27.6 11 2700 SD S 27.6 12 2701 SD S 27.6 13 2702 SD S 27.6 14 2703 SD S 27.6 15 2704 SD S 27.6 16 2705 2706 2707 SD S 27.6 17 SD S 27.6 18 SD S 27.6 19 2690 SD S 27.6 2 2708 SD S 27.6 20 2709 SD S 27.6 21 2710 SD S 27.6 22 2711 SD S 27.6 23 2712 SD S 27.6 24 2713 SD S 27.6 25 Hoffmann, Helmut H. R. (1969): Kālacakra Studies I. Manichaeism, Christianity, and Islam in the Kālacakra Tantra. Central Asiatic Journal 13, 52-73. Lévi, Sylvain (1930-32): Un nouveau document sur le bouddhisme de basse époque dans l'Inde. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 6, 417-429. La Vallée Poussin. Louis de (1930-32): A propos du Cittaviśuddhiprakaraṇa d'Āryadeva. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 6, 411-415. Filliozat, Jean (1971): Le complexe d'Œdipe dans un tantra bouddhique. In: Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou. Paris, 142-148. Kvaerne, Per (1975): On the Concept of Sahaja in Indian Buddhist Tantric Literature. Temenos 11, 88-135. Glasenapp, Helmut von (1936): Die Entstehung des Vajrayāna. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 90 (Neue Folge 15), 546-572. Zimmermann, Heinz (1982): Le Tantrisme. Etudes de Lettres, 11-43. Tsuda, Shinichi (1978): A Critical Tantrism. Memoirs of the Research Department of the Toyo Bunko 36, 167-231. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Some glosses upon the Guhyasamāja. Opera Minora 2, 337-348. Ruegg, David Seyfort (1964): Sur les rapports entre le Bouddhisme et le "substrat religieux" indien et tibétain. Journal Asiatique, 77-95. Kawasaki, Shinjō (1981): Issaichi to Issaichichi [sarvajñā and sarvajñājñāna in the Mahāvairocanasūtra]. Mikkyō Kenkyū 13, 1-14. Kawasaki, Shinjō (1975): Review: Alex Wayman, The Buddhist Tantras: Light on Indo-Tibetan Esotericism. New York: Samual Weiser, 1973. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 23/2, 956-959. Taube, M. (1968): (Rezension:) Friedrich Wilhelm, Friedrich: Prüfung und Initiation im Buche Pauṣya und in der Biographie des Nāropa. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 1965 (= Münchner Indologische Studien 3). Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 5-6 (63. Jg.), Spalten 281-285. Meisezahl, R. O. (1962): The Amoghapāśahr̥daya-dhāraṇī. The Early Sanskrit Manuscript of the Reiunji. Critically Edited and Translated. Monumenta Nipponica 17/1-4, 265-328. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1897): The Buddhist "Wheel of Life" from a New Source. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 463-470. Banerjee, Biswanath (1971): Pratītyasamutpāda as viewd by the Kālacakra School. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 27/3-4, 29-33. 66 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2714 SD S 27.6 26 2715 SD S 27.6 27 2716 SD S 27.6 28 2717 SD S 27.6 29 2691 2718 SD S 27.6 3 SD S 27.6 30 2719 SD S 27.6 31 2720 SD S 27.6 32 2721 SD S 27.6 33 2722 SD S 27.6 34 2723 SD S 27.6 35 2724 SD S 27.6 36 2725 SD S 27.6 37 2726 SD S 27.6 38 Bhattacharya, B. (1949): The Niṣpannayogāvalī of Mahāpaṇḍita Abhayākaragupta. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 6/4, 273-281. De Jong, J. W. (1960): Review: D.L. Snellgrove, The Hevajra Tantra. A Critical Study. Part I, Introduction and Translation; Part II, Sanskrit and Tibetan Texts (= London Oriental Series 6). London: Oxford University Press, 1959. Indo-Iranian Journal 4, 198-203. Kaviraj, Gopinath (1944): The mystic significance of ,evam`. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 2/1, 1-6. Chandra, Lokesh (1979): Yogatantra Buddhism in Indonesia and its bearing on the Borobudur. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrita Vidypeetha 35/1-2, 1-73. Yi-Liang, Chou (1944-45): Tantrism in China. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 8, 241-332. Shendge, Malati J. (ed.) (1967-68): Śrīsahajasiddhi. Indo-Iranian Journal 10, 126-149. Kvaerne, Per (1980): Review: Alex Wayman, Yoga of the Guhyasamājatantra. The Arcane Lore of Forty Verses. A Buddhist Tantra Commentary. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1977. Indo-Iranian Journal 22, 242-247. Lévi, Sylvain (1915): Le catalogue géographique des Yakṣa dans la Mahāmāyūrī. Journal Asiatique 10, 19-138. Wayman, Alex (1985): The disputed authorship of Tibetan canonical commentaries on the SarvadurgatipariśodhanaTantra. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 201-213. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1899): Une pratique des tantras. In: Actes du Onzième Congrès International des Orientalistes Paris 1897 (Première Section: Langues et archaeologie des pays ariens). Paris: Ernest Leroux, 241-244. Matsunaga, Yūkei (1956): The formation of Guhyasamāja-tantra [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 4/2, 558-561. Kanaoka, Shūyū (1966): Kukurāja. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 15/1, 467-458. Conze, Edward (1963): (Review:) Ariane MacDonald (ed. and tr.), Le maṇḍala du Mañjuśrīmūlakalpa (Collection Jean Przyluski 3). Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1962. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 26, 440441. De Jong, J. W. (1986): Review: Ch. Willemann, The Chinese Hevajratantra. The Scriptural Text of the Ritual of Great King of the teaching. The Adamantine One with Great Compassion and Knowledge of the Void (Orientalia Gandensia 8). Leuven: Uitgeverij Peeters, 1983. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 65-68. 67 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2727 SD S 27.6 39 2692 SD S 27.6 4 2728 SD S 27.6 40 2729 SD S 27.6 41 2735 SD S 27.6 42 2730 SD S 27.6 43 2731 SD S 27.6 44 2732 SD S 27.6 45 2733 SD S 27.6 46 2734 SD S 27.6 47 1185 SD S 27.6 48 1186 SD S 27.6 49 2693 1075 SD S 27.6 5 SD S 27.6 50 1198 SD S 27.6 50 Kvaerne, Per (1986): Review: Tadeusz Skorupski, The Sarvadurgatipariśodhana Tantra. Elimination of all Evil Destinies. Sanskrit and Tibetan Texts with Introduction, English Translation and Notes. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1983. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 156-158. Lalou, Marcelle (1936): Mañjuśrīmūlakalpa et Tārāmūlakalpa. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 1, 327-349. Newman, John (1987): The Paramādibuddha (the Kālacakra Mūlatantra) and its relation to the early Kālacakra literature. Indo-Iranian Journal 10/2, 93-102. Schuster, Nancy (1979): Review: Alex Wayman, Yoga of the Guhyasamājatantra. The Arcane Lore of Forty Verses: A Buddhist Tantra Commentary. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1977. Philsophy East and West 29/2, 243-245. Bongard-Levin, G. M. and Vorobyova-Desyatovskaya, M. I. (1984): Unknown dhārāṇīs from Eastern Turkestan. In: Amr̥tadhārā. Professor R. N. Dandekar Felicitation Volume. Edited by S.D. Joshi. Delhi: Ajanta Publications, 485492. Aalto, Pentti (1954): Prolegomena to an Edition of the Pañcarakṣa. Studia Orientalia 19/12, 5-48. ____ (1988): The Advayavajrasaṃgraha. New Critical Edition with Japanese Translation. Part 1. Annual of the Institute for Comprehensive Studies of Buddhism Taisho University 10, 234-178 (1-57). Schneider, Ulrich (1988): Tantra - Endpunkt eines strukturierten Ablaufs ? Saeculum 39/1, 96-104. Yoshimizu, Chizuko (1988): Jñānatraya, śūnyatraya and prabhāsvara in the Pañcakrama [jap.]. Journal of the Naritasan Institute for Buddhist Studies 11, 447-467. Wayman, Alex (1988): The Mathurā Set of Aṣṭamaṅgala (Eight Auspicious Symbols) in Early and Later Times. In: Mathurā. The Cultural Heritage. Ed. Doris Meth Srinivasan. New Delhi: American Institute of Indian Studies, 236246. Emmerick, Ronald E. (1986): Another Fragment of the Sanskrit Sumukhadhāraṇi. Deyadharma. Studies in Memory of Dr. D. C. Sircar. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications (Sri Garib Dass Oriental Ser. 33), 165-167, 2 plates. Yaita, H. (1987): Vajradhātumahāmaṇýalopāyika-Sarvavajrodaya. Bonbun text to wayaku II [Skt. Text u. jap. über.]. Taishō Daigaku Sōgō Bukkyō Kenkyūjo Nenpō 9, 294-222. Mallmann, Marie-Thérèse de (1964): Divinités Hindoues dans le tantrisme bouddhique. Arts Asiatiques 10/1, 67-86. Lalou, Marcelle (1957): Hold or retain? EW VII.4, 328-330. Wayman, Alex (1990): Messenger, What Bring Ye? Indo-Tibetan Studies. Papers in honour and appreciation of Professor David L. Snellgove's contribution to Indo-Tibetam Studies. Ed. by Tadeusz Skorupski. Tring: The Institute of Buddhist Studies (Buddhica Britannica, Series Continua II), 305-322. 68 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1199 SD S 27.6 51 1200 SD S 27.6 52 1201 SD S 27.6 53 1202 SD S 27.6 54 1204 SD S 27.6 55 1205 SD S 27.6 56 1206 SD S 27.6 57 1207 1208 SD S 27.6 58 SD S 27.6 59 2694 SD S 27.6 6 22 SD S 27.6 60 24 SD S 27.6 61 26 SD S 27.6 62 29 SD S 27.6 63 32 SD S 27.6 64 35 SD S 27.6 65 37 SD S 27.6 66 Yoshimura, Hiromi (1987): How to Interpret Dhāraṇī in Early Mahāyāna Buddhism and How Buddhists Interpreted Mantra. ??, 1-16. DeJong, J. W. (1984): A New History of Tantric Literature in India. Acta Indologica VI, 91-113. Miyasaka, Yūshō (1982): Kōbōdaishi kūkai shōrai "Bonpon kachi mandala kyō" no kenkyū [A Study of the Aṣṭamaṇýalaka-sūtra]. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyūsho Kiyō 6, 81-100. Misaki, Ryōshū (1981): Dainichikyō gishaku to tendaigi - tokuni setendarani ni tsuite. Bungaku kenkyūka kiyō 27, 33-54. Bagchi, P.C. (1945): Vajragarbhatantrarājasūtra. A New Work of King Indrabodhi. Sino-Indian-Studies 1, 23-59. Kurpiewski, Wieslaw (1986): Wadūrajana w świetle morfologii sacrum M. Eliadego [Das Vajrayāna im Lichte M. Eliades Morphologie des sacrum]. Zeszyty Naukowe Akademii Górniczo-hutniczej im. Stanislawa Staszica 1085, 211-233. Hinüber, Oskar von (1988): Dhāraṇīs aus Zentralasien. Indologica Taurinensia, 14 (Prof. C. Caillat Fel. Vol.),231249. Wayman, Alex (1992): Buddhist Tantra and Lexical Meaning. Current Issues in Linguistic Theory 73, 465-479. Wayman, Alex (1993): The Apocryphal Kālacakratantra. The Honorary Volume for Yūsho Miyasaka, 277-298. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1896): Études et textes tantriques - Pañcakrama. Recueil de Travaux 16, V-XV (introduction), 1-56 (texte). Shirasaki, Akinari (1980): On Āryāparimitāyurjnānasādhana of Jitāri. Bukkyō Ronsō - The Review of Buddhism 24, 107-113. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. (1992): Notes Apropos of the Transmission of the Sarvadurgatipariśodhana-tantra in Tibet. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 16-17, 109-125. Griffiths, P.J. (1989): Review: Bucknell, Roderick S. and Stuart Fox, Martin, The Twilight Language: Explorations in Buddhist Meditation and Symbolism. Indo-Iranian Journal 32/2, 165-170. Hinüber, Oskar von (1991): Nochmals zu Dhāraṇīs aus Zentralasien. Papers in Honour of Prof. Dr. Ji Xianlin on the Occasion of His 80th Birthday. 162-174. Namai, Chishō (1991): Guhyasamāja XV 135 ni taisuru Ratnākaraśānti no Chūkai. ?? Meisezahl, R. O. (?): Akṣobhya-Mañjuvajra. Ikonographie und Ikonologie des Ekonaviṃśadātmakamañjuvajramaṇḍala. ORIENS 25-26, 190-274 Steinkellner, Ernst (1976): Remarks on Tantristic Hermeneutics. Proceedings of the Csoma de Kőrös Memorial 69 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 39 SD S 27.6 67 42 SD S 27.6 68 45 SD S 27.6 69 2695 SD S 27.6 7 73 SD S 27.6 70 1066 SD S 27.6 71 1068 SD S 27.6 72 1452 SD S 27.6 73 1451 SD S 27.6 74 1455 SD S 27.6 75 1456 SD S 27.6 76 1457 SD S 27.6 77 1458 SD S 27.6 78 1459 SD S 27.6 79 Symposium, 445-458. Kōshun, Moriguch (1993): Tattvasiddhināmaprakaraṇa I. Shoin Kyō ron (discussing the sūtras cited). Festschrift Dr. Yūshō Miyasaka. Indogaku Mikkyōgaku Kenkyū (Indian and Esoteric Buddhist Studies). 157-199. Walter, Michael (1992): Jābir, the Buddhist Yogi. Journal of Indian Philosophy 20/4, 425-438. Matsuda, Kazunobu (1995): Sahajavajra's Manual on Buddhism (Sthitisamuccaya) - The Discovery of its Sanskrit Manuskript. IBK 43, 843-848. [jap.] McDermott, A. C .S. (1975): Towards a pragmatics of Mantra recitation. Journal of Indian Philosophy 3/3-4, 283298. Nobuo, Otsuka (1995): Siddhaikavīramahātantra Chapter I. The results of joint study on the Buddhist tantric texts. Annual of the Inst. f. Comprehensive Studies of Buddhism, Taisho Univ. 17, 349-366. [jap.] Cousins, L.S. (1997): Aspects of Esoteric Southern Buddhism. Indian Insights: Buddhism, Brahmanism and Bhakti. Papers from the Annual Spalding Symposium on Indian Religion. Eds.: Peter Connolly and Sue Hamilton. London: Luzac Oriental, 185-207. Cicuzza, Claudio and Sferra, Francesco (1997): Brief Notes on the Beginning of the Kālacakra Literature. Journal of Rare Buddhist Texts Research Project 23, 113-126. Grönbold, Günter (1992): Heterodoxe Lehren und Ihre Widerlegung im Kālacakra-Tantra. In: IIJ 35, 273-297. De Jong, J. W. (1996): Review: Miranda Shaw, Passionate Enlightenment. Women in Tantric Buddhism. IndoIranian Journal 39, 184-187. Sferra, Francesco (1999): The concept of purification in some texts of late Indian Buddhism. Journal of Indian Philosophy 27, 83-103. Kimura, Takayasu, Ōtsuka, Nobuo, and Sugiki, Tsunehiko (1998): Transcribed Sanskrit Text of the Amoghapāśakalparāja Part I. Taishō Daigaku Sōgō-Bukkyō-kenkyūsyo Nenpō 20, 1-54. Von Rospatt, Alexander (1999): On the conception of the Stūpa in Vajrayāna Buddhism. The Example of the Svayambhūcaitya of Kathmandu. In: Journal of the Nepal Research Centre 11, pp. 121-147. Mikkyōseiten-kenkyūkai (1997): Fukūkensaku-jinpen-shingon-kyō bonbunsyahon ei-in ban, Jo [Die Einleitung für die Faksimileausgabe des Skt. Palm-leaf Ms. des Amoghapāśakalparājas]. Tokyo: Taishōdaigaku-sōgōbukkyōkenkyūsyo. Friedhelm, Hardy (1988): The Esoteric Traditions and Antinomian Movements. In: The World's Religions, ed. Stewart R. Sutherland, 649-59. London: Routledge. 70 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2696 2697 SD S 27.6 8 SD S 27.6 9 2739 SD S 27.7 1 2748 SD S 27.7 11 2749 SD S 27.7 13 2750 SD S 27.7 14 2751 SD S 27.7 15 2752 SD S 27.7 16 71 SD S 27.7 17 72 SD S 27.7 18 75 SD S 27.7 19 2740 SD S 27.7 2 114 SD S 27.7 20 115 SD S 27.7 21 116 SD S 27.7 22 117 SD S 27.7 23 Thomas, F. W. (1903): Deux collections sanscrites er tibétaines de Sādhanas. Le Muséon 4, 1-42. Wayman, Alex (1955): Notes on the Sanskrit term jñāna. Journal of the American Oriental Society 75, 253-268. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1967): On a Yoga treatise in Sanskrit from Qïzïl. Journal of the American Oriental Society 87/2, 157-165. Demiéville, Paul (1957): Le chapitre de la Bodhisattvabhūmi sur la Perfection du Dhyāna. Rocznik Orientalistyczny 21, 109-128. Payne, Richard K. (1981): Review: Minoru Kiyota, Mahāyāna Buddhist Meditation: Theory and Practice. Edited by Minoru Kiyota, assisted by Elwin W. Jones. Honolulu, Hawaii: The University Press of Hawaii, 1978. Philosophy East and West 31/3, 378-380. Coward, Harold (1982): Review: Winston L. King, Theravada Meditation: The Buddhist Transformation of Yoga. University Park and London: Pennsylvania State University Press. Philosophy East and West 32/4, 463-465. Swearer, Donald K. (1973): Control and freedom: The structure of Buddhist meditation in the Pāli suttas.Philosophy East and West 23/4, 435-455. Sasaki, Genjun H. (1987): Modern Interest in Oriental Meditation - Yoga, Satipaṭṭhāna, Zen. In: Begegnung der Kulturen in Ost und West. Festschrift für Hyogmyon Kwon zu seinem 60. Geburtstag. O.A., 617-636. Nakamura, Hajime (1976): The Goal of Meditation. Japanese Journal of Religious Studies 13/1, 63-79. Bucknell, Roderick S. (1993): Reinterpreting the Jhānas. Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies 16/2, 375-409. Cousins, L.S. (1992): Vitakka/Vitarka and Vicāra: The Stages of Samādhi in Buddhism and Yoga. Indo-Iranian Journal, 35/2,3, 137-157. Schlingloff, Dieter (1964): Yogavidhi. Indo-Iranian Journal 7/2-3, 146-155. Slaje, Walter (1995): aśubhasaṃjñā und pratipakṣabhāvanā: Zur Tradition einer "Vergegenwärtigung des Widerwärtigen" in der Soteriologie des Nyāya. ZDMG 145/1, 109-124. Bühnemann, Gudrun (1992): Some Remarks on the Date of Abhayākaragupta and the Chronology of His Works. ZDMG, Band 142, Heft 1, 120-127. Fujita, Kōtatsu (1972): Genshi bukkyō ni okeru zenjō shisō [Meditationstheoretische Ideen im ursprünglichen Buddhismus]. Satō nakushi koki kinen bukkyō shisō ronsō, 297-315. [jap.] Deleanu, Florin (1992): Mindfulness of Breathing in the Dhyāna Sūtras. Research Reports. Transactions of the International Conference of Orientalists in Japan. No. XXXVII. The Institute of Eastern Culture (Tōhō Gakkai), 4271 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 126 SD S 27.7 24 2741 SD S 27.7 3 2742 SD S 27.7 4 2743 SD S 27.7 5 2744 SD S 27.7 6 2745 SD S 27.7 7 2746 SD S 27.7 8 2747 SD S 27.7 9 2736 SD S 27.8 1 2753 SD S 27.8 1 1269 SD S 27.8 10 1270 SD S 27.8 11 2738 SD S 27.8 2 2737 SD S 27.8 3 57 Bronkhorst, Johannes (1998): Self and meditation in Indian Buddhism. International Conference on Korean Son Buddhism, Kobulch'ongnim Paekyang-sa Buddhist Monastery, 141-159. Pensa, Corrado (1969): Interdipendenza di purificazione, conoscenza e potere nello yoga in rapporto alla continuità della tradizione indiana. Annali (nuova serie 19) 29, 1-43. Oberhammer, Gerhard (1965): Meditation und Mystik im Yoga des Patañjali. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südund Ostasiens 9, 98-118. Schlingloff, Dieter (1963-64): Yogavidhi. Indo-Iranian Journal 7, 146-155. Schmithausen, Lambert (1976): Die Vier Konzentrationen der Aufmerksamkeit. Zur geschichtlichen Entwicklung einer spirituellen Praxis des Buddhismus. Zeitschrift für Missionswissenschaft und Religionswissenschaft 60, 241266. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1931): Le Bouddha et les Abhijñās. Le Muséon 44, 335-342. Masson, J. Moussaieff and Masson, T. C. (1976): The study of mysticism: A criticism of W. T. Stace. Journal of Indian Philosophy 4, 109-125. Graham, A. C. (1978): Review: Frits Staal, Exploring mysticism: a methodological essay. University of California Press, 1975. Journal of Indian Philosophy 6, 79-85. Bechert, Heinz (1984): Die Ethik der Buddhisten. In: Ethik in nichtchristlichen Kulturen (Band 3 der Reihe ,Ethik. Lehr- und Studienbücher`, hsg. von R. Mokrosch, S.H. Pfürtner, H. Schmidt). Stuttgart: Kohlhammer Verlag, 114135. Schlumberger, M. Daniel (1972): De la pensée grecque a la pensée bouddhique. In: Académie des Inscriptions & Belles-Lettres. Comptes Rendus des séances de l'année 1972 Janvier-Mars. Paris: Éditions Klincksieck, 188-199. Nakagawa, Masanori (1985): Vinayasūtra ni okeru haraihou inkai (1) [Abrahmacaryapārājayikam in Vinayasūtra]. IBK 34-1, pp. (71)-(75). Nakagawa, Masanori (1987): Vinayasūtra ni okeru haraihou inkai (2) [Abrahmacaryapārājayikam in Vinayasūtra (2)]. IBK 36-1, pp. (80)-(83). Sternbach, Ludwik (1963): The Pāli Lokanīti and the Burmese Nīti Kyan and their sources. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 26, 329-345. Shūkō, Tsuchihashi (1963): A Study of the Vinaya Text Shih-Sung-chieh-Su from the Stein Collection [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies - Proceedings (1) of the Thirteenth Congress 72 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 678 SD S 27.8 4 1244 SD S 27.8 5 1245 SD S 27.8 6 1246 SD S 27.8 7 1247 SD S 27.8 8 1260 SD S 27.8 9 2763 SD S 28.1 10 2854 SD S 28.1 100 2855 2856 SD S 28.1 101 SD S 28.1 102 2857 SD S 28.1 103 2858 SD S 28.1 104 2859 SD S 28.1 105 2860 2861 2862 SD S 28.1 106 SD S 28.1 107 SD S 28.1 108 2863 SD S 28.1 109 held at Ryūkoku University] 11/1, 27-37. Nakagawa, Masanori (1989): Vinayasūtravṛtti of Guṇaprabha - Pārājikam (1). NBu 57, 50-69. Nakagawa, Masanori (1993): Vinayasūtra ni okeru haraihou toukai (1) [Die Gebote des Stehlens in pārājikam in Vinayasūtra (1)]. IBK 41-2. (137)-(141). Nakagawa, Masanori (1994): Vinayasūtra ni okeru haraihou toukai (2) [Die Gebote des Stehlens in pārājikam in Vinayasūtra (2)]. IBK 42-2. (142)-(147). Nakagawa, Masanori (1995): Vinayasūtra ni okeru haraihou toukai (3) [Die Gebote des Stehlens in pārājikam in Vinayasūtra (3)]. IBK 43-2. (120)-(125). Nakagawa, Masanori (1991): Vinayasūtravṛtti of Guṇaprabha - Pārājikam (2). In: Ihara Shoren hakase koki kinen ronbunsyū. 251-274. Ritsukyo Syukkeji Kenkyukai (2003): Ritsukyo Syukkeji no kenkyū (1) [Das Pravrajyāvastu des Vinayasūtras und sein Vṛtti (1): Sanskrit Text und japanische übersetzung]. Taisho Daigaku Sougou Bukkyo Kenkyujo Nenpo 25, (44)-(93). Bareau, André (1957): Les controverses relatives à la nature de l'arhant dans le Bouddhisme ancien. Indo-Iranian Journal 1/3, 241-250. Mathur, D. C. (1978): The historical Buddha (Gotama), Hume, and James on the self: Comparisons and evaluations. Philosophy East and West 28/3, 253-269. Inada, Kenneth (1979): Problematics of the Buddhist nature of self. Philosophy East and West 29/2, 141-158. Siderits, Mark (1979): A note on the early Buddhist theory of truth. Philosophy East and West 29/4, 491-499. Strenski, Ivan (1980): Gradual enlightenment, sudden enlightenment and empiricism. Philosophy East and West 30/1, 3-20. Matilal, Bimal (1981): Error and truth. Philosophy East and West 31/2, 215-224. Streng, Frederick J. (1982): Three Approaches to Authentic Existence: Christian, Confucian and Buddhist. Philosophy East and West 32/4, 371-392. Feist Hirsch, Elisabeth (1970): Martin Heidegger and the East. Philosophy East and West 20, 247-263. Umehara, Takeshi (1970): Heidegger and Buddhis. Philosophy East and West 20, 271-281. Stafford Betty, L. (1971): The Buddhist-Humean parallels: Postmortem. Philosophy East and West 21/3, 237-253. Inada, Kenneth K. (1971): Whitehead's ,actual entity`and the Buddhist ,anātman`. Philosophy East and West 21/3, 303-316. 73 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2764 2864 2866 2865 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2765 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 Demiéville, Paul (1956): La pénétration du Bouddhisme dans la tradition philosophique chinoise. Cahiers d'Histoire Mondiale (= Journal of the World History, = Cuadernos de Historia Mundial) 3/1, 1-38. Chandra, Pratap (1971): Was early Buddhism influenced by the Upaniṣads ? Philosophy East and West 21/3, 317SD S 28.1 110 324. Daye, Douglas Dunsmore (1975): On logic and "Algebraic and geometric logic". Philosophy East and West 25/3, SD S 28.1 111 357-364. SD S 28.1 111a Ellinson-Waugh, Ter (1974): Algebraic and geometric logic. Philosophy East and West 24/1, 23-40 (4 Abbildungen). SD S 28.1 112 Puligandla, R. (1974): Time and history in the Indian tradition. Philosophy East and West 24/2, 165-170. SD S 28.1 113 Inada, Kenneth K. (1974): Time and temporality - A Buddhist approach. Philosophy East and West 24/2, 171-179. Kalupahana, David J. (1974): The Buddhist conception of time and temporality. Philosophy East and West 24/2, SD S 28.1 114 181-191. SD S 28.1 115 Koller, John M. (1974): On Buddhist views of devouring time. Philosophy East and West 24/2, 201-208. SD S 28.1 117 Chi, Richard S. Y. (1974): Topics on being and logical reasoning. Philosophy East and West 24/3, 293-300. SD S 28.1 118 Wayman, Alex (1974): Two traditions of India - Truth and silence. Philosophy East and West 24/4, 389-403. Streng, Frederick (1975): Reflections on the attention given to mental construction in the Indian Buddhist analysis of SD S 28.1 119 causality. Philosophy East and West 25/1, 71-80. Hacker, Paul (1965): Zur Methode der philologischen Begriffsforschung. Zeitschrift der Deutschen SD S 28.1 12 Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 115/2, 294-308. Gómez, Luis O. (1975): Some aspects of the free-will question in the Nikāyas. Philosophy East and West 25/1, 81SD S 28.1 120 90. Wayman, Alex (1975): Discussion of Frederick Streng's "Reflections on the attention given to mental construction in SD S 28.1 121 the Indian Buddhist analysis of causality" and Luis O. Gómez' "Some aspects of the free-will question in the Nikāyas". Philosophy East and West 25/1, 91-93. Daye, Douglas D. (1975): Reflexivity and metalanguage games in Buddhist causality. Philosophy East and West SD S 28.1 122 25/1, 95-100. SD S 28.1 123 Mitchell, Donald W. (1975): Buddhist theories of causation - Commentary. Philosophy East and West 25/1, 101-106. SD S 28.1 124 Anderson, Tyson (1975): Anattā - A Reply to Richard Taylor. Philosophy East and West 25/2, 187-193. Inada, Kenneth K. (1975): Munitz' concept of the world ... A Buddhist response. Philosophy East and West 25/3, SD S 28.1 125 309-317. SD S 28.1 11 74 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2880 SD S 28.1 126 2881 SD S 28.1 127 2882 SD S 28.1 128a 2883 SD S 28.1 128b 2884 SD S 28.1 128c 2885 SD S 28.1 128d 2886 SD S 28.1 128e 2887 SD S 28.1 128f 2888 SD S 28.1 129 2766 SD S 28.1 13 2889 SD S 28.1 130 2890 SD S 28.1 131 2891 SD S 28.1 132 2892 SD S 28.1 133 2893 SD S 28.1 134 2894 SD S 28.1 135 Wayman, Alex (1975): Review: Mervyn Sprung, The Problem of Two Truths in Buddhism and Vedānta. Dordrecht (Holland): D. Reidel Publishing, 1973. Philosophy East and West 25/4, 489-491. Macy, Joanna Rogers (1976): Systems philosophy as a hermeneutic for Buddhist teachings. Philosophy East and West 26/1, 21-32. McDaniel, Jay and Cobb, John B. (1975): Introduction: Conference on "Mahāyāna Buddhism and Whitehead". Philosophy East and West 25/4, 393-405. Hartshorne, Charles (1975): Whitehead's differences from Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 25/4, 407-413. Abe, Masao (1975): Mahāyāna Buddhism and Whitehead - A view by a lay student of Whitehead's philosophy. Philosophy East and West 25/4, 415-428. Streng, Frederick J. (1975): Metaphysics, negative dialectic, and the expression of the inexpressible. Philosophy East and West 25/4, 429-447. Olson, Robert F. (1975): Whitehead, Mādhyamika, and the Prajñāpāramitā. Philosophy East and West 25/4, 449-464. Inada, Kenneth K. (1975): The metaphysics of Buddhist experience and the Whiteheadian encounter. Philosophy East and West 25/4, 465-488. Gómez, Luis O. (1976): Proto-Mādhyamika in the Pāli canon. Philosophy East and West 26/2, 137-165. Gelblum, Tuvia (1965): India's philosophies - Whose presuppositions ? Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 28/2, 308-318. Inada, Kenneth K. (1976): Feature Review: David J. Kalupahana, Causality: The Central Philosophy of Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 26/3, 339-345. Meier, F. J. (1959): (Rezension:) Radhakrishnan, S. , Indische Philosophie. Band 1: Von den VEden bis zum Buddhismus. Band 2: Die Systeme des Brahmanismus. Darmstadt, Badan-Baden, Genf: Holle Verlag, 1956. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 7-8, Spalten 403-412. Raju, P. T. (1939-1940): The Buddhistic conception of dharma. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 21/3-4, 192-202. Kawada, Kumataro (1963): Dharmadhātu. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 11/2, 868-853. Tamaki, Koshiro (1963): The Subject in Comparative Philosophy. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 11/1, 378-368 (1-11). Steinkellner, Ernst (1988): Das Leiden im Buddhismus. In: Von der Erkenntnis des Leides. Mit Bildern von Hubert 75 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2895 2896 2897 2898 2767 2899 2900 2901 843 844 845 Aratym (Medium Publikationsreihe der Blau-Gelben Galerie 9). Wien: Picus Verlag, 91-98. Nakamura, Hajime (1980): The Idea of Nature, East and West. In: The Greatr Ideas Today. Encyclopaedia SD S 28.1 136 Britannica, Inc., 234-303. Namai, Chishō Mamoru (1988): Tattvasaṅgraha ni okeru zense no ronshō (2) - Kōki Bukkyōto ni yoru Bārhaspatya no hinan (5) ... honnō to aizō to no kigen ... [Nachweis der Wiedergeburt in Tattvasaṅraha (2) - Kritik der SD S 28.1 138a Bārhaspatya bei den Buddhisten (5) ... der Ursprung vom Instinkt nach Liebe und Hass ...]. Mikkyo Bunka (Quarterly Reports on Esoteric Buddhism) 162, 170-127.] Namai, Chishō Mamoru (1987): Tattvasaṅgraha ni okeru ,Shinshin` no mondai - Kōki Bukkyōto ni yoru Bārhaspatya no hihan (6-2) [Kritik gegen Bārhaspatya von späteren Buddhisten]... Kōki Bukkyō ni okeru ,Shinshin` no mondai SD S 28.1 138b (2) ... ,Dehātmavāda` Hihan (2) ... Kumārila Hihan (enthält die japanische Übersetzung von TS 1860-1938). Mikkyō Bunka (Quarterly Reports on Esoteric Buddhism) 157, 170-127. Namai, Chishō Mamoru (1986): Kōki Bukkyō ni okeru ,shinshin` no mondai [Die Frage des ,dehātma(vāda)` im SD S 28.1 139 späten Buddhismus]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 35/1, 352-347 (150155). Kunst, Arnold (1957): The Concept of the Principle of Excluded Middle in Buddhism. Rocznyik Orientalistyczny 21, SD S 28.1 14 141-147. Namai, Chishō Mamoru (1987): Kōki Bukkyō tetsugaku ni yoru seiten no kaisōteki rikai [Die hierarchische SD S 28.1 140 Auffassung von den hl. Schriften in der Philosophie des späteren Buddhismus]. Shūkyō Kenkyū 271 (= 60/4), 371372. Namai, Mamoru (1985): Sesshu shutsugen no nitai - TS 26 no shiza kara [Two Aspects of the Birth of the Buddha SD S 28.1 141 from the view point of TS 26]. Mikkyo Bunka (Quarterly Reports on Esoteric Buddhism) 150, 136-126. Pezzali, Amalia (1984-1985): La legge del Pratītyasamutpāda nel Buddhismo Indiano. Karman e Saṃsāra. Studi SD S 28.1 142 Orientali e Linguistici 2, 87-102. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1989): Allusiveness and Obliqueness in Buddhist Texts: Saṃdha, saṃdhi, saṃdhyā and SD S 28.1 143 abhisaṃdhi. Dialectes dans les littératures indo-aryenne. Ed. Collette Caillat. Paris: Collège de France (Publications de l`Institut de Civilisation Indienne, Série in-8(, Fasc. 56), 295-328. SD S 28.1 144 Bareau, André (1957): The notion of time in early Buddhism. EW VII.4, 353-364. Hayes, Richard P. (1988): Principled atheism in the Buddhist scholastic tradition. Journal of Indian Philosophy 16, 5SD S 28.1 145 28. 76 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 846 SD S 28.1 146 847 SD S 28.1 147 848 SD S 28.1 148 849 SD S 28.1 149 2768 SD S 28.1 15 851 SD S 28.1 150 852 SD S 28.1 151 853 SD S 28.1 152 854 SD S 28.1 153 855 SD S 28.1 154 857 SD S 28.1 155 859 SD S 28.1 156 861 SD S 28.1 157 862 SD S 28.1 158 Basso, Pierre (1988): Language for a causal conditional logic, Foundations and objectives. Is it possible to formalize Dependent Origination? Journal of Indian Philosophy 16, 123-166. Balslev, Anindita Niyogi (1988): An appraisal of I-consciousness in the context of the controversies centering araund the No-self doctrine of Buddhism. Journal of Indian Philosophy 16, 167-175. Kapstein, Matthew (1989): Śāntarakṣita on the fallacies of personalistic vitalism. Journal of Indian Philosophy 17, 43-59. Matilal, Bimal Krishna (1989): Nyāya critique of the Buddhist doctrine of Non-soul. Journal of Indian Philosophy 17, 61-79. Nakamura, Hajime (1963): A Critical Survey of Indian Religions and Philosophy Chiefly based upon Japanese Studies. Acta Asiatica - Bulletin of the Institute of Eastern Culture 5, 1-75. Nakamura, Hajime (1988): The Problem of Mind in Eastern Philosophy. Acta Neurochirurgica, Suppl. 44, 19-32. Vijaya Rani (1987): Significance and meaning of pratītya-samutpāda (With special reference to Kumārtila's Ślokavārttika). Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 11-15. Steinkellner, Ernst (1985): Paralokasiddhi-Texts. Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions: Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on his Seventieth Birthday. Kyōto 1985, 215-224. Hamm, Frank Richard (1963): über die Bedeutung der Wahrnehmungslehre im frühen Buddhismus. Jñānamuktāvālī. Commemoration Volume in Honour of Johannes Nobel. Ed. by Claus Vogel. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 92-100. Glasenapp, Helmuth von (1963): Saṃjñā. Jñānamuktāvalī. Commemoration Volume in Honour of Johannes Nobel. Ed. by Claus Vogel. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 59-60. Sakuma, Hidenori (1987): "San-shin" to "go-hō" - ryōsha no ketsugō konken te sono seiritsu katei [trikāya and pañcadharma - die Verbindungsbeziehung der beiden und der Lauf ihrer Ausbildung]. Takasaki Jikidō hakushi kanreki-kinen Ronshū "Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Ronshū", 387-411. Ruegg, David Seyfort (1977): The Uses of the Four Positions of the Catuṣkoti and the Problem of the Description of Reality in Mahāyāna Buddhism. Journal of Indian Philosophy 5, 1-71. Scherrer-Schaub, Cristina (1981): Le Terme Yukti: Première eEtude. AS 15, 185-199. Duerlinger, James (1993): Reductionist and Nonreductionist Theories of Persons in Indian Buddhist Philosophy. Journal of Indian Philosophy 21/1, 79-101. 77 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 863 SD S 28.1 159 2769 872 874 SD S 28.1 16 SD S 28.1 160 SD S 28.1 161 876 SD S 28.1 162 878 SD S 28.1 163 880 SD S 28.1 164 798 SD S 28.1 165 1242 SD S 28.1 166 1243 SD S 28.1 167 182 SD S 28.1 168 1326 SD S 28.1 169 2770 SD S 28.1 17 1336 SD S 28.1 170 1372 SD S 28.1 171 Bronkhorst, Johannes (1996): Sanskrit and Reality: The Buddhist Contribution. Brill's Indological Library, 109-135, 439-486. Rahula, Walpola (1971): L'idéal du bodhisattva dans le Theravāda et le Mahāyāna. Journal Asiatique, 63-70. Glasenapp, Helmut von (1963): Samjñā. Jñānamuktāvalī 38, Festschr. Johannes Nobel, 59-60. Sasaki, Genjun (?): Chie no gainen [Der Begriff des Wissens]. Ōtani Daigaku Kenkyū Nenpō 6. Notake Miyako, Sakai Junichi und Takigawa Ikuhisa (1995): The Doctrine of the Twelve Links in the Chain of Causation, its Origin and Development: a Japanese Translation of Selected Passages from E. Frauwallner's Geschichte der indischen Philosophie. Asian Culture and Thought 4, 337-359. [jap.] Taylor, Richard (1969): The anattā doctrine and personal identity. Philosophy East and West, 19, 359-366. Franco, Eli und Preisendanz, Karin (1997): Introduction and Editorial Essay on Wilhelm Halbfass. In: Beyond Orientalism. Poznaṅ Studies in the Philosophy of the Sciences and the Humanities, 59, I-XXIV. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1996-1997): Langage et réalité: sur un épisode de la pensée indienne. Annuaire EPHE, Section sciences religieuses, 105, 179-183. Hakamaya Noriaki (2000): Bosatsu-joubutsu-ron to syasin-nitan [The doctrine that boddhisattva(s) only become(s) Buddha and the two tales about renunciation of one's own body]. Komazawatankidaigaku kenkyu kiyo 28. 295-358. Hakamaya, Noriaki (2001): Hinnyo no itto monogatari. Syouzenjoubutsu no haikei (1) [Tale of a poor woman who gave a lump to the Buddha: A background of becoming Buddhas through small good (1)]. Komazawatankidaigaku kenkyu kiyo 29. 449-470. Fórizs, László (1998): The Relevance of Whitehead for Contemporary Buddhist Philosophy. Lecture presented at the Silver Anniversary Whitehead Conference, Claremont, California, 1-25. Kajiyama, Yuichi (1999): Saṃghabhadra and Nāgārjuna über die Theorie der zwölfgliedrigen Kausalität. In: Hōrin 6, 139-149. Nakamura, Hajime (1967): Interrelational Existence. Philosophy East and West 17/1-4, 107-112. Verhagen, Peter (2001): Studies in Indo-Tibetan Buddhist Hermeneutics (2): Notes Apropus to the Role of Hermeneutics in Buddhist Sectarianism in India and Tibet. In: Inian International Journal of Buddhist Studies 2, 121134. Steinkellner Ernst (2002): Zur Lehre vom NIcht-Selbst (anātman) im frühen Buddhismus. In: Der Begriff der Seele in der Religionswissenschaft hrsg. Johann Figl und Hans-Dieter Klein. Würzburg: Verlag Königshausen und Neumann, 171-186. 78 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1477 SD S 28.1 172 1514 SD S 28.1 173 1518 SD S 28.1 174 1521 SD S 28.1 175 1522 SD S 28.1 176 2771 SD S 28.1 18 2772 SD S 28.1 19 2754 2773 SD S 28.1 2 SD S 28.1 20 2774 SD S 28.1 21 2775 SD S 28.1 22 2777 SD S 28.1 23 2776 SD S 28.1 24 2778 SD S 28.1 25 2779 SD S 28.1 26 2780 2781 SD S 28.1 27 SD S 28.1 28 Stuchlik, Jakob (2000): Tod und Geburt der Philosophie in einer sprirituellen Praxis des Buddhismus. Eine Skizze. Polylog, Zeitschrift für interkulturelles Philosophieren 5, 26-30. Steinkellner, Ernst (2002): Zur Lehre vom Nicht-Selbst (anātman) im frühen Buddhismus. In: J. Figl & H.-D. Klein (ed.), Der Begriff der Seele in der Religionswissenschaft. Würzburg, 171-186. Kawasaki, Shinjô (1996): The Buddhist Concept of an Omniscient Being. History of the Sarvajña Study and Its Significance. Proceedings (Ronshû) 22. University of Tsukuba: Institute of Philosophy, 1-18. Harada, Wasô (1997): Kyôryôbu no Tansôno shiki no nagare to in gainen eno gimon (2). Indo gaku chibettogaku kenkyû 2, 22-59. Skilling, Peter (1995): On the Five Aggregates of Attachment. Contents 32, 39-55. Hattiangadi, J. H. (1975): Why is Indian philosophy mystical ? Comments on Professor B. Matilal's ,Mysticism and Reality: Ineffability`. Journal of Indian Philosophy 3/3-4, 253-258. Lamotte, Étienne (1949): La critique d'interprétation dans le bouddhisme. Annuaire de l'Institut de philologie et d'Histoire Orientales et Slaves 9, 341-361. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (Sept.-Oct.1902): La négation de l'âme et la doctrine de l'acte. Journal Asiatique, 5-74. Nakamura, Hajime (1969): Grundlehren des Buddhismus. Saeculum 20/2-4, 173-198. Takeuchi, Yoshinori (1969): Das Schweigen des Buddha - Ein Problem der Religionsphilosophie des Buddhismus. In: Kyōto Daigaku Bungakubu Kenkyū Kiyō, 1-18. Lamotte, Ét[ienne] (1956): Buddhist Controversy over the Five Propositions. Indian Historical Quarterly 32/2-3, 4054. Glasenapp, Helmut von (1960): Hat Buddha ein metaphysisches System gelehrt ? Paideuma (Festgabe für Herman Lommel hsg. von B. Schlerath) 7/4-6, 237-240. Sasaki, Genjun H. (1963): The historical evolution of the concept of negation: nekkhamma and naiṣkramya. Journal of the American Oriental Society 83/4, 477-484. Horsch, Paul (o.J.): The Wheel: An Indian pattern of world-interpretation. Sino-Indian Studies (Liebenthal Festschrift) 5/3-4, 2-19. Nakamura, Hajime (1971): The human condition: A Budhist interpretation. Cahiers d'Histoire Mondiale (= Journal of World History, = Cuadernos de Historia Mundial) 13, 647-660. Bareau, André (o.J.): La notion de personne dans le bouddhisme indien. O.A., 83-98. Nakamura, Hajime (o.J.): Buddhist rationalism and its practical significance in comparative light. Essays in 79 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2755 SD S 28.1 3 2782 SD S 28.1 30 2783 SD S 28.1 31 2784 SD S 28.1 32 2785 SD S 28.1 33 2786 2787 SD S 28.1 34 SD S 28.1 35 2788 SD S 28.1 36 2789 SD S 28.1 37 2790 SD S 28.1 38 2792 2756 SD S 28.1 39 SD S 28.1 4 2793 SD S 28.1 40 2794 SD S 28.1 41 2795 SD S 28.1 42 2796 SD S 28.1 43 2797 SD S 28.1 44 Philosophy. Presented to Dr. T.M.P. Mahadevan on his Fiftieth Birthday, 65-78. Sasaki, Genjun H. (1966): Jñāna, prajñā, prajñāpāramitā. Journal of the Oriental Institute Baroda 15/3-4, 258-272. Masuda, Jiryo (1925): Origin and doctrines of early Indian Buddhist schools. A translation of the Hsüan-chwang version of Vasumitra's treatise I-pu'tsung-lun-lun. ["Treatise (called) the wheel of the doctrines of different schools"]. Asia Major 2, 1-78. Matilal, B. (1975): Mysticism and Reality: Ineffability. Journal of Indian Philosophy 3/3-4, 217-252. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1901-1902): Le Bouddhisme d'après les sources brahmaniques. Le Muséon 2 (1901), 52-73, 171-207; Le Muséon 3 (1902), 40-54, 391-412. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1938): Buddhica. I. Laṅkāvatāra: deśanānaya et siddhāntanaya. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 3, 137-160. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1914): Notes bouddhiques. Le Muséon (Nouvelle Série) 15, 34-48. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1913): Note sur le Corps du Bouddha. Le Muséon (Nouvelle Série) 14, 257-289. Oltramare, Paul (1915-1916): Un problème de l'ontologie bouddhique. L'existence ultra-phénoménale. Le Muséon 33, 3-23. Warder, A. K. (1975): Objects. Journal of Indian Philosophy 3/3-4, 355-361. Steffney, John (1977): Transmetaphysical thinking in Heidegger and Zen Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 27/3, 323-335. Chatterjee, Dipankar (1977): Skepticism and Indian philosophy. Philosophy East and West 27/2, 195-209. Conze, Edward (1963): Buddhist Philosophy and its European Parallels. Philosophy East and West 13/1, 9-23. Kalupahana, David J. (1977): The notion of suffering in early Buddhism compared with some reflections of early Wittgenstein. Philosophy East and West 27/4, 423-431. Halbfass, Wilhelm (1977): Anthropological problems in classical Indian philosophy. In: Beiträge zur Indienforschung. Ernst Waldschmidt zum 80. Geburtstag gewidmet. Veröffentlichungen des Museums für indische Kunst Berlin Band 4 (South Asia Reprint Series 12), 225-236. Warder, A. K. (1956): On the relationships between early Buddhism and other contemporary systems. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 18, 43-63. Stede, W. (1947-1948): The Self and its Complications. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 12, 652-658. Frauwallner, Erich (1971): Die Entstehung der buddhistischen Systeme. In: Nachrichten der Akademie der 80 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2798 SD S 28.1 44 2799 SD S 28.1 45 2800 2801 2802 SD S 28.1 46 SD S 28.1 47 SD S 28.1 48 2803 SD S 28.1 49 2757 SD S 28.1 5 2804 SD S 28.1 50 2805 SD S 28.1 51 2806 2807 2808 SD S 28.1 52 SD S 28.1 53 SD S 28.1 54 2809 SD S 28.1 55 2810 SD S 28.1 56 2811 SD S 28.1 57 2812 2758 2813 SD S 28.1 59 SD S 28.1 6 SD S 28.1 60 Wissenschaften in Göttingen I. Philologisch-Historische Klasse. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 115-127. Rhys Davids, C. A. F. (1923-25): Review: Th. Stcherbatzky, The Central Conception of Buddhism and the meaning of the word ,dharma`. London: Royal Asiatic Society 7, 1923. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 3, 345-354. Stcherbatzky, Th. (1930-1932): The Doctrine of the Buddha. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 6, 867-896. Prasad, Jwala (1930): The Date of the Yoga-sūtras. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 365-375. Law, B. C. (1937): Formulation of Pratītyasamutpāda. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 287-292. Schayer, St. (1935): Precanonical Buddhism. Archiv Orientalni 7, 121-131. Schayer, St. (1937): New Contributions to the Problem of Pre-hīnayānistic Buddhism. Polish Bulletin of Oriental Studies 1, 8-17. Conze, Edward (1963): Spurious Parallels to Buddhist Philosophy. Philosophy East and West 13/2, 105-115. Schayer, Stanislaw (1929): Zagadnienie osobowości w filozofji starobuddyjskiej. Pruglad Filozoficzny (?)32/3, 182205. Williams, Paul M. (1978): Review: Karl H. Potter (ed.), Indian Metaphysics and Epistemology: The Tradition of Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika up to Gaṅgeśa. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1977. Journal of Indian Philosophy 6, 277297. Warder, A. K. (1971): Dharmas and data. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 272-295. Biderman, Shlomo (1978): Śaṅkara and the Buddhists. Journal of Indian Philosophy 6, 405-413. Whaling, Frank (1979): Śaṅkara and Buddhism. Journal of Indian Philosophy 7, 1-42. Gupta, Rita (1977): ,Twelve-membered Dependent Origination`. An attempted reappraisal. Journal of Indian Philosophy 5, 163-186. Warder, A. K. (1970): The description of Indian philosophy. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 4-12. Sarachchandra, Edirivira R. (1976): From Vasubandhu to Śāntarakṣita. A critical examination of some Buddhist theories of the external world. Journal of Indian Philosophy 4, 69-107. Tokarz, Franciszek (1968): "Theistic" and "atheistic" Indian systems. Folia Orientalia 9, 131-150. Conze, Edward (1957): On "perverted views". East and West 7/4, 313-318. Glasenapp, Helmut von (1938): Zur Geschichte der buddhistischen Dharma-Theorie. Zeitschrift der Deutschen 81 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2814 SD S 28.1 61 2815 SD S 28.1 62 2816 SD S 28.1 63 2817 SD S 28.1 64 2818 SD S 28.1 65 2819 SD S 28.1 66 2820 SD S 28.1 67 2821 SD S 28.1 68 2822 SD S 28.1 69 2759 SD S 28.1 7 2823 SD S 28.1 70 Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 92 (Neue Folge Band 17), 383-420. Kirfel, W. (1938): Die buddhistischen Termini jñāna und vijñāna: nach Leumann und Stcherbatzky. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 92 (Neue Folge Band 17), 495-498. Hirakawa, Akira (1975): Gentsi Bukkyō okeru hō no imi [Die Bedeutung von dharma im ursprünglichen Buddhismus]. In: Bukkyō ni okeru hō no Kenkyū [Studien zum Dharma im Buddhismus], 5-39. Takagi, S. (1960): A phase of interrelation between Yoga-Philosophy and Buddhis [jap.]. In: Studies in Indology and Buddhology. Presented in Honour of Professor Gishō Nakano on the Occasion of His Sevenetieth Birthday. Kyoto: Koyasan University, 241-260. Ejima, Yasunori (1972): Kumārila's Reputation of Buddhism in the Ślokavārttika [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 20/2, 932-927. Mensching, Gustav (1953): (Rezension:) Glasenapp, Helmut von, Vedānta und Buddhismus. Mainz: Akademie der Wissenschaft und der Literatur (in Komm. bei Franz Steiner Verlag Wiesbaden), 1950. Theologische Literaturzeitung 6, 332. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1969): Bukkyō ni okeru meisō to tetsugaku [Meditation and Philosophy in Buddhism - a lecture given in the annual meeting of the Kyoto Philosophical Society on Nov.2, 1968]. Tetsugaku Kenkyū [Journal of Philosophical Studies] 44/6, 419-438. Steinkellner, Ernst (1984): Anmerkungen zu einer buddhistischen Texttradition: Paralokasiddhi. In: Anzeiger der phil.-hist. Klasse der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften So. 5 (121.Jg.). Wien: Verlag der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 79-94. Perrett, Roy W. (1984): Self-Refutation in Indian Philosophy. Journal of Indian Philosophy 12, 237-263. Chatalian, George (1983): Early Indian Buddhism and the nature of philosophy: A philosophical investigation. Journal of Indian Philosophy 11, 167-222. Nakamura, Hajime (1960): A Brief Survey of Japanese Studies on the Philosophical School of the Mahāyāna. Acta Asiatica - Bulletin of the Institute of Eastern Culture 1, 56-88. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1984): Later Indian Buddhist Doctrinal Systems. Vorlesung gehalten im SoSe 1984 im ho. Institut (4 Kapitel; Kapitel 4 ist der Aufsatz: Kajiyama, Yuichi (1978): Late Mādhyamikas on Epistemology and Meditation. In: Mahāyāna Buddhist Meditation: Theory and Practice. Ed. by Minoru Kiyota. Honolulu, 114-143). 73 pages (typescript). Beiliegend: Kajiyama, Yuichi (o.J.): Realism of the Sarvāstivāda School. In: Buddhist Thought and Asian Civilization. Essay in Honor of Herbert V. Guenther on His Sixtieth Birthday. Edited by Leslie S. Kawamura and Keith Scott. O.A.: Dharma Publishing, 114-131. 82 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2824 SD S 28.1 71 2825 SD S 28.1 72 2826 SD S 28.1 73 2827 SD S 28.1 74 2828 SD S 28.1 75 2829 SD S 28.1 76 2830 SD S 28.1 77 2831 SD S 28.1 78 2832 SD S 28.1 79 2760 SD S 28.1 8 2833 SD S 28.1 80 2834 SD S 28.1 81 2835 SD S 28.1 82 2836 SD S 28.1 83 Joshi, L. M. (1971): Truth: A Buddhist Perspective. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 27/3-4, 289-302. Singh, Jaideva (1945): The concept of duḥkha in Indian philosophy. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 2/4, 357-368. Nakamura, Hajime (1973): Buddhist influence upon the Vākyapadīya. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 29/1-4, 367-387. Nakamura, Hajime (1972): Bhartr̥hari and Buddhism. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 28/1-2, 395-405. De Jong, J. W. (1967-1968): Review: Edward Conze, Buddhist Thought in India. London: George Allen & Unwin Ltd., 1962. Indo-Iranian Journal 10, 215-217. MacQueen, G. (1984): The doctrine of the six Heretic according to the Śrāmaṇyaphala Sūtra. Indo-Iranian Journal 27, 291-307. Misra, G. S. P. (o.J.): Logical and scientific method in early Buddhist texts. O.A., 54-64. Masson-Oursel, P. (1928): La spécificité de la psychologie indienne. In: Annuaire 1928-1929 de l'École Pratique des Hautes-Études - Section des sciences religieuses. Rapport sur l'Exercice 1927-1928. Programme des Conférences pour l'Exercice 1928-1929. Melun Imprimerie Administrative, 3-16. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1971): On the Knowability and Expressibility of Absolute Reality in Buddhism. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 20/1, 495-489. Schmithausen, Lambert (1969): Ich und Erlösung im Buddhismus. Zeitschrift für Missionswissenschaft und Religionswissenschaft 2, 157-170. Aramaki, Noritoshi (1985): On the formation of a short Prose Pratītyasamutpāda Sūtra. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions.. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 87-121. Namai, Mamoru (o.J.): Shōyō zō "Bosabu-honshoman ron" ni okeru Shōken to Jaken no Isō [Aspekte richtiger Lehren und falscher Lehren in Āryaśūras Jātakamālā]. Nihon Bukkyō Gakkai Nenpō 48, 67-85. Schmithausen, Lambert (1985): Buddhismus und Natur. In: Die Verantwortung des Menschen für eine bewohnbare Welt im Christentum, Hinduismus und Buddhismus. Hsg. von Raimundo Panikkar und Walter Strolz. Freiburg, Basel, Wien: Herder Verlag, 100-133. Hayashima, Osamu (1976): Hozuihōgyō (dharma-anudharma-pratipatti) - Somo Gogi to Igi [Die Bedeutung von 83 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2837 SD S 28.1 84 2838 SD S 28.1 85 2839 SD S 28.1 86 2840 SD S 28.1 87 2841 SD S 28.1 88 2842 SD S 28.1 89 2843 SD S 28.1 90 2844 2845 SD S 28.1 91 SD S 28.1 92 2846 SD S 28.1 93 2847 SD S 28.1 94a 2848 2849 2850 2851 SD S 28.1 94b SD S 28.1 95 SD S 28.1 96 SD S 28.1 97 "dharma-anudharma-pratipatti"]. Nanto Bukkyō 36, 1-24. Mikogami, Eshō (1979): Bukkyō ni okeru jiga gainen no kenkyū - hannenronteki tachiba ni tetsu bukkyō o chūshin toshite [Study of the Ātman-concept in Buddhism - principally concerning the Buddhism which stands on the conceptualistic view-point]. Bukkyō Bunka Kenkyūsho Kiyō 18, 22-40. Jembunathan, Subrahmanya (1929): The philosophy of Burmese Buddhism - An original note. Journal of Oriental Research Madras 3, 181-182. Stcherbatsky, Th. (1926-1928): Review: Louis de la Vallée Poussin, Nirvāṇa. Études sur l'Histoire des Religions 5. Paris, 1925. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 4, 357-360. Jaini, P. S. (1963): Review: Edward Conze, Buddhist thought in India: three phases of Buddhist philosophy. London: George Allen & Unwin Ltd., 1962. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 26, 666-668. Matsumoto, Shirō (1982): Madhyamakāloka no ichijō-shisō - ichijō-shisō no kenkyū (1) [The ekayāna theory of the Madhyamakāloka - Studies on the ekayāna theory (1)]. Sōtōshū Kenkyūin Kenkyūsei Kenkyūkiyō [Journal of the Sōtō Sect Research Fellows] 14, 301-255 (1-47). Matsumoto, Shirō (1982): Yuichiki-ka no ichijō-shisō ni tsuite - ichijō-shisō no kenkyū (2) [The ekayāna theory of the Vijñānavādins - Studies on the ekayāna theory (2)]. Komazawa Daigaku Bukkyō Gakubu Ronshū [Journal of Buddhist Studies, Komazawa University] 13, 312-290 (1-23). Matsumoto, Shirō (1983): "Shōman-gyō" no ichijō-shisō ni tsuite - ichijō-shisō no kenkyū (3) [The ekayāna theory of the Śrīmālāsūtra - Studies on the ekayāna theory (3)]. Komazawa Daigaku Bukkyō Gakubu Kenkyū Kiyō 41, 416389 (37-64). King, Winston L. (1983): The existential nature of Buddhist ultimates. Philosophy East and West 33/3, 263-271. Loy, David (1983): The difference between saṃsāra and nirvāṇa. Philosophy East and West 33/4, 355-365. Sachs, Mendel (1983): Comparison of the field concept of matter in relativity physics and the Buddhist ideal of nonself. Philosophy East and West 33/4, 395-399. Larson, Gerald James (1984): The relation between ,action`and ,suffering` in Asian philosophy. Philosophy East and West 34/4, 351-356. Smart, Ninian (1984): Action and suffering in the Theravadin tradition. Philosophy East and West 34/4, 371-378. Loy, David (1985): Wei-Wu-Wei: Nondual Action. Philosophy East and West 35/1, 73-86. Loy, David (1986): The Mahāyāna Deconstruction of Time. Philosophy East and West 36/1, 13-23. Lopez, Donald S. (1987): Buddhist Hermeneutics: A Conference Report. Philosophy East and West 37/1, 71-83. 84 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2852 SD S 28.1 98 2853 SD S 28.1 99 2761 SD S 28.1 9a 2762 SD S 28.1 9b 2902 SD S 28.2 1 2911 2912 2913 SD S 28.2 10 SD S 28.2 11 SD S 28.2 12 2914 SD S 28.2 13 2915 SD S 28.2 14 2916 SD S 28.2 15 2917 SD S 28.2 16 2918 SD S 28.2 17 2919 SD S 28.2 18 2920 SD S 28.2 19 2903 SD S 28.2 2 2921 SD S 28.2 20 Inada, Kenneth (1987): Environmental Problematics in the Buddhist Context. Philosophy East and West 37/2, 135149. Forrest, Peter (1978): Reincarnation without survival of memory or character. Philosophy East and West 28/1, 91-97. Bareau, André (1954): Trois traités sur les sectes bouddhiques attribués à Vasumitra, Bhavya et Vinītadeva. Journal Asiatique, 229-266. Bareau, André (1956): Trois traités sur les sectes bouddhiques attribués à Vasumitra, Bhavya et Vinītadeva. Journal Asiatique, 167-200. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1917-1920): "The fear of deer does not prevent from sowing ...". Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 1, 185. Hikata, Ryusho (1956): A reconsideration on the date of Vasubandhu. Philosophical Studies 1, 53-74. Peri, Noel (1911): A propos de la date de Vasubandhu. Bulletin de l' École Française d'Extrême-Orient 11/3-4, 1-53. Weller, Friedrich (1925): Zu Buddhaghosas Erklärung von Cullavagga 5,33,1. Asia Major 2, 348-351. Jaini, Padmanabh S. (1959): The Sautrāntika Theory of Bīja. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 22, 236-249. Jaini, Padmanabh S. (1959): The Vaibhāṣika Theory of Words and Meanings. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 22, 95-107. Jaini, Padmanabh S. (1959): The Development of the Theory of the viprayukta-saṃskāras. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 22, 531-547. Rhys Davids, C. A. F. (1925): The Nettipakarana an earlier book than the Patthana (Maha-pakarana). Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 111-112. Tucci, Giuseppe (1930): A Fragment from the Pratitya-samutpadavyakhya of Vasubandhu. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 611-623. Prakash, Buddha (1968-1971): The concept of ,apratisaṅkhyānirodha` in the Abhidharmakośa of Vasubandhu. Bhāratī - Bulletin of the Department of Ancient Indian History, Culture & Archaeology (Prof. V.S. Agrawala Volume) 12-14, 74-80. Williams, Paul M. (1977): Buddhadeva and temporality. Journal of Indian Philosophy 4, 279-294. Mus, Paul (1938-1939): La notion de temps réversible dans la mythologie bouddhique. Annuaire de l'École Pratique des Hautes Études - Section des sciences religieuses, 3-36. Mimaki, Katsumi (1981): Kyōbushidaitoku dPe can ni tsuite [On the identification of bstun pa dPe can]. Indogaku 85 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2922 SD S 28.2 21 2923 SD S 28.2 22 2924 SD S 28.2 23 2925 SD S 28.2 24 2926 SD S 28.2 25 2927 SD S 28.2 26 2928 SD S 28.2 27 2930 SD S 28.2 29 2904 SD S 28.2 3 2931 SD S 28.2 30 2932 SD S 28.2 31 2933 SD S 28.2 32 2934 SD S 28.2 33 2935 SD S 28.2 34 Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/2, 878-876. Tabata, Tetsuya (1975): The title "Sarvāstivādaḥ" [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 24/1, 170-171. Katsura, Shoryu (1979): Harivarman on satyadvaya. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 27/2, 961-957. Katsura, Shoryu (1978): Harivarman on Sarvāstivāda. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 26/2, 1063-1058 (21-26). Tabata, Tetsuya (1977): Arché in Sarvāstivāda and vitarka, vicāra [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 26/1, 328-331. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): A fragment from the Pratītya-samutpāda-vyākhyā of Vasubandhu. Opera Minora 6/1, 239247. Rhys Davids, C. A. F. (1927): Notice of Book: Max Walleser, Die Sekten des alten Buddhismus. Heidelberg, 1927. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 636-637. Frauwallner, Erich (1971): Abhidharma-Studien - Der Abhisamayavādaḥ. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens 15, 69-102. Williams, Paul M. (1981): On the Abhidharma ontology. Journal of Indian Philosophy 9, 227-257. Morichini, Giuseppe (1955): The spiritual struggle of Vasubandhu and his "Karmasiddhiprakaraṇa". East and West 6/1, 31-33. Yoshimoto, Shingyō (1983): Jaken to dan-zenkon [Mithyādr̥ṣṭi ̥ and Kusala-mūla-ccheda]. [Journal of the Nippon Buddhist Research Association] 48, 33-53. Kudō, Shigeki (1968): Ronji ni mirareru Ron Jidō [Vāda-magga in Kathāvatthu]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 16/2, 860-864. Kawasaki, Shinjo (1981): Issaichi shisō (sarvajña) shisō no Tenkai [Idea of sarvajña in the Abhidharmakośa]. In: Daijo Bukkyo kara Mikkyo e, aFestschrift dedicated to Prof. Shunkyo Katsamata. Tokyo: Shunjū-sha, 199-217. Gokhale, V. V. (1946): The text of the Abhidharmakośakārikā of Vasubandhu. Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society (New Series) 22, 73-102 (incl. page 12: Emendation in the text of the Abhidharmakośakārikā, 4.74 from page 88). De Jong, J. W. (1962-1963): Review: Padmanabh S. Jaini (ed.), Abhidharmadīpa with Vibhāṣāprabhāvr̥tti, critically edited with notes and introduction by Padmanabh S. Jaini (= Tibetan Sanskrit Works Series 4). Patna, 1959. Indo86 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2936 SD S 28.2 35 2937 SD S 28.2 36 2938 SD S 28.2 37 2939 SD S 28.2 38 2940 SD S 28.2 38b 2941 SD S 28.2 38c 2942 SD S 28.2 39 2905 SD S 28.2 4 2943 SD S 28.2 40 2944 SD S 28.2 41 2945 SD S 28.2 42 2946 SD S 28.2 43 2947 SD S 28.2 44 2948 SD S 28.2 45 Iranian Journal 6, 173-175. Hinüber, Oskar von (1972): Die "dreifache" Wirkung des Karma. Indo-Iranian Journal 13, 241-249. Sakurabe, Takeshi (1953): Kyōryōbu no keitai [Formen der Sautrāntikas]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 2/1, 115-116. Miyasaka, Yūichi (1962): Kyōryōbu no dannen [Fragmentary concepts of Sautrāntika-Vādin]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 10/2, 673-679. Honjō, Yoshifumi (1979): Śamathadeva no kusharonchū-konpon (1) [On the Abhidharamkośopāyikā by Śamathadeva (1)]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 28/1, 442-439. Honjō, Yoshifumi (1980): Śamathadeva no kusharonchū - konpon no (2) [On the Abhidharmakośopāyikā by Śamathadeva (2)]. Bukkyōronsō 24, 103-107. Honjō, Yoshifumi (1981): Śamathadeva no kusharonchū-konpon (3) [On the Abhidharamkośopāyikā by Śamathadeva (3)]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/2, 915-912. Mori, Sodō (1983): Aṭṭhakathā sources of Indian origin. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 34-42. Rahder, J. (1931-1932): La satkāyadr̥ṣṭi d'après Vibhāṣā, 8. Mélanges chinois et bouddhiques 1, 227-239. Greiner, Frederick (1983): Samghabhadra's Defense of the Prapti Theory (Critique of the Bija Theory). Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 10 pages (typescript). Honjō, Yoshifumi and Akimoto, Masura (1978): Kisharon - Sanzejitsu-setsu (yakuchū) [ Abhidharmakośa-Ansicht über die Realität der drei Zeiten]. Nanto Bukkyō 41, 84-105. Norman, K. R. (1973): Review: N. H. Samtani (ed.), The Arthaviniścaya-sūtra and its commentary (nibandhana) (written by Bhikṣu Vīryaśrīdatta of Śrī-Nālandāvihāra). (Tibetan Sanskrit Works Series 13). Patna: K.P. Jayaswal Research Institute, 1971. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 36, 677-678. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1985): Dharma and Abhidharma. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 48/2, 305-320. Broido, Michael M. (1985): Intention and suggestion in the Abhidharmakośa: Sandhābhāṣā reivisited. Journal of Indian Philosophy 13, 327-381. Sen, Prabal (1986): Review: Steven Collins, Selfless Persons: Imagery and Thought in Theravada Buddhism (including Bibliography, Glossary and Index of Pali and Sanskrit terms and General Index). Cambridge, London: 87 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2949 SD S 28.2 46 2950 SD S 28.2 47 2951 SD S 28.2 48 2952 SD S 28.2 49 2906 SD S 28.2 5 2953 SD S 28.2 50 2954 SD S 28.2 51 2955 SD S 28.2 52 2956 SD S 28.2 53 2957 SD S 28.2 54 2958 SD S 28.2 55 2959 SD S 28.2 56 2960 SD S 28.2 57 2961 SD S 28.2 58 Cambridge University Press, 1982. Journal of Indian Philosophy 14, 99-106. Griffiths, Paul (1983): On being mindless: The debate on the reemergence of consciousness from the attainment of cessation in the Abhidharmakośabhāṣyam and its commentaries. Philosophy East and West 33/4, 379-394. Kapstein, Matthew (1986): Reviews: Collins, Parfit, and the Problem of Personal Identity in Two Philosophical Traditions - A review of Selfless Persons. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1982. Derek Parfit, Reasons and Persons. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1984. Philosophy East and West 36/3, 289-298. Duerlinger, James (1982): Vasubandhu on the Vātsīputrīyas' fire-fuel analogy. Philosophy East and West 32/2, 151158. Mitchell, Donald W. (1971): Analysis in Theravāda Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 21, 23-31. Demiéville, Paul (1954): La Yogācārabhūmi de Saṅgharakṣa. Bulletin de l' École Française d'Extrême-Orient 44/2, 339-436. Anacker, Stefan (1972): Vasubandhu's Karmasiddhiprakaraṇa and the problem of the highest meditations. Philosophy East and West 22, 247-258. Robinson, Richard H. (1972): Some Buddhist and Hindu concepts of intellect-will. Philosophy East and West 22, 299-307. McDermott, A. Charlene (1974): The Sautrāntika arguments against the traikālyavāda in the light of the contemporary tense revolution. Philosophy East and West 24/2, 193-200. Muni Jambūvijayaji (1968): Dharmasaṃgrahaṇīvr̥ttimāṃ āvatā ek avataraṇanuṃ ṭibeṭan graṃthane ādhāre mūl̥asthāna. In: Śrī Mahāvīra Jaina Vidyālaya Suvarṇamahotsava Grantha. Bombay, 11-13. Yuyama, A. (1987): Remarks on the Kōkiji fragment of the Lokaprajñapti. In: Gilbert Pollet (ed.), India and the ancient world. History, trade and culture before A.D. 650 (Orientalia Lovaniensia Analecta 25). Professor P.H.L. Eggermont Jubilee Volume presented on the occasion of his seventieth birthday. Leuven: Department Oriëntalistiek, 215-227. Mimaki, Katsumi (1988): Kyōryōbu [Sautrāntika]. Iwanami kōza "Tōyōshisō" 8 (Indo Bukkyō 1), 226-260. Sasaki, Genjun H. (1987): Saṃghabhadra's interpretation of Pratītyasamutpāda. Sri Lanka Journal of Buddhist Studies 1, 76-96. Pezzali, Amalia (1987): Vasubandhu, l'autore dell' Abhidharmakośa. In: Spiritual Masters. Christianity and other Religions (= Maîtres spirituels. Christianisme et les autres Religions). Rom: Gregorian University Press, 239-251. Yoshimoto, Shingyo (1988): Abhidharmic Analysis of citta-viprayukta-saṃskāra in Mahāyāna Buddhism [jap.]. 88 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2962 SD S 28.2 59 2907 SD S 28.2 6 2963 SD S 28.2 60 2964 SD S 28.2 61 1015 SD S 28.2 62 1016 SD S 28.2 63 1018 SD S 28.2 64 1020 SD S 28.2 65 1021 SD S 28.2 66 1023 SD S 28.2 67 1025 1027 SD S 28.2 68 SD S 28.2 69 2908 SD S 28.2 7 Otani Gakuho [Journal of Buddhist Studies and Humanities] 63/2, 29-44. Kawasaki, Shinjo (1985): Pāli go Bunken ni mirareru issaichi (sabbaññū) [Omniscience (sabbaññū) in Pāli Literature]. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 187-203. Jaini, Padmanabh S. (1958): On the theory of two Vasubandhus. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 21/1, 48-53. Pezzali, Amalia (1986): Le tre sfere (dhātu) del mondo (loka) secondo l'Abhidharmakośa di Vasubandhu. Studi Orientali e Linguistici 3, 185-204. Pezzali, Amalia (1984): Le membra delle meditazioni (dhyānāṅga) del rūpadhāṭu secondo l'Abhidharmakośa di Vasubandhu. In: Atti del Secondo Convegno Nazionale di Studi Sanscriti (Pisa, 13 Novembre 1982). Editi da Oscar Botto (Associazione Italiana di Studi Sanscriti). Torino: Edizioni Jollygrafica, 55-60. Duerlinger, James (1989): Vasubandhu's `Refutation of the theory of selfhood' (ātmavādapratiṣedha). Journal of Indian Philosophy 17, 129-187. Bechert, Heinz (1989): Vimuttimagga and Amatākaravaṇṇanā. Amalā Prajñā: Aspects of Buddhist Studies. Professor P. V. Bapat Felicitation Volume. Ed. N. H. Samtani, H. S. Prasad. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications (Bibliotheca IndoBuddhica 63), 11-14. Dietz, Siglinde (1989): A Brief Survey on the Sanskrit Fragments of the Lokaprajñaptiśāstra. Annual Memoirs of the Otani University Shin Buddhist Comprehensive Research Institute 7, 79-86. Dietz, Siglinde (1990): Zur Überlieferungsgeschichte der frühen buddhistischen Kosmologie. XXIV. Deutscher Orientalistentag vom 26. bis 30. September, 1988 in Köln, Ausgewählte Vorträge. Hg. v. Werner Diem und Abdoldjavad Falaturi. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag, 442-449. Fukuhara, Ryōgon (1958): Ubu no u no ronshō no shiteki tenkai [Historical Development of the Logical Demonstration of Concept of Being in the Sarvāstivādin]. IBK 7/1, 233-237. Muroji, Yoshihito (1991): Vedanā- und Tṛṣṇāvibhaṅga in der Pratītyasamutpādavyākhyā. Tibetischer Text mit Entsprechungen im Sanskrit. The Mikkyo Bunka, 173, 98-74. Sastri, N. Aiyaswami (1945): Harivarman on Vaiśāradya. Sino-Indian-Studies 1, 127-131. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1977): Sugatamatavibhaṅgabhāṣya dai 2 shā Sautrāntika shā kenkyū. Bukkyō Ronso 21, 83-87 Jaini, Padmanabh S. (1958): Buddha's prolongation of life. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 21/3, 546-552. 89 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1045 SD S 28.2 70 1046 SD S 28.2 71 1047 SD S 28.2 72 1049 SD S 28.2 73 1051 SD S 28.2 74 1053 SD S 28.2 75 464 SD S 28.2 76 1239 SD S 28.2 77 1375 SD S 28.2 78 1479 SD S 28.2 79 2909 SD S 28.2 8 1480 SD S 28.2 80 1484 SD S 28.2 81 1492 SD S 28.2 82 1494 SD S 28.2 83 Dietz, Siglinde (1991): Bemerkungen zum Kāraṇaprajñaptiśāstra. XXV. Deutscher Orientalistentag, ZDMG-Suppl. 10, Franz Steiner Verlag Stuttgart, 295-306. Buchbesprechung Norman, K.R. (1997):Frauwallner, Erich, translated by Kidd, Sophie Francis (1995): Studies in Abhidharma Literature and the origins of Buddhist philosophical systems. JRAS, 157-158. Yamaguchi, Susumu (1962): Daijō-Hibussetsu-Ron ni taisuru Seshin no Rompa - Shakkiron Dai 4 Shō ni taisuru Ichi-Kaidai [Widerlegung Vasubandhus der Lehre, daß das Mahāyāna nicht von Buddha erklärt wird]. Tōhōgakkai Sōritsu, 15 Shūnen kinen, 1-23. [jap.] Nakamura, Hajime (?): Sestu issaiu bu no tachiba - 'tu' girisha shisō tono renkan no mondai [Der Standpunkt der Sārvastivādins und das Problem des Verkehrs mit den griechischen Gedanken). Rinrigaku Nenpō 6, 241-260. Yoshimoto, Shingyo (1987): A Reconsideration of the theory of adhvatrayam asti - The original term and its philosophical Background. Buddhist Seminar 46, 16-30. Duerlinger, James (1997). Vasubandhu's Philosophical Critique of the Vātsīputrīyas' Theory of Persons (I). Journal of Indian Philosophy 25, 307-335. Haráda, Wasō (1998): Genyo ni tausuru kōshi iyoku to shīye no shiben(jin) to jukurya(shi) - kyōryōbu gakensetsu no kigen (1). The Mikkyo Bunka vols. 199/200 (Journal of Esoteric Buddhism), 247-222. Hakamaya Noriaki (2000): Abhidharma bukkyo ni okeru bosatsu ron [Bodhisattva in Abhidharma Buddhismus]. In: Abhidharmabukkyo to indo-shiso [Abhidharma and Indian Thought: Essays in Honor of Prof. Dr. Junsho Kato on His 60th Birthday] Tokyo: Syunju-sya. 19-34. Assavavirulhakarn, Prapod and Skilling, Peter (1999): Vasubandhu on Travel and Seclusion. In: Manusya: Journal of Humanities 2-1, pp. 13-24. Franco, Eli (2000): The Spitzer Manuscript - Report on Work in Progress. In: Abhidharma and Indian Thought. Essays in Honor of Professor Junsho Kato on His Sixtieth Birthday. Tokyo, 562-544. Demiéville, Paul (1961): Un fragment sanskrit de l'Abhidharma des Sarvāstivādin. Journal Asiatique, 461-475. Bronkhorst, Johannes (2000): Abhidharma and Jainism. In: Abhidharma and Indian Thought. Essays in Honor of Professor Doctor Junsho Kato on His Sixtieth Birthday. Tokyo, 598-581. Franco, Eli (2000): Lost Fragments of the Spitzer Manuscript. In: Festschrift Minoru Hara, 77-110. Honjô, Yoshifumi (1989): Bonbun wayaku ketsujôgikyô chû [The Japanese Translation of the Sanskrit Arthaviniścaya and its Commentary]. Kyoto, 1989 Harada, Waso (1996): Kyoryobu no Tanso no Shiki no nagare toiu Gainen e no Gimon (I) [Some Questions on the 90 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2929 SD S 28.2 85 2910 SD S 28.2 9 267 SD S 28.2a 1 2965 SD S 28.2a 1 2974 SD S 28.2a 10 2976 SD S 28.2a 12 2977 SD S 28.2a 13 2978 SD S 28.2a 14 2979 SD S 28.2a 15 2980 SD S 28.2a 16 2982 SD S 28.2a 18 2983 2966 SD S 28.2a 19 SD S 28.2a 2 Concept of "Der 'einschichtige' Erkenntnisstrom der Sautrāntikas"]. Indogaku Chibettogaku Kenkyû 2 [Journal of Indian and Tibetan Studies], 135-193 Collins, Steven (1982): Review article: Self and non-self in early Buddhism. Numen 29/2, 250-271. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1905): Dogmatique bouddhique - Les soixante-quinze et les cent dharmas. Le Muséon (Nouvelle Série) 6, 178-194. Makransky John J. (1992): Proposal of a Modern Solution to an Ancient Problem: Literary-Historical Evidence that the Abhisamayālaṃkāra Teaches Three Buddha Kāyas. Journal of Indian Philosophy 20/2, 149-190. Conze, Edward and Shotaro, Iida (1968): "Maitreya's questions" in the Prajñāpāramitā. Mélanges d'indianisme à la mémoire de Louis Renou (40e Anniversaire de la fondation de l'Institut de Civilisation Indienne de l'Université de Paris 1967) 28, 229-242. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Minor Sanskrit texts on the Prajñā-Pāramitā. Opera Minora 2, 429-451. Meisezahl, R. O. (1964): (Review:) E. Obermiller (ed.), Prajñā-pāramitā-ratna-guṇa-saṃcaya-gāthā. Sanskrit and Tibetan text edited by E. Obermiller. Photomechanic reprint with a Sanskrit-Tibetan-English-index by Edward Conze. 's-Gravenhage, Mouton & Co, 1960 (Indo-Iranian Reprints edited by the Editorial Board of the Indo-Iranian Journal 5). Oriens 17, 289-301. Bailey, H. W. (1978): The Bodhisattva in the Prajñā-Pāramitā. Studies in South Asian Culture (Senarat Paranavitana Commemoration Volume) 7, 20-21. Hakamaya, Noriaki (1975): A Consideration on the Byams ṣus kyi leḥu from the historical point of view. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 24/1, 499-489. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1978): Review: Étienne Lamotte (tr.), Le Traité de la Grande Vertu de Sagesse de Nāgārjuna (Mahāprajñāpāramitāśāstra) avec une étude sur la vacuité. Tome 4 (Publications de l'Institut Orientaliste de Louvain 12). Louvain: Institut Orientaliste, Université Louvain, 1976. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 56, 179-181. Conze, Edward (1958): Review: Āryasuvikrāntavikrāmiparipr̥cchāprajñāpāramitānirdeśasārdhadvisāhasrikāBhagavatyāryaprajñāpāramitā. Bearbeitet von Dr. Tokumyo Matsumoto. Tokyo: Heibonsha, 1956. Indo-Iranian Journal 2, 316-318. De Jong, J. W. (1960): Review: Edward Conze, Vajracchedikā Prajñāpāramitā. edited and Translated with Introduction and Glossary. Serie Orientale Roma 13. Roma, 1957. Indo-Iranian Journal 4, 75-76. Edgerton, Franklin (1961-1962): The Prajñā-pāramitā-ratna-guṇa-saṃcaya-gāthā. Indo-Iranian Journal 5, 1-18. Conze, Edward (1952): The Composition of the Aṣṭasāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and 91 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2984 SD S 28.2a 20 2985 SD S 28.2a 21 2986 SD S 28.2a 22 2987 SD S 28.2a 23 2981 SD S 28.2a 24 2988 SD S 28.2a 24 2989 SD S 28.2a 25 2975 SD S 28.2a 26 2990 SD S 28.2a 26 2991 SD S 28.2a 27 2992 SD S 28.2a 28 1758 SD S 28.2a 29 African Studies 14/2, 251-262. Schopen, Gregory (1977): Review: Edward Conze, The Large Sūtra on Perfect Wisdom with the Divisions of the Abhisamayālaṅkāra. Berkeley, Los Angeles, London: University of California Press, 1975. Indo-Iranian Journal 19, 135-152. Schopen, Gregory (1978): Review: Akira Yuyama, Prajñā-pāramitā-ratna-guṇa-saṃcaya-gāthā (Sanskrit Recension A). Edited with an Introduction, Bibliographical Notes and a Tibetan Version from Tunhuang. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Indo-Iranian Journal 20, 110-124. Yuyama, Akira (1977): The First Two Chapters of the Prajñā-pāramitā-ratna-guṇa-saṃcaya-gāthā (Rgs). In: L. Lancaster (ed.): Prajñāpāramitā and Related Systems. Studies in Honor of Edward Conze, Berkeley Buddhist Series 1, 203-218. Hayashima, Osamu (1977): Ratnākaraśānti no Bosatsu-dō - Prajñāpāramitopadeśa ni okeru [The way of Bodhisattva in Ratnākaraśānti - in Prajñāpāramitopadeśa]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 25/2, 944-941. Conze, Edward (1960): The Calcutta manuscript of the Ratnaguṇasaṃcayagāthā. Indo-Iranian Journal 4, 37-58. Lalou, Marcelle (1957): Les plus anciens rouleaux tibétains trouvés à Touen-houang. Rocznik Orientalistyczny 21, 149-152. Bawden, C. R. (1973): Review: Nicholas Poppe (ed. and tr.), The Diamond sūtra: three Mongolian versions of the Vajracchedikā Prajñāpāramitā (Asiatische Forschungen 35). Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1971 (3 plates). Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 36, 171-173. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1977): Tō Butsumo Hosshin [Stūpas, mother of the Buddhas, Dharmakāya]. Mikkyōgaku (Takai Shūryū Kyōju Kanreki Kinengō) 13-14, 43-59. Streng, Frederick J. (1982): Realization of Param Bhūtakoti (ultimate reality-limit) in the Aṣṭasāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā Sūtra. Philosophy East and West 32/1, 91.98. Mitchell, Donald W. (1976): The paradox of Buddhist wisdom. Philosophy East and West 26/1, 55-67. Sakurabe, Hajime (1985): "Bukkyō Seiten" Shoshū Gendaigo yaku ,Dai Hon Hannyakyō` Ho_ [On an Abridgement of the Larger Prajñāpāramitā Sūtra by Prof. R. Hikata]. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 205-214. Sakuma, Hidenori S. (1994): The Classification of the Dharmakāya Chapter of the Abhisamayālaṃkāra by Indian Commentators: The Threefold and the Fourfold Buddhakāya Theories. Journal of Indian Philosophy 22, 259-297. 92 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2967 SD S 28.2a 3 2968 SD S 28.2a 4 2969 SD S 28.2a 5 2970 SD S 28.2a 6 2971 SD S 28.2a 7 2972 SD S 28.2a 8 2973 SD S 28.2a 9 3001 SD S 28.3 10 3092 SD S 28.3 100 3093 SD S 28.3 101 3094 SD S 28.3 102 3095 SD S 28.3 103 3096 SD S 28.3 104 3097 SD S 28.3 105 3098 3099 SD S 28.3 106 SD S 28.3 107 Conze, Edward (1960): The Development of Prajñāpāramitā Thought. In: Buddhism and Culture. Suzuki Commemorative Volume. Kyoto, 24-45. Conze, Edward (trl.) (1962): Verses on the Accumulation of precious qualities (Ratnaguṇasaṃcayagāthā). IndoAsian Studies 1,126-178. Hurvitz, Leon (1975): Two polyglot recensions of the Heart Scripture. Journal of Indian Philosophy 3/1-2, 17-66. Jaini, Padmanabh S. (1972): The Āloka of Haribhadra and the Sāratamā of Ratnākaraśānti: A comparative study of the two commentaries of the Aṣṭasāhasrikā. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 35, 271-284. Teschner, George (1981): The relation between mind and body in the Surangama Sutra. Journal of Indian Philosophy 9, 77-83. Kawai, Tsutomu (1980): On the date of manuscripts of the Tibetan Turkesthan of the Aṣṭasāhasrikā-PrajñāpāramitāSūtra [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/1, 388-386. Katsura, Shoryu (1976): A synopsis of the Prajñāpāramitopadeśa of Ratnākaraśānti. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 25/1, 487-484. Gokhale, V. V. (1972): The second chapter of Bhavya's Madhyamakahr̥daya. Indo-Iranian Journal 14/1-2, 40-45. Azuma, Takeshi (1967): Kamalaśīla no shisō no ichi kōsatsu [A study of Kamalaśīla's Thought]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 15/2, 626-627. Imanishi, Junkichi (1968): Ryūju ni yotte genkyū sareta sāṃkhya shisō [Von Nāgār̥juna angeführte Gedanken der Sāṃkhya] - Shoki chūganha ni okeru Sāṃkhza shisō 1 [Sāṃkhya-Gedanken in der frühen Madhyamaka-Schule]. Hiroshima Daigaku Bungakubu Kiyō 16/2, 35-96. Crittenden, Charles (1984): Serenity. Journal of Indian Philsosophy 12, 201-214. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1957): Kōharon to Shōrikyō [On the Relation between the Vaidalyaprakaraṇa und Nyāyasūtra]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 5/1, 192-195. Pezzali, Amalia (1980-1981): Bodhisattva et Prajñāpāramitā, l'essence du Madhyamaka. Indologica Taurinensia 8-9, 307-312. Bhattacharya, Kamaleswar (1984): La signification du Madhyamaka. Reconsidération des arguments de Nāgārjuna contre le mouvement. In: Proceedings of the First International Symposium on the Sanskrit Language, Mexico 1984. O.A., 189-199. Lindtner, Christian (1979): Candrakīrti's Pañcaskandhaprakaraṇa. Acta Orientalia 40, 87-145. Waymen, Alex (1985): Nāgārjuna: Moralist Reformer of Buddhism. Studia Missionalia 34, 63-95. 93 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3100 SD S 28.3 108 3101 SD S 28.3 109 3002 SD S 28.3 11 3102 SD S 28.3 110 3103 SD S 28.3 111 3104 SD S 28.3 112 3105 SD S 28.3 113 3106 SD S 28.3 114 3107 SD S 28.3 115 3108 SD S 28.3 116 3109 SD S 28.3 117 3110 SD S 28.3 118 Liebenthal, Walter (1961): Ding und Dharma. Ein Wort zu Jaspers' "Nāgārjuna". Asiatische Studien (= Études Asiatiques) 14, 15-32. May, Jacques (1970): Compte rendu: Frederick streng, Emptiness, A Study in Religious Meaning. A Depth Study of the Philosopher Nāgārjuna and his Interpretation of Ultimate Reality. Including translations of Nāgār̥juna's "Fundamentals of the Middle Way" and "Averting the Arguments". Nashville, New York: Abingdon Press, 1967. Asiatische Studien (= Études Asiatiques) 24, 68-73. Yün-hua, Jan (1970): Nāgārjuna, one or more ? A new interpretation of Buddhist Hagiography. History of Religions 10, 139-155. Olson, Robert F. and Ichishima, Masao (trs.) (1979): The Third Process of Meditative Actualization by Kamalaśīla. Taishō Daigaku Sōgō Bukkyō Kenkyūjo Nenpō [Annual of the Institute for Comprehensive Studies in Buddhism] 1, 241-205 (17-53). Huntington, C. W. Jr. (1983): The system of the Two Truths in the Prasannapadā and the Madhyamakāvatāra: A study in Mādhyamika soteriology. Journal of Indian Philosophy 11, 77-106. Gokhale, V. V. (1961-1962): "Masters of Buddhism adore the Brahman through non-adoration" (Bhavya, Madhyamakahr̥daya 3). Indo-Iranian Journal 5, 271-275. De Jong, J. W. (1961-1962): Review: Jacques May (tr.), Candrakīrti, Prasannapadā madhyamakavr̥tti. Douze chapitres traduits du sanskrit et du tibétain, accompagnés d'une introduction, de notes et d'une édition critique de la version tibétaine par Jacques May (Collection Jean Przyluski 2). Paris, 1959. Indo-Iranian Journal 5, 161-165. Yuyama, Akira (1975): Review: Giuseppe Tucci, Minor Buddhist Texts, Part 3: Third Bhāvanākrama (= Serie Orientale Roma 43). Roma: Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1971. Indo-Iranian Journal 17, 265270. De Jong, J. W. (1978): Review: Jeffrey Hopkins and Lati Rimpoche with Anne Klein (tr. and eds.), The Precious Garland and The Song of the Four Mindfulnesses (= The Wisdom of Tibet Series 2). London: George Allen and Unwin Ltd., 1975. Indo-Iranian Journal 20, 136-140. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1980): Review: J. W. de Jong (ed.), Nāgārjuna: Mūlamadhyamakakārikāḥ. Adyar (Madras): The Adyar Library and Research Centre, 1977. Indo-Iranian Journal 22, 247-249. Lindtner, Christian (1985): Review: Michael Hahn, Nāgārjuna's Ratnāvalī. Vol.1: The basic Texts (Sanskrit, Tibetan, Chinese) (Indica et Tibetica 1). Bonn: 1982. Indo-Iranian Jounral 28, 302-303. Okada, Yukihiro and Hahn, Michael (1985): Zur Quelle der 57 Fehler in der Ratnāvalī des Nāgārjuna. Journal of Indian Philosophy 28, 123-134. 94 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3111 SD S 28.3 119 3003 SD S 28.3 12 3112 SD S 28.3 120 3113 SD S 28.3 121 3114 SD S 28.3 122 3115 SD S 28.3 123 3116 3117 SD S 28.3 124 SD S 28.3 125 3118 SD S 28.3 126 3119 SD S 28.3 127 3120 SD S 28.3 128 3121 SD S 28.3 129 3004 SD S 28.3 13 3122 SD S 28.3 130 3123 SD S 28.3 131 De Jong, J. W. (1984): Review: David Seyfort Ruegg, The Literature of the Madhyamaka School of Philosophy in India (A History of Indian Litersture 7/1). Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1981. Indo-Iranian Journal 27, 227-229. Gard, Richard A. (1954): On the authenticity of the Pai-lun and Shih-erh-mên-lun. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 2/3-4. 742-751. Kawasaki, Shinjō (1974): Quotations in the Mīmāṃsā Chapter of Bhavya's Madhyamaka-hr̥daya-kārikā. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 22/2, 1127-1120. Matsumoto, Shiro (1979): The Satyadvaya theory of the Madhyamakāvatārabhāṣya. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 28/1, 498-494. Kawasaki, Shinjo (1975): A Reference to Maga in the Tibetan Translation of the Tarkajvālā. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 23/2, 1103-1097. Nagasawa, Jitsudō (1962): Kamalaśīla's Theory of the Yogācāra. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 10/1, 371-364 (34-41). Shirasaki, Kenjō (1979): Jitāri no Sugatamatavibhaṅgakārikā ni tsuite.Bukkyō Ronsō 23, 119-123. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1981): Jitāri no Bodhyāpattideśanāvr̥ttibodhisattvaśikṣākrama ni tsuite. Bukkyō Ronsō 25, 71-75. Hayashima, Osamu (1978): Ratnākaraśānti no Chūdō shisō - Madhyamālaṃkāropadeśa ni okeru [Thought of the Middle Way of Ratnākaraśānti - in Madhyamālaṃkāropadeśa]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 26/2, 1012-1008 (72-76). Kudō, Shigeki (1958): Chūgan ni okeru Jishō no Gainen - Myōkuron o Chūshin toshite. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 7/1, 174-175. Matsumoto, S. (1979): Dharmapāla no ni-taisetsu [Satyadvaya of Dharmapāla]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/2, 686-687. Tachikawa, Musashi (1977): Chūron ni okeru Sezoku to Shōgi - Nāgārjuna no shūdōron no tokushitsu [saṃvyavahāra and paramārtha in Mūlamadhyamakakārikā - a distinctive feature of Nāgārjuna's ascetic practicetheory]. Tōyō Gakujutsu Kenkyū 16/5, 1-22. O.A. (1954): Dvadaśamukha Śāstra of Nāgārjuna. Visva-Bharati Annals 6, 21-231. Hirano, Takashi (1954): Mui-chū to Butsugo-chū no idō ni tsuite [The Identity of Akutobhaya and Buddhapālita's Mūlamadhyamaka-Vr̥tti]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 3/1, 236-238. Pezzali, Amalia (1983): The importance of Candrakīrti and of his Prasannapadā in the pure Madhyamaka thought. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho 95 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3124 SD S 28.3 132 3125 SD S 28.3 133 3126 SD S 28.3 134 3127 SD S 28.3 135 3128 SD S 28.3 136 3129 SD S 28.3 137 3130 SD S 28.3 138 3131 SD S 28.3 139 3005 SD S 28.3 14 3132 SD S 28.3 140 3133 SD S 28.3 141 3134 SD S 28.3 142 Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture),10 pages (typescript). Ichimura, Shōhei (1983): Buddhist dialectical methods and their structural identity. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture),11 pages (typescript). Bhattacharya, Kamaleswar (1980-1981): The grammatical basis of Nāgārjuna's arguments. Some further considerations. Indologica Taurinensia 8-9, 35-43. Nakada, Naomichi (1983): Several Sāṃkhya views as found in Chinese sources. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture),11 pages (typescript). Tachikawa, Musashi (1983): Two Kinds of Negations in the Mūlamadhyamakakārikā. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 8 pages (typescript). Matsumoto, Shirō (1978): "Nyūchūron" no utpara no hiyu ni tsuite [Die metaphorische Bedeutung von utpala im Madhyamakāvatāra]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 26/2, 164-165 (675676). Tachikawa, Musashi (1978): "Chūron" ni okeru shikatunbetsu no ronrikōzō. (Ashikaga Atsushi hakushi kiju kinen) Orientogaku, Indogaku Ronshyū, 483-498. Casey, David F. (1964): Nāgārjuna and Candrakīrti, A Study of Significant Differences. In: Transactions of the International Conference of Orientalists in Japan No. 9. Tōhō Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 34-45. Sastri, N. Ayyaswami (1931): Madhyamārthasaṅgraha of Bhāvaviveka (restored from the Tibetan Version with an English Translation). Journal of Oriental Research Madras 5/1, 41-49. Wogihara, U. (1904, 1906): (Bouddhisme. Notes et Bibliographie:) Contributions to the study of the Śikṣāsamuccaya derived from Chinese sources (1 and End). Le Muséon 5 (1904), 96-104; 209-215; Le Muséon 7 (1906), 255-261. Wayman, Alex (1977): Doctrinal disputes and the Debate of bSam yas. Central Asiatic Journal 21, 139-144. Matsumoto, Shirō (1984): Kōki Chūgan-ha no Kū-shisō - "yugagyō-Chūgan-ha" ni tsuite [śūnyatā thought of the later Mādhyamikas - on "Yogācāra-Mādhyamika"]. Risō 610/3, 140-158. Matsumoto, Shirō (1985): Candrakīrti no ronrigaku - , Meiku-ron` daiichi-shō shohō fu-jisei-wu no wayaku to kenkyū (1) [The Logical Philosophy of Candrakīrti - A Japanese translation of Prasannapadā (13.2-36.2) (1)]. Konzawa Daigaku Bukkyō Gakubu Kenkyū Kiyō [Journal of the Faculty of Buddhism] 43, 214-169 (79-124). 96 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3006 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3007 Tola, Fernando and Dragonetti, Carmen (1985): Nāgārjuna's Catustava. Journal of Indian Philosophy 13, 1-54. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1985): Nāgārjuna and the Naiyāyikas. Journal of Indian Philosophy 13, 107-132. Ames, William L. (1985): Buddhapālita's exposition of the Madhyamaka. Journal of Indian Philosophy 14, 313-348. Betty, L. Stafford (1983): Nāgārjuna's masterpiece - Logical, mystical, both or neither ? Philosophy East and West SD S 28.3 146 33/2, 123-138. SD S 28.3 147 Fenner, Peter. G. (1983): Candrakīrti's refutation of Buddhist idealism. Philosophy East and West 33/3, 251-261. SD S 28.3 148 Duerlinger, James (1984): Candrakīrti's Denial of the Self. Philosophy East and West 34/3, 261-272. Bharadwaja, V. K. (1984): Rationality, Argumentation and Embarrassment: A Study of Four Logical Alternatives SD S 28.3 149 (catuṣkoṭi) in Buddhist Logic. Philosophy East and West 34/3, 303-319. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1905): Subhāṣitasamgraha et Madhyamakavatarā. Le Muséon 6, 1 Seite. SD S 28.3 15 SD S 28.3 150 Mabbett, I. W. (1984): Nāgārjuna and Zeno on motion. Philosophy East and West 34/4, 401-420. Loy, David (1984): Comment: How not to criticize Nāgārjuna: A response to L. Stafford Betty. Philosophy East and SD S 28.3 151 West 34/4, 437-445. Betty, L. Stafford (1984): Comment: Is Nāgārjuna a philosopher ? A response to Professor Loy. Philosophy East and SD S 28.3 152 West 34/4, 447-450. SD S 28.3 153 Anderson, Tyson (1985): Wittgenstein and Nāgārjuna's paradox. Philosophy East and West 35/2, 157-169. Della Santina, Peter (1986): The Madhyamaka and Modern Western Philosophy. Philosophy East and West 36/1, 41SD S 28.3 154 54. SD S 28.3 155 Gunaratne, R. D. (1986): Understanding Nāgārjuna's catuṣkoṭi. Philosophy East and West 36/3, 213-234. SD S 28.3 156a Waldo, Ives (1975); Nāgārjuna and analytic philosophy. Philosophy East and West 25/3, 281-290. SD S 28.3 156b Waldo, Ives (1978): Nāgārjuna and analytic philosophy, 2. Philosophy East and West 28/3, 287-298. Eckel, Malcolm D. (1978): Bhāvaviveka and the early Mādhyamika theories of language. Philosophy East and West SD S 28.3 157 28/3, 323-337. Jones, Richard H. (1978): The nature and function of Nagarjuna's arguments. Philosophy East and West 28/4, 485SD S 28.3 158 502. Nayak, G. C. (1979): The Mādhyamika attack on essentialism: A critical appraisal. Philosophy East and West 29/4, SD S 28.3 159 477-490. Tucci, Giuseppe (1925): ,Le cento strofe` (Śataśāstra). Testo buddhistico mahāyāna tradotto dal cinese. Studi e SD S 28.3 16 SD S 28.3 143 SD S 28.3 144 SD S 28.3 145 97 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3008 3164 3165 3166 3168 3169 3170 materiali di Storia delle Religioni 1, 66-128. SD S 28.3 160 Gunaratne, R. D. (1980): The logical form of Catuṣkoṭi: A new solution. Philosophy East and West 30/2, 211-239. Thurman, R. A. F. (1980): Philosophical nonegocentrism in Wittgenstein and Candrakīrti in their treatment of the SD S 28.3 161 private language problem. Philosophy East and West 30/3, 321-337. SD S 28.3 162 McEvilley, Thomas (1981): early Greek philosophy and Mādhyamika. Philosophy East and West 31/2, 141-164. SD S 28.3 163 McEvilley, Thomas (1982): Pyrrhonism and Mādhyamika. Philosophy East and West 32/1, 3-35. Fehér, Judit (1986): Identical Chapters in Akutobhayā and Buddhapālita's Commentary. Altorientalische SD S 28.3 164 Forschungen 13/1, 134-175. Robinson, Richard H. (1972): Did Nāgārjuna really refute all philosophical views ? Philosophy East and West 22/3, SD S 28.3 165 325-331. SD S 28.3 166 Gómez, Luis O. (1973): Emptiness and moral perfection. Philosophy East and West 23/3, 361-373. SD S 28.3 167a Sueki, Takehiro (1974): An example of Japanese rationalism. Philosophy East and West 24/3, 349-362. Daye, Douglas Dunsmore (1974): Japanese rationalism, Mādhyamika, and some uses of formalism. Philosophy East SD S 28.3 167b and West 24/3, 363-368. Gómez, Luis O. (1974): Review: Marion L. Matics, Entering the Path of Enlightenment: The Bodhicaryāvatāra of the SD S 28.3 168 Buddhist Poet Śāntideva. LOndon: Macmillan Co.,1970. Philosophy East and West 24/3, 373-376. SD S 28.3 169 Olson, Robert F. (1974): Candrakīrti's critique of Vijñānavāda. Philosophy East and West 24/4, 405-411. Tucci, Giuseppe (1926): Un traité d'Āryadeva sur le "nirvāṇa" des Héretiques. T'oung Pao 24, 16-31. SD S 28.3 17 SD S 28.3 170 Katz, Nathan (1976): An appraisal of the Svātantrika-Prasaṅgika debates. Philosophy East and West 26/3, 253-267. Siderits, Mark and O'Brien, J. Dervin (1976): Zeno and Nāgārjuna on motion. Philosophy East and West 26/3, 281SD S 28.3 171 299. Tola, F. and Dragonetti, C. (1987): Śūnyatāsaptati - The Seventy Kārikās on Voidness (According to the Svavr̥tti) of SD S 28.3 172 Nāgārjuna. Philosophy East and West 15/1, 1-55. SD S 28.3 174 Ghose, Ramendra Nath (1987): The Modality of Nāgārjuna's Dialectics. Philosophy East and West 15/3, 285-309. Ng, Yu-Kwan (1987): The Arguments of Nāgārjuna in the Light of Modern Logic. Philosophy East and West 15/4, SD S 28.3 175 363-384. Kitabatake, Rishin (1963): The Two-fold Truth of Bhāvavivekaa and Candrakīrti [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku SD S 28.3 176 Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 11/1, 66-71. 98 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3171 SD S 28.3 177 3172 SD S 28.3 178 3173 SD S 28.3 179 3009 SD S 28.3 18 3174 SD S 28.3 180 3175 SD S 28.3 181 3176 SD S 28.3 182 3167 SD S 28.3 183 3177 SD S 28.3 183 3178 SD S 28.3 184 3179 SD S 28.3 185 3180 SD S 28.3 186 3181 SD S 28.3 187 226 SD S 28.3 188 Kawasaki, Shinjō (1988): Bhavya no "Chūganshinron" ni mirareru "issaichi" setsu (1) [Theorie vom Allwissenden in Bhavya's Madhyamakahr̥dayakārikā]. Bukkyōgaku 24, 1-20. Kawasaki, Shinjō (ed.) (1988): The Mīmāṃsā Chapter of Bhavya's Madhyamaka-hr̥daya-kārikā - Sanskrit and Tibetan Texts (3) with the Sarvajña Chapter. Tetsugaku-shisō Ronshū 13, 1-41. Kawasaki, Shinjō (ed.) (1987): The Mīmāṃsā Chapter of Bhavya's Madhyamaka-hr̥daya-kārikā - Sanskrit and Tibetan Texts (2) Uttara-pakṣa. Tetsugaku-shisō Ronshū 12, 1-23. Datar, Indumati (1951): A study of the first chapter of Buddhapālita Mulamadhyamakavr̥tti. Journal of the Bombay Branch of the (Royal) Asiatic Society 26, 129-139. Oetke, Claus (o.J.): Rationalismus und Mystik in der Philosophie Nāgārjunas. O.A., 35 pages (typescript). Yoshimizu, Chizuko (1988): Nāgārjuna saku Bodhicittavivarana ni tsuite [On the Bodhicittavivaraṇa of Nāgārjuna]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 36/2, 906-902. Wayman, Alex (1988): Comment: The Tathāgata chapter of Nāgārjuna's Mūla-Madhyamaka-kārikā. Philosophy East and West 38/1, 47-57. Della Santina, Peter (1987): The Mādhyamaka Philosophy. Philosophy East and West 15/2, 173-185. Takasaki, Jikidō (1985): "Ryōgakyō" no Gekyō Setsu [Heretics' View on Nirvāṇa - A Section in the Laṅkavatārta Sūtra and its Commentary attributed to Āryadeva]. In: Buddhism and Its Relation To Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 215-232. Namai, Mamoru (1986): "Bosatsu no saigo shin" ni tsuite [On "Bosatsu no saigo shin" or the Final Citta of Bodhisattvas]. Nihon Bukkyō Gakkai Nenpō [Journal of the Nippon Buddhist Research Association] 51, 281-310. Shirasaki, Akinari (1988): Jitāri no Bodai Kabon Zange Chū Bosatsugaku Shidai (Bodhyāpattideśanāvr̥ttibodhisattvaśikṣākrama) Kenkyū 1. Kōbe Joshi Daigaku Kiyō Bungakubu Hen [Bulletin of Kobe Women's University] 21/1, 129-168. Pezzali, Amalia (1982): Bodhisattva e Prajñāpāramitā nel Bodhicaryāvātara di Śāntideva. In: Atti del Primo Convegno Nazionale di Studi Sanscriti. Associazione Italiana si Studi Sanscriti. Editi da Oscar Botto a cura di Stefano Piano e Antonella Comba. Torino, 93-101. Pezzali, Amalia (1984): La confessione secondo Śāntideva. In: Peccato e riconciliazione nelle Religioni. O.A. Bologna, 173-182. Suzuki, Koshin (1989): A Study of Candrakīrti's Bodhisattvayogācāracatuḥśatakaṭīkā I. A critical edition of the Tibetan text with English translation. Taishō daigaku daigakuin kenkyū ronshū 13, 266-255. 99 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 228 SD S 28.3 189 3010 SD S 28.3 19 244 SD S 28.3 190 245 SD S 28.3 191 246 247 248 249 SD S 28.3 192 SD S 28.3 193 SD S 28.3 194 SD S 28.3 195 250 SD S 28.3 196 252 SD S 28.3 197 254 SD S 28.3 198 256 2993 3011 588 SD S 28.3 199 SD S 28.3 2 SD S 28.3 20 SD S 28.3 200 590 SD S 28.3 201 593 SD S 28.3 202 594 SD S 28.3 203 Suzuki, Koshin (1988): A Study of Candrakīrti's Bodhisattvayogācāracatuḥśatakaṭīkā II. A critical edition of the Tibetan text with English translation. Sānko Bunka Kenkyūjo Nenpō 20,1-26. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1896): Bodhisattvacaryāvatara. Exposition de la pratique des Bodhisattvas. Le Muséon 15, 306-318. Nagarjuna Bibliographie (Stand: Januar 1989). Typoskript 31 S. Tauscher, Helmut (1988): paramārtha as an Object of Cognition - paryāya- and aparyāyaparamārtha in SvātantrikaMadhyamaka. Tibetan Studies. Proceedings of the 4th Seminar of the International Association for Tibetan Studies Schloss Hohenkammer - Munich 1985 ed. by Helga Uebach and Jampa L. Panglung. München: Kommission für Zentralasiatische Studien, Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften (Studia Tibetica II), 483-490. Oetke, Claus (1988): Die metaphysische Lehre Nāgārjunas. Conceptus 56 (22.Jg.), 47-64. Lopez, Donald S., Jr. (1988): Do Śrāvakas understand emptiness? Journal of Indian Philosophy 16, 65-105. Siderits, Mark (1988): Nāgārjuna as anti-realist. Journal of Indian Philosophy 16, 311-325. Galloway, Brian (1989): Some logical issues in Madhyamaka thought. Journal of Indian Philosophy 17, 1-35. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1988): Śāntarakṣita no chūgan [Śāntarakṣitas Madhyamaka]. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyūsho Kiyō 11, 641-672. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1990): Jitāri no Bodhicittotpādasamādānavidhi kenkyū. KJDKBB 23/1, 36-55. Matsumoto, Shirō (1984): Jñānagarbha no "Seizuko fu-hōren" hihan ni tsuite [Jñānagarbha's criticism of the Theory of "samvṛtyānutpattiḥ"]. Bukkyōgakubu Ronshū 15, 418-385. Pezzali, Amalia: The Madhyamaka School Tenet, an Evaluation. Typoscript, 23 S. Schayer, Stanislaw (1936): Notes and Queries on Buddhism. Rocznik Orjentalistyczny 11, 206-213 (1-8). Tucci, Giuseppe (1936): The Ratnavali of Nagarjuna. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 237-252, 423-435. Namai, Mamoru (1990): Kamalaśīla no "ichijō shisō" ni tsuite [K. zum "ekayāna"]. IBK 38/2, 832-827. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1989): Setsuna metsu to engishō no sōi - wagakuni chūgan tetsugaku no jōshiki ni tou [Der Unterschied zwischen Augenblicklichkeit und abhängigem Entstehen - die Frage nach der allgemeinen Theorie über die Madhyamaka-Philosophie in Japan]. Shishō 778, 55-69. Oetke, Claus (1989): Rationalismus und Mystik in der Philosophie Nāgārjunas. StII 15, 1-39. Nozawa, J. (1954-1955): Shinnyo chi o motomuru shō daisan [A translation into Japanese of the Madhyamakahṛdaya-vṛtti-tarka-jvāla] (1). The Mikkyō Bunka 28, 1954, 26-53; (2) 29 & 30, 1955, 9-21; (3) 31, 1955, 22-34. 100 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 595 SD S 28.3 204 597 SD S 28.3 205 602 SD S 28.3 206 604 SD S 28.3 207 606 SD S 28.3 208 607 SD S 28.3 209 3012 SD S 28.3 21 617 SD S 28.3 210 619 SD S 28.3 211 621 SD S 28.3 212 622 SD S 28.3 213 624 SD S 28.3 214 625 SD S 28.3 215 626 627 SD S 28.3 216 SD S 28.3 217 628 SD S 28.3 218 Tachikawa, Musashi (1982): Shōben cho "Chie no tomoshibi" dai ni shō wagaku-kaisetsu (I) [Japanische übersetzung des 2. Kapitels von Bhāvavivekas Prajñāpradīpa (I)]. Nagoya daigaku Bungakubu Ronshū [Journal of Faculty of Letters Nagoya University] 84, tetsugaku 28, 1-26. Kajiyama, Yuichi (1981): Zōhon Innenshironshaku [Die tibetische übersetzung der Pratītyasamutpādahṛdayavyākhyā]. Nihon Bukkyō Gakkai Nenpō 46, 1-13. Hayashima, Osamu (1987): "San Hokkai Ju" Kō. Nagasaki Daigaku Kyōiku Gakubu Shakaikagaku Ronshō 36, 4190. Trzci_ski, Lukasz (1989): Kategoria "pustki" w tradycji Madhjamika Buddyzmu Mahajana [Die Kategorie der "Leere" (emptiness) in der Madhyamika-Tradition des Mahāyāna-Buddhismus.] Studia Religiologica 21, 95-110. Yamaguchi, Susumu (1929): Pour écarter les Vaines Discussions (Vigraha-Vyāvartanī) Traduit et Annoté. Journal Asiatique CCXV, 2-86. Bhattacharya, Kamaleswar (1989): A Note on Svabhāva in Madhyamaka. The Indian Journal of Buddhist Studies 1/2, 1-3. La Vallée Poussin (1913): Les quatre odes de Nāgārjuna. Nirupamastva - Lokātītastava -Cittavajrastava Paramārthastava. Le Muséon 14, 1-18. Bhattacharya, Kamaleswar (1992): Reconsidération des arguments de Nāgārjuna contre le mouvement. Les Cahiers de Philosophie 14, 172-181. Bhattacharya, Kamaleswar (1978): Some Notes on the Vigrahavyāvartanī. Journal of Indian Philosophy 5, 237-241. Ichigō, Masamichi (1993): A Study and Annotated Japanese Translation of the Madhyamaka-Āloka of Kamalaśīla (2). Acta Human. & Scien., Univ. Sangio Kyotiensis, 22/3, Humanities Series 20, 104-125. DeJong, J. W. (1987): Bookreview: Hedinger, Jürg: Aspekte der Schulung in der Laufbahn eines Bodhisattva. Dargestellt nach dem Śikṣāsamuccaya des Śāntideva. IIJ 30, 230-235. Lindtner, Christian (1992): Kālidāsa and Nāgārjuna. The Adyar Library Bulletin 56, 1-6 Schmithausen, Lambert (1986): Zur Liste der 57 "kleineren Fehler" in der Ratnāvalī und zum Problem der Schulzugehörigkeit Nāgārjunas. StII 11/12, 203-232. Hahn, Michael (1987): Das älteste Manuskript von Nāgārjunas Ratnāvalī. StII 13/14, 77-100. Galloway, Brian (1991): On Madhyamakāvatāra 6.26. Indo-Iranian Journal 34/3, 199-202. Oetke, Claus (1991): Review: A. M. Padhye, The Framework of Nāgārjuna's Philosophy. Indo-Iranian Journal 34/3, 230-233. 101 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 629 SD S 28.3 219 3013 SD S 28.3 22 653 SD S 28.3 220 655 SD S 28.3 221 657 SD S 28.3 222 658 SD S 28.3 223 659 SD S 28.3 224 660 SD S 28.3 225 661 SD S 28.3 226 662 SD S 28.3 227 663 SD S 28.3 228 664 SD S 28.3 229 3014 SD S 28.3 23 679 SD S 28.3 230 Ichigō, Masamichi (1991): A Study and Annotated Japanese Translation of the Madhyamaka-Āloka of Kamalaśīla (1). Acta Human. et Scient. Univ. Sangio Kyotiensis, 20/2, Humanities Series No. 18., 229-279. Uryuzu, Ryūshin (1960): Additional Sanskrit Fragment of Candrakīrti's Madhyamakāvatāra found in Subhāṣitasaṃgraha [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 8/2, 556-557. Oetke, Claus (1991): Remarks on the Interpretaion of Nāgārjuna´s Philosophy. Journal of Indian Philosophy 19, 315323. Williams, Paul (199): Review Article: On the Interpretation of Madhyamaka Thought. Journal of Indian Philosophy 19, 191-218. Atsumi, Kazuhisa (1991): Tamura Yoshirō Bukkyōgaku-Ronshū zen 2 Karu no Kankō wo Kini Bukkyō-gakkai deno Saikin no Ronsō no Dōkō ni Fereru [Bemerkung über die Tendenz der jüngsten Diskussion unter Buddologen anläßlich der Erscheinung der zweibändigen gesammelten Werke von Dr. TAMURA Yoshirō]. Shūkan Dokushojin 22.4.1991. King, Richard (1989): Sūnyatā and Ajāti: Absolutism and the Philosophies of Nāgārjuna and Gauḍapāda. Journal of Indian Philosophy 17, 385-405. Suzuki, Koshin (1992): A Text Critical Study on Candrakīrti's Bodhisattvayogācāra catuḥśatakaṭīkā. Mano Ryūkai Hakase Shōju Kinen Ronbunshū "Hannya-Haramitta-Shisō Ronshū" ["Study of Prajñāpāramitā-Philosophy", Dr. Ryūkai Mano felicition volume], 205-250. Saito, Akira (1985): Textcritical Remarks on the Mūlamadhyamakakārikā as Cited in the Prasannapadā. IBK 33/2, 846-484. Ichigō, Masamichi (1991): A Study and Annotated Japanese Translation of the Madhyamaka-Āloka of Kamalaśīla (1). Acta Human. et Scien. Univ. Sangio Kyoto 20/2, Human. Ser. 18 229-279. Saito, Akira (1992): Bespr.v. Tom J.F. Tillemans: Materials for the Study of Āryadeva, Dharmapāla and Candrakīrti. AO 53, 199-204. Lang, Karen (?): Āryadeva and Candrakīrti on the dharma of kings. ?, 232-243. Ishida, Chikō (1996): Action and Its Result in the Bodhicaryāvatāra. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies 44, 953958. Wayman, Alex (1977): Who understands the four alternatives of the Buddhist texts ? Philosophy East and West 27/1, 3-21. Malvania, Dalsukhbhai (1994): Remarks on Śūnya-vāda of Nāgārjuna. Festschrift Klaus Bruhn, 403-412. 102 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 681 SD S 28.3 231 683 SD S 28.3 232 684 SD S 28.3 233 685 SD S 28.3 234 686 SD S 28.3 235 688 SD S 28.3 236 690 SD S 28.3 237 692 SD S 28.3 238 694 SD S 28.3 239 3015 SD S 28.3 24 708 SD S 28.3 240 710 SD S 28.3 241 712 SD S 28.3 242 933 934 SD S 28.3 243 SD S 28.3 244 935 SD S 28.3 245 936 SD S 28.3 246 Butzenberger, Klaus (1994): Jainism and Madhyamaka Buddhism. A Survey of the Gaṇadharavāda, Section 4. Festschrift Klaus Bruhn, 225-254. Matilal, Bimal Krishna (1992): Is Prasaṅga a Form of Deconstruction? Journal of Indian Philosophy 20/4, 345-362. Ames, William L. (1993): Bhāvaviveka's Prajñāpradipa [A Translation of Chapter One: 'Examination of Causal Conditions' (Pratyaya)]. Journal of Indian Philosophy 21/3, 209-259. Schmidt-Leukel, Perry (1993): Mystische Erfahrung und logische Kritik bei Nâgârjuna. Festschrift Heinrich Döring, 371-393. Heitmann, Annette (1995): Momentane (*ekakṣaṇa) gnosis (jñāna) im Sinne der Madhyamakahṛdayakārikā und der in tibetischer übersetzung vorliegenden Tarkjvālā I-IV. AS, 391-428. Johnston, E.H. (1938): Nāgārjuna's List of Kuśaladharmas. IHQ, 314-323. Yamaguchi, Susumu (?): 400 (Shi-hyaku)-Ron Hajōhin no Yōkō - U. Sonzai no Genkai [Umriß des Catuḥśataka IX Grenze des Seins]. Ōtani Daigaku Kenkyū Nenpō 14. [jap.] Bhattacharya, Vidhushekhara (1938): Gauýapāda "This is not said by the Buddha". IHQ 14, 392-397. Saito, Akira (1995): Problems in Translating the Mūlamadhyamakakārikā as Cited in its Commentaries. Buddhist Translations. Problems and Perspectives, 87-95. Poppe, Nikolaus (1962): Antworten auf Professor Fr. Wellers Fragen. Central Asiatic Journal 7, 42-59. Mabbett, Ian (1996): Is there a Devadatta in the House? Nāgārjuna's Vigrahavyāvartanī and the Liar Paradox. Journal of Indian Philosophy 24, 295-320. Nietupski, Paul (1996): The Examination of Conditioned Entities and the Examination of Reality. Nāgārjuna's Prajñānāma Mūlamadhyamakakārikā XIII, Bhāvaviveka's Prajñāpradīpa XIII, and Candrakīrti's Prasannapadā XIII. Journal of Indian Philosophy 24, 103-143. Saito, Akira (1996): Śāntideva in the History of Mādhyamika Philosophy. Buddhism in India and Abroad. An Integrating Influence In Vedic and Post-Vedic Perspective, 257-263. Katsura, Shoryu (1997): Nāgārjuna and Pratītyasamutpāda. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies 46/1, 24-29. Katsura, Shoryu: Resurgence of the Mundane in Nāgārjuna's Philosophy. Ames, William (1995): Bhāvaviveka's Prajñāpradīpa. A Translation of Chapter Two: 'Examination of the Traversed, the Untraversed, and that which is being Traversed'. Journal of Indian Philosophy 23 3, 295 365. Heitmann, Annette (1995): Erörterungen zum Begriff "Gnosis" (jñāna), wie er in den Madhyamakahṛdayakārikā und der in tibetischer übersetzung erhaltenen Tarkajvālā I-V definiert wird. Acta Orientalia, 144-161. 103 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 937 SD S 28.3 247 938 SD S 28.3 248 1217 SD S 28.3 249 3016 SD S 28.3 25 1218 SD S 28.3 250 1219 SD S 28.3 251 1220 SD S 28.3 252 1221 SD S 28.3 253 1222 SD S 28.3 254 1223 SD S 28.3 255 1227 SD S 28.3 257 1233 SD S 28.3 258 1234 SD S 28.3 259 3017 SD S 28.3 26 Heitmann, Annette (1995): Momentane (ekakṣaṇa) Gnosis (jñāna) im Sinne der Madhymakahṛdayakārikā und der in tibetischer Übersetzung vorliegenden Tarkajvālā I-IV. Asiatische Studien. Études Asiatiques 49/2, 391-427. Androssov, V.P. (1996): On the Philosophy of Buddhism and of the West. Dharmadoot. Vaisakha Purnima Special Maha Bodhi Society of India, 49-64. Mochizuki, Kaie (1991): Hannyatoron dai 14 sho shiyaku [Die japanische übersetzung des Prajñāpradīpa Kapitel 14], Seishin 63. 39-65. Weller, Friedrich (1957-1958): Anfragen eines Nichtmongolisten an den Mongolisten. Central Asiatic Journal 3, 2361. Kawasaki, Shinjō (1973): Bhavya no tsutaeru Mīmāmsā shiso [Der von Bhavya überlieferte Gedanke von Mīmāmsā]. Indo Shiso to Bukkyo: Nakamura Hajime Hakase Kanrekikinen Ronshū, 71-86. Saito, Akira (2000): Śāntideva saku "Nyū bosatsu gyo ron" no densho to henyo. Syokihon text no hakken hiwa. [Die überlieferung und Metamorphose des Boddhisattvacaryāvatāra]. Kotengaku no saikochiku, Newsletter 8, 11-19. Saito, Akira (2000): Bu ston to "Nyu bosatsu gyo ron kaisetsu (-saiso)" [Bu ston und Byang chub sems dpa'i spyod pa la 'jug pa'i rnam par bshad pa ('i dka 'grel)]. IBK 48/2, 118-123. Saito, Akira (2000): Kūshoronsha kara engironsha e. Buddhapālita wo chūshin toshite [Vom Śūnyatāvādin zum Pratītyasamutpādavādin: Eine Studie von Buddhapālita]. Ejima Yasunori Hakase Tsuitokinen Ronsyū: Kū to jitsuzai, Tokyo, 93-115. Ejima, Yasunori (1970): Bhāvaviveka kenkyū: Kūshoronsho no ronri wo chūshin toshite [Eine Studie über Bhāvaviveka: Śūnyatā und Logik]. Toyo Bunka Kenkyusho Kiyo 51, 39-177. Mochizuki, Kaie (1990): "Hannyatoron" dai 12 sho shiyaku [Japanische übersetzung des Prajñāpradīpa Kapitel 12]. Seishin 62, 1-27 Mochizuki, Kaie (1999): Zum Boddhisattvacāryāvatārabhāṣya des Dīpaṃkaraśrījñāna. Hokkebunka kenkyū 25, 39121. Nozawa, Josyo (1973): Shoben no shomon hihan indo ni okeru daijobussetsuron [Bhāvivekas Widerlegung von Śrāvaka]. Hakodate otani joshi tanki daigaku kiyo 5. 203-221. Kawasaki, Shinjo (1986): Bhāvaviveka no shoruikan. Soumoku ni kokoro ga aruka [Bhāvavivekas Ansicht über Lebewesen]. Buzankyogakutaikai kiyo 14. (1)-(15). Kawasaki, Shinjō (1976): The Mīmāṃsā Chapter of Bhavya's Madhyamaka-hr̥daya-kārikā - Text and Translation (1). Pūrva-pakṣa. Studies 1976., Institute of Philosophy, University of Tsukuba (September 1977), 1-16. 104 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1235 SD S 28.3 260 1236 SD S 28.3 261 1249 SD S 28.3 262 1250 SD S 28.3 263 1252 SD S 28.3 264 1253 SD S 28.3 265 1254 SD S 28.3 266 1255 SD S 28.3 267 1256 SD S 28.3 268 1257 SD S 28.3 269 3018 SD S 28.3 27 1259 SD S 28.3 270 1285 SD S 28.3 271 Mochizuki, Kaie (1989): Hannyatoron dai 11 sho shiyaku [Japanische übersetzung des Prajñāpradīpas Kap. 11]. Seishin 61. 25-49. Mochizuki, Kaie (1989): Hannyatoron dai 13 sho shiyaku [Japanische Übersetzung des Prajñāpradīpa Kap. 13]. Rissho Daigaku Daigakuin Bungaku Kenkyuka Daigakuin Nenpo 7, 69-86. Kajiyama, Yuichi (1979): Chie no tomoshibi dai 15 sho shiyaku [Die japanische überzetzung des Prajñāpradīpas Kap. 15]. Ito Shinjo Tanaka Junsho ryokyoju shotokukinen bukkyogaku ronbunshyū. 181-202. Kajiyama, Yuichi (1978): Chie no tomoshibi (Chūron Shoben syaku) dai 18 shou jiga to taisho no kenkyū [Die japanische überzetzung des Prajñāpradīpas Kap. 18]. In: Sekai no meicho 2. Daijobutten. 287-328. Miyasaka, Yusho (1954): Shoben inyo no Vaiśeṣika setsu [Die von Bhāvaviveka gezitierte Vaiśeṣika Theorie]. Bunka 18-3. 24-40. Watanabe, Zuigen (1939): Shoben zou zoubun Shoujoujuhachibu-bunpa-kaisetsu yakuchu [Die japanische übersetzung des Sde pa tha dad par byed pa dang rnam par bshad pa von Bhāvaviveka]. Osaki Gakuho 94. 70-91. Mitsukawa, Toyoki (19??): Shoben Gessho no chūronsyaku ni mirareru hannyakyo. Prajñāpradīpa to Prasannapadā wo chūshi ni [Das Prajñāpāramitāsūtras in Prajñāpradīpa Bhāvavivekas und Prasannapadā Candrakīrtis]. Bukkyogakukenkyū 24. 1-26. Kajiyama, Yuichi (1953): Chūgan tetsugaku no ronrikeitai [Die logische Form der Madhyamaka Philosophie]. Tetsugakukenkyū 415. 20-60. Nozawa, Josho (1944): Shoben no shomon hihan (1). Zoku indo ni okeru daijoubussetsu-hibussetsu ron.[ Bhāvavivekas Kritik gegen Śrāvaka (1): Die indische Ansicht, dass Mahāyāna Buddhismus nicht Buddhismus ist]. Mikkyo Kenkyū 88. 66-79. Mitsukawa, Toyoki (1964): Shoben to Gessho no sisotekihaikei. Chūronsyaku ni yoru inyosho wo chūshin toshite [Der philosophische Hintergrund von Bhāvaviveka and Candrakīrti: Ihre Zitate des Sūtras und Śāstras in ihren Kommentaren zur Mūlamadhamakakārikā]. Ryūkokudaigaku Ronshū 376, 51-87. Tucci, Giuseppe (1932): Two Hymns of the Catuḥ-stava of Nāgārjuna. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 309325. Mochizuki, Kaie (1966): Der Bodhisitta-Abschnitt in Atiśas Ratnakarapaṇḍoghātṭa. In: Essays in Honor of Dr. Shinjo Suguro on his 70th Birthday. 51-85. Furusaka, Koichi (1994): Nyoraikan no ichi-kousatu: bosatuji to hannyatoron-kouchu no hikaku wo toshite [Eine Ansichit von tathāgata: Der Vergleich des Bodhisattvabhūmi mit der Prajñāpradīpaṭīkā]. Syukyoukenkyu 67-1, pp. 105 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1327 SD S 28.3 272 1328 SD S 28.3 273 1329 SD S 28.3 274 1330 SD S 28.3 275 1331 SD S 28.3 276 1332 SD S 28.3 277 1344 SD S 28.3 278 1376 SD S 28.3 279 3019 SD S 28.3 28 1377 SD S 28.3 280 1476 SD S 28.3 281 1481 SD S 28.3 282 1482 SD S 28.3 283 (762)-(763). Sastri, N. Ayyaswami (1931): Madhyamārthasaṅgraha of Bhāvaviveka (Restored from the Tibetan Version with an English Translation). In: The Journal of Oriental Research Madras 5, 41-49. Mochizuki, Kaie (1990): Hannyatōron dai 12 shō shiyaku [Japanische Übersetzung des Prajñāpradīpas Bhāvavivekas, Kap. 12]. In: Seishin 62, 1-27. Mochizuki, Kaie (1992): Hannyatōron dai 10 shō shiyaku [Japanische Übersetzng des Prajñāpradīpas Bhāvavivekas, Kap. 10]. In: Seishin 64, 1-38. Ishida, Chiko (2001): Notes on the Deśanā-ritual in the Bodhicaryāvatāra: Evidence of its Revision. In: Taga Ryūgen Hakushi Koki Kinen Ronshū [Buddhist Thought and History: A Volume in Honour of Dr. R. Taga on his 70th Birthday], Tokyo: Sankibō Busshorin, 199-216. Williams, Paul (1997-98): The Selfless Removal of Pain. A Critical Glance at Śāntideva's Argument in Bodhicaryāvatāra 8:101-3. In: Indologica Taurinensia Vol. 23-24 [Prof. Gregory M. Bongard-Levin Feliciation Volume], 321-350. Yonezawa, Yoshiyasu (2004): Lakṣaṇaṭīkā. Sanskrit Notes on the Prasannapadā (1). Journal of the Naritasan Institute for Buddhist Studies 27, 115-154. Eimer, Hermut (1981): Suvarṇadvīpa's "Commentaries" on the Bodhicaryāvatāra. In: Studien zum Jainismus und Buddhisms. Ed. Klaus Bruhn und Arbrecht Wetzler, pp. 73-78. Mochizuki, Kaie (1999): Zum Bodhisattvacāryāvatārabhāṣya des Dīpaṃkaraśrījñana. In: Hokke-bunka-kenkyū 25, pp. 39-121. De Jong, J. W. (1978): Textcritical notes on the Prasannapadā. Indo-Iranian Journal 20, 25-59, 217-252. Mochizuki, Kaie (1996): Der Bodhicitta-Abschnitt in Atiśas Ratnakaraṇḍoghāṭa. In: Suguro Shinjo hakase kokikinen-ronbunshū [Essays for the honor of the 60th birthday of Dr. S. Suguro] (Tokyo: Sankibou-Press) pp. 51-85. Ichigô, Masamichi (2000): Śāntarakṣita and Bhāvaviveka as Opponents of the Mādhyamika in the Madhyamāloka. In: Jonathan A. Silk (ed.), Wisdom, Compassion, and the Search for Understanding. The Buddhist Studies Legacy of Gadjin M. Nagao. Honululu, 147-170. Yonezawa, Yoshiyasu (2001): Sanskrit Notes on the Madhyamakāvatārabhāṣya Chapter I in the *Lakṣaṇtīkā. JIBS 49/2, 994-992. Hoornaert, Paul (2001): An Annotated Translation of Madhyamakahṛdayakārikā/ Tarkajvāla V.55-68. Religion and Culture 13. Kanazawa, 13-47. 106 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1487 SD S 28.3 284 1488 SD S 28.3 285 1489 1490 SD S 28.3 286 SD S 28.3 287 1491 SD S 28.3 288 1497 SD S 28.3 289 3020 SD S 28.3 29 1498 SD S 28.3 290 1499 1500 1501 1502 SD S 28.3 291 SD S 28.3 292 SD S 28.3 293 SD S 28.3 294 1507 SD S 28.3 295 1508 SD S 28.3 296 1512 SD S 28.3 297 1513 SD S 28.3 298 1515 SD S 28.3 299 2994 SD S 28.3 3 Hoornaert, Paul (1999): An Annotated Translation of Madhyamkahṛdayakārikā/ Tarkajvālā V. 1-7. Studies and Essays, Behavioral Sciences and Philosophy 19. Kanazawa, 127-159. Hoornaert, Paul (2000): An Annotated Translation of Madhyamkahṛdayakārikā/ Tarkajvālā V. 8-26. Studies and Essays, Behavioral Sciences and Philosophy 20. Kanazawa: Kanazawa University, Faculty of Letters, 75-111. Robinson, Richard H. (1972): Did Nāgārjuna really refute all philosophical views? PhEW 22/3, 325-331. Robinson, Richard H. (1957): Some Logical Aspects of Nāgārjuna's System. PhEW 6, 291-308. Kimura, Taka [u.a.] (1998): Taishô daigaku chibetto chôsa hôkoku 1. Sha lu Sha hon Shûjûshidais Sho hen ni tsaite. Taishô Daigaku Sogo Bukkyô Kenkyûjo Nenpô, 106-116. Saito, Akira (2000): Bhavya no kiteisuru madhyamaka to soho kaisyaku wo megutte [Über Bhavyas Bestimmung von Madyamaka und seine Interpretation]. Abhidharma-bukkyo to Indo-shiso. Tokyo, 267-279 Nakamura, Hajime (ed.) (1958): The Tibetan text of the Madhyamaka-hr̥daya-vr̥tti-tarkajvālā (dbu-maḥi sñiṅ-poḥi ḥgrel-pa rtog-ge ḥbar-ba) corresponding to Prof. Gokhale's translation. IIJ 2/3, 181-190. Nozawa, Seisyo (1954): Syobenzo "Tyurongakushinzui no so Shitakuen" [Die japanische Übersetzung von "Madhyamaka-hṛdaya-vṛtti-tarka-jvāla"]. Mikkyô Bunka 28, 53-46. Mochizuki, Kaie (1989): Bhāvaviveka's Prajñāpradīpa Chapter XI. The Seishin 61, 25-49. Mochizuki, Kaie (1990): Bhāvaviveka's Prajñāpradīpa Chapter XII. The Seishin 62, 1-24. Mochizuki, Kaie (1991): Bhāvaviveka's Prajñāpradīpa Chapter XIV. The Seishin 63, 39-65. Mochizuki, Kaie (1992): Bhāvaviveka's Prajñāpradīpa Chapter X. The Seishin 64, 1-38. Androssov, V.P. (1997): Dialectics of Reason and Insight in Nāgārjuna's Works. In: K. N. Mishra (ed.), Glimpses of the Sanskrit Buddhist Literature (Samyagvak Series 9). Sarnath, 157-199. Bhattacharya, Kamaleswar (1996): A Note on Svabhāva in Madhyamaka. In: Dalai Lama Felicitation Volume. Delhi, 333-336. De Jong, J. W. (1994): Review: Ian Charles Harris, The Continuity of Madhyamaka & Yogācāra in Indian Mahāyāna Buddhism. Leiden, 1991. Indo-Iranian Journal 37, 373-375. De Jong, J. W. (1994): Review: Gadjin Nagao, The Foundational Standpoint of Mādhyamika Philosophy. Albany, 1989. Indo-Iranian Journal 37, 382-384. Hoornaert, Paul (2003): An Annotated Translation of Madhyamakahṛdayakārikā/ Tarkajvālā V.85-114. Studies and Essays, Behavioral Sciences and Philosophy 23, Kanazawa, 139-170. Gokhale, V. V. (1958): The Vedānta-Philosophy described by Bhavya in his Madhyamakahr̥daya. Indo-Iranian 107 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3021 SD S 28.3 30 1516 SD S 28.3 300 1519 SD S 28.3 301 1520 SD S 28.3 302 1523 SD S 28.3 303 3022 SD S 28.3 31 3023 SD S 28.3 32 3024 SD S 28.3 33 3025 SD S 28.3 34 3026 SD S 28.3 35 3027 SD S 28.3 37 3028 SD S 28.3 38 3029 SD S 28.3 39 2995 SD S 28.3 4 3030 SD S 28.3 40 3031 SD S 28.3 41 Journal 2/3, 165-180. Ruegg, David Seyfort (1972): Le Dharmadhātustava de Nāgārjuna. In: Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou. Paris, 448-471. Hayes, Richard D. (1994): Nāgārjuna's Appeal. Journal of Indian Philosophy 22, 299-378. Hoornaert, Paul (2002): An Annotated Translation of Madhyamakahṛdayakārikā/ Tarkajvālā V.69-84. Studies and Essays, Behavioral Sciences and Philosophy 22, Kanazawa, 113-137. Steinkellner, Ernst (1982): Review: Mervyn Sprung, Lucid Exposition of the Middle Way. The Essential Chapters from the Prasannapadā of Candrakīrti. Boulder, 1979. Journal of the American Oriental Society 102/2, 411-414. Vetter, Tilmann (1998): Review: Ming-Wood Liu, Madhyamaka Thought in China. Leiden, 1994. TP 84, 177-184. Tucci, Giuseppe (1934, 1936): The Ratnāvalī of Nāgārjuna. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 307-325. The Ratnavali of Nagarjuna. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 237-252, 423-435. Bhattacharya, Kamaleswar (1975): Mādhyamika et Vaitaṇḍika. Journal Asiatique 263, 99-102. Lindtner, Christian (1981): Buddhapālita on emptiness (Buddhapālita-mūla-madhyamakavr̥tti 18). Indo-Iranian Journal 23, 187-217. De Jong, J. W. (1981): Review: Mervyn Sprung (tr.), Lucid Exposition of the Middle Way. The Essential Chapters from the Prasannapadā of Candrakīrti. Translated from the Sanskrit by M. Sprung in collaboration with T.R.V. Murti and U.S. Vyas. London, Henley: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1979. Indo-Iranian Journal 23, 227-230. Shastri, N. Aiyaswami (1929): The Madhyamakavatara of Candrakirti. Chapter 6 with the author's Bhāṣya reconstructed from the Tibetan version. Madras Oriental Series 4, 1-64. Gokhale, V. V. in collaboration with Dhadphale, M. G. (1978): Encore: The Pratītyasamutpādahr̥dayakārikā of Nāgārjuna. In: Principal V.S. Apte Commemoration Volume. Ed. by Dr. M.G. Dhadphale. Poona, 62-68. Kesarcodi-Watson, Ian (1978): Are there real things ? Borrowings from Nāgārjuna. Journal of Indian Philosophy 5, 371-383. Streng, Frederick J. (1971): The Buddhist doctrine of two truths as religious philosophy. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 262-271. May, Jacques (1959): Kant et le Mādhyamika. A propos d'un livre récent. Indo-Iranian Journal 3/2, 102-111. Bhattacharyya (Chakrabarti), Bhaswati (1979): The concept of existence and Nāgārjuna's doctrine of śūnyatā. Journal of Indian Philosophy 7, 335-344. Chatalian, G. (1972): A study of R.H. Robinson's, Early Mādhyamika in India and China. Madison, Milwaukee and 108 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3032 SD S 28.3 42 3033 SD S 28.3 43 3034 SD S 28.3 44 3035 SD S 28.3 45 3036 SD S 28.3 46 3037 SD S 28.3 47 3039 SD S 28.3 48 3040 SD S 28.3 49 2996 SD S 28.3 5 3041 3042 SD S 28.3 50 SD S 28.3 51 3043 SD S 28.3 52 3044 SD S 28.3 53 3045 SD S 28.3 53 3046 SD S 28.3 54 3047 SD S 28.3 55 London: University of Wisconsin Press, 1967. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 311-340. De Jong, J. W. (1972): The problem of the absolute in the Madhyamaka School. Journal of Indian Philosophy 2, 1-6. Williams, Paul M. (1980): Some aspects of language and construction in the Madhyamaka. Journal of Indian Philosophy 8, 1-45. Tachikawa, Musashi (1979): A logical analysis of the Mūlamadhyamakakārikā. In: M. Nagatomi, B.K. Matilal, J.M. Masson and E. Dimock (eds.), Sanskrit and Indian Studies. Essays in Honour of Daniel H.H. Ingalls, 159-181. Siderits, Mark (1980): The Madhyamaka critique of epistemology 1. Journal of Indian Philosophy 8, 307-335. Bhattacharya, Kamaleswar (1974): A note on the interpretation of the term sādhyasama in Madhyamaka texts. Journal of Indian Philosophy 2, 225-230. Chakravarti, Sitansu I. (1980): The Mādhyamika Catuṣkoṭi or tetralemma. Journal of Indian Philosophy 8, 303-306. Ichimura, Shohei (1981): A Study on the Mādhyamika Method of Refutation and Its Influence on Buddhist Logic. Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies 4/1, 87-95. Lindtner, Christian (1981): Atiśa's introduction to the two truths, and its sources. Journal of Indian Philosophy 9, 161-214. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1931-1932): Le Nirvāṇa d'après Āryadeva. Mélanges chinois et bouddhiques 1, 127135. Biderman, Shlomo (1981): The sceptic's dillema: An Indian version. Journal of Indian Philosophy 9, 39-48. Bhattacharya. K. (1978): Some notes on the Vigrahavyāvatanī. Journal of Indian Philosophy 5, 237-241. Tachikawa, Musashi (1974): A Study of Buddhapālita's Mūlamadhyamakavr̥tti (1). Nagoya Daigaku Bungakubu Kenkyū Ronshū 63/3, 1-19. Gómez, Luis O. (tr. y notas) (1972): Ultimo tratado de cultivo graduado (Uttarabhavanakrama) Kamalaśīla. Dialogos 23 (8. Jg.), 85-137. Mitsukawa, Toyoki (1976): Dharmapāla amd Candrakīrti's views on niḥsvabhāva in the Catuḥśatakaśāstraṭīkā's [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 24/2, 586-573. Honda, Megumu (1974): Ārya Deva's Critique Against Sāṃkhya. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 23/1, 491-486. Ejima, Yasunori (1980): Madhyamakaratnapradīpa ni tsuite [On the Madhyamakapradīpa and its Relationship to the Madhyamakahr̥dayakārikā and the Tarkajvālā]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 28/2,951-945. 109 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3048 SD S 28.3 56 3049 SD S 28.3 57 3050 SD S 28.3 58 3051 SD S 28.3 59 2997 SD S 28.3 6 3052 SD S 28.3 60 3053 SD S 28.3 61 3054 SD S 28.3 62 3055 SD S 28.3 63 3056 SD S 28.3 64 3057 SD S 28.3 65 3058 3059 3060 SD S 28.3 66 SD S 28.3 67 SD S 28.3 68 3061 SD S 28.3 69 2998 SD S 28.3 7 3062 SD S 28.3 70 Hayashima, Osamu (1978): Ratnākaraśānti no chūdō shisō - Madhyamālaṅkāropadeśa ni okeru. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 26/2, 1012-1008. Matsumoto, Shiro (1979): The Satyadvaya theory of the Madhyamakāvatārabhāṣya. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 28/1, 498-494 (11-15). Gómez, Luis O. (1979): El Bhāvanāyogāvatāra de Kamalasīla. Estudios de Asia y Africa 14/1, 110-137. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1982): Towards a chronology of the Madhyamaka School. Indological and Buddhist Studies. Volume in Honour of Professor J.W. de Jong on his Sixtieth Birthday, 505-530. Ruegg, Seyfort (1971): Le Dharmadhātustava de Nāgārjuna. In: Études Tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou. Paris: Librairie d'Amérique et d'Orient, 448-471. Gómez, Luis O. (tr. y notas) (1977): Primer tratado de cultivo graduado (Purvabhavanakrama) Kamalasila (parte1). Dialogos 29-30 (11. Jg.), 177-224. Chakravarti, Sitansu (1982): The philosophy of non-involvement of the Mādhyamikas. Journal of Indian Philosophy 10/4, 397-403. Hoffman, J. J. (1982): Rationality in early Buddhist foru fold logic. Journal of Indian Philosophy 10, 309-337. Ames, William L. (1982): The notion of svabhāva in the thought of Candrakīrti. Journal of Indian Philosophy 10, 161-177. May, Jacques (1981): Āryadeva et Candrakīrti sur la permanence. Quatre centuries sur la pratique de l'ajustement intérieur par les 1etres à éveil. Chapitre neuvième, intitulé: Réfutation de l'objet permanent (suite). L'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 69, 76-96. May, Jacques (1981): Āryadeva et Candrakīrti sur la permanence (III). Asiatische Studiesn (= Études Asiatiques) 35/2, 47-76. May, Jacques (1982): Āryadeva et Candrakīrti sur la permanence (IV). Études et Lettres 3, 45-76. Bhattacharya, Kamaleswar (1975): Mādhyamika et Vaiaṇḍika. Journal Asiatique 263, 99-103. Goshima, Kiyotaka (1983): The Tibetan text of the second Bhāvanākrama. O.A., 1-92. Takeuchi, Satoru (1973): Ratnākaraśānti no nitaisetsu. [The Theory of the Two Truths by Ratnākaraśānti]. 329-332. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 22/1, 329-332. Kajiyama, Yuichi (o.J.): The Vaidalyaprakaraṇa of Nāgārjuna. Indogakushi Ronshū 6-7, 129-155. Thomas, E. J. (1927): Notices of Books: Th. Stcherbatsky, The Conception of Buddhist Nirvāṇa. LEningrad: Publishing Office of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR, 1927. Ders., La Théorie de la Connaissance et la 110 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3063 SD S 28.3 71 3064 SD S 28.3 72 3065 SD S 28.3 73 3066 SD S 28.3 74 3067 SD S 28.3 75 3068 SD S 28.3 76 3069 SD S 28.3 77 3070 SD S 28.3 78 3071 SD S 28.3 79 2999 SD S 28.3 8 3072 SD S 28.3 80 3073 SD S 28.3 81 3074 SD S 28.3 82 Logique chez les Bouddhistes tardifs. Paris: Librairie Orientaliste, Paul Geuthner, 1926. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 881-883. Vetter, Tilmann (1982): Zum Problem der Person in Nāgārjunas Mūla-Madhyamaka-Kārikās. In: Offenbarung als Heilserfahrung im Christentum, Hinduismus und Buddhismus. Hsg. von Walter Strolz und Shizuteru Ueda. Freiburg, Basel, Wien: Herder Verlag, 167-185. Bugault, Gua (1983): Logic and dialectics in the Madhyamakakārikās. Journal of Indian Philosophy 11, 7-76. Crittenden, Charles (1981): Everyday reality as fiction - a Mādhyamika interpretation. Journal of Indian Philosophy 9, 323-333. Tucci, Giuseppe (1926): Un traité d'Āryadeva sur le "nirvāṇa" des hérétiques. T'oung Pao, 16-31. Tauscher, Helmut (1983): Some problems of textual history in connection with the Tibetan translations of the Madhyamakāvatāraḥ and its commentary. In: Contributions on Tibetan and Buddhist Religion and Philsophy. Edited by Ernst Steinkellner and Helmut Tauscher. Proceedings of the Csoma de Kőrös Symposium held at Velm-Vienna, Austria 13-19 September 1981, vol.2 (Wiener Studien zur Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde 11). Wien: Arbeitskreis für tibetische und buddhistsiche Studien Universität Wien, 293-303. Tola, Fernando and Dragonetti, Carmen (1981): Nāgārjuna's conception of ,voidness` (śūnyatā). Journal of Indian Philosophy 9, 273-282. Fenner, Peter (1984): A study of the relationship between analysis (vicāra) and insight (prajñā) based on the Madhyamakāvatāra. Journal of Indian Philosophy 12, 139-197. Williams, Paul (1984): Review: Chr. Lindtner, Nagarjuniana: Studies in the Writings and Philsophy of Nāgārjuna (Indiske Studier 4). Copenhagen: Akademisk Forlag, 1982. Journal of Indian Philosophy 12, 73-104. Crittenden, Charles (1981): Everyday reality as fiction - a Mādhyamika interpretation. Journal of Indian Philosophy 9, 323-333. De Jong, J. W. (1975): La légende de Śāntideva. Indo-Iranian Journal 16/3, 161-182. Furusake, Kōichi (1972): The Criticism on the Sāṃkhya Theory in the Prajñāpradīpa. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 20/2, 828-851. Ichigō, Masamichi (1967): Mādhyamika's Criticism of the Soul-theory of Sāṃkhya - as found in Prajñāpradīpa, 18 [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 15/2, 724-734. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1960): Chūkan tetsugaku to kibyū ronshō - Shōben no ronri saikō [Madhyamaka-philosophy und Prasaṅga-argumentation - reconsideration of Bhāvaviveka's logic]. Nihon Bukkyō Gakkai Nenpō 26, 1-16. 111 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3075 SD S 28.3 83 3076 SD S 28.3 84 3077 SD S 28.3 85 3078 SD S 28.3 86 3079 SD S 28.3 87 3080 SD S 28.3 88 3081 SD S 28.3 89 3000 SD S 28.3 9 3082 SD S 28.3 90 3083 SD S 28.3 91 3084 SD S 28.3 92 3085 SD S 28.3 93 3086 SD S 28.3 94 Kajiyama, Yūichi (o.J.): ,Chie no Tomoshibi` dai nijūgo shō (zendan no shiyaku) [Prajñāpradīpa Kap. 25 (Übersetzung der 1.Hälfte)]. Mikkyōgaku [Journal of Esoteric Buddhism] 16-17, 40-68. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1975): Daijō kyōten to Ryūju [Nāgārjuna and Mahāyāna Sūtras]. Tōyō Gakujutsu Kenkyū 14/5, 19-34. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1978): Chūgon tetsugaku to ingaron - Nāgārjuna o chūshih toshite [Philosophy of Mādhyamika and theory of causality - concerning Nāgārjuna]. Bukkyō shisō 3 ("Inga"), 149-175. Huntington, C. W. Jr. (1983): The system of the Two Truths in the Prasannapadā and the Madhyamakāvatāra: A study in Mādhyamika soteriology. Journal of Indian Philosophy 11, 77-106. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1980): Chūkan ha jūnishi engi kaishaku [Mādhyamika interpretation of the Twelve-linked Chain of Dependent Origination]. Bukkyō Shisō-shi 3, 91-146. Matsumoto, Shirō (1978): Jñānagarbha no ni taisetsu [Jñānagarbha on satyadvaya]. Bukkyōgaku [Journal of Buddhist Studies] 5, 109-137. Kanaoka, Shūyū (1962): Śāntideva's attitude towards Vijñāna Theory. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 10/2, 749-744 (34-39). Ṇobel, Johannes (1927): Kumārajīva. Sitzungsberichte der Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften (Sitzung der phil.-hist. Klasse vom 23. Juni, Mitteilung vom 31. März) 20, 206-233. Nozawa, Jōshō (1972): Shōben no Shōmon-hihan - Indo ni okeru Daijō-Bussetsu-ron [Bhāvaviveka's Madhyamakahr̥dayavr̥ttiḥ Tarkajvālā 4, Śrāvakatattvanirṇayāvatāra, jap. translation]. Satō-hakushi koki-kinen Bukkyōshisō Ronshū [Essays on the Buddhist Thought in Honor of Professor Mitsuo Satoh On the Occasion of his Seventieth Birthday]. Tokyo: Sankibo Buddhist Bookstore Ltd., 209-225. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1963): Shōben Anne Gohō.[Bhāvaviveka, Sthiramati, Dharmapāla]. Mikkyō Bunka 64-65, 159144. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1973): Ryūju - Sono Hito to Shisō [Nāgārjuna - His Personality and Thought]. Ajia Bunka (Cultura Asiatica) 10/1, 94-102. Nozawa, Jōshō (1956): Shōbenzō "chūrongakushinzui no sho shichaku eno" - ,Shinnyochi o motomuru` shō dai 3 (4) [A translation into Japanese of the Madhyamaka-hr̥da-vr̥tti-tarkajvālā (4)]. Mikkyō Bunka [Quarterly Reports on the Esoteric Buddhism] 34, 43-31. Ejima, Yasunori (1968): "Hannyatōron" ni okeru Suironshiki no Ichidanmen [Bhāvaviveka's formation of anumāṇa in thze Prajñāpradīpa]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 16/2, 656-661. 112 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3087 SD S 28.3 95 3088 SD S 28.3 96 3089 SD S 28.3 97 3090 SD S 28.3 98 3091 SD S 28.3 99 3190 SD S 28.4 10 1274 SD S 28.4 100 1276 SD S 28.4 101 1422 SD S 28.4 102 1486 SD S 28.4 103 1495 SD S 28.4 104 1496 SD S 28.4 105 1509 SD S 28.4 106 Ichishima, Masao (1968): Sūtra-samuccaya no Sakusha ni tsuite [The Author of Sūtra-samuccaya]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 16/2, 844-846. Gard, Richard A. (1959): The Mādhyamika in Korea. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 7/2, 773-755. Gard, Richard A. (1954): On the authenticity of the Pai-lun and Shih-erh-mên-lun. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 1/2, 751-742. Gard, Richard A. (1957): Why did the Mādhyamika Decline ? Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 5/2, 623-619. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1952-1953): Chūkan Tetsgaku no ronri - jo [Einführung in die Logik der MadhyamakaPhilsophie]. Tetsugaku Kenkyū 402, 274-301. Ders., Chūkan Tetsugaku no ronri - keitai [Gestalt der Logik der Madhyamaka-Philsophie]. Tetsugaku Kenkyū 415-416, 302-342, 370-393. Suzuki, D. Teitaro (1904): Philosophy of the Yogācāra. The Mādhyamika and the Yogācāra. Le Muséon N.S. 5, 370386. Hayashima, Osamu (2000): Kenyoshogyoron ni okeru sanshosetsu-kanken [Die beschränkte Ansicht der Trisvabhāva-Theorie in Hsien-yang-sheng-chiao-lun]. In: Indo no bunka to ronri [Studies in Honour of Hirofumi Tosaki on the Occasion of His 60th Birthday], pp. 199-221. Hoornaert, Paul (2004): The Dharmapāla-Bhāvaviveka debate as presented in Dharmapāla's Commentary to Catuḥśataka XVI.23. Studies and Essays, Behavioral Sciences and Philosphy Faculty of Letters, Kanazawa University. No. 24, pp. 119-149. Waldron, William S. (1994-1995): How innovative is the ālayavijñāna? The ālayavijñāna in the context of canonical and Abhidharma vijñāna theory. Journal of Indian Philosophy 22-23, 199-258, 9-51. Hayashima, Osamu (1998): Fukashigi, fukakibetsu. On acintya and avyākṛta. In: Nagasaki daigaku kyôiku gakubu shakaikagaku ronsô 55, 23-33. Harada, Waso (1997): Hebi Nawa Iro nado no Hiyu to Nyûyuishikishô (1). Watanabe Takao Kyozyu Kanreki Kinen Bukkyôshisôbunkashi Ronsô, 125-152. Harada, Wasō (1997): Hebi Nawa Iro nado no Hiyu to Nyūyuishikishō (2) ["Sarpa, Rajju, and Varṇādi" as a Simile of the Process of Vijñaptimātratāpraveśa (2)]. Kyūsyū Ryukoku Tankidaigaku Kiyō (Bulletin of Kyūsyū Ryukoku Junior College) 43, 135-175. De Jong, J. W. (1993): Review: Florin Giripescu Sutton, Existence and Enlightenment in the Laṅkāvatārasūtra. A 113 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1510 SD S 28.4 107 1511 SD S 28.4 108 1517 SD S 28.4 109 3191 SD S 28.4 11 1613 SD S 28.4 110 3192 SD S 28.4 12 3193 SD S 28.4 13 3194 SD S 28.4 14 3195 SD S 28.4 15 3196 SD S 28.4 16 3197 SD S 28.4 17 3198 SD S 28.4 18 Study in the Ontology and Epistemology of the Yogācāra School of Mahāyāna Buddhism. Albany, State University of New York Press, 1991. IIJ 36, 146-149. De Jong, J. W. (1995): Review: Åke Boquist, Trisvabhāva. A Study of the Development of the Three-nature-theory in Yogācāra Buddhism. Lund, Department of History of Religions, University of Lund. Stockholm, 1993. IIJ 38, 290-292. Franco, Eli (1993): Review: Hidenori S. Sakuma, Die Āśrayaparivṛtti-Theorie in der Yogacārābhūmi. Stuttgart, 1990. IIJ 36, 343-349. May, Jacques (1971): La Philosophie Bouddhique Idéaliste. AS 25, 265-323. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (tr.) (1912): Vasubandhu Viṃśakakārikāprakaraṇa. Traité des Vingt Ślokas avec le Commentaire de l'Auteur (Traduction tibétain et traduction française). Le Muséon N.S. 13, 53-90. Schmithausen, Lambert (2001): Vijñaptimātra(tā). Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie Band 11/U-V. Hrsg. von Joachim Ritter, Karlfried Gründer, Gottfried Gabriel. Schwabe & Co.AG, Basel, Spalten 1057-1061. Stcherbatskoi, M. Th. de (1905): Notes de Littérature Bouddhique. La littérature Yogācāra d'après Bouston. Le Muséon N.S. 6, 144-155. Bendall, Cecil et La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1905, 1906, 1911): Bodhisattva-bhūmi. A Text-Book of the Yogācāra School. An English Summary with notes and illustrative extracts from other Buddhistic works. Le Muséon N.S. 6 (1905), 38-52; Le Muséon 7 (1906), 213-230; Le Muséon 12 (1911), 155-191. McDermott, A. Charlene S. (1973): Asaṅga's Defense of Ālayavijñāna. Of Catless Grins and Sundry Related Matters. JIP 2, 167-174. Hakamaya, Noriaki (1976): Sthiramati and Śīlabhadra. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 25/1, 490-488 (35-37). Hotori, Rishō (1978): The Formation of Gotra Theory in the Yogācāra [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū[Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 26/2, 669-670. Schmithausen, Lambert (1982): Versenkungspraxis und erlösende Erfahrung in der Śrāvakabhūmi. In: Epiphanie des Heils. Zur Heilsgegenwart in indischer und christlicher Religion. Arbeitsdokumentation. Hsg. von Gerhard Oberhammer. Wien (Publications of the De Nobili Research Library 9), 59-85. Schmithausen, Lambert (1983): The darśanamārga section of the Abhidharmasamuccaya and its interpretation by Tibetan commentators (with special reference to Bu ston rin chen grub). In: Contributions on Tibetan and Buddhist Religion and Philsophy. Edited by Ernst Steinkellner and Helmut Tauscher. Proceedings of the Csoma de Kőrös 114 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3199 SD S 28.4 19 3182 SD S 28.4 2 3200 SD S 28.4 20 3201 SD S 28.4 21 3203 SD S 28.4 22 3204 SD S 28.4 23 3206 3205 SD S 28.4 24a SD S 28.4 24b 3207 SD S 28.4 25 3208 SD S 28.4 26 3209 SD S 28.4 27 3210 SD S 28.4 28 3211 SD S 28.4 29 3183 SD S 28.4 3 3212 SD S 28.4 30 Symposium held at Velm-Vienna, Austria 13-19 September 1981, vol.2 (Wiener Studien zur Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde 11). Wien: Arbeitskreis für tibetische und buddhistsiche Studien Universität Wien, 259-274. Tola, Fernando and Dragonetti, Carmen (1983): The Trisvabhāvakārikā of Vasubandhu. JIP 11/3, 225-266. Schmithausen, Lambert (1969): Zur Literaturgeschichte der älteren Yogācāra-Schule. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft Supplementa 1 Teil 3 (62. Deutscher Orientalistentag vom 21. - 27.Juli 1968 in Würzburg. Vorträge hsg. von Wolfgang Voigt), 811-823. Hoornaert, Paul (1984): The Bipolar Buddha. JIP 12/1, 51-66. Inazu, Kizow (1966): The Concept of Vijñapti and Vijñāna in the Text of Vasubandhu's Viṃśatikāvijñaptimātratāsiddhi. IBK 15/1, 474-468 (1-7). Hayashima, Osamu (1981): "cittasya nāmni sthānāt" [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 30/1, 460-455 (48-53). Kitagawa, Hidenori (1968): svabhāva ni taisuru Ichikosatsu - sanjūju Anne-Shaku no Hanimnai ni oite [On "svabhāva" - according to the Materials from Sthiramati's Bhāṣya on the Triṃśikā]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 14/1, 928-922 (69-75). Matsumoto, Shirō (1980): Ratnākaraśānti no Chūkanha hihon (1). Tōyō Gakujutsu Kenkyū 19/1, 148-174. Matsumoto, Shirō (1980): Ratnākaraśānti no Chūkanha hihon (2). Tōyō Gakujutsu Kenkyū 19/2, 152-180. Yoshida, Nahiko (1967): Jinna-ronshi no "Nyūyugaron" [On Dignāga's Yogāvatāra]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 15/2, 622-623. Yoshida, Nahiko (1967): Jinna ,Nyūyugaron` no ichi kōsatsu [On the Yogāvatāra by Dignāga]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Studies in Buddhism] 24, 61-65. Gokhale, V. V. (1947): Fragments from the Abhidharmasamuccaya of Asaṃga. Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society 23, 13-38. Shukla, Karunesha (1971): Asaṅga in Buddhist literature. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 27/3-4, 17-21. Shukla, Karunesha (1976): The Buddhist concepts of avatāra and naiṣkramya in Asaṅga's works. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 32/1-4, 11-16. Schmithausen, Lambert (1967): Sautrāntika-Voraussetzungen in Viṃśatikā und Triṃśikā. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Süd- und Ostasiens 11, 109-136. Rani, Vijaya (1978): Accumulation of forms in cognition according to the Yogācāras (With special reference to 115 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3213 SD S 28.4 31 3214 SD S 28.4 32 3215 SD S 28.4 33 3216 SD S 28.4 34 3217 SD S 28.4 35 3218 SD S 28.4 36 3219 SD S 28.4 37 3220 SD S 28.4 38 3221 SD S 28.4 39 3184 SD S 28.4 4 3222 SD S 28.4 40 3223 SD S 28.4 41 3224 SD S 28.4 42 Mīmāṃsā-Śloka-Vārttika). Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 33/4, 31-38. Shukla, Karunesha (1968): Some missing portions of the Gotra-bhūmi. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 24/1-4, 129-137. Shukla, Karunesha (1967): Buddhist Ātmavāda and Asaṅga. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 23/1-4, 29-49. Ruegg, David Seyfort (1962-1963): Note on Vārṣagaṇya and the Yogācārabhūmi. IIJ 6, 137-140. Conze, Edward (1963-1964): Reviews: (1) Alex Wayman, Analysis of the Śrāvakabhūmi Manuscript. Berkely and Los Angeles: University of California Press (University of California Publications in Classical Philology 17), 1961. (2) V. Bhattacharya (ed.), The Yogācārabhūmi of Ācārya Asaṅga. Part 1. University of Calcutta, 1957. IIJ 7, 226231. May, Jacques (1972): Review: Lambert Schmithausen, Der Nirvāṇa-Abschnitt in der Viniścayasaṃgrahaṇī der Yogācārabhūmiḥ (= Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philologisch-historische Klasse, Sitzungsberichte, 264. Band, 2. Abhandlung. - Veröffentlichungen der Kommission für Sprachen und Kulturen Südund Ostasiens 8). Wien: Böhlaus, 1969. IIJ 14, 125-129. De Jong, J. W. (1976): Review: Karunesha Shukla (ed.), Śrāvakabhūmi of Ācārya Asaṅga (= Tibetan Sanskrit Works Series 14). Patna: K.P. Jayaswal Research Institute, 1973. IIJ 18, 307-310. Schmithausen, Lambert (1985): Once again Mahāyānasaṃgraha 1.8. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 139-160. Takeuchi, Shōkō (1955): Innōhen to Kanōhen [Hetupariṇāma and Phālapariṇāma]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 3/2, 685-687. Tanaka, Junshō (1954): Shōdaijōron ni okeru yuishiki setsu [The Vijñaptimātra Doctrine in Mahāyānasaṃgraha]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 3/1, 239-241. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1931-1932): Documents d'Abhidharma traduits et annotés. Mélanges Chinois et Bouddhiques 1, 65-125. Takasaki, Jikidō (1983): Tripiṭakācārya Paramārtha. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 43-49. Mimaki, Katsumi (1972): Sho ki yuishiki sho ronsho ni okeru Sautrāntika setsu. Tōhogaku 43, 92-77. Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. (1933): Parāvr̥tti=Transformation, Regeneration, Anagogy. In: Festschrift Moriz Winternitz 1863 - 23. Dezember 1933. Hrsg. Otto Stein und Wilhelm Gampert. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz Verlag, 116 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3225 SD S 28.4 43 3226 SD S 28.4 44 3295 SD S 28.4 44 3227 SD S 28.4 46 3228 SD S 28.4 47 3229 SD S 28.4 48 3230 SD S 28.4 49 3185 SD S 28.4 5 3231 SD S 28.4 50 3232 SD S 28.4 51 3233 SD S 28.4 52 3234 SD S 28.4 53 3235 SD S 28.4 54 3236 SD S 28.4 55 3237 SD S 28.4 56 232-236. Hayashima, Osamu (1974): Yugagyō yuishiki gakuha ni okeru nyūmusōhōbensō no shisō [On "Asallakṣaṇānupraveśopāyalakṣaṇa" in the Yogācāravijñānavāda]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 22/2, 1020-1011(108-117). Jaini, Padmanabh S. (1985): The Sanskrit fragments of Vinītadeva's Triṃśikā-Ṭīkā. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 48/3, 470-492. Iyengar, H. R. Rangaswamy (1951): Bhatr̥hari and Diṅnāga. Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society 26, 147-149. Pāṇḍey, Jagdiśvar (198.): Yogācārabhūmiśāśtra meṃ naiyāyika vicāra. Prajñā-bhāratī, 19-36. Stanley, Richard (1987): Review: Stefan Anacker, Seven Works of Vasubandhu - The Buddhist Psychological Doctor. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1984. IIJ 30, 57-60. Liu, Ming-wood (1985): The Mind-only teaching of Ching-ying Hui-yuan: An early interpretation of Yogācāra thought in China. Philosophy East and West 35/4, 351-376. McEvilley, Thomas (1980): Plotinus and Vijñānavāda Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 30/2, 181-193. Schmithausen, Lambert (1972): The definitions of pratyakṣam in the Abhidharmasamuccayaḥ. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens 16, 153-163. Larrabee, M. J. (1981): The one and the many: Yogācāra Buddhism and Husserl. Philosophy East and West 31/1, 315. Paul, Diana Y. (1981): The structure of consciousness in Paramārtha's purported trilogy. Philosophy East and West 31/3, 297-319. Lipman, Kennard (1982): The Cittamātra and its Madhyamaka critique: Some phenomenological reflections. Philosophy East and West 32/3, 295-308. Pāṇḍeya, Jagadīśvara (1986): Bauddhācārya Asaṅga kr̥ta Yogācārabhūmiśāstra meṃ Hetuvidyā. In: Homage to Bhikkhu Jagdish Kashyap. Ed. by P.N. Ojha. Nalanda, 315-348. Wayman, Alex (1956): A Report on the Śrāvaka-Bhūmi and its Author (Asaṅga). Journal of the Bihar Research Society 42/3-4, 316-329. An, Doan Van (1963): On the Middle Way in Yogācāra Buddhism. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 11/1, 335-330 (44-49). Ōno, Gizan (1953): Anne yuishiki ni okeru. Vikalpa to Parikalpita [Vikalpa and Parikalpita in Sthiramati's Vijñāna117 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3238 SD S 28.4 57 3239 SD S 28.4 58 3240 SD S 28.4 59 3186 SD S 28.4 6 3241 SD S 28.4 60 3242 SD S 28.4 61 3243 SD S 28.4 62 152 SD S 28.4 63 153 SD S 28.4 64 154 SD S 28.4 65 155 SD S 28.4 66 156 SD S 28.4 67 Theory]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 1/2, 422-423. Shōmonji Kenkyūkai (1988): Bonbun Shōmonji (7) [The Śrāvakabhūmi. Sanskrit Text, Analysis, and Japanese Translation Part 7]. Taishō Daigaku Sōgō Bukkyō Kenkyūjo Nenpō [Annual of the Institute for Comprehensive Studies of Buddhism Taisho University] 10, 177-148 (58-87). Wayman, Alex (1988): Vasubandhu-Teacher extraordinary. Studia Missionalia 37, 245-281. Hayashima, Osamu (1987): Gainarumo no - Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra XVIII. 89-91 to chūshin ni. Nagasaki Daigaku Kyōiku Gakubu Shakaikagaku Ronsō 37, 63-78. Ruegg, David Seyfort (1958): On the term buddhivipariṇāma and the problem of illusory change. IIJ 2, 271-283. Hayashima, Osamu (1988): Yugagyō-yuishiki-Gakuha ni okeru Buddha-kan - Bosatsu-Dō no shiten kara [Die Auffassung vom Buddha bei den Yogācāra-Vijñānavādin - vom Gesichtspunkt des Bodhisattvamārga]. Nihon Bukkyō Gakkai Nenpō 53, 75-89. Yoshimoto, Shingyo (1988): Psychological Attitudes of Abhidharmic Analysis in Yogācāra Buddhism. Zen Buddhism Today 6, 88-101. Mikogami, Eshō (1985): Jitsuzai Ronja no Yuishikisetsu Hihan - samanantarajñāna Ninshiki Taisho Setsu o megutte [The Realists' Criticism of the Vijñānavādin Theory: Centering on samanantarajñāna]. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 285-299. Hattori, Masaaki (1988): Realism and the Philosophy of Consciousness-Only. The Eastern Buddhist 21/1, 23-60. ["The essay translated here appeard originally as a chapter in the book, Ninshiki to chōetsu: Yuishiki (Cognition and Transcendence: Consciousnesss-Only) (1970) written by Hattori Masaaki and Ueyama Shunpei ... All footnotes have been added by the translator." Translated by William Powell.]. Yoshimoto, Shingyo (1988): Psychological Attitudes of Abhidharmic Analysis in Yogācāra Buddhism. Zen Buddhism Today, Annual Report of the Kyoto Zen Symposium, 88-100. Pandey, Jagadīśvar (1987): Pratyeka-Buddhabhūmi. Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 228-237. Hayashima, Osamu (1989): Soto naru mono Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra dai XVIII shō dai 89-91 ge o chūshin ni [Das äußere Ding - zum Wesen von MSA XVIII 89-91]. Nagasaki Daigaku Kyōiku Gakubu Shakaikagaku Ronsō 38 & 39, 51-67 & 11-25. Pāṇýey, Jagdīśvar (1986): Bauddhācārya Asaṅga kṛta Yogācārabhūmiśāstra meṃ hetuvidyā. Homage to 118 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 157 SD S 28.4 68 158 SD S 28.4 69 3187 SD S 28.4 7 186 SD S 28.4 70 188 SD S 28.4 71 189 SD S 28.4 72 191 SD S 28.4 73 193 SD S 28.4 74 194 SD S 28.4 75 196 198 SD S 28.4 76 SD S 28.4 77 200 SD S 28.4 78 202 SD S 28.4 79 3188 SD S 28.4 8 224 SD S 28.4 80 Bhikkhu Jagdish Kashyap (Commemoration Volume), Nalanda, 315-347. Hayashima, Osamu (1988): Mujō to setsuna - Yugagyō-yuishiki gakuha o chūshin ni [Vergänglichkeit und Augenblick - zum Kern der Yogācāra-Vijñānavāda-Schule]. Nanto Bukkyō 59, 1-48. Hayashima, Osamu (1989): Kyokuhisetsu kanken - Yogagyō-yuishiki gakuha o chūshin ni [Ansichten der Atomtheorie - zum Wesen der Yogācāra-Vijñānavāda-Schule]. Nagasaki Daigaku Kyōiku Gakubu Jinbun Kagaku Kenkyū Hōkoku 38, 19-36. Lévi, Sylvain (1925): Deux Notes sur la Viṃśatikā de Vasubandhu. Notes Indiennes, Extrait du Journal Asiatique, 17-69. Wayman, Alex (1989): Doctrinal Affiliation of the Buddhist Master Asaṅga (Buddhist Doctrinal History, Study 3). Amalā Prajñā: Aspects of Buddhist Studies. Professor P. V. Bapat Felicitation Volume. Ed. by N. H. Samtani, H. S. Prasad. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications (Bibliotheca Indo-Buddhica 63), 201-221. Hakamaya, Noriaki (1979): Viniścayasaṃgrahaṇī ni okeru ālaya-shiki no kitei [The Definition of ālaya-vijñāna in the Viniścayasaṃgrahaṇī]. Tōyō Bunko Kenkyūsho Kiyō 79, 1-79. Odani, Nobuchiyo (19??): Schmithausen kyōjuno "Alayashikiron" o ton [Fragen zu Prof. Schmithausens "Alayavijñāna-Abhandlung"]. 52-61. Thurman, R. A. F. (1980): Philosophical nonegocentrism in Wittgenstein and Candrakīrti in their treatment of the private language problem. PhEW 30/3, 321-337. Nobuhiko, Odani (19??): "Schmithausen-cho "ālaya-shikiron" hōto. Kapstein, Matthew (1988): Mereological Considerations in Vasubandhu's "Proof of Idealism" (Vijñaptimātratāsiddhiḥ). Idealistic studies 18/1, 32-54. Hattori, Masaaki (1988): Realism and the Philosophy of Consciousness-Only. The Eastern Buddhist, 21/1, 23-60. Yaita, Hideomi (1992): ?? Schmithausen, Lambert (1991): Yogācārabhūmi: Sopadhikā and Nirupadhikā Bhūmiḥ. Papers in Honour of Prof. Dr. Ji Xianlin on the Occasion of His 80th Birthday (II). 687 ff. Wayman, Alex (1989): Doctrinal Affiliation of the Buddhist Master Asaṅga (Buddhist Doctrinal History, Study 3). In: Amalā Prajñā: Aspects of Buddhist Studies, Hrsg.: N.H. Samtani & H.S. Prasad. 201-221. Demiéville, Paul (1957): Le chapitre de la Bodhisattvabhūmi sur la Perfection de Dhyāna. Rocznik Orientalistyczny 21, 109-128. Franco, Eli (1993): Review: Hidenori S. Sakuma: Die Āśrayaparivṛtti-Theorie in der Yogācārabhūmi. Alt- und Neu119 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 225 SD S 28.4 81 227 SD S 28.4 82 229 SD S 28.4 83 230 SD S 28.4 84 231 232 SD S 28.4 85 SD S 28.4 86 233 SD S 28.4 87 234 SD S 28.4 88 235 SD S 28.4 89 3189 SD S 28.4 9 251 SD S 28.4 90 253 SD S 28.4 91 255 SD S 28.4 92 257 SD S 28.4 93 Indische Studien 40, Franz Steiner Verlag Stuttgart, 1990. IIJ 36, 343-349. Griffiths, Paul J. (1990): Omniscience in the Mahāyānasūtrālaṅkāra and its commentaries. Indo-Iranian Journal, 33/2, 85-120. Powers, John (1993): The Tibetan Translations of the Saṃdhinirmocana-sūtra and Bka' 'gyur Research. CAJ 37/3-4, 198-224. Yaita, Hideomi (1992): Yugaron no Inmyō: Bonbun tekusito to Wayaku. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyūsho Kiyō, 15, 505-576. Kaplan, Stephen (1992): The Yogācāra Roots of Advaita Idealism? Noting a Similarity Between Vasubandhu and Gauḍapāda. JIP 20/2, 191-218. Kumoi, Shōzen (?): amarashiki - arayashiki [amalavigñāna - ālayavigñāna]. ?, 54-71. [jap.] Nagao, Gadjin (?): Amarerumono [The Term "avaśiṣṭa" in the Yogācāra Philosophy. IBK 16-2, 497-501. [jap.] Ueda, Yoshibumi (1965): Vijñānapariṇāma no imi [Die Bedeutung des vigñānapariṇāmas]. Suzuki Gakujutsu Zaidan Kenkyū Nenpō 2, 1-14. Nagao, Gadjin (1967): Yuishikigi no kiban toshite no sanshōsetsu [Trisvabhāva-Lehre als Grundlage der Vijñaptimātratā-Lehre]. Suzuki Gakujutsu Zaidan Kenkyū Nenpō 4, 1-22. Hayashima, Osamu (1985): Ninpō ni muga ron - yugagyō yuishiki gakuha ni okeru [pudgaladharmanairātmyavāda in Yogācāra-Schule]. NBu 54. [jap.] Kitagawa, Hidenori (1957): A Study of a short philosophical treatise ascribed to Dignāga. Sino-Indian Studies (Liebenthal Festschrift) 5/3-4, 2-13. Kvaerne, Per (1994): Review: John Powers: The Yogācāra School of Buddhism: A Bibliography. ATLA Bibliography Series, No. 27, Metuchen, N.J./London,1991. AO 55, 269-270. Matsuda, Kazunobu (1994): Sanskrit Fragment of the Paryāyasaṃgrahaṇi section of the Yogācārabhūmi from the Cecil Bendall Manuscripts in the National Archives Collection, Kathmandu. Hokkaido Journal of Indological and Buddhist Studies, 9, 90-108. [jap.] Matsuda, Kazunobu (1995): Sanskrit Text of the Bodhisattva's Ten Stages in the Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra - Based on the Kathmandu Fragment of the Yogācārabhūmi. Bulletin of the Research Institute of Bukkyo University 2, 59-77. [jap.] Deleanu, Florin (1993): Śrāvakayāna Yoga Practices and Mahāyāna Buddhism. Bungaku Kenkyū. Ka-kiyō bessatsu 20, 3-12. 120 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 258 SD S 28.4 94 1231 SD S 28.4 95 1232 SD S 28.4 96 1237 SD S 28.4 97 1238 SD S 28.4 98 1251 SD S 28.4 99 3244 SD S 28.5 1 3254 SD S 28.5 10 3351 SD S 28.5 100 3352 SD S 28.5 101 3353 SD S 28.5 102 3354 3355 SD S 28.5 103 SD S 28.5 104 3356 SD S 28.5 105 3357 3358 SD S 28.5 106 SD S 28.5 107 Deleanu, Florin (1997): A Preliminary Study on an Shigao's Translation of the Yogācārabhūmi. J.Dept.Liberal Arts Kansai Med.Univ.Vol. 17, 33-52. Iwata, Takashi (1998): Teisetsushūsei (Sthitisamuccaya) wayakukenkyū Mukeisouchishikironyugagyoha no teisetsu (1) [Die japanische Übersetzung von Sthitisamuccaya 1]. Wasedadaigaku daigakuin bungakukenkyūka kiyo 43, 3-14. Iwata, Takashi (2000): Teisetsusyūsei (Sthitisamuccaya) wayakukenkyū Mukeisouchishikironyugagyoha no teisetsu (2) [Die japanische Übersetzung von Sthitisamuccaya 2]. Wasedadaigaku daigakuin bungakukenkyūka kiyo 45, 1326 Shomonjikenkyukai (2001): Bonbun shomonji (16) daini yugasho (4) wayaku kamon [Śrāvakabhūmi 16, dvitīyaṃ yogasthānam 4. Text, Analyse und übersetzung]. Taisho Daigaku Sougou Bukkyo Kenkyusho Nenpo 23, (77)-(137). Shomonjikenkyukai (1996): Bonbun shomonji (15) daini yugasho (3) wayaku kamon [Śrāvakabhūmi 15, dvitīyaṃ yogasthānam 3. Text, Analyse und übersetzung]. Taisho Daigaku Sougou Bukkyo Kenkyusho Nenpo 18, (1)-(35). Shomonjikenkyukai (2003): Bonbun shomonji (18) daini yugasho (6) wayaku kamon [Śrāvakabhūmi 18, dvitīyaṃ yogasthānam 6. Text, Analyse und übersetzung]. Taisho Daigaku Sougou Bukkyo Kenkyusho Nenpo 25, (1)-(43). Frauwallner, E. (1957): Zu den buddhistischen Texten in der Zeit Khri-sron-lde-btsan's. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Süd- und Ostasiens 1, 95-103. Kajiyama, Yuichi (1963): Trikapañcakacintā. Development of the Buddhist Theory on the Determination of Causality. Miscellanea Indologica Kiotiensia [Indogaku Shironshū] 4-5, 1-15. Mukherjea, Justice A. K. (1976): The definition of pervasion (vyāpti) in Navya-Nyāya. Journal of Indian Philosophy 4, 1-50. Chakraborty, Krishna (1978): Definitions of vyāpti (pervasion) in Navanyāya: A critical survey. Journal of Indian Philosophy 5, 209-236. Oliver, Curtis F. (1978): Perception in early Nyāya. Nyāyabhāṣya and Nyāyavārttika on Nyāyasūtra 1.1.4. Journal of Indian Philosophy 6, 243-266. Shaw, J. L. (1978): The Nyāya on existence, knowability and nameability. Journal of Indian Philosophy 5, 255-266. Chakraborty, Krishna (1978): Determination of universal concomitance. Journal of Indian Philosophy 5, 291-310. Chakraborty, Krishna (1978): The Nyāya concept of Svābhāvikasambandha: A historical retrospect. Journal of Indian Philosophy 5, 385-392. Sen, Prabal Kumar (1978): Nyāyabhāskara - a lost Nyāya work. Journal of Indian Philosophy 5, 267-274. Murti, T. R. V. (1974): Some comments on the philosophy of language in the Indian context. Journal of Indian 121 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3359 SD S 28.5 108 3360 SD S 28.5 109 3255 SD S 28.5 11 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 SD S 28.5 110 SD S 28.5 111 SD S 28.5 112 SD S 28.5 113 SD S 28.5 114 SD S 28.5 115 SD S 28.5 116 3368 SD S 28.5 117 3369 SD S 28.5 118 3370 SD S 28.5 119 3256 SD S 28.5 12 3371 3372 SD S 28.5 120 SD S 28.5 121 3373 SD S 28.5 122 3375 SD S 28.5 123 Philosophy 2, 321-331. Matilal, Bimal Krishna (1979): Double negation in Navya-Nyāya. In: M. Nagatomi, B.K. Matilal, J.M. Masson and E. Dimock (eds.), Sanskrit and Indian Studies. Essays in Honour of Daniel H.H. Ingalls, 1-10. Chakrabarti, Kisor Kumar (1978): The Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika theory of negative entities. Journal of Indian Philosophy 6, 129-144. Hattori, Masaaki (tr.) (1962): Pramāṇasamuccaya, 1, §3: Nyāyamatavicāra. English translation with Annotations. Miscellanea Indologica Kiotiensia [Indogaku Shironshū] 3, 7-18. Warder, A. K. (1971): The concept of a concept. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 181-196. Schuster, Nancy (1972): Inference in the Vaiśeṣikasūtras. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 341-395. McDermott, A. Charlene (1972): Mr. Ruegg on Ratnakīrti. Journal of Indian Philosophy 2, 16-20. Shaw, J. L. (1974): Empty terms: The Nyāya and the Buddhists. Journal of Indian Philosophy 2, 332-343. Mukhopadhyay, P. K. (1973): Cognitive act. Journal of Indian Philosophy 2, 115-137. Staal, J. F. (1973): The concept of pakṣa in Indian Logic. Journal of Indian Philosophy 2, 156-166. Herzberger, Hans G. (1975): Double negation in Buddhist Logic. Journal of Indian Philosophy 3, 3-16. Bandyopadhyay, Nandita (1979): The Buddhist Theory of Relation between pramā and pramāṇa. A Comparative Estimate in Relation to the Sāṃkhya-Yoga, the Advaita, the Mīmāṃsaka and the Jaina Theories. Journal of Indian Philosophy 7, 43-78. Shaw, J. L. (1978): Negation and the Buddhist theory of meaning. Journal of Indian Philosophy 6, 59-77. Matilal, Bimal Krishna (1970): Reference and existence in Nyāya and Buddhist Logic. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 83-110. Hattori, Masaaki (1961): Dignāga's Criticism of the Mīmāṃsaka Theory of Perception. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 9/2, 724-711 (40-53). McDermott, A. C. S. (1970): Empty subject terms in Late Buddhist Logic. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 22-29. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1970): On Ratnakīrti. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 300-309. Hattori, Masaaki (1979): Apoha and pratibhā. In: M. Nagatomi, B.K. Matilal, J.M. Masson and E. Dimock (eds.), Sanskrit and Indian Studies. Essays in Honour of Daniel H.H. Ingalls, 61-73. Iwata, Takashi (1975): Pratyakṣa no ba no kōzō ni yoru kaimei (3) [Equivalence in Dharmakīrti's ,Pratyakṣa`]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 23/2, 1012-1008 (105-108). 122 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3374 SD S 28.5 123a 3376 SD S 28.5 124 3377 SD S 28.5 125 3378 SD S 28.5 126a 3379 SD S 28.5 126b 3380 SD S 28.5 126c 3381 SD S 28.5 126d 3382 SD S 28.5 126e 3383 SD S 28.5 127 3384 SD S 28.5 128 Iwata, Takashi (1974): Pratyakṣa no ba no kōzō ni yoru kaimei (2) - Pratyakṣa ni okeru shunkansei [On Instanteity in ,Pratyakṣa`]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 22/2, 1034-1028 (94-100). Ōta, Shinkai (1973): Adhyavasāya [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 22/1, 138-139. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1974): Jitāri no Anekāntavādahihan [Jitāri's Anekāntavāda critique]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 22/2, 1003-999 (125-129). Tani, Tadashi (1972): "Shunkantekisonzaisei" - ronshō Kṣaṇikatvānumāna to sono "Ronrikūkan" no mondai - (1) "Jikankozō tα+β" o fukumu "Isōkūkantekironri system TL1" no Dōnyu [Problems of the proof of instanteity of existence in itself (kṣaṇikatvānumāna) and its logical space - (1) Induction of topological logic: system TL1 with time structure tα+β]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 20/2, 921-910 (110121). Tani, Tadashi (1973): "Shunkantekisonzaisei" - ronshō Kṣaṇikatvānumāna to sono "Ronrikūkan" no mondai - (2,1) Jikankozō o fukumu isōkūkanteki ronrikei no tetsugakutekikaimei "zenhan" [Problems of the proof of instanteity of existence in itself (kṣaṇikatvānumāna) and its logical space - (2,1) Philosophical elucidation on system of topological logic]. Philosophia 60, 1-31. Tani, Tadashi (1974): "Shunkantekisonzaisei" - ronshō Kṣaṇikatvānumāna to sono "Ronrikūkan" no mondai - (2,2) Jikankozō o fukumu isōkūkanteki ronrikei no tetsugakutekikaimei "kōhan" [Problems of the proof of instanteity of existence in itself (kṣaṇikatvānumāna) and its logical space - (2,2) Philosophical elucidation on system of topological space]. Philosophia 61, 128-107 (1-22). Tani, Tadashi (1973): "Shunkantekisonzaisei" - ronshō Kṣaṇikatvānumāna to sono "Ronrikūkan" no mondai - (3) Moderu riron [Problems of the proof of instanteity of existence in itself (kṣaṇikatvānumāna) and its logical space (3) Model theory]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 21/2, 963-959 (100-104). Tani, Tadashi (1974): "Shunkantekisonzaisei" - ronshō Kṣaṇikatvānumāna to sono "Ronrikūkan" no mondai - (4) Pratyakṣasiddhaṃ kṣaṇikatvam [Problems of the proof of instanteity of existence in itself (kṣaṇikatvānumāna) and its logical space - (4) Pratyakṣaṃ kṣaṇikatvam]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 22/1, 1044-1035 (84-93). Staal, J. F. (1974): Indo Ronrigaku ni okeru. Pakṣa no gainen ni tsuite [The concept of pakṣa in Indian Logic]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 22/2, 1092-1082 (36-46). Ogawa, Hideyo (1981): Jñānaśrīmitra no Apoha ron [The apoha-theory of Jñānaśrīmitra]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/2, 642-643 (160-161). 123 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3385 SD S 28.5 129 3257 SD S 28.5 13 3386 SD S 28.5 130 3387 SD S 28.5 131 3388 SD S 28.5 132 3389 SD S 28.5 133 3390 SD S 28.5 134 3391 SD S 28.5 135 3392 SD S 28.5 136 3393 SD S 28.5 137 3394 SD S 28.5 138 3395 SD S 28.5 139 3258 SD S 28.5 14 Shirasaki, Kenjō (1981): Jitāri to Śāntideva to Prabhākarakīrti. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/2, 898-894 (80-84). Hattori, Masaaki (1959): Dignāga's Theory of Direct Knowledge - An Annoted Transaltion of Pramāṇasamuccaya, Chapter 1. Bulletin of the University of Osaka Prefecture Series C, vol. 7, 1-20. Ōta, Shinkai (1981): Dharmakīrti's criticism of the Sāṃkhya Theory of universals [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/2, 904-899 (74-79). Akamatsu, Akihiko (1981): Dharmakīrti no shiri-ron - Apoha-ron to no kanren kara [The inferential Theory of Dharmakīrti in connection with the apoha-Theory]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/2, 908-905 (70-73). Matsumoto, Shiro (1981): On the philosophical positions of Dharmottara and Jitāri. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 29/2, 969-966 (9-12). Hishida, Kunio (1980): Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru bunryō hihan [Śāntarakṣita's criticism of parimāṇa in the Tattvasaṃgraha]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/1, 432-429 (51-54). Hishida, Kunio (1973): Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru manas hihan [Śāntarakṣita's criticism of manas in the Tattvasaṃgraha]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 21/2, 979-976 (84-87). Hishida, Kunio (1973): Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru gō hihan [Śāntarakṣita's criticism of saṃyoga in the Tattvasaṃgraha]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 22/1, 435-432 (98-101). Mimaki, Katsumi (1973): Vināśitvānumāna to Sthirasiddhidūṣaṇa [On the Relation between the Vināśitvānumāna and Sthirasiddhidūṣaṇa]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 21/2, 968-964 (9599). Oki, Kazufumi (1973): Dharmakīrti no "citrādvaita" riron [Dharmakīrti's Citrādvaita Theory]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 21/2, 975-969 (88-94). Mimaki, Katsumi (1972): Kōjōsei hihan Sthirasiddhidūṣaṇa - Ratnakīrti: Sthirasiddhisdūṣaṇa to TS(P): Sthirabhāvaparīkṣā no hikaku [Buddhist Criticism on Permanent Existence - On the Relation of Śāntarakṣita's Sthirabhāvaparīkṣā and Ratnakīrti's Sthirasiddhidūṣaṇa]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 20/2, 904-898 (127-133). Kimura, Toshihiko (1971): The Practical and Religious System in the Pramāṇavārttikam of Dharmakīrti [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 20/1, 313-320. Kitagawa, Hidenori (1960): A Note on the Methodology in the Study of Indian Logic. Journal of Indian and Buddhist 124 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3396 SD S 28.5 140 3397 SD S 28.5 141 3398 SD S 28.5 142 3399 SD S 28.5 143 3400 SD S 28.5 144 3401 SD S 28.5 145 3402 SD S 28.5 146 3403 SD S 28.5 147 3404 SD S 28.5 148 3405 SD S 28.5 149 3406 SD S 28.5 150 3407 SD S 28.5 151 3408 SD S 28.5 152 3409 SD S 28.5 153 Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 8/1, 390-380 (19-29). Nishimura, Masashi (1981): Problems Related with Apoha Theory [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/2, 640-641 (158-159). Takemura, Shōhō (1972): Tonkō-shahon "Jōgen no Inmyōsho" ni tsuite [Tsrin yuan's Work on Logic, discovered in Dunhuang]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 21/1, 1-5. Yamashita, Kōichi (1980): On the pramāṇa-vāda relating to pratyakṣa of the Yoga school [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/1, 238-235. Ōta, Shinkai (1976): The Apoha Theory of Dharmakīrti and Śāntarakṣita [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 24/2, 682-685. Umino, Takanori (1975): Ratnākaraśānti's ciriticism of the Sakāravāda and the Nirūkāvavāda - On the concept of akāra [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 24/1, 467-470. Hishida, Kunio (1975): Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru undō hihan [Śāntarakṣita's criticism of karman in the Tattvasaṃgraha]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 24/1, 478-475. Namai, Mamoru (1977): TS ni okeru zense no ronshō [The Proof of Existence of Previous Worlds]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 25/2, 913-909. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1976): Jitāri to Mokṣākaragupta. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 25/1, 422-419 (103-106). Fujimura, Shigekazu (1976): Re-definition of Buddhist Logic [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 25/1, 372-374. Hishida, Kunio (1976): On "sāmānya" introduced in the Tattvasaṃgraha. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 25/1, 499-494. Tamaru, Toshiaki (1978): Dravya and paryāya in the Tattvasaṃgraha (7-4) [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 26/2, 671-672 (160-161). Shirasaki, Kenjō (1977): Jitāri to Mokṣākaragupta to Vidyākaraśānti. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 26/1, 419-413. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1979): Jitāri to Nāgārjuna. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 28/1, 152-153. Akamatsu, Akihiko (1979): Dharmakīrti igo no Apoha ron no tenkai - Dharmottara no baai [Developments in the Apoha Theory after Dharmakīrti - In the case of Dharmottara]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and 125 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3259 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3424 Buddhist Studies] 28/1, 466-464 (43-45). Katsura, Shoryu (1979): The apoha theory of Dignāga. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [IBK Indogaku SD S 28.5 154 Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 28/1, 493-489 (16-20). Hishida, Kunio (1979): Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru ākāśa hihan [Śāntarakṣita's Criticism of ākāśa in the SD S 28.5 155 Tattvasaṃgraha]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 27/2, 920-917. Tamaru, Toshiaki (1978): On the Differentiation of sāṅkhyā, saṃjñā, dakṣeṇa and artha - Tattvasaṃgraha K. 323 and SD S 28.5 156 Pañjikā [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 27/1, 182-183. Akamatsu, Akihiko (1978): Sāmānādhikaraṇya no tenkara mita apoha ron [The Apoha-Theory as seen from the point SD S 28.5 157 of view of Sāmānādhikaraṇya]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 27/1, 180181. Kamiya, Kiyohara (1978): Kanshoenron daiichige ni tsuite [On the first verse of the Ālambanā-parīkṣā]. Indogaku SD S 28.5 158 Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 27/1, 174-175. Nagatomi, Masatoshi (1979): Mānasa-pratyakṣa: A conundrum in the Buddhist pramāṇa system. Sanskrit and Indian SD S 28.5 159 Studies. Essays in Honour of Daniel H.H. Ingalls. Ed. by M. Nagatomi, B.K. Matilal, J.M. Masson and E. Dimock. Reidel, Dordrecht, 243-260. Frauwallner, Erich (o.J.): Dignāgas Ālambanaparīkṣā. Text, Übersetzung und Erläuterungen. Wiener Zeitschrift für SD S 28.5 16 die Kunde des Morgenlandes 37/1-2, 174-194. Mimaki, Katsumi (1980): antaraśloka ni tsuite [On antaraśloka]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian SD S 28.5 160 and Buddhist Studies] 28/2, 959-952 (29-36). SD S 28.5 161 Tola, Fernando and Dragonetti, Carmen (1982): Dignāga's Ālambanaparīkṣāvr̥tti. JIP 10, 105-134. Hattori, Masaaki (1983): Review: Hiromasa Tosaki, Bukkyō Ninshikiron no Kenkyū - Hosshō-cho Pramāṇavārttika SD S 28.5 162 no Genryōron - [A Study of Buddhist Epistemology - The Theory of Perception in the Pramāṇavārttika of Dharmakīrti] Part 1. Tokyo: Daitō Shuppansha, 1979. Indo-Iranian Journal 25, 58-61. Staal, J. F. (1962): Contraposition in Indian Logic. Logic, Methodology and Philosophy of Science. Proceedings of SD S 28.5 163 the 1960 International Congress. Edited by Ernest Nagel, Patrick Suppes, Alfred Tarski. Stanford University Press, Stanford, California, 634-649. Katsura, Shōryū (1977): Inmyō shōrimon ron kenkyū (1) [A Study of the Nyāyamukha (1)]. Hiroshima Daigaku SD S 28.5 164a Bungakubu Kiyō 37, 106-126. SD S 28.5 164b Katsura, Shōryū (1978): Inmyō shōrimon ron kenkyū (2) [A Study of the Nyāyamukha (2)]. Hiroshima Daigaku 126 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3425 SD S 28.5 164c 3426 SD S 28.5 164d 3427 SD S 28.5 164e 3428 SD S 28.5 164f 3429 SD S 28.5 164g 3421 SD S 28.5 165a 3422 SD S 28.5 165b 3423 SD S 28.5 165c 3430 3431 3432 SD S 28.5 166 SD S 28.5 167 SD S 28.5 168 3433 SD S 28.5 169 3260 SD S 28.5 17 3434 SD S 28.5 170 3435 SD S 28.5 171 Bungakubu Kiyō 38, 110-131. Katsura, Shōryū (1979): Inmyō shōrimon ron kenkyū (3) [A Study of the Nyāyamukha (3)]. Hiroshima Daigaku Bungakubu Kiyō o.A., 63-83. Katsura, Shōryū (1981): Inmyō shōrimon ron kenkyū (4) [A Study of the Nyāyamukha (4)]. Hiroshima Daigaku Bungakubu Kiyō o.A., 62-83. Katsura, Shōryū (1982): Inmyō shōrimon ron kenkyū (5) [A Study of the Nyāyamukha (5)]. Hiroshima Daigaku Bungakubu Kiyō 42, 82-100; Katsura, Shōryū (1984): Inmyō shōrimon ron kenkyū (6) [A Study of the Nyāyamukha (6)]. Hiroshima Daigaku Bungakubu Kiyō 44, 43-75. Katsura, Shōryū (1987): Inmyō shōrimon ron kenkyū (7) [A Study of the Nyāyamukha (7)]. Hiroshima Daigaku Bungakubu Kiyō 46, 46-67. Iwata, Takashi (1973): Pratyakṣa no ba no kōzō ni yoru kaimei (1) [Über die Augenblicklichkeit in pratyakṣa (1)]. Philosophia 61, 106-88 (23-41). Iwata, Takashi (1974): Pratyakṣa no ba no kōzō ni yoru kaimei (2) - Pratyakṣa ni okeru shunkanshōsei [Über die Augenblicklichkeit in pratyakṣa (2)]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 22/2, 1034-1028 (94-100). Iwata, Takashi (1975): Pratyakṣa no ba no kōzō ni yoru kaimei (3) [Über die Augenblicklichkeit in pratyakṣa (3)]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 23/2, 1012-1008 (105-109). Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): The Vādavidhi. Opera Minora, Parte I, 163-167. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Bhāmaha and Diṅnāga. Opera Minora 1, 185-193. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): The Jātinirākr̥ti of Jitāri. Opera Minora 1, vol. 6, 249-254. Kitagawa, Hidenori (o.J.): Shōri-gakubu no genryō (= chihaku) - Setsu ni taisuru Jinna no hihan [Dignāga's Criticism on the Nayāika Theory of Perception]. Nagoya Daigaku Bungakubu Kenkyū Ronshū Tetsugaku 21, 57-73 (1-17). Frauwallner, Erich (1957): Vasubandhu's Vādaviddhih. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Süd- und Ostasiens 1, 2-43. Hattori, Masaaki (1961): Dignāga oyobi sono shūhen no nendai - Fu ,sanji no kōsatsu`wa yaku [Dignāga, sein Milieu und seine Zeit - Appendix ,Trikālaparīkṣā` jap. Übersetzung]. In: Tsukamoto Zenryū shōju kinen kai hankō. Tsukamoto Zenryū Bukkyō Shigaku Ronshū [Festschrift für Tsukamoto Zenryū]. Kyōto, 79-96 (1-18). Kitagawa, Hidnori (1959): In o motte shū no hō tarubeshi to nasu Jinna no kenkai - Sanshisahō no kihon kōsō. Nagoya Daigaku Bunkabu jū hūnen Kinen Nenpō 3, 161-188. 127 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3451 3447 3448 3449 Kitagawa, Hidenori (o.J.): Shōmi-gakuha no in no teigi teisuru Jinna no hihan. Kodaigaku 8, 176-189. Kitagawa, Hidenori (1961): Shū ryō ron kan karin hon zendan no kenkyū. Nagoya Daigaku Bungakubu Kenkyū SD S 28.5 173 Ronshū 27, 55-124. Kitagawa, Hidenori (1959): Ronki no jiinsetsu ni taisuru Jinna no hihan - shūryōron no shosetsu no shōkai SD S 28.5 174 [Dignāga's Kritik an der Hetvābhāsa-Theorie im Vādavidhi]. Tōhōgaku 19, 143-135. Kitagawa, Hidenori (1960): Dō hon ihon i taisuru Jinna no kenkei. Kawai Itsuji Sensei Ronjuhō shū Shiju kinen SD S 28.5 175 Ronbushū (nuzu), 1-18. SD S 28.5 176 Kitagawa, Hidenori (1961): Shūryō ron no kyūku insetsu. Shūkyō Kenkyū 35, 1-23. Hattori, Masaaki (1961): Dignāga no hannyakyō kaishaku [Dignāgas Erklärung der Prajñā-Sūtren]. Ōsaka Fūritsu SD S 28.5 177 Daigaku Kiyō 9, 119-136. Kitagawa, Hidenori (1957): Shōrigaku ha no sanshu hiryōsetsu ni taisuru Jinna no hihan [Dignāga's Criticism on the SD S 28.5 180 Nayāyika Theory of the Pūrvavat, the Śeṣavat and the Sāmānyatodr̥ṣṭa Inferences]. Bunka 21,61-74 (749-762). Kitagawa, Hidenori (1958): Shū (pratijñā pakṣa) ni taisuru Jinna no kenkei - Shūryōron no shotetsu no shōkai. SD S 28.5 181 Shūkyō Kenkyū 32, 100-80 (1-21). Iwata, Takashi (1982): Devendrabuddhi no chishikiron [Die Erkenntnistheorie von Devendrabuddhi]. Bukkyōgaku SD S 28.5 183 13, (1-36). Hishida, Kunio (1970): Tattvasaṃgraha no wayaku-keisetsu (1) [Tattvasaṃgraha translated into Japanese with SD S 28.5 184 Annotation (1)]. Nagoya Shōka Daigaku Ronshū [Bulletin of Faculty of Commerce - Nagoya Commercial University] 14, 227-256. Hishida, Kunio (1971): Tattvasaṃgraha no wayaku-keisetsu (2) [Tattvasaṃgraha translated into Japanese with SD S 28.5 184 Annotation (2)]. Nagoya Shōka Daigaku Ronshū [Bulletin of Faculty of Commerce - Nagoya Commercial University] 15, 215-234. Hishida, Kunio (1981): Tattvasaṃgraha no wayaku-keisetsu (7) [Tattvasaṃgraha translated into Japanese with SD S 28.5 184 Annotation (7)]. Tōkai Bukkyō [Journal of Tōkai Association of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 26, 104-89 (1-16). Hishida, Kunio (1974): Tattvasaṃgraha no wayaku-keisetsu (3) [Tattvasaṃgraha translated into Japanese with SD S 28.5 184c Annotation (3)]. Aichi Kyōiku Daigaku Kenkyū Hōkoku [Bulletin of Aichi University of Education] 23, 105-117. Hishida, Kunio (1975): Tattvasaṃgraha no wayaku-keisetsu (4) [Tattvasaṃgraha translated into Japanese with SD S 28.5 184d Annotation (4)]. Aichi Kyōiku Daigaku Kenkyū Hōkoku [Bulletin of Aichi University of Education] 23, 63-78. SD S 28.5 184e Hishida, Kunio (1977): Tattvasaṃgraha no wayaku-keisetsu (5) [Tattvasaṃgraha translated into Japanese with SD S 28.5 172 128 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3450 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 Annotation (5)]. Aichi Kyōiku Daigaku Kenkyū Hōkoku [Bulletin of Aichi University of Education] 26, 105-118. Hishida, Kunio (1981): Tattvasaṃgraha no wayaku-keisetsu (6) [Tattvasaṃgraha translated into Japanese with SD S 28.5 184f Annotation (6)]. Aichi Kyōiku Daigaku Kenkyū Hōkoku [Bulletin of Aichi University of Education] 30, 79-96. Hishida, Kunio (1982): Tattvasaṃgraha no wayaku-keisetsu (8) [Tattvasaṃgraha translated into Japanese with SD S 28.5 184h Annotation (8)]. Aichi Kyōiku Daigaku Kenkyū Hōkoku [Bulletin of Aichi University of Education] 31, 51-66. Hō, Atsushi (1978): Parīkṣāmukhasūtra ni okeru shōin no bunrui [On the classification of the hetu in the SD S 28.5 185 Parīkṣāmukhasūtra]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 26/2, 982-978 (102106). Kunst, Arnold (1957): The Concept of the Principle of Excluded Middle in Buddhism. Rocznik Orientalistycny 21, SD S 28.5 186 141-147. Ueda, Gibun (1953): Jijitsu to ronri - yuishikisetsu no rikai ni kanren shite [On the Relation between the Logic and SD S 28.5 188 the Reality in the Buddhist Thought]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 8-9, 30-38. Tani, Tadashi (1983): Prasaṅga-sādhana (kibyū ronshō) dōnyū ni yoru ronri-kei no kōzō henkan - Dharmottara to Prajñākaragupta no kaishaku ho [The Structural Transformation of the Logical System by Transferring of SD S 28.5 188 Prasaṅgasādhana - The different interpretations by Dharmottara and Prajñākaragupta]. Bukkyōgaku [Journal of Buddhist Studies] 15, (1-27). Katsura, Shoryu (1984): Dignāga on trairūpya. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku SD S 28.5 189 Kenkyū] 32, 9 pages (typescript). Katsura, Shoryu (1983): Chinese Translation of Buddhist texts on Logic. 31. Cishaan Section 3 (Sub-Section 8). SD S 28.5 190 Kyoto, 11 pages (typescript). Katsura, Shoryu (1985): On trairūpya formulae. Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions: Essays in Honour of SD S 28.5 190 Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Heirakuji Shoten, Kyoto, 161-172. Katsura, Shoryu (1983): Current trends in Indian and Buddhist Studies in Japan, Indian Buddhism (2): Dignāga and SD S 28.5 191 after, including Esoteric Buddhism. 31. Cishaan Section 3 (Sub-Section 10), Kyoto, 9 pages (typescript). SD S 28.5 192 Katsura, Shōryū (1983): Dharmakīrti no Ingaron. Nanto Bukkyō 50, 96-114. SD S 28.5 193 Inami, Masahiro (o.J.): The synopsis of PV. Pramāṇasiddhi by dGe 'dun grub. 4 pages (typescript). Tani Tadashi (1983): Prasaṅga(sādhana) kaishaku no monoki - Dharmottara ni yoru Sādhyaviparyaye SD S 28.5 194 bādhakapramāṇa he no henkan [An Interpretation of Prasaṅga(sādhana) - Its Transformation into sādhyaviparyaye 129 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3464 SD S 28.5 195 3465 SD S 28.5 196 3466 SD S 28.5 197 3467 SD S 28.5 199 3261 SD S 28.5 19a 3262 SD S 28.5 19b 3263 SD S 28.5 19c 3264 SD S 28.5 19d 3265 SD S 28.5 19e 3266 SD S 28.5 19f 3267 SD S 28.5 19g bādhakapramāṇa by Dharmottara]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 31/2, 941-938 (43-46). Tani, Tadashi (1982): Pramāṇaviniścaya 3 kaishhaku no mondai (1) [Probleme der Interpretation des Pramāṇaviniścaya 3. Kapitel. Übersetzung und Anmerkungen (vv1-3). Kōchi kōgyō hōtō semmon gakkō gakujutsu Kiyō [Forschungsberichte der Technischen College Kōchi] 18, 11-25. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1978): Jitāri and Śāntarakṣita. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [IBK Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 27/1, 495-492 (8-11). Van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. (1980): Notes on Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇavārttika. Young Buddhist, Kathmandu 6, 2934. Tanaka, Kenneth K. (o.J.): Simultaneous Relation (Sahabhū-hetu): a Study in Buddhist Theory of Causation. 31 pages (typescript). Tosaki, Hiromasa (1962): ,Pramāṇavārttika` Genryō-shō no Wayaku-Kenkyū [Japanische Übersetzung und Anmerkungen des Pramāṇavārttika pratyakṣa-pariccheda]. Kyūshū Daigaku Bungaku bu Tetsugaku Nenpō 24, 137172. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1964): ,Pramāṇavārttika` Genryō-shō no Wayaku-Kenkyū (2) [Japanische Übersetzung und Anmerkungen von Dharmakīrti's ,Pramāṇavārttika` pratyakṣa-pariccheda]. Kyūshū Daigaku Bungaku bu Tetsugaku Nenpō 25, 73-105. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1964): Hosshō ni okeru ,ryō no nishusei`no ronshō - ,Pramāṇavārttika` Genryō-shō no WayakuKenkyū (3) [Der Beweis der Zweifachheit des Erkenntnismittels bei Dharmakīrti - Japanische Übersetzung und Anmerkungen des Pramāṇavārttika pratyakṣa-pariccheda (3)]. Hikatahakushi koki kinen ronbunshū, 111-123. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1965): ,Pramāṇavārttika` Genryō-shō no Wayaku-Kenkyū (4) [Japanische Übersetzung und Anmerkungen des Pramāṇavārttika pratyakṣa-pariccheda (4)]. Mikkyō Bunka 71-72, 149-139. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1966): ,Pramāṇavārttika` Genryō-shō no Wayaku-Kenkyū (5) [Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇavārttika, the chapter of pratyakṣa - an annotated translation (5)]. Tsukushi jogakuen tankidaigaku kiyō [Journal of Chikushi Jogakuen Junior College] 1, 15-30. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1967): ,Pramāṇavārttika` Genryō-shō no Wayaku-Kenkyū (6) [Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇavārttika, the chapter of pratyakṣa - an annotated translation (6)]. Tsukushi jogakuen tankidaigaku kiyō [Journal of Chikushi Jogakuen Junior College] 2, 59-76. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1969): ,Pramāṇavārttika` Genryō-shō no Wayaku-Kenkyū (7) [Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇavārttika, the chapter of pratyakṣa - an annotated translation (7)]. Tsukushi jogakuen tankidaigaku kiyō [Journal of Chikushi 130 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3268 SD S 28.5 19h 3269 SD S 28.5 19i 3270 SD S 28.5 19j 3271 SD S 28.5 19k 3245 SD S 28.5 2 3272 SD S 28.5 20 3468 SD S 28.5 200 3469 SD S 28.5 201 3470 3471 3472 SD S 28.5 202 SD S 28.5 203 SD S 28.5 204 3473 SD S 28.5 205 Jogakuen Junior College] 4, 39-64. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1970): ,Pramāṇavārttika` Genryō-shō no Wayaku-Kenkyū (8) [Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇavārttika, the chapter of pratyakṣa - an annotated translation (8)]. Tsukushi jogakuen tankidaigaku kiyō [Journal of Chikushi Jogakuen Junior College] 5, 1-26. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1971): ,Pramāṇavārttika` Genryō-shō no Wayaku-Kenkyū (9) [Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇavārttika, the chapter of pratyakṣa - an annotated translation (9)]. Tsukushi jogakuen tankidaigaku kiyō [Journal of Chikushi Jogakuen Junior College] 6, 23-57. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1972): ,Pramāṇavārttika` Genryō-shō no Wayaku-Kenkyū (10) [Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇavārttika, the chapter of pratyakṣa - an annotated translation (10)]. Tsukushi jogakuen tankidaigaku kiyō [Journal of Chikushi Jogakuen Junior College] 7, 1-27. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1974): ,Pramāṇavārttika` Genryō-shō no Wayaku-Kenkyū (11) [Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇavārttika, the chapter of pratyakṣa - an annotated translation (11)]. Tsukushi jogakuen tankidaigaku kiyō [Journal of Chikushi Jogakuen Junior College] 9, 9-37. Vostrikov, Andrew (1935): The Nyāyavārttika of Uddyotakara and the Vādanyāya of Dharmakīrti. Indian Historical Quarterly 11/1, 1-31. Hattori, Masaaki (1965): Pratyakṣābhāsa. Dignāga's View and Dharmakīrti's Interpretation. Miscellanea Indologica Kiotiensia [Indogaku Shironshū] 6-7, 122-128. Kimura, Toshihiko (1983): Apoha ron ni okeru ninshiki to sonzai no mondai [Das Problem von Erkenntnis und Wirklichkeit in der Apoha-Lehre]. Nanto Bukkyō 50, 115-127. Takemura, Shōhō (1952): Bukkyō Ronrigaku no Seikaku; Jinna no Hiryōron no Tokuisei [Charakteristik der buddhistischen Logik; das anumānapramāna des Dignāga]. Ryūkokudaigaku Ronshū [Journal of Ryūkoku University] 345, 181-190. Mironov, N. D. (ed.) (1931): Nyāyapraveśa. 1. Sanskrit text. T'oung Pao 28, 1-24. Steinkellner, Ernst (1982): The spiritual place of the epistemological tradition in Buddhism. Nanto Bukkyō 49, 1-15. Hayes, Richard P. (1983): Jinendrabuddhi. JAOS 103/4, 709-717. Yamakami, Shōdō (1984): Nyāyabhūṣaṇa no kenkyū (1) - nishiki shudan to hinshiki chi o meguru gakuha to Bukkyāto no ronsō [Nyāyabhūṣaṇa-Studies - Die Auseinandersetzung des Nyāya und der Buddhisten bezüglich der Erkenntnismittel und Ergebnisse]. Kyōtō Sangyō Daigaku Ronshū [Acta Humanistica et Scientifica Universitatis Sangio Kyotiensis] 14/1, 134-167. 131 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3474 SD S 28.5 206 3475 SD S 28.5 207 3476 SD S 28.5 208 3477 SD S 28.5 209 3273 SD S 28.5 21 3478 SD S 28.5 210 3479 SD S 28.5 211 3480 SD S 28.5 212 3481 SD S 28.5 213 3482 SD S 28.5 214 3483 SD S 28.5 215 3484 SD S 28.5 216 3485 SD S 28.5 217 3486 SD S 28.5 218 Korcik, Antoni (1966): Logika w Starozytnych Indiach. Pastori et Magistro, Lublin, 351-359. Biardeau, M. (1970): Comptes rendus: Tilmann Vetter, (1) Erkenntnisprobleme bei Dharmakīrti. Oesterreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, philosophisch-historische Klasse. Veröffentlichungen der Kommission für Sprache und Kulturen Süd- und Ostasiens 1. Wien, 1964. (2) Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇaviniścayaḥ 1. Kapitel: Pratyakṣam, Einleitung, Text der tibetischen Uebersetzung, Sanskritfragmente, deutsche Uebersetzung, ibid. 3. Wien, 1966. Journal Asiatique 257, 193-194. Wayman, Alex (1980-1981): Notes on metaphoric transfer. The Adyar Library Bulletin 44-45, 275-285. Bhattacharya, Kamaleswar (1983): Ratnākaraśānti and Ratnakīrti. Surabhi, Sreekrishna Sarma Felicitation Volume. Prof. E.R. Sreekrishna Sarma Felicitation Commitee. Tirupati, 131-140. Chemparathy, George (1970): Praśastapāda and his other names. Indo-Iranian Journal 12/4, 241-254. Yamasaki, Tsugihiko (1965): Kumārila no apoha-setsu hihan (2) - Ślokavārttika ,apoha-setsu` no shō[Kumārila's Criticism of Apohavāda in the Ślokavārttika (2)]. Mie Kenritsu Daigaku Kenkyū Nenpō 1 Jinbun-Shakai Kagaku 5 [Annual Report of the Prefectural University of Mie, Sect. 1 Cultural Science 5/1], 9-26. Hattori, Masaaki (1960): "Tattvasaṃgraha" no chokusetsu-chikaku-ron [Die Wahrnehmungslehre des Tattvasaṃgraha]. Nihon Bukkyō Gakkai Nenpō 25, 111-128. Hattori, Masaaki (1961): Dignāga's Criticism of the Mīmāṃsaka Theory of Perception. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 9/2, 724-711 (40-53). De Jong, J. W. (1962): Review: Jñānaśrīmitranibandhāvali (Buddhist Philosophical Works of Jñānaśrīmitra), ed. by Anantalal Thakur (= Tibetan Sanskrit Works Series, V). Patna, 1959. IIJ 6/1, 75-76. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1960): Ratnakīrti no henjūron [Die vyāpti-Theorie des Ratnakīrti]. In: Nakano yōju koki hinen ronbunshū [Studies in Indology and Buddhology. Presented in Honour of Professor Gishō Nakano on the Occasion of his Seventieth Birthday]. Kyoto: Koyasan-University, 105-126. Kajiyama, Yuichi (1960): A Japanese Translation of Ratnākaraśānti's Antarvyāptisamarthana with Introduction and Annotation. Bukkyō Shigaku [Journal of the History of Buddhism] 8/4, 219-238. Katsura, Shoryu (1984): Dharmakīrti's theory of truth. JIP 12/3, 215-235. Tani, Tadashi (1983): Fragen zur Interpretation der Prasaṅgasādhana - Die strukturelle Transformation des logischen Systems in der Prasaṅgasādhana. Forschungsberichte des Technischen College Kochi 19, 15-30. Matsumoto, Shiro (1981): Svabhāvapratibandha. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [IBK Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 30/1, 498-494 (10-14). 132 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3487 SD S 28.5 219 3274 SD S 28.5 22 3488 SD S 28.5 220 3489 SD S 28.5 221 3490 SD S 28.5 222 3491 SD S 28.5 223 3492 SD S 28.5 224 3493 SD S 28.5 225 3494 SD S 28.5 226 3495 SD S 28.5 227 3496 SD S 28.5 228 3497 SD S 28.5 229 3275 SD S 28.5 23 Akamatsu, Akihiko (1980): Dharmakīrti no apoha-ron [The Theory of the Apoha of Dharmakīrti]. Tetsugaku Kenkyū [Journal of Philosophical Studies] 46/10, 963-991. Kajiyama, Yuichi (1965): Controversy between the sākāra- and nirākāra-vādins of the yogācāra school - some materials. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 14/1, 429-418. Akamatsu, Akihiko (1982): Nyāya gakuha no Apoha-ron hinen [Naiyāyika's Criticism of apohavāda]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 30/2, 936-931 (106-111). Akamatsu, Akihiko (1979): Dharmakīrti igo Apoha-ron no tenkai - Dharmottara no baai [Developments in the Apoha theory after Dharmakīrti - In the case of Dharmottara]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 28/1, 466-464 (43-45). Akamatsu, Akihiko (1981): Dharmakīrti no shiri ron - Apoha-ron to no kanren kara [The Inferential theory of Dharmakīrti - In connection with the Apoha theory]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/2, 908-905 (70-73). Akamatsu, Akihiko (1978): Sāmānādhikaraṇya no ten kara mita apoha-ron [The apoha theory as seen from the point of view of Sāmānādhikaraṇya]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 27/1, 180181. Katsura, Shoryu (1983): Dignāga on trairūpya. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [IBK Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 32/1, 544-538 (15-21). Katsura, Shōryū (1983): Dharmakīrti "Ta-sōzoku no sonzai sonshō" - wayaku to synopsis [Nachweis der Existenz des anderen Kontinuums]. Hiroshima Daigaku Bungakubu Kiyō 43, 102-120. Yaita, Hideomi (1984): Hōshō no ,hi ninshiki` [Dharmakīrti's anupalabdhi]. In: Makyō Ryōkai-hakushi shōju hinen Ronshū "Chugaku no shūkyō - shinō to kagaku". Tōkyō, 35-45, 605. Yaita, Hideomi (1983): Dharmottara no ichi hōsatsu - Dharmakīrti no genryō-teiginikanshite [Eine Untersuchung von Dharmottara - Mit Bezug auf die Wahrnehmungsdefintion von Dharmakīrti]. Sankō Bunka Kenkyūsho Nenpō 15, 1-14. Katsura, Shōryū (1984): Dignāga no Ninshikiron to ronrigaku [Vijñānavāda und Logik]. Kōza Daijō Bukkyō 9, 105152. Amano, Hirofusa (1967): Ingaron ni tsuite - Haribhadra no Dharmakīrti hihan [Critique of Dharmakīrti's Theory by Haribhadra]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 15/2, 891-883 (104-112). Schmithausen, Lambert (1963): Vorstellungsfreie und vorstellende Wahrnehmung bei Śālikanātha. Wiener 133 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3498 SD S 28.5 230 3499 SD S 28.5 231 3500 SD S 28.5 232 3501 SD S 28.5 233 3502 SD S 28.5 234 3503 SD S 28.5 235 3504 SD S 28.5 236 3505 SD S 28.5 237 3506 SD S 28.5 238 3507 SD S 28.5 239 3276 SD S 28.5 24 3508 SD S 28.5 240 3509 SD S 28.5 241 3510 SD S 28.5 242 Zeitschrift für die Kunde Süd- und Ostasiens 7, 104-115. Hattori, Masaaki (1980): Nyāyavārttika II.2.66 ni okeru apoha-ron hihan [Die Kritik der apoha-Theorie in Nyāyavārttika II.2.66]. Mikkyōgaku (Journal of Esoteric Buddhism) 16-17, 15-30. Hattori, Masaaki (1977): Apoha-ron to kyō ryōbu no gakusetsu. Tripiṭaka 140, 1-9. Hattori, Masaaki (1960): Dignāga's criticism of the Sāṃkhya theory of perception. Bulletin of the University of Osaka Prefecture [Ōsaka-fu Daigaku Kiyō] Series C, 8, 1-32. Hattori, Masaaki (1959): Dignāga no chishiki-ron [Dignāga's Erkenntnistheorie]. Tetsugaku Kenkyū 462/463, 278313, 372-399. Hattori, Masaaki (1953): Bukkyō-ronrigakuha no genryōstsu ni kansuru ichikōsatsu. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 2/1, 123-124. Hattori, Masaaki (1959): Dignāga's theory of direct knowledge - An Annotated Translation of Pramāṇasamuccaya, Chapter 1. Bulletin of the University of Osaka Prefecture [Ōsaka-fu Daigaku Kiyō] Series C, vol. 7, 1-20. Hattori, Masaaki (1961): Dignāga oyobi sono shūhen no nendai - Fu ,sanji no kōsatsu` wayaku [Dignāga, sein Milieu und seine Zeit - Appendix ,Trikālaparīkṣā` jap. Übersetzung]. In: Tsukamoto Zenryū shōju kinen kai hankō. Tsukamoto Zenryū Bukkyō Shigaku Ronshū [Festschrift für Tsukamoto Zenryū]. Kyōto, 79-96 (1-18). Hattori, Masaaki (1960): "Ronki" no Chikaku ni taisuru Dignāga no hihan [Dignāga's Criticism on the Vādavidhidefinition of perception]. Shūkyō Kenkyū [Journal of Religious Studies] 34 (2)/165, 43-61. Hattori, Masaaki (1979): Uddyotakara ni hihan sareru apoha-ron [Die Kritik an der apoha-Theorie von Uddyotakara]. Hō shinjō-Tanaka Junshō vyō kyōju shōtoku kinen, Bukkyōgaku ronbunshū. Tōkyō: Tōhō Shuppan Kekkō, 117-131. Hattori, Masaaki (1963): Shinri kōyō ni okeru ga ron hihan - Mīmāṃsā Sāṃkhya no sōtei suru ga no kōsatsu [Kritik der Ātman-Lehre im Tattvasaṃgraha - Betrachtungen über den Ātman, wie er in der Mīmāṃsā und im Sāṃkhya angenommen wird]. In: Jiga to Muga. Ed. Nakamura Hajime. Kyōto: Hegakuji (?), 518-546. Nakamura, Hajime (1956): Inmyō ni oyoboshita kūgan no eikyō [Die Einflüsse der Śūnyatā-Philosophie auf die buddhistische Logik]. In: Miyamoto (ed.), Bukkyō no kompon shinri. Tōkyō, 299-366. HIrosawa, Ryūji (1976): Jinna no ninshikiron - hikaku shisō no shiten kara [Epistemology of Dignāga]. Chisan Gakuhō [Journal of Chisan Studies] 39, 101-111. Honda, Megumu (1975): "Tattvasaṃgraha" no Sāṃkhya-setsu. In: Hirakawa Akira Hakushi Kanreki Kinen Ronshū. Bukkyō ni okeru Hō no Kenkyū. Tōkyō, 601-621. Hishida, Kunio (1964): Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru i viśeṣa kugi hihan [On the Theory of Viśeṣa-padārtha in the 134 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3511 SD S 28.5 243 3512 SD S 28.5 244 3514 SD S 28.5 245 3513 SD S 28.5 246 3515 SD S 28.5 247 3516 SD S 28.5 248 3517 SD S 28.5 249 3277 SD S 28.5 25 3518 SD S 28.5 250 3519 SD S 28.5 251 3520 SD S 28.5 252 3521 SD S 28.5 253 3522 SD S 28.5 254 Tattvasaṃgraha (Śāntarakṣita's criticism on viśeṣa in the TS)]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 12/1, 390-387 (81-84). Hishida, Kunio (1966): Tattvasaṃgraha no samavāya hihan ni tsuite [On the Tattvasaṃgraha's Criticism of Samavāya-padārtha]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 15/1, 371-373. Hishida, Kunio (1975): Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru saṃskāra hihan ni tsuite [Śāntarakṣita's Criticism on saṃskāra in the Tattvasaṃgraha]. Journal of the Nippon Buddhist Research Association 40, 278-280. Hishida, Kunio (1973): Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru gō hihan [Śāntarakṣita's criticism of saṃyoga in the Tattvasaṃgraha]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 22/1, 435-432 (98-101). Ishitobi, Michiko (1981): Dignāga no hetvābhāsa nikansuru ichikōsatsu [A Study on Dignāga's Theory of hetvābhāsa]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 30/1, 317-320. Ishitobi. Michiko (1981): Indo Ronrigaku ni okeru hetvābhāsa [The Theory of hetvābhāsa in Indian Logic]. Bukkyōgaku [Journal of Buddhist Studies] 12, 63-84. Iwata, Takashi (1981): Śākyamati no chishikiron [Die Erkenntnistheorie von Śākyamati]. Philosophia 69, 143-164. Ishitobi, Michiko (1980): Uddyotakara no hetvābhāsa [Uddyatakara's theory of hetvābhāsa]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 28/2, 915-912 (73-76). Frauwallner, Erich (1930, 1932, 1933, 1935): Beiträge zur Apohalehre 1. Dharmakīrti. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes 37 (1930), 259-283; WZKM 39 (1932), 247-285; WZKM 40 (1933), 51-94; WZKM 42 (1935), 93-102. Ihara, Shōren (1953): Jinna no gengokan [Dignāga's Theory of Speech]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 1/2, 414-415. Ihara, Shōren (1954): Pramāṇavārttika ni okeru anupalabdhi ni tsuite [The Anupalabdhi in Pramāṇavārttika]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 3/1, 90-93. Kitagawa, Hidenori (1958): Shū (pratijñā, pakṣa) ni taisuru Jinna no kenkai - Shūryōron no shosetsu no shōkai [Dignāga's Theory of Pakṣa (or Pratijñā) according to the Statement of the Pramāṇasamuccaya]. Shūkyō Kenkyū [Journal of Religious Studies] vol. 32 (2) no. 157, 100-80. Kitagawa, Hidenori (1961): Shūryōron no Kukurusetsu [Dignāga's Theory of the nine groups of Hetu according to the Statement of the Pramāṇasamuccaya]. Shūkyō Kenkyū [Journal of Religious Studies] vol. 35 (2) no. 169, 97-75. Kimura, Toshihiko (1971): Ryōhyōshaku Pramāṇasiddhi shō no shūkyōron to gedatsuron [The Practical and Religious System in the Pramāṇavārttikam of Dharmakīrti]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and 135 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3523 SD S 28.5 255 3524 SD S 28.5 256 3525 SD S 28.5 257 3526 SD S 28.5 258 3527 SD S 28.5 259 3278 SD S 28.5 26 3528 SD S 28.5 260 3529 SD S 28.5 261 3530 SD S 28.5 262 3531 SD S 28.5 263 3532 SD S 28.5 264 3533 3534 3535 SD S 28.5 265 SD S 28.5 266 SD S 28.5 267 3536 SD S 28.5 268 3537 SD S 28.5 269 Buddhist Studies] 20/1, 313-320. Kawasaki, Shinjō (1963): Tattvasaṃgraha ni inyō sareta Sarvajña hihansetsu [Criticism of the Buddhist Idea of Sarvajña as Found in the Tattvasaṃgraha]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 11/2, 548-549. Miyasaka, Yūshō (1963): Kiji shutsudo Indo Ronrigaku shiryō no dankan [On the Text of Indian Logic Excavated in Koutcha]. Shūkyō Kenkyū [Journal of Religious Studies] vol. 36-3 no. 174, 115-117. Koma, Gyōshin (1977): Pramāṇaviniścaya genryō shō wayaku. Chizan Gakuhō 26, 39-59. Kitagawa, Hidenori (1954): Bukkyō ni okeru tagasonzai no ichi shōmei - Saṃtānāntarasiddhi no shokai [The proof of saṃtānāntara in Buddhism]. Bunka 18/3, 52-65. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1978): Jitāri to Durvekamiśra. Bukkyō Ronsō [Review of Buddhism] 22, 141-146. Sharma, Dhirendra (1968): Buddhist Theory of Meaning (Apoha) and Negative Statements. Philosophy East and West 18/1-2, 3-10. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1981): Jitāri to Sāntideva to Prabhākarakīrti. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/2, 898-894 (80-84). Shirasaki, Kenjō (1974): Jitāri no Anekāntavāda hihan. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 22/1, 1003-999 (125-129). Shirasaki, Kenjō (1976): Jitāri to Mokṣākaragupta. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 25/1, 422-419 (103-106). Shirasaki, Kenjō (1979): Jitāri to Nāgārjuna. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 28/1, 154-151. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1977): Jitāri to Mokṣākaragupta to Vidyākaraśānti. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 26/1, 419-413 (93-99). Nagatomi, Masatoshi (1967-1968): Arthakriyā. The Adyar Library Bulletin 31-32, 52-72. Roerich, G. N. (o.J.): Paralokasiddhi. Indian Culture 15, 223-228. Factor, R. Lance (1983): What is the "logic" in Buddhist logic ? Philosophy East and West 33/2, 183-188. Mikogami, Eshō (1982): Śubhagupta no shūki (vāsanā) ronri hihan [Śubhagupta's Kritik der vāsanā]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 38, 28-51. Daye, Douglas Dunsmore (1979): Empirical Falsifiability and the Frequence of Darśana Relevance in the Sixth Century Buddhist Logic of Śāṅkarasvāmin. Logique et Analyse, Nouvelle Série, 22e Année, 223-237. 136 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3279 SD S 28.5 27 3538 SD S 28.5 270 3540 SD S 28.5 271a 3539 SD S 28.5 271b 3541 SD S 28.5 272 3542 SD S 28.5 273 3543 SD S 28.5 274 3544 SD S 28.5 275 3545 SD S 28.5 276 3546 SD S 28.5 277 3547 SD S 28.5 278 3548 SD S 28.5 279 3280 SD S 28.5 28 3549 3550 3551 3552 SD S 28.5 280a SD S 28.5 280b SD S 28.5 280c SD S 28.5 281 Sharma, Dhirendra (1964): The paradox of the negative judgement and Indian Logic. Vishveshvaranand Indological Journal 2/1, 1-8 (typescript). Yaita, Hideomi (1984): Dharmottara no Pramāṇaviniścayaṭīkā no ichi shiryō - Sanskrit dampen to shiyaku [Materials of Dharmottara's Pramāṇaviniścaya - Sanskrit fragments and translation]. Mikkyōgaku Kenkyū 16, 17-37. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1966): Sonzai to chishiki - Bukkyōtestugaku shoha no ronsō (1) [Existence and knowledge Contraversies between Buddhist Philosophical Schools]. Tetsugaku Kenkyū 500, 679-708. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1967): Sonzai to chishiki - Bukkyōtestugaku shoha no ronsō (2) [Existence and knowledge Contraversies between Buddhist Philosophical Schools]. Tetsugaku Kenkyū 505, 1143-1170. Iwata, Takashi (1984): Dōji ninshiki ni tsuite [Über gleichzeitige Erkenntnis]. Tōyō no Shisō to Shūkyō 1, 1-25. Iwata, Takashi (1985): Hōshō no "Saṃvedana ni yoru yūgyōsōsetsu reonshō" to sono tenkai [Dharmakīrti's Beweis des sākāravāda beim saṃvedana und seine Entwicklung]. In: Hirakawa Akira hakushi Koki kinen Ronshū. "Bukkyō shisō no shomondai", 551-570. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1985): Ratnākaraśānti's Antarvyāptisamarthama. Einführung zum Seminar gehalten im Sommersemester 1985, 21 Seiten. Kobayashi, Nobuhiko (1965): Tattvasaṃgraha ni hihan sareru Bhāmana no imiron [Bhāmahas Lehre von śabdārtha, wie sie im Tattvasaṃgraha kritisiert wird].Indogaku Shironshū 6-7, 86-92. Daye, Douglas Dunsmore (1977): Metalogical Incompatibilities in the Formal Description of Buddhist Logic (Nyāya). Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic 18, 221-231. Daye, Douglas Dunsmore (1979): Metalogical Cliches (Proto-Variables) and their Restricted Substitution in Sixth Century Buddhist Logic. Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic 20/3, 549-558. Bugault, Guy (1983): Logic and dialectics in the Madhyamakakārikās. Journal of Indian Philosophy 11, 7-76. Kobayashi, Nobuhiko (1977): Bhāmaha ni inyō sareru Dignāga to Vasubandhu [Dignāga and Vasubandhu as quoted by Bhāmaha]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 25/72, 898-893. Frauwallner, Erich (1961): Landmarks in the History of Indian Logic. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Süd- und Ostasiens 5, 125-148. Matsumoto, Shirō (1980): Bukkyō ronri gakuha no nitaisetsu (1). Nanto Bukkyō 45, 101-118. Matsumoto, Shirō (1981): Bukkyō ronri gakuha no nitaisetsu (2). Nanto Bukkyō 46, 38-54. Matsumoto, Shirō (1981): Bukkyō ronri gakuha no nitaisetsu (3). Nanto Bukkyō 47, 43-62. Mikogami, Eshō (1980): Tokushusha no dōtei o megutte - saininchi pratyabhijñā no kentō [On the identification of 137 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3553 SD S 28.5 282 3554 SD S 28.5 283 3555 SD S 28.5 284 3556 SD S 28.5 285 3557 SD S 28.5 287 3558 SD S 28.5 288 3559 SD S 28.5 289 3281 SD S 28.5 29 3560 SD S 28.5 290 3561 SD S 28.5 291 3562 SD S 28.5 292 3563 SD S 28.5 293 3564 SD S 28.5 294 viśeṣa - re-examination of recognition, pratyabhijñā]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 36, 24-48. Mikogami, Eshō (1974): Prajñākaragupta no bhāvanā setsu hihan [Kritik der bhāvanā-Theorie von Prajñākaragupta]. Ryūkoku Daigaku Ronshū 403, 120-144. Mikogami, Eshō (1971): Prajñākaragupta no niyogasetsu hihan [Kritik an Prajñākaraguptas niyoga-Theorie]. Ryūkoku Daigaku Ronshū 396, 42-62. Mimaki, Katsumi (1973):´Vināśitvānumāna to Sthirasiddhidūṣaṇa. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 21/2, 968-964. Mimaki, Katsumi (1972): Kōjōsei hihan Sthirasiddhidūṣaṇa - Ratnakīrti: Sthirasiddhidūṣaṇa to TS(P): Sthirabhāvaparīkṣā no hikaku [Kritik des Nachweises der Dauer, Sthirasiddhidūṣaṇa . Im Vergleich Ratnakīrti's Sthirasiddhidūṣaṇa und TS(P): Sthirabhāvaparīkṣā]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 20/2, 904-898. Makita, Tōru (1953): "Shōriichiteki" ni okeru Hōshō Hōjō no ronrigaku no tokuchō [Charakteristische Methode der Logik Dharmakīrti's und Dharmottara's im Nyāyabindu]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 1/2, 424-425. Miyasaka, Yūshō (1956): "Shūryōron chūso" ni tsutaeru Vaiśeṣika gakuha no genryōron [Pratyakṣa-Lehre der Vaiśeṣika, wie im Kommentar zum Pramāṇasamuccaya überliefert]. Mikkyō Bunka 34, 53-44. Mizuta, Ejun (1971): Dharmakīrti no "Bhagavat pramaṇa" no riron [Dharmakīrti's theory on ,Bhagavat pramaṇa`]. Dhammadīpa 2/1, 5-12. Schayer, Stanislaw (1932): Kamalaśīlas Kritik des Pudgalavāda. Rocznik Orientalistyczny 8, 1-26. Mikogami, Eshō (1978): Mono ni sonawaru fuhenteki kihō (Sāmānyā śakti) to kushuteki kihō (Pratiniyatā śakti) [Sāmānyā śakti and Pratiniyatā śakti existing in things]. Bukkyō Bunka Kenkyūsho Kiyō 17, 1-15. Miyasaka Y. (1955): Hetu-tattva-upadeśa-koki Bukkyō ronrigaku no ichi shohon [The translation into Japanese and notes of Hetu-tattva-upadeśa, a work of late Buddhist Logic]. Mikkyō Bunka 29-30, 83-67. Kimura, Toshihiko (1975): Yoga-sha ni okeru chokkan to kaigo [Insight and enlightenment in Yogis]. Zen-Bunka Kenkyūshō Kiyō 9, 135-150. Kimura, Toshihiko (1978): Sarvajñasiddhiparīkṣā [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 27/1, 447-443. Kitagawa, Hidenori (1959): Ronki ni jiinsetsu ni taisuru Jinna no hihan - shūryōron no shosetsu no shōkai [Dignāga's Kritik an der Hetvābhāsa-Theorie im Vādavidhi]. Tōhōgaku 19, 143-135. 138 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3246 3282 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 Kanakura, Enshō (1935): Hōshō ni okeru ketsugō no kansatsu [Investigation of saṃbandha in Dharmakīrti]. Shūkyō Kenkyū 12/3, 388-408. Kimura, Toshihiko (1976): U no mujō-sei - Ronri-gakuha ni okeru genshi Bukkyō tese no tenkai [Noneternal SD S 28.5 296 character of Being - The development of the early Buddhist theses in Buddhist logical School]. Bukkyō Kenkyō 5, 26-40. Kuwatsuki, Shin (1979): Uddyotakara no setsuna-metsu-ronshō hihan [Uddyotakara's Criticism against the Buddhist SD S 28.5 297 Theory of Momentariness]. Ryūkoku Daigaku Daigaku-in Kiyō 1, 1-15. Kamidate, Yoshirō (1958): Vedānta-bunken ni arawareta artha-kriyā-kāritva no gainen [Das arthakriyā-kāritvaSD S 28.5 298 Konzept, wie es sich in der Vedānta-Literatur findet]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 6/2, 405-406. SD S 28.5 299 Kanakura, Eshō (1932): Hōshō no danpen [Fragments of Dharmakīrti]. Tetsugaku Tasshi 547, 60-117 (860-917). Steinkellner, Ernst (1968)-1969): Die Entwicklung des kṣaṇikatvānumānam bei Dharmakīrti. Wiener Zeitschrift für SD S 28.5 3 die Kunde Süd- und Ostasiens. 12-13, 361-377. Hattori, Masaaki (1958): Fragments of Pramāṇasamuccaya. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku SD S 28.5 30 Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 7/1, 330-325 (66-71). Yamaguchi, Eshō (1952): Goshisahō kara sanshisahō e - Inmyō no ronrisei ni tsuite (1) [From pañcāvayava to SD S 28.5 300a tryavayava - On the logical character of hetuvidyā]. Ritsumeikan Bungaku 89, 32-42. Yamaguchi, Eshō (1952): Inmyō ronshiki-seiritsu no jōken - Inmyō no ronrisei ni tsuite (2) [Background of SD S 28.5 300b establishment of syllogistic in Indian Buddhist Logic - On the logical character of hetuvidyā]. Ritsumeikan Bungaku 90-91, 27-43. Yamaguchi, Eshō (1953): Sanshi sahō tai sandan ronpō - Inmyō no ronrisei ni tsuite (3) [The tryavayava and SD S 28.5 300c (Aristotelian) syllogism - On the logical character of hetuvidyā]. Ritsumeikan Bungaku 93, 39-55. Takemura, Shōhō (1967): Stcherbatsky Bukkyōronrigaku [Logic by Th. Stcherbatsky]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 24, 66SD S 28.5 301 81. Sueki, Takehiro (1979): Inmyō ni okeru gobyūron [The logic of fallacy in hetuvidyā]. In: Tamaki Kōshirō (ed.), SD S 28.5 302 Bukkyō no Hikaku Shisōron teki Kenkyū, 427-479. Sugihara, Takeo (1975): Dignāga and Aristotle. Fukui Daigaku Kyōikugakubu Kiyō 1, Jinbun Kagaku TetsugakuSD S 28.5 303 hen 25, 1-8. SD S 28.5 304 Sueki, Takehiro (1957): Inmyō kukuin no kigōronrigakuteki kaimei [Erläuterung der indischen Logik vom SD S 28.5 295 139 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3283 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 Standpunkt der symbolischen Logik aus]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 5/1, 160-161. Namai, Mamoru (1985): TS 1468-1470. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] SD S 28.5 305 33/2, 749-746 (2 pages typescript). Suganuma, Akira (1964): Jakugo no shikiron - Tattvasaṃgraha, Bahirarthaparīkṣā [Śāntarakṣita's Vijñānavāda in the SD S 28.5 306 Bahirarthaparīkṣā of the Tattvasaṃgraha]. Tōyō Daigaku Kiyō 18, 23-40. Suganuma, Akira (1963): On Self-cognition (svasaṃvedana) in the Tattvasaṃgraha. Journal of Indian and Buddhist SD S 28.5 307 Studies [IBK Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 11/2, 809-804 (68-73). Suganuma, Akira (1960): Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru sanze-jitsu-u hihan ni tsuite [The Doctrine of Traikālya in the SD S 28.5 308 Tattvasaṃgraha]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 8/2, 564-565. Suganuma, Akira (1964): Śāntarakṣita's Criticism on the Paramāṇuvāda in the Tattvasaṃgraha. Journal of Indian and SD S 28.5 309 Buddhist Studies [IBK Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 12/2, 834-830 (26-30). Schayer, St. (1935): Das mahāyānistische Absolutum nach der Lehre der Mādhyamikas. Orientalistische SD S 28.5 31 Literaturzeitung 7, Spalten 401-414. Yashumoto, Tōru (1961): Gobunsahō no ichihōsatsu - Śāntarakṣita no hanron o megutte [Śāntarakṣita's refutation SD S 28.5 310 against the Nyāyavādins]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 9/1, 82-88. Kanaoke, Shūyū (1961): Ga to kaku to meguru ronjō - Tattvasaṃgraha, Mīmāṃsāparikalpātmanirākaraṇa [Dispute SD S 28.5 311 with regard to self and reason-Tattvasaṃgraha, Mīmāṃsāparikalpātmanirākaraṇa]. Shūkyō Kenkyū [Journal of Religious Studies] vol. 35-2 no.169, 60-74 (180-194). Suganuma, Akira (1964): Jakugo no sansei jitsu-u hihan ron - Tattvasaṃgraha, Traikālyaparīkṣā [A Study of the SD S 28.5 312 Traikālyaparīkṣā of the Tattvasaṃgraha]. Tōyō daigaku Daigaku-in Kiyō 1, 75-105. Kakei, Mukan (1970): Jñānaśrīmitra no "Sākārasiddhiśāstra" dairokushō - shiyaku to chūki (1) [Das sechste Kapitel SD S 28.5 313 des Sākārasiddhiśāstra von Jñānaśrīmitra - japanische Übersetzung und Kommentare (1)]. Hokkaido Komazawa Daigaku Kenkyū Kiyō 5, 1-20. Ōmae Futoshi (1983): Dharmakīrti no henjūron - Ingasei to henjū [Dharmakīrti's theory of concomitance - Causality SD S 28.5 314 and concomitance]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 31/2, 635-636. Namai, Mamoru (1979): Kyamu to Ronri - Bārhaspatya no ronri taki tachiba [Nichts und Logik - Der logische SD S 28.5 315a Standpunkt des Bāraspatya]. In: Ito Shijō, Tanaka Junshō Ryōkyōju Shōtoku-kinen Bukkyōgaku Ronhonshū [Gedächtnisschriften der Lobpreisung von Prof. Ito Shinjō und Prof. Tanaka Junshō], 89-116. 140 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3284 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 Namai, Mamoru (1983): Kyamu to Ronri zoku - Kōki Bukkyōto no Ronritakitachiba (1) [Nichts und Logik (Fortsetzung) - Der logische Standpunkt der späteren Buddhisten]. Mikkyō Bunka 143, 84-69. Yamasaki, Tsugihiko (1960): "Ryūjaku gūko" to sono genkai [A Logical Norm and its Limits]. Indogaku SD S 28.5 316 Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 8/2, 593-597. SD S 28.5 317 Ogawa Hideyo (1981): Jñānaśrīmitra no gainenron [Concept-Theory of Jñānaśrīmitra]. Tetsugaku Kenkyū 33, 67-80. Oki, Kazufumi, Dharmakīrti no "citrādvaita" riron [Dharmakīrti's citrādvaita Theory]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku SD S 28.5 318 Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 21/2, 975-969. Miyasaka, Yūshō (1963): Kiji shutsudo Indoronrigaku shiryō no dankan [Die in Kucha gefundenen Fragmente SD S 28.5 319 indischer logischer Schriften]. Shūkyō Kenkyū [Journal of Religious Studies] vol. 36-3 no. 174, 115-116. SD S 28.5 32 Herzberger, Hans G. (1975): Double Negation in Buddhist Logic. Journal of Indian Philosophy 3/1-2, 3-16. Shih Yüang-ming (1955): Inmyō no ketten oyobi sono eikyō [The Defects of Buddhist Logic (hetuvidyā) and Its SD S 28.5 320 Effects]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 3/2, 522-523. Miyasaka, Yūshō (1958): Vasubandhu oyobi dignāga no danpen [Fragments from Vasubandhu and Diṅnāga]. SD S 28.5 321 Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 6/1, 23-33. Mimaki, Katsumi (1985): Indotibetto ronrigaku ni okeru "Shoshōsōji" (sādhyasama) no mondai. Tetsugaku Kenkyū SD S 28.5 322 550, 1567-1593. Kanakura, Enshō (1976): Jinna kenkyū no ichi soku men. Suzuki Gakujisu zaidan - Kenkyū Nenpō 10, 1973. Indo SD S 28.5 323 Tetsugaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 3. Indotetsugakukuhen 2, 429-444. Hishida, Kunio (1971): Kobetsu (pr̥thaktva) hihan ni tsuite. Tōkai Bukkyō [Journal of Tokai Association of Indian SD S 28.5 324 and Buddhist Studies] 16, 87-99. Ota, Shinkai (1981): Dharmakīrti's Criticism of Sāṃkhya Theory of Universal. A Translation of Pramāṇavārttika 1 SD S 28.5 325 and Svavr̥tti-Verses 163-180. Bulletin of Saga Ryūkoku Junior College [Saga Ryūkoku Tanki Daigaku Kiyō] 27, 121. Ota, Shinkai (1979): A Translation of Pramāṇavārttika 1 and Svavr̥tti (1). Bulletin of Saga Ryūkoku Junior College SD S 28.5 326a [Saga Ryūkoku Tanki Daigaku Kiyō] 25, 71-90. Ota, Shinkai (1980): A Translation of Pramāṇavārttika 1 and Svavr̥tti (2). Bulletin of Saga Ryūkoku Junior College SD S 28.5 326b [Saga Ryūkoku Tanki Daigaku Kiyō] 26, 1-19. Tripathi, Chhote Lal (1972): The Role of "Yogic Perception" in the Buddhist Thought. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha SD S 28.5 327 Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 28/1-2, 701-708. SD S 28.5 315b 141 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3602 SD S 28.5 328 3603 SD S 28.5 329 3285 SD S 28.5 33 3604 SD S 28.5 330 3605 SD S 28.5 331 3606 SD S 28.5 332 3607 SD S 28.5 333 3608 SD S 28.5 334 3609 SD S 28.5 335 3610 SD S 28.5 336 3611 SD S 28.5 337 3612 SD S 28.5 338 3613 SD S 28.5 339 Matilal, Bimal Krishna (1968): Diṅnāga's remark on the concept of anumeya. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 24/1-4, 151-159. Miyasaka, Yūshō (1955): Ryōhyōshaku ni okeru Hōshō no genryōron no ichikōsatsu [Pratyakṣa Theory in the Pramāṇavārttika (Chapter 3) by Dharmakīrti]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 3/2, 682-684. Katsura, Shoryu (1975): New Sanskrit fragments of the Pramanasamuccaya. Journal of Indian Philosophy 3/1-2, 6778. Miyasaka, Yūshō (1959): Ryōhyōshaku ni okeru Pramāṇasiddhi ni tsuite [Über die Pramāṇasiddhi im Pramāṇavārttika]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 7/2, 526-530. Nagasaki, Hōjun (1969): Pramāṇavārttika ijihiryōshō no juni [Die Anordnung des Kapitels über die Schlussfolgerung für sich selbst des Pramāṇavārttika]. Bukkyōgaku Seminā 10, 18-30. Ōnchi, Akinobu (1967): Dharmottarapradīpa ni yoru Nyāyabindu kaishaku jō no ni-san no mondaiten [Some Remarks on the Nyāyabindu and the Dharmottarapradīpa]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 16/1, 126-127. Nakamura, Hajime (1956): Inmyō ni oyoboshita kūgan no eikyō [Die Einflüsse der Śūnyatā-Philosophie auf die buddhistische Logik]. In: Miyamoto, Shōson (ed.), Bukkyō no Kompon Shinri. Tōkyō, Sanseido, 299-366. Miyasaka Yūshō (1953): Arcaṭa oyobi-ho gakuha no nendai ron [On the Dates of Arcaṭa and Others]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 2/1, 300-303. Oki, Kazufumi (1975): "Citrādvaita" riron no tenkai - Prajñākaragupta no ronjutsu [A Development of the Citrādvaita theory - Prajñākaragupta's account]. Tōkai Bunka 20/12, 94-81. Oki, Kazufumi (1977): Ratnākaraśānti no ukeishōsetsuhihan [Ratnākaraśānti's Criticism on sākāravāda]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 25/2, 940-937 (61-64). Miyasaka, Yūshō (1957): Ryōhyōshaku no ronri to chosakuteki tachiba [The Logic of Pramāṇavārttika and Its Author's Position]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 5/2, 399-409. Thakur, Anantalal (1972): Śāntarakṣita and Kamalaśīla. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 28/1-2, 663-673. Nakamura, Hajime (1954): Kūkan no kigōronrigakuteki kaimei [Some Clarifications of the Concept of Voidness from the Standpoint of Symbolic Logic]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 3/1, 223-231. 142 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3286 SD S 28.5 34 3614 SD S 28.5 340 3615 SD S 28.5 341 3616 SD S 28.5 342 3617 SD S 28.5 343 3618 SD S 28.5 344 3619 SD S 28.5 345 3620 SD S 28.5 346 3621 SD S 28.5 347 3622 SD S 28.5 348 3623 SD S 28.5 349 3287 SD S 28.5 35 3624 SD S 28.5 350 Daye, Douglas Dunsmore (1975): Remarks on early Buddhist proto-formalism (logic) and Mr Tachikawa's translation of the Nyāyapraveśa. Journal of Indian Philosophy 3/3-4, 383-398. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1961): Ratnakīrti no kibyū ronshō to mihenjūron no seisei [Prasaṅgasādhana and the genesis of the theory of antarvyāpti in Ratnakīrti]. Tsukamota Hakase Shōju Kinen, Bukkyō Shigaku Ronshū, 256-272. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1962): Pramāṇasamuccaya to Pramāṇavārttika - genryōshō no kōsei [Pramāṇasamuccaya and Pramāṇavārttika - Construction of the Pratyakṣa Chapters]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 5/1, 274-277. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1967): Bukkyō ronrigakusetsu to kyōryōbusutsu 4 - Pramāṇavārttika genryōshō dai 177 ge dai 183 ge [Pramāṇavārttika and Sautrāntika (4) - Pramāṇavārttika, pratyakṣa chapter v.177-v.183]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 15/2, 739-741. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1963): Bukkyōronrigakusetsu to kyōryōbusetsu - Ryōryōka no hibettaisetsu ni tsuite [Buddhist Logic and Sautrāntika - On the non-difference of pramāṇa and pramāṇaphala]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 11/1, 187-190. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1964): Bukkyōronrigakusetsu to kyōryōbusetsu (2) - Pramāṇavārttika no ishihisetsu ni tsuite [Buddhist Logic and Sautrāmtika - On the Pramāṇavārttika's theory of manovijñāna]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 12/1, 186-189. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1974): Kōki Daijyō-Bukkyō no Ninshiki-Ron [The Epistemology of Later Mahāyāna Buddhism]. In: Kōza Bukkyō Shisō 2/1 chapt. 4. Tōkyō: Risōsha, 145-186. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1979): Bukkyō ni okeru genryō (chikaku) ron no keifu [The Pedigree of the Theory of Perception in Buddhism]. Risō 549, 99-111. Takemura, Shōhō (1954): Jinna no yuishikisetsu - Shūryōron genryōshō daijuichige no kaimei [The Theory of Vijñapti by Dignāga]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 3/1, 255-259. Takemura, Shōhō (1950): Jinna-kyōgaku no kadai [Some problems concerning the doctrines of Dignāga]. Tetsugaku Kenkyū 33/10 (= no. 391), 24-35; Tetsugaku Kenkyū 34/3 (= no. 396), 40-53. Tanigawa, Risen (1977): Bukkyō ni okeru chishikiron - Jinna ni okeru "shichi no jishō" ron [Buddhist epistemology Dignāga's theory of self-cognition]. Saga Ryūkoku Tanki Daigaku Kiyō 23, 35-49. Steinkellner, Ernst (1966): Bemerkungen zu Īśvarasenas Lehre vom Grund. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südund Ostasiens 10, 73-85. Tani, Tadashi (1981): Pramāṇavārttika. 4 (Parārthānumāna) no mondai (1) - Vastubalapravr̥ttānumāna: chyōetsuron143 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3625 SD S 28.5 351a 3626 SD S 28.5 351b 3627 SD S 28.5 351c 3628 SD S 28.5 351d 3629 SD S 28.5 352 3630 SD S 28.5 353 3631 SD S 28.5 354 3632 SD S 28.5 355 3633 SD S 28.5 356 3634 SD S 28.5 357 3635 SD S 28.5 358 3636 SD S 28.5 359 teki-suikōron(kaishakugaku) no shiza [A Problem of Pramāṇavārttika 4 (Parārthāṇumāna) (1) Vastubalapravr̥ttānumāna: From "Transzendentale Pragmatik (Hermeneutik)" point of view]. Kōchi Kōgyōkōtōsenmongakkō Gakujyutsukiyō [Bulletin of Kochi Technical College] 17, 1981(9), 11-24. Takemura, Shōhō (1956): Jinna-zō "shūyōron" [Narthanban, ronbu ce-chitsu 13 a 5] [A Commentorial Inquiry into the Original Text of "Pramāṇasamuccaya"]. Ryūkoku Daigaku Ronshū 351/3, 46-61. Takemura, Shōhō (1957): Shūryōron honbun no chūshakuteki kenkyū (shōzen) [A Commentarial Inquiry into the Original Text of "Pramāṇasamuccaya"]. Ryūkoku Daigaku Ronshū 354, 1-14. Takemura, Shōhō (1957): Shūryōron honbun no chūshakuteki kenkyū [A Commentarial Inquiry into the Original Text of "Pramāṇasamuccaya"]. Ryūkoku Daigaku Ronshū 356, 6-24. Takemura, Shōhō (1959): Shūryōron honbun no chūshakuteki kenkyū [A Commentarial Inquiry into the Original Text of "Pramāṇasamuccaya"]. Ryūkoku Daigaku Ronshū 362, 1-17. Takemura, Shōhō (1953): Chibetto-yaku inrin-kecchakujū no yakkai - kukin no ronrigakuteki imi [The Hetucakraḍamaru - A Japanese Translation from Tibetan Text with Introductory Notes]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 8-9, 100-110. Takemura, Shōhō (1951): Shūryōron kenkyū josetsu [A Prolegomena to the Pramāṇasamuccaya]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 6, 32-45. Takemura, Shōhō (1964): Inmyō ni okeru sanshisahō to sono ime [Buddhist Syllogism and its Pecuriality]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 21, 23-40. Takemura, Shōhō (1967): Stcherbatsky Bukkyōronrigaku [Japanese translation of the Buddhist Logic by Th. Stcherbatsky]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 24, 66-81. Takemura, Shōhō (1975): Nihon ni okeru inmyōgaku [Logik in Japan]. Bukkyō Bunka Kenkyū 14, 78-101. Takemura, Shōhō (1968): Wen gui no inmyō nisshōrironso - Tonkō shahon no zankan ni tsuite [Wen Guis Kommentar zum Nyāyapraveśa - Über das unter den Manuskripten von Tun-huang gefundene Exemplar]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 25-26, 163-189. Tani, Tadashi (1982): "Pramāṇavārttika.4" kaishaku no mondai - Chyōetsuronteki suikoron no shiza [An interpretation of the Pramāṇavārttika 4 - From the point of view of Transzendentaler Pragmatik]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 30/2, 1006-1003. Takemura, Shōhō (1957): Chibetto yaku "shūryōron" no tekisuto hihan - "Inmyō shōrimonron" to no renkan ni oite [Kritik des Textes der tibetischen Version des Pramāṇasamuccaya - Mit Bezug auf Nyāyamukha]. Indogaku 144 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3288 SD S 28.5 36 3637 SD S 28.5 360 3638 SD S 28.5 361 3639 SD S 28.5 362 3640 SD S 28.5 363 3641 SD S 28.5 364 3642 SD S 28.5 365 3643 SD S 28.5 366 3644 SD S 28.5 367 3645 SD S 28.5 368 3646 SD S 28.5 369 3289 SD S 28.5 37 3647 SD S 28.5 370 Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 5/1, 91-101. Steinkellner, Ernst (1971): Wirklichkeit und Begriff bei Dharmakīrti. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens 15, 179-211. Tamaru, Toshiaki (1978): Jitāri no Anekāntavādanirāsa [On Jitāri's Anekāntavādanirāsa]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 34, 22-40. Takemura, Shōhō (1953): Bukkyōronrigaku no seikaku [Characteristics of Buddhist Logic]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 2/1, 226-229. Takagi, Shingen (1961): Yogabhāṣya to Dignāga to no kankei [The Relation between the Yoga-bhāṣya and Dignāga]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 9/1, 180-183. Takemura, Shōhō (1958): Seshin no ronrisho ni tsuite - "Seisōron" (Rtsod-pa sgrub-pa) no kizoku o megutte [On the Logical Works of Vasubandhu]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 7/1, 237240. Tani, Tadashi (1983): Fragen zur Interpretation der Prasaṅgasādhana - Die strukturelle Transformation des logischen Systems in der Prasaṅgasādhana. Forschungsberichte des Technischen College Kochi 19, 15-30. Ui, Hakuju and Watanabe, Shōkō: Indo no ronrigaku [Indische Logik]. In: Sekai Seishinshi no Shomondai: 7 (Sekai Seishinshi Kōza). Tōkyō, 145-174. Yamazaki, Tsugihiko (1954): Chishikironteki tachiba ni okeru "mu" no rikai [Verständnis von abhāva vom erkenntnistheoretischen Standpunkt aus]. IN: Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Ronshū - Miyamoto Shōson Kyōju Kanreki Kinen Ronbunshō. Tōkyō, 65-74. Yamazaki, Tsugihiko (1955): Yogi-jñāna. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 3/2, 740-742. Yamaori, Tetsuo (1958): Indo no ronrigaku oyobi shigaku ni okeru hiyu no mondai [On Metaphers Appearing in Indian Logic and Poetics]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 7/1, 180-181. Asumoto, Tōru (1953): Sekenteki shinri no kyōgo-gesshō no Jinna-gakuha-hihan o chūshin toshite [Candrakīrti's Critique of Dignāga School]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 2/1, 222-225. Steinkellner, Ernst (1972): New Sanskrit-Fragments of Pramāṇaviniścayaḥ, First Chapter. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens 16, 199-206. Yasumoto, Tōru (1953): Gesshō no Bukkyōronrigakuha hihan [Candrakīrti's Critique of Buddhist Logicians]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 1/2, 426-427. 145 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3648 SD S 28.5 371 3649 SD S 28.5 372a 3650 SD S 28.5 372b 3651 SD S 28.5 373 3652 SD S 28.5 375 3653 SD S 28.5 376 3654 SD S 28.5 377 3655 SD S 28.5 378 3656 SD S 28.5 379 3290 SD S 28.5 38 3657 SD S 28.5 380 3658 SD S 28.5 381a 3659 SD S 28.5 381b 3660 SD S 28.5 382 3661 SD S 28.5 383 Yamaguchi, Eshō (1953): Shin-inmyōronshiki no seiritsukonkyo ni tsuite [The Formative Basis of the New Hetuvidya Logic]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 1/2, 495-497. Yamagami, Tensen (1908): Bukkyō-ronri no kenkyū to chibetto-zōkyō [The study of Buddhist logic and the Tibetan Tripiṭaka]. Wayūshi 12 (= no. 160), 113-120. Yamagami, Tensen (1910): Bukkyō-ronri no kenkyū to chibetto-zōkyō [The study of Buddhist logic and the Tibetan Tripiṭaka]. Wayūshi 14 (= no. 172), 875-890. Steinkellner, Ernst (1985): Miszellen zur erkenntnistheoretisch-logischen Schule des Buddhismus. V. A Page Missing From the Editions of Śāntarakṣita's Vādanyāyaṭīkā. WZKS 29, 211-213. Hattori, Masaaki (1983): Review: Hiromasa Tosaki, Bukkyō Ninshikiron no Kenkyū - Hosshō-cho Pramāṇavārttika no Genryō-ron [A Study of Buddhist Epistemology - The Theory of Perception in the Pramāṇavārttika of Dharmakīrti], Part 1. Tokyo: Daitō Shuppanasha, 1979. IIJ 25, 58-61. Yaita, Hideomi (1986): Tarkarahasya ni mieru in-yō-bun [Im Tarkarahasya zu findende Zitate]. Sankō Bunka Kenkyūjo Nenpō 16, 17-30. Sharma, Dhirendra (1965-1966): Epistemological negative dialectics of Indian logic - abhāva versus anupalabdhi. IIJ 9, 291-300. Ōmae, Futoshi (1984): Shōsō nonin shiki ni tsuite [On liṅgavijñāna]. Nishi Nippon Shū Kyōgaku Zasshi [Journal of Nishi-Nippon Association for the History of Religions] 7, 16-19. Steinkellner, Ernst (1981): Miszellen zur erkenntnistheoretisch-logischen Schule des Buddhismus III. Zur Liste von sechzehn Arten der Nichtbeobachtung. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens 25, 213-216. steinkellner, Ernst (1963): Zur Zitierweise Kamalaśīla's. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Süd- und Ostasiens 7, 116150. Bühnemann, Gudrun (1983): Tarkarahasya and Vādarahasya. WZKS 27, 185-190. Yaita, Hideomi (1985): On anupalabdhi, annotated translation of Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇavārttikavr̥tti (1). Journal of the Graduate School of Taishō University [Taishō Daigaku Daigakuin Kenkyū Ronshū] 9, 216-199. Yaita, Hideomi (1985): On anupalabdhi, annotated translation of Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇavārttikavr̥tti (2). Journal of Chisan Studies [Chisan Gakuhō] 34, 1-14. Franco, Eli (1984): On the Interpretation of Pramāṇasamuccaya(vr̥tti) 1, 3d. JIP 12, 389-400. Kimura, Toshihiko (1985): Pramāṇavārttikam II.10. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 34/1, 357-351. 146 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 Tillemans, Tom J. F. (1984): Sur le parārthānumāna en logique bouddhique. Asiatische Studien/Études Asiatiques 38/2, 73-99. Much, Michael Torsten (1986): Dharmakīrti's definition of "points of defeat" (nigrahasthāna). Buddhist Logic and SD S 28.5 385 Epistemology. Studies in the Buddhist Analysis of Inference and Language. Ed. by B.K. Matilal and R.D. Evans, D. Reidel Publishing Company, 133-142. Steinkellner, Ernst (1984): Miszellen zur erkenntnistheoretisch-logischen Schule des Buddhismus. IV. Candragomin, SD S 28.5 386 der Autor des Nyāyasiddhyāloka. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens 28, 177-178. Kimura, Toshihiko (1970): Shōri Katsurongakuha no Yūshinron ni taisuru Bukkyōronrigakuhan no hihan SD S 28.5 387a Dharmakīrti ni okeru. Bunka 34/3, 70-101 (224-255). Kimura, Toshihiko (1970): Shōri Katsurongakuha no Yūshinron ni taisuru Bukkyōronrigakuhan no hihan SD S 28.5 387b Śāntarakṣita ni okeru. Shūkyō Kenkyū 213, 71-89 (199-217). Katsura, Shōryū (1986): Indo ronrigaku ni okeru henjyū gainen no seisei to hatten - Carakasaṃhitākara Dharmakīrti SD S 28.5 388 made. Hiroshima Daigaku Bungakubu Kiyō 45, 1-122. Steinkellner, Ernst (1985): On a newly identified manuscript of the Hetubinduṭīkā in the Asiatic Society of Bengal. SD S 28.5 389 Journal of the Asiatic Society 27/4, 78-83. SD S 28.5 390 Steinkellner, Ernst (1984): Svabhāvapratibandha again. Acta Indologica 6, 457-476. Hishida, Kunio (1970): Kazu (saṅkhyā) hihan ni tsuite [On the criticism of saṅkhyā - Translation of TS v.639-646 SD S 28.5 391 into Japanese]. Tōkai Bukkyō [Journal of the Tokai Asssociation of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 14-15, 74-62. Ogawa, Hideyo (1981): Jñānaśrīmitra no Apoha ron [The Apoha theory of Jñānaśrīmitra]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku SD S 28.5 392 Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/2, 642-643. Kawasaki, Shinjō (1975): Hō o shiru hitoha ronzai suru ka - Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru Bukkyō Mīmāṃsāgakuha no ronso [Gibt es einen Menschen, der den Dharma versteht ? Der Buddhismus im Tattvasaṃgraha und die Kontroverse SD S 28.5 393 mit der Mīmāṃsā-Schule]. In: Hirakawa Akira Hakushi Kanreki Kinen Ronshū, Bukkyō ni okeru Hō no Kenkyū. Tōkyō: Shunjūsha, 267-289. SD S 28.5 395 Shastri, Nivas (1968-1971): Ācārya Īśvarasena: A historical and philosophical study. Bhāratī 12-14, 324-330. Agrawal, Madan Mohan (1983): The Buddhist doctrine of Apoha. Presented at The 31st International Congress of SD S 28.5 396 Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture),1-7 (typescript). SD S 28.5 397 Mikogami, Eshō (1983): Śubhagupta's Criticism of the Vāsanā Theory. Presented at The 31st International Congress SD S 28.5 384 147 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3677 3678 SD S 28.5 398 SD S 28.5 399 3247 SD S 28.5 4 3291 SD S 28.5 40 3679 SD S 28.5 400 3680 SD S 28.5 400 3681 SD S 28.5 401 3682 SD S 28.5 402 3683 SD S 28.5 403 3684 SD S 28.5 404 3685 SD S 28.5 405 3686 SD S 28.5 406 3687 SD S 28.5 407 3688 SD S 28.5 408 of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 26 pages (typescript). Wayman, Alex (1985): Ratnākaraśānti's Antarvyāptisamarthana. Journal of the Asiatic Society 27/2, 31-44. Ui, Hakuju (1921): Inmyō Nisshōriron kadai [Introduction to Nyāyapraveśa]. Kokuyaku Daizōkyō Ronbu 15, 1-65. Kitagawa, Hidenori (1955): A refutation of solipsism (annotated translation of Saṃtānāntarasiddhi). Journal of the Greater India Society 14/1-2, 1-32. Steinkellner, Ernst (1972): Besprechung: A.C. Senape McDermott, On Eleventh-Century Buddhist Logic of ,Exists`. Ratnakīrti's Kṣaṇabhaṅgasiddhi Vyatirekātmikā. Edited with Introduction, Translation, and Notes. DordrechtHolland: D. Reidel Publishing Company, 1969. Indo-Iranian Journal 14, 115-118. Yaita, Hideomi (1987): Dharmakīrti on the Authority of Buddhist Scriptures (āgama) - an annotated translation of the Pramāṇavārtika-svavr̥ttiḥ ad v. 213-217. Nanto Bukkyō 58, 1-17. Miyasaka, Yūshō (1965): Śāntarakṣita no tsutaeru yuibutsuron tetsugaku - Tattvasaṃgrahapañjikā. Chapt. 22 o chūshin to shita [Lokāyata theory as Found on Śāntarakṣita's Tattvasaṃgraha chapt. 22]. Mikkyō Bunka 71-72, 122128. Watanabe, Shigeaki (1987): Śubhagupta's Sarvajñasiddhikārikā. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyūsho Kiyō 10, 55-74. Wayman, Alex (1987): Delvings in Logic. Post-graduate and Research Department Series 27 (Acharya Dharmananda Kosambi Memorial Lectures - Second series). Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona, 1-48. Ichigo, Masamichi (1985): Dharmakīrti to Śāntarakṣita. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 279-294. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1984): Jitāri no saininshiki hihan. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 33/1, 333-330 (83-86). Sankaranarayanan, S. (1986): Date of Dignāga - Fresh Light. Deyadharma Studies in Memory of Dr. D.C. Sircar, Sri Garib Dass Oriental Series 33. Ed. by Gouriswar Bhattacharya. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications, 201-208. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1986): "Dharmakīrti-ha chūkanronsha de aru" [Dharmakīrti is a Mādhyamika]. Bukkyō Ronsō [Review of Buddhism] 30, 110-113. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1985): ,Jitāri to Prajñākaramati` - Jitāri no "yūshinron hihan" [Jitāri und Prajñākaramati - Jitāri's Kritik des Īśvaravāda]. Mikkyō Bunka [Quarterly Reports on Esoteric Buddhsim] 152, 96-74. Ono, Motoi (1983): "Daijōshōgongyōron" ni okeru pudgala hihan [Kritik des Pudgala im Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra]. Hikaku Shisō no Michi 2, 42-43. 148 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3689 SD S 28.5 409 3292 SD S 28.5 41 3690 SD S 28.5 410 3691 SD S 28.5 411 3692 SD S 28.5 412 3693 SD S 28.5 413 3694 SD S 28.5 414 3695 SD S 28.5 415 3696 SD S 28.5 416 3697 SD S 28.5 417 3698 SD S 28.5 417 3699 SD S 28.5 417 3700 SD S 28.5 418 3293 SD S 28.5 42 3701 SD S 28.5 420 Ono, Motoi (1984): Dharmakīrti ni okeru kotoba to ronri [Sprache und Logik bei Dharmakīrti]. Hikaku Shisō no Michi 3, 42-46. Steinkellner, Ernst (1974): On the Interpretation of the Svabhāvahetuḥ. WZKS 18, 117-129. Ono, Motoi (1986): Dharmakīrti ni okeru shuchō-meidai no teigi ni tsuite [Über die pakṣa-Definition bei Dharmakīrti]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 34/2, 850-847 (109-112). Ono, Motoi (1986): Dharmakīrti no seiten-kan [Dharmakīrti's Auffassung der Überlieferung]. Shūkyō Kenkyū 268, 133-135. Ono, Motoi (1986): Pramāṇaviniścaya ni okeru shuseijin sonzai ronshō hihan [Die Kritik des Beweisses für die Existenz des Īśvara im Pramāṇaviniścaya]. Hikaku Shisō no Michi 5, 65-71. Ono, Motoi (1985): Dharmakīrti no kuki-in kaishaku [Dharmakīrti's Erklärung der Neun Gründe]. Hikaku Shisō no Michi 4, 81-85. Wayman, Alex (1985): Bhartr̥hari Citations in Kamalaśīla's Commentary on Tattvasaṃgraha. Proceedings of the Fifth World Sanskrit Conference - Varanasi, India: October 21-26, 1981. Ed. R.N. Dandekar, P.D. Navathe, New Delhi: Rashtriya Sanskrit Sansthan, 699-705. Katsura, Shōryū (1987): Kozen chibetto to go dōshi kōzō no kenkyū. Shōwa 60-61 Nendo Kasaku Kenkyū hihojoki (i - Kenkyū C). 1-50. Katsura, Shōryū (1986): On the Origin and Development of the concept of vyāpti in Indian Logic. Hiroshima Tetsugakukai 38, 1-16. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1984): The Sugatamatavibhaṅgabhāṣya of Jitāri (I). Kōbe Joshi Daigaku Kiyō Bungaku Bunen (Bulletin of Kobe Women's University) 17/1, 77-107. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1985): The Sugatamatavibhaṅgabhāṣya of Jitāri (II). Kōbe Joshi Daigaku Kiyō Bungaku Bunen (Bulletin of Kobe Women's University) 18/1, 101-143. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1986): The Sugatamatavibhaṅgabhāṣya of Jitāri (III). Kōbe Joshi Daigaku Kiyō Bungaku Bunen (Bulletin of Kobe Women's University) 19/1, 35-59. Katsura, Shoryu (1986): Svabhāvapratibandha Revisited. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [ĪBK Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 35/1, 476-473 (26-29). Vetter, Tilmann (1968): Das Problem des metaphysischen Beweises in der logisch-erkenntnitheoretischem Periode der indischen Philosophie. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 118, 351-356. Tillemans, Tom J. F. (1986): Dharmakīrti, Āryadeva and Dharmapāla on Scriptural Authority. Hiroshima Tetsugaku149 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3702 SD S 28.5 421 3703 3704 3705 SD S 28.5 422 SD S 28.5 423 SD S 28.5 424 3706 SD S 28.5 425 3707 SD S 28.5 426 3708 SD S 28.5 427 3709 SD S 28.5 428 3710 SD S 28.5 429 3294 SD S 28.5 43 3711 3712 SD S 28.5 430 SD S 28.5 431 3713 SD S 28.5 432 3714 3715 SD S 28.5 433 SD S 28.5 434 3716 SD S 28.5 435 3717 SD S 28.5 436 kai (Felicitation Volume for Prof. A. Uno and K. Oguna) 38, 31-47. Sharma, Ramesh Kumar (1985): Dharmakīrti on the existence of other minds. Journal of Indian Philosophy 13, 5571. Siderits, Mark (1985): Word meaning, sentence meaning, and apoha. JIP 13, 133-151. Reat, Noble Ross (1985): A Buddhist Proof for the Existence of God. JIP 13, 265-272. Gupta, Rita (1985): Apoha and the nominalist/conceptualist controversy. JIP 13, 383-398. Franco, Eli (1986): Once again on Dharmakīrti's deviation from Dignāga on pratyakṣābhāsa. Journal of Indian Philosophy 14, 79-97. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1987): Review: Amar Singh, The Heart of Buddhist Philosophy - Diṅnāga and Dharmakīrti. New Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers, 1984. IIJ 30, 139-146. Kalupahana, David J. (1970): Diṅnāga's theory of immaterialism. Philosophy East and West 20, 121-128. Daye, Douglas Dunsmore (1973): Review: Richard S.Y. Chi: Buddhist Formal Logic. London: Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, 1969. Philosophy East and West 23/4, 525-535. Daye, Douglas Dunsmore (1976): Review: Nagin J. Shah: Akalaṅka's Criticism of Dharmakīrti's Philosophy - A Study. Ahmedabad: L.D. Institute of Indology, 1967. Philosophy East and West 26/4, 480-481. Stcherbatskoï, Th. de (1904): Rapports entre la Théorie Bouddhique de la Connaissance et l'enseignement des autres Écoles philosophiques de l'inde. Le Muséon N.S. 5, 129-171. Chinchore, Mangala (1987): Some Thoughts on Significant Contributions of Buddhist Logicians. JIP 15/2, 155-171. Phillips, Stephen H. (1987): Dharmakīrti on Sensation and Causal Efficiency. JIP 15/3, 231-259. Payne, R. K. (1987): The Theory of Meaning in Buddhist Logicians: The Historical and Intellectual Context of Apoha. JIP 15/3, 261-284. Hayes, Richard P. (1987): On the Reinterpretation of Dharmakīrti's Svabhāvahetu. JIP 15/4, 319-332. Jackson, Roger (1986): Dharmakīrti's refutation of theism. Philosophy East and West 36/4, 315-348. Roth, Gustav (1980): A lost passage of Śāntarakṣita's Sanskrit commentary on Dharmakīrti's Vādanyāya. In: Proceedings and Papers of the Second Conference of the International Association of Buddhist Studies, Nalanda, from the 17th to 19th January 1980, 126-129. Matsumoto, Shirō (1980): Sahôpalambha-niyama [engl.]. Journal of Sōtō Sect Research Fellows [Sōtōshū Kenkyūin Kenkyūsei Kenkyūkiyō] 12, 298-265 (1-34). 150 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3718 SD S 28.5 437 3719 SD S 28.5 438 3720 SD S 28.5 439 3721 SD S 28.5 440 3722 SD S 28.5 441 3723 SD S 28.5 442 3724 SD S 28.5 443 3725 SD S 28.5 444a 3726 SD S 28.5 444b 3727 SD S 28.5 444c 3728 SD S 28.5 444d Frauwallner, Erich (1957): Review: Tripiṭakāchārya Rāhula Sānkr̥ityāyana (ed.), Pramāṇavārtikabhāshyam or Vārtikālaṅkāraḥ of Prajñākaragupta (Being a Commentary on Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇavārtikam). Deciphered and edited by T. R. Sānkr̥ityāyana (Tibetan Sanskrit Works Series 1). Patna: Kashi Prasad Jayaswal Research Institute, 1953. Journal of the American Oriental Society 77, 58-61. Regamey, Constantin (1955): Besprechung: Paul Hacker, Vivarta. Studien zur Geschichte der illusionistischen Kosmologie und Erkenntnistheorie der Inder. Mainz: Verlag der Akademie d. Wiss. u. d. Literatur, in Komm. Fr. Steiner, Wiesbaden 1953. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 3-4 (50. Jg.), Spalten 153-155. Suganuma, Akira (1963): On Self-cognition (svasaṃvedana) in the Tattvasaṃgraha. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 11/2, 809-804 (68-73). Tani, Tadashi (1987): The Problem of Interpretation on Pramāṇaviniścaya III AD VV. 1-3 - with the text and a translation. Bulletin of The Kochi National College of Technology [Kochi Kogyō Kōtō Senmon Gakkō Gakujutsu Kiyō] 26, 1-16. Tani, Tadashi (1986): The problem of interpretatin on Pramāṇaviniścaya 3 ad vv. 4-21 - With the text and a translation. Bulletin of The Kochi National College of Technology [Kochi Kogyō Kōtō Senmon Gakkō Gakujutsu Kiyō] 25, 1-16. Tani, Tadashi (1987): The Problem of Interpretation on Pramāṇaviniścaya III AD VV. 22-25 - with the text and a translation. Bulletin of The Kochi National College of Technology [Kochi Kogyō Kōtō Senmon Gakkō Gakujutsu Kiyō] 27, 1-17. Tani, Tadashi (1981): Pramāṇavārttika.4 (Parārthānumāna) no mondai (1) Vastubalapravr̥ttānumāna; chōetsuronteki suikōron (kaishakugaku) no shiza [A Problem of Pramāṇavārttika 4 (Parārthānumāna) (1) Vastubalapravr̥ttānumāna: From "Transzendentale Pragmatik (Hermeneutik)" point of view]. Kochi Kogyō Kōtō Senmon Gakkō Gakujutsu Kiyō [Bulletin of The Kochi National College of Technology] 17, 11-24. Tani, Tadashi (1987): Gödel to Dharmakīrti - ,Fukanzenseiteiri` to ,kū` [Incompleteness theory and śūnyatā]. Shunshū 290, 21-24. Tani, Tadashi (1987): Gödel to Dharmakīrti - ,Fukanzenseiteiri` to ,kū` [Incompleteness theory and śūnyatā]. Shunshū 291, 19-22. Tani, Tadashi (1987): Gödel to Dharmakīrti - ,Fukanzenseiteiri` to ,kū` [Incompleteness theory and śūnyatā]. Shunshū 292, 23-26. Tani, Tadashi (1987): Gödel to Dharmakīrti - ,Fukanzenseiteiri` to ,kū` [Incompleteness theory and śūnyatā]. Shunshū 294, 25-28. 151 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3296 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 1 3740 Tosaki, Hiromasa (1985): Dharmottara and Śāntarakṣita: On Śābdapramāṇa [jap.]. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to SD S 28.5 445 Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 273284. Namai, Chishō (1987): Kōki Bukkyōto ni yoru Bārhaspatya hihan (4) - TS ni okeru Svabhāvavāda hihan - Āryaśūra no muinron-hihan to kōki Bukkyōto ni yoru tenkei [Kritik der Bārhaspatya nach den späteren Buddhisten (4) - Kritik SD S 28.5 446 des Svabhāvavāda im TS - Kritik des ahetukavāda bei Āryaśūra und die Entwicklung in den anderen buddhistischen Schulen]. Kōyasan Daigaku Ronsō 22, 87-126. SD S 28.5 447 Ono, Motoi (1987): Dharmakīrti no gigi-ronshōin (hetvābhāsa) setsu. Bukkyōgaku 21, 1-21. SD S 28.5 448 Yamamoto, Kazuhiko (1987): ,Nonerroneous`in Dharmakīrti's Definition of Perception. IBK 36/1, 471-469 (11-13). Inami, Masahiro (1987): Dharmakīrti ni okeru ,ingakankei no kettei` [Die Bestimmung der Verbindung von Ursache SD S 28.5 449 und Wirkung bei Dharmakīrti]. Tetsugaku 39, 131-147. Frauwallner, E. (1933): Dignāga und anderes. In: Festschrift Moriz Winternitz 1863 - 23. Dezember 1933. Hsg. von SD S 28.5 45 Otto Stein und Wilhelm Gampert. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz Verlag, 237-242. Inami, Masahiro (1986): Dharmakīrti no ,jihi no shūshū` no giron [Die Auseinandersetzung über ;Übung des SD S 28.5 450 Mitleids` bei Dharmakīrti]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 35/1, 365-361 (137-141). Tosaki, Hiromasa (1986): Hōshō-cho "Pramāṇaviniścaya" 1 genryū (chikaku) ron no wayaku (1) [An annotated SD S 28.5 451 translation of the Pramāṇaviniścya, Chapt. 1(1)]. Tetsugaku Nenpō 45, 1-8. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1987): Hōshō-cho "Pramāṇaviniścaya" 1 genryū (chikaku) ron no wayaku (2) [An annotated SD S 28.5 451b translation of the Pramāṇaviniścya, Chapt. 1(2)]. Tetsugaku Nenpō 46, 1-12. Shirasaki, Kenjō (1983): Jitāri no "Funen-jitsuzai-ron-hihan" [Japanese translation of Jitāri's Jātinirākr̥ti]. Bukkyōshi SD S 28.5 452 Kenkyū 1, 1-29. Watanabe, Shigeaki (1988): Tattvasaṅgraha 26. kk 3247-3261 et kk 3622-3646. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyūsho Kiyō SD S 28.5 453 11, 501-532. SD S 28.5 454 Steinkellner, Ernst (1988): Remarks on niścitagrahaṇa. Serie Orientale Roma 56/3, 1427-1444. Yaita, Hideomi (1988): Dharmakīrti on the person free from faults, annotated translation of the SD S 28.5 455 Pramāṇavārttikasvavṛttiḥ ad v. 218-223. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyōsho Kiyō 11, 433-445. Oetke, Claus (o.J.): Bemerkungen zur buddhistischen Doktrin der Momentanheit des Seienden. Dharmakīrtis SD S 28.5 456 sattvānumānam. 74 pages (typescript). 152 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3741 SD S 28.5 457 6 SD S 28.5 458 3742 SD S 28.5 459 3297 SD S 28.5 46 3743 SD S 28.5 460 3744 SD S 28.5 461 3745 SD S 28.5 462 3746 SD S 28.5 463 3747 SD S 28.5 464 3748 SD S 28.5 465 3749 SD S 28.5 466 3750 SD S 28.5 467 Watanabe, Shigeaki (1976): ,Ryōkyōshaku` sōgon ni okeru ryō no teigi. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyūsho Kiyō 1, 387400. Wakahara, Yushō (1988): Mantra no kōka to zenchisha, Pramāṇavārttikasvavṛtti kenkyū (1) (vv. 292-311) [Wirkung des Mantra und Allwissendheit. PV.Studien (1)]. Bukkyō Shigaku Kenkyū [Journal of the History of Buddhism] 31, 1-27. Kimura, Seiji (1983): Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru Sarvajña ronsō [der Sarvajña-Beweis im Tattvasaṃgraha]. Komazawa Daigaku Daigakuin Bukkyōgaku Kenkyūkai Nenpō 16, 1-7. McDermott, Charlene (1977): A comparative investigation of the awareness of duḥkha. Philosophy East and West 27/4, 433-448. Nakamura, Hajime (repr.1981): Śāntarakṣita oyobi Kamalaśīla no tsutaeru Vedānta tetsugaku [Vedāntische Philosophie überliefert von Śāntarakṣita und Kamalaśīla (Puruṣārthaparīkṣā und AupaniṣadakalpitaparīkṣāAbschnitte ins Japanische übersetzt)]. In: Nakamura Hajime, Shoki no Vedānta tetsugaku. Tōkyō 1950 (repr. 1981), 350-403. Nakamura, Hajime (1954): "Shinrikōyō" no Vedāntasetsu [A Note on Pre-Śaṅkara Vedānta Philosophy - The Vedāntic Portions of the Tattvasaṃgraha by Śāntarakṣita]. Ōkurayama Gakuin Kiyō 1, 1-13. Sasaki, Genjun (1974): Jitsugiyōshūshaku - sanji bunsekishō yakukai [Tattvasaṃgrahapañjikā - japanische Übersetzung und Anmerkungen zur Traikālyaparīkṣā]. In: Sasaki Genjun, Bukkyō ni okeru jikanron no kenkyū. Tōkyō, 285-319. Nakamura, Hajime (repr. 1981): Übersetzung von Tattvasaṃgraha 5 (Śabdabrahmaparīkṣā) und TSP [jap.]. In: Nakamura Hajime, Kotoba bo keijijōgaku. Tōkyō 1950 (repr. 1981), 65-111. Suganuma, Akira (1981): "Shōshinjitsuron" gaikyō hihanshō yakuchū (1) [Übersetzung mit Anmerkungen der Bahirarthaparīkṣā des Tattvasaṃgraha]. In: Katsumata Shunkyō, kakushi koki kinen, Daijō bukkyōkara mikkyō e. Tōkyō, 573-585. Hishida, Kunio (1983): Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru ubun - Bubunron hihan [Kritik der avayavin-avayava-Theorie im Tattvasaṃgraha]. Tōkai Bukkyō 28, 93-82. Kimura, Seiji (1984): Kōkibukkyō ni okeru ushinron hihan ni tsuite [Zur Kritik der Lehre von der Existenz Gottes im späten Buddhismus]. Komazawa Daigaku Bukkyō Gakubu Ronshū 15, 359-347. Andō, Yoshinori (1984): Yuishikisei-ronshō ni kansuru ichi-kōsatsu - Anekāntajayapatākā to Tattvasaṃgraha o chūshin ni [Eine Untersuchung zum Beweis der Vijñaptimātratā - Zu Anekāntajayapatākā und Tattvasaṃgraha]. Sōtōshū Kenkyūin Kenkyūsei Kenkyūkiyō 16, 313-290. 153 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3751 SD S 28.5 468 3752 SD S 28.5 469 3298 SD S 28.5 47 3753 SD S 28.5 470 3754 SD S 28.5 471 3755 SD S 28.5 472 3756 SD S 28.5 473 3757 SD S 28.5 474 3758 SD S 28.5 475 3759 SD S 28.5 476 3760 SD S 28.5 477 3761 SD S 28.5 478 3762 SD S 28.5 479 3299 SD S 28.5 48 Ichigo, Masamichi (1982): Yugagyō-Chūgan-ha [Die Yogācāra-Madhyamaka-Lehre]. Kōza Daijō Bukkyō 7 Chūgan shisō, 175-215. Hirakawa, Akira (1979): Indo Bukkyōshi gekan [Geschichte des indischen Buddhismus Bd. 2] Tōkyō, 211-215. Brooks, Richard (1977): Review: Raja Ram Dravid, The Problem of Universals in Indian Philosophy. Foreword by T.R.V. Murti. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1972. Philosophy East and West 27/1, 85-95. Yasumoto, Tōru (1976): Tōyōronri no kōzō - Nyāyagakuha no kenkyū [die Strukture der östlichen Logik - Beitrag zur Nyāya-Schule]. Tōkyō, 88-94. Suganuma, Akira 81961): Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru shikisetsu ni tsuite [Zur Lehre von der Erkenntnis im Tattvasaṃgraha]. Shūkyū Kenkyū 170, 82-83. Watanabe, Shōkō (repr. 1982): Bukkyōronrigakuha to setsunametsusetsu no reonshō [Die logische Schule des Buddhismus und der Augenblicklichkeitsbeweis]. Tetsugaku Nenpō 14 (1953), 87-100; repr. in : Watanabe Shōkō Bukkyō Ronsō. Tōkyō, 1982, 25-38. Ihara, Shōren (1951): Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru apoha-setsu ni tsuite [Zur apoha-Lehre im Tattvasaṃgraha]. Bunka 15/1, 14-29. Kitagawa, Hidenori (1974): Chūki-daijōbukkyō no ronrigaku [Die Logik des Mahāyāna-Buddhismus der mittleren Periode]. Kōza Bukkyō Shisō 2, 189-241. Ihara, Shōren (1953): Jinna ni okeru gengo to sonzai no mondai [Das Problem von Sprache und Sein bei Dignāga]. Kyūshū Daigaku Tetsugaku Nenpō 14, 101-127. Hasuba, Kenshō (1955): Shōshukaku ni yoru Inryōron no jigenryō-kaishaku ni tsuite [Zur Interpretation der Scheinwahrnehmung im Pramāṇasamuccaya nach Jinendrabuddhi]. In: Studies in Indology and Buddhology. Presented in Honour of Professor Susumu Yamaguchi on the Occasion of his Sixtieth Birthday. Kyoto, 205-212. Ui, Hakuju (1950): Werke von Dignāga [jap.]. In: Tōyō no Ronri [Nyāyamukha-Überblick] (= TTD vol.18 no.15). Tōkyō, 119-217. Nakamura, Hajime (repr. 1981): Zur Datierung Śāntarakṣita's [jap.]. In: Nakamura Hajime, Shoki no Vedāntatetsugaku. Tōkyō 1950 (repr. 1981), 109-113. Suganuma, Akira (1963): Tattvasaṃgraha Bahirarthaparīkṣā ni okeru bucchi no mondai [Die Frage des buddhajñāna in der Bahirarthaparīkṣā des Tattvasaṃgraha]. Shūkyō Kenkyū 176, 92-93. Tucci, Giuseppe (1931): Notes on the Nyāya-praveśa by Śaṅkaraswāmin. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 381412. 154 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3763 SD S 28.5 480 3764 SD S 28.5 481 3765 SD S 28.5 482 3766 SD S 28.5 483 3767 SD S 28.5 484 3768 SD S 28.5 485 3770 SD S 28.5 486 3769 SD S 28.5 487 3771 SD S 28.5 489 3300 SD S 28.5 49 3772 SD S 28.5 490 Naitō, Akifumi (1983): TS(P) ni okeru ātman-setsu hihan (1) - Sāmkhyā gakuha no kōsō suru ātman-setsu (1) [Kritik der ātman-Lehre in TS(P) (1) - Über die ātman-Lehre der Sāṃkhya-Schule (1)]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 31/2, 144-145. Naitō, Akifumi (1984): TS(P) ni okeru ātman-setsu hihan (1) - Sāmkhyā gakuha no kōsō suru ātman-setsu (2) [Kritik der ātman-Lehre in TS(P) (1) - Über die ātman-Lehre der Sāṃkhya-Schule (2)]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 32/1, 184-185. Naitō, Akifumi (1983): TS(P) ni okeru ātman-setsu hihan (1) - Sāmkhyā gakuha no kōsō suru ātman-setsu o megutte (3) [Kritik der ātman-Lehre in TS(P) (1) - Über die ātman-Lehre der Sāṃkhya-Schule (3)]. Ryūkoku Daigaku Daigakuin Kiyō 5, 1-26. Naitō, Akifumi (1984): TS(P) ni okeru ātman-setsu hihan (2) - Pudgala-setsu o megutte (1) [Kritik der ātman-Lehre in TS(P) (2) - Über die pudgala-Lehre (1)]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 33/1, 140-141. Naitō, Akifumi (1985): TS(P) ni okeru ātman-setsu hihan (2) - Pudgala-setsu o megutte (2) [Kritik der ātman-Lehre in TS(P) (2) - Über die pudgala-Lehre (2)]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Buddhist Studies] 41, 20-51. Naitō, Akifumi (1985): TS(P) ni okeru ātman-setsu hihan (3) - Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika-gakuha no kōsō suru ātman-setsu o megutte (1) "Pūrva-pakṣa" [Kritik der ātman-Lehre in TS(P) (3) - Über die ātman-Lehre der Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika-Schule (1) "Pūrvapakṣa"]. Ryūkoku Daigaku Daigakuin Kiyō 7, 1-26. Naitō, Akifumi (1987): Jakugo-Rengekai no ātman-sonzai ronshō hihan - TS(P) ni okeru ātman-setsu hihan (3) - (2) toshite [Śāntarakṣita's und Kamalaśīla's Kritik am Beweis der Existenz des ātman - Kritik der ātman-Lehre im Tattvasaṃgraha (3) - (2)]. Nanto Bukkyō 57, 1-31. Naitō, Akifumi (1986): Jakugo-Rengekai no muga-setsu yogō - TS(P) ni okeru ātman-setsu hihan (3) [Śāntarakṣita's und Kamalaśīla's Verteidigung der nairātmya-Lehre - Kritik der ātman-Lehre im Tattvasaṃgraha (3)]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Buddhist Studies] 42, 49-77. Naitō, Akifumi (1987): Muga-setsu o meguru Jakugo -Rengekai to Kumārila no ronsōten - TS(P) ni okeru ātmansetsu hihan (4) - (2) toshite [Streitpunkt zwischen Śāntarakṣita-Kamalaśīla und Kumārila über die nairātmya-Lehre Kritik der ātman-Lehre im Tattvasaṃgraha (4) - (2)]. Ryūkoku Daigaku Daigakuin Kenkyū Kiyō 8, 39-57. Bhattacharya, V. (1927): The Nyāyapraveśa of Diṅnāga. Indian Historical Quarterly 3, 152-160. Naitō, Akifumi (1988): Kumārila no ātman-setsuho riron "kubetsu to zuihan" e no hihan - TS(P) ni okeru ātmansetsu hihan (4) - (3) toshite [Kritik der ātman-Lehre von Kumārila "vyāvr̥tti und augama" - Kritik der ātman-Lehre im Tattvasaṃgraha (4) - (3)]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū Kiyō 44, 61-80. 155 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 173 SD S 28.5 491 176 SD S 28.5 492 179 SD S 28.5 493 3774 SD S 28.5 494 3775 SD S 28.5 495 3776 SD S 28.5 496 3777 SD S 28.5 497 183 SD S 28.5 498 184 SD S 28.5 499 3248 SD S 28.5 5 3301 SD S 28.5 50 550 SD S 28.5 500 Inami, Masahiro (1988): Bukkyō ronrigaku ni okeru "machigatta shuchō" ["pakṣābhāsa" in der buddhistischen Logik]. Tetsugaku 40, 131-144. Yamakami, Shōdo (1987): Nyāyabhūṣaṇa no kenkyū (2). Ninshiki Taishō o meguru Bukkyōto to nyāya Gakuha no Ronsō (1). Nyāyabhūṣaṇa Studies (2), Bhāsarvajña's Refutation of the Buddhist Rejection of an External Object (bāhyārtha) (1). Kyōto Sangyō Daigaku Ronshū (Acta Humanistica et Scientifica Universitatis Sangio Kyiotiensis) 16/4, Jinbungaku Keiretsu (Humanities Series) 14, 26-55. Yamakami, Shōdo (1988): Nyāyabhūṣaṇa no kenkyū (3). Ninshiki Taishō o meguru Bukkyōto to nyāya Gakuha no Ronsō (2). Nyāyabhūṣaṇa Studies (3), Bhāsarvajña's Refutation of the Buddhist Rejection of an External Object (bāhyārtha) (2). Kyōto Sangyō Daigaku Ronshū (Acta Humanistica et Scientifica Universitatis Sangio Kyiotiensis) 18/1, Jinbungaku Keiretsu 15, 1-25. Tachikawa, Musashi (1985): Myōho renge kyō no zōji onsha ni yoru tinkō shutsudo shahon dankan niten oboegaki [The Logical Structure of the Catuṣkoṭis found in the Hua yen wu chiao chang]. Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 233-247. Katsura, Shōryō (1981): Vaiśeṣikagakuha no suiriron ni taisuru Dignāga no hihan [Dignāgas Kritik an der Schlussfolgerungstheorie der Vaiśeṣika-Schule]. Hiroshima Tetsugaku-kai 33, 51-65. Steinkellner, Ernst (1988): Remarks on niścitagrahaṇa. Serie Orientale Roma 56/3, 1427-1444. Steinkellner, Ernst (1988): Methodological remarks on the constitution of Sanskrit texts from the Buddhist Pramānatradition. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens 32, 103-129. Mette, A. (1986): Besprechung: Gudrun Bühnemann, Der allwissende Buddha. Ein Beweis und seine Probleme. Ratnakīrtis Sarvajñasiddhi, übers. u. kommentiert. Wien: ATBS 1980 (WSTB 4). Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 6 (81. Jg.), Spalten 595-598. Harada, Waso (1984): Dignāga no aphoha-ron kenkyū nōto (1), "Chishikironshūsei" daigoshō no Sanskrit-danpen o chūshin ni shite [Studien zur Apoha-Lehre Dignāgas (1), Mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Sanskrit-Fragmente des 5. Kapitels des Pramāṇasamuccaya]. Bukkyōgakkai-hō 10, 54-65. Kajiyama, Yuichi (1961): The Avayavinirākaraṇa of Paṇḍita Aśoka. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 9/1, 371-366 (40-45). Tucci, Giuseppe (1928): Is the Nyayapravesa by Dinnaga ? Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 7-13. Harada, Waso (1985): Dignāga no aphoha-ron kenkyū nōto (2), "Chishikironshūsei" daigoshō no Sanskrit-danpen o chūshin ni shite [Studien zur Apoha-Lehre Dignāgas (2), Mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Sanskrit-Fragmente des 5. Kapitels des Pramāṇasamuccaya]. Bukkyōgakkai-hō 11, 31-42. 156 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 551 SD S 28.5 501 552 SD S 28.5 502 553 SD S 28.5 503 554 SD S 28.5 504 556 SD S 28.5 505 558 SD S 28.5 506 559 SD S 28.5 507 560 SD S 28.5 508 561 SD S 28.5 509 3302 SD S 28.5 51 565 SD S 28.5 510 566 SD S 28.5 511 Harada, Waso (1986): Dignāga no aphoha-ron kenkyū nōto (3), "Chishikironshūsei" daiugoshō no Sanskrit-danpen o chūshin ni shite [Studien zur Apoha-Lehre Dignāgas (3), Mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Sanskrit-Fragmente des 5. Kapitels des Pramāṇasamuccaya]. Bukkyōgakkai-hō 12, 21-38. Harada, Waso (1987): Bunshō no hyōji taishō toshite no "chokken" to "jikonninshiki" (jyō), Dignāga vs. Bhartṛhari [Wahrnehmung und Selbstbewußtsein als Ausdruckobjekt des Satzes]. Kōyasan Daigaku Bukkyōgakkai-hō 13, 2239. Chinchore, Mangala R. (1989): Dharmakīrti on Criteria of Knowledge. Indian Philosophical Quarterly 16/3, 319344. Yaita, Hideomi (1989): Tarkarahasya kenkyū (I-II). Naritasan Bukkyōkenkyūsho Kiyō 12-13, 75-98, 83-104. Ōmae, Futoshi (1988): Dharmakīrti no seitenkan, Pramāṇavārttika dai 1 shō oyobi jichū no wayaku (1) [Die Ansicht von Offenbarung, Japanische übersetzung des Eigenkommentars zu PV I (1)]. Tetsugaku Nenpo (Annual of Philosophy) 47, 15-36. Ōmae, Futoshi (1988): Dharmakīrti no seitenkan, Pramāṇavārttika dai 1 shō oyobi jichū no wayaku (2) [Die Ansicht von Offenbarung, Japanische übersetzung des Eigenkommentars zu PV I (2)]. Nishinippon Shūgakuzasshi (Journal of Nishi-Nippon Association for the History of Religions) 10, 12-22. Ōmae, Futoshi (1989): Dharmakīrti no seitenkan, Pramāṇavārttika dai 1 shō oyobi jichū no wayaku (3) [Die Ansicht von Offenbarung, Japanische übersetzung des Eigenkommentars zu PV I (3)]. Tetsugaku Nenpo (Annual of Philosophy) 48, 53-74. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1989): Hōshō-cho "Pramāṇaviniścaya I", Genryō (chihaku) ron no wayaku (4) [Dharmakīrtis PVin I, japanische übersetzung der Wahrnehmungslehre (4)]. Tetsugaku Nenpo 48, 1-18. Uno, Atsushi (1988): "anvaya" "vyatireka" kō [Eine Betrachtung von anvaya und vyatireka]. Naritasan Bukkyōkenkyūsho Kiyō 11, 105-127 [with engl. summary.]. Steinkellner, Ernst (1978): Yogische Erkenntnis als Problem im Buddhismus. In: Transzendenzerfahrung, vollzugshorizont des Heils. Das Problem in indischer und christlicher Tradition. Arbeitsdokumentation eines Symposiums. Hsg. von Gerhard Oberhammer (Publications of the De Nobile Research Library 5). Wien, 121-134. Akamatsu, Akihiko (1986): Vidhivādin et Pratiṣedhavdāin: Double aspect présenté par la théorie sémantique du bouddhisme indien. Zinbun: Memoirs of the Research Institute for Humanistic Studies 21, 67-89. Akamatsu, Akihiko (1988): Bukkyō gakuha no mugaron ni taisuru hihan, Śabarabhāṣya o chūshin ni. Iwanami Kōza Tōyō shisō vol. 6. Tōkyō: Iwanami shoten, 258-272. 157 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 567 SD S 28.5 512 568 SD S 28.5 513 569 SD S 28.5 514 570 SD S 28.5 515 571 SD S 28.5 516 572 SD S 28.5 517 573 SD S 28.5 518 574 SD S 28.5 519 3303 SD S 28.5 52 580 SD S 28.5 520 581 SD S 28.5 521 582 SD S 28.5 522 583 SD S 28.5 523 584 SD S 28.5 524 Mimaki, Katsumi (1987-1988): Bāhyārthasiddhikārikā kk°59-60 de Śubhagupta. Indologica Taurinensia / Professor Colette Caillat Felicitation Volume 14 , 275-283. Funayama, Tōru (1988): Dharmakīrti no "honsitsu" ron, bhāva to svabhāva [Die Lehre vom "Wesen" bei Dharmakīrti, bhāva und svabhāva]. IBK 36/2, 970-967 (16-19). Iwata, Takashi (1988): Hosshō no jishōshōin (svabhāvahetu) setsu oboe gaki [Notizen zu Dharmakīrtis Auffassung vom svabhāvahetu]. Tōyō no Shisō to Shūkyō 5, 1-32. Kamiza, Shiyuharu (1978): Kanshoenron daiichise ni tsuite [Zur k.1 der Ālambanaparīkṣā]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 27/1, 174-175. Katsura, Shōryū (1988): Jñānaśrīmitra no apoha-ron [Die Apohalehre des Jñānaśrīmitra]. Bukkyōgaku Seminar 48, 69-80. Namai, Chisho Mamoru (1988): TS ni okeru zense no ronshō (2), Kōki Bukkyōto ni yoru Bārhaspatya no hihan (V), honnō aizō to no kigan [Nachweis der Wiedergeburt im TS (2), Kritik der Bārhaspatya bei den späteren Buddhisten (V), der Ursprung von Instinkt und Liebe und Haß]. MBu 162, 170-127 [Ts 1880-1897]. Mikogami, Eshō (1986): Computer shiyō ni yoru bukkyō bunken no kenkyū (2) [Erforschung buddhistischer Texte mit der Verwendung von Computern]. Bukkyō Bunka Kenkyūjo Kiyō 25, 43-104 [Tib.-Skt. Wortindex zur Sāmanya- u. Viśeṣaparīkṣā des Ts und TsP]. Hayes, Richard P. (1984): The question of doctrinalism in the Buddhist epistemologists. Journal of the American Academy of Religion 52/4, 645-670. Keith, A. Berriedale (1928): The Authorship of the Nyāyapraveśa. Indian Historical Quarterly 4, 14-22. Harada, Wasō (1989a): Bunshō no ḥyōjitaishō toshite no 'chokkan'ti `jikoninshiki` (chū) [pratibhā als Ausdrucksgegenstand des Satzes und svasaṃvedana]. Dignāga vs. Bhartṛhari (1). Kōyasan Daigaku Bukkyōgakkaihō, 69-83. Harada, Wasō (1989b): Hyōji, Gani, Kitai no riron (I) [abhidhāna-, ākṣepa und ākāṅkṣā-Theorie]. Dignāga vs. Bhartṛhari (2). Mikkyō Bunka 165, 84-57. Mikogami, Eshō (1983): The Problem of the Identification of Particulars in Different Traditions - Disputes between Buddhist Logicians and Naiyāyikas -. Ryūkoku Daigaku Ronshū 422, 79-105. Fukuda, Yōichi (1987): Dharmakīrti no ronrigaku ni okeru svabhāvapratibandha no imi ni tsuite [Die Bedeutung des svabhāvapratibandha in Dharmakīrtis Logik]. IBK 35/2, 888-885. Fukuda, Yōichi (1986): Keishō-kyogi-ron to `dōji-chikaku-hitsuzensei'-ronshō [Alīkākāravāda und 158 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 585 SD S 28.5 525 586 SD S 28.5 526 587 SD S 28.5 527 589 SD S 28.5 528 591 SD S 28.5 529 3304 SD S 28.5 53 609 SD S 28.5 530 610 SD S 28.5 531 611 SD S 28.5 532 612 SD S 28.5 533 613 SD S 28.5 534 614 SD S 28.5 535 `sahopalambhaniyama'-Beweis]. Chibetto no Bukkyō to shakai, ed. YAMAGUCHI Zuihō. Tōkyō. 403-430. Mikogami, Eshō (1989): Bāhyārthasiddhikārikā ni okeru abhrānta to saṃvādin, Pratyakṣābhāsa to kanren shite [Abhrānta und saṃvādin in der BAS, zur Verbindung mit den pratyakṣābhāsa]. Ryūkoku Daigaku Ronsō, 74-92. Mikogami, Eshō (1987): Śubhagupta ni yuishikisetstu hihan, ninshikitaishō (ālambana) o megutte [Kritik der Vijñaptimātratā-Lehre bei Śubhagupta, in Bezug auf den Gegenstand der Erkennntis (ālambana). Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 43, 481-460. Inami, Masahiro (19??): Dharmakīrti ni okeru Butsudō [Der buddhistische Weg bei Dharmakīrti]. Nihon Bukkyō Gakkai Nenpō 54, 59-72. Harada, Wasō (1989c): Vasubandhi to Dignāga no koshō (1), Vādavidhi to Ālambanaparīkṣā zakkō [Die Auseinandersetzung zwischen Vasubandhu und Dignāga, einige Gedanken zu Vadavidhi und Ālambanaparīkṣā]. Kōyasan Daigaku Bukkyōgakkaihō, 47-52. Shimizu, Kōyō (1983): Inga o meguru ronsō, TSP. "Karmaphalasambandhaparīkṣā" shiyaku [Untersuchung der Kausalität, vorläufige übersetzung der Karmaphalasambandhaparīkṣā der TsP]. NBu 51, 1-35 [Ts 477-545 samt TsP]. Oberhammer, Gerhard (1964): Gedanken zur historischen Darstellung indischer Logik. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 59/1-2, Spalten 5-19. Wakahara, Yūshō (1989): Dharmakīrti to Śubhagupta, Śrutiparīkṣa oyobi Sarvajñasiddhi ni tsuite [Dharmakīrti und Śubhagupta, zu ŚP und SS]. IBK 37/2, 838-835. Katsura, Shōryū (1989): 4 gainen: Apoha-ron chūshinni [4 Begriff: Zur Apoha-lehre]. Indo Bukkyō 3, 135-158. Watanabe, Shigeaki (1977): Sadvitīyaprayogaḥ, Indo ronrigaku no ichi dammen [Sadvitīyaprayogaḥ, ein Abschnitt der indischen Logik]. Mikkyōgaku 13-14 (Takai Ryūshū kyōju kanreki kinengō), 194-209. Watanabe, Shigeaki (1977): Bukkyō ronrigakuha hashinron - Śubhagupta to Śāntarakṣita ano ba-ai [Gottespolemik der buddhistischen logischen Schule - im Falle von Śubhagupta und Śāntarakṣita]. Tamaki Kōshirō Hakushi Kinen Ronshū, Hotoke no Kenkyū. Tōkyō, 579-593. Watanabe, Shigeaki (1976): Shōrimonron chūshakusha, PV 4. 27. shiron [Nyāyamukhaṭīkākāra,ein Versuch über PV IV 27]. Okuda Jio-sensei Kiju Kinen, Bukkyō shisō ronshū. Tōkyō 1976, 973-985. Steinkellner, Ernst (1989): Miszellen zur erkenntnistheoretisch-logischen Schule des Buddhismus. VI. A New Approach towards Improving the Textual Basis for an Understanding of Dignāga's Pramāṇasamuccayavṛtti. VII. Another Note on pramāṇabhūta. WZKS 33, 177-181. 159 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 615 SD S 28.5 536 616 SD S 28.5 537 618 SD S 28.5 538 620 SD S 28.5 539 3305 SD S 28.5 54 645 SD S 28.5 540 646 SD S 28.5 541 647 SD S 28.5 542 648 SD S 28.5 543 649 SD S 28.5 544 650 651 SD S 28.5 545 SD S 28.5 546 652 SD S 28.5 547 654 SD S 28.5 548 656 SD S 28.5 549 3306 SD S 28.5 55 Jackson, Roger R. (1988): The Buddha as pramāṇabhūta: Epithets and arguments in the Buddhist "logical" tradition. JIP 16, 335-365. Franco, Eli (1989): Review Article: Was the Buddha a Buddha? [Bespr. von: Tilmann Vetter, Der Buddha und seine Lehre in Dharmakīrtis Pramāṇavārttika. Der Abschnitt über den Buddha und die vier edlen Wahrheiten im Pramāṇasiddhi-Kapitel. WSTB 12, Wien, 1984]. JIP 17/1, 81-99. Mikogami, Eshō (1982): Shakairinri to meisō no tetsugaku [Philosophie der Sozialethik und Meditation]. Nihon Bukkyō Gakkkai Nenpō 47, 73-84. Katsura, Shōryū (1989): Chikaku handan, giji chikaku, sezokuchi [On Perceptual Judgment]. Indo Tetsugaku to Bukkyō. Fujita Kōtatsu Hakase Kanreki Kinen Ronshū. Kyōto, 533-553. Steinkellner, Ernst (1977): Jñānaśrīmitra's Sarvajñasiddhiḥ. Berkeley Buddhist Studies Series, 383-393. Ota, Shinkai (1985): Dharmakīrti (hosshō) cho "Tadashii ninshiki ni kansuru hyōshaku - jiko suiron shō" oyobi jichū, wayaku (1), kk, 95-106. SRTDK 31, 175-199. Ota, Shinkai (1986): Dharmakīrti (hosshō) cho "Tadashii ninshiki ni kansuru hyōshaku - jiko suiron shō" oyobi jichū, wayaku (2), kk, 107-123. SRTDK 32, 181-197. Ota, Shinkai (1987): Dharmakīrti (hosshō) cho "Tadashii ninshiki ni kansuru hyōshaku - jiko suiron shō" oyobi jichū, wayaku (3), kk, 124-142. SRTDK 33, 335-353. Ota, Shinkai (1988): Dharmakīrti (hosshō) cho "Tadashii ninshiki ni kansuru hyōshaku - jiko suiron shō" oyobi jichū, wayaku (4), kk, 143-162. SRTDK 34, 1-33. Ota, Shinkai and Vora, Pradyumna R. (tr.) (198??): A Translation of Pramāṇavārttika I and Svavṛtti (3) [kk. 76-94]. SRTDK ?? ??, 1-22. Iwata, Takashi (1989): Gengo to ronri [Sprache und Logik]. Iwamami-Koza Tōyō Shisō 10, 186-222. Mikogami, Eshō (1986): Śubhagupta no Bāhyārthasiddhikārikā. Ryūkoku Daigaku Ronshū 429, 2-44. Mimaki, Katsumi (1989): Śubhagupta no "Gaikai Jōju Ge" Dai 59-60 Ge [Śubhaguptas Bāhyārthasiddhikārika kk. 59-60]. Indo Tetsugaku Bukkyō, Fujita Kōtatsu Hakase Kanreki Kinen Ronshū, Kyōto, 341-354. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1989): Hōshō-cho "Pramāṇa-viniścaya" dai issō genryō (Chikaku)-ron no wayaku (3). Indo Tetsugaku Bukkyō, Fujita Kōtatsu Hakase Kanreki Kinen Ronshū, Kyōto, 327-340. Iwata, Takashi (1989): "Chishikiron kettaku" (Pramāṇaviniścaya) III (tasha no tame ni suironshō) wayaku kenkyū ad vv. 64-67 (1). Tōyō no Shisō to Shūkyū 6, 1-33. Mironov, N. D. (1927): Dignāga's Nyāyapraveśa and Haribhadra's Commentary on it. In: Indiens Kultur, Festgabe 160 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 669 SD S 28.5 550 670 SD S 28.5 551 671 SD S 28.5 552 672 SD S 28.5 553 673 SD S 28.5 554 674 676 SD S 28.5 555 SD S 28.5 556 677 SD S 28.5 557 680 SD S 28.5 558 682 SD S 28.5 559 3307 SD S 28.5 56 696 SD S 28.5 560 698 SD S 28.5 561 Richard von Garbe (Veröffentlichungen des Indogermanischen Seminares der Universität Erlangen 3). Erlangen, 3746. Mikogami, Eshō (1983): Śubhagupta no gokumi setsu no yōgo [Die Verteidigung der Atomtheorie bei Śubhagupta]. Bukkyō Bunka Kenkyū Kiyō 22, 1-17. Bühnemann, Gudrun (1987): Tarkarahasya and Vādarahasya. Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 28-34. Bhattacharya, Kamaleswar (1987): A note on the Buddhist syllogism. Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 7-10. Roth, Gustav (1987): A lost passage of Śāntarakṣita's Sanskrit commentary on Dharmakīrti's Vādanyāya. Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, Calcutta, 3-6. Dreyfus, Georges B.J., Christian Lindtner (1989): The Yogācāra philosophy of Dignāga and Dharmakīrti. Studies in Central & East Asian Religions 2, 27-52 (209-214). Tillemans, Tom J.F. (1990): On sapakṣa. JIP 18, 53-79. Yaita, Hideomi (1989): Tarkarahasya ni okeru Sambandhaparīkṣā. IBK 38/1, 387-385. Steinkellner, Ernst (1990): Miszellen zur erkenntnistheoretisch-logischen Schule des Buddhismus. VIII. Two New Fragments from the Vṛtti on Pramāṇasamuccaya I 23b - AṄSupplement to MESB V. WZKS 34, 209-210. Namai, Mamoru (1990): Kōki Bukkyō ni yoru Bārhaspatya hihan (VII): Śāntarakṣita ni yoru kyomuron hihan [Kritik der Bārhaspatya nach den späteren Buddhisten VII, Kritik des Nihilismus nach Ś.]. Kōyasan Daigaku Ronsō 25, 5586. Namai, Mamoru (1990): Corrigenda. Typoscript. 6 S. Tachikawa, Musashi (1971): A Sixth-Century Manual of Indian Logic (A Translation of Nyāyapraveśa). Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 111-145. Funayama, Toru (1990): Bubun to Zentai - Indo Bukkyō chishikiron ni okeru gaiyō to kōki no mondaiten [Die Teile und das Ganze, Zusammenfassung nach der indischen buddhistischen Erkennntistheorie und das Problem der späteren Schule]. Tōhō Gakuhō 62, 607-635. Tani, Tadashi (1989): Dharmakīrti ni okeru "jiko sani sei" toshite no "svabhāva" - shunkanteki sonzaisei, sono kyōkaisen jōho shiten ["Svabhāva" als "Selbst-Unterscheidung" bei Dharmakīrti - Augenblicklichkeit, ein Gesichtspunkt auf ihrer Grenzlinie]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 38/1, 388-393. 161 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 699 SD S 28.5 562 701 SD S 28.5 563 703 SD S 28.5 564 704 SD S 28.5 565 705 707 709 711 3308 719 SD S 28.5 566 SD S 28.5 567 SD S 28.5 568 SD S 28.5 569 SD S 28.5 57 SD S 28.5 570 721 SD S 28.5 571 723 SD S 28.5 572 725 SD S 28.5 573 727 SD S 28.5 574 728 SD S 28.5 575 729 SD S 28.5 576 Tani, Tadashi (1990): Jñānaśrīmitra "Shunkanteki shōmetsu (setsunametsu) Kṣaṇabhaṅga no shō" shigaku [Probeübersetzung des Kṣaṇabhaṅgādhyāya des Jñānaśrīmitra 1]. Kōchi Kōgyō Kōtō Semmon Gakkō Gakujutsu Kiyō 32, 1-16. Tani, Tadashi (1990): Jñānaśrīmitra "Shunkanteki shōmetsu (setsunametsu) Kṣaṇabhaṅga no shō" shigaku [Probeübersetzung des Kṣaṇabhaṅgādhyāya des Jñānaśrīmitra 2]. Kōchi Kōgyō Kōtō Semmon Gakkō Gakujutsu Kiyō 33, 1-16. Iwata, Takashi (1989): "Chishikiron kettaku" (Pramāṇaviniścaya) III (tasha no tame no shironshō) wagaku kenkyū ad vv. 64-67. Tōyō no Shisō to Shūkyō 6, 1-33. Oetke, Claus (1989): Zur Interpretation der drei Merkmale des logischen Grundes. XXIII. Deutscher Orientalistentag vom 16. bis 20. September 1985 in Würzburg. Ausgewählte Vorträge. Hrsg. von Einar von Schuler. Franz Steiner Verlag, Stuttgart, 391-402. Funayama, Toru (1991): On āśrayāsiddha. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [IBK] 39/2, 1027-1021 (28-34). Kimura, Toshihiko (1990): Dharmakīrti no tantra ron [Dharmakīrti's tantrism]. IBK 39/1, 413-411. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1989): Ninshiki [Erkenntnis]. Ikanami Kōza-Tōyō Shisō 10 "Indo Bukkyō 3", 160-185. Sastri, N. Ayaswami (19??): A lost commentary on the Nyāyamukha. Sino-Indian Studies 2, 54-55. Diwekar, H. R. (1929): Bhāmaha, Bhaṭṭi and Dharmakīrti. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 825-841. Yaita, Hideomi (1991): Tarkarahasya (V). Journal of Naritasan Institute for Buddhist Studies 14, 129-149. Kanō, Kyō (1991): Two Types of Vikalpa asserted by Jñānaśrīmitra. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies (IBK Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū) 39/2, 1020-1014. Yaita, Hideomi (1991): Tarkarahasya (III.Essays in Honor of Dr. Shōren Ihara on his 70th Birthday.Kyushu University, Fukuoka, Japan, 117-133 Yaita, Hideomi (1989): Tarkarahasya. Studies in the History of Indian Thought (Indo-Shisōshi Kenkyū) 6, 95-104. Inami, Masahiro (1992): A Study of the Pramāṇasiddhi Chapter of Pramāṇavārttika (1). ("Pramāṇavārttika__ Pramāṇasiddhi shō no kenkyū (1). The Hiroshima University Studies Faculty of Letters(Hiroshima daigaku bungakubu kiyō) 51, 59-76. Steinkellner, Ernst (1992): Lamotte and the Concept of anupalabdhi. Asiatische Studien / Études Asiatiques 46/1, 398-410. Steinkellner, Ernst (1991): Dharmakīrti on the Inference of Effect (kārya). Papers in Honour of Prof. Dr. Ji Xianlin on the Occasion of His 80th Birthday (II). Jiangxi renmin chubanshe, Jiangxi, 711-736. 162 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 730 SD S 28.5 577 731 SD S 28.5 578 732 SD S 28.5 579 3309 SD S 28.5 58 746 SD S 28.5 580 748 SD S 28.5 581 750 SD S 28.5 582 753 SD S 28.5 583 755 SD S 28.5 584 758 SD S 28.5 585 762 SD S 28.5 586 765 SD S 28.5 587 Steinkellner, Ernst (1991): The Logic of the svabhāvahetu in Dharmakīrti's Vādanyāya. Studies in the Buddhist Epistemological Tradition. Proceedings of the Second International Dharmakīrti Conference. Vienna, June 11-16 1989. Ed. by Ernst Steinkellner. Verlag der österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien, 311-324. Torella, Raffaele (1992): The Pratyabhijñā and the Logical-Epistemological School of Buddhism. Ritual and Speculation in Early Tantrism. Studies in Hon. of André Padoux. Ed. by Teun Goudriaan. State University of New York Press, Albany 1992, 327-345. Steinkellner, Ernst (1991): Apropos of Lindtner`s two new works of Dharmakīrti. Prajñājyoti. Prof. Dr. Gopikamohan Bhattacharya Commemoration Volume. Ed. by Debabrata Sen Sharma and Manabendu Banerjee. Nirmal Book Agency, Kurukshetra, 277-286. Tucci, G. (1928): On the fragments of Dinnaga. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 377-390, 905-906. Kimura, Toshihiko (1992): Okorishimono no horobi no ronsi [Die Logik von der Zerstörung von Entstandenem]. Nihon Bukkyō Gakkai Nenpō 58, 31-42. Matsuda, Kazunobu and Ernst Steinkellner (1991): The Sanskrit Manuscript of Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇaviniścaya. Report on a Single Folio Fragment from the National Archives Collection, Kathmandu).Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens und Archiv für indische Philosophie, 35, 139-149. Katsura, Shoryu (1992): Pramāṇavārttika IV. 202-206 - towards the correct understanding of svabhāvapratibandha -. IBK 40/2, 1052-1047 (35-40). Jambuvijay, Muni (?): Jain dárśanik one Sambandhaparīkṣā, Śrīmad Vijayarājendrasūrismaraka grantha. Bāgarā/Ahov, 771-789. Harada, Wasō (1990): Die Zweiförmigkeit der Erkenntnis und das Selbstbewußtsein, von Bhartṛhari bis Dignāga. (chi no nikeisōsei to jikoninshiki - Bhartṛhari kara Dignāga). Ryūkoku Daigaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyūshitsu Nenpō, 4, 44-37. Harada, Wasō (tr.) (1993): Dignāga no Hastavālaprakarana and Vṛtti. The Jap. translation of Hastavālaprakaraṇavṛtti, with Sanskrit Reconstruction. Bulletin of Buddhist Studies, Ryukoku Univ. Ryōkoku Daigaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyūshitsu Nenpō 6, 92-110. Harada, Wasō (1989): Hyōji, gani, kitai no riron (II). Mikkyō Bunka (Quarterly Reports on Esoteric Buddhism) 167, 88-73. Harada, Wasō (1990a): Hyōji, gani, kitai no riron (III) (The theories of Abhidhāna, Ākāṅkṣā (III) - Dignāga vs. Bhartṛhari (2) -. Mikkyō Bunka (Quarterly Reports on Esoteric Buddhism) 168, 78-43. 163 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 768 SD S 28.5 588 771 SD S 28.5 589 3310 SD S 28.5 59 785 SD S 28.5 590 786 SD S 28.5 591 788 SD S 28.5 592 789 SD S 28.5 593 790 SD S 28.5 594 791 SD S 28.5 595 792 SD S 28.5 596 794 SD S 28.5 597 796 SD S 28.5 598 797 SD S 28.5 599 Tillemans, Tom J.F. (1992): La logique bouddhique est-elle une logique non-classique ou déviante? Remarques sur le tétralemme (catuṣkoṭi). Les Cahiers de Philosophie (L'Orient de la Pensée, Philosophies en Inde) 14, 183-198. Tillemans, Tom J.F. (1991): More on Parārthānumāna, Theses and Syllogisms. Asiatische Studien / Études Asiatiques 45/1, 133-148. Tucci, Giuseppe (1929): Buddhist Logic before Diṅnāga (Asaṅga, Vasubandhu, Tarkaśāstras). Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 451-488, 870-871. Tillemans, Tom J.F. (1992): Pramāṇavārttika IV (3). Asiatische Studien / Études Asiatiques 46/1, 437-467. Harada, Wasō (1992): Dignāga ni yoru Nyāya gakuha no chikakuron nihan - PS I NP r P and Vṛtti - The Japanese translation of the Pramāṇasamuccaya-vṛtti, Chap. I Naiyāyikapratyakṣaparīkṣā. [Die Kritik an der Wahrnehmungstheorie der Nyāya-Schule bei Dignāga, jap. übers. von PSI NPrP and Vṛtti]. ...? Harada, Wasō (1991a): Dignāga no "bunshō no imi" riron, "Chishikironshūsei - jichū" dai V shō dai 46-49 ge narabi ni. "Fukuchū" no wayaku to bongo kanen no kokoromi [Dignāgas Lehre von der Satzbedeutung, Versuch einer jap. übers. und Sht. - Rekonstruktion der Texte von PS und PSV aufgrund der Fragmente]. The Studies in Buddhism [Bukkyōgaku-Kenkyū), 47, 70-92. Kimura, Toshihiko (1993): Shijin Dharmakīrti - nendairon to tomo ni [Der Dichter Dharmakīrti - zusammen mit der Theorie (seiner) Lebenszeit]. Indo Mikkyōgaku Kenkyū. Miyazaka Yūshō hakase Koki Kinen Roubun shū, 417-434. Franco, Eli (1993): A Note on Hetucakraḍamaru 8-9. Indo-Iranian Journal 36, 235-237. Tani, Tadashi (1992): Kṣaṇabhaṅga [4 = II - 3]. A Trial Translation of Jñānaśrīmitra's Kṣaṇabhaṅga Adhyāya (Chapter of Momentary Destruction) [4 = II - 3]. Kōchi K. K. Semmon Gakkō Gakujutsu Kiyō, 36, 1-16. Tani, Tadashi (1993): The Problem of Interpretation on Pramāṇaviniścaya III AD VV. 40-50 - with the text and a translation. Bulletin of The Kochi National College of Technology [Kōchi Kōgyo Kōtō Semmon Gakkō Gakujutsu Kiyō] 37, 17-34. Tani, Tadashi (1993): The Problem of Interpretation on Pramāṇaviniścaya III AD VV. 34-39 - with the text and a translation. Bulletin of The Kochi National College of Technology [Kōchi Kōgyo Kōtō Semmon Gakkō Gakujutsu Kiyō] 37, 1-15. Franco, Eli (1993?): Summary of the Pramāṇasiddhi-chapter of the Pramāṇavārttika. Ms. for the Potter's Encyclopedia. Tillemans, Tom J.F. (1991): More on Parārthānumāna, Theses and Syllogisms. Asiatische Studien-eEtudes Asiatiques 45/1, 133-148. 164 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3249 SD S 28.5 6 3311 SD S 28.5 60 31 SD S 28.5 600 34 SD S 28.5 601 36 SD S 28.5 602 38 SD S 28.5 603 41 SD S 28.5 604 44 SD S 28.5 605 47 SD S 28.5 606 48 SD S 28.5 607 50 SD S 28.5 608 51 SD S 28.5 609 3312 SD S 28.5 61 78 SD S 28.5 610 Kajiyama, Yuichi (1965): Buddhist Solipsism - A free translation of Ratnakīrti's Saṃtānāntaradūṣaṇa. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 13/1, 435-420 (9-24). Wenzel, H. (1890): Candragomin's "Letter to a Disciple". Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 203-204. Yaita, Hideomi (?): Ronri no Hiyō Kenkū - Beiträge zum Tarkarahasya (IV). Makio Ryōkai Hakase Kiju Kinen Jubutsudō Sankyō shisō ronkō, ? ? Steinkellner, Ernst (1993): III. Buddhist Logic: The Search for Certainty. Buddhist Spirituality. Ed. by Takeuchi Yoshinori, 213-218. Lindtner, Christian (1992): On the Date of Dharmakīrti etc.. The Adyar Library Bulletin 56, 56-62. Namai, Chisō (1991): TS ni oneru zense no sonshō (3), Kōki Bukkyō to ni yoru Bārhaspatya no hihan (V-2), honnō to aizō to no higan. [Nachweis der Wiedergeburt im TS 3, Kritik der Bārhaspatya bei den späteren Buddhisten (V-2), der Ursprung von Instinkt und Liebe und Haß.] The Mikkyō Bunko 114, 118-94. Steinkellner, Ernst (1993): Dharmottaras Paralokasiddhi. Revista de Estudios Budistas 4, 10/92-03/93, 175-177. Wakahara, Yūshō (1990): Dharmakīrti no Veda seiten hihan. [Die Kritik Dharmakīrtis gegenüber der Vedaüberlieferung.] Pramaṇavārttikasvavṛtti kenkyū (2) (vv. 312-340). The Bulletin of the Graduate School, Humanities, Ryukoku Univ., 11, 10-33. Namai, Chisō (1991): Bārhaspatya [V-3]. Buddhist Refutation of Bārhaspatya Philosophy [V-3]. MBu 177, 116-78. Nagasawa, Jitsudō (1939): Tattvasaṃgraha ni okeru pudgala-setsu no hihan [Kritik der pudgala-Lehre im Tattvasaṃgraha]. Bukkyō Kenkyū 3/3, 68-75. Harada, Wasō (1990): Bunshō no kyōji Taishō toshite no "chokkan" to "jikoninshiki", [pratibhā und svasaṃvedanū als Ausdrucksgegenstand des Satzes (3, 1.Hälfte), Dignāga vs. Bhartṛhaṅ 1]. (Kōyasan Daigaku) Bukkyōgakkaihō 15, 27-53. Harada, Wasō (1991): Bunshō no kyōji Taishō toshite no "chokkan" to "jikoninshiki", [pratibhā und svasaṃvedanū als Ausdrucksgegenstand des Satzes (3, Rest der 1.Hälfte), Dignāga vs. Bhartṛhaṅ 1]. (Kōyasan Daigaku) Bukkyōgakkaihō 16, 28-53. Varma, Siddheshwar (1925): Analysis of Meaning in the Indian Philosophy. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 2135. Harada, Wasō (1992): Bunshō no kyōji Taishō toshite no "chokkan" to "jikoninshiki", [pratibhā und svasaṃvedanū als Ausdrucksgegenstand des Satzes (3, 2. Hälfte), Dignāga vs. Bhartṛhaṅ 1]. (Kōyasan Daigaku) Bukkyōgakkaihō 17, 24-57. 165 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 80 SD S 28.5 611 83 SD S 28.5 612 86 SD S 28.5 613 88 SD S 28.5 614 90 SD S 28.5 615 92 SD S 28.5 616 95 SD S 28.5 617 98 SD S 28.5 618 101 SD S 28.5 619 3313 SD S 28.5 62 118 SD S 28.5 620 119 SD S 28.5 621 Frankenhauser, Uwe (1992): Zu den tibetischen und mongolischen Übersetzungen des Nyāyapraveśa: Ein Beitrag zur Logikgeschichte. Ural-Altaische Jahrbücher, 11, 156-171. Pathak, K. B. (1930-1931): Kumārila's Verses Attacking The Jain and Buddhist Notions of an Omniscient Being. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona, 12, 123-131. Harada, Wasō (1990 a): Hyōji, gani, Kitni no riron (III). The Theories of Abhidhāna, Ākṣepa, and Ākāṅkṣā (III) Dignāga vs. Bhartṛhari (2) -. The Mikkyō Bunka (Quarterly Reports on Esoteric Buddhism) Vol. 168, 43-78. Harada, Wasō (1991 a): The Japanese and Sanskrit translations of Pramāṇasamuccaya-vṛtti Chap. V (ad kk. 46-49) with Ṭīkā. Dignāga no "bunshō no imi" riron, "Chishikironshūsei-jichō" dai V shō dai 46-49 ge narabi ni, "Fukuchā" no wayaku to bongo kanen no kokoromi [Dignāgas Lehre von der Satzbedeutung, Versuch einer japanischen übersetzung und Sanskrit-Rekonstruktion der Texte von PS und PSV auf Grund der Fragmente]. The Studies in Buddhism (Bukkyōgaku-Kenkyū) No. 47, 70-92. DeJong, J. W. (1990): Review: Ernst Steinkellner, (1) Dharmottaras Paralokasiddhi. Nachweis der Wiedergeburt zugleich eine Widerlegung materialistischer Thesen zur Natur der Geistigkeit (WSTB 15), Wien, 1986; (2) Nachweis der Wiedergeburt. Prajñāsenas 'Jig rten pha rol sgrub pa (Beiträge zur Kultur- und Geistesgeschichte Asiens, 1 ÖAW, 197. Bd.), Wien, 1988. IIJ 33, 66-69. Frankenhauser, Uwe (1992): Zu den tibetischen und mongolischen übersetzungen des Nyāyapraveśa: Ein Beitrag zur Logikgeschichte. Ural-Altaische Jahrbücher, 11, 156-171. Steinkellner, Ernst (1994): Śākyabuddhi's Commentary on Pramāṇavārttika I 3 and its Vṛtti. WZKS 38, 379-387. Much, Michael Torsten (1994): Uddyotakaras Kritik der apoha-Lehre (Nyāyavārttika ad NS II 2,66). WZKS 38, 351366 Nakada, Naomichi (1974): Shinrikōyō oyobi sono chūshakusho ni arawareta Sāṃkhya gakuha no konponshitsuryōin ni tsuite [Die prakṛti-Lehre der Sāṃkhya-Schule in TS und TSP, jap. Übers. und Vergleich mit der Sāṃkhyavṛtti]. Tsurumi Daigaku Kiyō 7-11, 161-188. Oberhammer, Gerhard (1964): Der Svābhāvika-Sambandha, ein geschichtlicher Beitrag zur Nyāya-Logik. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Süd- und Ostasiens 8, 131-181. Tani, Tadashi (1994): The Problem of Interpretation on Pramāṇaviniścaya III AD vv. 51 - 59 - with the text and a translation, KKKSGGK 38, 1-16. Tani, Tadashi (1994): The Problem of Interpretation on Pramāṇaviniścaya III AD vv. 60 - 63 - with the text and a translation, KKKSGGK 38, 17-32. 166 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 121 SD S 28.5 622 123 SD S 28.5 623 125 SD S 28.5 624 128 SD S 28.5 625 130 SD S 28.5 626 133 SD S 28.5 627 136 SD S 28.5 628 139 SD S 28.5 629 3314 SD S 28.5 63 159 SD S 28.5 630 160 SD S 28.5 631 162 SD S 28.5 632 164 SD S 28.5 633 166 SD S 28.5 634 Namai, Chishō (1992): Jayarāśi ni yoru (shikisōzoku- setsu) Hihan ni tsuite [On Jayarāśi's Critisism of (vijñānasantāna) theory. Shūkyō kenkyū 291, 165-167 Hayes, Richard P. and Gillon, Brendan S. (1991): Introduction to Dharmakīrti's Theory of Inference as Presented in Pramāṇavārttika Svopajñavṛtti 1-10. JIP 19, 1-73. Inami, Masahiro (1991): Pramāṇavārttikaṭīka no Sanskrit-shahon [Sanskrit Fragments of the Pramāṇavārttikaṭīkā]. IBK 40/1, 351-356. Harada, Waso̅ (1992): Dignāga ni yoru Nyāya gakuha no chikakuron nihan - PS I NPrP & Vṛtti [Die Kritik an der Wahrnehmungstheorie der Nyāya-Schule bei Dignāga, jap. Übers. von PS I NPrP & Vṛtti]. RDBN 5, 95-115. Inami, Masahiro (1994): "Pramāṇavārttika" Pramāṇasiddhi shō no kenkyū (3) [A Study of the Pramāṇasiddhi Chapter of the Pramāṇavārttika]. Shimane Kenritsu Kokusai Tankidaigaku Kiyō (Bulletin of Shimane International College)1, 17-53. Tani, Tadashi (1991): Jñanaśrīmitra "shunkanteki shōmetsu (setsunametsu) Kṣaṇabhaṅga no shō" shiyaku [1] <tekusuto to hochū>. A Trial Translation of Jñānaśrīmitra's Kṣaṇabhaṅga Adhyāya (Chapter of Momentary Destruction) [1]* <Critical Text and Sub-commentaries>. Kōchi Kōgyō Kōtō Senmon Gakkō Gakujutsu Kiyō (= The Bulletin of the Kōchi National College of Technology) 34, 1-12. Tani, Tadashi (1991): Jñānaśrīmitra "shunkanteki shōmetsu (setsunamestu) Kṣaṇabhaṅga no shō" shiyaku [3]. A Trial Translation of Jñānaśrīmitra's Kṣaṇabhaṅga Adhyāya (Chapter of Momentary Destruction) [3]. Kōchi Kōgyō Kōtō Senmon Gakkō Gakujutsu Kiyō (= The Bulletin of the Kōchi National College of Technology) 35, 1-16. Mikogami, Eshō (1989): Śubhagupta's Criticism of the Vāsanā Theory - Disputes between Realists and the Vijñānavādins. Ryūkoku Daigaku Ronshū 434/435, 31-46. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1970): On Ratnakīrti. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 300-309. Kimura, Seigi (1994): On pramāṇa and samyagjñāna in Dharmakīrti´s Logical Texts. Journal of the Faculty of Buddhism of Komazawa University 52, 288-295. Ganeri, Jonardon (1990): Dharmakīrti on Inference and Properties. Journal of Indian Philosophy 18, 237-247. Hattori, Masaaki (1993): Kamalaśīla's Interpretation of Some Verses in the Vākyakānda of Bhartṛhari's Vākyapadīya. AS, 47/1, 135-140. Much, Michael Torsten (1993): Indian Buddhist Semantics in the 7th Century A.D. Dharmakīrti's Theory of "Exclusion" (Apoha). Semiotische Berichte 3,4 (Jg.17), 323-330. Franco, Eli (1994): Yet another Look at the Framework of the Pramāṇasiddhi Chapter of Pramāṇavārttika. IIJ 37, 167 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 168 SD S 28.5 635 170 SD S 28.5 636 172 SD S 28.5 637 175 SD S 28.5 638 178 SD S 28.5 639 3315 SD S 28.5 64 205 SD S 28.5 640 206 SD S 28.5 641 208 SD S 28.5 642 210 SD S 28.5 643 212 SD S 28.5 644 214 SD S 28.5 645 216 SD S 28.5 646 218 SD S 28.5 647 233-252. Ruegg, David Seyfort (1994): Pramāṇabūtha, *Pramāṇa(Bhūta)-Puruṣa, Pratyakṣadharman and Sākṣātkṛtadharman as Epithets of the Ṛṣi, Ācārya and Tathāgatha in Grammatical, Epistemological and Madhyamaka Texts. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies (repr.) 57, 303-320. Paul, Gregor (1993): Logik, Argumentationstheorie und Erkenntnistheorie. Philosophie in Japan. Von den Anfängen bis zur Heian-Zeit. Eine kritische Untersuchung. iudicium verlag, München, 164-195 + Anhang 349-363. Franco, Eli: Summary of the Pramāṇasiddhi-chapter of the Pramāṇavārttika. Ms. for Potter's Encyclopedia, 1-68. Funayama, Toru (1995): Arcaṭa, Śāntarakṣita, Jinendrabuddhi, and Kamalaśīla on the aim of a treatise (prayojana). WZKS 39, 181-201. Funayama, Toru (1995): Notes on Commentators from the 8th Century Nālandā in the Buddhist Pramāṇa-Tradition. Journal of the Nippon Buddhist Research Association, 49-60. Hattori, Masaaki (1972): Praśastapāda and Dignāga. A note on the development of the Vaiśeṣika theory of anumāna. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens 16, 169-180. Hamm, Frank Richard (1963): über die Bedeutung der Wahrnehmungslehre im frühen Buddhismus. Jñānamuktāvalī 38, Festschr. Johannes Nobel, 92-100. Hattori, Masaaki (?): Vaiśeṣika no chikakusetsu ni taisuru Dignāga no hihan [Dignāga's Kritik gegen Vaiśeṣika's Wahrnehmungslehre]. IGS 2/3, 23-58. [jap.] Tosaki, Hiromasa (1962): Pūramāṇa-samuccaya to Pūramāṇa-vārttika - Genryō-shō no Kōsei. [PS und PV - Aufbau des Pratyakṣa-pariccheda]. IBK 10/1, 274-277. Kimura, Toshihiko (1971): Ryōhyōshaku Pusamā nasiddi shō no Shūkyōron to Gedatsuron [Religion und Erlösungslehre des PV-pramāṇasiddhi-Kapitels]. IBK 20/1, 313-320. Kimura, Toshihiko (1973): Seiri Shōrongakuha no shinron ni Śāntarakushita ni okeru [Über den Īśvaravāda des Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika. Die Polemik der buddhistischen Logiker]. Shūkyō Kenkyū 213, 71-89 (131,132). Eltschinger, Vincent (1996): Buchbesprechung von: Steinkellner, Ernst und Much, Michael Torsten: Texte der erkenntnistheoretischen Schule des Buddhismus. Systematische übersicht über die buddhistische Sanskrit Literatur II. AS 50/3, 691-693. Galloway, Brian (1995): The Buddhist Conditional in Set-Theoretic Terms. Journal of Indian Philosophy 24, 649658. Ho, Chien-Hsing (1996): How Not to Avoid Speaking - A Free Exposition of Dignāga's Apoha Doctrine. Journal of 168 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 220 SD S 28.5 648 222 SD S 28.5 649 3316 SD S 28.5 65 236 SD S 28.5 650 237 SD S 28.5 651 238 SD S 28.5 652 239 SD S 28.5 653 240 SD S 28.5 654 241 SD S 28.5 655 242 SD S 28.5 656 243 SD S 28.5 657 341 SD S 28.5 658 820 SD S 28.5 658 Indian Philosophy 24, 541-562. Dreyfus, George (1996): Can the Fool Lead the Blind? Perception and the Given in Dharmakīrti's Thought. Journal of Indian Philosophy 24, 209-229. Steinkellner, Ernst (1996): An Explanation of Dharmakīrti's svabhāvahetu Definitions. Festschrift Dieter Schlingloff, [Hrsg.] Friedrich Wilhelm, Reinbek, 257-268. Oberhammer, Gerhard (1963): Ein Beitrag zu den Vāda-Traditionen Indiens. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südund Ostasiens 7, 63-103. Hattori, Masaaki (1996): Discussions on Jātimat as the Meaning of a Word. Śrījñānāmṛtam, a memorial volume in honour of Prof. Shri Niwas Shastri, 387-394. Prasad, H.S. (1989): Understanding Buddhist Epistemology. Amalā Prajñā: Aspects of Buddhist Studies, P.V. Bapat Vol., Delhi, 277-297. Verpoorten, J.M. (1994?): The 24th Chapter of the Tattvasaṃgraha: Refutation of the Mīmāṃsā Doctrine of Vedāpauruṣeyatva. Studies in Mīmāṃsā, Dr. Mandan Mishra Felicitation Volume, 117-129. Halbfass, Wilhelm (1997): Arthakriyā und kṣaṇikatva: Einige Beobachtungen. Bauddhavidyāsudhākaraḥ: Studies in Honour of Heinz Bechert on the Occasion of His 65th Birthday, 233-247 Steinkellner, Ernst (1997): Kumārila, Īśvarasena, and Dharmakīrti in Dialogue. A New Interpretation of Pramāṇavārttika I 33. Bauddhavidyāsudhākaraḥ, Studies in Honour of Heinz Bechert on the Occasion of His 65th Birthday, ed. by Petra Kiefer-Pülz and Jens-Uwe Hartmann, Indica and Tibetica Verlag, Swisttal-Odendorf, 30, 625646. Hattori, Masaaki (1997): The Buddhist Theory Concerning the Truth and Falsity of Cognition. Relativism, Suffering and Beyond, Essays in Memory of Bimal K. Matilal, ed. by P. Bilimoria, J.N. Mohanty, 361-371. Funayama, Toru (1995): 8 seiki Nālandā shusshin chūshakuka oboegaki - Bukkyō chishikiron no heifu [Bemerkungen zu Kommentatoren im Nālandā des 8. Jh. - die buddh. erkenntnistheoretische Tradition]. Nihon Bukkyō Gakkai Nenpō 60. 49-60. Oetke, Claus (1996): Ancient Indian Logic as a Theory of Non-Monotonic Reasoning. JIP 24, 447-539. Much, Michael Torsten (1997): Sāmānādhikaraṇya in Dignāga, Uddyotakara and Dharmakīrti. Aspects of Buddhism, Proceedings of the International Seminar on Buddhist Studies 1994, Studia Indologiczne 4, 163-176. Dunne, John D. (1996): Thoughtless Buddha, Passionate Buddha. Journal of the American Academy of Religion LXIV/3, 525-556. 169 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 821 SD S 28.5 659 3317 832 SD S 28.5 66 SD S 28.5 660 834 SD S 28.5 661 836 SD S 28.5 662 837 SD S 28.5 663 838 SD S 28.5 664 839 SD S 28.5 665 840 SD S 28.5 666 841 SD S 28.5 667 1224 SD S 28.5 668 1225 SD S 28.5 669 3318 SD S 28.5 67 1230 SD S 28.5 670 1248 SD S 28.5 671 1258 SD S 28.5 672 Dunne, John D. (1998): Nominalism, Buddhist Doctrine of. In E. Craig (ed.): Routledge Enyclopedia of Philosophy 7, 23-27. Oberhammer, Gerhard (1965): Zum Problem des Gottesbeweises in der indischen Philosophie. Numen 12/1, 1-34. Tillemans, Tom J.F. (1995): Dharmakīrti and Tibetans on Adṛśyānupalabdhihetu. JIP 23/2, 129-149. Schweizer, Paul (1994): Momentary Consciousness and Buddhist Epistemology. Journal of Indian Philosophy 22, 81-91. Krasser, Helmut (1997): Zur buddhistischen Definition von gültiger Erkenntnis (pramāṇa) in Jayantabhaṭṭas Nyāyamañjarī. StII 21, 105-132. Harada, Wasō (1998): Ronkyo no Shizukudama Dai Issetsu Shiyaku (A Japanese Translation of the Hetubindu, § 1). Bulletin of Kyusyu Ryukoku Junior College 44, 67-87. Harada, Wasō (1997): Aiyoku nado no Jikoninshiki (Dignāga on Rāgādi-svasaṃvirti). Indogaku-BukkyogakuKenkyū 46/1, 190-193. Glashoff, Klaus (1999): Das Rad der Gründe - Der Hetucakradamaru von Dignaga. Mitt. Math. Ges. Hamburg 17, 130. Krasser, Helmut (1995): Dharmottara's Theory of Knowledge in His Laghuprāmāṇyaparīkṣā. JIP 23/2, 247-271. Tillemans, Tom J.F. (1992): La logique bouddhique est-elle une logique non-classique ou déviante? Remarques sur le tétralemme (catuṣkoṭi). Les Cahiers de Philosophie 14, "L'Orient de la Pensée. Philosophies en Inde." 183-198. Hattori, Masaaki (1991): Bukkyoronrigakuha no shūkyosei [Der religiöse Charakter der buddhistischen logischen Schule]. Indo chūsei shiso kenkyū. Ed. Sengaku Mayeda. 153-169. Tanizawa, Junzo (2002): Dharmakīrti ni miru bukkyoronrigakuha no chikakuron no jitsuzairontekikeiko [Direct Realism in the Buddhist Logician's Theory of Perception]. Indo tetsugaku bukkyogaku kenkyū 9, 17-28, 94. Roerich, G. N. (1948-1949): Paralokasiddhi. Indian Culture 15/1-4, 235-240. Katsura, Shōryū (2000): Tani tadashi cho Setsunametsu no kenkyū [Buchbesprechung von Setsunametsu no kenkyū von Tadashi Tani]. Bukkyogaku seminar 72, 51-58. Umino, Takayuki (1975): Ratnākaraśānti no keisousetsu hihan [Ratnākaraśāntis Kritik von ākāra-Theorie]. IBK 24.1. (49)-(52). Yaita, Hideomi (2001): Shoushinjitsuron (-syaku) Gochitankyū (śabdavicāra) sho no kenkyū [Das Studium des Śabdavicāra Kapitels im Tattvasaṃgraha (-pañjikā)]. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyūsho Kiyō 24, 89-139. 170 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1261 SD S 28.5 673 1263 SD S 28.5 674 1264 SD S 28.5 675 1277 SD S 28.5 676 1278 SD S 28.5 677 1279 SD S 28.5 678 1280 SD S 28.5 679 3319 SD S 28.5 68 1281 SD S 28.5 680 1282 SD S 28.5 681 1226 SD S 28.5 682 1294 SD S 28.5 683 1295 SD S 28.5 684 Yoshimizu, Kiyotaka (1989): Arthāpatti to anumāna tono ronrigakujo no soui ni tsuite [On the Logical Difference between arthāpatti and anumāna]. Indotetsugaku Bukkyogaku 14, 339-355 (1-17) Schayer, Stanislaw (2001): On the Method of the Nyāya Research (Translated from the German original by Piotr Balcerowicz), The International Seminar: Argument and Reason in Indian Logic, Instytut Orientalistyczny, Warsaw, 35-43. Schayer, Stanislaw (2001): Studies on Indian Logic (Translated from the German original by Piotr Balcerowicz). The International Seminar: Argument and Reason in Indian Logic, Instytut Orientalistyczny, Warsaw, 23-33. Shiga, Kiyokuni (2003): Jaina objection against trividha-hetu: an opinion attributed to Pātrasvāmin. IBK 52/1, 491488 (4-7). Moriyama, Shinya (1998): Pramāṇavārttika II k. 34 ni kansuru Prajñākaragupta no kaisyaku ni tuite [Prajñākaragupta's Remarks on the Pramāṇavārttika II v. 34]. IBK 46/2, 104-107(& summary). Moriyama, Shinya (2000): Prajñākaragupta no issaichisya-ron: chikaku to suiri no mukubetu wo megutte [Die Abhandlung des allwissenden Buddha bei Prajñākaragupta: Nicht-Unterschied zwischen der Wahrnehmung und der Schlussfolgerung]. IBK 48/2, 1088-1086 (65-67). Moriyama, Shinya (1998): Raise no ronsho ni miru Prajñākaragupta no miraigenin-setsu [Can the Next Life be Proved from the Present Life?: Prajñākaragupta's Peculiar Theory of Causality (bhāvikāraṇa-vāda) in the Context of His Proof of the Paraloka]. Indotetsugaku bukkyogaku kenkyu 5, 44-57 (103,104). Miyasaka, Yūshō (1958): Vasubandhu oyobi Dignāga no danpen [Fragmente von Vasubandhu und Dignāga]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 6, 23-33. Moriyama, Shinya (2000): Issaichisya no jikan-ninshiki: Pramāṇavārttikālaṅkāra ad PV II vv. 136-137 no kaidoku [Sarvajñ̃ā's Cognition of the Past and the Future: Some Remarks on the Pramāṇavārttikālaṅkāra ad PV II 136-137]. Bukkyo Bunka Kenkyu Ronshu 4, 63-87 (& summary). Inami, Masahiro (1987): Dharmakīrti niyoru rinne no ronsho (2)[A Study in Pramāṇavārttika, Chap. II .. Dharmakīrti's Proof of Transmigration (Part II)]. Nanto Bukkyo 57, 32-49. Inami, Masahiro (2001): Pramāṇavārttika pramāṇasiddhi shō no kenkyū (9) [A Study of the Pramāṇasiddhi Chapter of Pramāṇavārttika]. Bulletin of Tokyo Gakugei University, Sect. II, 52, 17-35. Steinkellner, Ernst (2003): Ist Bodhisattvaschaft denkbar? Dharmakīrtis Antwort. Hōrin 10, 97-108. Steinkellner, Ernst (2004): An Old Transmissional Mistake in Pātrasvāmin's Definition of the Logical Reason as Quoted by Śāntarakṣita and Jinendrabuddhi. Gedenkschrift J.W. de Jong, ed. by H.W. Bodewitz and Minoru Hara 171 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1296 SD S 28.5 685 1297 SD S 28.5 686 1298 SD S 28.5 687 1299 SD S 28.5 688 1300 SD S 28.5 689 3320 SD S 28.5 69 1301 SD S 28.5 690 1302 SD S 28.5 691 1303 SD S 28.5 692 1304 SD S 28.5 693 1305 SD S 28.5 694 1306 SD S 28.5 695 1307 SD S 28.5 696 (Studia Philologica Buddhica, Monograph Series 17). Tokyo, 185-188. Steinkellner Ernst (2004): The Early Dharmakīrti on the Purpose of Examples. In: The Role of the Example (Dṛṣṭānta) in Classical Indian Logic. Introduction by Shōryū Katsura and Ernst Steinkellner, WSTB, 58, (Intr. VIIXII) 225-250. Steinkellner Ernst (2001): Is the Ultimate Cognition of the Yogin Conceptual or Non-Conceptual? Part 1: A Critical Edition of the Tantristic Tattvasiddhi, Final Section. In: Le Parole e i Marmi, Studi in onore di Raniero Gnoli nel suo 70 compleanno. Ed. Raffaele Torella. Serie Orientale Roma, XCII, 2, 835-851. Steinkellner, Ernst (2003): Once More on Circles. JIP 31, 323-341. Shiga, Kiyokuni (2003): Suiriron o meguru bukkōto to jainakyōto no ronsō: Shōin no sanjōken to ichijōken no tairitsu o chūshin ni [The Polemic about the Inference theory between the Buddhists and Jains - Mainly on Trilakṣaṇahetu vs Ekalakṣaṇahetu]. Nanto Bukkyō 83, 60-97 (& summary). Funayama Toru (2000): Kamalaśīla no chokusetsuchikakuron ni okeru "i ni yoru ninshiki" (mānasa) [Die "Wahrnehmung durch den Geist" (mānasa) in Kamalaśīlas Wahrnehmungslehre. In: Tetsugaku-Kenkyū 569, pp. 105-132. Sastri, Kuppuswami S. (1927): Problem of Identity in the Cultural History of Ancient India. Journal of Oriental Research Madras 1, 191-201. Namai, Chishō (1993): Pramāṇavārttika II 205-211 ni tsuite: Sono Śāntarakṣita no rikai [Über PV II 205-211: die Interpretation Śāntarakṣitas]. IBK, XLI No. 2, pp. (217)-(224). Katsura, Shōryū (1996): How did the Buddhists prove something? -- The Nature of Buddhist Logic --. The Numata Yehan Lecture in Buddhism 1996. The University of Calgary, Alberta, 1-21. Yaita Hidenori (1999): Dharmottaraṭippanaka of Mallavādin (II) - Text of the pratyakṣapariccheda. Journal of the Naritasan Institut for Buddhist Studies 22, 63-104. Yaita, Hidenori (2000): Dharmottaraṭippanaka of Mallavādin (III) -Text of the parārthānumānapariccheda. Journal of the Naritasan Institut for Buddhist Studies 23, 107-164. Yaita Hidenori (2001): Shōshinjitsuron (syaku), Gochikōkyū (śabdavicāra) shō no kenkyū [Studium des śbdavicāraKapitels des Tattvasaṃgraha (-pañjikā)]. Journal of the Naritasan Institut for Buddhist Studies 24, 89-139. Rospatt, Alexander von (1998): Momentariness, Buddhist Doctrine of. In: Routledge Encyclopedia of Philosophy. Ed. Edward Craig. Vol. 6 (Luther to Nifo). London and New York, 469-473. Rospatt, Alexander von (1998): Einige Berührungspunkte zwischen der buddhistischen Augenblicklichkeitslehre und 172 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1308 1309 SD S 28.5 697 SD S 28.5 698 1310 SD S 28.5 699 3250 SD S 28.5 7 3321 SD S 28.5 70 1371 SD S 28.5 700 1373 SD S 28.5 701 1374 SD S 28.5 702 1380 SD S 28.5 703 1381 SD S 28.5 704 1382 SD S 28.5 705 1383 SD S 28.5 706 1384 SD S 28.5 707 1385 SD S 28.5 708 der Vorstellung von der Momentanheit der Akzidenzien (´araḍ, a´rāḍ) in der islamischen Scholastik. In: ZDMGSUPPL. 11: Annäherung an das Fremde, XXVI. Deutscher Orientalistentag vom 25. bis 29. 9. 1995 in Leipzig, Franz Steiner, Stuttgart, 523-530. Taber John (2004): Is Indian Logic Nonmonotonic? Philosophy East and West, 54/2, 143-170. Mortensen, Chris (2004): Dharmakīrti and Priest on Change. In: Philosophy East and West, 54/1, pp.??. Lindtner, Christian (1994): Review: Takashi Iwata: Sahopalambhaniyama: Struktur und Entwicklung des Schlusses von der Tatsache, dass Erkenntnis und Gegenstand ausschliesslich zusammen wahrgenommen werden, auf deren Nichtverschiedenheit. Teil I-II. Alt- und Neu-Indische Studien 29. Franz Steiner Verlag Stuttgart 1991. In: IIJ 37, 272-275. Nakamura, Hajime (1958): Buddhist Logic Expounded by Means of Symbolic Logic. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 7/1, 395-375 (1-21). Chatterji, Durgacharan (1930): Miscellenea. (i) A Note on Rathā-Puruṣa. (ii) A Note on the Pramāṇasamuccaya. (iii) Two Quotations in Tattvasaṃgraha-Pañjikā. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 11, 194-199. Glashoff Klaus (2004): On Stanislaw Schayer's research on Nyāya. Journal of Indian Philosophy 32, 295-319. Yoshimizu, Chizuko (2003): Review Article: Dreyfus, Georges B.J., Recognizing Reality: Dharmakīrti's Philosophy and Its Tibetan Interpretations. Albany: State University of New York Press 1997. IIJ 46, 349-368. Matilal, Bimal Krishna (1985): Problems Concerning 'Self-Awareness' in Indian Philosophy. In: Indo-ShisōshiKenkyū 3, 1-12. Hattori, Masaaki (2000): Dignāga's Theory of Meaning. An Annotated Translation of the Pramāṇasamuccayavṛtti Chapter V: Anyāpoha-parīkṣā (I). In: Wisdom, Compassion, and the Search for Understanding. The Buddhist Studies Legacy of Gadjin M. Nagao. Ed. by J.A. Silk, Honolulu, 137-146. Factor, R. Lance (1983): What is the "logic" in Buddhist logic? In: Philosophy East and West 33-2, 183-188. Tripathi, Chhote Lal (1977): The Problem of "Negation" in Indian Philosophy. In: East and West (New Series) 27 Nos. 1-4, pp. 345-355. Hayashi, Keijin (1997): Shinjitsumu-setsu (Satyasvapnavāda) ni tsuite [Über die Satyasvapna-Lehre]. In: Tōhō 13, 123-135. Hayashi, Keijin (1995): Prajñākaragupta niyoru yume no kaisōteki-rikai [Prajñākaraguptas stufiges Verständnis des Traumes]. In: Tōyō no shisō to shyūkyō 12, 1-16. Watanabe, Shigeaki (2000): Prajñākaragupta's Pramāṇavārttikabhāṣyam ad Pramāṇavārttikam 2.1. abc and 2.4. d-2.5. 173 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1386 SD S 28.5 709 3322 SD S 28.5 71 1387 SD S 28.5 710 1388 SD S 28.5 711 1389 SD S 28.5 712 1390 SD S 28.5 713 1391 SD S 28.5 714 1392 SD S 28.5 715 1393 SD S 28.5 716 1394 SD S 28.5 717 1395 SD S 28.5 718 1396 SD S 28.5 719 3323 1397 SD S 28.5 72 SD S 28.5 720 ab Sanskrit Text and Tibetan Text with Tibetan-Sanskrit Index. Naritasan Bukkyō-Kenkyūsho Kiyō (Journal of Naritasan Institute for Buddhist Studies) 23, 1-88. Hakamaya, Noriaki (2000): pramāṇa-bhūta to kumāra-bhūta no gogi -- bhūta no yōhō o chūshin toshite -- [Die Bedeutung von pramāṇabhūta und kumārabhūta: Der Gebrauch von bhūta]. Komazawatankidaigaku-bukkyōronshū 6, 1-30. Chatterji, Durgacharan (1933): Hetucakranirṇaya. Indian Historical Quarterly 9, 266-272, 511-514. De Jong, J. W. (1994): Review: Ernst Steinkellner (ed.), Studies in the Buddhist Epistemological Tradition. Proceedings of the Second International Dharmakīrti Converence Vienna June 11-16, 1989. Indo-Iranian Journal 37, 378-380. Franco, Eli (1993): Review: Ernst Steinkellner and Helmut Krasser, Dharmottaras Exkurs zur Definition gültiger Erkenntnis im Pramāṇaviniścaya. In: IIJ 36, 266-268. Hattori, Masaaki (1973): Mīmāṃsāślokavārttika, Apohavāda shō no kenkyū (jō) [Studium von ŚV, apohavāda (1)]. In: Kyoto-daigaku Bungakubu Kekyū Kiyō 14, pp. 1-44. Katsura, Shōryū (1997): Dai san kai kokusai Dharmakīrti gakkai [The Third International Dharmakīrti Konferenz]. Tōhōgaku 96, 163-168. Kimura, Seiji (1997): Teigi to pramāṇa no teigi [Die Definition und die Definition von pramāṇa]. Komazawatankidaigaku Bukkyōgaku Ronshū 3, 260-244 (1-17). Kellner, Birgit (1997): Non-cognition (anupalabdhi) - perception or inference? The views of Dharmottara and Jñānaśrīmitra. Tetsugaku 49, 121-134. Kellner, Birgit (1997): Upalabdhilakṣanāprāpti ni tsuite [On upalabdhilakṣaṇaprāpti]. IBK 46/2, 111-114. Horn, Laurence R. (1989): Negation East and West: In: A Natural History of Negation. The University of Chicago Press: Chicago and London, 79-96 (534,535). Franco, Eli (2001): Fragments of a Buddhist pramāṇa-theory from the Kuṣāṇa period. In: BDK Fellowship Newsletter 4, pp. 2-12. Mejor, Marek (2003): Review: Ernst Steinkellner - Michael Torsten Much, Texte der erkenntnistheoretischen Schule des Buddhismus. Systematische Übersicht über die buddhistische Sanskrit-Literatur (II). Göttingen. 1995. In: WZKS 47, 229-231. Sastri, N. Aiyaswami (1946): A lost commentary on the Nyāyamukha. Sino-Indian Studies 2, 54-55. Inami, Masahiro (1995): Pramāṇavārttika Pramāṇasiddhi shō no kenkyū (4) [A Study of the Pramāṇasiddhi Chapter 174 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1398 SD S 28.5 721 1399 SD S 28.5 722 1400 SD S 28.5 723 1401 SD S 28.5 724 1402 SD S 28.5 725 1403 SD S 28.5 726 1404 SD S 28.5 727 1405 SD S 28.5 728 1406 SD S 28.5 729 3324 SD S 28.5 73 1407 SD S 28.5 730 1408 SD S 28.5 731 1409 SD S 28.5 732 of Pramāṇavārttika (4)]. Shimane Kenritsu Kokusai Tankidaigaku Kiyō 2, 43-67 Inami, Masahiro (1997): Pramāṇavārttika Pramāṇasiddhi shō no kenkyū (6) [A Study of the Pramāṇasiddhi Chapter of Pramāṇavārttika (6)]. Tokyo-gakugei-daigaku Kiyō dai-ni-bumon jinbunkagaku (Bulletin of Tokyo Gakugei University) 48, 11-35. Inami, Masahiro (1998): Pramāṇavārttika Pramāṇasiddhi shō no kenkyū (7) [A Study of the Pramāṇasiddhi Chapter of Pramāṇavārttika (7)]. Tokyo-gakugei-daigaku Kiyō dai-ni-bumon jinbunkagaku (Bulletin of Tokyo Gakugei University) 49, 11-24. Inami, Masahiro (1999): Pramāṇavārttika Pramāṇasiddhi shō no kenkyū (8) [A Study of the Pramāṇasiddhi Chapter of Pramāṇavārttika (8)]. Tokyo-gakugei-daigaku Kiyō dai-ni-bumon jinbunkagaku (Bulletin of Tokyo University) 50, 9-26. Steinkellner, Ernst (1979): On the interpretation of the svabhāvahetuḥ. In: WZKS 8, 117-129. Frauwallner, Erich (1954): Die Reihenfolge und Entstehung der Werke Dharmakīrti's. In: Asiatica. Festschrift Friedrich Weller. Otto Harrassowitz: Leipzig. pp. 142-154. Steinkellner, Ernst (1993): Buddhist Logic: The Search for Certainty. In: Buddhist Spirituality. Indian, Southeast Asian, Tibetan, and Early Chinese. Ed. Takeuchi Yoshinori, Crossroad: New York, pp. 213-218. Hakamaya, Noriaki (2001): Pramāṇa-bhūta hoki [Nachtrag über Pramāṇa-bhūta]. In: Komazawa-tankidaigaku Kenkyū-kiyō 29, 433-448. Lindtner, Christian (1994): Review: Dharmottaras kurze Untersuchung der Gültigkeit einer Erkenntnis. By Helmut Krasser. Laghuprāmāṇyaparīkṣā. Teil I: Tibetischer Text und Sanskritmaterialien. Teil II: Übersetzung. Wien 1991. In: Brahmavidyā - The Adyar Library Bulletin 58, 265-267. Krasser, Helmut (2001): On Dharmakīrti's Understanding of pramāṇabhūta and His Definition of pramāṇa. In: WZKS 45, 173-199. Deshpande, Madhav (1978): Sentence-Cognition in Nyāya Epistemology. Indo-Iranian Journal 20, 195-216. Krasser, Helmut (2001): On the Dates and Works of Śaṅkaranandana. In: Le Parole e i Marmi. Studi in onore di Raniero Gnoli nel suo 70° compleanno (SOR 92/2). Ed. by Raffaele Torella. Roma: Istituto Italiano per L'Africa e l'Oriente (IsIAO), 489-508. Braarvig, Jens (1998): Review: Eli Franco, Dharmakīrti on Compassion and Rebirth. In: Acta Orientalia 59, 306-308. Moriyama, Seitetsu (1997): Mujishō-ronshō ni okeru henjū-kankei to nitai-setsu -- kibyūkangen-hou to hanshoshōkyoseki-kenshō -- [Pervasion (vyāpti) and the two Truth Theory in the Proof of Non-substantiality 175 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1410 SD S 28.5 733 1411 SD S 28.5 734 1412 SD S 28.5 735 1413 SD S 28.5 736 1414 SD S 28.5 737 1415 SD S 28.5 738 1416 SD S 28.5 739 3325 SD S 28.5 74 1417 SD S 28.5 740 1418 SD S 28.5 741 1419 SD S 28.5 742 1420 1421 SD S 28.5 743 SD S 28.5 744 prasaṅgaviparyaya and sādhyaviparyaye bādhakapramāṇa]. Nanto Bukkyō 74-75, 1-29. Kanō, Kyō (1997): Jñānaśrīmitra no syusaishin-ron zenshuchō no kenkyū (ge) [A Study of Jñānaśrīmitra's Īśvaravāda: Pūrvapakṣa (2)]. Nanto Bukkyō 74-75, 30-59. Oetke, Claus (1993): Review Article: Vittorio A. van Bijlert: Epistemology and Spiritual Authority. The Development of Epistemology and Logic in the Old Nyāya and the Buddhist School of Epistemology with an Annotate Translation of Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇavārttika II (Pramāṇasiddhi) vv. 1-7. Wien 1989. In: IIJ 36, 105-127. Frauwallner, Erich (1996/1998): Dharmakīrti [600-660 d.C.] [Sobre los requisitos para la validez de la inferencia] In: Revista de Estudios Budistas 12, 5-16. Franco, Eli (1993): A Note on Hetucakraḍamaru 8-9. IIJ 36, 235-237. Tani, Tadashi (1998): Jñānaśrīmitra shunkanteki shōmetsu (setsunametsu) Kṣaṇabhaṅga shiyaku [1] saikō (1). Reconstruction of a Trial Translation of Jānaśrīmitra's "Kṣaṇabhaṅga Adhyāya" [1]. Kōchi Kōgyō Kōtō Senmon Gakkō Gakujutsu Kiyō (= The Bulletin of the Kōchi National College of Technology) 42, 1-23. Tani, Tadashi (1998): Jñānaśrīmitra shunkanteki shōmetsu (setsunametsu) Kṣaṇabhaṅga shiyaku [1] saikō (2). Reconstruction of a Trial Translation of Jānaśrīmitra's "Kṣaṇabhaṅga Adhyāya" [2]. Kōchi Kōgyō Kōtō Senmon Gakkō Gakujutsu Kiyō (= The Bulletin of the Kōchi National College of Technology) 42, 25-47. Tani, Tadashi (1998): Jñānaśrīmitra shunkanteki shōmetsu (setsunametsu) Kṣaṇabhaṅga shiyaku [1] saikō (3). Reconstruction of a Trial Translation of Jñānaśrīmitra's "Kṣaṇabhaṅga Adhyāya" [3]. Kōchi Kōgyō Kōtō Senmon Gakkō Gakujutsu Kiyō (= The Bulletin of the Kōchi National College of Technology) 42, 49-69. Prasad, Jwala (1930): Discussion of the Buddhist Doctrines of Momentariness and Subjective Idealism in the Nyayasutras. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 31-39. Steinkellner, Ernst (1998): Dharmakīrti (c. 600-660). Routledge Encyclopedia of Philosophy (vol. 3). Ed. by Edward Craig. Routledge, London and New York, 51-53. Steinkellner, Ernst (1997): Kumārila, Īśvarasena, and Dharmakīrti in Dialogue. A New Interpretation of Pramāṇavārttika I 33. In: Indica et Tibetica 30: Buddhavidyāsudhākaraḥ. Studies in Honor of Heinz Bechert On the Occasion of His 65th Birthday. Ed. P.K. Pülz and J.U. Hartmann, pp. 625-646. Paul, Gregor (1999): Neuere Literatur zur (buddhistischen) Begründungstheorie (hetuvidyā, yinming, immyō). In: Hōrin 6, 249-259. Katsura,Shōryū (2002): Beweisverfahren der Buddhisten: Das Wesen buddhistischer Logik. Hōrin 9, 11-30. Steinkellner, Ernst (1998): Die erkenntnistheoretisch-logische Tradition des Buddhismus. Buddhismus in Geschichte 176 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1423 SD S 28.5 745 1424 SD S 28.5 746 1425 SD S 28.5 747 1426 SD S 28.5 748 1427 SD S 28.5 749 3326 SD S 28.5 75 1460 SD S 28.5 750 1485 SD S 28.5 751 1667 SD S 28.5 752 1688 SD S 28.5 753 5262 SD S 28.5 754 3327 SD S 28.5 76 3328 SD S 28.5 77 3329 3330 3331 3332 SD S 28.5 78 SD S 28.5 79 SD S 28.5 80 SD S 28.5 81 und Gegenwart. Band II. Universität Hamburg, 64-86. Steinkellner, Ernst (1976): Der Einleitungsvers von Dharmottaras Apohaprakaraṇam. WZKS 20, 123-124. Oetke, Claus (1989): Svabhāvapratibandha and the Types of Reasons in Dharmakīrti's Theory of Inference. In: SBET, 243-268. Katsura, Shōryū (1992): Dignāga and Dharmakīrti on adarśanamātra and anupalabdhi. AS 46/1, 222-231. Yaita, Hideomi (1998): Kunbun-ban joujūron tibet yaku ni tsuite [On the sKu-'bum version of the Pramāṇasamuccaya]. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyūsho Kiyō 21, 19-50. McClintock, Sara (2000): Knowing All through Knowing One: Mystical Communion or Logical Trick in the Tattvasaṃgraha and Tattvasaṃgrahapañjikā. In: JIABS 23/2, 225-244. Steinkellner, Ernst (1979): Miszellen zur erkenntnistheoretisch-logischen Schule des Buddhismus. I. Zur Datierung Karṇakagomins. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens 23, 141-154. Gillon, Brendan S. (1987): Two Forms of Negation in Sanskrit: prasajyapratiṣedha and paryudāsapratisedha. In: Lokaprajñā 1-1, 81-89. Yoshimizu, Chizuko (1999): Kōjō na mono na naze munōryoku ka. Setsunametsu ronshō no rironteki haikei [Why is a Permanent Thing Inefficacious? The Theoretical Background of Kṣaṇikatvānumāna]. IBK 48, 377-373 (196-200). Bijlert, Victor A. van (1999): Review: Eli Franco, Dharmakīrti on Compassion and Rebirth. Vienna, 1997. OLZ 94, 384-386. Hideomi, Yaita (2000): Dharmottaraṭippanaka of Mallavādin (III). Text of the parārthānumānapariccheda. JNIBS 23, 107-164. Hattori, Masaaki (1975): Mīmāṃsāślokavārttika, Apohavāda shō no kenkyū (ge) [Studium von ŚV, apohavāda (2)]. In: Kyoto-daigaku Bungakubu Kenkyū Kiyō 15, pp. 1-63. [umkatalogisiert von S 28.5.712 auf 754!] Yūsho, Miyasaka (1970-1971): darumakirute no shōgai to sakuhin. Mikkyō Bunka (1970), 104-64; Mikkyō Bunka (1971), 88-48. Kimura, Toshihiko (1978): Sarvajñasiddhiparīkṣā [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 27/1, 447-441 (56-60). Mikogami, Eshō (1979): Some Remarks on the Concept of Arthakriyā. Journal of Indian Philosophy 7, 79-94. Tripath, Chhote Lal (1977): The Problem of "Negation" in Indian Philosophy. East and West 27/1-4, 345-355. Wayman, Alex (1958): The rules of debate according to Asaṅga. Journal of the American Oriental Society 78, 29-40. Yadav, Bibhuti S. (1977): Negation, Nirvāṇa and Nonsense. JAAR 45/4, 451-471. 177 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3333 SD S 28.5 82 3334 SD S 28.5 83 3335 SD S 28.5 84 3336 SD S 28.5 85 3337 SD S 28.5 86 3338 3339 3340 SD S 28.5 87 SD S 28.5 88 SD S 28.5 89 3251 SD S 28.5 8a 3252 SD S 28.5 8b 3253 SD S 28.5 9 3341 SD S 28.5 90 3342 3343 SD S 28.5 91 SD S 28.5 92 3344 SD S 28.5 93 3345 SD S 28.5 94 3346 SD S 28.5 95 Steinkellner, Ernst (1980): Some Sanskrit fragments of Jinendrabuddhi's Viśālāmalavatī. In: A Corpus of Indian Studies. Essays in Honour of Professor Gaurinath Sastri. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 96-105. Miyasaka, Yūshō (1964): A Sanskrit-Tibetan and Japanese Index of the Hetutattvopadeśa of Jitāri, comparing with the Chinese of Buddhist Logical terms. Maha Bodhi 68, 57-31. Thakur, Anantalal (1980): Members of Parārthānumāna: Later Phase. In: A Corpus of Indian Studies. Essays in Honour of Professor Gaurinath Sastri. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 123-131. Krishnamoorthy, K. (1980): Bhāmaha and Buddhist Logic. In: A Corpus of Indian Studies. Essays in Honour of Professor Gaurinath Sastri. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 106-111. Gillon, Brendan S. and Love, Martha lile (1980): Indian Logic revisited: Nyāyapraveśa reviewed. Journal of Indian Philosophy 8, 349-384. Shaw, J. L. (1980): The Nyāya on cognition and negation. Journal of Indian Philosophy 8, 279-302. Hayes, Richard P. (1980): Diṅnāga's views on reasoning (svārthānumāna). Journal of Indian Philosophy 8, 219-277. Gupta, Bina (1980): Are hetvābhāsas formal fallacies ? Journal of Indian Philosophy 8, 135-147. Kajiyama, Yūichi (1960): Indo ronrigaku no kihonteki seikaku [Fundamentalsätze der indischen Logik, 1]. Tetsugaku Kenkyū 468, 811-838 (1-28). Kajiyama, Yūichi (1960): Indo ronrigaku no kihonteki seikaku [Fundamentalsätze der indischen Logik, 2]. Tetsugaku Kenkyū 469, 936-960 (34-58). Hattori, Masaaki (1960): Bāhyārthasiddhikārikā of Śubhagupta. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 8/1, 400-395 (9-14). Gupta, Rita (1980): The Buddhist doctrine of momentariness and its presuppositions. Dharmakīrti's argument in Hetubindu. Journal of Indian Philosophy 8, 47-68. Davis, Lawrence (1981): Tarka in the Nyāya theory of inference. Journal of Indian Philosophy 9, 105-120. Lindtner, Christian (1980): Apropos Dharmakīrti - Two new works and a new date. Acta Orientalia 41,7-37. Mohanty, J. N. (1971): Review: Bimal Krishna Matilal, The Navya-Nyāya Doctrine of Negation. The Semantics and Ontology of Negative Statements in Navya-Nyāya Philosophy. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1968. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 197-211. Salus, Peter H. (1974): Review: Bimal K. Matilal, Epistemology, Logic, and Grammar in Indian Philosophical Analysis (Janua Linguarum, Series Minor 3). The Hague: Mouton, 1971. Journal of Indian Philosophy 2, 273-383. Potter, Karl H. (1970): Realism, speech-acts, and truth-gaps in Indian and Western Philosophy. Journal of Indian 178 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3347 SD S 28.5 96 3348 SD S 28.5 97 3349 SD S 28.5 98 3350 SD S 28.5 99 3778 SD S 28.6 1 3787 SD S 28.6 10 3788 SD S 28.6 10b 274 SD S 28.6 11 275 SD S 28.6 12 3779 SD S 28.6 2 3780 SD S 28.6 3 3781 SD S 28.6 4 Philosophy 1, 13-21. Gangopadhyay, Mrinal Kanti (1971): The concept of upādhi in Indian Logic. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 146166. Matilal, Bimal Krishna (1974): A note on the Nyāya fallacy sādhyasama and petitio principii. Journal of Indian Philosophy 2, 211-224. Matilal, B. K. (1977): Ontological problems in Nyāya, Buddhism and Jainism. A comparative analysis. Journal of Indian Philosophy 5, 91-105. Yolton, John W. (1974): Review: Bimal K. Matilal, Epistemology, Logic, and Grammar in Indian Philosophical Analysis (Janua Linguarum, Series Minor 3). The Hague: Mouton, 1971. Journal of Indian Philosophy 2, 384-396. Schmithausen, Lambert (1973): Zu D. Seyfort Rueggs Buch "La Théorie du Tathāgatagarbha et du Gotra" (Besprechungsaufsatz). WZKS 17, 123-160. Paul, Diana Y. (1976):(1) Review: Alex and Hideko Wayman, The Lion's Roar of Queen Śrīmālā: A Buddhist Scripture on the Tathāgatagarbha Theory. Translated, with Introduction and Notes. N.Y.: Columbia University Press, 1974. (2) Alex and Hideko Wayman, Reply to Diana Paul & Diana Paul, Rejoinder to A. and H. Wayman's Reply. Philosophy East and West (1)26/3; (2)26/4, 346-348; 492-494. Wayman, Alex and Hideko (1976): Reply to Diana Paul 's Review of The Lion's Roar of Queen Śrīmalā. Philosophy East and West 26/4, 492-494. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1989): The Buddhist Notion of an 'Immanent Absolute' (tathāgatagarbha) as a Problem in Hermeneutics. In: The Buddhist Heritage. Papers delivered at the Symposium of the same name convened at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, November 1985 (Buddhica Britannica 1). Ed. by Tadeusz Skorupski. Tring, U.K.: The Institute of Buddhist Studies, 229-245. Hakamaya, Noriaki (1988): A Critique of the Structure of Faith in the Ratnagotravibhāga. Memoirs of the Research Department of the Toyo Bunko 46, 27-49. Bailey, H. W. and Johnston, E. H. (1935-1937): A Fragment of the Uttaratantra in Sanskrit. BSOAS 8, 76-83. Hattori, Masaaki (1972): Review: David Seyfort Ruegg, La Théorie du Tathāgatagarbha et du Gotra. Étude sur la Sotériologie et la Gnoséologie du Bouddhisme (Publications de l'École Française d'Éxtrême-Orient 76). Paris, 1969. JIP 2, 53-64. Takasaki, Jikido (1962): A Comment on the Term Ārambaṇa in the Ratnagotravibhāga I, 9. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 10/2, 757-750 (26-33) 179 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3782 SD S 28.6 5 3783 SD S 28.6 6 3784 SD S 28.6 7 3785 SD S 28.6 8 3786 SD S 28.6 9 3789 SD S 28.7 1 3798 SD S 28.7 10 3799 SD S 28.7 11 3800 SD S 28.7 12 3801 SD S 28.7 13 3802 SD S 28.7 14 3803 SD S 28.7 15 De Jong, J. W. (1968-1969): Review: Jikido Takasaki, A Study on the Ratnagotravibhāga (Uttaratantra). Being a Treatise on the Tathāgatagarbha Theory of Mahāyāna Buddhism (= Serie Orientale Roma XXXIII). Roma, 1966. Indo-Iranian Journal 11, 36-54. Takasaki, Jikidō (1973): Review: David Seyfort Ruegg, La théorie du tathāgatagarbha et du gotra: Études sur la sotériologie et la gnoséologie du bouddhisme (= Publications de l'École française d'Extrême-Orient 70). Paris, 1969. IIJ 15, 292-299. De Jong, J. W. (1976): Review: Takasaki Jikidō, Nyoraizō shisō no keisei [The formation of the tathāgatagarbha theory]. Tōkyō: Shunjūsha, 1974. IIJ 18, 311-315. Tokiwa, Gishin (1983): The Tathāgata-garbha thought in the early stages of Buddhism in India. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto. Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 1-9 (typescript). Liu, Ming-wood (1985): The Yogācāra and Mādhyamika interpretations of the buddha-nature concept in Chinese Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 35/2, 171-193. (1) Demiéville, Paul / (2) Gernet, Jacques (1957): Bibliographie: (1)Tsukamoto, Zenryū (ed.), Jōron kenkyū [Studies in the Chao-lun]. Rapport de recherches de l'Institut de recherches des Sciences humaines de l'Université de Kyōto. Kyōto: Hōzōkan, 1955. (2)Leon Hurvitz et Tsukamoto Zenryū, Wei Shou. Treatise on Buddhism and Taoism, an English translation of the original Chinese text of Wei-shu CXIV and the Japanese annotation, Kyōto University, 1956. T'oung Pao 45/1-3, 221-236. Inagaki, H. (1973): Review: Garma C.C. Chang, The Buddhist teaching of totality: the philosophy of Hwa Yen Buddhism. London: George Allen & Unwin Ltd., 1972. BSOAS 36, 491-493. Lai, Whalen W. (1983): The early Prajñā schools, especially "Hsin-Wu", reconsidered. Philosophy East and West 33/1, 61-77. Koseki, Aaron K. (1984): Chi-tsang's Sheng-man pao-k'u: The true dharma doctrine and the bodhisattva ideal. Philosophy East and West 34/1, 67-83. Lai, Whalen W. (1978): Illusionism (māyāvāda) in late T'ang Buddhism: A hypothesis on the philosophical roots of the Round Enlightenment Sūtra (Yüan-chüeh-ching). Philosophy East and West 28/1, 39-51. Lai, Whalen W. (1978): Sinitic understanding of the two truths theory in the Liang dynasty (502-557): Ontological Gnosticism in the thoughts of Prince Chao-ming. Philosophy East and West 28/3, 339-351. Lai, Whalen W. (1980): Further developments of the two truths theory in China: the Ch'eng-shih-lun Tradition and Chou Yung's San-tsung-lun. Philosophy East and West 30/2, 139-161. 180 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3804 SD S 28.7 16 3805 SD S 28.7 17 3806 SD S 28.7 18 3807 SD S 28.7 19 3790 SD S 28.7 2 3808 SD S 28.7 20 3809 SD S 28.7 21 3810 SD S 28.7 22 3811 SD S 28.7 23 3812 SD S 28.7 24 355 SD S 28.7 25 356 SD S 28.7 26 578 SD S 28.7 27 1240 SD S 28.7 28 1290 SD S 28.7 29 Koseki, Aaron K. (1981): The concept of practice in San Lun thought: Chi-tsang and the "concurrent insight" of the two truths. Philosophy East and West 31/4, 449-466. Lai, Whalen (1982): Sinitic speculations on buddha-nature: The Nirvāṇa school (420-589). Philosophy East and West 32/2, 135-149. Wright, Dale S. (1982): The significance of paradoxical language in Hua-yen Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 32/3, 325-338. Cook, Francis H. (1972): The meaning of Vairocana in Hua-yen Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 22, 403-415. Liebenthal, Walter (1954): On Trends in Chinese Thought. Silver Jubilee Volume of the Zinbun-Kagaku-Kenkyusyo, Kyoto University, 262-278. Cook, Francis H. (1973): Review: Garma C. C. Chang, The Buddhist Teaching of Totality: The Philosophy of Hwa Yen Buddhism. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press, 1971. Philosophy East and West 23/3, 397398. Yu, David C. (1974): Skill-in-means and the Buddhism of Tao-sheng: A study of a Chinese reaction to Mahāyāna of the fifth century. Philosophy East and West 24/4, 413-427. Gimello, Robert M. (1976): Apopathic and kataphatic discourse in Mahāyāna: A Chinese view. Philosophy East and West 26/2, 117-136. Link, Arthur E. (1957): Shyh Daw-An's preface to Saṅgharakṣa's Yogācārabhūmi-Sūtra and the problem of BuddhoTaoist terminology in early Chinese Buddhism. JAOS 77, 1-14. Inaba, Shōju (1971): Restoration of Yüan-ts'ê's Chieh-shên-mi-ching-shu through Its Tibetan Counterpart - An Attempt at Retranslating Its Lost Parts in Tibetan Translation back into Chinese. Annual Report of Researches of Otani University 24, 9-10; 1-132. Unno, Taitetsu (1989): "Bits of Rubble Change into Gold". The Transformation of Self in Pure Land Buddhism. Indian Philosophy and Buddhism: Essays in Honour of Professor Kotatsu Fujita on His Sixtieth Birthday, 27-47. Weinstein, Stanley (1959): A Biographical Study of Tz'ŭ-ên. Monumenta Nipponica 15/1-2, 119-149. Hamar, Imre (1998): The Doctrines of Perfect Teaching in Ch'eng-kuan's Introduction to his Commentary on the Hua-yen-ching. Journal of The Center for Buddhist Studies 3, 331-349. Hakamaya, Noriaki (2001): Zehouhikesetsu kou [On the doctrine that Amida and his hand are rewarded ones and not transformed ones]. Komazawatankidaigaku kenkyukiyo 29. 331-388. Hakamaya, Noriaki (2000): Kichizo Kanmuryojukyosho to jodoshiso [Ji-zang's Guan-mu-liang-shou-jing-shu and 181 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3791 SD S 28.7 3 1358 SD S 28.7 30 1493 SD S 28.7 31 1506 SD S 28.7 32 3792 SD S 28.7 4 3793 SD S 28.7 5 3794 SD S 28.7 6 3795 3796 SD S 28.7 7 SD S 28.7 8 3797 SD S 28.7 9 3813 SD S 28.8 1 445 SD S 28.8 10 446 SD S 28.8 11 447 SD S 28.8 12 1241 SD S 28.8 13 the Pure Land Thought]. In: The San-lun Doctorine and the Buddhist Thoughts: Prof. Dr. Sunei Hirai Felicitation Volume on his 70th Birthday: Tokyo (Shunju-sha), pp. 171-191. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1976): The meaning of the term gotra and the textual history of the Ratnagotravibhāga. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 39/2, 342-363. Lalou, Marcelle (1939): Document Tibétain. Sur l'Expansion du Dhyāna Chinois. JA 231, 505-523. Funayama, Toru (2000): Jiron shû to nanchô kyôgaku [The Dilun Sect and the Buddhism in Southern Dynasties]. In: N. Aramaki (ed.), Hokuchô zuitô chûgoku bukkyô shisôshi. Kyoto, 123-153. Siklós, Bulcsu (1988): Buddhism in China. The World's Religions. Ed. by Stewart Sutherland [u.a.], Routledge, London, 756-767. Lai, Whalen (1977): The meaning of "mind-only" (wei-hsin): An analysis of a sinitic Mahāyāna phenomenon. Philosophy East and West 27/1, 65-83. Lai, Whalen (1977): Chinese Buddhist causation theories: An analysis of the sinitic Mahāyāna understanding of Pratītya-samutpāda. Philosophy East and West 27/3, 241-264. Satō, Chisui (1978): The Character of Yün-kang Buddhism - A look at the emergence of a State-supported religion in China under the Northern Wei. Memoirs of the Research Department of the Toyo Bunko 36, 39-83. Sargent, Galen Eugène (1955): Les débats personnels de Tchou Hi en matière de méthodologie. JA 243, 213-228. Masson-Oursel, M. Paul (1915): Le Yuan jen louen. JA (onzième série) 5, 299-354. Kajiyama, Yuichi (1985): Transfer of Merits in Pure Land Buddhism. Nāgārjuna, Vasubandhu, and T'an Luan. Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Heirakuji Shoten, Kyoto, 123-138. Nakamura, Hajime (1958-1959): Some Features of the Japanese Way of Thinking. Monumenta Nipponica (Studies on Japanese Culture Past and Present) 14/3-4, 31-72 (277-318). Noriaki, Hakamaya (1987): Buddhism and Syncretism in Japan -An Anti-Japanological Approach. Nippon Bukkyō Gakkai Nenpō 52. Paul, Gregor (1992): Zur buddhistischen Logik und ihrer Geschichte in Japan. OAG Aktuell 56. Tōkyō: Deutsche Gesellschaft für Natur- und Völkerkunde Ostasiens (OAG), 1-84. Silk, Jonathan A. (1997): The Composition of the Guan Wuliangshoufo-Jing: Some Buddhist and Jaina Parallels to its Narrative Frame. JIP 25/2, 181-256. Hakamaya, Noriaki (2000): Yuishinsho-moni hikakutaisho hon [A comparative edition of the Yuishinsho-moni]. 182 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1286 SD S 28.8 14 1291 SD S 28.8 15 1505 SD S 28.8 16 3814 SD S 28.8 2 3815 SD S 28.8 3 3816 SD S 28.8 4 3817 SD S 28.8 5 3818 SD S 28.8 6 3819 SD S 28.8 7 3820 SD S 28.8 8 3821 SD S 28.8 9 3822 SD S 28.9 1 3831 SD S 28.9 10 3832 SD S 28.9 11 Komazawatankidaigaku kenkyukiyo 28. 191-234. Oyama, Koujun (1944): Gokoku no bukkyo [Der Buddhismus für den Staat-Schutz]. Mikkyo-kenkyu, No. 87, pp. 129. Koujiro, Toshimichi (1944): Mikkyokangyou ni okeru rikai no keishiki ni tuite [Die Verständnisform in tantrischer Meditation]. Mikkyokenkyu 88, pp. 30-65. Siklós, Bulcsu (1988): Buddhism in Japan. The World's Religions. Ed. by Stewart Sutherland [u.a.], Routledge, London, 768-778. Sasaki, Genjun H. (1967): Zen und Shin. Indische Grundlage des japanischen Buddhismus. Oriens Extremus 2 (14. Jg.), 179-197. Odin, Steve (1987): Review: David Edward Shaner, The Bodymind Experience in Japanese Buddhism: A Phenomenological Study of Kūkai and Dōgen. Albany, New York: State University of New York Press, 1985. Philosophy East and West 37/2, 202-206. Ozaki, Makoto (1979): The historical structure of the eternal: Nichiren's eschatology. Philosophy East and West 29/3, 295-306. Dilworth, David A. (1970): Nishida's final essay: The logic of place and a religious world-view. Philosophy East and West 20/4, 355-367. Ishida, Mitsuyuki (1963): Tendai Elements in the Doctrinal Systems of Honen's Disciples. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 11/2, 803-798 (74-79). Shioiri, Ryōtyū (1963): The Problem of Dengyō-daishi's concept of Saddharmapuṇḍarīka and Mahāvairocanasūtra [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 11/1, 103-109. Vetter, Tilmann (1987): Buddhismus und Christentum. Zum buddhistischen Hintergrund von K. Nishitanis Dialektik (I) und zu F. Buris Vorschlag zum christlich-buddhistischen Dialog (II). Zeitschrift für Missionswissenschaft und Religionswissenschaft 71/1, 1-24. Unno, Taitetsu (1988): Zen and Shin Buddhismus: Structural Parallels. The Pure Land, Journal of Pure Land Buddhism (New Series) 5, 3-19. Demiéville, Paul (1947): Le miroir spirituel. Sinologica 1/2, 112-137. Tanaka, Ryōshō (1976): On the Tun huang Manuscript of the Ch'an-yüan-chu-chüan-chi-tu-hsü [jap.]- Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 25/1, 107-112. Gernet, Jacques (1951): Biographie du Maître Chen-Houei du Ho-tsö (668-760). Contribution à l'Histoire de l'École 183 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3833 SD S 28.9 12 3834 SD S 28.9 13 3835 SD S 28.9 14 3836 SD S 28.9 15 3837 SD S 28.9 16 3838 SD S 28.9 17 3839 SD S 28.9 18 3840 SD S 28.9 19 3823 SD S 28.9 2 3841 3842 SD S 28.9 20 SD S 28.9 21 3843 SD S 28.9 22 3844 SD S 28.9 23 3845 SD S 28.9 24 3846 SD S 28.9 25 3847 SD S 28.9 26 du Dhyāna. JA 239, 29-68. Ueyama, Daishun (1983): A Chronological Stratification of the Tun-Huang Ch'an Manuscripts. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto. Cishaan Seminar A-4, Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 1-7 (typescript). Houston, G. W. (1977): The system of Ha Śang Mahāyāna. CAJ 21, 105-110. Heine, Steven (1983): Temporality of hermeneutics in Dōgen's Shōbōgenzō. Philosophy East and West 33/2, 139147. Shaner, David E. (1985): The Bodymind Experience in Dōgen's Shōbōgenzō: A phenomenological Perspective. Philosophy East and West 35/1, 17-35. Gregory, Peter N. (1985): Tsung-mi and the single word "awareness" (chih). Philosophy East and West 35/3, 249268. Zeuschner, Robert B. (1978): The understanding of mind in the Northern line of Ch'an (Zen). Philosophy East and West 28/1, 69-79. Kasulis, Thomas P. (1978): The Zen philosopher: A review article on Dōgen scholarship in English. Philosophy East and West 28/3, 353-373. Lai, Whalen (1979): Ch'an metaphors: Waves, water, mirror, lamp. Philosophy East and West 29/3, 243-253. Sasaki, Genjun H. (1967): Zen und Shin. Indische Grundlage des japanischen Buddhismus. Oriens Extremus 2 (14. Jg.), 179-197. Nordstrom, Louis (1980): Zen and karman. Philosophy East and West 30/1, 77-86. Kasulis, Thomas P. (1980): Truth and Zen. Philosophy East and West 30/4, 453-464. Kolb, David A. (1980): Review: Toshihiko Izutsu, Toward a Philosophy of Zen Buddhism. Tehran: Imperial Iranian Academy of Philosophy, 1977. Philosophy East and West 30/4, 540-542. Nordstrom, Louis (1981): Mysticism without transcendence: Reflections on liberation and emptiness. Philosophy East and West 31/1, 89-95. Jan, Yün-hua (1981): The mind as the Buddha-nature: The concept of the absolute in Ch'an Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 31/4, 467-477. Heine, Steven (1982): Review: T.P. Kasulis, Zen Action, Zen Person. Honolulu, Hawaii: The University Press of Hawaii, 1981. Philosophy East and West 32/3, 343-346. Hyers, M. Conrad (1970): The ancient Zen master as clown-figure and comic midwife. Philosophy East and West 184 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3848 SD S 28.9 27 3849 SD S 28.9 28 3850 SD S 28.9 29 3824 SD S 28.9 3 3851 SD S 28.9 30 3852 SD S 28.9 31 3853 SD S 28.9 32 3854 SD S 28.9 33 3855 SD S 28.9 34 3856 SD S 28.9 35 3857 SD S 28.9 36 575 SD S 28.9 37 576 SD S 28.9 38 577 SD S 28.9 39 3825 SD S 28.9 4 1483 SD S 28.9 40 20/1, 3-18. Rosemont, Henry Jr. (1970): Is Zen Buddhism a philosophy ? Philosophy East and West 20/1, 63-72. Rosemont, Henry Jr. (1970): The meaning is the use: kōan and mondō as linguistic tools of the Zen masters. Philosophy East and West 20/2, 109-119. Fox, Douglas A. (1971): Zen and ethics: Dōgen's synthesis. Philosophy East and West 21/1, 33-41. Weller, Friedrich (1964): Neues vom Ch'an Buddhismus und zwei Worte dazu. Orientalische Literaturzeitung 59/ 78, Spalten 325-338. Hudson, H. (1973): Wittgenstein and Zen Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 23/4, 471-481. Brear, A. D. (1974): The nature and status of moral behavior in Zen Buddhist tradition. Philosophy East and West 24/4, 429-441. Steffney, John (1975): Symbolism and death in Jung and Zen Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 25/2, 175-185. Lee, Karen J. (1976): The philosophic significance of the comic. A review of Zen and the Comic Spirit, by Conrad Hyers. Philadelphia, Pa.: The Westminster Press, 1973. Philosophy East and West 26/2, 237-246. Sakanishi, Shio (1937): Review: Daisetz Teitaro Suzuki, (1) An Introduction to Zen Buddhism. Kyoto: Eastern Buddhist Society, 1934; (2) The Training of the Zen Buddhist Monk. Kyoto: Eastern Buddhist Society, 1934; (3) Manual of Zen Buddhism. Kyoto: Eastern Buddhist Society, 1935. JAOS 57, 445-449. Masunaga, Reiho (1963): The Lesser Known Zen. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 11/1, 367-360 (12-19). Ichikawa, Hakugen (1963): A Preliminary Conception of Zen Social Ethics. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 11/1, 359-348 (20-31). Hakamaya, Noriaki (1990): Rezension: Yanagida Seizan cho "Mirai kara no zen" ["Zen aus der Zukunft" von Sh. Yanagida]. Komazawa daigaku bukkyōgakubu ronshū, 21. Swanson, Paul L. (1993): "Zen is not Buddhism". Recent Japanese Critiques of Buddha-Nature. Numen 40, 115-149. Bae, Yong-Kyun (1989): Warum Bodhi-Dharma in den Orient aufbrach? Dharmaga tongjogŭro kan kkadalgŭn? Südkorea 1989. Pandora Film, Verleih. (Filmpresse Gisela Meuser). Filmhaus Stöbergasse, Wien. Broschüre über den Film, 1-47. Liebenthal, Walter (1952): The sermon of Shen-hui. Asia Major (New Series) 3/2, 132-155. Baier, Karl (2001): Der A/Theismus des Erwachens - Zen-Philosophie und Theismus-Kritik bei Hisamatsu Shinichi. Atheismus heute? Ein Weltphänomen im Wandel. Hrsg. K. Baier, S. Mühlberger, H. Schelkshorn, A.K. Wucherer185 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3826 3827 SD S 28.9 5 SD S 28.9 6 3828 SD S 28.9 7 3829 SD S 28.9 8 3830 SD S 28.9 9 3859 SD S 29 1 448 SD S 29 11 3868 SD S 29 11 449 SD S 29 12 450 451 SD S 29 13 SD S 29 14 452 SD S 29 15 807 SD S 29 16 1272 SD S 29 17 Huldenfeld. Evang. Verl., Leipzig, 91-117. Chang, Chen-chi (1957): The Nature of Ch'an (Zen) Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 6/4, 333-355. Jan, Yün-Hua (1972): Tsung-mi - His Analysis of Ch'an Buddhism. T'oung Pao 58, 1-54. Masunaga, Reiho (1959): The Gist of Sōtō Zen. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 7/2, 814-798 (19-35). Demiéville, Paul (1970): Bibliographie: Miura Isshū et Ruth Fuller Sasaki, Zen Dust. The History of the Koan and Koan Study in Rinzai (Lin-chi) Zen. With Background Notes, Descriptive Bibliography, Genealogical Charts, Maps, Indexes, and Reproductions of Drawings by Hakuin. The First Zen Institute of America in Japan, Kyoto, 1966. T'oung Pao 56, 290-292. Okimoto, Katsumi (1979): A Study of the Tibetan Chan Text from Tunhuang (2) [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 27/2, 916-913. Rzepkowski, Horst (1973): Buddhismus in geistiger Auseinandersetzung mit der modernen Welt. Evangelische Zentralstelle für Weltanschauungsfragen 5 (1973) - Arbeitstexte Nr. 12. 28 Seiten. Nyāṇatiloka (1924): Zwei buddhistische Essays. (über die buddhistische Meditation. Die Quintessenz des Buddhismus). Sonderdruck aus der "Zeitschrift für Buddhismus", 1-37 (Untersuchungen zur Geschichte des Buddhismus X). Nyāṇatiloka (1924): Zwei buddhistische Essays: Über die buddhistische Meditation. Die Quintessenz des Buddhismus. (Untersuchungen zur Geschichte des Buddhismus X). Zeitschrift für Buddhismus, Oskar Schloss Verlag, München-Neubiberg, 3-15, 16-37. Lee, Sun-Young (1990): The Influence Effecttive [!] on Humankind's Peace through the Korean Reunification: a fundamental survey centralized by the Buddhist culture. Typoscript 30 S. [M.A. [?] thesis, Dongguk University, Seoul]. Synopsis 4 S. + Brief 1 S. Shin Buddhist Studies.-By-laws of the International Association of Shin Buddhist Studies. 5 S. Florida, R. E. (1991): Buddhist Approaches to Abortion. Asian Philosophy 1/1, 39-50. Kubo, Tsugunari (1991): Movimientos budistas laicos contemporáneos en el Japón, con referencia especial al Sūtra del Loto. Revista de Estudios Budistas (Año)1/1, 45-62 Figl, Johann (1998): Buddhismus in Europa. Relativierung und Radikalisierung der europäischen Religionskritik. Religionen unterwegs 4/4, 4-9. Kawasaki, Shinjo (2000): Onshi Nakamura Hajime sensei [Über Professor Hajime Nakamura]. Tōhōgaku 99, 3-7. 186 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1643 SD S 29 18 1651 SD S 29 19 3860 SD S 29 2 1652 1653 SD S 29 20 SD S 29 21 1654 SD S 29 22 1655 3861 3862 SD S 29 23 SD S 29 3 SD S 29 4 3863 SD S 29 5 3864 SD S 29 6 3865 SD S 29 7 3866 SD S 29 8 3867 SD S 29 9 1799 1807 1808 SD S 3.1 1 SD S 3.1 10 SD S 3.1 11 Lande, A. & Clarke, Peter (1988): Japan. In: Stewart Sutherland [u.a.] (ed.), The World's Religions. London, 932944. Fenzl, Friedrich (ed.), (1989): Rundbriefe zur buddhistischen Sozialethik 1, Salzburg, 20 S. Bechert, Heinz (1969): Der Buddhismus in der heutigen weltpolitischen Situation. Weltreligionen und Marxismus vor der wissenschaftlich-technischen Welt. Marxismusstudien 6. Beiträge von Heinz Eduard Tödt, Heinz Bechert, Ignacio Sotelo, Hans Bräker, Branko Bošnjak, Milan Průcha, Albrecht Wellmer. Hrsg. Ulrich Duchrow. J.C.B. Mohr, Tübingen, 43-64. Fenzl, Friedrich (ed.), (1991): Rundbriefe ("Buddhismus heute") 4, Salzburg, 24 S. Fenzl, Friedrich (ed.), (1991): Rundbriefe ("Buddhismus heute") 5, Salzburg, 19 S. Fenzl, Friedrich (ed.), (1989): Katrien Haemers, Buddhistische Erziehung im Westen?, Diane Ames, Was ist das Allerwichtigste, das ein Kind lernen muß?, Friedrich Fenzl, Buddha unterm 'Lichterbaum', [u.a.]. Rundbriefe zur buddhistischen Sozialethik 2, Salzburg, 16 S. Fenzl, Friedrich (ed.), (1990): Rundbriefe zur buddhistischen Sozialethik 3, Salzburg, 16 S. Bechert, Heinz (1973): Contradictions in Sinhalese Buddhism. Contributions to Asian Studies 4, 7-17. Bechert, Heinz und Duy-Tu, Vu (1969): Buddhismus in Vietnam. Saeculum 20/2-4, 271-276. Nakamura, Hajime (1955): The vitality of religion in Asia. In: Cultural Freedom in Asia. The Proceedings of a Conference Convened by the Congress for Cultural Freedom and the Society for the Extension of Democratic Ideals, and Held at Rangoon, Burma, on February 17-20, 1955. Ed. by Herbert Passin and published for the Congress for Cultural Freedom by Charles E. Tuttle Company, Rutland, Vermont & Tokyo, Japan, 53-66. Chaloupková, Lygžima (1983): Asijská buddhistická mírová konference. Nový Orient 9, 282-283. Kalupahana, D.J. (1972): Review: Bhikshu Sangharakshita, The Three Juwels: An Introduction to Modern Buddhism. Garden City, New York: Doubleday & Company, 1970. Philosophy East and West 22, 230-232. Jacobson, Nolan Pliny (1970): Buddhism, modernization, and science. Philosophy East and West 20, 155-167. Kubo, Tsugunari (1985): The Reiyukai Concept of Inner Self Development: Contemporary Bodhisattva Practice. Paper submitted to the U.S. - Japan Conference on Japanese Buddhism to be held at the University of Wisconsin, U.S.A. August 25 - 28, 1985, 32 p. Murakami, Shinkū (1967): Samādhirājasūtra no go_kenkyū. Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. (1939): Some Pāli words. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 4, 116-190. Weller, Friedrich (1963): Sanskritische Präpositionen im Spiegel mongolischer Übersetzung. Central Asiatic Journal 187 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1809 SD S 3.1 12 1811 SD S 3.1 13 1812 1813 SD S 3.1 14 SD S 3.1 15 1814 SD S 3.1 16 1815 SD S 3.1 17 1816 SD S 3.1 18 1817 1800 SD S 3.1 19 SD S 3.1 2 1818 SD S 3.1 20 1819 SD S 3.1 21 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 SD S 3.1 22 SD S 3.1 23 SD S 3.1 24 SD S 3.1 25 SD S 3.1 25 1825 SD S 3.1 26 1826 1827 SD S 3.1 27 SD S 3.1 28 8, 1-26. Hinüber, Oskar von (1977): Zur Geschichte des Sprachnamens Pāli. In: Beiträge zur Indienforschung. Ernst Waldschmidt zum 80. Geburtstag gewidmet. Berlin, 237-246. Brough, John (1975): Buddhist chinese etymological Notes. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 38, 581-585. Thomas, E. J. (1935-37): Tathāgata and Tahāgaya. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 8, 781-788. Bailey, H. W. (1956): Iranian miṣṣa, Indian bīja. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 18, 32-42. Hinüber, Oskar von (1979): Pāli kaṭhati: Ein Beitrag zur Überlieferungsgeschichte des Theravāda-Kanons. IndoIranian Journal 21, 21-26. Schrader, F. Otto (1939): Two unexplained names in the Milindapañha. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 606608. Benveniste, Emile (1933): Notes sur les textes sogdiens bouddhiques du British Museum. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 29-68. Johnston. E. H. (1931): Notes on Some Pali Words. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 565-592. Vogel, Claus (1971): Pali lexical Studies. Indo-Iranian Journal vol.13 no.1, 20-30. Samanti, N. H. (1968-71): On some Buddhist Terms beginning with Brahma. Bhāratī - Bulletin of the Department of Ancient Indian History, Culture & Archaelogy, Prof. V.S. Agrawala Volume nos. 12-14, 158-164. Honda, M. (1954): An Index to Philosophical Sūtras. In: Proceedings of the Okurayama Oriental Research Institute [Ōkurayama Ronshū] 1/12, Yokohama, 244-305. Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. (1937-39): Tathāgata. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 9, 1 S. Barnett, L.D. (1930-32): Pramnai. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 285-290. Hara, Minoru (1969): A Note on the Sanskrit Phrase devāṇāṃ priya. Indian Linguistics 30, 13-26. Gonda, Jan (1975): The Indian Mantra. Selected Studies 4, 248-301. (= Oriens (1963) 16, 244-297) Bailey, H.W. (1930-32): The word "But" in Iranian. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 279-283. Liebich, B. (1930-32): Griechische Militärische Wörter Ím Indischen. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 431-434. Ruegg, David Seyfort (1981): A further Note on Pali gotrabhū. Journal of the Pali Text Society 9, 175-177. Edgerton, Franklin (1933): Jñāna and vijñāna. In: Festschrift Moriz Winternitz 1863 - 23. Dezember 1933. Hsg. von 188 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1828 SD S 3.1 29 1801 1829 1830 1831 SD S 3.1 3 SD S 3.1 30 SD S 3.1 31 SD S 3.1 32 1832 SD S 3.1 33 1833 SD S 3.1 34 1834 SD S 3.1 35 1835 SD S 3.1 36 1836 1837 SD S 3.1 37 SD S 3.1 38 1838 SD S 3.1 39 1802 1839 SD S 3.1 4 SD S 3.1 40 1840 SD S 3.1 41 1841 SD S 3.1 42 1842 SD S 3.1 43 1843 SD S 3.1 44 1844 SD S 3.1 45 Otto Stein und Wilhelm Gampert, Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz Verlag, 217-220. Lienhard, Siegfried (1982): Cow-Dust and Sun-Dust: Remarks on Skt. godhūli and Skt. gorajas. Indologica Taurinensia 10, 147-153. Berger, Hermann (1955): Kauṭalya ist älter als Kauṭilya. Müncher Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft Heft 6, 27-31. Burrow, T. (1980): Sanskrit mā- ,to ascertain`. Transactions of the Philological Society, 134-140. Bailey, H.W. (1980-81): Indo-Iranica. Indologica Taurinensia 8-9, 15-18. Gopal, Lallanji (1980-81): Buddhaghosa on araghaṭṭa. Indologica Taurinensia 8-9, 187-191. D'Onza Chiodo, Mariangela/Panattoni, Emanuela (1980-81): Kuḍḍa-rājan and allied terms: A set of Dravidian loanwords in Pāli. Indologica Taurinensia 8-9, 147-162. Cardona, George (1967-68): anvaya and vyatireka in Indian Grammar. The Adyar Library Bulletin 31-32, 313-352. Thomas, E. J. (1933): Pre-Pāli terms in the Pātimokkha. In: Festschrift Moriz Winternitz 1863 - 23. Dezember 1933. Hsg. von Otto Stein und Wilhelm Gampert, Leipzig, Otto Harrassowitz Verlag, 161-166. Hinüber, Oskar von (1980): Bemerkungen zum Critical Pāli Dictionary II. Zeitschrift für Vergleichende Sprachforschung 94/1-2, 10-31. Bailey, H.W. (1937-39): Indo-Turcica. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 9, 289-302. Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. (1937-39): Tathāgata. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 9. 1 S. Sato, Ryochi ed. (1972): A Glossary of Pāli words listed by late Dr. Unrai Wogihara. In: Essays on the Buddhist Thought in Honor of Prof. Mitsuo Satoh On the Occasion of his Seventith Birthday, Tokyo,1118-1101. Vogel, Claus (1967): On the Meaning of Skt. (pra)bhinnāñjana. Indo-Iranian Journal vol.10 no. 2/3, 171-176. Bailey, D.R. Shackleton (1952): Mecaka et le Sūtrālaṃkāra. Journal Asiatique 140, 71-73. Sasaki, Genjun H. (1975): dīpa and dvīpa in the Buddha's last words. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 31, 435-443. Hinüber, Oskar von (1972): Pāli Philology and the Tibetan translation of Buddhist texts. Two examples (pacuṭa, soṭa). Indo-Iranian Journal 14, 198-203. Bailey, Harold Walter (1985): Khotan-Saka Khyeṣa. Serie Orientale Roma 56/1, 39-40. Ruegg, David Seyfort (1950): Védique addhā et quelques expressions parallèles à Tathāgata. Journal Asiatique 243, 163-170. Chandra, Lokesh (1979): Three Iranian words in the Buddhist Tradition. (Typoscript), 3-20. 189 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1845 SD S 3.1 46 1846 SD S 3.1 47 1847 SD S 3.1 48 1848 SD S 3.1 49 1803 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 SD S 3.1 5 SD S 3.1 50 SD S 3.1 51 SD S 3.1 52 SD S 3.1 53 SD S 3.1 54 SD S 3.1 55 SD S 3.1 56 SD S 3.1 57 SD S 3.1 58 1862 SD S 3.1 59 1804 1858 1859 SD S 3.1 6 SD S 3.1 60 SD S 3.1 61 1860 SD S 3.1 62 1861 SD S 3.1 63 1863 SD S 3.1 64 Emmerick, Ronald E. (1985): Khotanese Bāljse (Resümee). Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft suppl. 6, 1 S. Kanakura, Ensho (1976): Inmyōnishōriron bonkanryōgo Taishō [A Bilingual Index of the Nyāyapraveśakam]. In: Indo tetsugaku. Bukkyōgaku kenkyū III. Indotetsugakuhen 2. Tōkyō, 472-458. Burrow, Thomas (1981): Sanskrit mā- ,to approach, meet, join; (trans.) to bring to`. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 44/1, 85-104. Burrow, Thomas (1980): Sanskrit mā- ,to make, produce, create`. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 43, 311-328. Vogel, Claus (1972): Pali lexical Studies (continued). Indo-Iranian Journal vol. 14 no. 3/4, 204-209. Norman, K.R. (1979): Two Pali Etymologies. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 42/2, 321-328. Turner, R.L. (1973): Pali phāsu- and dātta-. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 36, 424-428. Smith, Vincent A. (1903): The Meaning of piyadasi. Indian Antiquary 32, 265-267. Alsdorf, Ludwig (1975): Pali Miscellanies uddhaṃsarā. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 1, 109-117. Buddruss, Georg (1975): Gāndhārī-Prakrit chada "Ton". Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 1, 37-48. Emmerick, Ronald E. (1981): Khotanese hamāñuna-. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 7, 71-75. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1985): akālika in the Buddhist canon. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 10, 187-190. Hinüber, Oskar von (1986): Pāli samaya and Sanskrit samāja. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 201-202. Carter, John Ross (1976): Traditional definitions of the term dhamma. Philsophy East and West 26 no. 3, 329-337. Palsule, G.B. (1984): devānāṃ-priyaḥ. Has it any Vedic antecedents ? In: Amr̥tadhārā. Professor R.N. Dandekar Felicitation Volume. Ed. by S.D. Joshi. Delhi, 313-317. Walleser, Max (1930): Zur Herkunft des Wortes Tathagata. Journal of the Taisho University vols. 6-7, 21-33. Edgerton, Franklin (1955): anuttama and anuttara, ,unexcelled, supreme`. Indian Linguistics 16, 35-37. Regamey, Constantin (1955): Lexicological Gleanings from the Kāraṇḍavyūhasūtra. Indian Linguistics 16, 1-10. Chatterji, Suniti Kumar (1939-40): Two Sanskrit Chinese Lexicons of the 7th-8th centuries, and some aspects of Indo-Aryan Linguistics. New Indian Antiquary 2, 740-747. Edgerton, Franklin (1939-40): The origin of pali middha. New Indian Antiquary 2, 607-610. Varma, Siddheswar (1965): Explanatory names in Sanskrit vocabulary. Indian Linguistics 3 (comprising volumes 915 (1944-1956)), 656-667. 190 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1864 SD S 3.1 65 1865 SD S 3.1 66 1866 SD S 3.1 67 1867 SD S 3.1 68 1868 SD S 3.1 69 1810 SD S 3.1 7 1869 SD S 3.1 70 1017 SD S 3.1 71 1019 SD S 3.1 72 1872 SD S 3.1 73 1022 SD S 3.1 74 1024 SD S 3.1 75 1026 SD S 3.1 76 1028 1030 1032 SD S 3.1 77 SD S 3.1 78 SD S 3.1 79 1805 SD S 3.1 8 Edgerton, Franklin (1937): Buddhist Sanskrit saṃdhā, saṃdhi(-nirmocana). Journal of the American Oriental Society 57, 185-188. Austin, William M./Smith, Henry lee (1937): Sanskrit parśu and paraśu. Journal of the American Oriental Society 57, 95-98. Benveniste, E. (1955): Sur un dictioannaire étymologique du Sanskrit. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 11/12, Spalten 485-490. Brown, Norman (1954): Prakrit vaṇadava ,tree sap, self-control`. Language - Journal of the Linguistic Society of America 30, 43-46. Humbach, Helmut (1956): [Rezension zu] Manfred Mayerhofer, Kurzgefaßtes etymologisches Wörterbuch des Altindischen. Deutsche Literaturzeitung 4, 4 Spalten. Tedesco, Paul (o.J.): Geben und Nehmen im Indischen. Reprint from Journal of the American Oriental Society 43, 358-390. Hinüber, Oskar von (1986): Pāli samaya and Sanskrit samāja. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 201-202. Emmerick, Ronald E. (1986): `ruki' in Khotanese? Studia Grammatica Iranica. Festschrift für Helmut Humbach. Hsg. v. Rüdiger Schmitt und Prods Oktor Skjaervo. München: R. Kitzinger, 71-81. Bailey, Harold (1986): Three Indic notes. Deyadharma. Studies in Memory of Dr. D. C. Sircar. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications (Sri Garib Dass Oriental Ser. 33), 9-10. Bailey, Harold Walter (1963): Kāśavittra. Jñānamuktāvalī. Commemoration Volume in Honour of Johannes Nobel. Ed. by Claus Vogel. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 38-41. Bagchi, P. C. (?): Ptolemy, the Niddesa and the Bṛhatkathā. Sino-Indian Studies 2, 61-105 Emmerick, R. E. and A. Róna-Tas (1992): The Turkish-Khotanese Wordlist Revisited. Central Asiatic Journal 36/3-4, 199-241. Kuiper, F.B.J. (1991): Review: Manfred Mayrhofer: The New "Mayrhofer", Etymologisches Wörterbuch des Altindoarischen. Indo-Iranian Journal 34/2, 105-120. Wayman, Alex (1991): Āsrava: How does it flow?. PT. Dalsukhbhai Malvania Felicitation Vol. I, 89-95. Watanabe Fumimaro (1985): Vikappa, Vitakka and Vicāra in Pali, Heirakuji Shoten, 173-186. Kieffer-Pülz, Petra (1994): Bemerkungen zu dem Wort jagatī. Festschrift Klaus Bruhn, 339-359. Haebler, Claus (1964): Ein nautischer Ausdruck im Pāli. (Pā. lakāra-). Zeitschrift für die vergleichende Sprachforschung auf dem Gebiete der indogermanistischen Sprachen Bd.79 Heft 1/2, 112-122. 191 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1048 1050 SD S 3.1 80 SD S 3.1 81 1052 SD S 3.1 82 1054 1055 SD S 3.1 83 SD S 3.1 84 1056 SD S 3.1 85 372 SD S 3.1 86 1644 SD S 3.1 87 1689 SD S 3.1 88 1690 SD S 3.1 89 1806 SD S 3.1 9 1691 SD S 3.1 90 1873 SD S 3.2 1 1882 SD S 3.2 10 1883 SD S 3.2 11 Thieme, Paul (1994): On M. Mayrhofer's Etymologisches Wörterbuch des Altindoarischen. BSOAS LVII, 321-328. Hara, Minoru (1995): A Note on the Sanskrit Word Svastha. Journal of the European Āyurvedic Society 4, 55-87. Buchbesprechung Bechert, Heinz (1995): Jayawardena-Moser, Premalatha: Grundwortschatz Singhalesisch-Deutsch. OLZ, 314-319. Rhys Davids, C.A.F. (1938): Going Far or Going Beyond? (Pāragā, Pāragū). IHQ, 309-313. Bailey, Harold Walter (1963): Kāśavittra. Jñānamuktāvalī Vol. 38, Festschrift Johannes Nobel, 38-41. Hinüber, Oskar von (1995): Indische Namen in Zentralasien bis 1000 n. Chr. Namenforschung. Ein internationales Handbuch zur Onomastik, Vol 1. 657-666. Ruegg, David S. (1988): Sanskrit-Tibetan and Tibetan-Sanskrit Dictionaries and Some problems in Indo-Tibetan philosophical lexicography. Studia Tibetica 4: Lexicography in the Indian and Buddhist Cultural Field. Proceedings of the Conference at the University of Strasbourg 25 to 27 April 1996. München: Kommission für Zentralasiatische Studien, Bayrische Akademie der Wissenschaften, 115-142. Hinüber, Oskar von (1998): Review: Claus Vogel, Zum Aufbau altindischer Sanskritwörterbücher der vorklassischen Zeit. Opladen, 1996. OLZ 93, 97-100. Eimer, Helmut (1994): Review: Abhidhānaviśvalocanam or Abhidhānamuktāvalī of Śrīdharasena, with its Tibetan translation by Dharma Bhadra, Zhalu Lotsaba. Edited by Lozang Jamspal in collaboration with Alex Wayman. Narita, 1992. OLZ 89, 313-321. Eimer, Helmut (1995): Review: Abhidhānaviśvalocanam of Śrīdharasena. Translated by Alex Wayman. Narita, 1994. OLZ 90, 572-574. Tedesco, Paul (o.J.): Methodisches zu Turners nepali-Wörterbuch. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 413, 413-413m (13 S.). Eimer, Helmut (1996): Review: Tibeto-Sanskrit Index to Abhidhānaviśvalocanam of Śrīdharasena. Complied by Lozang Jamspal. Narita, 1995. OLZ 91, 496-497. Bernhard, Franz (1964): Gab es einen Lokativ auf -esmiṃ im buddhistischen Sanskrit? Nachrichten der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen I. Philologisch-Historische Klasse 4, 199-209. Bechert, Heinz (1953): Über den Gebrauch der indikativischen Tempora im Pāli. Münchner Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 3, 53-66. Günther, Herbert (1942): Das Sidat-san̆garāva, eine Grammatik des klassischen Sinhalesisch. ZDMG 96/1 (Neue Folge Band 21), 84-97. 192 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1884 SD S 3.2 12 1885 SD S 3.2 13 1886 SD S 3.2 14 1887 SD S 3.2 15 1888 1889 SD S 3.2 16 SD S 3.2 17 1890 SD S 3.2 18 1891 SD S 3.2 19 1874 SD S 3.2 2 1892 1893 1894 SD S 3.2 20 SD S 3.2 21 SD S 3.2 22 1895 SD S 3.2 23 1896 SD S 3.2 24 1897 SD S 3.2 25 1898 SD S 3.2 26 1899 SD S 3.2 27 Sasaki, Genjun H. (1958): Khanti, Kānti, Kṣānti. Reprinted from the Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies vol.7 no.1, 354-359 (42-37). Bechert, Heinz (1958): Grammatisches aus dem Apadānabuch. ZDMG 33 (108/2), 308-316. Heimann, Betty (1931): Zur indischen Namenkunde. Studia Indo-Iranica. Ehrengabe für Wilhelm Geiger. Otto Harrassowitz, Leipzig,139-155. Meyrhofer, Manfred (1968): Über spontanen Zerebralnasal im frühen Indo-Arischen. Mélanges d' Indianisme à la mémoire de Louis Renou. 40. Anniversaire de la Fondation de l'Institut de Civilisation Indienne de l'Université de Paris 1967, Publications de l'Institut de Civilisation Indienne fascicule 28, 509-517. Schrader, Otto (1926): Siamese mute h. Asia Major 3/1, 33-48. Lévi, M.S. (1912): Sur une langue précanonique du Bouddhisme. Observations, 495-514. Edgerton, Franklin (1936): Nouns of the a-Declension in Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 1, 65-83. Edgerton, Franklin (1946): Meter, Phonology, and Orthography in Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit. Journal of the American Oriental Society 66, 197-206. Schneider, Ulrich (1960): Das Zahlwort im Mahāvastu. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung auf dem Gebiete der Indogermanischen Sprachen 76. Bd. 3./4. Heft, 249-272. Finot, Louis (1911): Fragment du Kātantra provenant de Koutcha. Le Muséon 12, 194-199. Bailey, Harold Walter (1958): Miṣṣa suppletum. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 21, 40-47. Barnett, L.D. (1927): Notices of Books Indica. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 861-865. Turner, R.L. (1930-32): The Future Stem in Aśoka. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 6, 530537. Meisezahl, R.O. (1966): Über jñīṃ in der tibetischen Version der Regel ṃ chandasi der Sārasvata-Grammatik. IndoIranian Journal 9/2, 139-146. Nooten, B.A. van (1967): Pāṇini's replacement technique and the active finite verb. Language - Journal of the Linguistic Society of America 43/4, 883-902. Cardona, George (1967): Negations in Pāṇinian rules. Language - Journal of the Linguistic Society of America 43/1, 34-56. Simonsson, Nils (1978): Indisk hermeneutisk tradition. Kungl. Vitterhets Historie och Antikvitets Akademiens Arsbok. Stockholm, 158-168. 193 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1900 SD S 3.2 28 1901 SD S 3.2 29 1875 SD S 3.2 3 1902 SD S 3.2 30 1903 SD S 3.2 31 1904 SD S 3.2 32 1905 SD S 3.2 33 1906 SD S 3.2 34 1907 SD S 3.2 35 1908 SD S 3.2 36 1909 SD S 3.2 37 1910 SD S 3.2 37b 1911 SD S 3.2 38 1912 SD S 3.2 39 1876 1913 SD S 3.2 4 SD S 3.2 40 1914 SD S 3.2 41 Mallik, Madhusudan (1975): The influence of analogy in Pāli. The Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 31/1-4, 329-338. Gombrich, Richard (1979): "He cooks softly": Adverbs in Sanskrit grammar. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 42/2, 244-256. Filliozat, Jean (o.J.): Bibliographie - Franklin Edgerton, Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit grammar and dictionary. New Haven, 1953. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit reader. New Haven, 1953. Tirage à part du T'oung Pao 43 /1-2, 147-171. Brough, John (1973): I-ching on the Sanskrit grammarians. BSOAS 36, 248-260. Bühler, Georg (1894): The roots of the dhatupatha not found in literature. The Indian Antiquary 23, 141-154, 250255. Liebich, B. (1896): The chandra-vyakarana. Indian Antiquary 25, 103-105. Wezler, Albrecht (1977): Zum Problem der "negativen Appositionen" bei Pāṇini [Marginalien zu Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī III]. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 3, 35-70. Bhate, Saroja (1987): The meaning -adhikāras in the taddhita section of the Aṣṭādhyāyī: an analysis. IIJ 30, 81-92. Edgerton, Franklin (1942): Some Curious Middle Indic Aorists. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Silver Jubilee Volume, 23/1-4, 126. Chaturvedi, S.P. (1942): On Pāṇini's sūtra VII.1.90 -Wrong wording or corrupt reading ? Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Silver Jubilee Volume, 23/1-4, 77-79. Simson, Georg von (1977): Zur Phrase yena ... tenopajagāma / upetya und ihren Varianten im Buddhistischen Sanskrit. In: Beiträge zur Indienforschung. E. Waldschmidt gewidmet. Berlin, 479-488. Bechert, Heinz (1957): Eine eigentümliche Partizipialkonstruktion. Münchner Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 10, 54-58. Rosenkranz, Bernhard (1957): Zu den Medialformen der 1.Pl. auf -matha im buddhistischen Sanskrit. Münchner Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 10, 45-47. Edgerton, Franklin (1937): Gerunds in Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit. Language - Journal of the Linguistic Society of America 13, 107-122. Brough, John (1954): The Language of the Buddhist Sanskrit Texts. BSOAS 16/2, 351-375. Sen, Sukumar (1928): An Outline of Buddhist Sanskrit. Journal of the Department of Letters 17, 1-65. Gender, A. (1965): Historical Syntax of Middle Indo-Aryan. Indian Linguistics 3 (Comprising Volumes 9-15 (19441956)), 355-473. 194 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1915 SD S 3.2 42 1916 SD S 3.2 43 1917 SD S 3.2 44 1918 SD S 3.2 45 1919 1920 SD S 3.2 46 SD S 3.2 47 1921 SD S 3.2 48 1922 1877 SD S 3.2 49 SD S 3.2 5 1923 SD S 3.2 50 1924 SD S 3.2 51 1109 SD S 3.2 52 1111 SD S 3.2 53 1113 SD S 3.2 54 1116 SD S 3.2 55 1118 1120 SD S 3.2 56 SD S 3.2 57 Schwarzschild, L.A. (1955): Notes on the history of the Infinitive in Middle Indo-Aryan. Indian Linguistics 16, 2934. Ghatage, A.M. (1939-1940): Repetition in Prakrit Syntax. New Indian Antiquary 2, 47-55. Dachi, Hian Lin (1965): On the ending -matha for the first person plural atm. in the Buddhist mixed dialect. Indian Linguistics 3 (Comprising Vol. 9-15 (1944-1956)), 134-137. Sen, Sukumar (1965): The use of the Genetive in Middle Indo-Aryan. Indian Linguistics 3 (Comprising Volumes 915 (1944-1956)), 7-20. Joshi, S.D. (1962): Verbs and nouns in Sanskrit. Indian Linguistics 23, 60-63. Ghatage, A.M. (1960): [Ohne Titel]. Indian Linguistics 21, 88. Edgerton, Franklin (1939): Endingless Noun Case-Forms in Prakrit. Journal of the American Oriental Society 59, 369-371. Katre, S.M. (1937): Epic iyāt and Blends of Aorist and Optative Forms. JAOS 57, 316-317. Bechert, Heinz (1955): Vokalkürzung vor Sandhikonsonant. Münchner Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 6, 7-26. Edgerton, Franklin (1937): The Aorist in Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit. Journal of the American Oriental Society 57, 1634. Ghatage, A.M. (1940): Concord in Prakrit Syntax. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 21/1-2, 7396. Emmerick, Ronald E. (1987): Auxiliaries in Khotanese. Historical Development of Auxiliaries. Ed. M. Harris and ??. Berlin, N.Y., Amsterdam (Trends in Linguistics, Studies and Monographs 35), 271-291. Gonda, Jan (1968): Abbreviated and Inverted Nominal Compounds in Sanskrit. Pratidānam. Indian, Iranian and Indo-european Studies presented to Franciscus Bernardus Jacobus Kuiper on his Sixtieth Birthday. Ed. J. C. Heesterman, G. H. Schokker, V. I. Subramoniam. The Hague: Mouton (Janua Linguarum, Studia Memoriae Nicolai van Wijk Dedicata, Series Maior 34), 221-246. Caillat, Colette (1988-1989): Notes Grammaticales sur les Documents Kharoṣṭhī de Niya. Actes du Colloque FrancoJaponais, Documents d'Archives d'Asie Centrale. Tokyo-Kyoto 1988. Kyoto 1989. 9-24. Werba, Chlodwig H. (1991): Die Wurzeln des Sanskrit. Ein klassifiziertes Verzeichnis erstellt nach Whithney`s Roots unter Berücksichtigung der Addenda und Corrigenda der Erlanger Schule. Typoscript. Werba, Chlodwig H. (1991 ?): Kasussyntax des Sanskrit (kārakavibhaktisāmarthyasamuddeśaḥ). Typoscript, 13-37. Van Daalen, Leendert A. (1988): The Particle Kila/Kira in Sanskrit, Prākrit and the Pāli Jātakas. Indo-Iranian Journal 195 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1122 SD S 3.2 58 1124 1878 1138 1140 SD S 3.2 59 SD S 3.2 6 SD S 3.2 60 SD S 3.2 61 1142 SD S 3.2 62 1144 SD S 3.2 63 1146 SD S 3.2 64 592 SD S 3.2 65 1879 SD S 3.2 7 1880 SD S 3.2 8 1881 SD S 3.2 9 1925 SD S 3.3 1 1934 SD S 3.3 10 1935 SD S 3.3 11 1936 SD S 3.3 12 1937 SD S 3.3 13 31, 111-137. Taber, John A. (1989): The Theory of the Sentence in Pūrva Mīmāmsā and Western Philosophy. Journal of Indian Philosophy 17, 407-430. Aklujkar, Ashok (1989): Saṃbandha and Abhisaṃbandha. JIP 17/3, 299-307. Haebler, Claus (1964): Ein verkanntes Kompositum im Pāli. Münchner Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 16, 21-31. Galloway, Brian (1991): "Thus Have I Heard: At One Time ...". IIJ 34/2, 87-104 Kahrs, Eivind G. (1992): What Is a tadbhava Word? Indo-Iranian Journal 35/2-3, 225-249. Oberlies, Thomas (1991): Brief Communications. Die Verwendung des Part. Präs. als Konditional im Pali. IndoIranian Journal 34/2, 121-122. Geiger, Bernhard (1908): Mahābhāṣya zu P. VI, 4, 22 und 132 nebst Kaiyaṭa's Kommentar. Sitzungsberichte der Kais. Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien Philosophisch-Historische Klasse 160/ 8. Abhandlung, 1-76. De, S.K. (1938): Candra-Gomin. IHQ 14, 256-260. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1998): Les éléments linguistiques porteurs de sens dans la tradition grammaticale du Sanskrit. Histoire Épistémologie Langage 20/1, 29-38. Berger, Hermann (1954): Futurisches gacchati im Pāli. Münchner Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 4, 29-44. Berger, Hermann (1959): Eine indische Kommentatorenetymologie. Münchner Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft, Geburtstagsgabe für Wilhelm Wissmann, II. Indogermanica-Orientalia 14, 53-54. Bechert, Heinz (1958): Über den Gebrauch der indikativischen Tempora im Pāli. Münchner Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 3 (1953) revidierter Nachdruck, 55-72. Berger, Hermann (1956): Heinrich Lüders, Beobachtungen über die Sprache des buddhistischen Urkanons. Göttingische Gelehrte Anzeigen 1/2, 96-111. Hinüber, Oskar von (1983): Sanskrit und Gāndhārī in Zentralasien. In: Sprachen des Buddhismus in Zentralasien. Vorträge des Hamburger Symposions vom 2.Juli bis 5.Juli 1981. Hg. von Klaus Röhrborn und Wolfgang Veenker. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 27-34. Hinüber, Oskar von (1974): Reste des reduplizierten Aorists im Pāli. Münchner Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 32, 65-72. Hinüber, Oskar von (1977): Notes on the e-preterite in Middle Indo-Aryan. Münchner Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 36, 39-47. Turner, R.L. (1913): Notes on the language of the Dvavimsatyavadanakatha. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 196 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1938 1939 SD S 3.3 14 SD S 3.3 15 1940 SD S 3.3 16 1941 1942 SD S 3.3 18 SD S 3.3 19 1926 SD S 3.3 2 1943 SD S 3.3 20 1944 SD S 3.3 21 1945 SD S 3.3 22 1946 SD S 3.3 23 1947 SD S 3.3 25 1948 SD S 3.3 26 1949 SD S 3.3 27 1950 SD S 3.3 28 1951 SD S 3.3 29 1927 1952 SD S 3.3 3 SD S 3.3 30 289-304. Bloch, Jules (1930-32): Asoka et la Magadhi. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 291-295. Meillet, A. (1930-32): Sur le génetif sanskrit "máma". Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 435-437. Tsuji, N. (1952): Etyomologica upanishadica. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] vol.1 no.1, 258-242, (1)-(17). Smith, Helmer (1952): Le futur Moyen Indien et ses rythmes. o.A., 169-183. Henning, W.B. (1937-1939): Argi and the "Tokharians". Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 9, 545-571. Uray Géza ? (1952): A Kínai nevek és szavak Magyar Átírása. Hg. von Magyar Tudományos Akadémia. Budapest, 3-34. Benveniste, Émile (1937-39): Notes Sogdiennes. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 9, 495-519. Mallik, Madhusudan (1976): Some notes on Pāli. The Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 32/1-4, 49-52. Bhattacharya, Sudhibhushan (1969): An aspect of Pāli semantics. The Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 25/1-4, 527-530. Ghosal, S.N. (1969): A syntactical agreement between the Aśokan Prākr̥t and Ardhamāgadhī. The Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 25/1-4, 531-535. Sims-Williams, Nicholas (1978): Review: D.N. MacKenzie (ed.), The Buddhist Sogdian texts of the British Library (= Acta Iranica, 10. Troisième Série, Textes et Mémoires, 3), Tehran-Liège, Bibliothèque Pahlavi, 1976. Indo-Iranian Journal 20, 256-260. Thieme, Paul (1982): Meaning and form of the ,grammar` of Pāṇini. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 8/9, 3-34. Edgerton, Franklin (1954): Semantic Notes on Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit. Sprachgeschichte und Wortbedeutung. Festschrift Albert Debrunner. Francke Verlag, Bern, 129-134. Nobel, Johannes (1955): [Rezension :] Franklin Edgerton, Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit. Language and Literature. Ten Public Lectures. Banares: Hindu University 1954. Deutsche Literaturzeitung 10, Spalten 730-732. Nobel, Johannes (1955): [Rezension:] Franklin Edgerton, Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit. Grammar and Dictionary. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1953. Derselbe, Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Reader. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1953. Deutsche Literaturzeitung 4, Spalten 256-260. Edgerton, Franklin (1935-1937): The Prakrit underlying Buddhistic Hybrid Sanskrit. BSOAS 8, 501-516. Tedesco, P. (1957): A Pāli Jātaka Gāthā. Journal of the American Oriental Society 77, 47-48. 197 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1953 SD S 3.3 31 1954 SD S 3.3 32 1955 SD S 3.3 33 1956 SD S 3.3 34 1957 SD S 3.3 35 1958 SD S 3.3 36 1959 SD S 3.3 37 1960 SD S 3.3 38 1203 SD S 3.3 39 1928 SD S 3.3 4 16 SD S 3.3 40 17 SD S 3.3 41 19 SD S 3.3 42 20 SD S 3.3 43 Edgerton, Franklin (1957): On editing Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit. Journal of the American Oriental Society 77, 184192. Raghavan, V. (1955): Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit. Indian Linguistics 16, 313-322. Varma, Siddheshwar (1965): Sanskrit as a medium of conveying the concept of abstraction. Indian Linguistics 3 (Comprising Volumes 9-15 (1944-1956)), 138-141. Chatterji, Suniti Kumar (1960): The pronunciation of Sanskrit. Indian Linguistics 21, 61-82. Bhattacharya, Pramod Chandra (1960): Sino-Tibetan (Boro) elements in the formation of an Indo-Aryan toponomy: kāmākhyā. Indian Linguistics 21, 41-44. Wüst, Walther (1955):[Rezension:] Mayrhofer: Handbuch des Pāli. Mit Texten und Glossar. Eine Einführung in das wissenschaftliche Studium des Mittelindischen. I: Grammatik. II: Texte und Glossar. Heidelberg: 1951. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 1-2, Spalten 60-64. Nara, Yasuaki (1963): On the "So'ham", "Sa tvam" etc. in the Buddhist (Hybrid) Sanskrit. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies (Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū) 11/2, 845-839 (32-38). Emeneau, M.B. (1954): Reviews: (1) Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit grammar and dictionary. By Franklin Edgerton. (William Dwight Whitney linguistic series) New Haven: Yale University Press, 1953. (2) Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit reader. Edited with notes by Franklin Edgerton. (William Dwight Whitney linguistic series) New Haven: Yale University Press, 1953. Language - Journal of the Linguistic Society of America 30/4, 474-485. Emmerick, Ronald E. (1989): Khotanese and Tumshuqese. Compendium Linguarum Iranicarum. Hrsg. Rüdiger Schmitt. Dr. Ludwig Reichert Verlag, Wiesbaden, 204-229. Bailey, Harold Walter (1955): Buddhist Sanskrit. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 13-24. Emmerick, R. E. (1987): The Transition from Old to Late Khotanese. Transition periods in Iranian history. Actes du Symposium de Fribourg-en-Brisgau (22-24 Mai 1985). Studia Iranica 5. Leuven, 33-42. Wayman, Alex (1987): The causes of an utterance per rival grammatical Śikṣā traditions. Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 81-87. Hinüber, Oskar von (1989): Origin and Varieties of Buddhist Sanskrit. Dialectes dans les littératures IndoAryennes. eEd. Collete Caillat. Paris: Collège de France, 341-367. Simson, Georg von (1988): Etymologie als Mittel ideologischer Auseinandersetzung: Bemerkungen zum Aggaññasutta des Dīghanikāya. Studia Indogermanica et Slavica. Festgabe für Werner Thomas zum 65. Geburtstag. [Specimina Philologiae Slavicae, Supplementband 26]. München, 87-98. 198 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 21 SD S 3.3 44 23 SD S 3.3 45 25 27 SD S 3.3 46 SD S 3.3 47 30 SD S 3.3 48 33 1929 SD S 3.3 49 SD S 3.3 5 66 SD S 3.3 50 67 856 SD S 3.3 51 SD S 3.3 52 858 SD S 3.3 53 860 SD S 3.3 54 1472 SD S 3.3 55 1930 SD S 3.3 6 1931 SD S 3.3 7 1932 SD S 3.3 8 Hinüber, Oskar von (1993): Pāli und Lānnā (Nord-Thai) in den Kolophonen alter Palmblatthandschriften aus NordThailand. Indogermanica et Italica. Festschr. z. 65. Geb. v. H. Rix, 223-236 Emmerick, Ronald E. (1992): The Dunhuang MS. CH 00120: Its Importance For Reconstructing The Phonological System of Khotanese. Florenz, Leo S. Olschki Editore. Barrett, T.H. (1992): Ji-Xianlin on the Original Language of Buddhism. IIJ 35/2-3, 83-93. Caillat, Colette (1992): Connections Between Asokan (Shahbazgarhi) and Niya Prakrit? IIJ 35/2-3, 109-119 Norman, K. R. (1991): Review: Oskar von Hinüber, Die Sprachgeschichte des Pāli im Spiegel der südostasiatischen Handschriftenüberlieferung (Untersuchungen zur Sprachgeschichte und Handschriftenkunde des Pāli I). Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, 1988. Indo-Iranian Journal, 34/3, 203-209. Hitch, Douglas A. (1990): Old Khotanese Synchronic Umlaut. Indo-Iranian Journal 33/3, 177-198. Wayman, Alex (1974): Buddhist Sanskrit and the Sāṅkhyakārikā. Journal of Indian Philosophy 2, 344-354. Norman, K.R. (1994): An Aśokan miscellany. Festschrift Klaus Bruhn. Zur Vollendung des 65. Lebensjahres dargebracht von Schülern, Freunden und Kollegen. Hrsg. von Nalini Balbir, Joachim K. Bautze. Reinbek: Verlag für Orientalistische Fachpublikationen, 455-473. Roth, Gustav (1994): Lesefrüchte aus und um den Jainakanon. Festschrift Klaus Bruhn, 545-560. Raghavan, V.: Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit. O..J. o.O, 313-322. von Simson, Georg (1988): Etymologie als Mittel ideologischer Auseinandersetzung: Bemerkungen zum Aggaññasutta des Dīghanikāya. Studia indogermanica et slavica. Festgabe für Werner Thomas zum 65. Geburtstag, 87-98. Lienhard, Siegfried (1988): Zur Deutung von skt. pāṃsu. Studia Indogermanica et Slavica. Festgabe für Werner Thomas zum 65. Geburtstag. Hrsg. von Peter Kosta unter Mitarb. von Gabriele Lerch u. Peter Olivier. München: Sagner , 17-19. Steinekllner, Ernst (2001): Buddha - der gequälte: Ein Aufruf zur richtigen Schreibweise des Buddha-Namens. In: U&W 36 (Götter und Dämonen - Tibet im Westen), 52-54. Hinüber, Oskar von (1983): Die älteste Literatursprache des Buddhismus. Saeculum 34/1, 1-9. Hinüber, Oskar von (1983): Notes on the Pāli Tradition in Burma (Beiträge zur Überlieferungsgeschichte des Buddhismus in Birma, I). Nachrichten der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen. I. Philologisch-Historische Klasse 3, 67-81. Hinüber, Oskar von (1982): Pāli as an artificial language. Indologica Taurinensia 10, 133-140. 199 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1933 SD S 3.3 9 1961 SD S 3.4 1 1703 SD S 3.4 2 1704 SD S 3.4 3 3869 1666 SD S 30 1 SD S 30 10 1671 SD S 30 11 3870 SD S 30 2 3871 SD S 30 3 3872 SD S 30 4 3873 SD S 30 5 3874 SD S 30 6 3875 SD S 30 7 759 SD S 30 8 Schrader, Otto (1930-32): A Curious Case of Idiomatic Sanskrit. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 481482. Weller, F. (1955): (Rezension:) Edgerton, Franklin: Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit reader. Ed. with notes. New Haven: Yale University Press; London: Geoffrey Cumberlege, Oxford University Press 1953. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 10, Spalten 465-468. Bechert, Heinz (2000): Sprachvariation und Mehrsprachigkeit bei den Singhalesen. Harānandalaharī. Volume in Honour of Professor Minoru Hara on his Seventieth Birthday. Ed. by Ryutaro Tsuchida and Albrecht Wezler, Reinbeck, 21-32. Hinüber, Oskar von (2002): The Vocabulary of Buddhist Sanskrit: Problems and Perspectives. Proceedings of the British Academy 116, 151-164. Hoppe, Max (1973): Georg Grimm. Yāna (26. Jg.) 1, 1-39. Glashoff, Klaus (1999): Buddhismus und Naturwissenschaft. Tibet und Buddhismus 51, 22-25. Schmithausen, Lambert (2001): Aldous Huxley's View of Nature. In: C.C. Barfoot (ed.), Aldous Huxley between East and West. Amsterdam & New York (Studies in Comparative Literature 37), 151-173. Mainländer, Philipp (1894): Der Budhaismus. Vierter Essay. In: Die Philosophie der Erlösung - 2. Band. Frankfurt am Main: C. Koenitzer's Verlag, 73-188. Pedersen, K. Priscilla (1984): Feature Book Reviews: Carl T. Jackson (1981), The Oriental Religious and American Thought: Nineteenth-Century Explorations. - Charles S. Prebish (1979), American Buddhism. - Rick Fields (1981), How the Swans Came to the Lake: A Narrative History of Buddhism in America. Philosophy East and West 34/1, 95-103. Rajapakse, Vijitha (1985): Buddhism in Huxley's Evolution and Ethics: A Note on a Victorian Evaluation and Its ,Comparativist Dimension'. Philosophy East and West 35/3, 295-304. Pedersen, Kusumita P. (1985): Review: Kenneth Inada and Nolan P. Jacobson (ed.), Buddhism and American Thinkers. Albany, New York: State University of New York Press, 1984. Philosophy East and West 35/4, 447-450. Frazier, A.M. (1975): A European Buddhism. Philosophy East and West 25/2, 145-160. Borges, Jorge Luis (1987): Der Buddhismus (Sieben Nächte). Die letzte Reise des Odysseus. Essays 1980-1982. Übersetzt und herausgegeben von Gisbert Haefs. Carl Hanser Verlag, München, Wien, 61-79. Vetter, Tilmann (1992): Father Hugo Makibi Enomiya-Lassalle and Zen. On sharing religious experience: possibilities of interfaith mutuality. Ed. by Jerald D. Gort [et al.]. Rodopi, Amsterdam, 178-188. 200 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3876 SD S 30 8 1656 3877 SD S 30 9 SD S 30 9 3878 SD S 31 1 3886 SD S 31 10 3887 SD S 31 11 3888 SD S 31 12 904 SD S 31 13 906 SD S 31 14 908 SD S 31 15 910 SD S 31 16 912 914 SD S 31 17 SD S 31 18 3879 SD S 31 3 3880 SD S 31 4 Vetter, Tilmann (1992): Father Hugo Makibi Enomiya-Lassalle and Zen. In: On sharing religious experience: Possibilities of interfaith mutuality. Ed. by Jerald D. Gort et al. Amsterdam: Eerdmans Publishing Co., 178-188. Kowar, Helmut (1993): Die Zauberflöte - ein tantrisches Ritual? StMw 42, 167-180. Kowar, Helmut (1993): Die Zauberflöte - ein tantrisches Ritual ? Studien zur Musikwissenschaft 42, 167-180. Gómez, L.O. (1977): Feature Review Article: L. Cousins, Buddhist Studies in Honour of J.B. Horner. Philosophy East and West 27/2, 211-221. Der Neunte Deutsche Orientalistentag Bonn 1938. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 92/2-3, 3-46. Lindtner, Chr. (1986): Besprechung: Erich Frauwallner, Kleine Schriften. Hrsg. von G. Oberhammer und E. Steinkellner (Glasenapp-Stiftung 22). Wiesbaden: Steiner, 1982. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung (81. Jg.)/2, Spalten 179-182. Tauscher, Helmut (1986): Review: Erich Frauwallner, Nachgelassene Werke I, Aufsätze, Beiträge, Skizzen. Hsg. von Ernst Steinkellner [Veröffentlichungen der Kommission für Sprachen und Kulturen Südasiens 19]. Wien: Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1984. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 320-322. Tucci, Giuseppe (1963): Animadversiones Indicae. Jñānamuktāvalī. Commemoration Volume in Honour of Johannes Nobel. Ed. by Claus Vogel. International Academy of Indian Culture, New Delhi, 221-227. Demiéville, Paul (1957): Bibliographie: Liebenthal Festschrift. Sino-Indian Studies V/3-4. Edited by Kshitis Roy. Visvabharati, Santiniketan, May 1957. T'oung Pao 45/1-3, 249-268. De Jong, J. W. (1992): Review: Sanskrit-Texte aus dem buddhistischen Kanon: Neuentdeckungen und Neueditionen. Bearbeitet von Fumio Enomoto, Jens-Uwe Hartmann, Hisashi Matsumura (Sanskrit-Wörterbuch der buddhistischen Texte aus den Turfan-Funden, Beiheft 2). Göttingen. Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1989, IIJ 35/1, 70-72. O.A (1994): The Art of Interpretation of Classical Oriental Texts. The Second Nordic-Baltic Conference of Orientalists, Abstracts of Papers, Estonian Oriental Society Tartu, 3-43. Tucci, Giuseppe (1963): Animadversiones Indicae. Jñānamuktāvalī 38, Festschr. Johannes Nobel, 221-227. Steinkellner, Ernst (1997): "Asienforschung" in Österreich. ÖAW, Wissenschaft, Lesebuch, 35-37. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Animadversiones Indicae. On Maitreya, the Yogācāra Doctor et al. Opera Minora 6/1, 195238. Baruch, W. (1951-1952): Notices of Books: (1)Analecta Orientalia Memoriae Alexandri Csoma de Kőrös Dicata. Edendo Operi praefuit L. Ligeti. Vol. I. Bibliotheca Orientalis Hungarica V. Budapestini, 1942 (-1947). (2)Louis 201 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3881 SD S 31 5 3882 SD S 31 6 3883 SD S 31 7 3884 SD S 31 8 3885 SD S 31 9 3892 SD S 33 1 3901 SD S 33 10 322 SD S 33 100 324 SD S 33 101 687 SD S 33 102 689 SD S 33 103 691 SD S 33 104 Ligeti, Catalogue du Kanǰur Mongol Imprimé, Vol. I. Catalogue. Bibliotheca Orientalis Hungarica, t. III. Budapest, 1942-44. Société Kőrösi Csoma. (3)Louis Ligeti, Le Subhāṣitaratnanidhi Mongol, un Document du Moyen Mongol. Partie 1re. Le manuscrit tibéto-mongol en reproduction phototypique avec une introduction. Bibliotheca Orientalis Hungarica, t. VI. Budapest, 1948. Société Kőrösi Csoma. Asia Major (New Series) 2, 123-131. Williams, Paul (1983): Review: Erich Frauwallner, Kleine Schriften. Ed. by Gerhard Oberhammer and Ernst Steinkellner (Glasenapp-Stiftung 22). Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag, 1982. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 2, 1 page. De Jong, J. W. (1982): Review: Heinz Bechert (ed.), Die Sprache der ältesten buddhistischen Überlieferung/The Language of the Earliest Buddhist Tradition (Symposien zur Buddhismusforschung II). (Abh.d. Ak.d. Wiss. in Göttingen, Phil.-hist. Kl., Dritte Folge 117). Göttingen, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1980. IIJ 24, 215-218. Ministry of Education & Culture, Govt. of India (o.J.): Efforts at propagation and popularisation of Sanskrit. New Delhi: Rashtriya Sanskrit Sansthan, 1-12. Kvaerne, Per (1986): Review: Michel Strickmann (ed.), Tantric and Taoist Studies in Honour of R. A. Stein. Mélanges Chinois et Bouddhiques vols. 20/21. Bruxelles, 1981/1983. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 134-142. Uray, G. (o.J.): Comptes-Rendus: Asiatica. Festschrift Friedrich Weller. Zum 65. Geburtstag gewidmet von seinen Freunden, Kollegen und Schülern. Hsg. von Johannes Schubert und Ulrich Schneider. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz, 1954. Acta Orientalia Hung. 5/3, 340-351. Nakamura, Hajime (o.J.): A new way of approach in Buddhist studies - In the light of Comparative Philosophy. In: Religious Studies in Japan o.A., 263-283. Filliozat, Jean M. (1952): Leçon inaugurale faite le Mardi 6 Mai 1952. Collège de France. Chaire de Langues et Littératures de l'Inde. No. 12, 5-35. Lumbini International Research Institute: Souvenir. Informationsmaterial + 2 Postkarten. Oberhammer, Gerhard (?): Die Geschichte der Asienforschung. öAW, Denkschriften der Gesamtakademie, XV, 125133. Tübingen, Universitätsbibliothek. 8.5e The Special Regional Collection South Asia/Indology. SSG-Literature Fast and Direct. Hungary, Fact Sheets on. The path from the Orient to our present homeland. The birth and achievements of Hungarian oriental studies. Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde, Institut für. Bericht für das Studienjahr 1997/1998. 202 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 693 SD S 33 105 1354 SD S 33 106 1464 SD S 33 107 1469 1470 3902 1471 1473 SD S 33 108 SD S 33 109 SD S 33 11 SD S 33 110 SD S 33 111 1645 SD S 33 112 1647 SD S 33 113 1649 SD S 33 114 1658 SD S 33 115 1668 SD S 33 116 1672 SD S 33 117 1673 1674 3903 SD S 33 118 SD S 33 119 SD S 33 12 1675 SD S 33 120 1684 3904 SD S 33 121 SD S 33 13 Silk, Jonathan A. (1994): Review Article: Philip C. Almond: The British Discovery of Buddhism. Journal of Indian Philosophy 22/2, 171-195. Steinkellner, Ernst (2005): Der Buddha mit der Pfeife. In: Die Furche Nr. 22/2 Juni 2005. Miller, Roy Andrew (1999/2000): In Memoriam Karl Heinrich Menges. In: Ural-Altaische Jahrbücher (Neue Folge) 16, pp. 1-10. Gnoli, Gherardo (2000): Maurizio Taddei 1936-2000. In: East and West 50/1-4, 545-564. Steinkellner, Ernst (2001): Hajime Nakamura. In: Almnach der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften 151. Nakamura, Hajime (o.J.): Indian and Buddhist Studies in Japan. Religion East and West o.A., 1-20. Fragner, Bert (2001): Der Westen und die Weltgeschichte. In: Süddeutsche Zeitung 20/21 (Oktober), p. 17. Skilling, Peter (2001): The Place of South-East Asia in Buddhist Studies. In: Bukkyō Kenkyū 30, pp. 19-43. Lindtner, Christian (1999): Buddhism in Relation to Science and World Religions. Buddhanagar: Ananda Buddha Vihara Trust, 15 S. Wilhelm, Friedrich (2005): Ruben, Walter. In: Neue deutsche Biographie, herausgegeben von der Historischen Kommission bei der Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Band 22, Berlin, 152-153. O.A. (o.J.): Informationen über das Fach Indologie und das Seminar für Indologie und Buddhismuskunde an der Universität Göttingen, 7 S. Steinkellner, Ernst (1992/1993): Erich Frauwallner. Revista de Estudios Budistas 4, 163-166. Asien-Afrika-Institut, Abteilung für Kultur und Geschichte Indiens und Tibets, Universität Hamburg. Abteilungsbericht Nr. 1, 2000, 30 S. Wedemeyer, Christian K. (2001): Tropes, Typologies, and Turnarounds: A Brief Genealogy of the Historiography of Tantric Buddhism. History of Religions 40/3, 223-259. Lumbini International Research Institute. General Information. 12 S. University of Cambridge, Faculty of Oriental Studies Library. Library Guide. September 1999, 9 S. Lamotte, Ét. (1957): Paul Demiéville. Orbis - Bulletin International de Documentation Linguistique 6/1, 230-235. Gnoli, Gherardo (2000): Maurizio Taddei. Commemorazione tenuta da Gherardo Gnoli a Palazzo Brancaccio il giorno 6 marzo 2000. Instituto Italiano per l´ Africa e l´ Oriente, Roma, 5-19. Peking University 95. Peking 1995, 28 S. Oberhammer, Gerhard (1959): Erich Frauwallner - 60 Jahre. Hsg. vom Präsidium der Wiener Katholischen 203 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3905 3906 SD S 33 14 SD S 33 14 3907 SD S 33 16 3908 SD S 33 17 3909 SD S 33 18 3910 SD S 33 19 3893 SD S 33 2 3911 SD S 33 20 3912 SD S 33 21 3913 3914 3915 3916 SD S 33 22 SD S 33 23 SD S 33 24 SD S 33 25 3918 SD S 33 26 3919 SD S 33 27 3920 SD S 33 28 3921 SD S 33 29 Akademie. Religion, Wissenschaft, Kultur 4, 397-399. Abschied von Wilhelm Hauer. O.A. Renou, Louis (1932): L'oeuvre de M. Bruno Liebich. Journal Asiatique 220, 149-164. Bibliography of the published writings of P.K. Gode (From 1916 to 1959). In: P.K. Gode Commemoration Volume 11/4 (1960), 1-28. Universität Göttingen Informationen (Juni 1977): Georg Simson, Der Beginn der Sanskrit-Studien in Göttingen vor 150 Jahren, 1-5. Heinz Bechert, Erfassung von Handschriftenbeständen aus dem indischen Kulturraum aus der arbeit des Seminars für Indologie und Buddhismuskunde und ihrer Vorgeschichte, 6-18. Obituary Notices - Fedor Ippolitorich Scherbatskoy [Ein Nachruf]. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 1943, 118119. Grönbold, Günter (1981): Die orientalischen Handschriften der Bayerischen Staatsbibliothek. Bibliotheksforum Bayern 9/1-2, 68-84. Frauwallner, Erich (1961): Geschichte und Aufgabe der Wiener Indologie. [Anzeiger der phil.-hist. Klasse der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften 10]. Graz, Wien, Köln: Kommissionsverlag der Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaten in Wien, 77-95. Logika Indyjska - Bibliografia prac uczonych polskich / zestawil̷ M. Mejor. 2 pages (typescript). Studenckie Kol̷o Orientalistyczne [Hsg.]: Alan W. Watts, Mezczyzna i Kobieta, pp. 2-10. - Maciej St. Zieͅba, Buddyjska Doktryna Zbawienia, pp. 11-16. - Leszek Szuman, Nie Wierzcie w "Astrologie", p. 18. In: Zeszyty Studensckiego Kol̷a Orientalistycznego w Lublinie Nr 7 Listopad 81, Miesiecznik (typescript). Filliozat, Jean (1952): Nécrologie: Alfred Foucher. Journal Asiatique 240, 389-393. Lalou, Marcelle (1952): Nécrologie: René Grousset (1885-1952). Journal Asiatique 240, 387-388. Glasenapp, Helmuth von (1938): [Nachruf:] Hermann Jacobi. ZDMG 92/(Neue Folgen) 17, 1-14. Kunst, Arnold (1957): Stanislaw Schayer (8.5.1899-1.12.1941). Rocznik Orientalistyczny 21, 11-27. Zajaͅczkowski, Ananiasz (1957): Stanislaw Schayer, organisateur du centre orientaliste varsovien. Rocznik Orientalistyczny 21, 29-35. Mejor, Marek (o.J.): Sanskrit Studies in Poland. 4 pages (typescript). Kitagawa, Joseph M. (1967): Appreciation of Daisetz Suzuki. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies (Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū) 15/2, 986-980 (9-15). Miyamoto, Shōson (1967): In Memoriam: Dr. Daisetz T. Suzuki. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku 204 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3894 SD S 33 3 3922 SD S 33 30 3923 SD S 33 31 3924 SD S 33 32 3925 SD S 33 33 3926 SD S 33 34 3927 SD S 33 35 3928 SD S 33 36 3929 3930 3931 SD S 33 37 SD S 33 38 SD S 33 39 3895 SD S 33 4 3932 SD S 33 40 3933 SD S 33 41 3934 SD S 33 42 Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 15/2, 994-987 (1-8). Präsidium der Wiener Katholischen Akademie (Hsg.) (1959): Erich Frauwallner - 60 Jahre. Religion, Wissenschaft, Kultur 4, 397-399. Durt, Hubert (1979): Paul Demiéville - Les études bouddhiques de Paul Demiéville. Allocution faite à la Maison franco-japonaise le 15 mai 1979. O.A., 16-22. Bongard-Levin, G. M. (1973): Buddhist Studies in the USSR and New Archaeological Excavations in Soviet Central Asia. East Asian Cultural Studies 12/1-4, 11-28. De Jong, J. W. (1984): Recent Buddhist Studies in Europe and America 1973-1983. The Eastern Buddhist, New Series 17/1, 79-107. Bechert, Heinz (1984): Remarks on Recent Studies on the History of Early Buddhist Sects or Schools. Kenkyū Shohō (Nachrichten des Shin Buddhist Comprehensive Research Institute, Kyoto) 9, 8-12. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1983): In memoriam Arnold Kunst (1903-1981). Journal of Indian Philosophy 11, 3-5. Yuyama, Akira (1985): Seiyōjin-no Daijō Bukkyō Kenkyūshi [A History of Studies on Mahāyāna Buddhism by Europeans]. In: Kōza - Daijō Bukkyō [Lectures on Mahāyāna Buddhism]. Ed. by Akira Hirakawa, Yūichi Kajiyama and Jikidō Takasaki. Vol.10: Daijō Bukkyō to Sono Shūen [Mahāyāna Buddhism and Its Related Topics]. Ed. by J. Takasaki. Lecture 9. Tokyo: Shunjū-sha, 1985, 221-261. Wilhelm, Friedrich (Hsg.) (1985): Otto Stein - Kleine Schriften [Glasenapp-Stiftung 25]. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag, 5-11 (Vorwort), 13-25 (Bibliographie der Schriften von Otto Stein). Botto, Oscar (1985): Appunti per una Storia degli Studi Buddhisti in Italia. Serie Orientale Roma 56/1, 175-189. Kumoi, Shōzen (1982): Watanabe hakushi ni tsuite no Tsuioku. Watanabe Shōkō Chosakushū 3, 1-8 [Vorwort]. Ferguson, Donald (1897): Rosaries in Ceylonese Buddhism. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 419-420. Göbl, Robert (1975): Nachruf (mit Schriftenverzeichnis). Almanach der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften (1974) (124.Jg.), 476-481. Hara, Minoru (1985): Obituary - John Brough (31.8.1917-9.1.1984). JIP 13, 103-106. Gnoli, Gherardo (1984): Giuseppe Tucci (1894-1984). Public Commemoration held by the President of the Institute Gherardo Gnoli on 7th May 1984. East and West, New Series 34/1-3, 11-21. Overmyer, Daniel L. (ed.) (1981): Review: Roy C. Amore, Developments in Buddhist Thought: Canadian Contributions to Buddhist Studies. Waterloo, Ontario: Wilfried Laurier University Press, 1979. Philosophy East and West 31/3, 383-385. 205 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3935 SD S 33 43 3936 SD S 33 44 3937 SD S 33 45 3938 SD S 33 46 3939 SD S 33 47 3940 SD S 33 48 3941 SD S 33 49 3896 SD S 33 5 3942 SD S 33 50 3943 SD S 33 51 3944 SD S 33 53 3945 SD S 33 54 3946 SD S 33 55 3947 SD S 33 56 3948 SD S 33 57 52 SD S 33 58 De Silva, M. W. Padmasiri (1971): Memorial tribute to the late Professor K.N. Jayatilleke. Philosophy East and West 21/2, 195-201. Daye, Douglas Dunsmore (1972): Memorial tribute to Richard Hugh Robinson, 1926-1970. Philosophy East and West 22, 291-296. Sharma, D. B. Shen (1987): Obituary [Gopikamohan Bhattacharya]. Journal of Indian Philosophy 15/2, 111-114. Rhys Davids, Mrs. C. A. F. (1942): India and the Pali Text Society. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 23/1-4, 80-83. Mayrhofer, Manfred (1965): Indian Liniguistics in the German-speaking countries 1945-1951. Indian Linguistics 3 (comprising Volumes 9-15 (1944-1956)), 197-200. Bapat, P. V. (1943): Obituary Notices: Mrs. C. A. F. Rhys Davids. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 24/1-2, 145-146. Waldschmidt, Ernst (Hsg.) (1959): Indologen-Tagung 1959. Verhandlungen der Indologischen Arbeitstagung in Essen-Bredeney, Villa Hügel, 13.-15. Juli 1959. Göttingen: Vandenhouck & Ruprecht, 5-39. Kunst, Arnold (1957): Stanislaw Schayer (8.5.1899-1.12.1941). Ṛocznik Orientalityczny 21, 11-27. Uray, Géza (1985): In memoriam Giuseppe Tucci (1894-1984). Acta Orientalia Academiae Scientiarum Hung. 39/23, 361-368. Durt, Hubert (1985): Etienne Lamotte 1903-1983. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 74, 1-28. Petech, Luciano (1984): Giuseppe Tucci (1894-1984). Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies 7/2, 137-142. Mayeda, Egaku (1963): A Report on Buddhist Studies Mainly Bosed on Pāli Materials in India and South-east Asia [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 11/2, 755-790. Statuto dell'Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente. Approvato con Decreto del Presidente della Repubblica 9 ottobre 1987 (Gazzetta Ufficiale n. 37 del 15 febbraio 1988), 1-9. Pezzali, Amalia (1983): Etienne Lamotte (1903-1983). Studi orientali e linguistici 1, 225-229. Pezzali, Amalia (1984-1985): Lal Mani Joshi (1935-1984). - Congresso Internazionale sul Buddhismo in Europa (Torino, 4-7 settembre 1984). - First International Conference on Buddhism and National Cultures (New Delhi, 1015 ottobre 1984). - Simposio Internazionale sull'India e la Letteratura nel mondo (Vigyan Bhavan, New Delhi: 25 febbraio - 1 marzo 1985). Studi orientali e linguistici 2, 387-388, 389-390, 391-392, 399-400. Naritasan Institute for Buddhist Studies.[Ein kleiner folder.]. 206 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 53 SD S 33 59 3897 SD S 33 6 82 SD S 33 60 85 SD S 33 61 87 SD S 33 62 89 SD S 33 63 91 SD S 33 64 94 SD S 33 65 97 SD S 33 66 100 SD S 33 67 103 SD S 33 68 105 SD S 33 69 3898 SD S 33 7 120 SD S 33 70 122 SD S 33 71 124 SD S 33 72 Pandey, Jagadīśwar, Umārama Jha (1987): Our Guruji and His Contributions. Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 238-251.[Lebenslauf und Bibliographie Anatalal Thakur.] Raghavan, V. (1961): The Twenty-First All-India Oriental Conference Srrinagar 14th, 15th, 16th October 1961. O.A., 1-36. The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies 1989/90.- Tokyo: The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies 1989/90. 14 S. Institut de Civilisation Indienne.-Lettre d`Information de l'Institut de Civilisation Indienne (Instituts d`Extrême-Orient du Collège de France). No 1, Septembre 1990, 14 S. Nāgārjuna Bauddhabhāratītattvavidyāsusandhāna Piṭha. An Institution of Nagarjuna Buddhist Foundation. Introduction and Activities 1989-89.Gorakhpur 1989, 16 S. Yuyama, Akira (1988): Indogaku Bukkyōgaku no reimei [Die Anfänge der Indologie und Buddhismuskunde]. Indo Tetsugaku Bukkyōgaku 3, 325-348. The International Institute for Buddhist Studies (1992). A Brief Description. 2nd Revised Edition. 1-27. Meisezahl, Richard Othon. - Eimer, Helmut (Hrsg.) (1986): Vicitrakusumāñjali. Verzeichnis der bis zum 16. August 1986 erschienenen Schriften. Indica et Tibetica 11, 9-14. Hahn, Michael (1990): Frank-Richard Hamm 1920-1973. Frank-Richard Hamm Memorial Volume - October 8, 1990. Indica et Tibetica 21. Ed. by Helmut Eimer. Indica et Tibetica Verlag, Bonn, 9-18. Hamm, Frank-Richard. - Eimer, Helmut (1990): Bibliographie. Frank-Richard Hamm Memorial Volume. (Hrsg. Helmut Eimer) in Indica et Tibetica 21, 13-18. Matilal, Bimal Krishna (1992): Commemoration Volume. All Souls College, ed.: A. Sen, M. Dummett, G.Ch. Spivak, D. Seyfort Ruegg. De Jong, J. W. (1991): Buddhist Studies 1984-1990. Chūō gakujyutsu kenkyūjo kiyō 20, 1-57. Der 9. Deutsche Orientalistentag Bonn 1938 (Programm). Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 92/2-3, 3-46. Steinkellner, Ernst (1992): Erich Frauwallner (Kurznotiz). Revista de Estudios Budistas 4, 10/92-03/93, 163-166. Dietz, Siglinde (1989): Investigations into Buddhist Literature, A Project of the Academy of Sciences in Göttingen. Annual Memoirs of the Otani University Shin Buddhist Comprehensive Research Institute 7, 71-77. Ruegg, David Seyfort (1991): Some Observations on the Present and Future of Buddhist Studies. Buddhist Studies 207 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 127 SD S 33 73 129 SD S 33 74 132 SD S 33 75 135 138 141 143 3899 161 SD S 33 76 SD S 33 77 SD S 33 78 SD S 33 79 SD S 33 8 SD S 33 80 163 SD S 33 81 165 SD S 33 82 167 SD S 33 83 169 SD S 33 84 171 177 180 181 SD S 33 85 SD S 33 87 SD S 33 88 SD S 33 89 3900 SD S 33 9 207 SD S 33 90 209 SD S 33 91 Present and Future, 10th Intern. Conf. of the IABS, 193-205. Steinkellner, Ernst und Kazuo Azuma (1993): Bibliographie. In: Academic Achievement Award. Sen, Amartya, Michael Dummet, Gayatri ChakravortySpivak, David Seyfort Ruegg (1992): Commemoration Bimal Krishna Matilal, 1 June 1935 - 8 June 1991. Sander, Lore (1983): Buddhist Sanskrit Manuscripts from Chinese Turkestan: Eighty Years of Research Work. Prajñā-Bhāratī. K. P. Jayaswal Research Institute, Patna. Ingalls, Daniel H.H. (1991): In Memoriam Bimal Krishna Matilal 1935-1991. JIP 19, 227-228 Azuma, Kazuo und Steinkellner, Ernst (1993): Academic Achievement Award Bhattacharya, Gopinath. - Obituary. Journal of Indian Philosophy 19 (1991) 99-102 Leiden University, Non-Western Studies 1990, 1-32 Bareau, André (1968): Philologie des textes bouddhiques. Rapports sur les conférences 1968, 549-554. American Oriental Society (1994): Program of the 204th meeting, Madison, March 20th-23rd 1994, vi-17. Bechert, Heinz (1990): Nachruf: Ernst Waldschmidt. Jahrbuch der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 94-103. Eimer, Helmut (1994): Nachruf: R.O. Meisezahl (1906- 1992). ORIENS 34, 1-9. Freund, Michael (1996): Die Lehre von der Wieder-geburt im nüchternen akademischen Spiegel. Ideenwelt und praktischer Kontakt. Der Standard, 13. Franke, Herbert (1992): Helmut Hoffmann 24.8.1912-8.10.1992. Sonderdruck aus dem Jahrbuch der Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften 1992, 1-7 Lokesh Chandra: Bio-data of Prof. Lokesh Chandra. 1-24. Present and Future State of Provision for Asian Studies in Europe, Supplement IIAS-Newsletter 4, 1995, 1-32. L'École Française d'Extrême-Orient. Informationsmaterial SOAS the Centre for Asia and Afrika. University of London. Informationsmaterial. Bareau, André (1971): Leçon inaugurale faite le Mercredi 1er Déccmbre 1971. Collège de France. Chaire d'Étude du Bouddhisme. No. 57, 5-35. Maeda, Egaku (1961): Hokuō no indogaku, bukkyōgakukai - sono kinkyō [Indian and Buddhist Studies in North Europe]. SUK 169, 98-103. [jap.] Kumoi, Shōzen (1964): Europe ni okeru indogaku bukkyōgaku no genjō - Austria, German [Gegenwärtiger Stand der 208 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 211 SD S 33 92 213 SD S 33 93 215 SD S 33 94 217 SD S 33 95 219 221 223 3889 SD S 33 96 SD S 33 97 SD S 33 98 SD S 34 1 3890 SD S 34 2 3891 SD S 34 3 1962 SD S 6 1 1971 SD S 6 10 1086 SD S 6 100 1087 1088 SD S 6 101 SD S 6 102 1089 SD S 6 103 1090 SD S 6 104 Indologie und Buddhismuskunde in Europa]. IBK 12/2, 763-773. Nakamura, Hajime (1964): Ōbei ni okeru indogaku, bukkyōgaku no ugoki [Die Bewegung der Indologie und Buddhismuskunde in Europa und Amerika]. IBK 12-2, 752.-761. [jap.] Nakamura, Hajime (1959): Kaigai gakkai no ayumi [Der Zustand der ausländischen wissenschaftlichen Welt]. IBK 7-2, 709-715. [jap.] Nakamura, Hajime (1958): Kaigai gakkai no ayumi - Dr. Glasenapp - Hitotonari to shisō [Der Zustand der ausländischen wissenschaftlichen Welt - Dr. Glasenapp, seine Persönlichkeit und Gedanken]. IBK 6-2, 626-642. [jap.] Tamai, Takashi (1976): Doitsu indogakkai no genjō [Present Situation of Indian Studies in Germany]. Buddhist Seminar 23, 76-83. [jap.] Schloß, Oskar - Oskar Schloß zum 50. Todestag. Capelle a/d Yssel (1995). 1-16. Tucci, Giuseppe - In Memoriam Giuseppe Tucci (1894-1984). AOH 39 (1985), 361-368. Oriental Institute of the Academy of Sciences of the Czech Republic. - Materialien. Kmoch, L. (o.J.): Seicherls Weltreise. Im Kleinen Blatt erzählt und gezeichnet. Wien: 16-19 (und 1 Titelseite). Meyrink, Gustav (1908): Wachsfigurenkabinett. Sonderbare Geschichten. 5. und 6. Tausend. München: Albert Langen Verlag, 63-71. Meyer-Benfey (1933): Der König und die dunkle Kammer. In: Festschrift Moriz Winternitz 1863 - 23. Dezember 1933. Hsg. von Otto Stein und Wilhelm Gampert. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz Verlag, 98-116. Brough, John (1965): Comments on third-century Shan-shan and the history of Buddhism. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 28/3, 582-612. Bareau, André (1953): La date du nirvāṇa. Journal Asiatique, 27-62. Bagchi, P.C. (1945): Sino-Indian Relations - The Period of the United Empires (&!8-1100 A.D.). Sino-Indian Studies 1, 65-84. Bareau, André (1989): Etude du Bouddhisme. Ann. du Collége de France 89, 533-547. Bagchi, P.C. (19??): Ki-pin and Kashmir. Sino-Indian Studies 2, 42-53. Falk, Harry (1991): Zur Geschichte von Lumbinī. Acta Orientalia, Societates Orientales Danica, Fennica, Norvegica, Svecica, 52, 70-90. Hill, John E. (1988): Notes on the Dating of Khotanese History. IIJ 31, 179-190. 209 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1091 SD S 6 105 1092 SD S 6 106 1093 SD S 6 107 1094 SD S 6 108 1095 SD S 6 109 1972 SD S 6 11 1100 SD S 6 110 1101 SD S 6 111 1102 1103 SD S 6 112 SD S 6 113 1105 SD S 6 114 1107 SD S 6 115 1108 SD S 6 116 1110 SD S 6 117 1112 SD S 6 118 1114 SD S 6 119 Ruegg, David Seyfort (1992): Notes on some Indian and Tibetan Reckonings of the Buddha's Nirvāṇa and the Duration of his Teaching. In: The Dating of the Historical Buddha, 2, Symp. zur Buddhismusforschung, 4/ 2. Hrsg. von H. Bechert, 263-290. Tsuchida, Ryutaro (1987): Observations on the language of the Dīpavaṃsa. StII 13/14, 301-310. Bechert, Heinz (1993) Bespr. von: Guruge, Ananda W.P.: Mahāvaṃsa The Great Chronicle of Sri Lanka, Chptrs. One to Thirty-Seven. ZDMG 143/1, 216-218. Bechert, Heinz (1993): Review: Mahāvaṃsa: The Great Chronicle of Sri Lanka, Chapters One to Thirty-Seven. An Annoted New Translation with Prolegomena by Ananda W.P. Guruge. ZDMG 143/1, 216. Gombrich, Richard (1994). Review: Heinz Bechert, The Dating of the Historical Buddha. Göttingische Gelehrte Anzeigen (246. Jg.), 86-96. Demiéville, Paul (1957): La situation religieuse en Chine au temps de Marco Polo. Oriente Poliano, 193-236. Voyce, M.B., (1985): The King`s Enforcement of the Vinaya Pitaka: The Purification of the Saṅgha under Aśoka (c. B. C. 269-232). ZRG, Bd. 37, 38-57. Mejor, Marek (1989-90): The Problem of two Vasubandhus reconsidered. Indologica Taurinensia, Vol. 15-16, 276283. Bagchi, P.C. (?): Southern India and China. SIS Vol. 2, 156-183. Bagchi, P.C. (1945): Sino-Indian Relations--The Period of the United Empires (II). SIS Vol. 1, 160-166. Funayama, Toru (1994): Remarks on Religious Predominance in Kashmir; Hindu or Buddhist?. Y. Ikari (ed.) A Study of the Nīlamata, Kyoto, 367-375. Funayama, Toru (1994): Remarks on Religious Predominance in Kashmir; Hindu or Buddhist? A Study of the Nīlamata - Aspects of Hinduism in Ancient Kashmir. 367-375. Ōchō, Enichi (1962): Shōtoku taishi to tairiku bukkyō [Shōtoku Taishi (japan. Regent des 7. Jhdts.) und der kontinentale Buddhismus. Hōryūji kaki daigaku kinenranbunshū. [jap.] Kumoi, Shōzen (1956): Bukkyō kōki jidai no shakaiteki haikei [The Social and Historical Background of the Rise of Buddhism]. IBK 4-2, 405-408. [jap.] Kumoi, Shōzen (1960): Bukkyō kōki no Indo - shūkyō to shakaiteki ki ban no kenkyū josetsu [Indien in der Zeit der Entstehung des Buddhismus - Einleitung der Forschung zur Religion und Sozialstruktur]. Ōtani Daigaku Kenkyū Nenpō 13. Nakamura, Hajime (1956): Daijō bukkyō kōki jidai no Indo no shakai kōsei [Die Sozialstrukutr in der Zeit des 210 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1973 SD S 6 12 402 SD S 6 120 1600 SD S 6 121 1657 SD S 6 122 1659 SD S 6 123 1670 SD S 6 124 1974 SD S 6 13 1975 SD S 6 14 1976 SD S 6 16 1977 SD S 6 17 1978 SD S 6 18 1979 1980 1963 1981 1982 1983 1984 SD S 6 19a SD S 6 19b SD S 6 2 SD S 6 20 SD S 6 21 SD S 6 22 SD S 6 24 Aufkommens des Mahāyāna]. IBK 4-1, 97-107. [jap.] Bareau, André (1953): Une confusion entre Mahasaṅghika et Vatsīputrīya. Journal Asiatique, 399-406. Cousins, L.S. (1996): The Dating of the Historical Buddha: A Review Article. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 6/1, 57-63. Mon Unity League (o.J.): The Mon. A People Without a Country. O.O. De Jong, J. W. (1995): Review: Heinz Bechert (ed.), The Dating of the Historical Buddha/ Die Datierung des historischen Buddha. Part 2. Göttingen, 1992. Indo-Iranian Journal 38, 167-169. Goyal, Shankar (1989): Some Observations on Magadha-Kosala Relations in the Age of the Buddha. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrita Vidyapeetha 45, 109-116. Deeg, Max (2000): The Location of Faxian's Kingdom of Jiecha.In: M. Taddei & G. de Marco (eds.), South Asian Achaeology 1997. Proceedings of the Fourteenth International Conference of the European Association of South Asian Archaeologists, held in the Istituto Italiano per l'Africa e l'Oriente, Palazzo Brancaccio, Rome, 7-14 July 1997. Rome, 877-888. Fleet, J.F. (1909): The day on which Buddha died. Journal of the Royal Society, 1-34. Günther, Herbert (o.J.): Einige überlieferungsgeschichtliche Bemerkungen zum Duṭṭhagāmaṇi-Epos. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes 49/1-2, 118-125. Bareau, André (1962): La légende de la jeunesse du Buddha dans les Vinayapiṭaka anciens. Oriens Extremus 1, 6-33. Geiger, Wilhelm (1936): Contributions from the Mahāvaṃsa to our knowledge of the Mediaeval Culture of Ceylon. The Journal of the Greater India Society 3/2, 139-157. Bareau, André (1961): Indian and ancient Chinese Buddhism: Institutions analogous to the Jisa. Comparative Studies in Society and History 3/4, 443-451. Lévi, Sylvain M. (1896): Notes sur les Indo-Scythes. Journal Asiatique 8, 444-485. Lévi, Sylvain (1897): Notes sur les Indo-Scythes. Journal Asiatique 9, 5-42. Petech, Luciano (1964): Note su Kāpiśi e Zabul. Rivista degli Studi Orientali 39, 287-294. Parker, E.H. (1903): Le Bouddhisme Chinois. Le Muséon 4, 135-158. Speyer, J.S. (1903): La carrière de Bouddha d'après les sculptures de Boro-Boedoer. Le Muséon 4, 124-134. La Vallée Poussin, Louis de (1905): Les deux premiers Conciles. Le Muséon 6, 213-323. Bechert, Heinz (1977): Zur Geschichte des Theravāda-Buddhismus in Ostbengalen. In: Beiträge zur Indienforschung. 211 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1985 SD S 6 26 1986 SD S 6 27 1987 SD S 6 28 1988 1964 SD S 6 29 SD S 6 3 1989 SD S 6 30 1990 SD S 6 31 1991 SD S 6 32 1992 SD S 6 33 1993 SD S 6 34 1994 SD S 6 35 1995 SD S 6 36 1996 SD S 6 37 1997 SD S 6 38 1965 SD S 6 4 Ernst Waldschmidt zum 80. Geburtstag gewidmet. Berlin, 45-66. Liebermann, Victor (1976): A new look at the Sāsanavaṃsa. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 39, 137-149. Basham, A.L. (1953): A New Study of the Śaka-Kuṣāṇa Period. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 15, 80-97. Brough, John (1947-48): Legends of Khotan and Nepal. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 12, 333-339. Wolters, O.W. (1958): Tāmbraliṅga. Bulletin of the School of Orien´tal and African Studies 21, 587-607. Eggermont, Pierre H.L. (1958): The origin of the Śaka-Era. Indo-Iranian Journal 2/3, 225-228. Rhys Davids, C.A.F. (1927): The Unknown Co-Founders of Buddhism. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society part II, 193-208. Rhys Davids, C.A.F. (1928): The Unknown Co-founders of Buddhism: A Sequel. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 271-286. Thomas, F.W. (1937): Bogdo. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 309-313. Liu, Chungshee H. (1933): Three letters from Buddhist kings to the Chinese Court in the fifth century. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 897-903. App.: Thomas, F.W. (1933): Note on Mr. Liu's Communication. JRAS, 904-905. Notes by P. Pelliot, from JRAS 1934, 352-353. Mills, J.V. (1951): Notes On Early Chinese Voyages. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 3-25. Chavannes, M.E. (1903): Voyage de Song Yun dans l'Udyāna et le Gandhāra (518-522 p.C.). Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 3, 379-441. Lévi, Sylvain (1905): Notes Chinoises sur l'Inde. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême Orient 5/3-4, 253-305. Pelliot, P. (1905): (Comptes rendus:) Thomas Watters: On Yuan Chwang's travels in India 629-645 A.D. Èd. par T.W. Rhys Davids et S.W. Bushell. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 1904. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 5, 423-457. Kiribamune, Sirima (1978): The Mahāvaṃsa: A study of the ancient historiography of Sri Lanka. In: Senarat Paranavitana Commemoration Volume. Ed. by Leelananda Prematilleke, Karthigesu Indrapala, J.E. van Lohuizen-de Leeuw. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 125-136. Karashima, Noburu (1978): The Yeh-pa-nai-na problem in the history of Sri Lanka: A Review based on new Chinese sources. In: Senarat Paranavitana Commemoration Volume. Ed. by Leelananda Prematilleke, Karthigesu Indrapala, J.E. van Lohuizen-de Leeuw. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 98-106. Schayer, Stanislav (1921): Vorarbeiten zur Geschichte der Mahāyānistischen Erlösungslehren. Zeitschrift für 212 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1998 SD S 6 40 1999 SD S 6 41 2000 SD S 6 42 2001 SD S 6 43 2002 SD S 6 44 2003 SD S 6 45 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 SD S 6 46 SD S 6 47a SD S 6 47b SD S 6 47c SD S 6 47d 2009 SD S 6 48 2010 1966 SD S 6 49 SD S 6 5 2011 SD S 6 50 2012 SD S 6 51 2013 SD S 6 52 2014 SD S 6 53 Buddhismus,5- 56. Wada, Sei (1978): On the Date of the Spread of Buddhism to the East. Memoirs of the Research Department of the Toyo Bunko (The Oriental Library) 36, 27-38. Renondeau, G. (1959): La Date de l'Introduction du Bouddhisme au Japon. T'oung Pao Archives. 47, 16-29. Tucci, Guiseppe (1971): The Sea and Land travels of a Buddhist sādhu in the sixteenth century. Opera Minora 6/2, 305-319. Hultzsch, E. (1913): Contributions to Sinhalese chronology. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 517-531. Filliozat, J. (1957): (Comptes rendus:) Walpola Rahula: History of Buddhism in Ceylon. The Anuradhapura Period. 3rd Century BC-10th Century AC. Colombo,1956. Journal Asiatique 245, 320-322. Fleet, J.F. (1909): The Origin of the Buddhavarsha, the Ceylonese reckoning from the death of Buddha. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 323-356. Scherrer-Schaub, Cristina (1982): Destins croisés en Asie centrale. Etudes de Lettres, 77-102. Eggermont, P.H.L. (1965-66): New notes on Aśoka and his successors. Persica 2, 27-70. Eggermont, P.H.L. (1969): New notes on Aśoka and his successors, II. Persica 4, 77-120. Eggermont, P.H.L. (1970 ?): New notes on Aśoka and his successors, III. Persica 5, 69-102. Eggermont, P.H.L. (1979): New notes on Aśoka and his successors, IV. Persica 8, 55-93. Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (1978): Some archaeological problems concerning Sri Lanka and its trade routes. In: Senarat Paranavitana. Commemoration Volume. Ed. by Leelananda Prematilleke, Karthigesu Indrapala, J.E. van LohuizenDe Leeuw. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 51-53. Bechert, Heinz (1982): The date of the Buddha reconsidered. Indologica Taurinensia 10, 29-36. Alsdorf, L. (1959): Aśokas Schismen-Edikt und das Dritte Konzil. Indo-Iranian Journal 3/3, 161-174. Sakurabe, H. (1952): On Frauwallner's dating of Vasubandhu (jap.). Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 1/1, 202-208. Demiéville, P. (1970): Bibliographie: J.W. de Jong, Buddha's Word in China. 28th George Ernest Morrison Lecture delivered at the Australian National University, Canberra, 1968. T'oung Pao Archives 56, 287-290. De Jong, J. W. (1972): A brief survey of Chinese Buddhist historiography. Studies in Indo-Asian Art and Culture 1, 101-108 (and 2 plates). Rhys Davids, C.A.F. (1927): Notices of Books: The Life of Buddha as Legend and History. By Edward J. Thomas. 213 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2015 SD S 6 54 2016 SD S 6 55 2017 SD S 6 56 2018 SD S 6 57 2019 SD S 6 58 2020 SD S 6 59 1967 SD S 6 6 2021 SD S 6 60 2022 SD S 6 61 2023 SD S 6 62 2024 SD S 6 63 2025 2026 2027 SD S 6 64 SD S 6 65 SD S 6 66 2028 SD S 6 67 2029 SD S 6 67 London, 1927. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 635-636. Yamazaki, G. (1966): On the Spread of Buddhism under the Mauryas - Re-examination about the Legends of the Third Council and the Converting of Different Countries (jap.). Tōyō Gakuhō 49/3, 68-120. Specht, M. Édouard (1897): Les Indo-Scythes et l'époque du règne de Kanichka, d'après les sources chinoises. Journal Asiatique 10, 152-193, 546. Jayawickrama, N.A. (1985): Buddhism in Sri Lanka. A Brief Historical Sketch. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 173184. Bareau, André (1985): Le retour du Buddha à Kapilavastu dans les textes canoniques. Serie Orientale Roma 56/1, 41-56. Sastri, Nilkanta (1943): Aśoka notes. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 1/1, 95-117. Edwards, E. (1933-35): Some Aspects of the Conflicts of Religion in China during the Six Dynasties and T'ang Periods. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 7, 799-808. Filliozat, J. (1948): Les deux Asoka et les Conciles Bouddhiques. Journal Asiatique, 189-195. Casparis, J.G. de (1963): Reviews: C.C. Berg: Het Rijk van de vijfvoudige Buddha. (Verhandelingen der Koninklije Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afd. Letterkunde, Nieuwe Reeks, Deel 69/1). Amsterdam: N.V. NoordHollandsche Uitgevers Maatschappij, 1962. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 26, 462-464. Shorto, H.L. (1963): The 32 myos in the medieval Mon Kingdom. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 26, 572-591. Bivar, A.D.H. (1963): The Kaniṣka dating from Surkh Kotal. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 26, 498-502. Snellgrove, David L. (1973): Śākyamuni's final nirvāṇa. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 36, 399-411. Smith, Vincent A. (1902): Revised chronology of the early or imperal Gupta dynasty. Indian Antiquary 31, 257-266. Mukharji, P.C. (1903): An independent Hindu view of Buddhist chronology. Indian Antiquary 32, 227-233. Smith, Vincent A. (1903): A Chinese Aśoka. Indian Antiquary 32, 236. Smith, Vincent A. (1903): Aśoka Notes. Indian Antiquary 32, 364-366. Ders. (Sept. 1905): Aśoka Notes. Indian Antiquary 34, 200-203. Ders. (Okt. 1905): Aśoka Notes. Indian Antiquary 34, 245-251. Smith, Vincent A. (1908): Aśoka Notes. Indian Antiquary 37, 19-24. 214 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2030 SD S 6 68 2031 SD S 6 69 1968 SD S 6 7 2032 SD S 6 70 2033 2034 SD S 6 71 SD S 6 72 2035 SD S 6 73 2036 2037 2038 2039 SD S 6 74 SD S 6 75 SD S 6 76 SD S 6 77 2040 SD S 6 78 2041 SD S 6 79 1969 SD S 6 8 2042 SD S 6 80 2043 SD S 6 81 2044 SD S 6 82 2045 SD S 6 83 Lévi, Sylvain (Okt.1903): Notes on the Indo-Scythians. Indian Antiquary 32, 381-389. Ders. (Nov.1903): Notes on the Indo-Scythians. Indian Antiquary 32, 417-426. Ders. (Jan.1904): Notes on the Indo-Scythians. Indian Antiquary 33, 10-16. Nicolson, C. (1906): The Sok and Kaniṣka. Indian Antiquary 35, 33-47. Frauwallner, Erich (1952): Die buddhistischen Konzile. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morhenländischen Gesellschaft 102/2 (Neue Folge Band 27), 240-261. Geiger, Wilhelm (1906): The dipavamsa and the Mahavamsa and the historical tradition in Ceylon. Indian Antiquary 35, 153-168. Lévi, Sylvain (Apr. 1904): Further Notes on the Indo-Scythains. Indian Antiquary 33, 110-116. Smith, Vincent A. (Aug.1905): Asoka's alleged mission to Pegu (Suvannabhumi). Indian Antiquary 34, 180-186. Stein, Aurel (Apr. 1905): White Huns and kindred tribes in the history of the Indian North-West frontier. Indian Antiquary 34, 73-87. Burgess, Jas. (March 1901): Miscellanea: date of Buddha's Nirvana. Indian Antiquary 30, 117. Burgess, J. (Sept. 1901): Fabricated geography. Indian Antiquary 30, 387-388. Banerji, R.D. (1908): The Scythian period of Indian history. Indian Antiquary 37, 25-75 (3 tables). Aiyer, V. Gopala (Dec.1908): The date of Buddha. Indian Antiquary 37, 341-350. Schopen, Gregory (1985): Two Problems in the History of Indian Buddhism: The Layman/Monk Distinction and the Doctrines of the Transference of Merit. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 10, 9-47. Forte, Antonino (1984): The Activities in China of the Tantric Master Manicintana (Pao-ssu-wei: ?-721 A.D.) from Kashmir and of his Northern Indian Collaborators. East and West 34/1-3, 301-345 (two figures). Chen, Tsu-lung (1967): Note on Yü-pien's Tsan P'u-man Chi. The Tōhō Shūkyō [The Journal of Eastern Religions] 30, 55-35. Chow, Fa (1942): Sūkara-Maddava and the Buddh's Death. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 33, 127-133. Smith, R. Morton (1957): On the Ancient Chronology of India (I, II). Journal of the American Oriental Society 77, 116-129,266-280. Law, Bimala Churn (1939-40): Expansion of Buddhism in India and abroad. New Indian Antiquary 2, 695-709. Seth, H.C. (1939-40): Identification of Udayana of Kauśāmbi with Udayin of Magadha. Annals of Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 31/1-2, 97-99. 215 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2046 SD S 6 84 2047 SD S 6 85 2048 SD S 6 86 2049 SD S 6 87 2050 SD S 6 88 2051 SD S 6 89 1970 SD S 6 9 2052 2053 SD S 6 90 SD S 6 91 630 SD S 6 92 632 SD S 6 93 635 SD S 6 94 637 SD S 6 95 639 SD S 6 96 641 SD S 6 97 Keny, Liladhar B. (1943): The supposed identification of Udayana of Kauśāmbi with Udayin of Magadha. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 34, 60-66. Gokhale, Vasudev (1939-40): Reviews: Ratilal Mehta, Pre-Buddhist India, a survey of ancient India based on the Jātaka stories. Bombay: Examiner Press, 1939. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 21/1-2, 148149. Tsukamoto, Keisho (1963): Mahākāśyapa's Precedence to Ānanda in the Rājagr̥ha Council. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies 11/2, 824-817 ((53)-(60)). Hikata, Ryusho (1985): Studies in Buddhism and Budhist Culture. On the Period of the Life-time of Śākyamuni. Monograph Series of Naritasan Institute for Buddhist Studies 1, 3-21. Jettmar, K. (1987): The "suspended crossing" - where and why ? In: India and the ancient World. History, trade and Culture before A.D. 650. Ed. Gilbert Pollet. Departement Orientalistiek Leuven [Orientalia Lovaniensia Analecta 25], 95-102. Goetz, Hermann (1969): The conquest of Northern and Western India by Lalitāditya-Muktāpīḍa of Kashmīr. In: Studies in the History and Art of Kashmir and the Indian Himalaya [Schriftenreihe des Südasien-Instituts der Universität Heidelberg 4], 8-22. Bechert, Heinz (1957): Zur Geschichte der buddhistischen Sekten in Indien und Ceylon. La Nouvelle Clio t. 7-9 nos. 7-10, 311-360. Dasgupta, N.N. (1947): On the date of Lalitāditya Muktāpīḍa. Indian Culture 14/1, 11-17. Bechert, Heinz (1988): Die Datierung des Buddha als Problem der Weltgeschichte. Saeculum 39/1, 24-34. Goetz, Hermann (1924): Die Stellung der indischen Chroniken im Rahmen der indischen Geschichte. Sonderdruck aus der "Zeitschrift für Buddhismus", 1-23 (Untersuchungen zur Geschichte des Buddhismus XI). Eggermont, Pierre H. L. (1986): Sanchi-Kākanāda and the Hellenistic and Buddhist sources. Deyadharma. Studies in Memory of Dr. D. C. Sircar. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications (Sri Garib Dass Oriental Ser. 33), 11-27 + 1 table. Bussagli, Mario (1956): Indian Events in Trogus Pompeius. Search for a lost source. EW VII.3, 229-242. Granoff, Phyllis (1989): Jain lives of Haribhadra: An inquiry into the sources and logic of the legends. Journal of Indian Philosophy 17, 105-128. Hinüber, Oskar von (19??): The Paṭola Śāhis of Gilgit - a Forgotten Dynasty. ??, 221-229. Kuwayama, Shōshin (1988): How Xuanzang learned about Nalanda. Tang China and Beyond. Studies On East Asia from the Seventh to the Tenth Century, ed. by Antonio FORTE. Italian School of East Asian Studies, Essays: vol.1, 216 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 643 SD S 6 98 2054 644 SD S 6 98a SD S 6 99 2055 SD S 7 1 2065 SD S 7 10 2066 SD S 7 11 2067 SD S 7 12 2068 SD S 7 13 2069 SD S 7 14 2070 SD S 7 15 2071 SD S 7 16 2072 SD S 7 17 2073 579 2056 SD S 7 18 SD S 7 19 SD S 7 2 1-33. Bareau, André (1987): Lumbinī et la Naissance du Futur Buddha. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 76, 69-81. Bagchi, P.C. (1945): The Beginnings of Buddhism. Sino-Indian Studies 1, 1-17. Bagchi, P. C., (1945): The Beginnings of Buddhism. Sino-Indian-Studies 1, 1-17. Nakamura, Hajime (1960): The Influence of Eastern culture on the West. In: Proceedings of the 9th International Congress for the History of Religions. Tokyo and Kyoto 1958 (Aug. 27th - Sept. 9th). Japanese Organizing Committee for the 9. ICHR Science Council of Japan. International Association for the History of Religions, 717722. Emmerick, R.E. (1974): New Light on the Siddhasāra. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 37, 628-654. Bernard-Thierry, Solange (1955): Les Préceptes Educatifs Cambodgiens. In: Actes du 4e Congrès International des Sciences Anthropologiques et Ethnologiques Vienne, 1-8 Septembre 1952 Tome 2. Ethnologica 1, 239-242. Hara, Minoru (1979): Hindu concepts of teacher Sanskrit guru and ācārya. In: M. Nagatomi, B.K. Matilal, J.M. Masson and E. Dimock (eds.), Sanskrit and Indian Studies. Essays in Honour of Daniel H.H. Ingalls, 93-118. Sciapi, F. (1984): The Ethics of Aśoka and the Religious Inspiration of the Achaemenids. East and West 34/1-3, 5574. Pappu, S.S. Rama Rao (1980): Review: Roderick HIndery, Comparative Ethics in Hindu and Buddhist Traditions. Philosophy East and West 30/4, 544-548. Bloom, Alfred (1973): Review: Peter A. Pardue, Buddhism: A historical introduction to Buddhist values and the social and political forms they have assumed in Asia. Philosophy East and West 23/3, 407-409. Perrett, Roy W. (1987): Egoism, Altruism and Intentionalism in Buddhist Ethics. Journal of Indian Philosophy 15/1, 71-85. Nakamura, Hajime (1963): Studies on the Idea of Pure Land in the Perspective of Indian Cultural History and on the Modification of the Idea by Tibetans (jap.). Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of the Indian and Buddhist Studies] 11/2, 509-531. Slaje, Walter (o.J.): Nālandā - ein buddhistisches Kloster Altindiens als kulturelles Bildungszentrum. o.A., 111-126. De Lorenzo, Giuseppe (1956): India in the Letters of Pietro della Valle. EW VII.3, 205-217. Bareau, André (1969): Quelques ermitages et centres de méditation Bouddhiques au Cambodge. Bulletin de l'École 217 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 596 SD S 7 20 599 SD S 7 21 601 SD S 7 22 486 SD S 7 23 2057 SD S 7 3 2058 SD S 7 4 2059 SD S 7 5 2060 SD S 7 6 2061 SD S 7 7 2062 SD S 7 8 2064 SD S 7 9 2075 SD S 8 1 2083 SD S 8 10 2084 SD S 8 11 Française d'Extrême-Orient 56, 2-28 (13 figures). Schwarz, Franz Ferdinand (1989): Nāgarājā Kaṇḍulo. Zur diegetologischen Funktion des `Elefanten'in der Pāli-Epik auf der Śrī Laṅka. Der orientalische Mensch und seine Beziehung zur Umwelt. Hg. Bernhard SCHOLZ. Graz, 397419. De Jong, J.W. (1988): Buddhism and the Equality of the Four Castes. A Green Leaf. Papers in Honour of Prof. Jes P. Asmussen. Brill Leiden (Hommages et Opera Minora XII),, 423-431. Schopen, Gregory (1990): The Buddha as an Owner of Property and Permament Resident in Medieval Indian Monasteries. Journal of Indian Philosophy 18, 181-217. Khare, R.S. (1995): A Review Essay: Food in India: The Eternal Food: Gastronomic Ideas and Experiences of Hindus and Buddhists (Patrick Olivelle). Journal of Indian Philosophy 23/3, 367-380. Sunkimmeng, Sunsong/Tbol, Long/Sara, Sem/Sunnary, Lan/Carbonnel, Jean-Pierre (Étudiants de la Faculté d'Archéologie de Phnom-Penh) (1969): Le Monastère Bouddhique de Tep Pranam a Oudong. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 56, 31-56 (12 figures, 1 plan). Choan/Sarin (1970): Le Vénérable Chef de la Pagode de Tep-Pranam. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 57, 127-154 (24 figures). Lamotte, Étienne (1956): De quelques influences Greques et Scythes sur le Bouddhisme. In: Comptes rendus de l'Académie des Inscriptions, o.O., 485-504. Heine-Geldern, Robert (1957): Zwei alte Weltanschauungen und ihre kulturgeschichtliche Bedeutung. Anzeiger der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften 17, 251-265. Melikian-Chirvani, Assadullah Souren (1974): L'èvocation littéraire du Bouddhisme dans l'Iran Musulman. Le Monde Iranien et l'Islam [Hautes Études Islamiques et Orientales d'Histoire Comparée 6] 2, 1-72. Emmerick, R.E. (1971): The Sanskrit Text of the Siddhasāra. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 34, 91-112. Emmerick, R.E. (1971): On Ravigupta's Gaṇas. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 34, 363-375. Bechert, Heinz (1971): Staatsreligion in den buddhistischen Ländern. In: Internationales Asienforum 2. Hsg. von Detlef Kantowsky und Alois Graf von Waldburg-Zeil. München: Weltforum Verlag,168-178. Twitchett, D.C. (1957): The Monasteries and China's Economy in Medieval Times. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 19, 526-549. Mendelson, E. Michael (1961): A Messianic Buddhist Association in Upper Burma. Bulletin of the School of 218 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 2085 SD S 8 12 2086 SD S 8 13 2087 SD S 8 14 2089 SD S 8 15 2088 SD S 8 15a 2090 SD S 8 16 2091 SD S 8 17 2092 SD S 8 18 2093 SD S 8 19 2076 SD S 8 2 756 SD S 8 20 2074 SD S 8 20b 760 SD S 8 21 Oriental and African Studies 24, 560-580. Wickeremeratne, L.A. (1969): Religion, Nationalism, and social change in Ceylon, 1865-1885. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 123-150. Law, B.C. (1948): Slavery as known to Early Buddhism. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 6/1, 1-9. Gairola, Krishna (1955): Les conditions religieuses et sociales à l'Époque des Śātavāhana dans l'Inde (1er siècle av. J.-C. - 2e ap. J.-C.). Journal Asiatique 243, 281-295. Lévi, Sylvain et Chavannes, Édouard (1915): Quelques titres énigmatiques dans la hiérarchie ecclésiatique du Bouddhisme Indien. Additions et rectifications. Journal Asiatique 6, 307-310. Lévi, Sylvain et Chavannes, Édouard (1915): Quelques titres énigmatiques dans la hiérarchie ecclésiatique du Bouddhisme Indien. Journal Asiatique 5, 193-223. Bechert, Heinz (1985): Orthodoxy and legitimation in the context of Early and Theravāda Buddhism. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 49-66. Tapp, Nicholas (1985): Review: S.J. Tambiah: The Buddhist saints of the forest and the cult of amulets: a study in charisma, hagiography, sectarianism and millenial buddhism. (Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology 49). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1984. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 48, 597-600. Puligandha, R. and Pubhaka, K. (1970): Buddhism and revolution. Philosophy East and West 20/4, 345-354. Bapat, P.V. (1940): Review: Early Buddhist Jurisprudence by Miss Durga N. Bhagvat, published by Oriental Book agency, Poona. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 21, 150-151. Bechert, Heinz (o.J.): Staatskirchen und Staatsreligionen. III. Buddhistische Staaten. In: Staatslexikon. Recht, Wirtschaft, Gesellschaft. Hsg. von der Görres-Gesellschaft. Freiburg: Verlag Herder, 307-318. Bechert, Heinz (1989): The Recent Attempt at a Reform of the Buddhist Sangha in Burma and its Implications. Internationales Asienforum 20/3-4, 303-323. Bechert, Heinz (1986): Zur Buddhismus-Interpretation Max Webers. In: Estratto da Meax Weber e l'India. Publicazioni del Cesmeo 1. Torino, 23-36. Bechert, Heinz (1989): Aspects of Theravāda Buddhism in Sri Lanka and Southeast Asia. SKORUPSKI, T. (ed.): The Buddhist Heritage. Papers delivered at the Symposium of the same name convened at the School of Oriental and African Studies University of London, November 1985. Tring: The Institute of Buddhist Studies (Buddhica Britannica, Series Continua 1), 19-27. 219 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 763 SD S 8 22 766 769 772 SD S 8 23 SD S 8 24 SD S 8 25 774 SD S 8 26 776 SD S 8 27 778 SD S 8 28 2077 SD S 8 4 2078 SD S 8 5 2079 SD S 8 6 2080 SD S 8 7 2081 SD S 8 8 2082 SD S 8 9 Bechert, Heinz (1970): Theravāda Buddhist Sangha: Some General Observations on Historical and Political Factors in its Development. The Journal of Asian Studies 29/4, 761-778. Sheth, Noel (1988): Buddhism and Communalism. Religion and Society 35/4, 44-66. Gombrich, Richard (1992): The Buddha's Book of Genesis? Indo-Iranian Journal, 35/2,3, 159-178. Huxley, Andrew (1996): When Manu Met Mahāsammata. Journal of Indian Philosophy 24, 593-621. Collins, Steven and Huxley, Andrew (1996): The Post-Canonical Adventures of Mahāsammata. Journal of Indian Philosophy 24, 623-648. Huxley, Andrew (1996): The Buddha and the Social Contract. Journal of Indian Philosophy 24, 407-420. Collins, Steven (1996): The Lion's Roar on the Wheel-Turning King: A Response to Andrew Huxley's "The Buddha and the Social Contract". Journal of Indian Philosophy 24, 421-446. Bechert, Heinz (1968): Einige Fragen der Religionssoziologie und Struktur des südasiatischen Buddhismus. In: Essays on Research in the Sociology of Religion. International Yearbook for the Sociology of Religion 4, 251-295. Heesterman, J.C. (1964): Brahmin, Ritual and Renouncer. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Süd- und Ostasiens 8, 131. Bechert, Heinz (1965): Ways of Sasana Reform in Theravāda Buddhism. In: Rhys Davids Memorial Volume. Dhārā, 145-157. Fiśer, Ivo (1954): The Problem of the Seṭṭhi in Buddhist Jātakas. Archiv Orientální 22, 238-266. Nakamura, Hajime (1969): The Indian and Buddhist Concept of Law. In: Religious Pluralism and World Community. Interfaith and intercultural communication. Ed. by Edward J. Jurji. Leiden: E.J. Brill Verlag, 131-174. Gledhill, A. (1949-51): Cruelty as a Ground for Divorce at Burmese Buddhist Law. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 13, 433-442. 220 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1461 SD Lamotte 1 Lamotte, É.: "Kleine Schriften". Konvolut von Sonderdrucken mit den Nr. 1 - 58 (12, 13, 14, 35, 47 fehlen) + Nachrufe + Rezensionen + einige Briefe aus dem Nachlaß Bechert. In 2 Ordnern "Lamotte I" u. "Lamotte II". mu 20060328 221 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3949 SD T 1 1 3958 SD T 1 10 3959 3960 SD T 1 11 SD T 1 12 3961 SD T 1 13 3962 270 SD T 1 15 SD T 1 16 271 SD T 1 17 272 SD T 1 18 3963 SD T 1 18 273 SD T 1 19 3964 SD T 1 19 3950 SD T 1 2 276 SD T 1 20 277 SD T 1 21 278 SD T 1 22 279 SD T 1 23 Kalmaš, Josef and Šron Galina S. (1982): Works on Tibet by Members of the Leningrad Department of the Oriental Institute of the Academy of Sciences of the Soviet Union. 1968-1980. Archív orientální 2/50, 174-184. Kalmaš, Josef (1981): Index to articles in the K'ang-Tsang Yen-chiu Yüeh-K'an (A contribution to the Bibliography of Tibet). Journal of the Tibet Society 1, 15-38. Lalou, M. (1952): Chronique Bibliographique - Récentes études tibétaines. Journal Asiatique 240, 79-132. Semicov, B. V. (1957): Novaja tibetskaja literatura. Zapisok Buryat-Mong. NIIK 23, 247-249. De Jong, J. W. (1958): Review: Bibliography of Sino-Tibetan Languages. Editor Robert Shafer, ass. eds. Pentti Aalto, A. A. Guber, Kōno Rokurō, Matsuyama Osamu, Pe Maung Tin, Uray Géza. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz Verlag, 1957. Indo-Iranian Journal 2, 74-76. Bibliografie von Dr. med. Elisabeth Finckh: Akupunktur, Tibetische Heilkunde 1954-1986. 2 pages (type script). Yamaguchi, Zuihō (o.J.): Schriftenverzeichnis. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1975): Tibetan Studies. Tokyo: The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies (Oriental Studies in Japan: Retrospect and Prospect, 1963-1972, pt. II-17). Lange, Kristina (1969): Bibliographie sowjetischer Arbeiten zur Tibet-Forschung. EAZ 10, 267-283. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1982): Chibetto-Bukkyō tenseki kaidai I [Bibliograpische Anmerkungen zu Werken des tibetischen Buddhismus]. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyūsho Kiyō 7, 1-37. Kolmaš, Josef (1990): Tibetologica Buryatica. Contributions to the Bibliographie of Tibet. Archív Orientální 58, 6075. Mimaki, Katsumi (1987): Tibettogo Butten Gaikan [Überblick über tibetische buddhistische Texte]. Tibet no Gengo to Bunka, 277-314. Isoda, Hirohumi (1967): One methodological Problem of Tibetan Translation from Sanskrit [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 15/2, 662-666. Lange, Kristina und Manfred TAUBE (1969): Tibet-Forschung in der UdSSR seit 1945. EAZ 10, 245-266. Eimer, Helmut (1986): Verzeichnis der bis zum 16. August 1986 erschienenen Schriften von Richard Othon Meisezahl. Indica et Tibetica, Festschrift für Richard Othon Meisezahl. Jackson, David P. (1991): Review: dKar chag mthong bas yid 'phrog chos mdzod bye ba'i lde mig, A Bibliography of Sa-skya-pa Literature. Prepared at the Order of H. H. the Sakya Trizin.... . Indo-Iranian Journal 34/3, 220-229. Emmerick Ronald E. (1992): Tibetan Databank Management with Personal Computers. Tibetan Studies, Proceedings 222 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 280 SD T 1 24 281 SD T 1 25 282 SD T 1 26 505 SD T 1 27 1363 SD T 1 28 3956 3951 SD T 1 29 SD T 1 3 3952 SD T 1 4 3953 SD T 1 5 3954 SD T 1 6 3955 SD T 1 7 3957 4499 SD T 1 9 SD T 10 1 4508 SD T 10 10 4509 SD T 10 11 of the 5th Seminar of the International Association of Tibetan Studies, NARITA 1989, 439-443. Kolmaš, Josef (1992): Jäschkeana (A Contribution to the Bibliography of Tibetan and Bible Studies). Archív Orientální 60, 114-126. Tibetan Studies, Bibliography 1995, IATS, 1-11 Reiner, Helmut (1997): Tibet: Land und Menschen, Pflanzen, Tiere, Lebensmittel, Arbeit, Medizin, Berge. Materialiensammung. Martin, Dan (1998): An Annotated Bibliography of Articles and Books about Bon (English, French and German, primarily, but also including som recent articles from Tibetan-language periodicals.) Jerusalem. Tōyōbunko Chibetto-kenkyū-iinkai (1985): Chibetto tokubetsu chōsa kenkyū nenji hōkoku [Jahresbericht der besonderen Untersuchung und Studie zu Tibet]. Tokyo: Toyōbunko. Nishida,Tatsuo (1980): Bibliography, 9 pages (script). Mimaki, Katsumi (o.J.): Tibetan Studies in Japan 1975-1983: A Bibliography. 14 pages (typescript). Schlenker, Hermann (1980): Film E 2392 - Buddhismus, Tibet - Zeremonien beim Großen Wunschgebet "smon-lam chen-mo" in Dharamsala, H.P., Indien 1972. I. Ankunft der Pilger; Audienz beim Dalai Lama; Arbeit an Butterfiguren; Disputationen "dam-bca'" der Mönche; Predigt "gsuṅ-chos" des Trijang Rinpoche. Unter MItarbeit von Martin Brauen, Zürich. Publikationen zu Wissenschaftlichen Filmen Sektion Ethnologie Serie 10 Nummer 22, 312. Simon, W. (1959): Besprechung: Robert Shafer, Bibliography of Sino-Tibetan Languages. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 1957. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 3-4, Spalten 201-202. Barnett, L. D. (1932): Index der Abteilung mDo des handschriftlichen Kanjur im Britischen Museum (Or.6724). Asia Major 7, 157-178. Szerb, János (1981): Review: Attar Chand, Tibet: Past and Present. A Selsct Bibliography with Chronologicy of Historical Events 1660-1981. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers (Private Limited), 1982. Journal of the Tibet Society 1, 114-115. Róna-Tas András Publikációi 1955-1982, 13 pages (typescript). Tucci, Giuseppe (1959): A Hindu Image in the Himalayas. Asia Major (New Series) 7/1-2, 170-175. Walsh, E. H. C. (1938): The Image of the Buddha in the Jo-wo-Khang Temple in Lhasa. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 535-540 (2 plates). Kaneko, Ryōtai in coll. with Namgyal, Kalsang and Koyama, Norio (1978): List of Tshag-ris in the Possession of the 223 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4510 SD T 10 13 4511 SD T 10 13 4512 SD T 10 14 4513 SD T 10 15 4514 SD T 10 16 4515 SD T 10 17 4516 SD T 10 18 4517 SD T 10 19 4500 SD T 10 2 4518 SD T 10 20 4519 SD T 10 21 4520 SD T 10 22 4521 4522 SD T 10 23 SD T 10 24 4523 SD T 10 25 Toyo Bunko. Memoirs of the Research Department of the Toyo Bunko 36, 233-248. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Indian Paintings in Western Tibetan temples. Opera Minora 6/2, 357-362. Hummel, Siegbert (1963-1964): Tibetische Architektur. Bulletin der Schweizerischen Gesellschaft für Anthropologie und Ethnologie (40.Jg.), 62-95. Hummel, Siegbert (1957): Eine Jenseitsdarstellung aus Tibet. Acta Ethnographica, 233-242. Aubin, Françoise (1979): Review: Arianne Macdonald, Yoshiro Imaeda et al., Essais sur l'art du Tibet. Paris: Librairie d'amérique et d'Orient, 1977. Archives de Sciences Sociales des Religions 47/2, point 47.462. Schubert, Johannes (1960): Besprechung: L. Jisl, V. Sis und J. Vaniš, Tibetische Kunst. Deutsch von N. Chotaš. Prag: Artia, 1958. Conze, Edward (1954): Besprechung: Siegbert Hummel, Elemente der tibetischen Kunst. - Geheimnisse tibetischer Malereien. Lamaistische Studien (Geheimnisse tibetischer Malereien Band 2). (Forschungen zur Völkerdynamik Zentral- und Ostasiens Heft 3, 2 und 5). Leipzig: Harrassowitz, 1949/50. Stein, Rolf A. (1958): Peintures tibétaines de la vie de Gesar. Arts Asiatiques 5/4, 243-271. Meisezahl, R. O. unter Mitwirkung von Harders-Steinhäuser, M. und Jayme, Georg (1958): Bemerkungen zu tibetischen Handschriften des 17.-19. Jahrhunderts, ergänzt durch die mikroskopische Untersuchung im Institut für Cellulosechemie der Technischen Hochschule Darmstadt. Verein der Zellstoff- und Papier-Chemiker und Ingenieure (Forschungsstelle Papiergeschichte) 2 (8.Jg.), 17-28. Bareau, André (1967): Le Stūpa de Dhyānyakaṭaka selon la tradition tibetaine. Arts Asiatiques 16, 81-88. Jisl, Lumír (1953): Sbírka tibetského umĕní Slezského musea v Opavĕ. Časpis Slezského musea (Acta muzei Silesiae) 3, 25-31 (4 tables). Kvaerne, Per (1975): Review: Blanche Christine Olschak, Mystik und Kunst Alttibets. Bern: Hallwag, 1972. IndoIranian Journal 17, 286-288. Kvaerne, Per (1976): Review: John Huntington, The Phur-pa, Tibetan Ritual Daggers. Artibus Asiae Suppl. Vol. 33. Ascona, 1975. Indo-Iranian Journal 18, 141-143. Martin du Gard, Irène (1985): Une peinture d'offrandes à dPal-ldan dmag-zor rgyal-ma. Arts Asiatiques 40, 68-82. Helffer, Mireille (1985): Essai pour une typologie de la cloche tibétaine dril-bu. Arts Asiatiques 40, 53-67. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (1984): Reviews: Charles Genoud, Buddhist Wall Painting of Ladakh. Translated by Tom Tillemans (photographs by T. Inoue). Geneva: Edition Olizane, 1981. - Pratapaditya Pal, A Buddhist Paradise: The Murals of Alchi, Western Himalayas. (photographs by L. Fournier). Hong Kong: Visual Dharma Publications, 1982. 224 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4524 SD T 10 26 4525 SD T 10 27 4526 SD T 10 28 4527 SD T 10 29 4501 SD T 10 3 4537 SD T 10 3 4528 SD T 10 30 4529 SD T 10 31 4530 SD T 10 32 4531 SD T 10 33 4532 SD T 10 34 4533 SD T 10 35 4534 SD T 10 36 Journal of Asian Studies 43/2, 359-362. Aubin, Françoise (1979): Review: Arianne Macdonald, Yoshiro Imaeda et al., Essais sur l'art du Tibet. Paris: Librairie d'amérique et d'Orient, 1977. Archives de Sciences Sociales des Religions 47/2, point 47.462. Snellgrove, David L. (1985): Review: David P. and Janice A. Jackson, Tibetan thangka painting: methods and materials. London: Serindia Publications, 1984. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 48, 580-582. Lo Bue, E. F. (1982): Review: David L. Snellgrove and Tadeusz Skorupski, The cultural heritage of Ladakh. Vol. 2. Zangskar and the cave temples of Ladakh. With Part 4 on the inscriptions at Alchi by Philip Denwood. Warminster: Aris and Phillips Ltd., 1980. Bulletin of the school of Oriental and African Studies 45, 208-210. Chayet, Anne et Meyer, Fernand (1983): La chapelle de Srong-btsan sgam-po au Potala. Arts Asiatiques 38, 82-85. Ogibenin, B. L. (1973): The communication process in Indo-Tibetan art. In: Recherches sur les systèmes signifiants. Symposium de Varsovie 1968 présenté par J. Rey-Debove assistée de K. Fenton. The Hague, Paris: Mouton, 499504. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): On some Bronze objects discovered in Western Tibet. Opera Minora 6/2, 349-356 (with 21 figures). Loseries, Andreas S. (1987): Das Maṇḍala des "Großen Herrn Heruka". München: Schoettle Ostasiatica Joachim Baader - Galerie für tibetische Kunst, 18 pages. Schulemann, Günther (1955): Besprechung: Siegbert Hummel, Tibetisches Kunsthandwerrk in Metall. Leipzig: Harrassowitz, 1954. Deutsche Literaturzeitung 4 (76. Jg.), 290-291. Conze, Edward (1955): Besprechung: Siegbert Hummel, Geschichte der tibetischen Kunst. Leipzig: Harrassowitz, 1953. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 3-4, Spalten 175-177. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1984): Tora o tomonau dai-jūhachi-rakan-zu no raireki [Herkunft des Bildes vom achtzehnten Arhat mit einem Tiger]. Indokoten Kenkyū 6, 393-420. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (1985): The Tucci Archives Preliminary Study, 1: Notes on the Chronology of Ta pho 'Du Khaṅ. East and West (Newe Series) 35/1-3, 11-41. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah E. (1987): Reformation and Renaissance: A study of Indo-Tibetan monasteries in the eleventh century. Serie Orientale Roma 56/2, 683-702 (8 plates) Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (1984): Reviews: Charles Genoud, Buddhist Wall Painting of Ladakh. Translated by Tom Tillemans (photographs by T. Inoue). Geneva: Edition Olizane, 1981. - Pratapaditya Pal, A Buddhist Paradise: The Murals of Alchi, Western Himalayas. (photographs by L. Fournier). Hong Kong: Visual Dharma Publications, 1982. 225 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 288 SD T 10 37 289 SD T 10 38 290 SD T 10 39 4502 SD T 10 4 304 SD T 10 40 306 SD T 10 41 307 SD T 10 42 308 SD T 10 43 309 SD T 10 44 310 SD T 10 45 311 SD T 10 46 312 SD T 10 47 313 SD T 10 48 314 SD T 10 49 4503 SD T 10 5 328 SD T 10 50 Journal of Asian Studies 43/2, 359-362. The Potala Palace. Bod raṅ skyoṅ ljoṅs rig dṅos bdag gñer u yon lhan khaṅ o. J. 12 Postkarten. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1984): Tora o tomonau dai jyūhachi rakan zu no raireki [Die Geschichte des Bildes vom achtzehnten Arhat mit dem Tiger]. Indo koten kenkyū 6, 353-420.[engl. summary.] Loseries-Leick, Andrea (1990): Im Reich des Lapislazuli: Der mitleidvolle Medizinbuddha. Eine Bildbesprechung. München: Schoettle Ostasiatica, 11 S. Tucci, Giuseppe (1956): The Simbolism of the Temples of bSam yas. East and West 6/4, 279-281. Loseries-Leick, Andrea (1989): Das Maṇýala des Vajrabhairava, der Zyklus der dreizehn Gottheiten. Eine einführende Erklärung zum Vajrabhairava-Tantra anhand eines tibetischen Rollbildes. München: Schoettle Ostasiatica, 17 S. Loseries-Leick, Andrea (1988): Buddha Amitābha und seine Sphäre der Glückseligkeit Eine Bildbesprechung. München: Schoettle Ostasiatica, 16 S., 2 Tafeln. Thangkas und Skulpturen aus Tibet bei Schoettle-Ostasiatica. 36. Deutsche Kunst- und Antiquitäten-Messe 1991. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (1991): A Note on the Origin of the Tibetan Book Cover Decoration. The Tibet Journal XVI/1, 115-127. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah E. (1991): The Tucci Himalayan Archive. East and West, 41/1-4, 379-384. Terentyev, A. (1990): Review: Klaus Sagaster (ed.), Ikonographie und Symbolik des tibetischen Buddhismus. IndoIranian Journal 33/3, 209-214. The Cultural Heritage of Tibet. Paris: The Gedun Chompel Association for the protection & Development of Tibetan Cultural Heritage (1994), 1-28 Singh, A.K. (1994): An Inscribed Bronze Padmapāni from Kinnaur. AO 55, 106-110. Bethlenfalvy, Géza and Sárk_zi, Alice: Representation of Buddhist Hells in a Tibeto-Mongol Illustrated Blockprint. Altaica Collecta, 93-130. Vorndran, Eika (1997): Die tibetisch-tantrischen Knochenobjekte der Sammlungen des Museums für Völkerkunde Wien. Hausarbeit, 1-36. Tucci, Giuseppe (1959): A Tibetan Classification of Buddhist Images, According to their Style. Artibus Asiae 22/12, 179-187. Thakur, Laxman S. (1994): An inscribed brass Statue of Byams-pa (Maitreya) from Tsa-rang, Kinnaur. Arts Asiatiques, 123-124. 226 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 329 SD T 10 51 331 SD T 10 52 332 SD T 10 53 333 SD T 10 54 334 SD T 10 55 335 SD T 10 56 336 385 387 SD T 10 57 SD T 10 58 SD T 10 59 4504 SD T 10 6 404 SD T 10 60 405 SD T 10 61 406 SD T 10 62 407 SD T 10 63 410 SD T 10 64 414 SD T 10 65 416 SD T 10 66 419 SD T 10 67 Macdonald, Ariane (1970): Le Dhānyakaṭaka de Man-Luns Guru. BEFEO, 169-213. Linrothe, Robert (1994): The Murals of Mangyu: A Distillation of Mature Esoteric Buddhist Iconography. Orientations 25, No. 11, 92-102. Neumann, Helmut (1994): The Wall Paintings of the Lori Gonpa. Orientations 25, No. 11, 79-91. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (1996): Style in Western Tibetan Painting. The Archaeological Evidence. East and West, 46, 319-336. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (1997): 1000 Jahre Kloster Tabo. Indien in der Gegenwart II, 3, 14-31. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (1996): Some Remarks on Canopies in Bāmiyān. La Persia e L'Asia Centrale Da Alessandro Al X Secolo. Atti dei Convegni Lincei 127, 473-487. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (1997): A Thangka Painting Tradition from the Spiti Valley. Orientations, 40-47. Goepper, Roger (1999): Akshobhya and His Paradise: Murals in the Dukhang of Alchi. Orientations 30/1, 16-21. Luczanits, Christian (1999): The Life of Buddha in the Sumtsek. Orientations 30/1, 30-39. Huntington, John C. (1970): The Iconography and Structure of the Mountings of Tibetan Paintings. Studies in Conservation 15, 190-205. Henss, Michael (1998): Exhibition Review: Sacred Visions: Early Paintings from Central Tibet. The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York, 6 October 1998 - 17 January 1999. Oriental Art 4, 83-93. Lo Bue, Erberto (1997): Review: David Jackson: A History of Tibetan Painting. The Great Tibetan Painters and Their Traditions. Verlag der österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. East and West 47/1-4, 457-461. Henss, Michael (1997): Milarepa's Tower: An Early Trasure of Tibetan Art and Architecture Rediscovered. Oriental Art 2, 15-23. Goepper, Roger (1993): The "Great Stūpa" at Alchi. Artibus Asiae LIII/1-2, 111-143. Goepper, Roger (1990): Clues for a Dating of the Three-Storeyed Temple (Sumtsek) in Alchi, Ladakh. Asiatische Studien XLIV/2, 159-174. Goepper, Roger (1993): Early Kashmiri Textiles? Painted Ceilings in Alchi. Transactions of the Oriental Ceramic Society 56, 47-74. Jackson, David (1999): Tibetische Thangkas deuten. Teil 1: Die Hierarchie der Anordnung. Tibet und Buddhismus 50, 22-27. Jackson, David (1999): Tibetische Thangkas deuten. Teil 2: übertragungslinien und Anordnung. Tibet und Buddhismus 51, 16-21. 227 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 421 SD T 10 68 424 SD T 10 69 4505 SD T 10 7 428 SD T 10 70 1360 SD T 10 71 1369 SD T 10 72 1578 1581 SD T 10 73 SD T 10 74 1608 SD T 10 75 1609 SD T 10 76 1685 SD T 10 77 1686 SD T 10 78 4506 4507 SD T 10 8 SD T 10 9 4535 SD T 11 1 343 344 345 SD T 11 10 SD T 11 11 SD T 11 12 Bentor, Yael (1993): Tibetan Tourist Thangkas in the Kathmandu Valley. Annals of Tourism Research 20, 107-137. Allinger, Eva (1995): The Green Tārā in the Ford Collection: Some Iconographical Remarks. South Asian Archaeology 2 (Proceedings of the 13th Conference of the European Association of South Asian Archaeologists), 665-671. Mehra, V. R. (1970): Note on the Technique and Conservation of some Thang-ka Paintings. Studies in Conservation 15, 206-214. Allinger, Eva (1988): The Green Tārā in the Ford Collection: Some Stylistic Remarks. österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse, Denkschriften 267, 107-119. Henss, Michael (2003): Review Article: Buddhist Sculptures in Tibet. In: Tibetan Art, 49-2, 49-60. Yu. Yu. Shevchenko (2004): Posleslovie k internet-izdaniyu monografii L.N.Gumileva "Staroburyatskaya zhivopis'. Istoricheskie syuzhety v ikonografii Aginskogo dacana". In: http://gumilevica.kulichki.net:8105/matter/Article22a.htm. Ernst, Richard R. (2001): Arts and Sciences. A Personal Perspective of Tibetan Painting. Chimia 55/11, 900-914. Pichard, Pierre (2000): Dechenphug: destin d'un monastère bhoutanais. Arts Asiatiques 55, 21-31. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (2000): Some Thoughts on Style in Tibetan Art. Review: Jane Singer & Philip Denwood (eds.), Tibetan Art. Towards a Definition of Style. London, 1997. TibJ, 25/4, 83-90. Linrothe, Rob (2001): Creativity, Freedom and Control in the Contemporary Renaissance of Reb gong Painting. TibJ 26/3-4, 1-85. Luczanits, Christian (2005): Infninite Variety: Form and Appearance in Tibetan Buddhist Art, Part I. Lotus Leaves 7/2, 1-9. Luczanits, Christian (2005): Infninite Variety: Form and Appearance in Tibetan Buddhist Art, Part II. Lotus Leaves 8/1, 7-14. Clauson, G. L. M. (1929): A Mongolo-Tibetan Seal. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 117-119. Simpson, William (1890): The Trisula Symbol. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 299-317. Richardson, H. (1963): Early burial grounds in Tibet and Tibetan decorative art of the 8th and 9th centuries. Central Asiatic Journal 8, 73-92. Aufschnaiter, Peter (1956): Prehistoric sites discovered in inhabited regions of Tibet. EW VII.1, 74-88. Genna, Giuseppe (1956): Old skeletal remains from Tibet (Lhasa). EW VII.1, 89-95. Mangili, Guglielmo (1956): On two herbivore teeth from diggings in Lhasa country. EW VII.1, 96-97. 228 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 346 SD T 11 13 347 SD T 11 14 348 SD T 11 15 349 SD T 11 16 350 SD T 11 17 564 SD T 11 18 4536 SD T 11 2 4538 4539 4540 4541 SD T 11 4 SD T 11 5 SD T 11 6 SD T 11 7 4542 SD T 11 8 4543 SD T 11 9 4544 SD T 12 1 4553 SD T 12 10 4554 SD T 12 11 4555 SD T 12 12 4556 SD T 12 13 Shrestha, Khadga Man (1995): A Few Words on Archaeological and Archival Research in Southern Mustang. Ancient Nepal 138, 1-4. Cüppers, Christoph (1995): Short Remarks on the Caves at Tabo in Spiti, Ancient Nepal 138. 131-138. Pohl, Ernst and Tripathee, Chandra Prasad (1995): Excavation at Garab-Dzong, Dist. Mustang. Preliminary report of the campaign 1994. Ancient Nepal 138, 95-106. Pohl, Ernst und Roth, Helmuth (1996): Archäologie der mittelalterlichen Burgen und befestigten Siedlungen in Mustang, Bonner Universitätsblätter, 5-16. Cüppers, Christoph (1995): Short Remarks on the Caves at Tabo in Spiti. Ancient Nepal, 132-133. Pohl, Ernst (1997): Excavations at Garab-Dzong, Nepal. Report on the excavation campaigns 1994-1996. Beiträge zur Allgemeinen und Vergleichenden Archäologie 17, 87-133. Hoffmann, Helmut (1950): Die Gräber der tibetischen Könige im Distrikt 'P‛yons-rgyas. In: Nachrichten der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen philologisch-historische Klasse. Göttingen: Vandenhouck & Ruprecht, 111. Francke, A. H. (Oct. 1902): Notes on rock-carvings from lower Ladakh. Indian Antiquary 31, 398-401. Francke, A. H. (Sept. 1903): Some more rock-carvings from lower Ladakh. Indian Antiquary 32, 361-363. Francke, A. H. (Oct. 1903): Notes on a collection of stone-implements from Ladakh. Indian Antiquary 32, 389-391. Francke, A. H. (Sept. 1905): Archaeological notes on Balu-mKhar in Western Tibet. Indian Antiquary 34, 203-210. Francke, A. H. (Nov. 1908): Remarks on a photograph, near Ating, taken by the Hon. Eric Upton, during a tour in Zangskar in 1907. Indian Antiquary 37, 332-333. Chayet, Anne (1988): Le monastère de bSam yas: sources architecturales. Arts Asiatiques 43, 19-29. Petech, Luciano (1961): The Chronology of the Early Inscriptions of Nepal. East and West (New Series) 12/4, 226232. Richardson, H. E. (1964): A new inscription of Khri lde srong brtsan. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1-13. Richardson, H. E. (1978): The Sino-Tibetan treaty inscription of A.D. 821/823 at Lhasa. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 137-162. Waddell, L. A. (1909): Ancient historical edicts at Lhasa. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 923-952. Schlagintweit, E. (1864): Tibetische Inschrift aus dem Kloster Hémis in Ladák. In: Sitzungsberichte der Königlichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu München Band 2, 305-318. 229 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4557 SD T 12 14 4558 SD T 12 15 4559 SD T 12 16 4560 SD T 12 17 4561 SD T 12 19 4545 SD T 12 2 4562 SD T 12 20 462 SD T 12 21 4546 SD T 12 3 4547 SD T 12 4 4548 SD T 12 5 4549 SD T 12 6 4550 SD T 12 7 4551 SD T 12 8 4552 SD T 12 9 4563 SD T 13 1 Richardson, H. E. (1973): The sKar-cung inscription . Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 12-20. Richardson, H. E. (1957): A Tibetan Inscription from Rgyal Lha-khaṅ; and a Note on Tibetan Chronology from A.D. 841 to A.D. 1042. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 57-78 (with 2 plates). Takasaki, Masayoshi (1964): Tobankaimeihi no Chibetto bun shiryō [The Tibetan manuscript from the Inscription of the Sino-Tibetan treaty of 821-822]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 12/1, 194-197. Francke, A. H. (March 1906): The rock inscriptions at Mulbe. Indian Antiquary 35, 72-81. De Jong, J. W. (1986): Review: Rainer von Franz, Die unbearbeiteten Peking-Inschriften der Franke-Lauferschen Sammlung (Asiatische Forschungen 86). Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 1984. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 148-150. Richardson, H. E. (1972): The rKong-po Inscription. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 1, 29-39. Jettmar, Karl (1987): Hebrew inscriptions in the Western Himalayas. Orientalia Iosephi Tucci memoriae dicata 56/2, 667-670 (with 1 plate). Thakur, Laxmann S.(1994): A Tibetan Inscription by lHa Bla-ma Ye-shes-'od from dKor (sPu) Rediscovered. JRAS Vol. 4, Part 3, Third Series, 369-375. Richardson, H. E. (1954): A Ninth Century Inscription from Rkoṅ-po. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 155-173. Richardson, E. H. (1952-1953): Tibetan Inscriptions at Žva-ḥi Lha Khaṅ, Part I, Part II. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 133-154, 1-12 (with 2 plates). Richardson, E. H. (1952-1953): Tibetan Inscriptions at Žva-ḥi Lha Khaṅ, Part I, Part II. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 133-154, 1-12 (with 2 plates). Richardson, H. E. (1954): A Ninth Century Inscription from Rkoṅ-po. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 155-173. Francke, A. H. (1925): Felseninschriften in Ladakh. In: Sitzungsberichte der Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften Jg. 1925, philosoph.-historische Klasse. Berlin: Verlag der Akademie der Wissenschaften, 366-370 (mit 2 Tafeln). Müller, F. W. K. (1925): Eine soghdische Inschrift in Ladakh. In: Sitzungsberichte der Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften Jg. 1925, philosophisch-historische Klasse. Berlin: Verlag der Akademie der Wissenschaften, 371372 (mit 1 Tafel). Richardson, H. E. (1969): The inscription at the tomb of Khri lde srong brtsan. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 29-38. Schubert, Johannes (o.J.): Na-khi-Piktographie. Notizen über eine wenig beachtete Bilderschrift. O.A., 114-142. 230 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4564 SD T 13 2 4565 SD T 13 3 4566 SD T 13 4 4567 SD T 13 5 4568 SD T 13 6 4569 SD T 13 7 1712 SD T 13 8 4570 976 4571 4572 SD T 14 1 SD T 14 2 SD T 15 1 SD T 16 1 4573 SD T 16 2 4574 SD T 16 3 4575 SD T 16 4 4576 SD T 16 5 4577 SD T 16 6 4578 SD T 16 7 Uray, Géza (1955): On the Tibetan Letters Ba and Wa. Acta Orientalia Hung. 5/1-2, 101-122. Schmidt, I. J. (1832): Über den Ursprung der tibetischen Schrift. Mémoirs de l'Académie Impériale des Sciences 1 (Sixième Serie), 41-54. Bacot, Jacques (1912): L'écriture cursive tibétaine. Journal Asiatique, 5-78. Francke, A. H. (1929): Aus der tibetischen Schule Alt-Turkestans. Mitteilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen an der Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität zu Berlin 32. Jg., 147-152. Takeuchi, Tsuguhito (1986): A Preliminary Study of Old Tibetan Letters [jap.]. In: Zuihō Yamaguchi (ed.), Chibetto no Bukkyō to Shakai. Tōkyō: Shunjyūsha Press, 563-602 (with 4 plates). Harders-Steinhäuser, Marianne (1969): Mikroskopische Untersuchung einiger früher, ostasiatischer Tun-huangPapiere. Das Papier - Zeitschrift für die Erzeugung von Holzstoff, Zellstoff, Papier und Pappe, Chemische Technologie der Cellulose (23. Jg.), 210-212, 272-276. Scherrer-Schaub, Christina & Bonani, George (2002): Establishing a typology of the old Tibetan manuscripts: a multidisciplinary approach. In: Susan Whitfield (ed.), Dunhuang Manuscript Forgeries. London, 184-215. Laufer, R. (1907): The Sexagenary Cycle Once More. T'oung Pao (Série 2) 8, 278-279. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1973): Chibetto no rekigaku. Suzuki Gakujutsu Zaidan 10, 77-94. Hummel, Siegbert (1964): Kosmische Strukturpläne der Tibeter. Geographica Helvetica 1, o.A. Hummel, Siegbert (1969): The sMe-ba-dga, the Magic Square of the Tibetans. East and West 19, 139-146. Stein, Rolf (1939): Trente-trois fiches de divination tibétaines. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 4, 297-371 (with 8 plates). Francke, A. H. (1928): Drei weitere Blätter des tibetischen Losbuches von Turfan. In: Sitzungsberichte der Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften philosophisch-historische Klasse zu Berlin, 110-118, 671-676. Laufer, Berthold (1914): Bird divination among the Tibetans (Notes on Document Pelliot No. 3530, with a study of Tibetan phonology of the ninth century). T'oung Pao 15, 1-110. Schubert, Johannes (2956): Tibetische Äquivalente der I-ching-Hexagramme. Mitteilungen des Instituts für Orientforschung 4/3, 411-420. Kalsang, Jampa und Sagaster, Klaus (1971): Review: Günther Schüttler, Die letzten tibetischen Orakelpriester. Psychiatrisch-neurologische Aspekte. Geleitwort von H.J. Weitbrecht (Forschungen zur Ekstase, MOnographien und Expeditionsberichte). Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner, 1971 (mit 22 Tafeln). Anthropos 66, 604-614. Emmerick, R. E. (1950): Notes on the prophecy of the Arhat Samghavardhana. Asia Major (New Series) 14/1, 96231 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1722 SD T 16 8 4579 SD T 17 1 992 994 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 SD T 17 10 SD T 17 11 SD T 17 2 SD T 17 3 SD T 17 4 SD T 17 5 SD T 17 6 4585 SD T 17 7 4586 4587 SD T 17 8 SD T 17 9 4588 SD T 18 1 4597 SD T 18 10 4598 SD T 18 12 4599 SD T 18 12 266 SD T 18 13 1610 SD T 18 14 100. Vidyabhusana, Satis Chandra (1913): Srid-pa-ho: A Tibeto-Chinese Tortoise Chart of Divination. Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 5/1, 1-11. Tucci, Giuseppe (1963): Oriental Notes, 1. The Tibetan "White-sun-moon" and cognate deities; 2. An image of a devi discovered in Swat and some connected problems. East and West (New Series) 14/3-4, 133-182. Hummel, Siegbert (1959/61): Der Hund in der religiösen Vorstellungswelt des Tibeters, II. Paideuma 7, 352-361. Hummel, Siegbert (1955): Der Hund des Daitschin-Tengri. Geographica Helvetica 3, 145-147 (2 Abbildungen). Hummel, Siegbert (1970): The Crystal Mountain in the Gesar Epic. History of Religions 10, 204-211. Hummel, Siegbert (1963): Probleme der Lha mo. Central Asiatic Journal 8/1, 143-147. Hummel, Siegbert (1975): Der Osiris-Mythos in Tibet. Central Asiatic Journal 19, 199-201. Hummel, Siegbert (1974): Der Osiris-Mythos in Tibet. Central Asiatic Journal 18, 23-29. Macdonald, Ariane (1959): La naissance du monde. Sources Orientales 1, 418-452. Bischoff, F. A. and Hartman, Charles (1971): Padmasambhava's Invention of the Phur-bu. In: Études Tibétaines dédiées à la memoire de Marcelle Lalou. Paris, 11-28. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Earth in India and Tibet. Opera Minora 7/2, 533-567. Hummel, Siegbert (1962): Die Herrin der Berge. Probleme der lHa-mo. Ethnos, 23-34. Hummel, Siegbert (1971): Zervanistische Traditionen in der Ikonographie des Lamaismus. In: Études Tibétaines dédiées à la memoire de Marcelle Lalou. Paris, 159-165. Dagyab Rinpoche, L. S. (o.J.): Tibetan Buddhist Art and the Problem of Iconographic Identification. O.A., 11971207. Meisezahl, R. O. (1981): gNam čhos - Die Schriften des Mi 'gyur rdo rje (1646-1667). Ural-Altaische Jahrbücher (Neue Folge) 1, 195-224. Van der Kuijp, L. W. J. (1987): Ngor-chen kun-dga' bzang-po on the Posture of Hevajra: a Note on the Relationship between Text, Iconography and Spiritual Praxis. In: Investigating Indian Art. Festschrift H. Härtel. Berlin, 173-177. Allinger, Eva (1999): The Green Tara as Saviouress from the Eight Dangers in the Sumtsek at Alchi. Orientations 30/1, 40-44. Meisezahl, R.O. (1967): Die Göttin Vajravārāhī. Eine ikonographische Studie nach einem Sādhana-Text von Advayavajra. Oriens 18-19, 228-303. 232 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4589 SD T 18 2 4590 SD T 18 3 4591 SD T 18 4 4592 4593 4594 SD T 18 5 SD T 18 6 SD T 18 7 4595 SD T 18 8 4596 SD T 18 9 4600 SD T 19 1 4609 SD T 19 11 4610 SD T 19 11 4611 SD T 19 12 4612 SD T 19 13 4613 SD T 19 14 4614 SD T 19 15 Jisl, Lumír (1962): Ein Beitrag zur ikonographischen Deutung der tibetischen Ritualdolche. Annals of the Náprstek Museum 1, 77-83 (2 Tafeln). Lange, Kristina (1964): Zwei metallene Kultfiguren des bCon-k'a-pa. Jahrbuch des Museums für Völkerkunde zu Leipzig 20, 116-128 (Mit Skizze und 12 Abbildungen). Ruegg, David Seyfort (1970): Review: Helmut Hoffmann, Symbolik der tibetischen Religionen und des Schamanismus. Symbolik der Religionen 12 (hsg. von Ferdinand Herrmann). Stuttgart: Anton Hiersemann Verlag, 1967. T'oung Pao 56, 338-341. Chandra, Lokesh (1961): The Rin-lhan and Rin-ḥbyuṅ. Oriens Extremus 2 (8. Jg.), 188-207. Hummel, Siegbert (1964): Ein Parivāra des Gautama Buddha. Asiatische Studien (= Études Asiatiques) 17, 20-24. Hummel, Siegbert (1968): Ekajāṭā in Tibet. Asiatische Studien (= Études Asiatiques) 23, 110-114 (2 Abbildungen). Tachikawa, Musashi (o.J.): Chibbetto Bukkyō kamigami - Himalaya no sōrin [Tibetische buddhistische Kunstgeschichte - Klöster des Himalaya]. In: Sanctuaries of the World, o.A., 137-147. Kvaerne, Per (1987): Review: Klaus Sagaster (ed.), Ikonographie und Symbolik des tibetischen Buddhismus. Teil A/B. Asiatische Forschungen 77-78. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 1983. Indo-Iranian Journal 30, 66-68. Siiger, Halfdan (1955): A Cult for the God of Mount Kanchenjunga among the Lepcha of Northern Sikkim. A Himalayan Megalithic Shrine and its Ceremonies. In: Actes du 4e Congrès International des Sciences Anthropologiques et Ethnologiques Vienne, 1-8 Septembre 1952 Tome 2, Ethnologica 1. Wien: Verlag Adolf Holzhausens Nfg., 185-189. Kawazaki, Shinjō (1976): Chibetto no shisha no sho. Epistēmē. Asahi-Shuppensha (Verlag), 103-134. Schubert, Johannes (1955): Besprechung: J. F. Rock, The Na-khi Nāga Cult and related Ceremonies. (Serie Orientale Roma). Rom: Istituto per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1952. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 1-2, Spalten 79-81. Schubert, Johannes (1957): Besprechung: Joseph F. Rock, The Zhimä Funeral Ceremony of the Na-khi of Southwest China. Described and translated from Na-khi manuscripts. (Studia Instituti Anthropos 9). Wien-Mödling: St. Gabriels Mission Press, 1955. Lauf, D. I. (1970): Initiationsrituale des tibetischen Totenbuches. Asiatische Studien (= Études Asiatiques) 24, 10-24. Imaeda, Yoshiro (1978): Une note sur le rite du Glud-'goṅ rgyal-po d'après les sources chinoises. Journal Asiatique, 333-339. Shuttleworth, H. Lee (1926-1928): Review: John Woodroffe, The Tibetan Book of the Dead, or the After-Death Experiences on Bardo Plane, according to Lāma Kazi Dawa-Samdup's English rendering. Oxford University Press. 233 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4615 SD T 19 16 4616 SD T 19 17 4617 SD T 19 18 4618 SD T 19 19 4601 SD T 19 2 4619 SD T 19 20 144 SD T 19 21 145 SD T 19 22 146 SD T 19 23 147 SD T 19 24 148 SD T 19 25 149 SD T 19 26 150 SD T 19 27 473 SD T 19 28 4602 SD T 19 3 4603 SD T 19 4 London: Humphrey Milford, 1927. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, 845-852. Waddell, L. A. (March 1894): The ,Refuge-formula` of the Lamas. Indian Antiquary 23, 76-78. Kaschewsky, Rudolf (1986): Review: Dieter Michael Back, Eine buddhistische Jenseitsreise. Das tibetische "Totenbuch der Tibeter" in philologischer Sicht. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 1979. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 326-328. Cohen, Maurice (1976): Dying as supreme opportunity: A comparison of Plato's Phaedo and The Tibetan Book of the Dead. Philosophy East and West 26/3, 317-327. Macdonald, Alexander W. (1987): Avant-propos. L'Ethnographie Tome 83 Numéros 100/101, 5-13. Lessing, F. D. (1956): Miscellaneous Lamaist Notes, 1. Notes on the Thanksgiving Offering. Central Asiatic Journal 2/1, 58-71. Schubert, Johannes (1955): Besprechung: J. F. Rock, The Na-khi Nāga Cult and related Ceremonies. (Serie Orientale Roma). Rom: Istituto per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1952. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 1-2, Spalten 79-81. Kvaerne, Per (19???): Le Rituel Tibétain, illustré par l'Evocation, dans la Religion Bon-po, du "Lion de la Parole". Essais sur le rituel I. Paris, 148-158. DeJong, J. W. (1989): Bookreview: Back, Dieter Michael: Rig pa ṅo sprod gcer mthoṅ raṅ grol. Die Erkenntnislehre des Bar do thos-grol. Indo-Iranian Journal 32, 230-232. Lalou, Marcelle (1949): Les chemins du mort dans les croyances de Haute-Asie. Revue de l'histoire des religions 135, 42-48. Blondeau, Anne-Marie et Samten G. Karmay: "Le cerf a la vaste ramure": en guise d'introduction. Essais sur le rituel I, 119-145. Sagant, Philippe (?): La Tête Haute. Maison, Rituel et Politique au Népal Oriental. ?, 149-177. Sagant, Philippe (1988): The Shaman's Cure and the Layman's Interpretation A Journal of Himalayan Studies XIV, 5-40. Michailovsky, Boyd and Sagant, Philippe (1992): The Shaman and the Ghosts of Unnatural Death: On the Efficacy of a Ritual. Diogenes 158, 19-37. Bentor, Yael (1995): On the Symbolism of the Mirror in Indo-Tibetan Consecration Rituals. Journal of Indian Philosophy 23/1, 57-71. Lessing, F. D. (1958): Miscellaneous Lamaist Notes, 3 - Senfkörner. Central Asiatic Journal 4/1, 143-144. Lessing, F. D. (1957-1958): Miscellaneous Lamaist Notes, 2 - Der Sündenwurm. Central Asiatic Journal 3/2, 252255. 234 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4604 SD T 19 5 4605 SD T 19 6 4606 SD T 19 7 4607 SD T 19 8 4608 SD T 19 9 3965 SD T 2 1 3973 SD T 2 10 3974 SD T 2 11 3975 SD T 2 12 3976 SD T 2 13 3977 SD T 2 14 3978 SD T 2 15 3979 SD T 2 16 3980 SD T 2 17 3981 SD T 2 18 Bischoff, F. A. (1965): Une incantation lamaїque anti-chinoise. Central Asiatic Journal 10/1, 128-135. Aris, Michael (1976): ,The admonition of the thunderbolt cannonball` and its place in the Bhutanese New Year Festival. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 39, 601-635. Siiger, Halfdan (1955): A Cult for the God of Mount Kanchenjunga among the Lepcha of Northern Sikkim. A Himalayan Megalithic Shrine and its Ceremonies. In: Actes du 4e Congrès International des Sciences Anthropologiques et Ethnologiques Vienne, 1-8 Septembre 1952 Tome 2, Ethnologica 1. Wien: Verlag Adolf Holzhausens Nfg., 185-189. Lalou, Marcelle (1949): Les chemins du mort dans les croyances de Haute-Asie. Revue de l'Histoire des Religions 135 (68. Jg.), 42-48. Lalou, Marcelle (1952): Rituel Bon-po des funérailles royales. Journal Asiatique 240, 339-362. Chandra, Lokesh (1963-1964): Tibetan Buddhist texts printed by the mDzod-dge-sgar-gsar Monastery. Indo-Iranian Journal 7, 298-306. Taube, Manfred (1958): Verzeichnis der Tibetica des Leipziger Völkerkundemuseums. Jahrbuch des Museums für Völkerkunde zu Leipzig 17, 94-139. Nebesky-Wojkowitz, René (1949): Einige tibetische Werke über Grammatik und Poetik. Archiv für Völkerkunde 4, 154-159. Kimura, Ryūtoku (1980): A Catalogue of the Tibetan Documents from Tun-huan Dealing with Chan [jap.]. Annual Report of the Institute for the Study of Cultural Exchange 4, 93-129. Smith, Gene (1973): dKar chag gsum. 11 pages (typescript). Lalou, Marcelle (1964): Manuscrits tibétains de la Śalasāhasrikā-prajñāpāramitā cachés à Touen-Houang. Journal Asiatique 252, 479-486. Lalou, Marcelle (1957): Les plus anciens rouleaux tibétains trouvés à Touen-houang. Rocznik Orientalistyczny 21, 149-152. Lalou, Marcelle (1954): Les manuscrits tibétains des Grandes Prajñāpāramitā trouvés à Touen-huang. Silver Jubilee Volume of the Zinbun Kagaku-Kenkyusyo Kyoto University 1, 257-261. Uray, G. (1958): Review: R.O. Meisezahl, Die tibetischen Handschriften und Drucke des Linden-Museums in Stuttgart. Sonderdruck aus Tribus, Zeitschrift für Ethnologie und ihre Nachbarwissenschaften (Neue Folge) 7, 1957. Acta Orientalia 8 332-333. Filliozat, J. (1957): Comptes rendus: R.O. Meisezahl, Die tibetischen Handschriften und Drucke des Linden235 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3982 SD T 2 19 3966 SD T 2 2 3983 SD T 2 20 3984 SD T 2 21 3985 SD T 2 22 3986 SD T 2 23 3987 SD T 2 24 3988 SD T 2 25 3989 SD T 2 26 3990 SD T 2 27 3991 SD T 2 28 3992 3993 SD T 2 29 SD T 2 30 Museums in Stuttgart. Sonderdruck aus Tribus, Zeitschrift für Ethnologie und ihre Nachbarwissenschaften (Neue Folge) 7, 1957. Journal Asiatique 245, 323-324. Schlagintweit, Emil (1905): Verzeichnis der tibetischen Handschriften der Königlich Württembergischen Landesbibliothek zu Stuttgart. In: Sitzungsberichte der philosophisch-philologischen und der historischen Klasse der K.B. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu München, Jahrgang 1904. München: Verlag der K. Akademie, 245-270. Nebesky-Wojkowitz, René (1958): Tibetan blockprints and manuscripts in possession of the Museum of Ethnology in Vienna. Archiv für Völkerkunde 13, 174-209. Nishioka, Soshū (1980): Index to the Catalogue Section of Bu ston's "History of Buddhism" (1) [jap.]. Annual Report of the Institute for the Study of Cultural Exchange 4, 61-92. Bailey-Cambridge, H. W. (1936): Handschriften aus Chotan und Tunhuang. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 90 (Neue Folge Band 15), 573-578. Schlagintweit, Emil (1875): Die tibetischen Handschriften der königl. Hof- und Staatsbibliothek zu München. In: Sitzungsberichte der philosophisch-philologischen und der historischen Klasse der K.B. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu München, Jahrgang 1875. München: Akademische Buchdruckerei von F. Straub, 67-88. Kolmaš, Josef (1961): On some more recent tibetanistic publications edited in the Chinese people's Republic. Archív Orientální 29, 476-479. Kolmaš, Josef (1962): Notes on the Kanjur and Tanjur in Prague. Archív Orientální 30, 314-317. Eimer, H. (o.J.): Die Xerox-Kopie des Lhasa-Kanjur. Beschreibung des Herstellungsverfahrens, Liste der Bände, Aufstellung der handschriftlich nachzutragenden Hinweise. 26 pages (typescript). Taube, Manfred (1968): Die Bibliothek des Klosters Gandan in Ulaanbaatar. Mitteilungen des Instituts für Orientforschung 14/2, 315-333. Meisezahl, R. O. (unter Mitwirkung von M. Harders-Steinhäuser und Georg Jayme) (o.J.): Über den Derge Tanjur der ehemaligen Preussischen Staatsbibliothek ergänzt durch eine mikroskopische Papieruntersuchung im Institut für Cellulosechemie der Technischen Hochschule Darmstadt. In: Libri - International Library Review and IFLACommunications - FIAB. Copenhagen: Munksgaard, 292-307. Nagy, Louis (1952): Tibetan Books and Manuscripts of Alexander Csoma de Kőrös in the Library of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences [Dissertationes Sodalium Instituti Asiae Interioris 1]. Budapest, 29-56. Haarh, Erik (1962): A comparative list of the Derge and Lhasa editions of the Kanjur. Asia Major 9, 179-205. Nebesky-Wojkowitz, René (1958): Tibetan blockprints and manuscripts in possession of the Museum of Ethnology 236 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3994 SD T 2 31 3995 SD T 2 32 3996 SD T 2 33 3997 SD T 2 34 3998 SD T 2 35 3999 SD T 2 36 4000 SD T 2 38 4001 SD T 2 38 4002 SD T 2 39 3967 SD T 2 4 4003 SD T 2 40 in Vienna. Archiv für Völkerkunde 13, 174-209. Nishioka, Soshū (1980, 1981, 1983): Bu ston Bukkyō-shi mokuroku-bu Sakuin I-III [Index to the Catalogue Section of Bu-ston's "History of Buddhism"]. Tōkyō Daigaku Bungakubu Bunka Kōryū Kenkyū Shisetsu Kenkyūkiyō 4-6, 61-93, 43-95, 47-201. De Jong, J. W. (1967-1968): Review: R.O. Meisezahl, Tibetische Prajñāpāramitā-Texte im Bernischen Historischen Museum. Kopoenhagen: Munksgaard, 1964. Indo-Iranian Journal 10, 212-215. De Jong, J. W. (1968-1969): Review: The Catalogue of the Tibetan Texts in the Bihar Research Society Patna, Vol. 1 (Miscellaneous Series). Ed. by Prof. Aniruddha Jha. Compiled by Shri Gopi Raman Choudhary. Patna: Bihar Research Society, 1965. Indo-Iranian Journal 11, 56-57. Kolmaš, Josef (1973): Review: Catalogue of the Toyo Bunko Collection of Tibetan Works on History. Ed. by Zuiho Yamaguchi. (Classified Catalogue of the Toyo Bunko Collection of Tibetan Works, Vol. 1). Tokyo: The Toyo Bunko, 1970. Indo-Iranian Journal 15, 144-149. Eimer, Helmut (1985): Die beiden Fassungen des Dkar Chag zum Derge-Kanjur (The two Versions of the Dkar Chag in the Derge-Kanjur). Indo-Iranian Journal 28/4, 281-286. Eimer, Helmut (1982): Zu den ,gesammelten Werken` des Si tu pan chen. Indo-Iranian Journal 24, 297-299. Dorji, Rigzin (1983): The National Library of Bhutan. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 9 pages (typescript). Kyōdo, Jikō (1983): A Study of the Buddhist manuscripts of Dunhuang: Classification and method. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 6 pages. Eimer, Helmut (1986): Review: Yoshiro Imaeda, Catalogue du Kanjur tibétain de l'édition de 'Jang sa-tham. Première partie: Edition en fac-similé avec introduction. Seconde partie: Texte en translittération [Bibliographia Philologica Buddhica. Series Maior IIa, IIb]. Tokyo: The International Institute for Buddhist Studies, 1982, 1984. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 153-156. Chandra, Lokesh (1963): Tibetan Works printed by the Shoparkhang of the Potala. In: Jñānamuktāvalī Commemoration Volume in Honour of Johannes Nobel. Ed. by Claus Vogel. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 120-132. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1985): ,Denkaruma` 824 nen seiritsu-setsu [Theorie, dass der ,lDan dkar ma` Katralog 824 verfasst wurde]. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyūsho Kiyō 9, 1-61. 237 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 367 SD T 2 41 368 SD T 2 42 369 SD T 2 43 370 SD T 2 44 371 SD T 2 46 373 SD T 2 47 374 SD T 2 48 375 SD T 2 49 3968 SD T 2 5 390 SD T 2 50 392 SD T 2 51 394 SD T 2 52 396 SD T 2 53 397 398 SD T 2 54 SD T 2 55 Ochi, Junji (1989?): Puton no ronsobu-mokuroku (1) <raisanbu>, Derge, Pekin-han ronsobu-mokuroku to tekisato no shomei, okugaki taishō shite [Bu ston's Tanjur-Katalog (1), Stotra-Abteilung, Verglichen mit den Text-Titeln und Kolophonen der Tanjur-Kataloge von Derge und Peking]. Kōyasan Daigaku Ronshō 15, 53-132. Lokesh Chandra (1963): Tibetan Works printed by the Shoparkhang of the Potala. Jñānamuktāvalī. Commemoration Volume in Honour of Johannes Nobel. Ed. by Claus Vogel. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 120-132. Samten, Jampa (1993): Phug brag Bka' 'gyur bris ma'i dkar chag. A Catalogue of the Phug-brag Manuscript Kanjur. Dharamsala: Library of Tibetan Works & Archives 1992. Oriental. Literaturzeitung 88, 433-438. Skilling, Peter (1991): A Brief Guide to the Golden Tanjur. The Journal of the Siam Society 79/2, 138-146. Eimer, Helmut (1992): Der Katalog des Großen Druckhauses von 'Bras-spuṅs aus dem Jahre 1920. SCEAR 5/6, 144. I Misteri del Tibet (?): Rassegna di film e documentari sul Tibet. Ed. Shang Shung e dell'Istituto Intenazionale di Studi Tibetani e della O. N. G. Asia. Meisezahl, R. O., (?): Die Schriften des Mi 'gyur rdo rje (1645-1667). UAJ, Band 2, 245-272. Meisezahl, R. O., (1961): Alttibetische Handschriften der Völkerkundlichen Sammlungen der Stadt Mannheim im Reiss-Museum, Libri, 11, No. 1, 1-48 Mibu, Taishun (1959): A Comparative List of the Bkhaḥ-ḥgyur Division in the Co-ne, Peking, Sde-dge and Snarthaṅ Editions with an introduction to the Bkhaḥ-ḥgyur Division to the Co-ne Edition. Taishō Daigaku Kenkyū Kiyō 44, (1-69). Meisezahl, R. O. (1981): gNam _hos. Die Schriften des Mi 'gyur rdo r_e (1645-1667). UAJ, 1, 195-226 Meisezahl, R. O., (1988): Tibetische Handschriften und Drucke, vornehmlich chinesischer Herkunft, in der Staatsbibliothek preussischer Kulturbesitz zu Berlin; Teil II. ORIENS, 31, 154- 239 Meisezahl, R. O. (1988): Catalogue des biographies des cinq Panchen Lama et d'autres xylographes Tibétains (collection Bacot) conservés au centre d'études tibétaines du collège de France, instituts d'asie, à Paris. ORIENS, 31, 240-265 Meisezahl, R. O. (1990): Fragmentary Tibetan dkar _hag xylographs kept in the india office library, London. ORIENS, 32, 293-307 Meisezahl, R. O. (1994): Die Tibetischen Texte der Schenkung Imre Schwaiger. ORIENS, 34, 470-496 Meisezahl, R. O. (1985): Catalogue des biographies des cinq Panchen Lama et d'autres xylographes Tibétains 238 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 399 SD T 2 56 400 SD T 2 57 401 SD T 2 58 403 SD T 2 59 3969 SD T 2 6 427 SD T 2 60 1289 SD T 2 61 1528 SD T 2 62 1537 SD T 2 63 1574 SD T 2 64 1577 SD T 2 65 3858 SD T 2 66 3970 SD T 2 7 (collection Bacot) conservés au Centre d' Études des Religions Tibétaines de l'École Pratique des Hautes Études à Paris. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū, 9, 33-114 Pathak, S.K. (1994): The Tibetan Source Materials in the Asiatic Society, Calcutta. JASB 36/3, 141-150 Harrison, Paul and Scherrer-Schaub, Cristina (1996): A Brief Description of the Tabo Manuscripts. Tabo Bauddha Vihār Sahasrābdī, 49-52. Soshū, Nishioka (1983): Buston Bukkyōshi Mokurokubu Sakuin III. Tōkyō Daigaku Bungakubu Bunkakōryū Kenkyū Shisetsu Kenkyū Kiyō 6, 47-199. Ramble, Charles and Drandul, Nyima (1996): A Catalogue of Tibetan Documents from Mustang. Index + Diskette, 2-16. Bacot, Jacques (1954): Titres et Colophons d'Ouvrages non Canoniques Tibétains. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême Orient 44/2, 275-337. Chandra, Lokesh (1963): Tibetan Works printed by the Shoparkhang of the Potala. Jñānamuktāvali 38, Festschr. Johannes Nobel, 120-132. Eimer, Helmut and Tsering, Pema (1990): Blockprints and Manuscripts of Mi la ras pa's Mgur 'bun Accessible to Frank-Richard Hamm. Indica et Tibetica 21, pp. 59-88. Eimer, Helmut & Tsering, Pema (1986): Eine Lister der geretteten Druckplatten aus dem Kloster Kaḥ thog in Derge/ Khams. In: Helmut Eimer (ed.), Vicitrakusumāñjali. Volume Presented to Richard Othon Meisezahl on the Occasion of his Eightieth Birthday. Bonn (Indica et Tibetica 11), 61-70. Eimer, Helmut & Tsering, Pema (1990): Valuable Tibetan Xylographs Collected by Frank-Richard Hamm. In: Helmut Eimer (ed.), Frank-Richard Hamm Memorial Volume, Bonn (Indica et Tibetica 21), 169-213. Miyake, Shinichiro (1999): Comparative Table of the Golden Manuscript Tenjur in dGa'-ldan Monastery with the Peking Edition of Tenjur. Annual Memoirs of the Otani University Shin Buddhist Comprehensive Research Institute 17, 1-65. Schuh, Dieter [u.a.], ed. (o.J.): Monumenta Tibetica Historica. Eine wissenschaftliche Reihe für die Erschließung von Quellen zur Geschichte Tibets. Halle: VGH-Wissenschaftsverlag, o.J. [Katalog]. Saito Kōjun (1977): Kawaguchi Eka-shi Shōrai Tōyō Bunko-shozō Shahon Chibetto Daizōkyō Chasa Bibō. [Catalogue of the Tokyo Manuscript Kanjur]. Taishō Daigaku Kenkyū Kiyō 63, 406-346. Lalou, Marcelle (1954): Les manuscrits tibétains des Grandes Prajñāpāramitā trouvés à Touen-huang. Zinbun Kagaku-kenkyusyo University Kyoto 1, 257-261. 239 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 3971 SD T 2 8 3972 SD T 2 9 4620 SD T 20 1 4621 SD T 20 2 4622 SD T 20 3 4623 SD T 21 1 4624 SD T 21 2 4625 SD T 21 3 4626 SD T 21 4 4627 SD T 22 1 4636 SD T 22 10 4637 SD T 22 11 Kunst, Arnold (1947-1948): Another Catalogue of the Kanjur. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 12, 106-121. Wu, Chi-yu (1971): Quatre manuscrits bouddhiques tibétains de Touen-huang conservés à la Bibliothèque Centrale de T'ai-pei. In: Études tibétaines d´dediées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou. Paris, 567-571. Kaschewsky, Rudolf und Tsering, Pema (1976): Einige Bemerkungen zum tibetischen Theater. Entwurf - Als Manuskript vervielfältigt. Bonn, 3-14. Uray, Géza (1972): Besprechung: Werner Forman und Bjamba Rintschen, Lamaistische Tanzmasken. Der ErlikTsam in der Mongolei. Leipzig: Koehler & Amelang, 1967. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 11-12 (67. Jg.), Spalten 601-604. Wang, Yao (o.J.): Tibetan Opera and Stories of Tibetan Operas. Beijing: Central Institute for National Minorities, 18 (typescript). Uray, Géza (1970): Besprechungen: (1) Giuseppe Tucci (coll. and tr.), Tibetan Folk Songs from Gyantse and Western Tibet. With two Appendices by Namkhai Norbu. Artibus Asiae, Institute of Fine Arts, New York University, Suppl. XXII. Ascona, Switzerland: Artibus Asiae Publishers, 1966; (2) Namkhai Norbu Dewang, Musical Tradition of the Tibetan People: Songs in Dance Measure. In: Orientalia Romana, Essays and lectures 2. Serie Orientale Roma XXXVI, Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1967. Acta Orientalia Hung. 23, 241-246, 246-248. Helffer, Mireille (1983): Le Gandi: Un simandre tibétain d'origine indienne. Yearbook for Traditional Music Vol. 15, 112-125. Bradley, D. (1979): Speech through music: The Sino-Tibetan gourd reed-organ. BSOAS 62, 535-540. McKay, Alex (2004): The Introduction of Biomedicine into the Indo-Tibetan Himalayas. Research & Reports - IIAS Newsletter 33, 14. Vogel, Claus (1963): On Bu-ston's view of the eight parts of Indian medicine. Indo-Iranian Journal 6/3-4, 290-295. Bisset, N. G. (1983): Review: Stephan Pálos, Tibetisch-Chinesisches Arzneimittelverzeichnis. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1981. BSOAS 46, 174-175. Emmerick, R. E. (1973): Review: Anne-Marie Blondeau (ed. and tr.), Matériaux pour l'étude de l'hippologie et de l'hippiatrie tibétaines (à partir des manuscrits de Touen-houang). (Centre de Recherches d'Histoire et de Philologie de la IVe Section de l'École Pratique des Hautes Études. [Série] II. Hautes Études Orientales 2), Genève: Librairie Droz, 1972. BSOAS 36, 698-700. 240 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4638 SD T 22 12 631 SD T 22 13 633 SD T 22 14 634 SD T 22 15 636 SD T 22 16 638 SD T 22 17 640 SD T 22 18 642 SD T 22 19 4628 SD T 22 2 665 SD T 22 20 666 SD T 22 21 668 SD T 22 22 695 SD T 22 24 697 SD T 22 25 Quecke, K. (1955): Besprechung: P. Cyrill von Korvin-Krasinski, Die Tibetische Medizinphilosophie. Der Mensch als Mikrokosmos. (Mainzer Studien zur Kultur- und Völkerkunde, hrsg. v. A. Friedrich. Bd.1). Zürich: Origo Verlag, 1953. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 8-9 (50. Jg.), Spalten 410-413. Emmerick, R. E. (1987): Epilepsy according to the Rgyud-bźi. Studies on Indian medical history (Groningen Oriental Studies vol. II). Ed. by G. J. Meulenbeld and D. Wujastyk. Groningen, 63-90. Semičov, B.V. (1958): O proizrastajuščih v BMASSR nekotoryh lekarstvennyh rastitel'nyh produktah indo-tibetskoj mediziny. Kraevedčeskij sbornik 2, 158-163. Anikeeva, S. M. (1983): K voprosu o terminoobrazovanii v tibetskom jazyke (na materiale terminologii tibetskih medicinskih sočinenij IX-IXI vv.). BION, Novosibirsk. 5 S. Unkrig, W. A. (1934): Zur Gegenwartswertung der lamaistischen Heilkunde und über ihr Instrumentarium. Die Medizinische Welt 4, 139-144. Unkrig, Wilhelm A. (1936): Zur Terminologie der lamaistischen Medizin, besonders ihrer Arzneien. Forschungen und Fortschritte 20-21 (12. Jg.), 265-266. Emmerick, R. E. (1991): Some remarks on Tibetan sphygmology. Medical Literature from India, Sri Lanka and Tibet. Panels of the VIIth World Sanskrit Conference 1987, Vol. VIII. Ed. by G. Jan Meulenbeld, Brill, Leiden, 6672. Studiengruppe für Tibetische Medizin (1995): PADMA 28, Tibetisches Heilmittel, Literatur-Verzeichnis, 1-16. Beckwith, Christopher I. (1979): The introduction of Greek medicine into Tibet in the seventh and eighth centuries. JAOS 99/2, 297-313. Kletter, Ch. et al. (1994): Documentation of Tibetan Medicinal Plants, 3rd Commun., ol-mo-se - Podophyllum hexandrum Royle. Scientia Pharmaceutica 62, 283-297. Kletter, Ch. et al. (1995): Documentation of Tibetan Medicinal Plants, 4th Commun., tsher-sngon - Meconopsis aculeata Royle. Scientia Pharmaceutica 63, 145-158. Kletter, Ch. et al. (1997): Documentation of Tibetan Medicinal Plants, 5th Commun., stong-zil - Corydalis meifolia Wallich. Scientia Pharmaceutica 65, 39-51. Bärmark, Jan (1998): Tibetan Buddhist Medicine and Psychiatry: A Perspective from the Anthropology of Knowledge. Knowledge and Society 11, 131-152. Wallace, Vesna A. (1995): Buddhist Tantric Medicine in the Kālacakratantra. Pacific World, New Series 11, 155174. 241 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1365 SD T 22 26 4629 SD T 22 3 4630 SD T 22 4 4631 SD T 22 5 4632 SD T 22 6 4633 SD T 22 7 4634 SD T 22 8 4635 SD T 22 9 4639 SD T 23 1 4648 SD T 23 10 4649 SD T 23 11 4650 SD T 23 12 4651 SD T 23 13 4652 SD T 23 14 4653 4654 SD T 23 15 SD T 23 16 Adams, Vincanne (2002): Randomized Controlled Crime: Postcolonial Sciences in Alternative Medicine Research. Social Studies of Science 32/5-6, 659-690. Weller, F. (1969): Bemerkungen zu einer textkritischen Ausgabe eines tibetischen Werkes aus dem Tanjur. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 64/1-2, Spalten 5-14. Nishioka, Soshū (1982): Chibetto igaku-bunken josetsu "Gakusha no en" o chūshin toshite [Einführung in die tibetische Medizinliteratur vor allem in Bezug auf das "mKhas pa'i dga' ston"]. Bukkyō kyōri no kenkyū. Tamura Yoshirō hakushi kanreki kinen ronshū. Tōkyō: Shunjūsha, 631-648. Wang, Yao (ed. and tr.) (1983): Tibetan medical document's fragments from Tun-Huang [chin.]. Journal of Chinese History of Medicine 2 (13. Jg.), 114-117. Wang, Yao (1982): An introduction to the fragmentary scroll of Tibetan medicine excavated in Tun-Huang [chin.]. Journal of Chinese History of Medicine 4 (12. Jg.), 247-250. Chandra, Lokesh (1964):Contents of two classical hippological treatises. O.A., New Delhi, 1-8 & 20 pages Tibetan text. Emmerick, R. E. (1975): A chapter from the Rgyud-bźi. Asia Major 19/2, 141-162. Snellgrove, David L. (1983): Review: Fernand Meyer, gSo-ba rig-pa, le système médical tibétain. Éditions du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique. Paris, 1981. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 46, 172174. Grönbold, Günter (1974): Grünwedels Nāropa-Handschrift. CAJ 18, 251-252. Francke, A. H. (1925): Wa-tsei-sgruṅs. Fuchsgeschichten, erzählt von Dkon-mchog-bkra-shis, aus Kha-la-tse. Asia Major 2, 408-431. Baradijn, Badsar B. (1928): Gespräche buddhistischer Mönche. Zeitschrift für Buddhismus 1 (8. Jg. - Neue Folge 5. Jg.), 209-242. Chandra, Lokesh (1963): Materials for a history of Tibetan literature, Part 2. Śata-Piṭaka Series 29, 7-54. De Jong, J. W. (éd. et tr.) (1971): Un fragment de l'histoire de Rāma en tibétain. Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou. Paris, 127-141. Kvaerne, Per (1971): Un nouveau document relatif a l'épopée tibétaine de Gesar. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 58, 221-229. De Jong, J. W. (1972): An old Tibetan version of the Ramāyāṇa. T'oung Pao 58, 190-202. Berglie, Per-Arne (1982): When the Corpses Rise: Some Tibetan Ro langs Stories. Indologica Taurinensia 10, 37-44. 242 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4655 SD T 23 17 4656 SD T 23 18 4657 SD T 23 19 4640 SD T 23 2 4658 SD T 23 20 4659 SD T 23 21 4660 SD T 23 22 4661 SD T 23 23 4662 SD T 23 24 4663 SD T 23 25 4664 SD T 23 26 4665 SD T 23 27 4666 SD T 23 28 4667 4641 4668 SD T 23 29 SD T 23 3 SD T 23 30 Bethlenfalvy, Géza (1965): Three Pañcatantra tales in an unedited commentary to the Tibetan Subhāṣiratnanidhi. Acta Orientalia Hung. 18, 317-338. De Jong, J. W. (1983): The story of Rāma in Tibet. Asian variations in Ramāyāṇa. Delhi, Sahitya Akademi, 163-182. Tsering, Pema (1976): Tibetische Geschichten zur Erläuterung der Drei Formen des Glaubens (dad pa gsum). Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 2, 133-163. Vostrikov, Andrew (1935): Some Corrections and Critical Remarks on Dr. Johan van Manen's Contribution to the Biography of Tibet. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 8/1, 51-76. Lokesh Chandra (1961): Les imprimeries tibétaines de Drepung, Derge et Pepung. Journal Asiatique, 503-517. Roerich, G. (1960): The story of Rāma in Tibet. XXV. International Congress of Orientalists. Papers presented by the Delegation of the USSR. Moscow: Oriental Literature Publishing House, 1-15. Terjék, József (1974): A Tibeti Irodalomból [(Specimen) From the Tibetan literature]. Helikon Világirodalmi Figyelő évi 2, 194-202. Stein, R. A. (1962): Une source ancienne pour l'histoire de l'épopée tibétaine - Le Rlaṅs Po-ti bse-ru. Journal Asiatique, 77-106. Terjék, J. (1969): Fragments of the Tibetan Sutra of "The wise and the fool" from Tun-Huang. Acta Orientalia Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae 22/3, 289-334. De Jong, J. W. (1967-1968): Review: Garma C. C. Chang (tr.), The Hundred Thousand Songs of Milarepa, Translated and Annotated. 2 vols. New York, University Books, 1962. IIJ 10, 204-212. De Jong, J. W. (1968-1969): Review: Tibetan Folk Songs from Gyantse and Western Tibet. Collected and Translated by Giuseppe Tucci. Second, Revised, and Enlarged Edition (= Artibus Asiae Supplementum XXII). Ascona, Artibus Asiae, 1966. IIJ 11, 151-153. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1972): Review: A. W. Macdonald, Matériaux pour l'étude de la littérature populaire tibétaine, I: Édition et traduction de deux manuscrits tibétains des "Histoires du cadavre" (= Annales du Musée Guimet, Bibliothèque d'Études LXXII). Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 1967. Indo-Iranian Journal 14, 137-140. Mette, Adelheid (1976): Beobachtungen zur Überlieferungsgeschichte einiger Lieder des Mi la ras pa'i mGur 'bum. Indo-Iranian Journal 18, 255-272. De Jong, J. W. (1977): The Tun-huang manuscripts of the Tibetan Rāmāyaṇa story. IIJ 19, 37-88. Chang, Kun (1956): On Tibetan poetry. Central Asiatic Journal 2/1, 129-139. Kvaerne, Per (1979): Review: Mireille Helffer, Les chants dans l'épopée tibétaine de Ge-sar d'après le livre de la 243 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4669 SD T 23 31 4670 SD T 23 32 4671 SD T 23 33 4672 SD T 23 34 4673 SD T 23 35 4674 SD T 23 36 4675 SD T 23 37 4676 SD T 23 38 4677 SD T 23 39 4642 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 SD T 23 4 SD T 23 40 SD T 23 41 SD T 23 42 SD T 23 43 SD T 23 44 4683 SD T 23 46 course de cheval. Version chantée de Blo-bzaṅ bstan-'jin. Centre de recherche d'histoire et de philologie de la IVe Section de l'École Pratique des Hautes Études Orientales 9. Genève: Librairie Droz, 1977. Indo-Iranian Journal 21, 202-207. Baruch, Willy (1955): Le cinquante-deuxième chapitre du mJaṅs-blun (Sūtra du sage et du fou). JA 243, 339-366. Nishida, Tatsuo (1968): Seika-go-yaku "Rongo" ni tsuite [On the Hsi-hsia translated "Analects of Confucius"]. In: Yoshikawa Kōjiro Kinen Ronbunrokū Ōyimbon. Kyōtō, 74-106. Nishida, Tatsuo (1978): Seika-go Butten ni tsuite [On the Buddhist literature in Hsi-hsia characters]. In: Zoku Shirukurōdo to Bukkyō Bunka, 211-248. Vogel, Claus (ed. and tr.) (1965): Surūpa's Kāmaśāstra. An erotic treatise in the Tibetan Tanjur. Studia Orientalia 30/3, 3-39. Denwood, Philip (1979): Review: Mireille Helffer (ed. and tr.), Les chants dans l'épopée tibétaine de Ge-sar d'après le livre de la Course de cheval. Version chantée de Blo-bzaṅ bstan-'jin.(Centre de Recherches d'Histoire et de Philologie de la IVe Section de l'École Pratique des Hautes Études. II. Hautes Études Orientales 9), Genève, Paris: Librairie Droz, 1977. BSOAS 42/1, 159-160. Snellgrove, D. L. (1952): Review: Helmut Hoffmann, Mi-la Ras-pa. München-Planegg: Otto Wilhelm Barth Verlag, 1950. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 14/2, 396-399. Francke, A. H. (Aug.1901, Jan.1902, March1902): The spring myth of the Kesar saga. The Indian Antiquary, 329341, 32-40, 147-157. Francke, A. H. (Febr.1902, July1902): Ladakhi songs. The Indian Antiquary 31, 87-106, 304-311. Francke, A. H. (May1905): The eighteen songs of the Bono-na Festival (Bono nayi lu athrungsh). Dard text, with Translation, Notes and Vocabulary. The Indian Antiquary 34, 93-110 (1 Karte, 1 Tafel). Uray, Géza (1972): Queen Sad-mar-kar's Songs in the old Tibetan Chronicle. Acta Orientalia Hung. 25/1-3, 5-38. Francke, A. H. (Dec.1901): The eighteen Agus. The Indian Antiquary 30, 564. Francke, A. H. (Aug.1901): A Ladakhi Bonpa Hymnal. The Indian Antiquary 30, 359-364. Waddell, L. A. (tr.) (Apr.1896): The recluse and the rats. A Tibetan tale. The Indian Antiquary 25, 105-109. Francke, A. H. (March1909): Ten ancient historical songs from Western Tibet. The Indian Antiquary 38, 57-68. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. (1986): Bhāmaha in Tibet. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 31-39. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. (1986): Sa-skya Paṇḍita Kun-dga' rgyal-mtshan on the Typology of Literary Genres. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 11-12 (mit Indizes zu den Heften 1-10), 41-52. 244 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4684 SD T 23 47 4685 SD T 23 48 4686 SD T 23 49 4643 SD T 23 5 4687 SD T 23 50 4688 SD T 23 51 824 SD T 23 52 826 SD T 23 53 828 SD T 23 54 829 SD T 23 55 830 SD T 23 56 831 SD T 23 57 Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1985): Chibetto-go bunken - Bukkyō-kankei-igai no sho-bunken [Tibetische Literatur ausgenommen der buddhistischen Literatur]. Kōza Tonkō 6 - Tonkō kogo bunken, 451-555, Jettmann, Karl (1987): Das westtibetische Zentrum der Kesarsage - Zur Rechtfertigung der These A. H. Franckes. O.A., 1-8. Wayman, Alex (1987): Researches on Poison, Garuḍa-birds and Nāga-serpents based on the Sgrub thabs kun btus. The Tibet Society Twentieth Anniversary Celebration Volume: Silver on Lapis. Tibetan Literary Culture and History. Ed. by Christopher I. Beckwith. Bloomington: The Tibet Society, 63-77. Schubert, Johannes (1953): Das Wunschgebet um Śambhala (Ein tibetischer Kālacakra-Text mit einer mongolischen Übertragung). Mitteilungen des Instituts für Orientforschung 1/3, 424-473. Kaschewsky, Rudolf (1986): Vergleiche als Stilmittel im Gesar-Epos. Fragen der mongolischen Heldendichtung Teil III. Vorträge des 4. Epensymposiums des Sonderforschungsbereichs 12, Bonn 1983. Hrsg. von Walther Heissig. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 600-612. Kaschewsky, Rudolf und Tsering, Pema (1988): Zur Frage der Historizität des Helden Gesar. Fragen der mongolischen Heldendichtung Teil IV. Hrsg. von Walther Heissig. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 390-405. Eimer, Helmut (1988): Editing the Sa skya legs bśad (pp.20-28), Bespr.: Antonio Agostino Giorgi, Alphabetum Tibetanum (1762/63). Unveränderter Nachdruck mit einer Einleitung von R. Kaschewsky, Köln, 1987 (p.228). Zentralasiatische Studien 21, 20-28, 228. Karmay, S.G. (1993): The Theoretical Basis of the Tibetan Epic, with Reference to a 'Chronological Order' of the Various Episodes in the Gesar Epic. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, Univ. London, 56/2, 234246. Dagyab, Loden Sherap&Eimer, Helmut / Eimer, Helmut / Eimer, Helmut&Tsering, Pema (1986): (1) The Collected Works of A-la-śa lHa-btsun / (2) dByaṅs-can dga'-ba'i blo-gros' Explanation of Some Expressions from the Sa skya legs bśad / (3) Eine Liste der geretteten Druckplatten aus dem Kloster Kaḥ thog in Derge/Khams. In: Vicitrakusumāñjali. Volume Presented to Richard Othon Meisezahl on the Occasion of his Eightieth Birthday (Indica et Tibetica 11). Ed. by Helmut Eimer. Bonn: Indica et Tibetica Verlag, 33-48, 49-69, 61-70. Karmay, Samten G. (1993): The Theoretical Basis of the Tibetan Epic, with Reference to a 'Chronological Order' of the Various Episodes in the Gesar Epic. BSOAS, Univ. London, 56/2, 234-246. Tillemans, Tom J.F. (1992): Amour et religion: Vingt-cing poèmes tirés d'une nouvelle collection attribuée au sixième Dalaï Lama. Études de Lettres (Faculté des Lettres de l'Université de Lausanne) 10-12/92, 125-142. Sorensen, Per K. (1988): Tibetan Love Lyrics. The Love Songs of the Sixth Dalai Lama. An Annotated Critical 245 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 833 SD T 23 58 835 SD T 23 59 4644 SD T 23 6 842 SD T 23 60 1550 SD T 23 61 1575 SD T 23 62 4645 4646 SD T 23 7 SD T 23 8 4647 SD T 23 9 4689 SD T 25 1 4690 SD T 25 2 4691 SD T 25 3 4692 SD T 25 4 4693 SD T 27.1 1 4702 SD T 27.1 10 4703 SD T 27.1 11 4704 SD T 27.1 12 Edition of Tshaṅs-dbyaṅs rgya-mtsho'i mgul-glu. Indo-Iranian Journal 31, 253-298. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. (1986): Sa-skya Paṇḍita Kun-dga' rgyal-mtshan on the Typology of Literary Genres. StII 11/12, 41-52. Imaeda, Yoshiro (1988): Corpus syllabique des manuscrits tibetains de Touen-houang - un projet franco-japonais. Colloque Franco-Japonais de Documents et Archives Provenant de l'Asie Centrale, Kyoto, 141-153. Chandra, Lokesh (1958): The Authors of Sumbums. IIJ 2, 110-127. Eimer, Helmut (1997): Hymns and Stanzas Praising Dīpaṃkaraśrījñāna. Glimpses of the Sanskrit Buddhist Literature (Vol. I). Ed. by Kameshwar Nath Mishra. Sarnath: Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies, 9-32. gCod pa don grub (1995): Bod sog ge sar sgruṅ gi 'brel ba'i skor gleṅ ba. mTsho sṅon źiṅ chen, 1995, 8 pages. Decleer, Hubert (1998): Review Article: J.I. Cabezón & R.R. Jackson (eds.), Tibetan Literature: Studies in Genre. Essays in Honor of Geshe Lhundup Sopa. New York, 1996. The Tibet Journal 23/1, 67-106. Francke, A. H. (1921): Die Geschichte des toten Ṅo-rub-can. ZDMG 75, 72-96. Soymié, Michel (1954): L'entrevue de Confucius et de Hiang T'o. Journal Asiatique 242/3-4, 1-82 & 8 pl. (311-392) . Lokesh Chandra (1963): Introduction to : MHTL - Material for a History of Tibetan Literature I. Śata-Piṭaka Series 28, Int. Acad. of Indian Culture, New Delhi, 7-63. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): The Fifth Dalai Lama as a Sanskrit scholar. Opera Minora 6/2, 589-594. Vekerdi, J. (1952): Some remarks on Tibetan prosody. Acta Orientalia Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae 2/2-3, 221-234. Poucha, Pavel (1954): Le vers tibétain II. Archiv Orientální 22, 563-585. Nishida, Tatsuo (1979): Seika-go inzu "Go-on-setsuin" no kenkyū (jō) [Study of schema of Hsi-hsia rhyme, five rhyme (First part)]. Bungakubu Kenkyū Kiyō 20, 91-147. Schröder, Dominik (1955): Zur Struktur des Schamanismus (Mit besonderer Berücksichtigung des lamaistischen Gurtum). Anthropos 50, 848-881. D'Alos-Moner, Ramon Prats (1979): El cántico de las reflexiones preliminares del Budhismo Tibetano. Annuario de Filología 5, 230-237. Aubin, Françoise (1979): Review: Natalija L'vovna Zhukovskaja, Lamaizmi rannie formy religii. (Le lamaїsme et les formes primitives de religion). Moscou: Nauka et Institut d'Ethnographie N.N. Miklukho-Maklaja de l'Académie des Sciences d'U.R.S.S., 1977. Archives de Sciences Sociales des Religions 47/2, o.A. (2 p.). Lopez, Donald S. Jr. (1979): Approaching the numinous: Rudolf Otto and Tibetan tantra. Philosophy East and West 246 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4705 SD T 27.1 13 4706 SD T 27.1 14 4707 SD T 27.1 15 4708 SD T 27.1 16 4709 SD T 27.1 17 58 SD T 27.1 18 60 SD T 27.1 19 4694 SD T 27.1 2 93 SD T 27.1 20 96 SD T 27.1 21 99 SD T 27.1 22 102 SD T 27.1 23 104 SD T 27.1 24 107 SD T 27.1 25 109 SD T 27.1 26 29/4, 467-476. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1982): Chibetto Bukkyōshi ryakusetsu [Historischer Überblick des tibetischen Buddhismus]. Tōyō Gakuhō 21/2, 1-13. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1980): Chūgoku-zen to chibetto Bukkyō - 1. Makaen no zen [Chinesischer Zen und tibetischer Buddhismus - 1. Mahāyāna's Zen]. Kōza Tonkō 8 ("Tonkō Butten to Zen"), 379-407. Yamaguchi, Zuihō 81984): Chibettogaku to Bukkyō [Tibetologie und Buddhismus]. Komazawa Daigaku Bukkyō Gakubu Ronshū 15, 30-53. Stein, R. A. (1987): Un genre particulier d'exposés du tantrisme ancien tibétain et khotanais. Journal Asiatique 275/34, 265-282. Sartori, Jolanda Savioli (1987): Kamalasīla, Maestro del Tibet. In: Spirituel Masters - Christianity and other Religions (= Maîtres spirituels - Christianisme et les autres Religions). Rome: Gregorian University Press, 253-273. Stein, R. A. (1985): Tibetica Antiqua III. A propos du mot gcug-lag et de la religion indigène. BEFEO 74, 83-133. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1988): Chibetto koha mikkyō to "seiyuga" (jyo) [Alter tantrischer Buddhismus in Tibet und sexueller Yoga]. University Press 190, 8-12. Kvaerne, Per (1972): Aspects of the Origin of the Buddhist Tradition in Tibet. Numen 19, 22-40. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1989): Tibet bukkyōshisōshi [Die Geschichte des tibetischen buddhistischen Denkens]. Iwanami Kōza Tōyō shisō vol. 11. Tōkyō: Iwanami shoten, 22-115. Stein, R. A. (1971): Illumination subite ou saisie simultanée. Note sur la terminologie chinoise et tibétaine. Revue de l'Histoire des Religions 179, 3-30. Gerasimova, K.M. (1983): Predstavlenija o duše i dušah čeloveka po dannym lamaistskih gurumov. BION, Novosibirsk. 3 S. Grinstead, E. D. (1967): The Manuscript Kanjur in the British Museum. Asia Major 13, 48-70. Kvaerne, Per (1993): Recent French Contributions to Himalayan and Tibetan Studies (Alexander W. Macdonald, ed. Rituels himalayens. L'Ethnographie 83. Paris, 1986). JIABS 16/2, 299-308. Odani, Nobuchiyo (1994): The Pure Land Faith in Tibetan Buddhism. The Pure Land - The Journal of the International Association of Shin Buddhist Studies N.S. 10-11, 161-170. Scherrer-Schaub, Cristina (1995-1996): La transmission des textes canoniques bouddhiques hors de l'Inde: questions historiques et doctrinales. Annuaire de l'École Pratique des Hautes Études - Section des sciences religieuses 104, 247 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 111 SD T 27.1 27 112 SD T 27.1 28 113 SD T 27.1 29 4695 SD T 27.1 3 131 SD T 27.1 30 134 SD T 27.1 31 137 SD T 27.1 32 140 142 SD T 27.1 33 SD T 27.1 34 1546 SD T 27.1 35 1547 SD T 27.1 36 1567 SD T 27.1 37 4696 SD T 27.1 4 4697 SD T 27.1 5 4698 SD T 27.1 6 4699 SD T 27.1 7 117-124. Kimura, Ryūtoku (1975): Une Lacune dans le Manuscrit tibétain de Touen-houang, Pelliot tibétain 116. IBK 24/1, 489-484 (23-28). Okimoto, Katsumi (1977): A Study on the Tibetan Ch'an Textx from Tun-Huang. IBK 26, 458-462. [jap.] Ueyama, Daishun (1971): Dhyāna Teacher Ma-ha-yan's Writings in Tibetan MSS found from Tun-huang. IBK 19, 612-615. [jap.] Bacot, Jacques (1957): Compte rendu: Marcelle Lalou, Les Religions du Tibet. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 1957. Journal Asiatique 245, 227-228. Ueyama, Daishun (1974): A Study on the manuscripts of Dhyāna found in Tun-honang. Bulletin of Buddhist Cultural Inst. Ryukokku University 13, 1-11. [jap.] Hasebe, Yoshikazu (1971): Buddhism in T'u fan and Zen - A Study of the Ratification of True Mahāyāna Principles for an Abrupt Awaking to the Truth. Bulletin of the Faculty of Humanities Aichigakuin Univ., 70-88. [jap.] Ueyama, Daishun (1975): A Subject of the Debate between Kamalaśila and Dhyāna Master in Tibet. Journal of the Nippon Buddhist Research Association, 55-70. [jap.] Obata, Hironobu: The "Sudden Awakening" Sect of Zen Buddhism in Ancient Tibet. BKS 18, 58-80. [jap.] Harada, Satoru (1979): A study of bsam brtan gyi mkhan po Ma ha yan [jap.]. Bukkyo-Gaku 8, 109 f. Verhagen, Pieter C. (1999): Expressions of violence in Buddhist Tantric mantras. In: Violence Denied. Violence, Non-Violence and the Rationalization of Violence in South Asian Cultural History (Brill's Indological Library Vol.16). Ed. by Jan E.M. Houben, Karel R. van Kooij. Brill, Leiden/Boston/Köln, 275-285. Le Calloc'h, Bernard (1989): Amulettes himalayennes décrites par Csoma de Kőrös. RHR 206/3, 271-282. Skorupski, Tadeusz (1988): The Religions of Tibet -Tibetan Buddhism or Lamaism. The World's Religions. Ed. by Stewart Sutherland [u.a.]. Routledge, London, 779-810. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1970?): A recent work on the religions of Tibet and Mongolia. T'oung Pao 61/4-5, 303-324. Ueyama, Daishun (1968): Tibetan Version of Lêng ch'ich tzǔ chi; Li kaḥi mkhan po daṅ slob maḥi mdo [jap.]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Studies in Buddhism] 25-26, 191-210. Köhler, G. (1958): Besprechung: Ernst Schäfer, Über den Himalaya ins Land der Götter. Auf Forscherfahrt von Indien nach Tibet. München: Goldmann Verlag, 1954. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 3-4, Spalten 174-176. Kawasaki, Shinjō (1973): Chibetto Bukkyō no tenkai [Development of Tibetan Buddhism]. Tōyō Gakujutsu Kenkyū 12, 55-69. 248 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4700 SD T 27.1 8 4701 SD T 27.1 9 4732 SD T 27.12 1 4733 SD T 27.12 2 784 SD T 27.12 3 1562 SD T 27.12 4 4734 SD T 27.13 1 4743 SD T 27.13 10 4744 SD T 27.13 11 4745 SD T 27.13 12 4746 SD T 27.13 14 74 SD T 27.13 15 76 SD T 27.13 16 Kawasaki, Shinjō (1977): Chibetto Bukkyō ni okeru Jōbutsu no Rikai - Butsuden Jūnisō o megutte [Attainment of Buddhahood in Tibetan Buddhism - on "mdzad pa bcu gñis"]. In: Hotoke no Kenkyū - Festschrift dedicated to Dr. Kōshirō Tamaki. Tōkyō: Shunjū-sha, 269-284. Matsumoto, Shirō (1981): Chibetto no Bukkyōgaku ni tsuite [Über tibetische Buddhismuskunde]. Tōyō Gakujutsu Kenkyū 20, 137-155. Tachibana, Kōzen (1968): A Study of the Great Compassion and Moral Precepts of Atīśa [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Indian and Buddhist Studies] 16/2, 799-805. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1982): Kadamu-ha no tenseki to kyōgi [Werke und Lehre der bKa' gdams pa - Schule]. Tōyō Gakuhō 21/2, 68-80. Eimer, Helmut (1989): Nag tsho Tshul khrims rgyal ba's Bstod pa brgyad cu pa in Its Extant Version. Bulletin of Tibetology N.S. 1, 21-38. Eimer, Helmut (1998): The Sources for Sarat Chandra Das' Life of Atiśa (Dīpaṃkaraśrījñāna). ZAS 28, 7-11. Ruegg, David Seyfort (1966): On the dGe lugs pa Theory of the tathāgatagarbha. In: Pratidānam - Indian, Iranian and Indo-European Studies presented to Franciscus Bernardus Jacobus Kuiper on his Sixtieth Birthday. Mouton, The Hague, 500-509. De Jong, J. W. (1987): Review: Robert A. F. Thurman, Tsong Khapa's Speech of Gold in the Essence of True Eloquence. Reason and Enlightenment in the Central Philosophy of Tibet. Princeton N.J. Princeton University Press, 1984. Indo-Iranian Journal 30, 152-157. Kapstein, Matthew (1986): Review: Jeffrey Hopkins, Meditation on Emptiness. Assistent Editor, Elizabeth Napper. London: Wisdom Publications, 1983. Philosophy East and West 36/1, 68-71. Siklós, B. (1987): Review: Robert A. F. Thurman, Tsong Khapa's Speech of Gold in the Essence of True Eloquence: Reason and Enlightenment in the Central Philosophy of Tibet. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press, 1984. Journal of Indian Philosophy 15/1, 109-110. Williams, Paul (1986): Tsong khapa's Speech of Gold. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 49/2, 299-303. Odani, Nobuchiyo (1989): Lam rim chen mo (shi no shō) no wayaku (2). [Japanische Übersetzung des Lam rim chen mo (śamatha-Kapitel) (2)]. Bukkyōgaku Seminar 49, 20-44. De Jong, J. W. (1993): The career of the bodhisattva in the Lam rim chen mo. In: Chi no Kaigō - Bukkyō to Kagaku [Encounter of Wisdom Between Buddhism and Science]. Essays in Honour of Prof. Keishō Tsukamoto on His 249 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 77 SD T 27.13 17 79 SD T 27.13 18 81 SD T 27.13 19 4735 SD T 27.13 2 4736 SD T 27.13 3 4737 SD T 27.13 4 4738 SD T 27.13 5 4739 SD T 27.13 6 4740 SD T 27.13 7 4741 SD T 27.13 8 4742 SD T 27.13 9 4750 SD T 27.14 1 4760 SD T 27.14 10 Sixtieth Birthday. Tōkyō, 25-40. De Jong, J.W. (1989): Review: Mark Tatz, Asaṅga's Chapter of Ethics With the Commentary of Tsong-Kha-Pa, The Basic Path to Awakening, The Complete Bodhisattva (Studies in Asian Thought and Religion Vol.4). Lewiston/Queenston, The Edwin Mellen Press, 1986. Indo-Iranian Journal 32, 215-219. Kapstein, Matthew (1989): The purificatory gem and its cleansing: a late Tibetan polemical discussion of apocryphal texts. History of Religions 28/3, 217-244. Sato, Michio (1992): Gelukupa ni okeru Nyoraizō Rikai - sono Sokumenshi teki kōsatsu [Die Interpretation der tathāgatagarbha Theorie bei den dGe lugs pa - Untersuchung ihrer Nebengeschichte]. Report of the Japanese Association for Tibetan Studies 38, 10-17. Lessing, F. D. (1956): The topographical identification of Peking with Yamāntaka. Central Asiatic Journal 2/1, 140141. Chandra, Lokesh (1972): The life and works of Ḥjam-dbyaṅs-bzhad-pa. Central Asiatic Journal 7, 264-269. Kawasaki, Shinjō (1971): Review: F. D. Lessing and A. Wayman, Kyōcho ke to pu je. Bukkyō Tantora Gaisetsu [Mkhas grub rje's Fundamentals of Buddhist Tantras]. Tōyō Gakuhō 54/3, 124-127. Ruegg, David Seyfort (1969): Bibliographie: H. V. Guenther, Tibetan Buddhism without Mystification: The Buddhist Way from Original Tibetan Sources. Leiden, E. J. Brill, 1966. T'oung Pao 55/1-3, 220-226. Tshul khrims skal bzaṅ (1978): The Draṅ ṅes legs bśad sñiṅ po of Tsoṅ kha pa [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 26/2, 1016-1013. Guenther, H. V. (1972): Review: Ferdinand D. Lessing and Alex Wayman (tr.), Mkhas grub rje's Fundamentals of the Buddhist Tantras. Rgyud sde spyiḥi rnam par gźag pa rgyas par brjod. With original text and annotation (= IndoIranian Monographs VIII). The Hague, Mouton, 1968. Indo-Iranian Journal 13, 53-60. Jackson, David P. (1986): The Old Ganden Editions. The Earliest Printings of Tsongkhapa's Works. Tibetan Review 21/3, 11-13. Kritzer, Robert (1981): Review: Alex Wayman (tr.), Calming the Mind and Discerning the Real: Buddhist Meditation and the Middle View. From the Lam rin chen mo of Tsoṅ-kha-pa. New York: Columbia University Press, 1978. Philosophy East and West 31/3, 380-382. Hoffmann, Helmut (1940): Zur Literatur der Bon-po. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 94/2, 169-188. Francke, A. H. (ed. and tr.) (1949-1950): : [Part VII and VIII:] gZer-myig, A Book of the Tibetan Bonpos. Asia 250 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4761 SD T 27.14 11 4762 SD T 27.14 12 4763 SD T 27.14 13 4764 SD T 27.14 14 261 SD T 27.14 15 262 SD T 27.14 16 263 SD T 27.14 17 4751 SD T 27.14 2 4752 SD T 27.14 2 4753 SD T 27.14 3 4754 4756 SD T 27.14 4 SD T 27.14 5 4755 SD T 27.14 6 4757 SD T 27.14 7 4758 SD T 27.14 8 Major N.S. 1/1, 163-188. Lalou, Marcelle (1933): Les "Cent mille nāga". In: Festschrift Moriz Winternitz 1863- 23. Dezember -1933. Hrsg. von Otto Stein, Wilhelm Gampert. Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz, 79-81. Schubert, Johannes (1953): Besprechung: Helmut Hoffmann (hrsg. u. übers.), Quellen zur Geschichte der tibetischen Bon-Religion. Mainz: Verl. d. Akademie der Wissensch. u. d. Literatur; in Komm. b. Franz Steiner Verl., Wiesbaden, 1950. Theologische Literaturzeitung 6, Spalten 329-331. Stein, R. A. (1970): Un document ancien relatif aux rites funéraires des Bon-po tibétains. Journal Asiatique 257, 155185. De Jong, J. W. (1973): Review: Samten G. Karmay (ed. and tr.), The treasury of good sayings: a Tibetan history of bon. (School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. London Oriental Series 26). London etc.: Oxford University Press, 1972. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 36, 488-489. Kvaerne, Per (1989): Śākyamuni in the Bon Religion. Temenos 25, 33-40. Stein, R. A. (1988): Tibetica Antiqua V. La religion indigène et les bon-po dans les manuscripts de Touen-houang. BEFEO 77, 28-56. Martin, Dan (1997): Beyond Acceptance and Rejection? The Anti-Bon Polemic Included in the Thirteenth-Century Single Intention (Dgong-gcig Yig-cha) and Its Background in Tibetan Religious History. Journal of Indian Philosophy 25/3, 263-305. Kvaerne, Per (1974): The Canon of the Tibetan Bonpos. Part One. Indo-Iranian Journal 16, 18-56. Kvaerne, Per (1974): The Canon of the Tibetan Bonpos. Part Two: Index of the Canon. Indo-Iranian Journal 16, 96144. Francke, A. H. (ed. and tr.) (1926): gZer-myig, A Book of the Tibetan Bonpos. Tibetan text according to the Berlinmanuscript. Asia Major 3, 321-339. Wylie, Turrell (1963): 'O-lde-spu-rgyal and the introduction of Bon to Tibet. Central Asiatic Journal 8, 93-103. Hoffmann, Helmut H. R. (1969): An account of the Bon religion in Gilgit. Central Asiatic Journal 13, 137-145. Karmay, Samten G. (1975): A gZer-mig version of the interview between Confucius and Phyva Keṅ-tse lan-med. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 38, 562-579. Stein, R. A. (1971): Du récit au rituel dans les manuscrits tibétains de Touen-houang. Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou, Paris, 479-547. Stein, R. A. (1970): Un document ancien relatif aux rites funéraires des bon-po tibétains. Journal Asiatique 257, 155251 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4759 SD T 27.14 9 4747 SD T 27.15 1 4748 SD T 27.16 1 4749 SD T 27.16 2 932 SD T 27.16 3 4710 SD T 27.2 1 286 SD T 27.2 10 287 SD T 27.2 11 1287 SD T 27.2 12 1475 SD T 27.2 13 1524 SD T 27.2 14 1525 SD T 27.2 15 185. Kvaerne, Per (1970): Remarques sur l'administration d'un monastère bon-po. Journal Asiatique 257, 187-192 (avec 2 tableaux). Waddell, L. A. (Aug.1894): Demonolatry in Sikhim Lamaism. The Indian Antiquary 23, 197-215. Ruegg, D. S. (1963): The Jo naṅ pas: A School of Buddhist Ontologists According to the Grub mtha' šel gyi me loṅ. Journal of the American Oriental Society 83/1, 73-91. Smith, E. Gene (1983): Newly available sources for the history and doctrines of the Jo-naṅ-pa school of Tibetan Buddhism and the gźan stoṅ approach to Madhyamika philosophy. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 7 pages (typescript). Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1982): Chonanpa no nyoraizō setsu to sono hihansetsu. Bukkyō kyōri no kenkyū. Tamura Yoshirō hakushi kanreki kinen ronshū. Tōkyō: Shunjūsha, 585-605. De Jong, J. W. (1955): Fonds Pelliot Tibétain Nos 610 et 611. Studies in Indology and Buddhology. Presented in Honour of Professor Susumu Yamaguchi on the Occasion of his Sixtieth Birthday. Kyoto: Hozokan, 59-67. Eimer, Helmut (1997-1998): Three Leaves From a Tibetan Dhāraṇī Collection. Indologica Taurinensia 23-24, 423437. Pagel, Ulrich (1999): Three Bodhisattvapiṭaka Fragments from Tabo: Observations on a West Tibetan Manuscript Tradition. JIABS 22/1, 165-210. Tropper, Kurt (2004): Review: Helmut Eimer, David Germano (ed.), Henk Blazer (managing ed.), The Many Canons of Tibetan Buddhismus. PIATS 2000: Tibetan Studies: Proceedings of the Ninth Seminar of the International Association for Tibetan Studies, Leiden 2000. Brill's Tibetan Studies Library 2/10. CAJ 48/1, 151-156. Eimer, Helmut (2002): Introductory Remarks (Kanjur and Tanjur Studies: Present State and Future Tasks). The Many Canons of Tibetan Buddhism. PIATS: Proceedings of the Ninth Seminar of the International Association for Tibetan Studies, Leiden 2000. Brill's Tibetan Studies Library 2/10. Ed. by Henk Blezer [u.a.], Brill, Leiden/Boston/Köln, 1-12. Eimer, Helmut (2002): On the Structure of the Tibetan Kanjur. The Many Canons of Tibetan Buddhism. PIATS: Proceedings of the Ninth Seminar of the International Association for Tibetan Studies, Leiden 2000. Brill's Tibetan Studies Library 2/10. Ed. by Henk Blezer [u.a.], Brill, Leiden/Boston/Köln, 57-72. Eimer, Helmut (2002): Notes on the Mustang Tanjur, with Appendix: The Mustang Tanjur Dkar chag in the Myu gu 252 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1526 SD T 27.2 16 1527 SD T 27.2 17 1530 SD T 27.2 18 1531 SD T 27.2 19 4711 SD T 27.2 2 1532 SD T 27.2 20 1533 SD T 27.2 21 1534 SD T 27.2 22 1535 SD T 27.2 23 1551 SD T 27.2 24 1560 SD T 27.2 25 1561 SD T 27.2 26 Manuscript. The Many Canons of Tibetan Buddhism. PIATS: Proceedings of the Ninth Seminar of the International Association for Tibetan Studies, Leiden 2000. Brill's Tibetan Studies Library 2/10. Ed. by Henk Blezer [u.a.], Brill, Leiden/Boston/Köln, 73-128. Eimer, Helmut (1986): Hevajratantra II:V:1-2 and the History of the Tibetan Kanjur. BIS 1986/2, 3-12 Eimer, Helmut (1988): The Position of the 'Jaṅ Sa tham/ Lithang Edition within the Tradition of the Tibetan Kanjur. Indology and Indo-Tibetology. Thirty Years of Indian and Indo-Tibetan Studies in Bonn (Indica et Tibetica 13). Ed. by Helmut Eimer, Indica et Tibetica Verlag, Bonn, 43-52. Eimer, Helmut (1981): Zur Anordnung der Abteilungen in der Londoner Handschrift des tibetischen Kanjur. ZAS 15, 537-548. Eimer, Helmut (1995): Zwei in Tsaparang gefundene Fragmente aus dem tibetischen Vinaya. ZAS 25, 7-27. Chandra, Lokesh (1959): Transcription of the Introductory Part of the Urga Edition of the Tibetan Kanjur. IndoIranian Journal 3, 192-203. Eimer, Helmut (1987): Zur Reihenfolge der Texte in der Abteilung Vinaya des tibetischen Kanjur. ZAS 20, 219-227. Eimer, Helmut (1983): Some Results of Recent Kanjur Research. Archiv für Zentralasiatische Geschichtsforschung 1, 7-25. Eimer, Helmut (1984): Zur Stellung des Narthang-Druckes in der Überlieferung des tibetischen Kanjur. Tibetan and Buddhist Studies. Commemorating the 200th anniversary of the birth of Alexander Csoma de Körös. Bibliotheca Orientalis Hungarica 19/1. Ed. by Louis Ligeti. Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest, 199-205. Eimer, Helmut (1988): Two Versions of a Volume Within the Lhasa Kanjur. Tibetan Studies: Proceedings of the 4th Seminar of the International Association for Tibetan Studies, Schloss Hohenkammer - Munich 1985. (Studia Tibetica. Quellen und Studien zur tibetischen Lexikographie, Band II). Ed. by Helga Uebach, Jampa L. Panglung, Kommission für Zentralasiatische Studien, Bayrische Akademie der Wissenschaften, München, 149-156. Herrmann-Pfandt, Adelheid (1997): Review: Ernst Steinkellner, Sudhana's Miraculous Journey in the Temple of Ta pho: The inscriptional text of the Tibetan Gaṇḍavyūhasūtra edited with introductory remarks. Roma, 1995 (Serie Orientale Roma, LXXVI.). CAJ 41/2, 293-295. Eimer, Helmut (1998): Zur Einordnung zweier Handschriften des tibetischen Pravrajyāvastu aus Mustang in die kanonische Überlieferung. ZAS 28, 12-30. Eimer, Helmut (1998): The dKar chag to the "Supplementary" (kha skoṅ) Volume added to the Narthang Kanjur. Sūryacandrāya. Essays in honour of Akira Yuyama on the occasion of his 65th birthday (Indica et Tibetica 35). Ed. 253 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1583 SD T 27.2 27 1584 SD T 27.2 28 1607 4712 4713 4714 SD T 27.2 29 SD T 27.2 3 SD T 27.2 4 SD T 27.2 5 4715 SD T 27.2 6 4716 SD T 27.2 7 4717 SD T 27.2 8 4718 SD T 27.2 9 4719 SD T 27.3 1 4720 SD T 27.4 1 4721 SD T 27.4 2 4722 SD T 27.4 3 4723 SD T 27.4 4 4724 SD T 27.4 5 1293 SD T 27.4 6 by Paul Harrison and Gregory Schopen. Indica et Tibetica Verlag, Swisttal-Odendorf, 23-32. Samten Shastri, Jampa (1987): Origins of the Tibetan Canon with Special Reference to the Tshal-Pa Kanjur (13471349). Buddhism and Science, Seoul, 763-781. Scherrer-Schaub, Cristina (2000): Tibetan Manuscripts Around the First Millenium. A New Chapter in the Buddhist Text Transmission. Journal of the International College for Advanced Buddhist Studies 3, 109-132. Tsering, Tashi (2002): Kantanjur and Tibetan Information Technology. IIAS Newsletter 27, 41. Chandra, Lokesh (1959): A newly discovered Urga Edition of the Tibetan Kanjur. Indo-Iranian Journal 3, 175-191. Lalou, Marcelle (1961): Sūtra du Bodhisattva "Roi de la loi". Journal Asiatique 249/3, 1-12 (avec 4 photos). Badaraev, B. D. (1968): Notes on a list of the various editions of the Kanjur. Acta Orientalia Hung. 21, 339-351. Tokuoka, Ryōei (1967): The Comparison of the Lha-sa Edition with the Sde-dge and Peking Editions. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 15/2, 940-926 (55-69). Yoshimura, Shyūki (1958): Shoki Chibetto Bukkyō ni okeru honyakukeisei [Translations in Early Tibetan Buddhsim]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal od Indian and Buddhist Studies] 6/2, 505-508. Eimer, Helmut (1984): Zur Stellung des Narthang-Druckes in der Überlieferung des tibetischen Kanjur. Bibliotheca Orientalis Hungarica 39/1, 199-205. Eimer, Helmut (1987): The Buddha's Words in Tibet. Notes on the History of the Kanjur. Jagajjyoti - Buddha Jayanti Annual May 1987, 1-5. Nakamura, Hajime (1958): The Tibetan Text of the Madhyamaka-hr̥daya-vr̥tti-tarkajvālā (dbu-maḥi sñiṅ-poḥi ḥgrelpa rtog-ge ḥbar-ba) corresponding to Prof. Gokhale's translation. IIJ 2, 181-190. Karmay, Samten G. (1975): A discussion on the doctrinal position of rDzogs-chen from the 10th to the 13th centuries. Journal Asiatique 263, 147-156. Lipman, Kennard (1980): Nītārtha, neyārtha, and tathāgatagarbha in Tibet. Journal of Indian Philosophy 8, 87-95. Eastman, K. W. (1983): Mahāyoga Texts at Tun-huang. Bulletin of the Institute of Buddhist Cultural Studies 22, 4360. Broido, Michael M. (1983): A note on dgos-'brel. Journal of the Tibet Society 3, 5-19. Smith, Gene (1973): Dkar čhag gsum. Bka' ma: According to the Brag-thog Dkar čhag; Rin čhen gter mjod: Mchurphu redaction; Rñiṅ ma'i rgyud 'bum: Sde-dge redaction. 2; 5; 4 pages (typescript). O'Donovan, Siofra (2004): The Great Perfection of Non-Sectarianism: rDzogs chen in the Bon and Buddhist Traditions of Tibet. The Tibet Journal 29/1, 56-84. 254 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 439 SD T 27.5 1 4725 SD T 27.6 1 4726 SD T 27.6 2 4727 SD T 27.6 3 1072 SD T 27.6 4 1541 SD T 27.6 5 4728 SD T 27.7 1 4729 SD T 27.7 2 4730 SD T 27.7 3 4731 SD T 27.7 4 460 SD T 27.7 5 4765 SD T 28.1 1 4766 SD T 28.1 2 4767 SD T 28.1 3 Orofino, Giacomella (1987): Contributo allo studio dell' insegnamento di Ma gcig Lab sgron. Supplemento n. 53 agli Annali vol. 47, fasc.4. Istituto Universitario Orientale, Napoli, 1-87. Tachikawa, Musashi (1974): A Note on the Path-Effect Doctrine of the Sa skya pa. Report of the Japanese Association for Tibetan Studies 20, 1-8. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W.J. (1985): Some Recently Recovered Sa-skya-pa Texts. A Preliminary Report. Journal of the Nepal Reasearch Centre 7, 87-94. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W.J. (1985): On the Authorship of the Gzhung-lugs legs-par bshad-pa attributed to Sa-skya Paṇḍita. Journal of the Nepal Research Centre 7, 75-86. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. (1990): David P. Jackson, The Entrance Gate for the Wise (Section III) - Sa-skya Paṇýita on Indian and Tibetan Traditions of Pramāṇa and Philosophical Debate. Indo-Iranian Journal 33/3, 214-221. Mayer, Robert (1997): Review Article: The Sa-skya Paṇḍita, the White Panacea, and Clerical Buddhism's Current Credibility Crisis (David Jackson, Enlightenment by a Single Means: Tibetan Controversies on the "Self-Sufficient White Remedy" - dkar po chig thub. Vienna, 1994). The Tibet Journal 22/3, 79-105. Ruegg, David Seyfort (1962): A propos of a recent contribution to Tibetan and Buddhist studies. Journal of the American Oriental Society 82/3, 320-331. Guenther, Herbert V. (1955): Dvags po lha rje's "Ornament of Liberation". Journal of the American Oriental Society 75, 90-96. Li, An-che (1949); The Bkah-brgyud Sect of Lamaism. Journal of the American Oriental Society 69, 51-59. Kodama, Daien (1967): Kangyu-pa (Bkaḥ-brgyud-pa) ni tsuite [Some Characteristics of the Bkaḥ-brgyud-pa]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 15/2, 628-629. Mette, Adelheid (1998): Die Schule des Yogin. Religionswissenschaftliche Studien 47. "Geglaubt habe ich, deshalb habe ich geredet". Festschrift für Andreas Bsteh zum 65. Geburtstag. Hrsg. von A.Th. Khoury, G. Vanoni. Echter Verlag, Würzburg/Oros Verlag, Altenberge, 251-263. Obermiller, Eugène (1934): Nirvāṇa according to the Tibetan Tradition. IHQ 10/2, 211-257. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1985): Purport, implicature and presupposition: Sanskrit abhiprāya and Tibetan dgoṅs pa/dgoṅs gži as hermeneutical concepts. JIP 13, 309-325. Katz, Nathan (1984): Prasaṅga and deconstruction: Tibetan hermeneutics and the yāna controversy. Philosophy East and West 34/2, 185-204. 255 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4768 SD T 28.1 4 391 SD T 28.1 5 393 SD T 28.1 6 395 SD T 28.1 7 4769 SD T 28.2 1 440 SD T 28.2 10 441 SD T 28.2 11 442 SD T 28.2 12 443 SD T 28.2 13 4771 SD T 28.2 2 4770 SD T 28.2 2a 4772 SD T 28.2 3 4773 SD T 28.2 4 Kapstein, Matthew (1988): Mi-pham's Theory of Interpretation. Buddhist Hermeneutics. Studies in East Asian Buddhism 6. Ed. by Donald S. Lopez. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 149-174. Ruegg, David Seyfort (1988): An Indian Source for the Tibetan Hermeneutical Term dgoṅs gźi 'Intentional Ground'. JIP 16, 1-4. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1989): La Pensée Tibétaine. In: Encyclopédie philosophique universelle, publiée sous la direction d'André Jacob. Volume I: L'Univers philosophique. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 1586-1591. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1989): La Pensée Tibétaine. Encyclopédie philosophique universelle, publiée sous la direction d'André Jacob. Volume 1: L`Univers philosophique. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 1586-1591. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1963): The Jo naṅ pas: A School of Buddhist Ontologists According to the Grub mtha' šel gyi me loṅ. Journal of the American Oriental Society 83/1, 73-91. Mimaki, Katsumi (1978): Mi pham no "chi shingui shū" chū [Eine Anmerkung zu Mi pham's Jñānasārasamuccaya]. IBK 27/1, 194-195. Bagchi, P.C. (1947): Chang so che lu (Jñeya-prakāśa-śāstra). An Abhidharma work of Sāskya-Paṇḍita of Tibet. SinoIndian Studies 2, 136-156. Mimaki, Katsumi (1992): Annotated translation of the chapter on the Yogācāra of the Blo gsal grub mtha' - part one. Memoirs of the Faculty of Letters 31, Kyoto University, 1-49. Mimaki, Katsumi (1990): dBus pa blo gsal no "Shin Kyu Goi Shu" (brDa gsar rñiṅ gi rnam par dbye ba) Kōtei bon Shokō. [The brDa gsar rñiṅ gi rnam par dbye ba of dBus pa blo gsal - a first attempt at a critical edition.] Asian Languages and General Linguistics. Festschrift for Prof. Tatsuo Nishida on the occasion of his 60th Birthday. Tokyo, 17-54. Mimaki, Katsumi (1980): Le chapitre du Blo gsal grub mtha' sur les Sautrāntika. Un essai de traduction. Zinbun: Memoirs of the Research Institute for Humanistic Studies. Kyoto University 16, 143-172. Mimaki, Katsumi (1979): Le chapitre du Blo gsal grub mtha' sur les Sautrāntika. Présentation et édition. Zinbun 15, 175-210. Mimaki, Katsumi (1977): Le Grub mtha' rnam bźag rin chen phreṅ ba de dKon mchog 'jigs med dbaṅ po (17281791). Texte tibétain édité, avec une introduction. Zinbun: Memoirs of the Research Institute for Humanistic Studies. Kyoto University 14, 55-112. Harada, Satoru (1980): The Philosophy of Mahāyāna Buddhism as seen in the Tibetan Manuscripts from Tun-huang (2) [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/1, 393-389 (90-94). 256 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4774 SD T 28.2 5 4775 SD T 28.2 6 4776 SD T 28.2 7 4777 SD T 28.2 8 4778 SD T 28.2 9 4779 SD T 28.3 1 1566 SD T 28.3 10 479 SD T 28.3 2 480 SD T 28.3 3 481 SD T 28.3 4 482 SD T 28.3 5 483 SD T 28.3 6 455 SD T 28.3 7 Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1981): Autour du lTa ba'i khyad par de Ye šes sde (Version de Touen-houang, Pelliot Tibétain 814). JA 269, 207-229. Mimaki, Katsumi (1983): Dalai Lama nisei no shūgisho - kōtei hon [Le grub mtha' du Dalai Lama Le Second Édition]. Chibetto Bunka no Sōgōteki Kenkyū (58.Jg.), 37-58. Matsumoto, Shirō (1981): On the Mādhyamika Philosophy in lTa baḥi khyad par [jap.]. Journal of Sōtō Sect Research Fellows [Sōtōshū Kenkyūin Kenkyūsei Kenkyūkiyō] 13, 93-124. Yoshimura, Shūki (1953): Saiiki bon ni yoru yugagyōchūganha [Yogācāramadhyamaka School in the Texts of Tibet and Si-yü]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 2/1, 237-240. Matsumoto, Shirō (1983): Review: Mimaki Katsumi, "Blo gsal grub mtha'" [jap.]. Tōyō Gakujutsu Kenkyū 22/1, 232-245. Nagao, Gadjin M. (1953): A Synopsis of the Nāgārjuna's Mūlamadhyamakaśāstra, according to the Commentary by Tsoṅ-kha-pa [jap.]. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Studies in Buddhism] 8-9, 121-131. Lindtner, Christian (1997): Review: Felix Erb, Śūnyatāsaptativṛtti. Candrakīrtis Kommentar zu den "Siebzig Versen über die Leerheit" des Nāgārjuna (Kārikās 1-14), Einleitung, Übersetzung, textkritische Ausgabe des Tibetischen und Indizes. Stuttgart, 1997. Studies in Central & East Asien Religions 10, 81-87. Odani, Nobuchiyo (1988): mChims 'Jam pa'i dbyaṅ no "Kusharonshaku" (Dairokushō kenseikon) no wayaku I [Japanische Übersetzung von mChims 'Jam pa'i dbyaṅ's (Abhidharma)Kośa-Kommentar, 6. Kapitel, Pudgala, I]. Bukkyōgaku Seminar 48, 29-47. Dargyay, Lobsang (1990): What is non-existent and what is remanent in Śūnyatā. JIP 18, 81-91. Yoshimizu, Chizuko (1993): Raṅ gi mtshan ñid kyis grub pa ni tsuite II (On raṅ gi mtshan ñid kyis grub pa II). Indogaku Mikkyōgaku Kenkyū, Essays in Honour of Dr. Yūshō Miyasaka on his 70th Birthday. Kyoto: Hōzōkan, 971-990. Yoshimizu, Chizuko (1993): "Raṅ gi mtshan ñid kyis grub pa ni tsuite II" [On raṅ gi mtshan ñid kyis grub pa II]. In: Essays in Honour of Dr. Yūshō Miyasaka on his Seventhieth Birthday, Kyoto. Yoshimizu, Chizuko (1993): On raṅ gi mtshan ñid kyis grub pa III. Introduction and Section I. Journal of the Naritasan Institute for Buddhist Studies 16, 91-147. Yoshimizu, Chizuko (1991): Hotoke ni okeru shinjitsu to Jijitsu wo Shiru Shutai - Tsoṅ ka pa ni yoru Nyojitsuchi to Nyoryōchi [Buddha´s Knowledge of Reality and Facts - ji lta ba mkhyen pa'i ye śes and ji sñed pa mkhyen pa'i ye śes according to Tsoṅ kha pa -]. In: Ātmajñāna - Doctor Sengaku Maeda Felicitation Volume. Tokyo, 237-247. 257 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 484 SD T 28.3 8 485 SD T 28.3 9 1171 SD T 28.4 1 805 SD T 28.4 72 806 SD T 28.4 73 598 SD T 28.5 1 600 SD T 28.5 2 603 SD T 28.5 3 605 SD T 28.5 4 608 SD T 28.5 5 1539 SD T 28.5 6 4780 SD T 28.6 1 864 SD T 28.6 10 Odani, Nobuchiyo (1992): mChims 'Jam pa'i dbyaṅ no "Kusharonshaku" (Dairokushō kenseikon) no wayaku II [Japanische Übersetzung von mChims 'Jam pa'i dbyaṅ's (Abhidharma)Kośa-Kommentar, 6. Kapitel, Pudgala, II]. Bukkyōgaku Seminar 55, 15-32. Sato, Michio (1993): Tāranātha no Chūgan-tetsugaku - "Takū Shinzui" Wayaku [Tāranāthas Madhyamaka Philosophie - Japanische Übersetzung des gŹan stoṅ sñiṅ po]. Indogaku Mikkyōgaku Kenkyū, Essays in Honour of Dr. Yūshō Miyasaka on his 70th Birthday. Kyoto: Hozokan, 991-1012. Lalou, Marcelle (1929): La Version Tibétaine des Prajñāpāramitā. JA 215, 87-102. Hakamaya, Noriaki (1976): Yuishiki no gakukei ni kansuru chibetto senjutsu bunken [Tibetische Sammelwerke mit Bezug auf die Gruppierungen der Vijñāna-Schule]. Komazawa Daigaku Bukkyōgakubu Ronshū 7, 256-232 (1-25). Hakamaya, Noriaki (1982): Chibetto ni okeru Yuishiki-shisō Kenkyū no mondai [Probleme der Erfassung des idealistischen Denkens in Tibet]. Tōyō Gakujitsu Kenkyū 21, 143-160. Ogawa, Ichijo (1985): Ālaya Shiki Fuyō Ron Tsoṅ kha pa no Metsu Songai Ron [Comments on the Theory of Ālayavijñāna by Tsoṅ kha pa]. Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 295-307. Steinkellner, Ernst (1989): Who is Byaṅ chub rdzu 'phrul ? Tibetan and non-Tibetan Commentaries on the Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra - A survey of the literature. Berliner Indologische Studien 4/5, 229-251. Nagao, Gadjin M. (1953): Tibet ni nokoreru yuishikigaku [Idealistic School of Buddhism (Vijñāna-vāda) preserved in Tibet]. IBK 2/1, 75-84. Inaba, Shōju (1944): Enjikisen Gejinmikkyōsho no chibettoyaku ni tsuite [Über die tibetische Übersetzung von Yüan-tsê's Kommentar zum Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra]. Ōtani Gakuhō 25/1-2, 50-65. Hopkins, Jeffrey (1992): A Tibetan Contribution on the Question of Mind-Only in the Early Yogic Practice School. JIP 20/3, 275-343. De Jong, J. W. (1995): Review: Gareth Sparham, Ocean of Eloquence. Tsong kha pa's Commentary on the Yogācāra Doctrine of Mind. Introduced and Translated in collaboration with Shotaro Iida. Albany, State University of New York Press, 1993. IIJ 38, 299-302. Tillemans, Tom (1982): The "neither one nor many" argument for śūnyatā, and its Tibetan interpretations: Background information and source materials. Études de Lettres (Faculté des Lettres de l'Université de Lausanne) 3, 103-128. Cabezón, José Ignacio (1988): The Prasaṅgikas' view on logic: Tibetan dGe lugs pa exegesis on the question of 258 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 865 SD T 28.6 11 866 SD T 28.6 12 867 SD T 28.6 13 868 SD T 28.6 14 869 SD T 28.6 15 870 SD T 28.6 16 871 SD T 28.6 17 873 SD T 28.6 18 875 SD T 28.6 19 4781 SD T 28.6 2 896 SD T 28.6 20 897 SD T 28.6 21 svatantras. Journal of Indian Philosophy 16/3, 217-224. Tauscher, Helmut (1989): On parabhāva and paramārtha (parabhāvaśūnyatā as explained in dGoṅs pa rab gsal). Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens 33, 183-201. Tauscher, Helmut (1990): Saṃvṛti bei Tsoṅ kha pa. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens 34, 227-254. Yoshimizu, Chizuko (1990): 1) Tsoṅ kha pa no Nyūchūron Chūshaku ni okeru Nitai wo meguru Girion. I. Sezokutai wo meguru Giron [Tsoṅ kha pa's Interpretation of the two truths in the dGoṅs pa rab gsal. I. On saṃvṛtisatya] & 2) English summary. Journal of the Naritasan Institute for Buddhist Studies 13, 105-149 & summary 14 pages (typescript). Shirō, Matsumoto (1990): The Mādhyamika Philosophy of Tsong-kha-pa. Memoirs of the Research Dept. of the Toyo Bunko, 48, 17-47 Tauscher, Helmut (1991): Saṃvṛti bei Tsoṅ Kha Pa. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens 35, 169-202 Yoshimizu, Chizuko (1992): On raṅ gi mtshan ñid Kyis grub pa (1). Journal of Naritasan Institute for Buddhist Studies [NBKK] 15, 609-656. Yoshimizu, Chizuko (1991): Tsoṅ ka pa no Nyūchūron Chūshaku ni okeru Nitai wo meguru Giron. II. Shōgitai wo meguru Giron [Tsoṅ kha pa`s Interpretation of the two truths in the dGoṅs pa rab gsal. II. On paramārthasatya]. Essays in Honor of Dr. Shōren Ihara on his 70th Birthday, Fukuoka, 135-152. Tillemans, Tom J.F. (1984): Two Tibetan texts on the "neither one nor many" argument for śūnyatā. Journal of Indian Philosophy 12, 357-388. Yoshimizu, Chizuko (1992): The Distinction between Right and Wrong in the Conventional (kun rdzob, saṃvṛti) According to Tsong kha pa and mKhas grub rje. Tibetan Studies. Proceedings of the 5th Seminar of the International Association of Tibetan Studies. Narita 1989. Ed. by Shōren Ihara, Zuihō Yamaguchi. Naritasan Shinshoji, Narita, 1992, 335-340. Williams, Paul (1983): A note on some aspects of Mi bskyod rdo rje's critique of Dge lugs pa Madhyamaka. JIP 11, 125-145. Tauscher, Helmut (1992): Controversies in Tibetan Madhyamaka Exegisis: sTag tshaṅ Lotsāba`s Critique of Tsoṅ kha pa's Assertion of Validly Established Phenomena. Asiatische Studien/Études Asiatiques 46/1, 411-436. Yoshimizu, Chizuko (1991): Geluk-ha yori Mita 'Ayamatta Chūgan-setsu' no Ninaite-tachi [Vertreter der 'fehlerhaften Mādhyamika-Lehre' vom Gesichtspunkt der dGe lugs pa]. Journal of the Naritasan Institute for Buddhist Studies 14, 151-181. 259 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 898 SD T 28.6 22 899 SD T 28.6 23 1262 SD T 28.6 24 1357 SD T 28.6 25 1378 SD T 28.6 26 1687 SD T 28.6 27 4782 SD T 28.6 3 4783 SD T 28.6 4 4784 SD T 28.6 5 4785 SD T 28.6 6 4786 SD T 28.6 7 Dargyay, Lobsang (1990): What is non-existent and what is remanent in Śūnyatā. Journal of Indian Philosophy 18, 81-91. Yoshimizu, Chizuko (1994): On raṅ gi mtshan ñid kyis grub pa III, section II and III. JNIBS 17, 295-354. Moriyama, Seitetsu (2001): Phya pa chos kyi seṅ ge no nitai setsu - dBu ma śar gsum gyi stoṅ thuṅ wayaku kenkyū (1) [Die Zweiwahrheitstheorie von Phya pa chos kyi seṅ ge: Japanische Übersetzung von dBu ma śar gsum gyi stoṅ thuṅ (1)]. In: Bukkyōgaku Jōdogaku Kenkyū, Kagawa Takao Hakushi Koki Kinen Ronshū [Essays in Honor of Dr. Takao Kagawa on his 70th Birthday]. Kyoto, 185-201. De Jong, J. W. (1995): Review: José Ignacio Cabezón, A Dose of Emptiness. An Annotated Translation of the sTong thun chen mo of mKhas grub dGe legs dpal bzang. Albany, State University of New York Press, 1992. Indo-Iranian Journal 38, 285-288. Fehér, Judit (2004): Review Article: The Process of Analytical Reasoning according to Tsong-kha-pa (K. Yotsuya, The Critique of Svatantra Reasoning by Candrakīrti and Tsong-kha-pa. A Study of Philosophical Proof according to Two Prāsaṅgika Madhyamaka Traditions of India and Tibet. Tibetan and Indo-Tibetan Studies 8, Stuttgart 1999). Acta Orientalia Hung. 57/4, 475-485. Lindtner, Christian (1998): Review: Chizuko Yoshimizu, Die Erkenntnislehre des Prāsaṅgika-Madhyamaka, nach dem Tshig gsal stoṅ thun gyi tshad ma'i rnam bśad des 'Jam dbyaṅs bźad pa'i rdo rje. Einleitung, Textanalyse, Übersetzung (WSTB 37).Vienna 1996. Buddhist Studies Review 15/1, 116-121. Tachikawa, Musashi (1973): Chibetto shiryō ni mirareru Chūgan-Purāsangika-ha no keitu. Ajiabunka (Cultura Asiatica) 10/1, 66-74. Huntington, C. W. Jr. (1983): A "nonreferential" view of language and conceptual thought in the work of Tsoṅ-Khapa. Philosophy East and West 33/4, 325-339. Matsumoto, Shirō (1981): Tsoṅ kha pa no chūkan shisō ni tsuite [On the Mādhyamika Philosophy of Tsoṅ kha pa]. Tōyō Gakuhō 62/3-4, 174-211. Matsumoto, Shirō (1982): Chibetto no chūgan-shisō - toku-ni "rihen chūgan"- setsu o chūshin ni shite [Tibetische Madhyamaka-Philosophie - mit Betonung der Lehre von "Madhyamaka ohne die Extreme (mtha' bral dbu ma)"]. Tōyō Gakujutsu Kenkyū 21/2, 161-178. Matsumoto, Shirō (1984): Tsoṅ kha pa no chūgan-shisō ni kansuru kōsetsu - hitei taikaku no kakunin ni okeru gensetsu-yū no settei ni tsuite [Eine Untersuchung von Tsoṅ kha pa's Mādhyamika Philospophie - Über die Feststellung (bźag pa) des konventionell Seienden (tha sñad yod pa) bei der Verifizierung (ṅos zin pa) des zu Verneinenden (dgag bya)]. Report of the Japanese Association for Tibetan Studies 30, 1-7. 260 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4787 SD T 28.6 8 151 SD T 28.6 9 4796 4797 SD T 28.7 10 SD T 28.7 10 4798 SD T 28.7 11 4799 SD T 28.7 12 4800 SD T 28.7 13 4801 SD T 28.7 14 965 SD T 28.7 15 967 SD T 28.7 16 969 SD T 28.7 17 971 SD T 28.7 18 973 SD T 28.7 19 4788 SD T 28.7 2 Williams, Paul (1985): rMa bya pa byang chub brtson 'grus on Madhyamaka method. Journal of Indian Philosophy 13, 205-225. Broido, Michael M. (1988): Veridical and delusive cognition: Tsong-kha-pa on the two satyas. Journal of Indian Philosophy 16/1, 29-63. Goldberg, Margaret (1985): Entity and antinomy in Tibetan bsdus grwa logic (Part I). JIP 13, 153-199. Goldberg, Margaret (1985): Entity and antinomy in Tibetan bsdus grwa logic (Part II). JIP 13, 273-304. McDermott, A. Charlene (1973): Direct sensory awareness: A Tibetan view and a medieval counterpart. Rgyal-tshab on dbang poḥi mngon sum with Comparative Cross-References to Nicholas of Autrecourt's cognitio clara et evidens. Philosophy East and West 23/3, 343-360. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. (1987): An Early Tibetan View of the Soteriology of Buddhist Epistemology: The Case of 'Bri-gung 'Jig-rten Mgon-po. JIP 15/1, 57-70. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. (1985): Studies in the life and thought of mKhas-grub-rje 1: mKhas-grub-rje's epistemological oeuvre and his philological remarks on Dignāga's Pramāṇasamuccaya 1. Berliner Indologische Studien 1, 75-105. Tshul khrim skal bzaṅ (1986): Tshad ma'i lo rgyus dar ṭīka mdzes rgyan. rtsom pa po ācarya khaṅ dkar tshul khrims skal bzaṅ [A History of Logical Studies in Tibet (in Tibetan)]. Saṃbhāṣā 7, 55-96. Fukuda, Yōichi (1989): Phya pa chos kyi seṅ ge to Sa skya paṇḍita ni okeru taishō settei no riron [Theorie der Etablierung der Gegenstände bei Phya pa chos kyi seṅ ge und Sa skya paṇḍita]. Tōhōgaku 78, 140-127. Fukuda, Yōichi (1989): Haaku taishō to kengen taishō ni tsuite [Über gzuṅ yul und snaṅ yul]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 37/2, 818-814 (207-211). Fukuda, Yōichi (1988): mKhas grub rje no Pramāṇavārttika, chūshaku ni okeru jikoninshiki to tashaninshiki no settei hōshiki ni tsuite. Nihon Chibetto Gakkai Kaihō 34, 8-15. Wakahara, Yūshō (1987): Se ra rje btsun Chos kyi rgyal mthsan no naihenjūron hihan [Se ra rje btsun Chos kyi rgyal mtshan's Kritik der antarvyāpti-Lehre]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 35/2, 869-867. Horváth, Zoltán (1988): The Classification of Valid Logical Reasons in Terms of their own Nature (ṅo-bo). Tibetan Studies. Proceedings of the 4th Seminar of the International Association for Tibetan Studies Schloss Hohenkammer - Munich 1985 ed. by Helga Uebach and Jampa L. Panglung. München: Kommission für Zentralasiatische Studien, Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften (Studia Tibetica II), 203-207. Van der Kuijp, L. W. J. (1979): Tibetan Contributions to the 'Apoha' Theory: The Fourth Chapter of the Tshad-ma 261 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 991 SD T 28.7 20 993 SD T 28.7 21 996 SD T 28.7 22 998 SD T 28.7 23 1000 SD T 28.7 24 1001 SD T 28.7 25 1002 SD T 28.7 26 1007 SD T 28.7 27 1554 SD T 28.7 28 1555 SD T 28.7 29 4789 SD T 28.7 3 1559 SD T 28.7 30 1570 SD T 28.7 31 rigs-pa'i gter. Journal of the American Oriental Society 99/3, 408-422. Onoda, Shunzō (1978): bsDus-grwa no gakushū ni tsuite [Zum bsDus-grwa-Studium]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 27/1, 196-197. Steinkellner, Ernst (1992): Early Tibetan Ideas on the Ascertainment of Validity (nges byed kyi tshad ma). Tibetan Studies, Proceedings of the 5th Seminar of the International Association of Tibetan Studies. Narita 1989. Ed. by Shōren Ihara, Zuihō Yamaguchi. Naritasan Shinshoji, Narita, 1992, 257-273. Horváth, Z. (1987). Review: Leonard W. J. van der Kuijp, Contributions to the Development of Tibetan Buddhist Epistemology. From the eleventh to the thirteenth century. Alt- und Neu-Indische Studien 26, Wiesbaden 1983. IIJ 30, 314-321. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. (1993): Two Mongol Xylographs (Hor Par Ma) of the Tibetan Text of Sa Skya Paṇḍita's Work on Buddhist Logic and Epistemology. JIABS 16/2, 279-298. Tillemans, Tom J. F. (1989): Formal and Semantic Aspects of Tibetan Buddhist Debate Logic. JIP 17/3, 265-297. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W.J. (1994): Fourteenth Century Tibetan Cultural History IV: The Tshad ma'i byung tshul 'chad nyan gyi rgyan: A Tibetan History of Indian Buddhist Pramāṇavāda. Festschrift Klaus Bruhn. Hrsg. von Nalini Balbir, Joachim K. Bautze, Verlag für Orientalistische Fachpublikationen, Reinbek, 375-401. Krasser, Helmut (1997): rNgog lotsāba on the sahopalambhaniyama proof in Dharmakīrti's Pramāṇaviniścaya. In: Aspects of Buddhism, Proceedings of the intern. Seminar on Buddhist Studies 1994. Studia Indologiczne 4, 63-87. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. (1999): Remarks on the "Person of Authority" in the Dga' ldan pa / Dge lugs pa School of Tibetan Buddhism. JAOS 119/4, 646-672. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. (1987): An Early Tibetan View of the Soteriology of Buddhist Epistemology. The Case of 'Brig gung 'Jig rten mGon po. Journal of Indian Philosophy 15/1, 57-70. Jackson, David (1994): The Status of Pramāṇa Doctrine According to Sa skya Paṇḍita and Other Tibetan Masters. Theoretical Discipline or Doctrine of Liberation? The Buddhist Forum 3, 85-129. Onoda, Shunzō (1980): "ldog-chos" ni tsuite [On "ldog-chos"]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/1, 385-382 (98-101). Kimura, Seiji (1998): Chibetto bukkyō ni okeru teigi [Die Definition im tibetischen Buddhismus]. Komazawa Tankidaigaku Bukkyō Ronshū 4, 272-245 (1-28). De Jong, J. W. (1995): Review: Tom J.F. Tillemans, Persons of Authority. The sTon pa tshad ma'i skyes bur sgrub pa'i gtam of A lag sha Ngag dbang bstan dar, A Tibetan Work on the Central Religious Questions in Buddhist 262 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4790 SD T 28.7 4 4791 SD T 28.7 5 4792 SD T 28.7 6 4793 SD T 28.7 7 4794 SD T 28.7 8 4795 SD T 28.7 9 818 1549 SD T 29 1 SD T 29 2 1367 SD T 3 1 4004 4013 SD T 3.1 1 SD T 3.1 10 4014 SD T 3.1 11 4015 SD T 3.1 12 Epistemology (Tibetan and Indo-Tibetan Studies 5). Stuttgart, 1993. IIJ 38, 288-290. Steinkellner, Ernst (1983): Tshad ma'i skyes bu. Meaning and historical significance of the term. In: Contributions on Tibetan and Buddhist Religion and Philosophy. Proceedings of the Csoma de Kőrös Symposium held at VelmVienna, Austria, 13-19 September 1981, vol. 2 (Wiener Studien zur Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde 11). Edited by Ernst Steinkellner and Helmut Tauscher. Wien: Arbeitskreis für tibetische und buddhistische Studien, Universität Wien, 275-284. Onoda, Shunzō (1980): "ldog-pa" ni tsuite [On "ldog-pa"]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 28/2, 654-655. Sierksma, Fokke (1964-1965): Rtsod-pa: The Monachal Disputations in Tibet. IIJ 8, 130-152. Tillemans, Tom J.F. (1984): Notice: On a recent work on Tibetan Buddhist Epistemology: Leonard W.J. van der Kuijp, Contributions to the Development of Tibetan Epistemology. From the eleventh to the thirteenth century. Altund Neu-Indische Studien 26. Wiesbaden, Franz Steiner Verlag, 1983. AS 38/1, 59-66. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W.J. (1985): Miscellanea Apropos of the Philosophy of Mind in Tibet: Mind in Tibetan Buddhism (Review article: Lati Rinbochay/E. Napper, Mind in Tibetan Buddhism, London, 1980). The Tibet Journal 10/1, 32-43. Matilal, Bimal Krishna (1985): Review: Bernard W. J. van der Kuijp, Contributions to the development of Tibetan Buddhist epistemology (from the eleventh to the thirteenth century). Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag, 1983. BSOAS 48, 161-163. Petech, Luciano (1986): Ippolito Desideri S.J., 1684-1733. Indica 23, 101-112. o.A.: 'chi ba las rnam par rgyal ba. o.O., o.J. De Jong, J. W. (1960): Reviews: (1) Geoges de Roerich, Le parler de l'Amdo. (2) Ratnakīrtinibandhāvalī. Ed. A. Thakur. (3) Sgam.po.pa, The jewel Ornament of Liberation. Tr. H. V. Guenther. (4) D. L. Snellgrove, The Hevajra Tantra. (5) Jacques Bacot, Zugiñima, texte et traduction. In: IIJ 4, 194-207. Wilhelm, Friedrich (1962): Ein Beitrag zur tibetischen Lexikographie. Central Asia Journal 7/3, 212-225. Li, Fang-Kuei (o.J.): Tibetan gLo-ba -'dring. In: Studia Seria Bernhard Karlgren dedicata, 55-59. Przyluski, J. and Luce, G. H. (1930-1932): The Number "A Hundred" in Sino-Tibetan. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 6, 667-668. Simon, Walter (1956): Tibetan so and Chinese ya "tooth". Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 18, 512-513. 263 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4016 SD T 3.1 13 4017 SD T 3.1 14 4018 SD T 3.1 15 4019 SD T 3.1 16 4020 SD T 3.1 17 4021 SD T 3.1 18 4022 SD T 3.1 19 4005 4023 SD T 3.1 2 SD T 3.1 20 4024 SD T 3.1 21 4025 SD T 3.1 22 4026 4027 4028 4029 SD T 3.1 23 SD T 3.1 24 SD T 3.1 25 SD T 3.1 26 4031 SD T 3.1 27 4030 SD T 3.1 28 4032 SD T 3.1 29 Simon, Walter (1940-1942): Tibetan daṅ, ciṅ, kyin, yin and 'am. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 10, 954-975. Thomas, F. W. and Giles, J. (1947-1948): A Tibeto-Chinese Word-and-Phrase book. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 12, 753-769. Simon, Walter (1968): Tibetan re in its wider context. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 31, 555562. Simon, Walter (1962): Tibetan par, dpar, spar, and cognate words. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 25, 72-80. Simon, Walter (1957): Tibetan gseb and cognate words. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 20, 523-532. Simon, Walter (1976): The Tibetan particle re. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 30, 117-126. Uray, Géza (1971): À propos du tibétain rgod-g-yuṅ. In: Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou. Paris, 553-556. Hamm, F. R. (1960): Tib. dBus und Yul dBus. Indo-Iranoan Journal 4, 150-153. Wolfenden, Stuart N. (1935): Note on the tribal name Mes (Mech). Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 145-146. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Himalayan Cīna. In: Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou. Paris, pp. 548-552. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1973): On translating the Buddhist Canon (a dictionary of Indo-Tibetan terminology in Tibetan and Mongolian: the Dag yig mkhas pa'i byuṅ gnas of Rol pa'i rdo rje). Studies in Indo-Asian Art and Culture (Acharya RaghuVira Commemoration Volume) 3, 243-260. Walsh, E. H. C. (1945): Tables of References to Tibetan Dictionaries. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 87-89. Uray, Géza (1962): Old Tibetan dra-ma draṅs. Acta Orientalia Hung. 14/2, 219-230. Uray, Géza (1964): The old Tibetan verb bon. Acta Orientalia Hung. 17/3, 323-335. Laufer, Berthold (1916): Loan-words in Tibetan. T'oung pao 17, 404-552. Lalou, Marcelle (1957): Comptes rendus: Mgr. Giraudeau et Père Francis Goré, Dictionnaire français-tibétain. Tibet oriental. Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1956. Journal Asiatique 245, 330-331. Klafkowski, Piotr (1981): Hand and finger measurements in Tibetan. Lacito-Documents Eurasie 6, 167-189. Taube, Manfred (1978): Zu einigen Texten der tibetischen brda-gsar-rñiṅ-Literatur. In: Asienwissenschaftliche Beiträge. Akademie Verlag Berlin, pp. 169-201. 264 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4006 SD T 3.1 3 4033 SD T 3.1 30 4034 SD T 3.1 31 4035 SD T 3.1 32 4036 SD T 3.1 33 4037 SD T 3.1 34 4038 SD T 3.1 35 4039 4040 SD T 3.1 36 SD T 3.1 37 4041 SD T 3.1 38 4042 SD T 3.1 39 4007 SD T 3.1 4 4043 SD T 3.1 40 4044 SD T 3.1 41 4046 SD T 3.1 42a 4045 SD T 3.1 42b Benedict, Paul K. (1941): Tibetan & Chinese Kinship Terms. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 6, 313-337. Clauson, G. L. M. (1927): Book notice: Formulaire Sanscrit-Tibétain du 10e siècle. èdité et traduit par Joseph Hackin (Mission Pelliot en Asie Centrale, Série Petit in-Octavo 2). Paris: Geuthner, 1924. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 640-641. Simon, Walter (1966): Tibetan nyin-raṅs and t'o-raṅs. Asia Major (New Series) 12/2, 179-184. Simon, Walter (1964): Tibetan lexicography and etymological research. Transactions of the Philological Society 1/4, 85-107. Miller, Roy Andrew (1970): Review: Stuart H. Buck, Tibetan-English dictionary, with supplement (The Catholic University of America Press publications in the languages of Asia 1). Washington, D.C.: The Catholic University of America Press, 1969. Language 46/4, 975-980. Simon, Walter (1955): A note on Tibetan bon. Asia Major (New Series) 5/1, 5-8. Hoffmann, Helmut H. R. (1971): The Tibetan names of the Saka and the Sogdians. Asiatische Studien (= Études Asiatiques) 25, 440-454. Wylie, Turrell V. (1977): Etymology of Tibetan: bla-ma. Central Asiatic Journal 21, 145-148. Meisezahl, R. O. (1964): Tibetisch margad, Smaragd. Ural-Altaische Jahrbücher 35/B 1963, 204-212. Richardson, H. E. (1969): Notes and communications. Tibetan chis and tshis. Asia Major (New Series) 14/2, 254256. Semičov, B. V. (1956): Opyt kratkogo slovarja. Obščestvenno-političeskich terminov tibetskogo jazyka. BuryatMong. NIIK. Ulan-Ude, 55 pages (51 pages Russian-Tibetan vocabulary, script). Uray, Géza (1966): 'Greṅ, the alleged old Tibetan equivalent of the ethnic name Ch'iang. Acta Orientalia Hungarica 19/3, 245-256. De Jong, J. W. (1964-1965): Review: B. V. Semičov, Ju. M. Parfionovič, B. D. Dandaron, Kratkij tibetskorusskij slovar'. Moskva: Gosudarstvennoe izdatel'stvo inostrannyx slovarej, 1963. Indo-Iranian Journal 8, 242-243. Emmerick, Ronald E. (1985): Tibetan loanwords in Khotanese and Khotanese loanwords in Tibetan. Serie Orientalia Roma 56/1, 301-317. Hakamarya, Noriaki (1983): The Old and New Tibetan Translations of the Saṃdhinirmocana-sūtra: Some Notes on the History of Early Tibetan Translation. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture), 21 pages. Hakamarya, Noriaki (1984): The Old and New Tibetan Translations of the Saṃdhinirmocana-sūtra: Some Notes on 265 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4047 SD T 3.1 43 4048 SD T 3.1 44 4049 SD T 3.1 45 4050 SD T 3.1 46 4051 SD T 3.1 47 342 SD T 3.1 49 4008 SD T 3.1 5 351 SD T 3.1 50 352 SD T 3.1 51 353 SD T 3.1 52 354 SD T 3.1 53 4009 SD T 3.1 7 4010 SD T 3.1 7 4011 SD T 3.1 8 4012 SD T 3.1 9 4052 SD T 3.2 1 4062 SD T 3.2 10 the History of Early Tibetan Translation. Komazawa Daigaku Bukkyōgakubun Kenkyū Kiyō 42, 192-176 (1-17). Sakai, S. (1955): Some considerations about Pañjikā-madhyavyutpatti [jap.]. Mikkyō Bunka 29-30, 66-57. Simon, Walter (1979): Tibetan stes,stes-te, etc. and some of their Sanskrit correspondences. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 42/2, 334-336. Simon, Walter (1980): Some Tibetan etymologies of semantic interest. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 43, 132-136. Read, A. F. (1933-1935): Balti Proverbs. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 7, 499-502. De Jong, J. W. (1973): Tibetan blag-pa and blags-pa. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 36, 309312. Emmerick, Ronald E. (1988): Tibetan nor-ra-re. BSOAS 51/3, 537-539. Weller, Friedrich (1926): Bücherbesprechung: Joseph Hackin, Formulaire sanscrit-tibétain du 10e siècle, édité et traduit (Mission Pelliot en Asie Centrale, Série Petit in-Octavo 2). Paris: Geuthner, 1924. Asia Major 3,592-601. Mair, Victor H. (1990): Tufan and Tulufan: The Origins of the Old Chinese Names for Tibet and Turfan. Central & Inner Asian Studies 4, 14-70. Uray, Géza (1989): Contributions to the Date of the Vyutpatti-Treatises. Acta Orientalia Academiae Scientiarum Hung 43/1, 3-21. Mimaki, Katsumi (1992): Index to Two brDa gsar rñiṅ Treatises: The Works of dBus pa blo gsal and lCaṅ skya Rol pa`i rdo rje. Journal of the Naritasan Institute for Buddhist Studies, 15-2, 479-503. Wayman, Alex (1990): Words for "Fire" in Dpal-'Dsin-Sde's Abhidhān Aś Āstra. Acta Orient. Acad. Scient. Hung. 44/1-2, 241-249. Wilhelm, Friedrich (1962): Ein Beitrag zur tibetischen Lexikographie. Central Asiatic Journal 7, 212-225. Meisezahl, R. O. (1961): Zu einigen Namen unter den Holzschnitten im 'Khruṅs rabs gsol 'debs nor bu'i phreṅ ba sku brñan daṅ bčas pa. Central Asiatic Journal 6/1, 105-109. Sagaster, Klaus (1968-1969): Some reflections on a prosopography of Tibeto-Mongolian Buddhism. Central Asiatic Journal 12, 144-148. Houston, G. W. (1976): Cig car, cig char, ston: Note on a Tibetan term. Central Asiatic Journal 20, 41-46. Sato, Michio (1968): Über das Hilfsverb byuṅ im Tibetischen [jap.]. Research Reports Hachinohe Technical College 3, 104-111. Miller, R. A. (1965): Review: Kun Chang and Betty Shefts (with the help of Nawang Nornang and Lhadon Karsip), 266 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 SD T 3.2 11 SD T 3.2 12 SD T 3.2 14 SD T 3.2 15 SD T 3.2 16 SD T 3.2 17 4069 SD T 3.2 18 4070 4053 SD T 3.2 19 SD T 3.2 2 4071 SD T 3.2 20 4072 SD T 3.2 21 4073 SD T 3.2 22 4074 SD T 3.2 23 4075 SD T 3.2 24 4076 SD T 3.2 25 4077 SD T 3.2 26 4078 SD T 3.2 27 A manual of spoken Tibetan (Lhasa dialect). Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1964. Language 41/4, 680692. Miller, R. A. (1966): Early evidence for vowel harmony in Tibetan. Language 42/2, 252-277. Miller, R. A. (1955): Studies in spoken Tibetan. Journal of the American Oriental Society 75, 46-51. Coblin, Waldon South (1976): Notes on Tibetan verbal morphology. T'oung Pao 62/1-3, 46-70. Lalou, Marcelle (1953): Tibétain ancien Bod/Bon. Journal Asiatique 241, 275-276. Sedláček, Kamil (1962): Die e-Verbalphrasen des zeitgenössischen Tibetischen. Central Asiatic Journal 7, 96-118. Sedláček, Kamil (1964): Signs of partial phonetic reversions in Tibetan. Central Asiatic Journal 9, 60-75. Sedláček, Kamil (1962): Existierte ein Lautgesetz in zusammengesetzten Anlauten des Proto-sino-Tibetischen ? Central Asiatic Journal 7, 270-311. Sedláček, Kamil (1968-1969): Plural Markers in Modern Tibetan. Central Asiatic Journal 12, 309-321. Shafer, Robert (1965): The Eurasial Linguistic Superfamily. Anthropos 60, 445-468. Uray, Géza (1953): Some Problems of the ancient Tibetan Verbal Morphology. Acta Linguistica Acad. Scientiarum Hungaricae 3/1-2, 36-64. Sprigg, R. K. (1954): Verbal Phrases in Lhasa Tibetan. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 16, 134-156, 320-350, 566-591. Shafer, Robert (1949-1951): Studies in the Morphology of Bodic Verbs. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 13, 702-724, 1017-1031. Sprigg, R. K. (1955): The Tonal System of Tibetan (Lhasa Dialect) and the Nominal Phrase. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 17, 133-153. Simon, Walter (1974): Loss of l or r in Tibetan Initial consonantal clusters. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 37, 442-445. Simon, Walter (1958): A Note on Chinese Texts in Tibetan Transcription. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 21, 334-343. Sprigg, R. K. (1972): A Polysystemic Approach, in Proto-Tibetan Reconstruction, to Tone and Syllable-Initial Consonant Clusters. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 35, 546-587. Sprigg, R. K. (1961): Vowel Harmony in Lhasa Tibetan: Prosodic Analysis Applied to Interrelated Vocalic Features of Successive Syllables. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 24, 116-138. 267 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4079 SD T 3.2 28 4080 SD T 3.2 29 4054 SD T 3.2 3 4081 SD T 3.2 30 4082 SD T 3.2 31 4083 SD T 3.2 32 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 SD T 3.2 33 SD T 3.2 34 SD T 3.2 35 SD T 3.2 36 SD T 3.2 37 SD T 3.2 38 SD T 3.2 39 4055 SD T 3.2 4 4091 SD T 3.2 40 4092 SD T 3.2 41 4093 SD T 3.2 42 Thomas, F. W. and Clauson, G. L. M. (1927): A Second Chinese Buddhist Text in Tibetan Characters. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 281-306, 858-860 (suppl. note). Thomas, F. W. and Clauson, G. L. M. (1926): A Chinese Buddhist Text in Tibetan Writing. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 508-526. Walleser, Max (1935): Affirmative and interrogative sentences in Tibetan. Indian Linguistics - Bulletin of the Linguistic Society 5 (Gierson Commemoration Volume Part 4), 297-307. Clauson, G. L. M. and Yoshitake, S. (1929): On the phonetic value of the Tibetan characters a and ' and the equivalent characters in the ḥPhags.pa alphabet. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 843-862. Wolfenden, Stuart N. (1928): Significance of Early Tibetan Word Forms. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 896898. Thomas, F. W., Miyamoto, S. and Clauson, G. L. M. (1929): A Chinese Mahāyāna Catechism in Tibetan and Chinese Characters. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 37-76. Thomas, F. W. (1925): Chinese in Ancient Khotan. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 108-110. Hermanns, Mathias P. (1952): Tibetische Dialekte von A mdo. Anthropos 47, 193-202. Wolfenden, Stuart N. (1935): A Specimen of the Thūlung Dialect. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 629-653. Katsura, Shoryu (1975): R. A. Miller on Classical Tibetan. Indological Review 1, 1-14. Uray, Géza (1954): Duplication, Gemination and Triplication in Tibetan. Acta Orientalia Hung. 4/1-3, 179-244. Uray, Géza (1953): The suffix -e in Tibetan. Acta Orientalia Hung. 3/3, 229-243. Uray, Géza (1952): A Tibetan diminutive suffix. Acta Orientalia Hung. 2/2-3, 183-220. Walleser, Max (1935): Subordinate clauses in Tibetan. Indian Linguistics - Bulletin of the Linguistic Society 5 (Gierson Commemoration Volume Part 4), 309-322. Inaba, Shōju (1952): Chibetto Bunpōgaku ni okeru Indo-Bunpō Inshō no Ichirei [An Instance of Indian Grammae Cites in Tibetan Grammar]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 1/1, 80-86. Schubert, J. (1954): Besprechung: Jacques A. Durr, Deux traités grammaticaux tibétains. Commentaire développés des çlokas du Sum rTags admirable collier de perles des Savants par SITU (çlokas 12, 13, 14, 15 et 25 du rTags 'aJug) et Examen définitif ou Commentaire élucidant les notions difficiles du rTags 'aJug appelpe Miroir de Pur Cristal (Dvangs Shel Me Long) par Don 'aGrub. Heidelberg: Winter, 1950. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 7-8, Spalten 366-367. Miller, R. A. (1973): Once more on Thon-mi Sambhoṭa and his grammatical treatises. Töid Orientalistika Alalt 268 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4094 SD T 3.2 43 4095 SD T 3.2 44 4096 SD T 3.2 45 4097 SD T 3.2 46 4098 SD T 3.2 47 4099 SD T 3.2 48 4100 SD T 3.2 49 4056 SD T 3.2 5 4101 4102 SD T 3.2 50 SD T 3.2 51 4103 SD T 3.2 52 4104 SD T 3.2 53 4105 SD T 3.2 54 Oriental Studies 2/2, 439-462. Inaba, Shōju (1953): Chibettogo Kotenbunpōgaku no Seiritsu ni tsuite [The Formation of Classical Grammar in the Tibetan Language]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 1/2, 486-489. Inaba, Shōju (1955): Chibettogo Kotenbunpōgaku no Hattatsu ni oyoboshite Indo-Bunpō no Eikyō [The Influences of Indian Grammar upon the Developpment of Classical Tibetan Grammar]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 3/2, 432-440. Poucha, Pavel (o.J.): The syntactical relationship of some Asiatic languages. O.A., 265-292. Kuznecov, B. I. (1966): K probleme vida drevnetibetskogo glagola (7-9 vv.). In: Issledovanija po filologii stran Azii i Afriki. Leningrad, 63-66. Simonsson, Nils (1982): On the Concept of Sentence in Ancient Indian and Tibetan Theory and on the Function of Case Particles in Tibetan according to Tibetan Grammarians. Festschrift in honorem Bo Wickman 7 September 1982. Fenno-Ugrica Suecana (Uppsala) 5, 281-291. De Jong, J. W. (1960): Review: Georges de Roerich, Le parler de l'Amdo. Etude d'un dialecte archaïque du Tibet. Serie Orientale Roma 18, 159 pages (1 carte). Indo-Iranian Journal 4, 194-195. De Jong, J. W. (1980): Review: Roy A. Miller, Studies in the Grammatical Tradition in Tibetr (Studies in the History of Linuistics 6). Amsterdam, John Benjamins B.V., 1976. Indo-Iranian Journal 22, 86-88. Simon, Walter (1940): Certain Tibetan suffixes and their combination. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 5, 372391. Przyluski, J. (1933-35): Le da drag tibétain. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 7, 87-89. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1957): Chibettogo no setsuzokuji ,te` ni tsuite. Tōyōgakuhō 39/4, 385-424. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1983): Setsuzoku-joji "dang" to "na" no yōhō no hensen - Chibettogo bunten no fubi [Änderungen der Anwendungsregel für die Verbindungspartikel "dang" und "na" - Fehler der tibetischen grammatischen Literatur ]. Tōkyō Daigaku Bungakuben Bunka Kōryū Kenkyū Shisetsu Kenkyū Kiyō 6, 21-46. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1985): ,La gi-shichi-ji` no yōhō bunrui to de nyid no kaishaku - Chibettogo bunten no fubi (II) [Klassifizierung der Anwendungsregel der sieben Wörter mit der Bedeutung la und Erklärung von de nyid]. Tōkyō Daigaku Bungakuben Bunka Kōryū Kenkyū Shisetsu Kenkyū Kiyō 7, 1-29. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1975): Tonkō Chibetto bungo no kaishaku ni tsuite - lde bu to lte bu no kondō [Über die Interpretation der tibetischen Schriftsprache - Verwechslung von lde bu und lte bu]. Tōyō Daigaku Bungakuben Bunka Kōryū Kenkyū Shisetsu Kenkyū Kiyō 1, 31-41. 269 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4106 SD T 3.2 55 456 SD T 3.2 56 457 SD T 3.2 57 458 SD T 3.2 58 459 SD T 3.2 59 4057 SD T 3.2 6 4059 SD T 3.2 6 465 SD T 3.2 60 466 467 SD T 3.2 61 SD T 3.2 62 468 SD T 3.2 63 1542 SD T 3.2 64 Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1976): "Sanjūju" "Shōnyūhō" no seiritsu jiki o megutte - Thon mi saṃbhoṭa no seizon nendai [Zur Datierung der Kompilation des "Sum cu pa" und "rTags kyi 'jug pa" - Das Zeitalter des Thon mi saṃbhoṭa]. Tōyō Gakuhō 57/1-2, 1-34. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1987): Jyodōshi "yin" "yod" to dōshi "'dug" - yakukyō buno tukumu kodai bunken no yōhō [Die Hilfsverben "yin" und "yod" und das Verb "'dug" - Anwendungsweise in altertümlichen Literaturen, die die übersetzung von buddhistischer Literatur enthalten]. Takasaki Jikidō hakase kanreki kinen ronshū, "Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Ronshū", 818-838. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1983): Setsuzokujoji "daṅ" to "na" no yōhō no hensen - Tibet go bunken no fubi [Die Entwicklung der Anwendungsweise von den Bindewörtern "daṅ" und "na" - eine Unvollkommenheit der tibetischen Grammatik]. Tōkyō Daigaku Bungakubu Bunkakōryū Kenkyūshisetsu Kenkyū Kiyō 6, 21-46. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1985): "La gi nanaji" no yōhō bunrui to de nyid no kaishaku - Tibet go bunken no fubi (II) [Die Klassifikation der Gebrauchsanweisung von la don rnam pa bdun und die Interpretation von de ñid - eine Unvollkommenheit der tibetischen Grammatik (II)]. Tōkyō Daigaku Bungakubu Bunkakōryū Kenkyū Shisetsu Kenkyū Kiyō 7, 1-29. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1986): No hataraki to yōhō no hensen rdzogs tshig - tibet go bunken no fubi [Die Entwicklung der Funktion und Anwendungsweise von rdzogs tshig - eine Unvollkommenheit der tibetischen Grammatik]. Yamaguchi, Zuiho (ed.): Tibet no bukkyō to shakai, 697-736. Schubert, Johannes (1928): Tibetische Nationalgrammatik. Mitteilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin 1. Abteilung (31. Jg.), 1-54. Schubert, Johannes (1929): Tibetische Nationalgrammatik. Mitteilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin 1. Abteilung (32. Jg.), 1-53. Rabinovi_, I. S. (1960): [Besprechungen von:] Ju. N. Rerih. Ce-Trung Lopsang phuncok. Rukovodstvo po razgovornomu tibetskomy jazyku (central'notibetskij dialekt); [und] Ju. H. Rerich. Amdoskoe nape_ie. Opisanie arhai_nogo tibetskogo dialekta. Problemy vostokovedenija 5, 186-188. Tillemans, Tom J.F. (1991): A Note on Bdag Don Phal Ba in Tibetan Grammar. Asiatische Studien, 45/2, 311-323. Eimer, Helmut (1987): Eine alttibetische Perfektbildung. Indo-Iranian Journal 30, 213-214. Tournadre, Nicolas (1994): Tibetan ergativity and the trajectory model. Current Issues in Sino-Tibetan Linguistics, 637-648. De Jong, J. W. (1994): Review: Stephan V. Beyer, The Classical Tibetan Language. Albany, 1992. Indo-Iranian Journal 37, 387-389. 270 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1543 1544 SD T 3.2 65 SD T 3.2 66 1579 SD T 3.2 67 4058 SD T 3.2 7 4060 SD T 3.2 8 4061 SD T 3.2 9 4107 SD T 3.3 1 4116 SD T 3.3 10 4206 SD T 3.3 100 4207 SD T 3.3 101 4208 SD T 3.3 102 4209 SD T 3.3 103 4210 SD T 3.3 104 4211 SD T 3.3 105 4212 SD T 3.3 106 Tillemans, Tom J. F. (1994): On Agents and Actions in Classical Tibetan. A Reply to Roy A. Miller. IIJ 37, 121-138. Tatz, Mark (1993): Brief Communication. IIJ 36, 335-336. Verhagen, Peter (2000): The Classical Tibetan Grammarians. In: Sylvain Auroux [u.a.] (ed.), History of the Language Sciences. An International Handbook on the Evolution of the Study of Language from the Beginnings to the Present. Berlin [u.a.], 2000, 207-214. Simon, Walter (1929): Tibetisch-chinesische Wortgleichungen - Ein Versuch. Mitteilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin 1. Abhandlung (32. Jg.), 159-228. Sedláček, Kamil (1968): Khong and its grammaticized usage in modern written Tibetan. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 118, 367-372. Miller, R. A. (1955): Review: Shōju Inaba, Chibettogo kote bumpogaku. Kyoto: Hozokan, 1954. Language 31/3, 477-485. Miller, Roy Andrew (1968): Review: A. Róna-Tas, Tibeto-Mongolica: the Tibetan loanwords of Monguor and the development of the archaic Tibetan dialects (Indo-Iranian monographs 7). Budapest, Akadémiai Kiadó; The Hague, Mouton, 1966. Language 44, 147-168. Simon, Walter (1971): Tibetan "fifteen" and "eighteen". Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou. Paris, pp. 472-478. Nishida, Tatsuo (1968): Sei ka mo ji no kai dokeu [Decipher of Si-hia characters]. Sūri Kagaku Angō 11, 61-64. Nishida, Tatsuo (1961): Seika-go to seika-moji [Si-hia language and Si-hia characters]. Chūō Azia Kodai-go Bunken (Saieki-Bunka Kenkyū kai), 391-462 (4 tables). Nishida, Tatsuo (1957): A Study of the Tibetan Verbal Structure [jap.]. Gengo Kenkyū 33, 21-50. Miller, Roy Andrew (1980): Phone, Phoneme, and Graph in the old Tibetan grammarians. Acta Orientalia Academiae Scientiarum Hung. 34/1-3, 153-162. Harada, Satoru (1979): A study of sGra sbyor bam po gñis pa [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 27/2, 912-909. Miller, Roy Andrew (1973): Review: Kamil Sedláček, Das Gemein-Sino-Tibetische. Deutsche morgenländische Gesellschaft, Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes 39/2. Wiesbaden: Kommissionsverlag Franz Steiner, 1970. JAOS 93/4, 649-650. Schiefner, Anton (1851): Tibetische Studien. Bulletin de la Classe Historico-Philologique de l'Académie Impériale des Sciences de Saint-Pétersbourg 8, Spalten 212..-..352. 271 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4213 SD T 3.3 107 4214 SD T 3.3 108 4215 SD T 3.3 109 4117 SD T 3.3 11 4216 4217 SD T 3.3 110 SD T 3.3 111 4218 SD T 3.3 112 4219 SD T 3.3 113 4220 SD T 3.3 114 4221 SD T 3.3 115 4222 SD T 3.3 116 4223 SD T 3.3 117 4224 4225 SD T 3.3 118 SD T 3.3 119 4118 SD T 3.3 12 4226 SD T 3.3 120 4227 SD T 3.3 121 Nishida, Tatsuo (1957): Tibetan and Burmese [jap.]. Tōhōgaku [Eastern Studies] 15, 64-48. Nishida, Tatsuo (o.J.): Chibetto Biruma Shogo to Gengogaku [Tibetan, Burmese languages and linguistics]. Gengo Kenkyū 76, 1-28. Nishida, Tatsuo (1980): Chibettogo Birumago to Nihongo [Tibetan, Burmese and Japanese]. In: Gendai no Esupuri Bessatsu - Nihongo no Keitō (ed. Ōno S.) 6, 110-135. Wolfenden, Stuart N. (1937): Concerning the Variation of Final Consonsants in the Word Families of Tibetan, Kachin, and Chinese. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 625-655. Nishida, Tatsuoo (1958): Chibettogo to Birumago ni okeru Tonāmu no Taiō ni tsuite. Gengo Kenkyū 34, 90-95. Simon, Walter (1957): A Chinese prayer in Tibetan script. Sino-Indian Studies (Liebenthal Festschrift) 5/3-4, 3-9. Uray, Géza (o.J.): Review: Robert Shafer, Ethnography of Ancient India. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz Verlag, 1954. O.A., 306-309. Nishida, Tatsuo (1982): Chibetto Birumago to Nihongo [Tibetan. Burmese and Japanese]. In: Iwanami-Kōza Nihongo 12 - Nihongo no Keitō to Rekishi, 227-300. Wayman, Alex (1972): Observations on translation from the classical Tibetan language into European languages. Indo-Iranian Journal 14, 161-192. Matisoff, James A. (1983): Translucent Insights: A Look at Proto-Sino-Tibetan through Gordon H. Luce's Comparative Word-List. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 46/3, 462-476. Sprigg, R. K. (1983): Hooker's expenses in Sikkim: An early Lepcha text. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 46/2, 305-325. Sprigg, R. K. (1980): Vowel harmony in noun-and-particle words in the Tibetan of Baltistan. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 43, 511-519. Luce, G. H. (1978): Tangut or proto-Burman. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 41, 579-582. Takeuchi, Tsuguhito (1986): Wordplay in Tibetan [jap.]. Minpoku Tsūshin 33, 34-40. Wolfenden, Stuart N. (1931): On the Tibetan Transcriptions of Si-Hia Words. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 47-52. Stein, R. A. (1984): Tibetica Antiqua 2 - L'usage de métaphores pour des distinctions honorifiques à l'époque des rois tibétains. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 73, 257-272. Heisig, Karl (1955): Besprechung: F. W. Thomas, Nam. An Ancient Language of the Sino-Tibetan Borderland. Text with Introduction, Vocabulary and linguistic studies. London: Oxford University Press, 1948. Deutsche 272 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4228 SD T 3.3 121 4229 SD T 3.3 122 4230 SD T 3.3 123 296 SD T 3.3 124 297 SD T 3.3 125 1545 SD T 3.3 126 4119 SD T 3.3 13 4120 SD T 3.3 14 4121 SD T 3.3 15 4122 SD T 3.3 16 4123 SD T 3.3 17 4124 4125 4108 SD T 3.3 18 SD T 3.3 19 SD T 3.3 2 4126 SD T 3.3 20 4127 SD T 3.3 21 4128 SD T 3.3 22 Literaturzeitung 5 (76. Jg.), Spalten 330-340. Yamaguchi, Zuishō (1979): "Nihonbon yakugo shaku" kenkyū [Studien zum sGra sbyor bam po gñis pa]. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyūsho Kiyō 3, 1-24. Andersen, Paul Kent (1987): Zero-anaphora and related phenomena in classical Tibetan. Studies in Language 11/2, 279-312. Simonsson, Nils (1953): Zur indo-tibetischen Textkritik. Orientalia Suecana 2, 129-152. Van Driem, George (1994): The Yakkha Verb: Interpre-tation and Analysis of the Omruwa Material (A Kiranti Language of Eastern Nepal). BSOAS, LVII, 347-355. Wylie, Turrell (1959): A Standard System of Tibetan Transcription, HJAS, 22, 261-267. thub bstan phun tshogs (1993): yig bsgyur las don thad thag gcod bya dgos pa'i gnad don 'ga' zhig gleng ba. krung go'i bod kyi shes rig 1993/4, 3-14. Thomas, F. W. (1933): The z̀aṅ-z̀uṅ language. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 405-410. Wolfenden, Stuart N. (1936): On Certain Alternations between Dental Finals in Tibetan and Chinese. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 401-416. Wolfenden, Stuart N. (1933): Specimen of a Khambu Dialect from Dilpa, Nepāl. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 845-856. Wolfenden, Stuart N. (1934): On the Prefixes and Consonantal Finals of Si-Hia as evidenced by their Chinese and Tibetan Transcriptions. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 745-770. Róna-Tas, A. (1971): Tibetological remarks on the Mongolian versions of the "Thar-pa čhen-po". Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou. Paris, 440-447. Pelliot, Paul (1915): Quelques transcriptions chinoises de noms tibétains. T'oung Pao 16, 1-26. Laufer, B. (1915): Chinese transcriptions of Tibetan names. T'oung Pao 16, 420-424. Poucha, Pavel (1963): The Tibetan language. CAJ 8, 219-229. Klafkowski, Piotr (1980): Rong (Lepcha), the vanishing language and culture of Eastern Himalaya. Lingua Posnaniensis 23, 105-118. Uray, Géza (1958): Compte rendu: NIls Simonsson, Indo-tibetische Studien. Die MEthoden der tibetischen Übersetzer, untersucht im Hinblick auf die BEdeutung ihrer Übersetzungen für die Sanskritphilologie. I. Uppsala Almquist & Wiksells Boktryckeri AB, 1957. Acta Orientalia 8, 327-332. Bouda-Berlin, Karl (1936): Jenisseisch-tibetische Wortgleichungen. ZDMG 90 (Neue Folge Band 15) 149-159. 273 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4129 4130 4131 4132 SD T 3.3 23 SD T 3.3 24 SD T 3.3 25 SD T 3.3 26 4133 SD T 3.3 27 4134 SD T 3.3 28 4135 SD T 3.3 29 4109 4136 4137 SD T 3.3 3 SD T 3.3 30 SD T 3.3 31 4138 SD T 3.3 32 4139 SD T 3.3 33 4140 SD T 3.3 34 4141 SD T 3.3 35 4142 SD T 3.3 36 4143 SD T 3.3 37 4144 SD T 3.3 38 4145 SD T 3.3 39 Coblin, Waldon South (1976): Notes on Tibetan verbal morphology. T'oung Pao 62/1-3, 45-70. Sedláček, Kamil (1959): The tonal system of Tibetan (Lhasa dialect). T'oung Pao 47, 181-250. Ulving, Tor (1959): Umlaut in Tibetan numerals. T'oung Pao 47, 75-80. Simon, Walter (1949-1950): The range of sound alternations in Tibetan word families. Asia Major 1, 3-15. Stein, R. A. (1983): Tibetica Anntiqua I. Les deux vocabulaires des traductions indo-tibétaine et sino-tibétaine dans les manuscrits de Touen-Houang. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 72, 149-236. Nishida, Tatsuo (1960): The Numerals of the Hsi-hsia Language - Their Reconstructions and Comparative Studies. Memoirs of the Research Department of the Toyo Bunko 19, 123-167. Wofenden, Stuart N. (1938): Concerning the origins of Tibetan brg ad and Chinese pwāt "eight". T'oung Pao 34, 165-173. De Jong, J. W. (1968-1969): Encore une fois le Fonds Pelliot Tibétai No. 610. Central Asiatic Journal 12, 1-7. Karlgren, Bernhard (1931): Tibetan and Chinese. T'oung Pao 28, 25-70. Hoffmann, Helmut (1967): Žaṅ-žuṅ: the Holy Language of the Tibetan Bon-po. ZDMG 117, 376-381. Richter, Eberhardt (1964): Zum Problem der Schaffung einer einheitlichen Umschrift (Transliteration und Transkription) des Tibetischen. ZDMG 114/1, 171-179. Sedláček, Kamil (1964): New Light on the Name of the Tangut People of the Hsi-Hsia Dynasty. ZDMG 114, 180185. Stein, R.A. (1971): La langue Źaṅ-źuṅ du Bon organisé. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 58, 231-254. Sedláček, Kamil (1957): On Tibetan Transcription of Chinese Characters. Mitteilungen des Instituts für Orientforschung 5, 91-112. Chang, Betty Shefts and Chang, Kun (1980): ergativity in spoken Tibetan. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology Academia Sinica 51/1, 15-32. Chang, Betty Shefts and Chang, Kun (1981): Perfective and Imperfective in spoken Tibetan. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology Academia Sinica 52/2, 303-321. Chang, Betty Shefts and Chang, Kun (1977): Tibetan prenalasized initials. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology Academia Sinica 48/2, 229-243. Chang, Betty Shefts and Chang, Kun (1982): The persistence of present-tense reflexes in modern spoken Tibetan. Tsing Hua Journal of Chinese Studies, 21-31. 274 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4110 SD T 3.3 4 4146 SD T 3.3 40 4147 SD T 3.3 41 4148 SD T 3.3 42 4149 SD T 3.3 43 4150 SD T 3.3 44 4151 SD T 3.3 45 4152 SD T 3.3 46 4153 4154 4155 SD T 3.3 47 SD T 3.3 48 SD T 3.3 49 4111 SD T 3.3 5 4156 4157 4158 SD T 3.3 50 SD T 3.3 51 SD T 3.3 52 4160 SD T 3.3 53 4159 SD T 3.3 54 4161 SD T 3.3 55 4162 SD T 3.3 56 Miller, R. A. (1967): Some problems in Tibetan Transcriptions of Chinese from Tun-huang. Monumenta Serica 26, 123-148. Li, Fang-Kuei (o.J.): Certain phonetic influences of the Tibetan prefixes upon the root initials. O.A., 135-157. Chang, Kun (1977): The Tibetan role in Sino-Tibetan comparative linguistics. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology Academia Sinica 48/1, 93-108. Hodson, T. C. (1913): Note on the numeral systems of the Tibeto-Burman dialects. JRAS, 315-336. Pelliot, P. (1926): Review: Nicolas Nevsky, A brief manual of the Si-hia characters with Tibetan transcriptions (Research Review of the Osaka Asiatic Society 4, 15 mars 1926). The Osaka Asiatic Society, 8 Chome, Uehonmachi, Osaka. T'oung Pao 24, 399-403. Wolfenden, Stuart N. (1936): Notes on the Jyarung dialect of Eastern Tibet. T'oung Pao 32, 167-204. Simon, Walter (1929): Tibetisch-chinesische Wortgleichungen. Mitteilungen des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen an der Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität zu Berlin (32. Jg.), 159-228. Taube, Manfred (1970): Das Suffix -ma in tibetischen Buchtiteln. Mitteilungen des Instituts für Orientforschung 16/1, 107-117. Ulving, Tor (1972): Tibetan vowel harmony reexamined. T'oung Pao 58, 203-217. Sedláček, Kamil (1970): Das Gemein-Sino-Tibetische. Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes 39/2, 1-91. Miller, Roy Andrew (1958): The Tibeto-Burman Infix System. JAOS 78/3, 193-204. Uray, Géza (1949): Kelet-Tibet Nyelvjárásainak osztályozása - The classification of the Dialects of Eastern Tibet. Dissertationes sodalium Instituti Asiae Interioris 4, 1-27. Nishida, Tatsuo (1969): Some problems in proto Lolo-Burmese [jap.]. Tōnan Azia Kenkyū 6, 198-219. Miller, Roy Andrew (1974): Sino-Tibetan: Inspection of a Conspectus. JAOS 94/2, 195-209. Simon, Walter (o.J.): Vowel alternation in Tibetan. O.A., 86-99. Simon, Walter (1975): Iotization and palatization in classical Tibetan. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 38/3, 611-614. Simon, Walter (1975): Tibetan initial clusters of nasals and r. Asia Major 19, 246-259. Simon, Walter (1956): A Kottish-Tibetan-Chinese Word equation. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology Academia Sinica 28, 441-443. Simon, Walter (1957): Two final consonantal clusters in archaic Tibetan. Bulletin of the Institute of History and 275 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4163 SD T 3.3 57 4164 SD T 3.3 58 4165 SD T 3.3 59 4112 SD T 3.3 6 4166 SD T 3.3 60 4167 SD T 3.3 61 4168 SD T 3.3 62 4169 SD T 3.3 63 4170 4171 SD T 3.3 64 SD T 3.3 65 4172 SD T 3.3 66 4173 4174 SD T 3.3 67 SD T 3.3 68 4175 SD T 3.3 69 4113 SD T 3.3 7 4176 SD T 3.3 70 Philology Academia Sinica 29, 87-90. Simon, Walter (1977): Alternation of final vowel with final dental nasal or plosive in Tibetan. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 40, 51-57. Miller, Roy Andrew (1969): The Tibeto-Burman languages of South Asia. Current Trends in Linguistics 5, 431-449. Li, Fang Kuei (1979): The Chinese transcription of Tibetan consonant clusters. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology Academia Sinica 50/2, 231-240. Shafer, Robert (1953): East Himalayish. BSOAS 15, 356-374. Chang, Kun & Chang, Betty Shefts (1968): Vowel harmony in spoken Lhasa Tibetan. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology Academia Sinica 40, 53-124. Broido, Michael M. (1984): abhiprāya and implication in Tibetan linguistics. Journal of Indian Philosophy 12/1, 133. Miller, R. A. (1968): Review: Robert Shafer, Introduction to Sino-Tibetan. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, Part 1, 1966; Part 2, 1967. Monumenta Serica 27, 398-435. Miller, Roy Andrew (1966): Review: Eberhardt Richter, Grundlagen der Phonetik des Lhasa-Dialektes (Schriften zur Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 8). Akademie-Verlag. Berlin, 1964. Phonetica 15/1, 55-59. Bethlenfalvy, Géza (1970): Aussprache des Tibetischen bei den Khalkha-Mongolen. Acta Orientalia 32, 37-44. Yoshimura, Syuki (1957): An Aspect on the Origin of Tibetan Writing [jap.]. Ryūkokudaigaku Ronshū 355, 88-106. Nishida, Tatsuo (1960): The Numerals of the Hsi-hsia Language - Their Reconstructions and Comparative Studies. Memoirs of the Research Department of the Toyo Bunko 19, 123-167. Nishida, Tatsuo (1976): Hsihsia, Tosu and Lolo-Burmese Languages. Studia Phonologica 10, 1-15. Nishida, Tatsuo (1978): Lolo-Burmese Studies I. Studia Phonologica 12, 1-24. Nishida, Tatsuo (1977): Some Problems in the Comparison of Tibetan, Burmese and Kachin Languages. Studia Phonologica 11, 1-24. Francke, A. H. (1912): The Tibetan Alphabet. Epigraphia Indica 11, 267-271. Nishida, Tatsuo (1976): Some Problems of Morpheme Stock in Sino-Tibetan: A Preliminary Observation. In: Genetic relationship diffusion and typological similarities of East & Southeast Asian Languages. Papers for the 1st Japan-US Joint Seminar on East & Southeast Asian Linguistics. The Japan Society for the Promotion of Science. Chiyoda-ku Tōkyō, 30-38. 276 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4177 SD T 3.3 71 4178 SD T 3.3 72 4179 SD T 3.3 73 4180 4181 4182 SD T 3.3 74 SD T 3.3 75 SD T 3.3 76 4183 SD T 3.3 77 4184 SD T 3.3 78 4185 SD T 3.3 79 4114 SD T 3.3 8 4186 SD T 3.3 80 4187 SD T 3.3 81 4188 SD T 3.3 82 4189 SD T 3.3 83 4190 SD T 3.3 84 Nichida, Tatsuo (1973): A Preliminary Study of the Bisu language - A language of Northern Thailand, recently discovered by us. In: D. W. Dellinger, E. R. Hope, Makio Katsura and Tatsuo Nishida, Papers in South East Asian Linguitics 3. Pacific Linguistics (Series A) 30, 55-81 (and list of publications of Pacific Linguistics). Amano, Hirofusa (1960): The Use of the Tibetan word "can" [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 8/2, 546-547. Chang, Betty Shefts (1971): The Tibetan causative phonology. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Phonology Academia Sinica 42/4, 623-765. Kepping, Ksenia Borisovna (1971): A category of aspect in Tangut. Acta Orientalia 33, 283-294. Houghton, Bernard (o.J.): Outlines of Tibeto-Burman Linguistic Palaeontology. O.A., 23-50. Pulleyblank, E. G. (1965): Close/Open Ablaut in Sino-Tibetan. Lingua 14, 230-240. Richter, Eberhardt (1965): Einige methodologische Bemerkungen zu den Grundlagen und Proportionen phonetischer und phonologiscger Forschung im Bereiche der tibeto-burmesischen Linguistik. Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung 18/2, 127-142. Sprigg, R. K. (o.J.): Tibetan syllable-initial consonant clusters as syllable features, equivalent to tone. 12 pages (typescript). Sprigg, R. K. (1980): ,Vocalic alternation` in the Balti, the Lhasa, and the Sherpa verb, as a guide to alternations in Written Tibetan, and to Proto-Tibetan reconstruction. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 43/1, 110-122. Thomas, F. W. (1928): The Nam Language. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 630-633. Sprigg, R. K. (1923): Lepcha and Balti Tibetan: Tonal or non-tonal languages ? Asia Major (New Series) 12/2, 185201. Weidert, Alfons K. (1981): Star, Moon, Spirits, and the Affricates of Angami Naga: A Reply to James A. Matisoff. Linguistics of the Tibeto-Burman Area 6/1, 1-37. Sprigg, R. K. (1923): Review: Paul K. Benedict, Sino-Tibetan: A Conspectus (Princeton-Cambridge Studies in Chinese Linguistics). Cambridge: University Press, 1972. Asia Major 19/1, 100-106. Sprigg, R. K. (1963): Prosodic, analysis, and phonological formulae, in Tibeto-Burman linguistic comparison. In: Linguistic Comparison in South East Asia and the Pacific, 79-108. Terjék, J. (1972): Colloquial influences on written Tibetan. Acta Orientalia Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae 25, 39-51. 277 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4191 SD T 3.3 85 4192 SD T 3.3 86 4193 SD T 3.3 87 4194 SD T 3.3 88 4195 SD T 3.3 89 4115 SD T 3.3 9 4196 SD T 3.3 90 4197 SD T 3.3 91 4198 4199 4200 SD T 3.3 92 SD T 3.3 93 SD T 3.3 94 4201 SD T 3.3 95 4202 SD T 3.3 96 4203 SD T 3.3 97 4204 SD T 3.3 98 4205 SD T 3.3 99 Sprigg, R. K. (1967): Balti-Tibetan verb syllable finals, and a prosodic analysis. Asia Major (New Series) 13/1-2, 1^87-210. Nishida, Tatsuo (o.J.): On the T'ien ch'üan Tibetan Dialect of Hsi-K'ang in the Sixteenth Century. A study of the Chinese-Tibetan Vocabulary, Hsi-Fann-Kuan I-yu. O.A., 5-7 (unvollständig). Sprigg, R. K. (1979): The Golok dialect and Written Tibetan past-tense verb forms. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 42/1, 53-60. Schubert, Johannes (1964): Hrusso-Vokabular. Mitteilungen des Instituts für Orientforschung 10/2-3, 295-350. Thomas, F. W. (ed. by A.F. Thompson) (1967): The Źaṅ-źuṅ Language. Asia Major (New Series) 13/1-2, 211-217 (4 tables). Thomas, F. W. (1939): The Nam Language. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 193-214. Sprigg, R. K. (1957): Junction in spoken Burmese. In: Studies in Linguistic Analysis (Special Volume of the Philological Society), 104-138. Richter, Eberhardt (1963): Besprechung: Jurij Nikolaevič Rerich, Tibetskij jazyk. Moskva: Izdatel'stvo Vostočnoj Literatury 1961. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung (58. Jg.) 7-8, Spalten 405-407. Laufer, Berthold (1918): Origin of Tibetan writing. JAOS 38, 34-46. Chang, Betty Shefts and Chang, Kun (1967): Spoken Tibetan morphophonemics: p. Language 43/2, 512-525. Grierson, George A. (1927): On the old North-Western Prakrit. JRAS, 849-852. De Lacouperie, Terrien (1885): Beginning of Writing in and around Tibet. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 415460 (unvollständig). Thomas, Frederick William (1951): The Tibetan Alphabet. In: Festschrift zur Feier des Zweihundertjährigen Bestehens der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen. Philologisch-historische Klasse 2. Berlin, Göttingen, Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag, 146-165. Nishida, Tatsuo (1958): Chibetto Biruma-go kei no Gengo to Taigo kei no Gengo [The Language system of Tibetan, Burmese and Thai]. Kotoba to Ningen 1, 238-254. Nishida, Tatsuo (1963): 16 seiki ni okeru seikōshō Chibettogo tenzen hōgen ni tsuite - Kango Chibettogo tangoshū, iwayuru heishubon "seibankanyakugo" no kenkyū. Kyōto Daigaku Bungakubu Kenkyū Kiyō [Memoirs of the Faculty of Letters Kyōto University] 7, 85-174. Nishida, Tatsuo (1964): Chibetto gengogaku ni okeru nisan no mondai [Some problems in Tibetan linguistics]. Report of the Japanese Association´for Tibetan Studies 11, 6-5. 278 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4231 SD T 3.4 1 1195 SD T 3.4 2 4802 SD T 30 1 4803 SD T 30 2 1714 SD T 30 3 1760 SD T 30 4 461 SD T 31 1 4804 SD T 33 1 4813 SD T 33 10 4814 SD T 33 11 4815 SD T 33 12 4816 SD T 33 13 4817 4818 4819 SD T 33 14 SD T 33 15 SD T 33 16 4820 SD T 33 17 4821 SD T 33 18 Narkyid, G. (o.J.): A cpmprehensive table of the three study tools (with the pronunciation guide for British and American English speakers), pages 8-26 (typescript). Miller, Roy Andrew (1994): On S.A. Starostin's Altajskaja problema i proisxo_denie japonskogo jazyka (The Altaic Problem and the Origin of the Japanese Language). Ural-Altaische Jahrbücher 13, 68-107. H. H. the Dalai Lama XIV, Tenzin Gyatso (o.J.): The principle of universal responsibility. 8 pages (folder). Tenzin Gyatso, The Fourteenth Dalai Lama (1985): Compassion in global politics. Transnational Perspectives 11/4, 5-7. Baumann, Martin (1997): Shangri La in Exile. Portraying Tibetan Diaspora Studies and Reconsidering Diaspora(s). Diaspora 6/3, 377-404. Lindegger-Stauffer, Peter: Das Klösterliche Tibet-Institut in Rikon / Zürich. - Rikon: Tibet-Institut 1974 (Opuscula Tibetana 1). - 17, (2) S. [Unveränderter, durch Corrigenda und Addenda ergänzter Nachdruck der gleichnamigen Arbeit, die in den 'Asiatischen Studien / Études Asiatiques', Vol. XXV, 1971 ... erschienen ist.] Soundings in Tibetan Civilization, Proceedings of the 1982 Seminar of the International Association for Tibetan Studies held at Columbia University (1985) Nakamura, Hajime (1960): Tibetan Studies in Japan. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies 8/2, 732-721. Macdonald, Ariane (1968-1969): Histoire et philologie tibétaines. Annuaire de l'École Pratique des Hautes Études IVe Section: Sciences historiques et philologiques, 527-535. Macdonald, Ariane (1971-1972): Histoire et philologie tibétaines. Annuaire de l'École Pratique des Hautes Études IVe Section: Sciences historiques et philologiques, 651-654. Macdonald, Ariane (1970-1971): Histoire et philologie tibétaines. École Pratique des Hautes Études - IVe Section: Sciences historiques et philologiques, 749-754. Macdonald, Ariane (1968-1969): Marcelle Lalou (1890-1967). Annuaire de l'École Pratique des Hautes Études - IVe Section: Sciences historiques et philologiques, 50-60. Stein, Aurel (1939): In memoriam Filippo de Filippi (1869-1938). Alpine Journal, 296-303. De Jong, J. W. (1961): George N. de Roerich (1902-1960). Indo-Iranian Journal 5/2, 146-152. Bacot, J. (1956): Nécrologie - F. W. Thomas (1867-1956). Journal Asiatique, 439-441. Lalou, Marcelle (1967-1968): Jacques Bacot (1877-1965). Annuaire de l'École Pratique des Hautes Études - IVe Section: Sciences historiques et philologiques, 47-54. Blondeau, Anne-Marie (1973): Les études tibétaines. Journal Asiatique, 153-174. 279 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4822 4805 SD T 33 19 SD T 33 2 4823 SD T 33 20 4824 SD T 33 21 4825 SD T 33 22 4826 SD T 33 23 4827 SD T 33 24 4828 4829 SD T 33 25 SD T 33 26 4830 SD T 33 27 4831 SD T 33 28 4832 SD T 33 29 4806 4833 4834 4835 SD T 33 3 SD T 33 30 SD T 33 31 SD T 33 31a 4836 SD T 33 32 4837 SD T 33 33 Uray, Géza (o.J.): Tibetológiai kutatások Magyarországon. In: Kina kulturája Magyarországon, 6 pages (typescript). De Jong, J. W. (1959): René Mario von Nebesky-Wojkowitz. Indo-Iranian Journal 3, 306-309. Richter, Eberhardt und Taube, Manfred (1961): Professor Dr. phil. Johannes Schubert 65 Jahre alt. Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift der Karl-Marx-Universität Leipzig (10. Jg.), 801-802. Sagaster, Klaus (1966): Über die Möglichkeiten für den weiteren Ausbau der tibetischen Handschriftensammlungen. In: Forschungen und Fortschritte der Katalogisierung der orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland. Marburger Kolloqium 1965. Hsg. von Wolfgang Voigt. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag, 76-83 (mit 6 Abbildungen). Hammar, Urban (1982): Toni Schmid som forskare inom tibetansk buddhism - Med en översiktlig biografi och ett försök till en fullständig bibliografi. In: C-uppsats framlagd vid Religionshistoriska Institutionens högre seminarium under prof. Jan Ergardt. Höstterminen: Uppsala universitet, 60 pages (typescript). Le Calloc'h, Bernard (1985): Le dictionnaire tibétain d'Alexandre Csoma de Kőrös. Histoire d'un destin détourné. Revue de la Bibliothèque Nationale 16, 11-31. Blondeau, Anne-Marie (1983-1984): Religions tibétaines. École Pratique des Hautes Études - Ve Section: Sciences religieuses - Annuaire résumés des Conférences et Travaux 92, 133-138. Demiéville, Paul (1970): Récents travaux sur Touen-houang. T'oung Pao 56, 1-95. Schindler, B. (1963): List of publications by Professor W. Simon. Asia Major (New Series) 10/1, 1-8. Bawden, C. R. (1973): Professor Emeritus Walter Simon. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 36/2, 221-223. Hoffmann, Helmut (1977): Curriculum vitae. Central Asiatic Journal 21, 85-88. Ress, Imre (1985): Ausztriai levéltári források Kőrösi Csoma Sándorról. In: Különlenyomat A Levéltári Közlemények 64. Évfolyamából, 227-249. Ligeti, Louis (o.J.): Les pérégrinations de Csoma de Körös et le pays des Yugar. O.A., 233-253. Roerich, G. (1947): Tibetological Studies (1927-1947). Indian Culture 14/1, 1-4. The Central Institute of Nationalities [jap.] (folder). Chayet, Anne (1988): Sopron (Hongrie) - Le symposium Csoma de Körös. Arts Asiatiques 43, 168-169. Cueppers, Christoph (o.J.): On the activities of the Tibetan section of the Nepal-German Manuscript Preservation Project (NGMPP). Abhilekh 2 (V.S. 2041), 13-18. Cueppers, Christoph (o.J.): Activities of the NGMPP for the Next Five Years (1986-1990). Abhilekh 4 (V.S. 2043), 32-35. 280 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 947 SD T 33 34 948 SD T 33 35 949 SD T 33 36 950 951 SD T 33 37 SD T 33 38 952 SD T 33 39 4807 SD T 33 4 961 SD T 33 40 962 SD T 33 41 963 SD T 33 42 964 966 968 970 972 974 975 4808 SD T 33 43 SD T 33 44 SD T 33 45 SD T 33 46 SD T 33 47 SD T 33 48 SD T 33 49 SD T 33 5 995 SD T 33 50 997 SD T 33 51 Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1989): Tibet bukkyō kara mita nihon no bukkyōgaku [Buddhismuskunde in Japan unter dem Gesichtspunkt des tibetischen Buddhismus]. Tokai bukkyō 34, 1-18. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1986): Tibet gaku kenkyū no igi [Die Bedeutung der Tibetologie]. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (ed): Tibet no shakai to bunka, i-xiii. Zimmermann, Bernd (1990): Der Wiener Orientalist Robert Bleichsteiner (1891-1954). Österreich in Geschichte und Literatur 2 (34. Jg.), 91-98. Amnye Machen Institute, Tibetan Centre for Advanced Studies: A Draft Proposal for the Establishment. 1992. Council for Religious and Cultural Affairs of His Holiness the Dalai Lama. Ein Vorstellungsprospekt. Franke, Herbert (1992): Nachruf: Helmut Hoffman 24.8.1912 - 8.10.1992. Jahrbuch der Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften 1992. A list of Géza Uray's Works.15 pages (typescript). Wood, Frances (1990): The Dunhuang Manuscripts Project: A Brief Review. The British Library Newsletter, OIOC, 45, 11-12. Petech, Luciano (1989): Ippolito Desideri, Alexander Csoma de Körös, Giuseppe Tucci. Acta Orientalia Acad. Scient. Hung. 43, 155-161. Cüppers, Christoph (1991): Auf der Suche nach der tibetischen Literatur. Literaturerschließung im Kathmandu-Tal. Forschung. Mitteilungen der DFG 4/91, 4-7. Jacques Marchais Museum of Tibetan Art: Informationsfolder. Franke, Herbert (1992): Nachruf: Helmut Hoffmann. Sonderdruck aus dem Jahrbuch der BAW, 1-7. Pruckner, Othmar (1996): So big, so clean, so many cars (Tse ring Gyal bo). Visa Magazin. 10-11. Thurman, Robert (1997): Robert Thurman, Dharma Warrior. Time, April 28, 1997, 42-43. Bleichsteiner, Robert,- Dokumente, 4 Seiten Nebesky-Wojkowitz, René (1953/55): Robert Bleichsteiner - Nachruf. WZKM 52, 269-271. Schmidt, Leopold (1954): Robert Bleichsteiner - Nachruf. Archiv für Völkerkunde 9, 1-7. Thomas, F. W. (1939): Obituary Notices: Colonel L. A. Waddell. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 499-504. Sato, Michio (1992): Dai Jukkai Kokusai Bukkyōgakkai Taikai Hōkoku [Bericht über die 10. Konferenz des IABS]. Tōhōgaku 83, 158-164. Ziegler, Senta (1997): Die Nazi-Akte Harrer. News 23, 220-222. 281 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 999 822 SD T 33 52 SD T 33 53 823 SD T 33 54 1273 SD T 33 55 1364 1548 SD T 33 56 SD T 33 57 1568 SD T 33 58 1582 SD T 33 59 4809 1602 1679 SD T 33 6 SD T 33 60 SD T 33 61 1692 SD T 33 62 1693 SD T 33 63 4810 SD T 33 7 4811 SD T 33 8 4812 SD T 33 9 4838 SD T 34 2 918 SD T 4 1 Mann, Josef (1997): Ein Leben für Tibet. In Memoriam Fritz Moravec. Alle Welt, 14-15. Aris, Michael, Memorial Trust for Tibetan and Himalayan Studies. Much, Michael Torsten (1999): Nebesky-Wojkowitz. In: Neue Deutsche Biographie, Bd. 19, Berlin: Drucker & Humblot, 18-20. Kawasaki, Shinjo (2000): Tibeto-kenkyu no joukyou to kanousei [Die Situation und Möglichkeit der Tibetologie]. Tohogaku 100, pp. 1-16. Montlevic, V. (1992): Dharmaradza Bidija Dandaron. In: Garuda 1, 3-10. zha lu rig tshogs [Shalu Association] (1996): The Shalu Association News Bulletin, 1996/1. Eimer, Helmut (1997): Die italienisch-österreichische Expedition des Jahres 1991zur Erforschung der tibetischen Hochkultur im westlichen Himalaya. ZAS 27, 200-207. Zhao Qizheng (2000): Tibet-related External Propagande and Tibetology Work in the New Era. Zhao Qizheng's Statement at the Meeting on National Research in Tibetology and External Propaganda on Tibet. [translated from the original in Chinese]. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Alessandro Csoma de Körös. Opera Minora 6/2, 419-428. O.A. (1997): Potala. '97 Beijing Tibetan Studies Seminar. Beijing. Zhou Yuan (1997): China National Center for Tibetan Studies. Beijing. 27 S. Wu Wei (1997): The Life of King Gesar - The World's Longest Epic Sage. An Introduction to China's Tibetan Culture. Beijing. 27 S. Wu Wei (1997): Das längste Epos der Welt: Die "Sage von dem König Gesar" - Ein unschätzbares tibetisches Kulturgut in China. Beijing. 27 S. Barnett, L. D. (1958): Obituary: F.W. Thomas, C.I.E., F.B.A., Ph.D., D. Lit., D.Litt. (1867-1956). Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 6/2, 662-657. Macdonald, Ariane (1965-1966): Histoire et philologie tibétaines. Annuaire de l'École Pratique des Hautes Études IVe Section: Sciences historiques et philologiques, 433-436. Macdonald, Ariane (1967-1968): Histoire et philologie tibétaines. Annuaire de l'École Pratique des Hautes Études IVe Section: Sciences historiques et philologiques, 555-557. Clarke, Arthur C. (1984): Alle Namen Gottes. In: Die andere Seite des Himmels. München: Goldmann SF 23019, 714. SD A Brief Introduction to Lhasa. 282 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4232 SD T 4 1 4240 SD T 4 10 1556 4241 1569 4242 SD T 4 11 SD T 4 11 SD T 4 12 SD T 4 12 1572 SD T 4 13 4243 SD T 4 13 1586 SD T 4 14 4244 SD T 4 14 4245 4246 SD T 4 15 SD T 4 16 4247 SD T 4 17 4248 SD T 4 18 4249 SD T 4 19 919 SD T 4 2 4233 SD T 4 2 4250 SD T 4 20 4251 SD T 4 21 Petech, L. (1949): Nota su "Mābd" e "Twsmt". Rivista Degli Studi Orientali 24, 142-144. Wylie, Turrell V. (1958): dating the Tibetan geography 'dzam gling rgyas bshad through its description of the Western hemisphere. Central Asiatic Journal 4/1, 300-311. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (1997): 1000 Jahre Kloster Tabo. Indien in der Gegenwart 2/3, 14-31. O.A. (1884): Thee in Tibet. Österreichische Monatsschrift für den Orient, 26-27. Kindel, Georg (1998): Messners Yeti-Erlebnis. News 21/98, 256-257. O.A. (1888): Carey's Reise in Hochasien. Österreichische Monatsschrift für den Orient, 30. Pilz, Brigitte (ed.), (1997): Österreichische Entwicklungszusammenarbeit. Eine Beilage des SÜDWIND-Magazins. Wien. O.A. (1880): Graf Szechenyi's Expedition in China. Österreichische Monatsschrift für den Orient, 61-62. Frenzel, Burkhard (2000): Nacheiszeitliche Veränderungen des Waldlandes in der Osthälfte des Tibetischen Plateaus. Akademie-Journal 2/2000, 2-7. O.A. (1886): Preshewalki's vierte Centralasiatische Forschungsreise. Österreichische Monatsschrift für den Orient, 91-92. Klöden, G. A. von (1880): Über Tibet. Österreichische Monatsschrift für den Orient, 199-203. Tucci, Giuseppe (1933): The Travels of Ippolito Desideri. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 353-358. Himly, K. (1881): Einiges über türkische, mongolische und chinesische Ortsnamen und andere in Büchern über Erdkunde vorkommende Ausdrücke. Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Erdkunde zu Berlin 16/1, 40-47. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Travels of Tibetan pilgrims in the Swat Valley. Opera Minora 2 (Università di Roma Studi Orientali Publicati a cura della Scuola Orientale 6), 269-318. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Nel Tibet Centrale. Relazione preliminare della spedizione 1939. Opera Minora 2 (Università di Roma Studi Orientali Publicati a cura della Scuola Orientale 6), 363-367. Tyson, Peter (1993): The Tailor who mapped Tibet. Earthwatch, March/April, 13-14. De Rossi Filibeck, Elena (1976): I distretti del Tibet nel diciannovesimo secolo. Annali 36/4 (New Series 26), 506520. Pelliot, Paul (1926): Voyage de MM. Gabet et Huc à Lhasa. T'oung Pao 24, 133-178. Macdonald, Alexander W. (1972): Review: Turrell Wylie, A Tibetan Religious Geography of Nepal. Serie Orientale Roma 42, 1970. T'oung Pao 43, 366-369. 283 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4252 4253 SD T 4 22 SD T 4 23 4254 SD T 4 24 4255 SD T 4 25 4256 4257 4258 SD T 4 26 SD T 4 27 SD T 4 28 4259 SD T 4 29 920 SD T 4 3 4234 SD T 4 3 4260 SD T 4 30 4261 SD T 4 31 921 SD T 4 4 923 4235 SD T 4 5 SD T 4 5 925 SD T 4 6 4236 927 4237 928 SD T 4 6 SD T 4 7 SD T 4 7 SD T 4 8 Fazy, Robert (1940): Le cas Moorcroft - Un problème de l'exploration tibétaine. T'oung Pao 35, 155-184. Large-Blondeau, Anne-Marie (1960): Les pèlerinages tibétains. Sources Orientales 3, 203-245. Schubert, Johannes (1958): Besprechung: Ernst Schäfer, Unter Räubern in Tibet. Gefahren und Freuden eines Forscherlebens. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1952. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 9-10, Spalten 489-495. Jettmar, K. (1961): Besprechung: Ludwig Golomb, Die Bodenkultur in Ost-Turkestan. Oasenwirtschaft und Nomadentum. (Studia Instituti Anthropos 14)Posieux (Freiburg): Verlag des Anthropos-Institutes, 1959. Mason, Kenneth (1921): Johnson's ,Suppressed Ascent" of E 61. Alpine Journal (Nov.), 1-15. Enoki, Kazuo (1985): Mdo=Amdo=Ch'êng-tu. Serie Orientale Roma 56/1, 319-323. Richardson, Hugh (1983): Bal-po and Lho-bal. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 46/1, 136-138. O.A. (1907): Aus Tibet ausgewiesen. Abenteuer eines Wiener Forschers in Zentralasien. Neuigkeits-Welt-Blatt 20, 24. Jänner 1907, 21-22. Schwartzberg Joseph E. (1992): Maps of Greater Tibet. J.B. Hartley & David Woodward (eds.) History of Cartography 2, 607-685 Pelliot, Paul (1926): Le voyage de MM. Gabet et Huc à Lhasa. T'oung Pao 24, 133-178. Aschoff, Jürgen (1987): Das Kloster Tsaparang im alten Königreich Guge. ärztliches Reise & Kultur Journal5, 3449. Kuhle, Matthias (1986): Die Vergletscherung Tibets und die Entstehung von Eiszeiten. Spektrum der Wissenschaft 9, 42-54. Pohle, Perdita (1994): Wüstungen als Zeugen von Sied-lungsprozessen im Tibetischen Himalaya (Süd-Mustang, Nepal). Siedlungsforschung. Archäologie-Geschichte-Geographie, 12, 327-340 Hubert -von- Goisern (1996): Bei den Mönchen am Kailash. Der Standard, Reise Spezial, 31.10.1996, 11-13. Zimmel, Bruno (1954): Die geheime Mission des Johann Grueber. Wiener Zeitung 20. Februar 1954, 1 und 6. Young, G.M. (1919): A Journey to Toling and Tsaparang in Western Tibet. Journal of the Panjab Historical Society 7/2, 91-205. Zimmel, Bruno (1953): Der erste Bericht über Tibets Hauptstadt Lhasa aus dem Jahre 1661. Biblos (2.Jg.), 127-145. Waldner, Eleonore (1997): Heinrich Harrer - Der BeHarrer, Diners Club Magazin 1/97, 22-24. Schubert, Johannes (1956): Mt. Everest - Das Namensproblem. Sino-Japonica, 148-169. Meier, Thomas (1995): Stilles Drama auf dem Dach der Welt. ärztliches Reise & Kulturjournal, 47-53. 284 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4238 SD T 4 8 929 SD T 4 9 4239 SD T 4 9 4262 SD T 5 1 4271 SD T 5 10 1359 SD T 5 11 1361 SD T 5 12 4263 SD T 5 2 4264 SD T 5 3 4265 SD T 5 4 4266 SD T 5 5 4267 SD T 5 6 4268 SD T 5 7 Petech, Paul (1947): Il Tibet nella geografia musulmana. Academia Nazionale dei Lincei, Classe di Scienze moralicke e Felologiche Serie 8 vol. 2/1-2, 55-70. Tidrick, Kathryn (1994): Buchbesprechung von:French, Patrick: Younghusband: The Last Great Imperial Adventurer. London Review of Books, 13-14. Zimmel, Bruno (1961): Die erste Durchquerung Tibets. Österreich in Geschichte und Literatur Folge 5 (5. Jg.), 221226. Bischoff, F. A. (1968-1969): Anmerkungen zu einem Titel des 'Phags pa. Central Asiatic Journal 12, 79-87. Eberhard, W. (1957): Review: Louis M. J. Schramm, The Monguors of the Kansu-Tibetan Border. Part 2: Their Religious Life (Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, New Series 47/1). Philadelphia: The American Philosophical Society, 1957. Journal of the American Oriental Society 77, 284-285. Chetwode, Penelope and Shuttleworth, H. L. (1984): Bhuṇḍā - An account of the Western Himalayan Bhuṇḍā ritual in the Sutlej Valley. Saras Bulletin 4, 3-53. Siiger, Halfdan (1955): A Cult for the God of Mount Kanchenjunga among the Lapcha of Northern Sikkim. A Himalayan Magalithic Shrine and its Ceremonies. Actes du Congrès Internationale des Sciences Anthropologiques et Ethnologiques Vienne, 1-8 Septembre 1952 Tome 2. Ethnologica Première Partie, 185-189. Schubert, Johannes (1957): Besprechung: Wilhelm Filchner, Kumbum, Lamaismus in Lehre und Leben. Mit Originallegenden (Tibetisch, Mongolisch, Chinesisch) und 7 Bildtafeln nach Originalaufnahmen. Zürich: Rascher Verlag, 1954. Theologische Literaturzeitung 5, Spalten 349-351. Hummel, Siegbert (1956-1957): Schleuder und Tierbalboot in Tibet. Bulletin der Schweizerischen Gesellschaft für Anthropologie und Ethnologie (33. Jg.), 42-48. Schubert, Johannes (1961): Aus Nordindien und dem Himālaya. Notizen zu einigen für das Museum für Völkerkunde Leipzig erworbenen Gegenständen. Beiträge zur Völkerforschung Hans Damm zum 65. Geburtstag. Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Völkerkunde zu Leipzig 11, 585-603. Stein, R. A. (1957-1958): Les K'iang des marches sino-tibétaines - exemple de continuité de la tradition. Annuaire de l'École Pratique des Hautes Études - Section des sciences religieuses, 3-15. Moriyasu, T. (1980): La nouvelle interpretation des mots hor et ho-yo-hor dans le Manuscrit Pelliot Tibétain 1283. Acta Orientalia Hung. 34/1-3, 171-184. Smith, Vincent A. (Oct. 1906): Tibetan illustration of the Yaudheya tribal organisation. Indian Antiquary 35, 290291. 285 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4269 SD T 5 8 4270 4298 4307 SD T 5 9 SD T 6 1 SD T 6 10 4398 SD T 6 100 4399 SD T 6 101 4400 SD T 6 102 4401 SD T 6 103 4402 SD T 6 104 4403 SD T 6 105 4404 SD T 6 106 4405 4406 SD T 6 107 SD T 6 108 4407 SD T 6 109 4308 SD T 6 11 4408 SD T 6 110 Francke. A. H. (Apr. 1901): The Ladhaki pre-Buddhist marriage ritual (translations and notes). Indian Antiquary 30, 131-149. Calvert, H. (Febr. 1909): Notes on customs and beliefs in Spiti. Indian Antiquary 38, 49-51. Tucci, Giuseppe (1955): The Sacral Character of the Kings of Ancient Tibet. East and West 6/3, 197-205. Uray, Géza (1975): L'annalistique et la pratique bureaucratique au Tibet ancien. Journal Asiatique, 157-170. Eimer, Helmut (1974-1975): Die Gar log-Episode bei Padma dkar po und ihre Quellen. Orientalia Suecana 23-24, 182-199. Schubert, Johannes (1954): Besprechung: F.W. Thomas, Tibetan Literary Texts and Documents conserning Chinese Turkestan selscted and translated. Part II: Documents. London: Luzac (publ. for the Royal Asiatic Society), 1951. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 3-4, Spalten 165-167. Schubert, Johannes (1957): Besprechung: Milarepa ou Jetsun-Kahbum: Vie de Jetsün Milarepa. Traduite du Tibétain par le Lama Kazi Dawa-Samdup, edité par le Dr. W.Y. Evans-Wentz, avec introduction et commentaires. Traduction française de Roland Ryser. Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1955. Wiener Zeischrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes 54, 285-286. Uray, Géza (1975): Néhány szó Tibet régi történetéről és írásbeliségéről. Kelet-kutatás 1975. Tanulmányok az orientaliszitika köréből, 39-65. Sinha, Nirmal Chandra (1966): How Chinese was China's Tibet region ? In: A paper delivered at the Seminar on the Teaching of Chines History & Language in Indian Universities. Panjab University, Chandigarh December 12-14, 1966. Sikkim Darbar Press, 1-16. Petech, L. (1969): La struttura del Ms. Tib. Pelliot 1287. Rivista degl studi Orientali 43, 253-256. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1977): On the "Annals" Relating to Princess Wen-ch'eng. Memoirs of the Tōyō Bunko 35, 123130. Petech, Luciano (1966): Notes on Tibetan History of the 18th century. T'oung Pao 52/4-5, 261-292. Petech, Luciano (1959): The Dalai-Lamas and Regents of Tibet: A chronological study. T'oung Pao 47/3-5, 368-394. Petech, Luciano (1958): Bibliography: G. Schulemann, Geschichte der Dalai Lamas. Leipzig: VEB Otto Harrassowitz Verlag, 1958. T'oung Pao 46/3-5, 465-483. Bonn, Gisela (1976): Der Dalai Lama und die Wandlung des Buddhismus. Besuch im Exil des Priesterkönigs von Tibet. Indo Asia 2 (18. Jg.), 147-160. Taube, Manfred (1979): Zur Stellung des Pekinger lamaistischen Klerus in der chinesischen Politik des 17./18. 286 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4409 4410 SD T 6 111 SD T 6 112 4411 SD T 6 113 4412 SD T 6 114 4413 SD T 6 115 4414 SD T 6 116 4415 SD T 6 117 4416 SD T 6 118 4417 SD T 6 119 4309 SD T 6 12 4418 SD T 6 120 4419 SD T 6 121 4420 SD T 6 122 4421 SD T 6 123 Jahrhunderts. Abhandlungen und Berichte des Staatlichen Museums für Völkerkunde Dresden 37, 125-138. Richardson, H. E. (1971): The growth of a legend. Asia Major 16/1-2, 169-177. Richardson, H. E. (1973?): A Ch'ing missive to Tibet. Asia Major 18/1, 79-87. Székely, Gy. (1972): Compte rendu: Géza Uray, Tanuklmányok a királykori és a kései tibeti történetírás kapcsolatáról [Studies of the Relations of Regal and Late Tibetan Historiography]. Acta Historica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae 18, 179-182. Bogoslavskij, V. A. (o.J.): Nekotorye voprosy istorii tibeta v osveščenii bonskogo g'e-raga. O.A., 5-9. Meisezahl, R. O. (1964): Review: Mi la ras pa'i rnam thar, texte tibétain de la vie de Milarépa, édité par J.W. de Jong (Indo-Iranian Monographs 4). 's-Gravenhage, 1959. Oriens 17, 301-304. Petech, Luciano (1967): Glosse agli Annali di Tun-Huang. Rivista degli Studi Orientali 42, 241-279. Bogoslovskij, V. A. (o.J.): O nagogovych terminach v tibetskich dokumentach 7-9 vv. (ogyt istoruko-filologipeskogo analiza). O.A., 58-66. Szerb, J. (1980): Glosses on the oeuvre of bLa-ma 'Phags-pa: II. Some notes on the events of the years 1251-1254. Acta Orientalia Hung. 34/1-3, 263-285. De Jong, J. W. (1983): Review: Monumenta Tibetica Historica sankt Augustin, VGH Wissenschaftsverlag. Abteilung I: Scriptores. Hsg. von D. Schuh. Band 1: Manfred Taube, beiträge zur Geschichte der medizinischen Literatur Tibets. 1981. Band 2: G.W. Houston, Sources for a History of the bSam yas Debate. 1980. Indo-Iranian Journal 25, 218-222. Petech, Luciano (1966): Tibet. In: Handbuch der Orientalistik - Erste Abteilung: Der Nahe und der Mittlere Osten 5 Altaistik - 5. Abschnitt: Geschichte Mittelasiens. Leiden, Köln: E.J.Brill, 311-347. Laufer, B. (1914): The Sexagenary cycle Once More. T'oung Pao 15, 278-279. Schlagintweit, Emil (1866): Die Könige von Tibet. Abhandlungen der philosophisch-philologischen Classe der Königlich Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften 10, 797-879; 19 Seiten tibetischer Text, 2 Tabellen. Uray, Géza (1968): Bevezetés - Az értekezés tárgyának megválasztásáról. In: Tanulmányok a királykori és a kései tibeti történetírás kapcsolatáról. A Királyi Évkönyvek és az Ótibeti Krónika maradványai Dpa'-po Gcug-lag-'phreṅba Mkhas-pa'i dga'-ston-jában. Kandidátusi Értekezés Tézisei. Budapèst, 3-18. Clauson, G. L. M. (1927): Review: A.H. Francke, Antiquities of Indian Tibet. Part (volume) II. The Chronicles of Ladakh and Minor Chronicles. Ed. with Foreweord by F.W. Thomas (Archaeological Survey of India, New Imperial Series 50). Calcutta: Superintendent Government Printing, 1926. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 639. 287 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4422 4423 SD T 6 124 SD T 6 125 4424 SD T 6 126 4425 SD T 6 127 4426 SD T 6 128 4427 SD T 6 129 4310 SD T 6 13 4428 SD T 6 130 4429 SD T 6 131 4430 SD T 6 132 4431 SD T 6 133 4432 SD T 6 134 Kolmaš, Josef (o.J.): Tíbet v mezinárodní politice na pocátku 20. Století. O.A., 832-854. Hummel, Siegbert (1970): Tāranātha und sein Werk. Asiatische Studien (= Études Asiatiques) 24, 25-33. Bogoslovskij, V. A. (1964): Istoričeskie korni "skazanija o Chenit'be tibetskogo carja song cen-gam po na kitajskoj princesse Wen'-čen". Kratkie soobščenia INA 85, 21-29. Pubaev, R. E. (1962): Nekotorye voprory social'no-ėkonomičeskih otnošenij Tibeta konca 19 v [Einige Probleme der sozial-ökonomischen Verhältnisse Tibets Ende des 19.Jhs.]. In: Materialy po istorii i filologii central'noj azii. (Trudy BKNII SO AN SSSR 8), 18-35. Bogoslovskij, V. A. (o.J.): Nekotorye voprosy istorii Tibeta v oszescenii bonskogo G'e-raga. Kratkie soonscenia INA o.A., 5-9. Sarkar, S. C. (1944): Kālidāsa and his contemporaries in a Tibetan reference. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 1/4, 403-416. Iwanoffsky, I. (trl.) (1889): De la conquète du Tibet par les Chinois (1) (Koue Tchao Fou Souy Si Tsangdsi) [aus "Cheng wu ki" verfasst von Wei Youan de chao Yang]. Le Muséon 3, 165-181. De Jong, J. W. (1962-1963): Review: Biography of Dharmasvāmin (Chag lo-tsa-ba Chos-rje dpal). A Tibetan Monk Pilgrim. Oriental Tibetan text deciphered and translated by George Roerich. With a historical and critical introduction by A.S. Altekar (K.P. Jayaswal Research Institute Patna Historical Research Series 2). Patna, 1959. Indo-Iranian Journal 6, 167-173. De Jong, J. W. (1965-1966): Review: Herbert V. Guenther, The Life and Teaching of Nāropa. Translated from the original Tibetan with Philosophical Commentary based on the Oral Transmission. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1963. Indo-Iranian Journal 11, 161-163. De Jong, J. W. (1972): Review: R.E. Emmerick, Tibetan Texts concerning Khotan (London Oriental Series 19) London: Oxford University Press, 1967. Indo-Iranian Journal 13, 222-225. De Jong, J. W. (1973): Review: D. L. Snellgrove, Four Lamas of Dolpo. Autobiographies of Four Tibetan Lamas (15th-18th centuries). I: Introduction and Translations. Oxford: Bruno Cassirer, 1967. II: Tibetan Texts and Commentaries, ibid., 1967. Indo-Iranian Journal 15, 68-74. Taube, Manfred (1975): Review: Rudolf Kaschewsky, Das Leben des lamaistischen Heiligen Tsongkhapa Blo-bzaṅgrags-pa (1357-1419), dargestellt und erläutert anhand seiner Vita "Quellort allen Glücks". 1.Teil: Übersetzung und Kommentar; 2. Teil: Faksimiles (Asiatische Forschungen. Monographienreihe zur Geschichte, Kultur und Sprache der Völker Ost- und Zentralasiens - Hsg. für das Seminar für Sprach- und Kulturwissenschaft Zentralasiens der Universität Bonn von W. Heissig unter Mitwirkung von H.Francke und N. Poppe 32). Wiesbaden: Otto 288 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4433 SD T 6 135 4434 SD T 6 136 4435 SD T 6 137 4436 SD T 6 138 4437 SD T 6 139 4311 SD T 6 14 4438 SD T 6 140 4439 SD T 6 141 4440 SD T 6 142 4441 SD T 6 143 4442 SD T 6 144 4443 SD T 6 145 4444 SD T 6 146 Harrassowitz, 1971. Indo-Iranian Journal 16, 152-158. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1982): Review: Helmut Eimer, rNam thar rgyas pa, Materialien zu einer Biographie des Atiśa (Dīpaṃkaraśrījñāna). 1. Teil: Einführung, Inhaltsverzeichnis, Namensglossar. 2.Teil: Textmaterialien (Asiatische Forschungen 67). Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1979. Indo-Iranian Journal 24, 74-76. De Jong, J. W. (1982): Review: Michael Aris, Bhutan, The Early History of a Himalayan Kingdom. Warminster, Aris and Phillips Ltd 34. Indo-Iranian Journal 24, 318-321. Houston, G. W. (1982): Review: G. Lodrö, Geschichte der Kloster-Universität Drepung, mit einem Abriss der Geistesgeschichte Tibets. 1.Teil: Tibetischer Text. (Universität Hamburg. Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiet der Auslandskunde 73, Reihe B 42). Wiesbaden: in Komm. Franz Steiner Verlag, 1974. Indo-Iranian Journal 24, 76-78. Eimer, H. (1984): Zur Faksimile-Ausgabe eines alten Blockdruckes des bKa' gdams glegs bam. Indo-Iranian Journal 27, 45-47. Eimer, Helmut (1985): Ein weiterer Blockdruck des bKa' gdams glegs bam in Faksimile. Indo-Iranian Journal 28, 201-203. Haenisch, Erich (1938): Zwei kaiserliche Erlasse - Vom Ausgange der Regierung Kienlung, die Gorkha betreffend. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 3, 17-39. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1966): Notes on Early Tibetan History - Marriage Relations between the Ancient Tibetan Royal House and the T'ang Imperial Family. Tōyō Gakuhō 49/3, 1-39. Kimura, Ryūtoku (1977): Une Lacune dans le Manuscrit tibétain de Touen-houang, Pelliot tibétain 116. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 26/1, 489-484. Uray, Géza (1985): Vom römischen Kaiser bis zum Kaiser Ge-sar von Gliṅ. In: Fragen der mongolischen Heldendichtung teil 3. Vorträge des 4. Epensymposiums des Sonderforschungsbereichs 12, Bonn 1983. Hsg. von Walther Heissig. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 530-548. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1985): Chibetto shi ni okeru kambunshiryō no goden [Falsche Berichte der chinesischen Geschichtsschreibung über tibetische Geschichte]. Tōyō Gakuhō 66/1-4, 481-513. Blondeau, Anne-Marie (1985): mKhyen-brc'i dbaṅ-po: La biographie de Padmasambhava selon la tradition du bsGrags-pa bon, et ses sources. Serie Orientale Roma 56/1, 111-158. Eimer, Helmut (1983): Fragmente einer zweiten Druckausgabe der tibetischen Fassung der großen Tsoṅ kha pa-Vita des Blo bzaṅ tshul khrims. Tribus 32, 107-111. Dorji, Rizin (1983): The rJe Khenpo: His Role in Bhutanese Society. Presented at The 31st International Congress of 289 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4445 SD T 6 147 4446 SD T 6 148 4447 SD T 6 149 4312 SD T 6 15 4448 SD T 6 150 4449 SD T 6 151 4450 SD T 6 152 4451 SD T 6 153 4452 SD T 6 154 4453 4454 SD T 6 155 SD T 6 156 4455 SD T 6 157 4456 SD T 6 158 4457 SD T 6 159 Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture),12 pages (typescript). Bacot, Jacques (1957): Reconnaissance en Haute Asie Septentrionale par cinq envoyés ouigours au 8e siècle. Manuscrits de Haute Asie Conservés à la Bibliothèque Nationale de Paris 4 (Journal Asiatique 244/2 (1956)), 1-17 (4 tableaux). Eimer, Helmut (1981): Die Auffindung des Bka' chems ka khol ma. Quellenkritische Überlegungen. Referat vorbereitet für das Csoma de Kőrös Symposium, Velm/Österreich, 13.-19.9. 10 pages (typescript). Bogoslobskij, V.A. (1958): Nekotorye zoprosy social'no-ėkonomičeskich i političeskich otnošenij v Tibete 7-9 vv [Einige Probleme der sozial-ökonomischen und politischen Verhältnisse im Tibet des 7.-9. Jahrhunderts]. In: Moskva: Institut Vostokovedenija AN SSSR, 3-16. Macdonald, A. W. (1953): Une note sur les Mégalithes Tibétains. Journal Asiatique 241, 63-76. Sasaki, Kyōgo (1953): The Tibetan Version of Si-yü-chi and its Translator [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 2/1, 72-74. Nishida, Tatsuo (1969): Sei ka [Si-hsia]. Mongoru-Teikoku - Sekei Rekishi Sirīzu 12, 81-86. Nishida, Tatsuo (1970): Seika-ōkoku no seikaku to sono Bunka [Character of Si-hsia monarchy and its culture]. Iwanami koza - Sekai Rekishi 9, 63-86. Richardson, H. E. (1981): Khri gtsug-lde-brtsan's illness. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 44/2, 351-352. Richardson, H. E. (1980): The Fifth Dalai Lama's decree appointing Sangs-rgyas rgya-ntsho as regent. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 43, 329-344. Smith, Vincent A. (May 1903): Tibetan affinities of the Lichchhavis. Indian Antiquary 32, 233-236. De Milloué, L. (Dec. 1904): How the temporal power of the Dalai Lama was founded. Indian Antiquary 33, 309-314. Francke, A. H. and Daya Ram Sahni (July 1908): References to the Bhottas or Bhauttas in the Rajataragini of Kashmir. Translations and Notes on the Sanskrit Texts by Pandit Daya Ram Sahni. Notes from the Tibetan Records ba A. H. Francke. Indian Antiquary37, 181-192. Takeuchi, Tsuguhito (1986): Review: Zuihō Yamaguchi, Dunhuang Documents Written in Non-Chinese languages [jap.]. Tokyo, 1985. Tōyōshi Kenkyū [Journal of Oriental Researches] 45/2, 190-200. Takeuchi, Tsuguhito (1986): The Tibetans and Uighurs in Pei-t'ing, An-hsi (Kucha), and Hsi-chou (790-860 A.D.). Kinki Daigaku Kyōyōbu Kenkyū Kiyō 17/3, 51-68. 290 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4313 SD T 6 16 4458 SD T 6 160 4459 SD T 6 161 4460 SD T 6 162a 4461 SD T 6 162b 4462 SD T 6 163 4463 SD T 6 164 4464 SD T 6 165 4465 SD T 6 166 4466 SD T 6 167 4467 SD T 6 168 4468 SD T 6 169 4314 SD T 6 17 4469 SD T 6 170 4470 SD T 6 171 Karmay, Samtan G. (1975): A general Introduction to the History and Doctrine of Bon. Memoirs of the Research Department of the Tōyō Bunko 33, 171-218. Bailey, H. W. (1940-1942): Ttāgutta. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 10, 599-605. Roccasalvo, Joseph F. (1980): The debate of bSam yas: A study in religious contrast and correspondance. Philosophy East and West 30/4, 505-520. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1969): Matrimonial Relationship between the T'u-fan and the T'ang Dynasties (Part I). Memoirs of the Research Department of the Toyo Bunko (The Oriental Library) 27, 141-166. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1970): Matrimonial Relationship between the T'u-fan and the T'ang Dynasties (Part II). Memoirs of the Research Department of the Toyo Bunko (The Oriental Library) 28, 59-100. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1970): Su-p'i and Sun-po - A Historico-geographical Study on the Relation between rTsaṅ yul and Yan lag gsum pa'i ru. Acta Asiatica - Bulletin of the Institute of Eastern Culture 19, 97-133. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1975): The Geographical Location of Sum-Yul. Acta Asiatica - Bulletin of the Institute of Eastern Culture 29, 20-42. Malone, C. B. (1937): Review: Tibetan Literary Texts and Documents concerning Chinese Turkestan. Selected and translated by F. W. Thomas. Part I: Literary Texts. Oriental Translation Fund (New Series) 32. London, 1935. Journal of the American Oriental Society 57, 125-127. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1983): Dai Chibetto Ten. Chibetto gaido (Rekishi), 7 pages. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1980): Toban shikai jidai [Die Zeit der Herrschaft von T'u-fan]. In: Kōza Tonkō 2 "Tonkō no Rekishi". Ed. by Enoki Kazuo. Tōkyō, 197-232. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1978): ,Shyo ōtō shi myōji kyō` no choshya to seiritsunen [The Authorship and Dating of the gSal ba'i me long]. Tōyō Gakuhō 60/1-2, 1-18. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1977): ,Toban` no kokugō to ,Yōdō` no ichi - Fukokuden to dai-shō Yōdō no Kenkyū [The Name T'u-fan and the Location of the Yang-t'ung - A Study of Fu kuo chuan and the Greater and Lesser Yang-t'ung]. Tōyō Gakuhō 58/3-4, 55-95. Francke, A. H. (1924): Tibetische Handschriftenfunde aus Turfan. [Sitzungsberichte der Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften phil.-hist. Klasse zu Berlin], 5-20. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1981): Daruma-ō no habusu to sono satsugaisha [König Dar-mas Buddhistenverfolgung und sein Mörder]. In: Katsumata Shunkyō Hakushi koki Kinen Ronbushō. Daijō Bukkyō kara mikkyō e. Tōkyō, 657-672. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1978): Sontsen gam po-ō no "Jūrokujōhō" no kyokōsei to Toban no keihō [Die Fiktion von Sroṅ 291 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4471 SD T 6 172 4472 SD T 6 173 4473 SD T 6 174 4474 SD T 6 175 4475 SD T 6 176 4476 SD T 6 177 4477 SD T 6 178 4478 SD T 6 179 4315 SD T 6 18 4479 SD T 6 180 4480 SD T 6 181 4481 SD T 6 182 4482 SD T 6 183 btsan sgam po's mi chos gstaṅ ma bcu und das Strafrecht in T'u-fan]. In: Zui-tō teikoku to higashi-ajia-sekai, 1-39. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1980): Sashū Kanjiu ni yoru Toban ni-gundan no seiritsu to mKhar tsan gundan no ichi [Die Gründung von zwei Militärstationen der T'u-fan unter den Chinesen von Sha-cu und ein Versuch der Lokalisierung von mKhar tsan]. Tōkyō Daigaku Bungakubu Bunkakōryū Kenkyū Shisetsu Kenkyū Kiyō 4, 13-47. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1978): Toban ōkoku Bukkyōshi nendai kyō [Anmerkungen zur Chronologie der Geschichte des Buddhismus im Königreich T'u-fan]. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyū Kiyō 3, 1-52. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (o.J.): Toban ōke no sosen - sToṅ Lom ma tse no imi [Die Vorfahren der königlichen Familie in T'u-fan - Die Bedeutung von sToṅ Lom ma tse]. Komazawa Daigaku Bukkyō Gakubu Kenkyū Kiyō 31, 360-337. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1980): Daruma-ō no nishi to Toban no bunretsu [Die zwei Söhne des Königs Dar-ma und der Zerfall von T'u-fan]. Komazawa Daigaku Bukkyō Gakubu Ronshū 11, 214-233. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1980): Daruma-ō satsugai no zengo [Vor und nach der Ermordung des Königs Dar-ma]. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyūsho Kiyō 5, 1-27. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1969): Hakuran to Sum pa no rLaṅs shi [Pai-lan und die rLaṅs von Sum pa]. Tōyō Gakuhō 52/1, 1-61. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1973): Kia-siet-tung mua to sPu de guṅ rgyal. In: Nakamura-hakushi Kanreki Kinen Ronshū. Indo shisō to Bukkyō, 393-409. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1982): Chibetto shiryō no nenji keisanhō [Methods of Chronological Calculation in Tibetan Historical Sources]. Tōyō Gakuhō 141-168. Francke, A. H. (1924): Weitere Tibetische Handschriftenfunde von Turfan. [Sitzungsberichte der Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften phil.-hist. Klasse zu Berlin], 110-118. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1963): _ _ _ no Chibetto shihai ni itaru keii [Über die Umstände, wie O'i lod Guśri Khan in Tibet die Herrschaft innegehabt hat]. In: Iwai-kakushi koki-kinen "Tenseki Ronshū". Tōkyō, 741-773. Yamaguchi, Zuihō 81982): Chibetto no rekishi [Tibetische Geschichte]. In: Saizō Rama no Sekai, 175-186. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1978): 7 Seiki zenhan no Toban to Nepāru no kankei [Die Beziehung zwischen T'u-fan und Nepal in der ersten Hälfte des siebten Jahrhunderts]. Tōkyō Daigaku Bunkgakubu Bunka Kōryū Kenkyū Shisetsu Kenkyū 2-3, 29-57. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1981): Kanjin oyobi Tsūkyōjin ni yoru Sashū Toban gundan kensei no jiki [Zum Datum der Aufstellung von T'u-fan Militäreinheiten unter den Chinesen und mThoṅ-khyab von Sha-cu]. Tōkyō Daigaku Bungakubu Bunka Kōryū Kenkyū Shisetsu Kenkyū Kiyō 5, 1-21. 292 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4483 SD T 6 184 4484 SD T 6 185 4485 SD T 6 186 1044 SD T 6 187 4486 SD T 6 187 4487 SD T 6 188 4488 SD T 6 189 4316 SD T 6 19 4489 SD T 6 190 4490 SD T 6 191 4491 SD T 6 192 4492 SD T 6 193 4493 SD T 6 194 4494 SD T 6 195 Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1979): [Besprechung:] Hisashi Satō, Chibetto rekishi-chiri kenkyū [Studies in the Historical Geography of Tibet]. Shigaku Zasshi 88/11, 93-104. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1980): [Besprechung:] Luciano Petech, The Kingdom of Ladakh, c. 950-1842 A.D. [jap.]. Tōyō Gakuhō 62/1-2, 143-150. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1973): [Besprechung:] Z. Ahmad, Sino-Tibetan relations in the Seventeenth Century [jap.]. Tōyō Gakuhō 55/4, 99-106. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1973): Chibetto Bukkyō to Shiragi no kin-oshō. Shiragi Bukkyō Kenkyū, ed. Kim Jikyon, Ch'ae Inkwan. Tōkyō, 3-36. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1973): Chibetto Bukkyō to Shiragi no Kin-oshō [Tibetischer Buddhismus und der Abt von Silla]. In: Shiragi Bukkyō Kenkyū. Ed. by Kim Jikyon, Ch'ae Inhwan. Tōkyō, 3-36. Ueyama, Daishun (1967-1968): Daibankoku daitoku sanzō hōshi shanron Hōjō no kenkyū [Studien über den Mönch Fa-tch'eng, Meister des Tripiṭaka, Bhadanta des Reichs von Groß-Tibet]. Tōyō Gakuhō 38-39, 133-198, 119-222. Lho pa kun mKhyen Rin chen dpal: dPal ldan sa skya paṇḍita'i rnam thar kun mKhyen rin chen dpal gyis mdzad pa. In: Lam 'bras slob śad, ka 38b1-57a1. Debru Dun: Sa skya Centre 1983 (Xerox aus Hamburg). Francke, A. H. (1928): Königsnamen von Khotan (a-mo-ca) auf tibetischen Dokumenten der Turkistansammlungen von London und Berlin.[Sitzungsberichte der Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften phil.-hist. Klasse zu Berlin], 671-676. Uray, Géza (1987): Zu den Spuren des Nestorianismus und des Manichäismus im alten Tibet (8.-10. Jahrhundert). In: Synkretismus in den Religionen Zentralasiens (Studies in Oriental Religions 13). Hsg. von Walther Heissig und Hans-Joachim Klimkeit. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 197-206. Huang, Wan-lun (1987): On the social economy in Ancient Tibet [chin.]. Peking: Csoma de Kőrös Society, 1-19. Kolmaš, Josef (1963): Review: B. I. Kuznecov, Tibetskaja letopis' "Svetloe zercalo carskich rodoslovnych"´[A Tibetan Chronicle "The Clear Mirror of the Royal Genealogies"]. Izdatel'stvo Leningradskogo universiteta, 1961. Archív Orientální 31, 159-165. Stein, R. A. (1986): Tibetica Antiqua IV: La tradition relative au début du Bouddhisme au Tibet. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 75, 169-196. Petech, Luciano (1987): Il Tibet e i Mongoli di Cina all'epoca di Marco Polo. In: Venezia e l'oriente. A cura di Lionello Lanciotti. Firenze: Leo S. Olschki Editore,363-377. Moriyasu, Takao (1987?): Chūō-ajia shi-no chū-no Chibetto - Toban no sekaishi mato ichi tsuke ni mukete no tenbō 293 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1069 SD T 6 196 4495 SD T 6 196 1070 SD T 6 197 4496 SD T 6 197 1071 SD T 6 198 4497 SD T 6 198 4498 SD T 6 199 4299 SD T 6 2 4317 SD T 6 20 357 SD T 6 200 358 SD T 6 201 359 360 SD T 6 202 SD T 6 203 [Tibet in der zentralasiatischen Geschichte - Bemerkungen hinsichtlich der Essenzen der weltgeschichtlichen Bedeutung des alten Tibets]. In: Nagano Yasuhiko to Tachikawa Musashi (eds.), Chibetto no Gengo to Bunka. Kyōto, 44-68. Szerb, János (1989): Glosses on the oeuvre of Bla ma 'Phags pa. Religious and Lay Symbolism in the Altaic World and Other Papers. Proceedings of the 27th Meeting of the PIAC, Walberberg, FRG, June 12th to 17th, 1984. Ed. Klaus Sagaster in coll. with Helmut Eimer. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 365-378. Szerb, János (1989): Glosses on the Oeuvre of bLa ma 'Phags pa. In: Religious and lay symbolism in the Altaic world and other papers. Proceedings of the 27th Meeting of the Permanent International Altaistic Conference. Walberberg, Federal Republic of Germany - June 12th to 17th, 1984. Ed. by Klaus Sagaster in collaboration with Helmut Eimer. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 365-378. Kolmaś, Josef (1988): Dezhung Rinpoche's Summary and Continuation of the Sde-dge'i rgyal-rabs. AOH 42, 119152. Kolmaš, Josef (1988): Dezhung Rinpoche's summary and continuation of the sDe-dge'i rgy al-rabs. Acta Orientalia Academiae Scientiarum Hung. 42/1, 119-152. Facts about Tibet and An Appeal to the Citizens of the World. Issued by the Assembly of Tibetan People's Deputies (Tibetan Parliament in Exile), Dharamsala (H.P.) February 1, 1990. 3 S. Facts about Tibet and An Appeal to the Citizens of the World. Issued by the Assembly of Tibetan People's Deputies (Tibetan Parliament in Exile). Dharamsala (H.P.) February 1, 1990, 3 pages. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1985): Chibetto shi ni okeru kanbun shiryō no goden [Die falsche Überlieferung des chinesischen Geschichtsmaterials in der Geschichte Tibets]. Tōyō Gakuhō 66, 481-513. Uray, Géza (1960): The Four Horns of Tibet According to the Royal Annals. Acta Orientalia Hung. 10/1, 31-58. Wylie, Turrell V. (1977): The first Mongol conquest of Tibet reeinterpreted. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 37/1, 103-133. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1987): Chibetto no rekishi [Geschichte Tibets]. Chibetto no gengo to bunka. Tōjusha 1987, 69106. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1985): Chibetto go bunken: Bukkyō kankei igai no shobunken [Tibetische Texte: nichtbuddhistische Texte]. Kōza tonko 6, Tonkō kogo bunken. Tōkyō: Daitō shuppansha, 451-555. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1985): "lDan dkar ma" 824-nen seiritsu setsu. Naritasan Bukkyō Kenkyūsho Kiyō 9, 1-51. Ruegg, D. Seyfort (1989): A Tibetan's Odyssey: A Review Article. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 304-311. 294 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 361 SD T 6 204 362 SD T 6 205 363 SD T 6 206 364 SD T 6 207 365 SD T 6 208 366 SD T 6 209 4318 SD T 6 21 378 SD T 6 210 379 SD T 6 211 380 SD T 6 212 381 SD T 6 213 382 SD T 6 214 383 384 SD T 6 215 SD T 6 216 386 SD T 6 217 388 SD T 6 218 [ad: Le mendiant de l'Amdo. By Heather STODDARD. Paris 1985.] Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1988): Seshō saṅs rgyas rgya mtsho no shutsuji o megutte [über die Herkunft des Regenten Saṅs rgyas rgya mtsho].Enoki hakase shōju kinen toyōshi ronsō, 443-458. Kolmaś, J. (1988): Dezhung Rinpoche's Summary and Continuation of the sde-dge'i rgyal rabs. AOH XLII, 119-151. Petech, Luciano (1984): Le ambasciate arabe in Cina. Studi in onore di Francesco Gabrieli nel suo ottantesimo compleanno. Roma, 619-630. Eimer, Helmut (1985): Life and Activities of Atiṣa Dīpaṃkaraśrījñāna: A Survey of Investigations Undertaken. Journal of the Asiatic Society XXVII. Number 4, 3-12. Franke, Herbert: Marginalien zu den Besuchen der Karma-pa-Hierarchen in China während der späteren Yüanzeit. China, Dimensionen der Geschichte. Festschrift für Tilemann Grimm anläßlich seiner Emeritierung. Hg. v. Peter M. Kuhfus. Tübingen: Attempto Verlag, 99-120. Uray, Géza (1991): The Location of Khar-can and Leṅ-_u of the Old Tibetan Sources. Varia Eurasiatica, Festschrift für Professor András Róna-Tas, Szeged, 195-227. Vogel, Claus (1964): On Tibetan chronology. Central Asiatic Journal 9/1, 224-238. Uray, Géza (?): The Structure and Genesis of the Old Tibetan Chronicle of Dunhuang. Florenz, Leo S. Olschki Editore, 123-143. Benedek, Wolfgang (1992): Zur Situation der Menschenrechte in Tibet. öHZ 10 (Verdrängte Völker), 9-11. Uray, Géza (1990): The Old Name of Ladakh. Acta Orientalia Academiae Scientiarum Hung., 44/1-2, 217224. Hevia, James (1993): Lamas, Emperors, and Rituals: Political Implications in Qing Imperial Ceremonies. JIABS 16/2, 243-278. DeJong, J. W. (1991): Review: Karl-Heinz Everding, Die Präexistenzen der lCaṅ skya Qutuqtus. Untersuchungen zur Konstruktion und historischen Entwicklung einer lamaistischen Existenzenlinie (Asiatische Forschungen, Band 104). Indo-Iranian Journal 34, 149-152. Wangel, Yishi (?): The Truth About Tibet, Second Bulletin. No. 73, Beachwood House, Laden La Road, Darjeeling. Desmorillon, A. (1936): A la recherche d'un "Dieu vivant". Le Monde Illustre, 10-11. Uray, G. (1981): Tibet's Connections with Nestorianism and Manicheism in the 8th-10th Centuries. Contributions on Tibetan Language, History and Culture. Ed. by E. Steinkellner and H. Tauscher. Wien (WSTB 10), 399-429 Karmay, Samten G. (1990): The decree of the Khro-chen king. AO 51, 141-159. 295 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 389 SD T 6 219 4319 SD T 6 22 675 SD T 6 220 408 SD T 6 221 411 SD T 6 222 413 SD T 6 223 415 SD T 6 224 417 SD T 6 225 474 SD T 6 226 422 SD T 6 227 425 SD T 6 228 426 SD T 6 229 4320 SD T 6 23 4321 SD T 6 23 429 SD T 6 230 431 SD T 6 232 Karmay, Samten G. (1995): The Social Organization of Ling and the Term Phu-nu in the Gesar epic. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, Vol. LVIII, 303-313. Vogel, Claus (1964): A note on chronology. Central Asiatic Journal 9/1, 312. Meisezahl, R. O. ( 1990): La biographie du Glorieux Atiśa d'après le manuel Bka' gdams pa. ORIENS, 32, 443-450 Meisezahl, R. O. (1992): Die Ta'i si tu - Fassung des "Kodex der 13 Gesetze" (Źal l_e b_u gsum). Ein Beitrag zur tibetischen Rechtsgeschichte im 14. Jahrhundert. ORIENS, 33, 307-347 bsTan 'dzin rgya mtsho [Dalai Lama XIV]. ? (1994): The Origin of the Fourteenth Dalai Lama, China International Press Abriß Chinas (1993): Der XIV. Parteitag der KPCh und die Reform Chinas. 1-45. Robutsering, Namgyi (1994): Tibet's Material Wealth, Great Changes in Possession. Tibet Series, China Intercontinental Press, 1-43. Zhonglu, Liu (1994): Women of Tibet. Tibet Series, China International Press, 1-47. Yamaguchi, Z. (1980) Buchbesprechung von:Petech, L.: The Kingdom of Ladakh, c. 950-1842 A.D.TGH 62, 143151. [jap.] Yamaguchi, Z. (1979): Buchbesprechung von:Mission Paul Pelliot: Choix de documents tibétains conservés à la Bibliotèque Nationale complété par quelques manuscrits de l'India Office et du British Museum. TGH 61, 181-185. Yamaguchi, Z. (1979): Buchbesprechung von:Satō, H.: Chibetto Rekishi-chiri Kenkyū (Studies in the Historical Geography of Tibet). Shigaku-Zasshi 11, 93-104. [jap.] Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1982): Kanjin oyobi tsūyōjin ni yoru sasyū tobangundan hensei no jiki [Zeitpunkt der Formierung des tibetischen Militär von Chinesen und mThong khyab in Sha cu]. Tōkyō Daigaku Bungakutu Bunkar, 1-21. [jap.] Lalou, Marcelle (1965): Catalogue des Principautés du Tibet ancien. Journal Asiatique, 189-215. Imaeda, Yoshiro (1975): Documents Tibétains de Touen-Houang concernant le Concile du Tibet. Journal Asiatique 163, 125-146. Uray, Géza (1987): Uray Géza Tibetológiai Kutatásainak Föbb Eredményeiröl. Doktori eErtekezés Tézisei, 3-7. [ungar.] Szerb, János (1985): Glosses on the Oeuvre of Bla-ma 'Phags-pa: III. The "Patron-Patronized" Relationship. 296 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 432 SD T 6 233 433 SD T 6 234 434 435 SD T 6 235 SD T 6 236 436 SD T 6 237 437 SD T 6 238 438 SD T 6 239 4322 SD T 6 24 444 SD T 6 240 190 SD T 6 241 192 SD T 6 242 555 SD T 6 243 557 SD T 6 244 PIATS Columbia 1982, 165-173. Szerb, J. (1983): A note on the Tibetan-Uigur treaty of 822/823 A.D.. In: Contributions on Tibetan and Buddhist Religion and Philsophy. Edited by Ernst Steinkellner and Helmut Tauscher. Proceedings of the Csoma de Kőrös Symposium held at Velm-Vienna, Austria 13-19 September 1981, vol. 1 (Wiener Studien zur Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde 11). Wien: Arbeitskreis für tibetische und buddhistsiche Studien Universität Wien, 375-387. Li, Fang-kuei (1981): du gan du xiang lu dong zan kào [Untersuchung über den Großminister von Tufan, Lu dong zan (Stong tsan)]. Tai bei, 369-378. [chin.] Fujieda, Akira (1961): Tun-huang under the Tibetans. TGH 31, 199-292. [jap.] Ueyama, Daishun (1964): T'an-k'uang and Buddhist Studies at Tunhuang. TGH 35, 141-214. [jap.] Obata, Hiromitu (1976): A Study on the Dhyāna Masters appered in Pelliot tibétain n( 116. Annual Report from the Institute for Zen Studies 8, 33-103. [jap.] Okimoto, Katsumi (1979): A Study on the Leng Jia Shi Zi Ji - Tibetan Text and Translation (continued). Annual Report from the Institute for Zen Studies 9, 1-28. [jap.] Obata, Hironobu (1975): On the first master of chán Bodhidharmatrāta in Tibet. IBK, Proceedings 26th Congress, 229-232. [jap.] Richardson, H. E. (1965): A Fragment from Tun Huang. Bulletin of Tibetology 2/3, 32-38. (1997): The History of Tibet. New Resources and Perspectives. A Tribute to Hugh Edward Richardson in his ninetythird year. Petech, Luciano (1996): Review: A History of Tibet by Ngag-dbang Blo-bzang rGya-mtsho, Fifth Dalai Lama of Tibet, translated from the Tibetan by Zahiruddhin Ahmad (Indiana University Oriental series, vol.7), Indiana University Oriental Research Institution for Inner Asian Studies, Bloomington, Indiana. 1995. Central Asiatic Journal 40/2, 291-298. Petech, Luciano (1996): Chinese and Tibetan Materials on the Nepalese Quinquennial Missions. In: S. Lienhard (ed.): Change and Continuity: Studies in the Nepalese Culture of the Kathmandu Valley. Torino, 167-188. Petech, Luciano (1996): Review: Tibetan Buddhist historiography: The Mirror illustrating the Royal Genealogies, an annotated translation of the XIVth century Tibetan rGyal rabs gsal ba'k me long. Translated by P.K. Sorenson. (Asiatische Forschungen, Bd. 128). Central Asiatic Journal 40/1, 149-154. Jackson, David (1999): The Last "Paṇḍita" of ¿or: A Biographical Sketch of ¿ag-dbaṅ-bsod-namsrgyal-mtshan, the Wanderer from gTsaṅ-roṅ. Studia Tibetica et Mongolica (Festschrift Manfred Taube). (IeT. 34), 297 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1288 SD T 6 245 1368 SD T 6 246 1529 SD T 6 247 1536 SD T 6 248 1538 SD T 6 249 4323 1552 SD T 6 25 SD T 6 250 1557 SD T 6 251 1558 SD T 6 252 1564 1573 SD T 6 253 SD T 6 254 1576 SD T 6 255 1585 SD T 6 256 1588 SD T 6 257 137-152. Eimer, Helmut and Tseing, Pema (1981): A List of Abbots of Kaḥ-Thog Monastery according to handwritten Notes by the late Katok Ontul. The Journal of the Tibet Society, vol.1, pp. 11-14. De Jong, J. W. (1962): Reviews: (1) Biography of Dharmasvāmin (Chag lo-tsa-ba Chos-rje-dpal). A Tibetan Monk Pilgrim. Original Tibetan text deciphered and translated by G. Roerich. With a historical and critical introduction by A.S. Altekar. (2) Abhidharmadīpa with Vibhāṣāprabhāvṛtti, critically edited with notes and introduction by P.S. Jaini. IIJ 6/2, 167-175. Eimer, Helmut & Tsering, Pema (1979): Äbte und Lehrer von Kaḥ thog. Eine erste Übersicht zur Geschichte eines Rñiṅ ma pa-Klosters in Derge/ Khams. ZAS 13, 457-509. Eimer, Helmut (1985): Life and Activities of Atiśa Dīpaṃkaraśrījñāna. A Survey of Investigations Undertaken. JASB 27/4, 3-12. Steinkellner, Ernst & Luczanits, Christian (1999): The Renovation Inscription of the Tabo gTsug Lag Khaṅ. New Edition and Translation. In: L.Petech & Chr. Luczanits (ed.), Inscriptions from the Tabo Main Temple. Roma (Serie Orientale Roma 83), 9-27. Rahul, R. (1968-1969): The role of Lamas in Central Asian politics. Central Asiatic Journal 12, 209-227. Tibet Information Network (1997): Leaders in Tibet. A Guide. London: TIN, 1997. Petech, Luciano (1997): Review: Roberto Vitali, The Kingdoms of Gu ge Pu hrang, According to mNga' ris rGyal rabs by Gu ge mKhan chen Ngag dbang grags pa. Dharamsala, 1996. TibJ 22/3, 106-111. Vitali, Robert (1997): A Rejoinder to Luciano Petech's Review of Roberto Vitali, The Kingdoms of Gu ge Pu hrang. TibJ 22/3, 135-140. Tibet Information Network (o.J.): Events in Tibet, 1997. A Brief Chronology. London: TIN, o.J. Baumer, Christoph (1999): Hugh E. Richardson - Zeuge des unabhängigen Tibets. TA 62, 10-15. Hartmann, Jens-Uwe (1997): Dordsche Schugden und die Religionsfreiheit: Anmerkungen zu einem Konflikt. TibetForum 3-97, 6-8. Kollmar-Paulenz, Karénina (1999/2000): Prolegomena zu einer Neubewertung der religionspolitischen Beziehungen zwischen dem Altan qayan der Tümed-Mongolen und der tibetisch-buddistischen dGe lugs pa-Schule im ausgehenden 16. Jahrhundert. UAJb N.F. 16, 245-256. Lopez Jr, Donald S. (2000): Foreword. In: W.Y. Evans-Wentz (ed.), Tibet's Great Yogī Milarepa. A Biography from the Tibetan Being the Jetsün-Kahbum or Biographical History of Jetsün-Milarepa, According to the Late Lāma Kazi 298 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1604 SD T 6 258 1605 SD T 6 259 4324 SD T 6 26 1606 SD T 6 260 1677 SD T 6 261 1759 SD T 6 262 1362 SD T 6 263 4325 SD T 6 27 4326 SD T 6 28 4327 SD T 6 29 4300 SD T 6 3 4328 SD T 6 30 4329 SD T 6 31 4330 SD T 6 32 Dawa-Samdup's English Rendering. Oxford, a-m. Van der Kuijp, Leonard (2004): U rgyan pa Rin chen dpal (1230-1309) Part Two: For Emperor Qubilai? His Garland of Tales about Rivers. In: Christoph Cüppers (ed.), The Relationship Between Religion and State (chos srid zung 'brel) in Traditional Tibet. Proceedings of a Seminar Held in Lumbini, Nepal, March 2000. Lumbini, 299-337. Van der Kuijp, Leonard (2004): The Kālacakra and the Patronage of Tibetan Buddhism by the Mongol Imperial Family. The Central Eurasian Studies Lectures 4, 1-62. Wylie, Turrell V. (1968-1969): Tibetan passports: Their function and significance. Central Asiatic Journal 12, 149152. Van er Kuijp, Leonard (1993): Review: Melvyn Goldstein, A History of Modern Tibet, 1913-1951: The Demise of the Lamaist State. Berkeley, 1989. IIJ 36, 269-272. Österreichische Entwicklungszusammenarbeit: Bhutan. Priority Country of the Austrian Development Cooperation (Ethnological Museum exhibition "Bhutan - Fortress of the Gods" 1997-1998), Wien, 9 pages Hilton, Isabel (2006): Monasteries into Motorways. [Review of:] Lhasa: Streets with Memories by Robert Barnett. London Review of Books 28/17, 7 September 2006, 25-27. Imaeda,Yoshihiro (2000): Ritual des traités de paix sino-tibétains du viii au ix siècle. In: XIV Rencontres de l'École du Louvre, 87-98. Dargyay, Eva (1972): Zur Interpretation der mythischen Urgeschichte in den tibetischen Historikern. Central Asiatic Journal 16, 161-177. Jagchid, Sechin (1973): A Mongol text letter from a Tibetan leader to the Manchu ministers, Central Asiatic Journal 17, 150-163. Houston, Gary (1974): The bSam yaas debate: According to the rGyal rabs gsal ba'i me long. Central Asiatic Journal 18, 209-216. Hummel, Siegbert (1957): Die Tibetische Frühgeschichte und die Etruskerfrage. Paideuma - Mitteilungen zur Kulturkunde 6/6, 307-317. Stein, R. A. (1966): Nouveaux documents tibétains sur le Mi-ñag/Si-hia. Mélanges de Sinologie 1, 281-289. Satō, Hisashi (1976): "Toban", "Yōdō" nado no meishō ni tsuite [On the appellations of "Tu-fan" and "Yang-tong" etc.]. Tōyō Kenkyū 35/1, 26-48. Kania, Ireneusz (1974): The seventh chapter of the rGyal rabs gsal ba'i me long and a problem of Tibetan Etymology. Folia Orientalia 15, 247-258. 299 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4331 SD T 6 33 4332 SD T 6 34 4333 SD T 6 35 4334 SD T 6 36 4335 SD T 6 37 4336 SD T 6 38 4337 SD T 6 39 4301 4338 SD T 6 4 SD T 6 40 4339 SD T 6 41 4340 SD T 6 42 4341 4342 SD T 6 43 SD T 6 43 4343 SD T 6 44 4344 4345 SD T 6 45 SD T 6 46 Satō, Hisashi (1975): Tōdai seikai tōhen shojōsai ni tsuite. "Gyokujuken shikō" no shōkai wo kanete [Fortresses in the East of Köke nayur in the Tang Period]. Shirin 58/5, 1-22. Uray, Géza (1967): Traces of a narrative of the old Tibetan Chronicle in the mKhas-pa'i dga'-ston. Monumenta Serika 26, 498-505. Uray, Géza (1963): die Lehnfürstentümer des tibetischen Reiches im 7.-9. Jahrhundert. In: Trudy Dvadcat' Pjatogo Meždunarodnogo Kongressa Vostokovedon Moskva 9-16 Avgusta 1960, Tom 5 (Zasedanija Sekcij 16-20). Moskva: Izoatel'stvo Vostočnoj Literatury, 204-210. Vorob'ev-Desjatovskij, V. S. (1953): Tibetskil dokument na Dereve iz Rajona Ozera Lob-Nor. Epigrafika Vostoka 78, 69-85, 68-72. Vorob'ev-Desjatovskij, V. S. (1953): Kollekcija Tibetskich dokumentov na Dereve, Sobrannaja S. E. Malovym. Učenye Zapiski Instituta Vostokovedenija 6, 166-175. Róna-Tas, A. (1964): Besprechung: R.A. Stein, Les tribus anciennes des marches sinotibétaines. Légendes, classificationsn et histoire (Bibliothèque de l'Institut des Hautes Études Chinoises 15). Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 1961. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 3-4 (59.Jg.), 199-202. Bischoff, F. A. (1968): Recherches sur les principes légaux des traités internationaux des T'ang. In: Studies in South, East, and Central Asia presented as a Memorial Volume to the late Prof. Raghu Vira. Ed. by Denis Sinor. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 10-36. Petech, Luciano (1947): Alcuni nomi geografici nel "la-dvags-rgyal-rabs". Rivista degli Studi Orientali 22, 82-91. Ligeti, Lajos (1936): Tibeti források Közép-Ázsia történetéhez. Kőrösi Csoma-Archivum Ergänzungsband 2, 75-103. Tozzi, D. Giuli (1976): L'explorazione del Tibet e le autorit cinesi (1876-1900). Istituto Orientale di Napoli Annali 36 (N. S. 26), 396-418. Kolmaš, Josef (1966): Four letters to Po chü-i to the Tibetan authorites (808-810 A.D.). Archiv Orientální 34, 375410. Bogosiovskij, V. B. (1962): Ora otryvka iz tibetskogo apokvifa "Pjat' Skazanij". Kratkie Soobščena 53, 56-64. Uray, Géza (1964): Nerasšifrovannye tituly dostoinstva v carskich Annalach Tibeta. Kratkie Soobščena 83, 184-188. Thomas, F. W. (1927): A Chinese Buddhist Pilgrim's Letters of Introduction. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 546-558. Thomas, F. W. (1926): The Ha-za of Chinese Turkestan. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 310-313. Thomas, F. W. (1927-1928): Tibetan Documents concerning Chinese Turkestan: I: the Ha-za; II: The Śa-cu Region 300 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4346 SD T 6 47 4347 SD T 6 48 4348 SD T 6 49 4302 4349 SD T 6 5 SD T 6 50 4350 SD T 6 51 4351 SD T 6 52 4352 SD T 6 53 4353 SD T 6 54 4354 4355 SD T 6 55 SD T 6 56 4357 SD T 6 57 4356 SD T 6 58 4303 SD T 6 6 4358 SD T 6 60 4359 4360 SD T 6 61a SD T 6 61b [1]; II: The Śa-cu Region [2]; III: The Nob Region. Journal of the Royal Society, 51-85, 807-844, 63-98, 555-595. Ligeti, Louis (1971): À propos du "Rapport sur les rois demeurant dans le Nord". In: Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou, Paris, 166-189. Richardson, Hugh E. (1971): Who was Yum-brtan ? In: Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou, Paris, 433-439. Uray, Géza (1979): The old Tibetan sources of the history of Central Asia up to 751 A.D.: A survey. In: Prolegomena to the sources on the history of Pre-Islamic Central Asia. Budapest, 275-304. Stein, R. A. (1963): Deux notules d'histoire ancienne du Tibet. Journal Asiatique 251, 327-335. Tucci, Giuseppe (1936): A propos the Legend of Nāropā. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 677-688. Obermiller, E. (1935): Bu-ston's History of Buddhism and the Mañjuśrī-mūla-tantra. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 299-306. Blondeau, Anne-Marie (1971): Le Lha-'dre bka'-thaṅ. In: Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou, Paris, 29-126. Petech, Luciano (1971): bÇad-sgra sBaṅ-phyug-rgyal-po, régent du Tibet. In: Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou, Paris, 392-401. Hambis, Louis (1971): L'histoire des Mongols à l'époque de Gengis-khan et le sPag-bsam l on-bzaṅ de Sumpaqutuqtu. In: Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou, Paris, 149-158. O.A. (1965): The independent status of Tibet. An historical note. In: Facts about Tibet. New Delhi, 16 pages. Tucci, Giuseppe (1949): Tibetan Notes. Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies 12, 477-496. Lange, Kristina (1969): Über die Präexistenzen der Dalai Lamas. Versuch einer kritischen Analyse tibetischbuddhistischer Quellen. Jahrbuch des Museums für Völkerkunde zu Leipzig 26, 205-228 (mit Tafeln). Szerb, J. (1980): Glosses on the oeuvre of bLa-ma 'Phags-pa: II. Some notes on the events of the years 1251-1254. Acta Orientalia Hung. 34/1-3, 263-285. Macdonald, Ariane (1963): Préambule à la lecture d'un rGya-bod yig-chang. Journal Asiatique 251, 53-159. Uebach, Helga (1980): Die Besitzurkunde des Se-ra Sṅags-pa Gra-c'an. In: Heilen und Schenken. Festschrift für Günther Klinge zum 70. Geburtstag. Hsg. von Herbert Franke und Walther Heissig. Wiesbaden, 121-127. Richardson, H. E. (1958): The Karma-pa sect. A historical note. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 139-164. Richardson, H. E. (1959): The Karma-pa sect. Part II. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1-17 (appendix). 301 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4361 SD T 6 62 4362 SD T 6 63 4363 SD T 6 64 4364 SD T 6 65 4365 SD T 6 66a 4368 SD T 6 66b 4366 SD T 6 67a 4367 SD T 6 67b 4369 SD T 6 68 4304 SD T 6 7 4370 SD T 6 71 4371 SD T 6 72 4372 SD T 6 73 4373 4374 SD T 6 74 SD T 6 75 Lamb, Alistair (1957-1958): Tibet in anglo-chinese relations: 1767-1842. Part I, Part II. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 161-176, 26-43. Róna-Tas, A. (1958): Compte rendu: G. Schulemann, Gechichte der Dalai-Lamas. Leipzig, 1958. Acta Orientalia 8, 321-327. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1980): Attempt to Locate mKhar tsan [jap.]. Annual Report of the Institute for the Study of Cultural Exchange 4, 13-48. Macdonald, Ariane (1971): Une lecture des Pelliot tibétain 1286, 1287, 1038, 1047, et 1290. In: Études tibétaines dédiées à la mémoire de Marcelle Lalou, Paris, 190-391. Thomas, F. W. (1930): Tibetan Documents concerning Chinese Turkestan. IV: The Khotan Region. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 147-193, 251-300. Thomas, F. W. (1931): Tibetan Documents concerning Chinese Turkestan. V: (a) The Dru-gu (Great Dru-gu and Drug-cun; the Dru-gu cor and the Bug cor; the Dru-gu and Ge-sar; the title Bog-do; conclusion); (b) the Hor; (c) the Phod-kar. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 807-836. Thomas, F. W. (1933): Tibetan Documents concerning Chinese Turkestan. VI: The Tibetan Army. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 379-400. Thomas, F. W. (1934): Tibetan Documents concerning Chinese Turkestan. VII: Government and social Conditions. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 85-112. Laufer, Berthold (1914): Was Odoric of Pordenone ever in Tibet ? T'oung Pao 15, 415-418. Uray, Géza (1970): A VII.-IX. Századi Tibeti források személynévtana és a tibeti történelem kutatásai. Különlenyomat a Nyelvtudományi Értekezések 70. Számábol, 265-270. Uray, Géza (1967): Review: D. S. Ruegg, The Life of Bu ston Rin po che. With the Tibetan Text of the Bu ston rNam thar. Serie Orientale Roma 34. Roma: Istituto per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1966. Acta Orientalia Hung. 20, 382-385. Petech, Luciano (1959): The Dalai-Lamas and regents of Tibet: A chronological study. T'oung Pao 47/3-5, 368-394. Uray, Géza (o.J.): Reviews: V. S. Vorobjev-Desjatovskij, - Kollekcija tibetskich dokumentov na dereve, sobrannaja C.E. Malobym; - Tibetskij dokument na dereve iz rejona ozera Lop-Nov; - Tibetskie dokumenty na dereve iz rajona ozera Lop-Nor, II. Acta Orientalia Hung. 4/1-3, 304-314. Vogel, Claus (1968-1969): On the No pai rnam thar. Central Asiatic Journal 12, 8-30. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): The validity of Tibetan historical tradition. Opera Minora 6/2, 453-466. 302 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4375 SD T 6 76 4376 4377 SD T 6 77 SD T 6 78 4378 SD T 6 79 4305 SD T 6 8 4379 SD T 6 80 4380 SD T 6 81 4381 SD T 6 82 4382 SD T 6 83 4383 4384 SD T 6 84 SD T 6 85 4385 SD T 6 86 4386 SD T 6 87 4387 SD T 6 88 4388 4306 SD T 6 89 SD T 6 9 Taube, Manfred (1983): Die "Geheime Befreiung" des 6. Dalai Lama. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 78/5, Spalten 437-443. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Preistoria Tibetana. Opera Minora 6/2, 467-470. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): The wives of Srong btsan sgam po. Opera Minora 6/2, 605-611. Szerb, J. (1983): A note on the Tibetan-Uigur treaty of 822/823 A.D.. In: Contributions on Tibetan and Buddhist Religion and Philsophy. Edited by Ernst Steinkellner and Helmut Tauscher. Proceedings of the Csoma de Kőrös Symposium held at Velm-Vienna, Austria 13-19 September 1981, vol. 1 (Wiener Studien zur Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde 11). Wien: Arbeitskreis für tibetische und buddhistsiche Studien Universität Wien, 375-387. Uray, Géza (1968): Notes on a chronological problem in the Old Tibetan Chronicle. Acta Orientalia Hung. 21/3, 289299. Rockhill, Woodville (1891): Tibet. A Geogeaphical, Ethnographical, and Historical Sketch, derived from Chinese Sources. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1-133, 185-291. Bushell, S. W. (1880): The Early History of Tibet. From Chinese Sources. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 435541. Kun, Chang (1959-1960): An analysis of the Tun-Huang Tibetan Annals. Journal of Oriental Studies 5/1-2, 123-173. Klaproth, J. (1826): Race tibétaine. In: Tableaux Historiques de l'Asie, depuis la monarchie de Cyrus jusqu'a nos jours; accompagnés de récherches historiques et ethnographiques sur cette partie du monde; ouvrage dédié à MM. Guillaume et Alexnadre de Humboldt. Paris, Londres, Stuttgart: Schubart et al., 130-152. Lalou, Marcelle (1958): Fiefs, poisons et guérisseurs. Journal Asiatique 246, 157-201. Clauson, Gérard (1957): À propos du manuscrit Pelliot tibétain 1283. Journal Asiatique 245, 11-24. Francke, A. H. (1914): Notes on Sir Aurel Stein's collection of Tibetan documents from Chinese Turkestan. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 37-59. Uray, Géza (1983): Notes on the thousend-districts of the Tibetan Empire in the first half of the ninth century. Acta Orientalia Hung. 36/1-3, 545-548. Schlaginweit, Emil (Üs.) (1897): Berechnung der Lehre. Eine Streitschrift zur Berichtigung der buddhistischen Chronologie verfasst im Jahre 1591 von Sureçamatibhadra. Abhandlungen der philosophisch-philologischen Classe der Königlich Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften 20. München, Verlag der K. Akademie, 589-670. Uray, Géza (1961): Notes on a Tibetan Military Document from Tun-Huang. Acta Orientalia Hung. 12/1-3, 223-230. Uray, Géza (1972): The narrative of legislation and organisation of the mKhas-pa'i dga'-ston. Acta Orientalia Hung. 303 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4389 SD T 6 90 4390 SD T 6 91 4391 SD T 6 93 4392 4393 SD T 6 94 SD T 6 95 4394 SD T 6 96 4395 SD T 6 97 4396 SD T 6 98 4397 487 4272 488 SD T 6 99 SD T 7 1 SD T 7 1 SD T 7 2 4273 SD T 7 2 489 SD T 7 3 26/1, 11-68. Wayman, Alex (o.J.): Report on the Tibetan collection Sgrub thabs kun btus. In: 29e Congrès International des Orientalistes. Résumés des Communications Sections 6-7 (Asie Centrale, Inde). Publié par Y. Hervouet, 21. Uray, Géza (1981): L'emploi du Tibétain dans les chancelleries des états du Kan-sou et de Khotan postérieurs à la domination tibétaine. Journal Asiatique 249, 81-90. Lalou, Marcelle (1955): Revendications des fonctionnaires du Grand Tibet au 8e siècle. Journal Asiatique 253/2, 171-212. Kolmaš, Josef (1980): Review Article: Monumenta Tibetica Historica. Archív Orientální 48, 140-145. Miller, Andrew (1963): Notes on the Relazione of Ippolito Desideri, S.J. Monumenta Serica 22/2, 446-469. Yamaguchi, Zuihō (1975): rin lugs rBa dPal dbyangs - bSam yas shūron o meguru ichi mondai [rin lugs rBa dPal dbyangs - Ein Problem betreffend bSam yas]. In: Hirakawa Akira Hakushi Kanreki Kinen Ronshū - Bukkyō ni okeru Hō no Kenkyū. Tōkyō, 641-664. Schubert, Johannes (1953): Besprechung: Joseph F. Rock, The Ancient Na-khi Kingdom of Southwest- China. Vol. 1 und 2 (Harvard-Yenching Institute Monograph Series 8). Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1947. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 9-10, Spalten, 465-466. Uray, Géza (1968): Bevezetés - Az értekezés tárgyának megválasztásáról. In: Tanulmányok a királykori és a kései tibeti történetírás kapcsolatáról. A Királyi Évkönyvek és az Ótibeti Krónika maradványai Dpa'-po Gcug-lag-'phreṅba Mkhas-pa'i dga'-ston-jában. Kandidátusi Értekezés Tézisei. Budapèst, 3-18. Simon, Walter (1963): A Ḥphags-pa seal of 1295. Asia Major (N.S.) 6/2, 203-205. Steinkellner, Ernst (1996): Tibet. EKL3, Bd. 4, 879-882. Li, Shih-Yü Yü (1950): Tibetan Folk-law. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 127-146. Steinkellner, Ernst (1996): Tibetische Religionen. EKL3, Bd. 4, 882-885. Wang, Yao and Chen (1983): Notes and Translation on the Documents about Tibetan Ethics from Tun-Huang. Feudal order of importance on Seniority in Human relationships [chin.]. Xībĕishǐdì 2, 12-25. Pathak, S.K. (1996): The Atharvaveda and the Indian Tantra in Tibetan. In: Buddhism in India and abroad: an integrating influence in Vedic and post-Vedic perspective. Papers presented at the International Seminar on Buddhism jointly organized by K. J. Somaiya Centre of Buddhist Studies, Mumbai, India, Shuchin University, Kyoto, Japan and Department of Philosophy, University of Bombay, India, March 6 - 10, 1995. Ed. by Kalpakam Sankaranarayanan. Mumbai [u.a.]: Somaiya Publ., 225-234. 304 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4274 SD T 7 3 490 SD T 7 4 4275 SD T 7 4 492 SD T 7 5 4276 SD T 7 5 1571 SD T 7 6 4277 SD T 7 6 1601 4278 1603 SD T 7 7 SD T 7 7 SD T 7 8 4279 SD T 7 8 4280 SD T 8 1 4289 SD T 8 10 4290 SD T 8 11 4291 SD T 8 12 Hummel, Siegbert (1957): Strafen und Torturen der Tibeter (Beitrag zur tibetischen Rechtspflege). Geographica Helvetica 2, 93-102. Stein, R.A. (1992): Tibetica Antiqua VI. Maximes confucianistes dans deux manuscrits de Touen-houang. Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 79/1, 9-17. Macdonald, A. W. (1953): Une note sur les Mégalithes Tibétains. Journal Asiatique 241, 63-76. Szerb, János (1981): Buchbesprechung: David Snellgrove & Hugh Richardson: A Cultural History of Tibet (1980). Journal of the Tibet Society 1, 94-95. Stein, Rolf A. (1969-1975): Etude du monde chinois: institutions et concepts. Annuaire du Collège de France 70e Année - Résumé des Courss de 1969-1970, 437- 449; 71e Année - Résumé des Cours de 1970-1971, 431-450; 73e Année - Résumé des Cours de 1972-1973, 457-470; 75e Année - Résumé des Cours de 1974-1975, 481-495. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. (1994): Fourteenth Century Tibetan Cultural History 1: Ta'i-si-tu Byang-chub rGyalmtshan as a man of Religion. Indo-Iranian Journal 37, 139-149. Van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. (1985): Review: Tshe-tan Zhabs-drung 'Jigs-med rigs-pa'i blo-gros, Snyan-ngag melong-gi spyi-don sdeb-legs rig-pa'i 'char-sgo. Lanchou: Gansu People's Publishing House, 1981. Indo-Iranian Journal 28, 212-218. O.A. (1993): po ta la. Peking. O.A. (1993): Po ta la (10). Zhin zhin dpe skrun khang, 1-38. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah E. (o.J.): 1.000 Years of Tabo Monastery. Wien. Klimburg-Salter, Deborah (Engl. and trl. into Tibetan by Dr. Jampa L. Panlung Rinpoche) (o.J.): 1000 Years of Tabo Monastery - rTa pho, dgon snying gi byung rabs lo rgyus mdor sdus, 21 pages. Peter of Greece and Denmark (1955): The Polyandry of Tibet. (Actes du 4e Congrès International des Sciences Anthropologiques et Ethnologiques, Vienne, 1-8 Septembre 1955). Ethnologica 1/2, 176-184. Prince Peter of Greece and Denmark (1955): The Polyandry of Tibet. (Actes du 4e Congrès International des Sciences Anthropologiques et Ethnologiques, Vienne, 1-8 Septembre 1955). Ethnologica 1, 176-184. Macdonald, Alexander (1981): Recherches ethnologiques: Bhutan, Sikkim, Ladakh et Népal, 1975-1979. CNRS, 3538. Prats, Ramon (1981): Review: Antonio Marazzi, Il potere latente. Struttura politica e valori spirituali tra i Tibetani in India. Milano: Franco Angeli Editore, Antropologica culturale e sociale, 1979. Annali dell'Istituto Orientale di Napoli 41, 169-171. 305 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4292 SD T 8 13 4293 SD T 8 14 4294 SD T 8 15 4295 SD T 8 16 955 SD T 8 17 957 SD T 8 18 959 SD T 8 19 4281 SD T 8 2 977 SD T 8 20 979 SD T 8 21 1587 4282 SD T 8 22 SD T 8 3 4283 SD T 8 4 4284 4285 4286 SD T 8 5 SD T 8 6 SD T 8 7 Goldstein, Melvyn C. (1979): Review: C.W. Cassinelli and Robert B. Ekvall, A Tibetan Principality: The Political System of Saskya. Ithaca, Cornell University Press, 1969. IIJ 21, 207-209. Miller, Beatrice D. (o.J.): Views of Women's Roles in Buddhist Tibet. In: Studies in History of Buddhism. Ed. by A.K. Narain. O.A., 155-166. Miller, Beatrice D. (1958): The role of the mother's brother in a patrilineal society: Sikkim. To be read at the 1958 Annual Meeting, American Anthropological Association. Duplicating assistance provided by the Social Science Institute Washington. 10 pages (typescript). Miller, Beatrice D. (1978): Tibetan Culture and Personality: Refugee Responses to a Culture-Bound TAT. In: Himalayan Anthropology: The Indo-Tibetan Interface. Ed. by J. F. Fisher. Mouton, 365-393. Peter of Greece and Denmark (1956): The P`a-spun of Leh Tehsil in Ladak, Eastern Kashmir, India. East and West 7/2, 138-146. Clarke, Graham E. (1994): The Movement of Population to the West of China: Tibet and Qinghai. Migration: The Asian Experience. Ed. by Judith M. Brown and Rosemary Foot, St. Martin's Press, 221-257. Karmay, Samten G. (1994): Mountain cults and national identity in Tibet. Resistance and Reform in Tibet. Ed. by Robert Barnett, (General editor) Shirin Akiner. Hurst & Company, London, 112-120. Peter of Greece and Denmark (1956):An Appeal for the Anthroplological & Ethnological Exploration of Tibet (Actes du 4e Congrès International des Sciences Anthropologiques et Ethnologiques, Vienne 1956). Ethnologica 2/3, 281284. Norbu, Dawa (1994): Cultural Preconditions for Development: Some Asian Experiences. South Asian Survey 1/2, 275-286. Norbu, Dawa (1994): Review: Geoffrey Samuel, Civilized shamans: Buddhism in Tibetan societies. Washington/London: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1993. Contributions to Indian Sociology (n.s.) 28/2, 359-360. Hao, Yan (2000): Tibetan Population in China: Myths and Facts Re-examined. Asian Ethnicity 1/1, 11-36. Goldstein, Melvyn C. (1964): A study of the Ldab ldob. CAJ 9/1, 123-141. Ekvall, Robert B. (1959): Three categories of inmates within Tibetan monasteries: Status and function. Central Asiatic Journal 5/1, 206-220. Ekvall, Robert B. (1963): Tibetan nomadic society. Central Asiatic Journal 8/1, 163-173. Snellgrove, David L. (1966): For a Sociology of Tibetan Speaking Regions. Central Asiatic Journal 11/1, 199-219. Goldstein, Melvyn C. (1971): The Balance Between Centralization and Decentralization in the Traditional Tibetan 306 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4288 SD T 8 8 4287 SD T 8 9 4296 SD T 9 1 4297 SD T 9 2 Political System. An Essay on the Nature of Tibetan Political Macro-Structure. Central Asiatic Journal 15, 170-182. Goldstein, Melvyn C. (1971): Taxation and the structure of a Tibetan village. CAJ 15, 1-27. Ekvall, Robert B. (1961): The nomadic pattern of living among the Tibetans as preparation for war. American Anthropologist 63/6, 1250-1263. Francke, A. H. (Oct. 1901): Some notes on Ladakhi currency. The Indian Antiquary 30, 456. Beckwith, Christopher I. (1977): Tibet and the early medieval florissance in Eurasia a preliminary note on the economic history of the Tibetan Empire. Central Asiatic Journal 21, 89-104. 307 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4839 SD A 1 1 4840 SD A 1 2 536 4841 4842 SD A 1 3a SD A 1 3b SD A 1 4 259 SD A 1 5 4843 SD A 1 6 260 SD A 1 7 540 SD A 1 8 542 SD A 1 9 4895 SD A 10 1 265 SD A 10 2 4894 SD A 10 2 1618 SD A 10 3 4896 SD A 12 1 List of Microfilms Deposited in the Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies. Part 6. India. East Asian Cultural Studies 12/ 1/4 (1973), 31-103. Bernhard, F. , Reul, H., Schulte-Tigges, F. und Sunkel, H. (1966): Erstellung von Konkordanzen zu Sanskrit-Texten durch elektronische Rechenanlagen. Linguistics 22, 5-23. De Jong, J.W. (1988): Bibliography 1949 - 1986. Hokke bunka kenkyu 14, 1-63. De Jong, J. W. (1988): Bibliography 1987-1997. Hokke bunka kenkyū 14, 1-37. Maas, Paul (1960): Textkritik. Leipzig: B. G. Teubner Verlagsgesellschaft, 3-34. Hota, Kashinath and Mishra, Arun Ranjan (1993): Bibliography of Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika. CASS Bibliography Series, 1, 1-104. Hota, Kashinath (1995): Bibliography of Technical Science. CASS Bibliography Series Class - H 7, I-IX, 1-75. Lariviere, Richard (1995): Protestants, Orientalists, and Brāmaṇas. Reconstructing Indian Social History. Royal Academy of Arts and Sciences, 5-18. Maas, Paul (1960): Textkritik. B.G. Teubner Verlagsgesell-schaft, Leipzig, 4. Auflage, 1-34. Kane, George (1969): Conjectural Emendation. In: Medieval literature and civilazation: studies in memory of G.N. Garmonsway. (Other authors: Garmonsway, G.N., Pearsall, D., Waldron, R.A.) London: Athlone Press, 155-169. Goetz, Hermann (1958): The historical background of the great temples of Khajurāho. Arts Asiatiques 5/1, 35-47. Korom, Frank J. (1996): Recycling in India: Status and Economic Realities. Recycled Re.Seeen, 118-129; Notes and Bibliography 190-201. Korom, Frank J. (1996): Recycling in India: Status and Economic Realities. In: Charlene Cerny and Suzanne Seriff (eds.), Recycled Re-Seen: Folk Art from the Global Scrap Heap. Studio photography by John Bigelow Taylor. Harry N. Abrams, Inc., Publishers, New York, in association with the Museum of International Folk Art, Santa Fe, a unit of the Museum of New Mexico, 118-129, 190 (notes), 191-201 (bibliography). Thakur, Laxman S. (1989): Sun-Worship in Himachal Pradesh: A Study Based on Temples and Sculptures. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrita Vidyapeetha 42, 155-170. Göbl, Robert (1965): Die drei Versionen der Kaniška-Inschrift von Surkh Kotal. Neuedition der Texte auf verbesserter technisch-epigraphischer und paläologischer Basis. [Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften philosophisch-historische Klasse, Denkschriften 88. Bd., 1. Abhandlung]. Wien: Kommissionsverlag der Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften, 5-24 (mit 17 Tafeln). 308 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4897 SD A 12 2 4898 SD A 12 3 931 SD A 13 1 4899 SD A 14 2 4900 SD A 16 1 4901 SD A 17 1 4902 SD A 17 2 4903 SD A 17 3 4904 SD A 17 4 4905 SD A 17 5 285 SD A 17 6 1615 SD A 17 7 1681 SD A 17 8 787 SD A 2 1 418 SD A 22 1 420 SD A 22 2 423 SD A 22 3 Noble, Peter S. (1930-1932): A Kharoṣṭhī Inscription from Endere. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 445455. Miller, R. A. 81970): Review: Asko Parpola, Seppo Koskenniemi, Simo Parpola and Pentti Aalto, Decipherment of the Proto-Dravidian Inscriptions of the Indus Civilization (= The Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies, Special Publications 1). Copenhagen, 1969. Indo-Iranian Journal 12, 126-159. Segert, Stanislav (1996): Review Articles. Survey of Writing Systems. Daniels, P. and Bright W. (eds.): The World's Writing Systems. ArchOr 64, 405-410. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): A visit to an "astronomical" temple in India. Opera Minora 6/1, 175-184. Schubert, Johannes (1959-1960): Das I-ching und seine Probleme. Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift derr Karl-MarxUniversität Leipzig - Gesellschafts- und Sprachwissenschaftliche Reihe 3 (9. Jg.), 453-460. Biardeau, Madeleine (1981): The salvation of the king in the Mahābhārata. Contributions to Indian Sociology (New Series) 15/1-2, 75-97. Biardeau, Madeleine (1981): L'arbre śamī et le buffle sacrificiel. In: Autour de la déesse hindoue. Puruṣārtha (sciences sociales en asie du sud) 5, 215-243. Rönnow, Kasten (1930-1932): Viśvarūpa. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 469-480. Przyluski, Jean (1930-1932): Deux Noms Indiens du Dieu Soleil. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 457460. Burgess, Jas. (Jan. 1901): Note on Jaina Mythology. Indian Antiquary 30, 27-28. Walter Slaje (1998): nāsti daive prabhutvam. Traces of Demythologisation in Indian Epic Thought. Journal of Indian Philosophy 26, 27-50. Horsch, Paul (1967): Vom Schöpfungsmythos zum Weltgesetz. Asiatische Studien (= Études Asiatiques) 21, 31-61. Schwarz, F. F. (1976): Review: Adelheid Mette, Indische Kulturstiftungsberichte und ihr Verhältnis zur Zeitaltersage. Mainz, 1973. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 5 (71. Jg.), Spalten 503-505. Zeitschriften (die gebunden werden), Administrative Bibliothek des Bundeskanzleramt. (Stand: 9.3.2000) Emmerick, Ronald E. (1986): Die Lepra in Indien. Aussatz - Lepra - Hansen-Krankeit. Ein Menschheitsproblem im Wandel. Teil II: Aufsätze. Hg. v. Jörn Henning Wolf. Würzburg: Deutsches Aussätzigen-Hilfswerk 1986, 185-199. Emmerick, R. E. (1984): Some Remarks on the History of Leprosy in India. Indologica Taurinensia 12 (Proceedings of the Scandinavian Conference-Seminar of Indological Studies (Stockholm, June 1st-5th, 1982)), 93-105. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1996): God's Arrival in the Vaiśeṣika System. Journal of Indian Philosophy 24, 281-294. 309 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 799 SD A 22 4 4906 SD A 23 1 953 SD A 23 10 4914 SD A 23 13 4907 SD A 23 2 4908 SD A 23 3 4909 SD A 23 4 4910 SD A 23 5 4911 SD A 23 6 4912 SD A 23 7 4913 SD A 23 8 1043 SD A 23 9 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4928 SD A 24 1 SD A 25 1 SD A 25 2 SD A 25 3 SD A 27 1 SD A 27 10 Scharpe, Hartmut (1999): The Doctrine of the three Humors in Traditional Indian Medicine and the Alleged Antiquity Of Tamil Siddha Medicine. Journal of the American Oriental Society 119/4, 609-629. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Note sulle fonti di Kālidāsa. Opera Minora 6/1, 1-26. Hatae, Teruko (1989): Pariṇāma, Sandeha, Bhrāntimān, Ullekha ni tsuite -Sāhityadarpaṇa X, 34cd-37-. Nishi Nihon Shūkyōgaku Zasshi, 85-96. Hara, Minoru (2001): The Death of the Hero. Journal of the International College for Advanced Buddhist Studies 4, 340-317 (1-26). Christie, Elizabeth (1979): Indian philosophers on poetic imagination (pratibhā). Journal of Indian Philosophy 7, 153-207. Kanakura, Ensho (1976): Jinna no kunda mālā.In: Indo tetsugaku. Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū 3. Indotetsugakuhen 2. Tōkyō: Shyunjūsha, 445-456. Rouse, W. H. D. (1897): A Modern Parallel to the Culla-Paduma Jataka (193). Told and recorded by Ram-Rap, Brahman and Dattawali, district Aligarh. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 855-857. Vogel, Claus (1971): Die Jahrezeiten im Spiegel der altindischen Literatur. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 121/2, 284-326. Granoff, Phyllis (1986): The miracle of a hagiography without miracles: Some comments on the Jain lives of the Pratyekabuddha Karakaṇḍa. Journal of Indian Philosophy 14, 389-403. Lewin, Bruno (1959): Geschichtliche Streiflichter im Spiegel der Senryū. In: Ostasiatische Studien. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag, 148-161. Sukthankar, Vishnu S. (ed.) (1933): The Ādiparva. In: The Mahābhārata for the first time critically edited. Volume 1. Poona: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, 1-60. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1988): Besprechung: Paul Hacker, Grundlagen indischer Dichtung und indischen Denkens. Journal of Indian Philosophy 16, 299-310. Nakamura, Hajime (o.J.): Indian Influence on Japanese Stories. O.A., 363-370. Jacobi, Hermann (1885): Zur Lehre vom Çloka. Indische Studien 17, 443-451. Jacobi, Hermann (1885): Indische Hypermetra und hypermetrische Texte. Indische Studien 17, 389-441. Vekerdy, József (1956): A versforma kérdése keleti müfordításoknál. Antik Tanulmányok 3/1-3, 181-192. Liebenthal, Walter (1956): The concept of God in Chinese Religion. Journal of the Asiatic Society 22/2, 137-146. Hara, Minoru (1967-1968): Transfer of merit. Adyar Library Bulletin 31-32, 382-411. 310 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4929 SD A 27 11 4930 SD A 27 12 4931 SD A 27 13 4932 4933 SD A 27 14 SD A 27 15 4934 SD A 27 16 4935 SD A 27 17 4936 SD A 27 18 4937 SD A 27 19 4920 SD A 27 2 4938 SD A 27 20 4939 SD A 27 21 4940 SD A 27 22 298 299 SD A 27 23 SD A 27 24 300 SD A 27 25 Skurzak, Ludwik (1967-1968): Indian asceticism in its historical development. Adyar Library Bulletin 31-32, 202210. Caillat, Colette (1980-1981): Notes sur les variantes dans la tradition du Dasaveyāliya-sutta. Indologica Taurinensia 8-9, 71-83. Bidez, Joseph at Cumont, Franz (1938): Zoroastre ostanés et hystaspe d'après la tradition greque. Les Mages Hellénisés 2 (Les Textes), 113-117. Macdonald, A. W. (1952): À propos de Prajāpati. Journal Asiatique 240, 323-338. Law, B. C. (1956): Three gems in Jainism. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 13/1-4, 1-18. Witzel, Michael (1983): The Earliest Form of the Concept of Rebirth in India. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture),10 pages (typescript). Kimura, Toshihiko (1976): OM - shōnin ni ji toshiteno [OM - als Wort der Anerkennung]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 25/1, 461-457. Granet, Marcel (1920-1921): La vie et la mort. Croyances et doctrines de l'antiquité chinoise. École Pratique des Hautes Études - Section des sciences religieuses, 1-22. Smith, Morton (1983): Sin in India. East and West (New Series) 33/1-4, 125-142. Sharma, Dhirendra (1974): Phenomenology of Religion and Sri Aurobindo. Indian Philosophy Quarterly (New Series) 1/2, 83-95. McDermott, Robert (1975): Indian spirituality in the west: A bibliographical mapping. Philosophy East and West 25/2, 213-239. Divanji, P. C. (1942): Origin of the Bhāgatvata and Jaina religions. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 23, 107-125. Bechert, Heinz (1988): Neue buddhistische Orthodoxie: Bemerkungen zur Gliederung und zur Reform des Sangha in Birma. Numen 35/1, 24-55. Hiriyanna, M. (1945): The Doctrine of Niyoga. Journal of Oriental Research 15, 37-46. Nagasaki, Hōjun (1979): Jaina no gō shiso [Karma-Theorie bei Jaina]. Gō shisō Kenkyū, 501-533. Nagasaki, Hōjun (1981): Jaina-kyō no kairitsu - Bukkyō no kairitsu tono kankei o chūshin ni shite [Śīlavinaya im Jainismus, unter dem Gesichtspunkt des Verhältnisses zum Śīlavinaya des Buddhismus]. Kairitsu shisō no Kenkyū, 77-95. 311 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 301 SD A 27 26 302 SD A 27 27 303 SD A 27 28 305 SD A 27 29 4921 SD A 27 3 317 SD A 27 30 318 SD A 27 31 319 SD A 27 32 320 SD A 27 33 321 SD A 27 34 323 SD A 27 35 325 SD A 27 36 326 SD A 27 37 327 SD A 27 38 330 SD A 27 39 4922 SD A 27 4 339 SD A 27 40 340 SD A 27 41 Nagasaki, Hōjun (1981): Bukkyō to Jaina-kyō - gokai, kasseikai o chūshin ni shite [Buddhismus und Jainismus unter dem Gesichtspunkt von pañcaśīla und uposathaṅga]. Bukkyōgaku Seminar 34, 50-65. Kudelska, Marta (1987): Iśa - Próba Interpretacji [Iśa - ein Interpretationsversuch]. Studia Filozoficzne 6 (259), 153-164. Mette, Adelheid (1987): Gotama und die Asketen - Eine jinistische Legende. StII 13/14, 139-148. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1993): Remarks on the History of Jaina Meditation. Jain Studies in Honour of Jozef Deleu, ed. R. Smet and Kenji Watanabe, 151-162. Roussel, A. (1913): Les idées religieuses et sociales du Mahābhārata. Sabhā-Parvan. Le Muséon (N.S.) 14, 101-175. Wollgast, Siegfried (?): Zum Tod im späten Mittelalter und in der frühen Neuzeit. Sitzungsberichte der Sächsischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig, Philologisch-historische Klasse, Band 132, Heft 1. Finn, Louis M. (1989): Review: Phyllis Granoff, (transl.), The Kulacūdāmani Tantra and the Vākameśvara Tantra with the Jayaratha Commentary. Journal of Indian Philosophy 17, 309-325. Zydenbos, Robert J (1991): On the Jaina Background of Dvaitavedānta. Journal of Indian Philosophy 19, 249-271. Hakamaya, Noviaki (1992): Nikonjin to animism [Japaner u. Animismus]. Komazawa-daigaku Bukkyō-gakubu Ronshū, 351-378 Granoff, Phyllis (1989): The Biographies of Siddhasena: A Study in the Texture of Allusion and the Weaving of a Group-Image (Part I). Journal of Indian Philosophy 17, 329-384 Granoff, Phyllis (1990): The Biographies of Siddhasena (Part II). Journal of Indian Philosophy 18, 261-304. Hara, Minoru (1994): Transfer of Merit in Hindu Literature and Religion. The Memoirs of the Toyo Bunko, 52, 103135. Balbir, Nalini (1994): An Investigation of Textual Sources on the samavasaraṇa ("The Holy Assembly of the Jina"). Festschrift Klaus Bruhn, 67-104 Matilal, Bimal K. (1992): A Note on Śaṃkara's Theodicy. Journal of Indian Philosophy 20/4, 363-376. Rukmani, T.S. (1992): The Problem of the Authorship of the Yogasūtrabhāṣyavivaraṇam. Journal of Indian Philosophy 20/4, 419-423. Strauß, Otto (o.J.): Altindische Spekulationen über die Sprache und ihre Probleme. O.A., 100-151. Butzenberger, Klaus (1996): On Doubting What There Is Not: The Doctrine of Doubt and the Reference of Terms in Indian Grammar, Logic and Philosophy of Language. Journal of Indian Philosophy 24, 363-406. Whicher, Ian (1997): Nirodha, Yoga Praxis and the Transformation of the Mind. Journal of Indian Philosophy 25, 1312 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 28 SD A 27 42 1350 SD A 27 43 1351 SD A 27 44 1627 SD A 27 45 1628 SD A 27 46 1629 SD A 27 47 1630 SD A 27 48 1631 SD A 27 49 4923 SD A 27 5 1632 SD A 27 50 1633 SD A 27 51 1634 SD A 27 52 4924 SD A 27 6 4925 SD A 27 7 4926 4927 SD A 27 8 SD A 27 9 67. Haar, Barend ter: Falun Gong. Evaluation and further references (last update: 16.1.2000), 1-13. Bodewitz, Hendrik W. (1997-98): The hindu doctrine of transmigration. Its origin and background. In: Indologica Taurinensia XXIII-XXIV, 583-605. G. K. Jettmar-Thakur (1984): The Kulu Ṛṣi-Cult: Notes on the position of vedic sages as village gods in the Himalayas. In: Saras Bulletin 1983 No.3. Reprinted 1984, pp. 25-36. Lewis, I.M. (1988): Shamanism. In: Stewart Sutherland [u.a.] (ed.), The World's Religions. London, 768-779. Hardy, Friedhelm (1988): The Classical Religions of India. In: The World's Religions. Ed. by Stewart Sutherland [u.a.]. London: Routledge, 569-570. Hardy, Friedhelm (1988): Vedic Religion. In: Stewart Sutherland [u.a.] (ed.), The World's Religions. London, 575581. Hardy, Friedhelm (1988): Hindu Philosophies and Theologies. In: Stewart Sutherland [u.a.] (ed.), The World's Religions. London, 637-645. Hardy, Friedhelm (1988): General Remarks on the Religious History of India. In: Stewart Sutherland [u.a.] (ed.), The World's Religions. London, 571-574. Alper, Harvey P. (1979): Śiva and the ubiquity of consciousness. The spaciousness of an artful Yogi. Journal of Indian Philosophy 7, 345-407. Hardy, Friedhelm (1988): Later Jainism. In: Stewart Sutherland [u.a.] (ed.), The World's Religions. London, 646648. Hardy, Friedhelm (1988): Epic and Purāṇic Religion. In: Stewart Sutherland [u.a.] (ed.), The World's Religions. London, 604-626. Sanderson, Alexis (1988): Śaivism and the Tantric Traditions. In: Stewart Sutherland [u.a.] (ed.), The World's Religions. London, 660-704.. Caland, W. (1930-1932): Corrections of Eggeling's Translation of the Śatapathabrāhmaṇa. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 297-302. Bharati, Agehananda (o.J.): Eliade: Privilegierte Information und Anthropologische Aporien. In: Sehnsucht nach dem Ursprung. Zu Mircea Eliade. Hsg. von Hans Peter Duerr. Syndikat, 32-58. Tokarz, Franciszek (1969): How do I understand R̥gveda X.129 ? Folia Orientalia 11, 297-300. Sasaki, Genjun (1962): Amerika ni okeru gendai-shisō to Shūkyō-kenkyū (jō) [Das heutige Denken und religiöse 313 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4978 SD A 28 1 4983 SD A 28 10 5079 SD A 28 100 5080 SD A 28 101 5081 SD A 28 102 5082 SD A 28 103 5083 SD A 28 104 5084 SD A 28 105 5085 SD A 28 106 5086 SD A 28 107 5087 SD A 28 108 5088 SD A 28 109 4988 SD A 28 11 5089 SD A 28 110 5090 5091 SD A 28 111 SD A 28 112 5092 SD A 28 113 Studien]. Ōtani Gakuhō 42/1, 36-52. Sen Sharma, Deba Brata (1967): The Conception of Tattva - A Study. Kavirāj Abhinandana Grantha. Ed. by B. Saksena. Lucknow: Akhila Bhāratīya Saṃskṛta Pariṣad, 198-201. Schayer, Stanisl̷aw (1927): Studja krytyczne i sprawozdania. Filozofja porównawcza. Uwagi na marginesie pracy Masson-Oursel'a. Przegląd Filozoficzny 29/1-2, 235-246. Nagarajasarma, R. (1929): A note on vaitaṇḍika and avyapadeśya. Journal of Oriental Research Madras 3, 261-267. Bilimoria, Purusottama (1985): Jñāna and pramā: The logic of knowing - a critical appraisal. Journal of Indian Philosophy 13, 73-102. Rastogi, Navjivan (1986): Theory of error according to Abhinavagupta. Journal of Indian Philosophy 14, 1-33. Goldman, Robert P. (1986): The serpent and the rope on stage: Popular, literary, and philosophical representations of reality in traditional India. Journal of Indian Philosophy 14, 349-369. Gokhale, Pradeep P. (1982): The terms padārtha and prameya in the context of Nyāyasūtra. Philosophy East and West 32/2, 207-211. Jones, Richard Hubert (1979): A philosophical analysis of mystical utterances. Philosophy East and West 29/3, 255274. Gangadean, Ashok Kumar (1979): Formal ontology and the dialectical transformation of consciousness. Philosophy East and West 29/1, 21-48. De Jong, J. W. (1986): Review: Gerhard Oberhammer (Hrsg.), Inklusivismus. Eine indische Denkform (Publications of the De Nobili Library, Occasional Papers 2). Wien, 1983. Indo-Iranian Journal 29, 68-70. Verpoorten, Jean-Marie (1987): Le droit a l'adhyayana selon la Mīmāṃsā. Indo-Iranian Journal 30, 23-30. Larson, Gerald James (1983): An eccentric ghost in the machine: Formal and quantitative aspects of the SāṃkhyaYoga dualism. Philosophy East and West 33/3, 219-233. Schayer, Stanisl̷aw (1935): O filozofowaniu Hindusów. Przegląd Współczesny 161, 291-311. Gupta, Bina and Wilcox, William C. (1983): Are all names of the absolute synonymous ? Philosophy East and West 33/3, 285-293. Perrett, Roy W. (1984): The problem of induction in Indian philosophy. Philosophy East and West 34/2, 161-174. Gerow, Edwin (1984): Language and symbol in Indian semiotics. Philosophy East and West 34/3, 245-260. Larson, Gerald James (1987): "Conceptual resources" in South Asia for "environmental ethics" or The fly is still alive and well in the bottle. Philosophy East and West 37/2, 150-159. 314 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5093 SD A 28 114 5094 SD A 28 115 5095 SD A 28 116 5096 SD A 28 117 5097 SD A 28 118 5098 SD A 28 119 4989 SD A 28 12 5099 5101 5100 SD A 28 120 SD A 28 121 SD A 28 122 5102 SD A 28 123 5103 SD A 28 124 5104 5105 SD A 28 125 SD A 28 126 5106 SD A 28 127 5107 5108 SD A 28 128 SD A 28 129 4990 SD A 28 13 Appelbaum, David and Lorch, Ingrid Turner (1978): Tracking the discontinuity of perception. Philosophy East and West 28/4, 469-484. Mohanty, J. N. (1979): Consciousness and knowledge in Indian philosophy. Philosophy East and West 29/1, 3-10. Daye, Douglas Dunsmore (1979): Circularity in the inductive justification of formal arguments (tarka) in the twelfthcentury Indian Jaina logic. Philosophy East and West 29/2, 177-188. Bilimoria, Puruṣottama (1980): Perception (pratyakṣa) in Advaita Vedānta. Philosophy East and West 30/1, 35-44. Mohanty, J. N. (1980): Indian theories of truth: Thoughts on their common framework. Philosophy East and West 30/4, 439-451. Gangadean, Ashok K. (1980): Comparative ontology: Relative and absolute truth. Philosophy East and West 30/4, 465-480. Mikogami, Eshō (1975): On Vaiśeṣikasūtra II-ii-19 [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 23/2, 1021-1013 (96-104). Nishitani, Keiji (1981): Ontology and utterance. Philosophy East and West 31/1, 29-43. Bharadwaja, V. K. (1981): The Jaina conception of tarka. Philosophy East and West 31/4, 501-505. Appelbaum, David (1982): A note on pratyakṣa in Advaita Vedānta. Philosophy East and West 32/2, 201-205. Copi, Irving M. (1972): Review Article: Bimal Krishna Matilal, The Navya-Nyāya Doctrine of Negation: The Semantics and Ontology of Negative Statements in Navya-Nyāya Philosophy. Ed. by Daniel H.H. Ingalls. Harvard Oriental Studies 46. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1968. Philosophy East and West 22, 221-226. Larson, Gerald James (1974): The sources for śakti in Abhinavagupta's Kāśmīr Śaivism: A linguistic and aesthetic category. Philosophy East and West 24/1, 41-56. Bochenski, J. M. (1974): Logic and ontology. Philosophy East and West 24/3, 275-292. Bhattacharyya, Sibajiban (1974): Some features of Navya-Nyāya logic. Philosophy East and West 24/3, 329-342. Potter, Karl H. (1974): On the realistic proclivities of Navya-Nyāya as explicated by Bhattacharyya. Philosophy East and West 24/3, 343-347. Matilal, Bimal Krishna (1975): Causality in the Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika school. Philosophy East and West 25/1, 41-48. Gangadean, Ashok Kumar (1975): Formal aspects of causality. Philosophy East and West 25/1, 65-70. Nagasaki, Hōjun (1977-1979): Sāṃvyavahārika-pratyakṣa I-III. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 25-27/2, 919-914, 979-974, 941-936. 315 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5109 SD A 28 130 5110 SD A 28 131 5111 SD A 28 132 5112 SD A 28 133 5113 SD A 28 134 5115 SD A 28 135 5116 SD A 28 136 5117 SD A 28 137 5118 SD A 28 138 5119 SD A 28 139 4991 SD A 28 14 5120 SD A 28 140 5121 SD A 28 141 5122 SD A 28 142 5123 SD A 28 143 Devaraja, N. K. (1976): What is living and what is dead in traditional Indian philosophy. Philosophy East and West 26/4, 427-442. Organ, Troy (1976): Polarity, a neglected insight in Indian philosophy. Philosophy East and West 26/1, 33-39. Appelbaum, David (1987): The Fact of Reason: Kant's Prajna-Perception of Freedom. Journal of Indian Philosophy 15/1, 87-98. Dastidar, Koyeli Ghosh (1987): Individual Autonomy in Traditional Indian Thought. Journal of Indian Philosophy 15/1, 99-107. Mandal, Pradyot Kr. (1987): Some Problems of Perception in Navya-Nyāya. Journal of Indian Philosophy 15/2, 125148. Bharadwaja, V. K. (1987): Implication and Entailment in Navya-Nyāya Logic. Journal of Indian Philosophy 15/2, 149-154. Bhattacharya, Chandidas (1987): Can There Be Empirical Evidence for General Truth ? Journal of Indian Philosophy 15/4, 333-347. Pajin, Dushan (1987): The Legitimacy of the Term "Philosophy" in an Asian Context: The Beginnings of Indian Philosophy. Journal of Indian Philosophy 15/4, 349-362. Wezler, Albrecht (1984): Further references to the Vaiśeṣikasūtra in the Pātañjalayogaśāstravivaraṇa (Studies in the Pātañjalayogaśāstravivaraṇa 3). In: Amr̥tadhārā - Prof. R. N. Dandekar Felicitation Volume. Ed. by S.D. Joshi. Delhi: Ajanta Publications, 457-472. Dwivedi, R. C. (1984): Jaina definitions of the pramāṇa. In: Amr̥tadhārā - Prof. R. N. Dandekar Felicitation Volume. Ed. by S.D. Joshi. Delhi: Ajanta Publications, 115-124. Nozawa, Masanobu (1979): Praśastapāda's Theory of hetvābhāsa [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 28/1, 150-151. Matilal, Bimal Krishna (1984): Grammaticality and meaningfulness. In: Amr̥tadhārā - Prof. R. N. Dandekar Felicitation Volume. Ed. by S.D. Joshi. Delhi: Ajanta Publications, 263-271. Devasthali, G. V. (1939-1940): On the probable date of Jaimini and his sūtras. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute 21/1-2, 63-72. Divanji, P. C. (1939-1940): Yogavāsiṣṭha on the means of proof. New Indian Antiquary 2, 285-295. Saletore, B. A. (1942): Historical notices of the Lokāyatas. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Silver Jubilee Volume 23/1-4, 386-397. 316 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5124 SD A 28 144 5125 SD A 28 145 5126 5127 5128 4992 5129 SD A 28 146 SD A 28 147 SD A 28 149 SD A 28 15 SD A 28 150 4976 SD A 28 151 4977 SD A 28 152 1126 SD A 28 153 1129 SD A 28 154 1131 SD A 28 155 1133 SD A 28 156 1135 SD A 28 157 1136 SD A 28 158 1137 SD A 28 159 Upadhye, A. N. (1942): Hariṣeṇa's Dharmaparīkṣā in Apabhraṁśa. Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Silver Jubilee Volume 23/1-4, 592-608. Yamasaki, Tsugihiko (1963): The Conception of "Svataḥ Prāmāṇya" in the Mīmāṃsā-ślokavārttika. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 11/1, 347-342 (32-37). Slaje, Walter (1986): Niḥśreyasam im alten Nyāya. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Südasiens 30, 163-177. Oetke, Claus (o.J.): On linguistic meaning and synonymy. O.A., 1-26. Collins, Steven (1985): Buddhism in recent British philosophy and theology. Religious Studies 21, 475-493. Ray, Roma (1982): Is pariṇāṃavāda a doctrine of causality ? Journal of Indian Philosophy 10/4, 377-396. Collins, Steven (1988): Monasticism, Utopias and Comparative Social Theory. Religion 18, 101-135. Kumoi, Shozen (1985): Bukkyō to Ishūkyō - Yoga Gakuha to Bukkyō to no Kōshō [Buddhism and its relation to other religions - The connection between the Yoga school and Buddhism]. In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 3-39. Mano, Ryukai (1985): Shoki Bukkyō to upaniṣat [Early Budhism and the Upaniṣad.] In: Buddhism and Its Relation to Other Religions. Essays in Honour of Dr. Shozen Kumoi on His Seventieth Birthday. Kyoto: Heirakuji Shoten, 127-142. Mode, Heinz (1986): Ancient Indian Thought. Deyadharma. Studies in Memory of Dr. D.C. Sircar, Sri Garib Dass Oriental Series 33. Ed. by Gouriswar Bhattacharya. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications, 137-145. Matilal, Bimal Krishna (1988): Śābdabodha and the problem of knowledge-representation in Sanskrit. Journal of Indian Philosophy 16/2, 107-122. Bandyopadhyay, Nandita (1988): The concept of contradiction in Indian logic and epistemology. Journal of Indian Philosophy 16/3, 225-246. Nozawa, Masanobu (1989): Vaiśeṣikasūtra dai 2-1 ge no suiron setsu. Indo Tetsugaku Bukkyō, Fujita Kōtatsu Hakase Kanreki Kinen Ronshū, Kyōto, 161-176. Chatterjee, Krishnanath (1987): Word and its import. Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 199-206. Matilal, Bimal Krishna (1987): Pramāṇa as evidence. Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 190-198. Wezler, Albrecht (1987): Remarks on the sarvasarvātmakatvavāda. Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 166-181. 317 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4993 SD A 28 16 1153 SD A 28 160 1156 SD A 28 161 1159 SD A 28 162 1162 SD A 28 163 1164 SD A 28 164 1166 SD A 28 165 1167 SD A 28 166 1168 SD A 28 167 1169 SD A 28 168 1170 SD A 28 169 4994 1175 1176 SD A 28 17 SD A 28 170 SD A 28 171 1177 SD A 28 172 1178 SD A 28 173 Mondal, Pradyot Kumar (1982): Some aspects of perception in old Nyāya. Journal of Indian Philosophy 10/4, 357376. Chemparathy, George (1987). Meaning and role of the concept of mahājanaparigraha in the ascertainment of the validity of the Veda. Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 67-80. Matilal, Bimal Krishna (1987): Debate and dialectic in ancient India. Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 53-66. Vattanky, John (1987): Development of Nyāya theism. Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 36-52. Oberhammer, Gerhard (1987): The transcendental structure of human bondage (saṃsāra) according to Pakṣilasvāmin ("Language-Game" implied in the process of salvation). Philosophical Essays, Professor Anantalal Thakur Felicitation Volume. Calcutta: Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar, 16-27. Williams, R. (1965): Haribhadra. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies XXVII, 101-111. Harikai, Kunio (1989): Nyāyasudhā ni inyō sareru Bṛhaṭṭikā ni tsuite [über die in der Nyāyasudhā zitierte Bṛhaṭṭikā]. IBK XXXVII 2, 951-957. Akamatsu, Akihiko und Yamakami, Shōdō: Nyāya gakuha no chishikiron 2 [Erkenntnistheorie bei den Naiyayikas 2]. Iwanami kōza tōyō shisō 5, 197-234. Tola, Fernando and Dragonetti, Carmen (1990): Some remarks on Bhartṛhari's concept of pratibhā. Journal of Indian Philosophy 18, 95-112. Filliozat, Pierre-Sylvain (1990): Yukti, le quatrième pramāṇa des médecins (Carakasaṃhitā, Sūtrasthāna XI, 25). Journal of the European Āyurvedic Society 1, 33-46. Watanabe, Shigeaki (1987): Bhāsarvajña no Henjū kasoku ron [Theorie des Erkennens der vyāpti bei Bhāsarvajña]. Takasaki Jikidō hakushi kanreki kinen ronshū, "Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Ronshū", 33-48. Coward, Harold (1982): Time (Kāla) in Bhartr̥hari's Vākyapadīya. JIP 10/3, 277-287. Hatae, Teruko (1986): Han dhvani ron - Dhvanyāloka I, 1 - [Die Lehre gegen dhvani]. IBK 35/1, 438-36. Honda, Megumu (1990): A Reading in the Vaiśeṣika Sūtra. Dōhō Daigaku Kiyo 4, 172-79 (1-94). Halbfass, Wilhelm (1970): Remarks on the Vaiśeṣika Concept of Sāmānya. Añjali. Papers on Indology and Buddhism. Festschrift zum 60. Geburtstag von Oliver Hector de Alwis Wijesekera, 137-151. Hattori, Masaaki (1993): Schopenhauer to indo kotengaku ["Schopenhauer und die indischen Klassiker"]. 318 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1179 SD A 28 174 1180 SD A 28 175 1181 SD A 28 176 1182 SD A 28 177 1183 SD A 28 178 1184 SD A 28 179 4995 1187 SD A 28 18 SD A 28 180 1188 SD A 28 181 1189 SD A 28 182 1190 SD A 28 183 1191 SD A 28 184 1192 SD A 28 185 1193 SD A 28 186 1194 SD A 28 187 1196 SD A 28 188 Schopenhauer kenkyū, Sōkangō, 1. Ausgabe, 67-82. Staal, Frits and van der Velde, Paul (ed.) (1993): Concepts of Science in Europe and Asia [this lecture was delivered ... on the occasion of the official opening of the IIAS at Leiden on October 13,1993]. International Institute for Asian Studies, Leiden, 31p. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1985): Patañjali and the Yoga sūtras. StII 10, 191-212. King, Richard (1992): Asparśa-Yoga: Meditation and Epistemology in the Gauḍapādīya-Kārikā. Journal of Indian Philosophy 20/1, 89-131. Slaje, Walter (1986): Untersuchungen zur Chronologie einiger Nyāya-Philosophen. StII 11/12, 245-277. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1993): The Vaiśeṣika vākya and bhāṣya. Annals of BORI, Amṛtamahotsava Volume 72 & 73 (1991 & 1992), 145-169. Balbir, Nalini (1993): Jaina Exegetical Terminology Pk. vibhāsā 'Detailed Exposition'. Jain Studies in Honour of Jozef Deleu. Ed. by Rudy Smet and Kenji Watanabe. Tokyo: Hon-no-tomosha, 67-84. Bandyopadhyay, Nandita (1982): The concept of similarity in Indian philosophy. JIP 10, 239-275. Filliozat, Pierre-Sylvain (1993): Caraka's Proof of Rebirth. Journal of the European Āyurvedic Society 3, 94-111. Chatterjee, Tara (1991): An attempt to understand svataḥ prāmāṇyavāda in Advaita Vedānta. Journal of Indian Philosophy 19, 229-248. Shaw, J. L. (1991): Universal sentences: Russell, Wittgenstein, Prior, and the Nyāya. Journal of Indian Philosophy 19/2, 103-119. Soni, Jayandra (1991): Dravya, guṇa and paryāya in Jaina thought. Journal of Indian Philosophy 19/1, 75-88. Clear, Edeltraud Harzer (1990): Īśvarakṛṣṇa's two-level-perception: Propositional and non-propositional. Journal of Indian Philosophy 18/4, 305-340. Upadhyaya, K. N. (1991): Śaṅkara on reason, scriptural authority and Self-knowledge. Journal of Indian Philosophy 19/2, 121-132. Taber, John A. (1994): Kumārila's Refutation of the Dreaming Argument: The Nirālmbanavāda-adhikaraṇa. Studies in Mīmāṁsā. Dr. Mandan Mishra Felicitation Volume. Ed. by R.C. Dwivedi. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 27-52. Takenaka, Tomoyasu (1994): The Theory of Anumāna in the Bhāṭṭa Mīmāṁsā: Niyama and the Means to Determine Niyama. Studies in Mīmāṁsā. Dr. Mandan Mishra Felicitation Volume. Ed. by R.C. Dwivedi. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 105-115. Kreibig, Jos. Klem. (1911): Über Wahrnehmung. Sitzungsberichte der Kais. Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien. 319 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1197 4996 SD A 28 189 SD A 28 19 1209 SD A 28 190 1210 SD A 28 191 1211 SD A 28 192 1212 SD A 28 193 1213 SD A 28 194 2 SD A 28 195 3 SD A 28 196 5 SD A 28 197 8 SD A 28 198 10 SD A 28 199 4979 4997 475 SD A 28 2 SD A 28 20 SD A 28 200 476 SD A 28 201 477 SD A 28 202 Philosophisch-Historische Klasse 168, 6. Abhandlung, 1-37. Nieuwendijk, Arthur (1992): Semantics and Comparative Logic. Journal of Indian Philosophy 20/4, 377-418. Chakravarti, Arindam (1982): The Nyāya proofs for existence of the soul. JIP 10/3, 211-238. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1995): Studies on Bhartṛhari, 7: Grammar as the Door to Liberation. Annals of BORI 76, 97106. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1996): The Correspondence Principle and its Impact on Indian Philosophy. Studies in the History of Indian Thought (Indo-Shisōshi Kenkyū) 8, 1-19. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1996): Audumbarāyaṇa revisited. Śrījñānāmṛtam. A Memorial Volume in Honour of Prof. Shri Niwas Shastri. Ed. by Vijaya Rani. Delhi: Parimal, 197-201. Sarma, Srikrishna (1963): Controversies over śabda. Jñānamuktāvalī. Commemoration Volume in Honour of Johannes Nobel (Vol. 38). Ed. by Claus Vogel. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 182-193. Kumoi, Shōzen (1961): Junseha ni kansuru tutatsu no denshō [Zwei überlieferungen über Lokāyata]. IBK 9-2, 434440. [jap.] Kumoi, Shōzen (1966): Indo tetsugaku ni okeru yūshinron o meguru shomondai [Die Probleme des Theismus bei der indischen Philosophie]. OG 46-1, 1-16. [jap.] Imanishi, Junkichi (1969). Inchū-uka no ronshōhō [Beweis der (Saṃkhya)Theorie, daß Wirkungen in ihren Ursachen immanent sind.]. IBK 17-2, 502-508. [jap.] Bronkhorst, Johannes (1994): A note on Patañjali and the Buddhists. Annals of BORI 75/1-4, 247-254. Tosaki, Hiromasa (1991): Kumārila's Interpretation of JS I.1.4 - A Japanese Translation of the ślokavārtika. Pratyakṣa kk. 1-58. Festschrift Dr. Shoren Ihara 70. Geburtstag, 329-352. Sharma, Arvind (1996): The issue of memory as a pramāṇa and its implication for the confirmation of reincarnation in Hinduism. Journal of Indian Philosophy 24/1, 21-36. Liebich, Bruno (1923): Über den Sphoṭa. (Ein Kapitel über die Sprachphilosophie der Inder). ZDMG 77, 208-219. Siderits, Mark (1982): Review Article: More Things in Heaven and Earth. Journal of Indian Philosophy 10, 187-208. Ganeri, Jonardon (1996): Meaning and Reference in Classical India. Journal of Indian Philosophy 24, 1-19. Van den Bossche, Frank (1995): Existence and Non-Existence in Haribhadra Sūri's Anekānta-Jaya-Patākā. Journal of Indian Philosophy 23/4, 429-468. Hattori, Masaaki (1997): Review: Raffaele Torella, The Īśvarapratyabhijñākārikā of Utpaladeva with the Author's Vṛtti. Critical edition and annotated translation (Serie Orientale Roma, LXXI). Roma, 1994. Journal of Indian 320 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 478 SD A 28 203 195 SD A 28 204 197 SD A 28 205 199 SD A 28 206 201 SD A 28 207 203 SD A 28 208 204 SD A 28 209 4998 SD A 28 21 1275 SD A 28 210 1345 SD A 28 211 1346 SD A 28 212 1347 SD A 28 213 1348 SD A 28 214 1349 SD A 28 215 Philosophy 25, 257-261. Franco, Eli (1997): Review: David Boucher (ed.), Collingwood Studies Volume One: The Life and Thought of R.G. Collingwood, 1994 & David Boucher and Bruce Haddock (eds.), Collingwood Studies Volume Two: Perspectives, 1995. Australian Journal of Philosophy 75/2, 255-257. Oetke, Claus (1997): Pragmatic Principles and Maxims of Interpretation. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 21, 133152. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1998): Does the veda have an author? A reply to Professor Stephen H. Philips. Asiatische Studien, LII, 1, 5-14. Tiwari, Heeraman (1994): One and Many: The Early Naiyāyikas and the Problem of Universals. Journal of Indian Philosophy 22/2, 137-170. Wada, Toshihiro (1995): Gaṅgeśa and Mathurānātha on Siṃhavyāghralakṣaṇa of Vyāpti (1). Journal of Indian Philosophy 23/3, 273-294. Rai, A.K. (1995). Pakṣatā in Navya-Nyāya. Journal of Indian Philosophy 23/1, 1-8. Gupta, Brahmananda (1964): On the Common Source of Jayanta and Vyomaśiva. Proceedings of the 26th International Congress of Orientalists. New Delhi: [Organising Commitee], 370-374. Tucci, Giuseppe (1971): Linee di una storia del materialismo indiano. Opera Minora 6/1, 49-155. Yoshimizu, Kiyotaka (2003): Kumārila on the Dual Aspects of the Reader's Consciousness: Textual Comprehension and Actual Performance. In: Indo-shisoshi kenkyu 15, pp. 5-33. Kölver, Bernhard (1995-96): From transcendent order to reality: early development in the indian concept of truth. In: Indologica Taurinensia XXI-XXII, pp. 197-214. Omae, Futoshi (1998): Kumārila no sphoṭa hihan: Ślokavārttika sphoṭavāda-shō no wayaku (1) [Kumārilas Widerlegung der sphoṭa-Lehre. Japanische Übersetzung vom ŚV sphoṭa (1)]. In: Shimane-kenritsu-kokusaitankidaigaku-kiyō 5, pp. 21-49. Schmithausen, Lambert (1970): Zur Lehre von der Vorstellungsfreien Wahrnehmung bei Praśastapāda. In: WZKS 14, 125-129. Schmithausen, Lambert (1963): Vorstellungsfreie und vorstellende Wahrnehmung bei Śālikanātha. In: WZKSO 7, 104-115. Steinkellner, Ernst (1999): Die ältesten Sätze zur Theorie der Wahrnehmung in Indien. Eine Sammlung von Fragmenten des klassischen Sāṅkhya-System. In: Psychologie des Bewusstseins-Bewusstsein der Psychologie. 321 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1370 SD A 28 216 1616 SD A 28 217 1619 SD A 28 218 1620 SD A 28 219 4999 SD A 28 22 1623 1624 1625 1626 SD A 28 220 SD A 28 221 SD A 28 222 SD A 28 223 1635 SD A 28 224 1637 SD A 28 225 1639 SD A 28 226 1641 SD A 28 227 1683 SD A 28 228 Giselher Guttman zum 65. Geburtstag. Wien: WUV. Ed. T. Slunecko, O. Vitouch, C. Korunka, H. Bauer, B. Flatschacher. pp 247-253. ACHTUNG: FEHLT IN SAMMLUNG! Bronkhorst Johannes (1999): Satkāryavāda and asatkāryavāda. In: Categorisation and Interpretation. Indological and comparative studies from an international Indological meeting at the Department of Comparative Philoogy, Göteborg University. A Volume didicated to the memory of Gösta Libert. Ed. Folke Josephson. pp. 43-55. Paul, Gregor (1998): Einheit der Logik und Einheit des Menschenbildes. Reflexionen über das Tertium non datur. In: Ethos des Interkulturellen. Hrsg. von Arno Baruzzi & Akihiro Takeichi. Würzburg: Ergon Verlag, 15-29. Möller, Hans-Georg (1998): Zum Problem der Universalität der Logik. Mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der altchinesischen Philosophie. Minima Sinica 1998/1, 70-81. Paul, Gregor (1998): Probleme, Ziele und Relevanz einer Theorie universaler Logik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung sinologischer Interessen. Minima Sinica 1998/1, 40-69. Chemparathy, George (1968): The doctrine of Īśvara as exposed in the Nyāyakandalī. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 24/1-4, 25-38. Wezler, Albrecht (1968-1969): Die "dreifache" Schlussfolgerung im Nyāyasūtra 1.1.5. IIJ 11, 190-211. Halbfass, Wilhelm (1976): Zum Begriff der Substanz (dravya) im Vaiśeṣika. WZKS 20, 141-166. Slaje, Walter (1986): Niḥśreyasam im alten Nyāya. WZKS 30, 163-177. Slaje, Walter (1998): Über "Wahrheit" (skt. tat-tva). Berliner Indologische Studien (BIS) 11/12, 239-258. Preisendanz, Karin (2000): Debate and Independent Reasoning vs. Tradition: On the Precarious Position of Early Nyāya. In: Harānandalaharī. Volume in Honour of Professor Minoru Hara on his Seventieth Birthday. Ed. by Ryutaro Tsuchida and Albrecht Wezler. Reinbek: Verlag für Orientalistische Fachpublikationen, 221-251. Kellner, Birgit (1996): There are no pots in the Ślokavārttika. Kumārila's definition of the abhāvapramāṇa and patterns of negative cognition in Indian Philosophy. Journal of the Oriental Institute (Baroda) (JOIB) 46/3-4, 143167. Bhattacharya, Gopikamohan (1974): The Concept of Pakṣatā in Navyanyāya. In: Charudeva Shastri felicitation volume: presented to Prof. Charudeva Shastri on the occasion of his 75th anniversary by his friends and admirers. [editorial committee, Suniti Kumar Chatterji ... et al.]. Delhi: Charu Deva Shastri felicitation commitee, 337-343. Sharma, B. L. (1966): Paksata. The Motivational Conditions of Inference According to the Navya-Nyaya. Darshana International 6/1, 103-107. Dhaky, M. A. (1995): The Date and Authorship of Nyāyāvatāra. Nirgrantha 1. Ed. by M. A. Dhaky, Jitendra Shah. 322 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1695 SD A 28 229 5000 SD A 28 23 5001 SD A 28 24 5002 SD A 28 25 5003 5004 SD A 28 26 SD A 28 27 5005 SD A 28 28 5006 SD A 28 29 4980 SD A 28 3 5007 SD A 28 30 5008 SD A 28 31 5009 SD A 28 32a 5024 SD A 28 32b 5025 SD A 28 32c 5010 SD A 28 33 5011 SD A 28 34 Ahmedabad: Sharadaben Chimanbhai Educational Research Centre, 39-49. Shigeaki, Watanabe (2001): Nyāyamañjarī ni inyôsareta koten Cārvāka ha no ninshiki-ron [Epistemology of the Chemical Cārvāka-School quoted in Nyāyamañjarī]. JNIBS 24, 1-44. Rukmani, T. S. (1978): Vijñānabhikṣu on bhava-pratyaya and upāya-pratyaya yogīs in Yoga-Sūtras. Journal of Indian Philosophy 5, 311-317. Vattanky, John (1978): Aspects of early Nyāya theism. Journal of Indian Philosophy 6, 393-404. Potter, Karl H. (1979): Was Gauḍapāda an idealist ? Sanskrit and Indian Studies. Essays in Honour of Daniel H.H. Ingalls. Ed. by M. Nagatomi, B.K. Matilal, J.M. Masson and E. Dimock. Reidel, Dordrecht, 183-199. Przyluski, J. (1930-1932): La théorie des guṇa. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 25-35. Bastow, David (1978): An attempt to understand Sāṃkhya-Yoga. JIP 5, 191-207. Nalai, Motonide (1980): Sāṃkhyaha ni okeru pramāṇa ron [The theory of pramāṇa in the Sāṃkhya system]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 28/2, 678-679. Mikogami, Eshō (1980): On the Sāṃkhyakārikā verse 7 [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 28/2, 903-896. Strauß, Otto (1933): Mīmāṃsā - die altindische Rituallehre in ihrer methodischen Bedeutung. Zeitschrift für Missionswissenschaft und Religionswissenschaft 48, 257-272. Miyamoto, Keiichi (1977): Vaiśeṣika gakuha no apekṣābuddhi [On apekṣābuddhi in the Vaiśeṣika School]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 25/2, 908-903 (93-98). Yamakami, Shōdō (1980): On the meaning of tarka in the Nyāya school [jap.]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 28/2, 911-908. Motegi, Meizō (1978): Yuktidīpikā no kenkyū (I). Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 26/2, 677-678. Motegi, Shūjun (1978): Yuktidīpikā no kenkyū (II). Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 27/1, 453-448. Motegi, Shūjun (1978): Yuktidīpikā no kenkyū (III). Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 28/2, 907-904. Kunio, Hishida (1979): Shōron gakuha ni okeru mayoi to satori. Nippon Bukkyōgakkai Nenpō 44, 81-94. Solomon, E. A. (1980-1981): Nyāya-Sūtra 5.2.2 - The nigrahasthāna pratijñā-hāni. The Adyar Library Bulletin 4445, 358-368. 323 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5012 SD A 28 35 5013 SD A 28 36 5014 SD A 28 37 5015 SD A 28 38 5016 SD A 28 39 4981 SD A 28 4 5017 SD A 28 40 5018 SD A 28 41 5019 SD A 28 42 5020 SD A 28 44 5021 SD A 28 44 5022 SD A 28 45 5023 SD A 28 46 5026 SD A 28 47 Rucinski, Tomasz (1979): Some notes about the reading of Brahmasūtras' teaching. Ludwik Sternbach Felicitation Volume. Ed. by J.P. Sinha. Akhila Bharatiya Sanskrit Parishad, Lucknow, 603-606. Chmielewski, Janusz (1979): Concerning the Problem of Analogic Reasoning in Ancient China. Rocznik Orientalistyczny 40/2, 65-78. Tokarz, Franciszek (1968): Jedność rodzaju ludzkiego w świetle filozofii wschodu. Przegląd Orientalistyczny 2 (66), 133-138. Chmielewski, Janusz (1981): Zasada redukcji do absurdu na tle porównawczym. Studia semiotyczne 11 (Nadbitka), 21-106. Uno, Atsushi (1960): Indo ronrigaku ni okeru gentei-shi no yōhō [The usage of determinants in Indian logic]. Tōzai Daigaku Gakujutsu Kenkyūsho Ronsō 38, 1-16. Takeuchi, Yoshinori (1966): Japanese Philosophy: Modern Japanese Philosophy. Encyclopaedia Britannica. William Benton, Publisher, Encyclopaedia Britannica, Inc., Chicago [u.a.], 958-962. Yamakami, Shōdō (1967): avayavin ni tsuite - Naiyāyika to Bauddha to no ronsō ichidammen [One Aspect of the Controversy on avayavin between the Naiyāyikas and the Bauddhas]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 15/2, 882-880. Yamakami, Shōdō (1968): N(yāya)sāra ni okeru yogipratyakṣa [yogipratyakṣa in Nyāyasāra]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 16/2, 916-908. Uno, Atsushi (1966): arthāpatti no ichi kōsatsu. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 14/2, 564-569. Uno, Atsushi (1973): Jainakyō no Bukkyō hihan [Jaina criticism of Buddhism]. In: Etani Sensei Koki Kinen (Jōdōkyō no shisō to Bunka). Festschrift for Prof. Etani "The Thought and Culture of Sukhāvatī School". Kyoto, 1023-1043. Uno, Atsushi (1978): Indo no suironshiki [Syllogism in Indian inference]. In: Ashikaga Atsuuji Hakushi Kiju-Kinen Ronshu (Festschrift for Dr. A. Ashikaga). Tokyo, 433-445. Uno, Atsushi (1981): Jainakyō no suiron [Inferential theory of Jainism]. Hiroshima Daigaku Bungakubu 41, 38-61. Uno, Atsushi (1970): Satipratyakṣa as a Fallacy in the Navya-nyāya. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 18/2, 1034-1023 (29-40). Uno, Atsushi (1975): A Study of Pratiyogin. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [IBK Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 23/2, 1110-1104 (7-13). 324 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5027 SD A 28 48 5028 SD A 28 49 4982 SD A 28 5 5029 SD A 28 50 5030 SD A 28 51 5031 SD A 28 52 5032 SD A 28 53 5033 SD A 28 54 5034 SD A 28 55 5035 SD A 28 56 5036 SD A 28 57 5037 SD A 28 58 5038 SD A 28 59 4984 SD A 28 6 Uno, Atsushi (1968): Jainakyō chishikiron no ichi mondai - jñāna to pramāṇa no hensen [A Study of Jaina epistemology with special reference to jñāna and pramāṇa]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 16/2, 54-57. Uno, Atsushi (1966): A Study of Jaina Epistemology - prāmāṇya-vāda. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [IBK Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 15/1, 457-452 (18-23). Kraft, Victor (1971): Dreierlei Philosophiegeschichte. In: Studies and essays in the humanities in memory of Philip Merlan. Ed. by R.B. Palmer & R. Hamerton-Kelly. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff, 293-305. Uno, Atsushi (1969): Mīmāṃsā Views on the Verbal Judgment - Anvitābhidhāna & Abhihitānvaya. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [IBK Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 17/2, 925-918 (39-46). Yamakami, Shōdō (1976): Bhāsarvajña no Bukkyō hihan - avayavin o meguri ronsō to sono hatten citrādvaita hihan [Bhāsarvajña's Criticism on Budhist Theory (I) - Argumentation on Avayavin Theory and its Development: Cristicism on Citrādvaita Theory]. Kōbe Onnadaigaku Kiyō [Bulletin of Kobe Women's College] 5, 87-102. Ui, Hakuju (o.J.): Caraka honshū ni okeru ronri setsu. Indo Tatsugaku Kenkyū 2, 427-471. Takenaka, Tomoyasu (1977): Sāmānya, sārūpya, and sādr̥śya - Kumārila's criticism of the similarity theory (Ślokavārttika, Ākr̥tivāda, kk. 65cd ff.) -. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 26/1, 505-500 (7-12). Takenaka, Tomoyasu (1974): Indojitsuzairon-gakuha no huhenron - huhen jinzaironshō oyobi fuhen to kobutsu no kankei [The theory of the universal in the Indian school of realism - The proof of the reality of universal and the relation between universal and individuals]. Tōhōgaku 48, 97-82. Dasgupta, Probal (1981): Modern Indian work at the logic-linguistics boundary. JIP 9, 217-225. Makita, Tōru (1953): vyāpti no ichikōsatsu [Eine Betrachtung der vyāpti]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 2/1, 119-120. Hattori, Masaaki (1966): Ronshō no zendankai toshite no saṃśaya [saṃśaya als erste Stufe des Beweises]. Kanakura Hakaseke Kohi Kinen, 265-281. Makita, Tōru (1954): Kumārila no ryōron - Ślokavārttika hiryōshō wayaku [Kumārilas Pramāṇa-Theorie - Japanische Übersetzung des Kapitels über die Schlußfolgerung des Ślokavārttika]. Okurayama Gakuin Kiyō 1, 70-84. Imanishi, Junkichi (1968): Pariṇāma ni tsuite [Über pariṇāma]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 16/2, 167-175. Schmithausen, Lambert (1971): [Beiträge zu:] Advaita, Ātman, Avidyā, Brahman. In: Historisches Wörterbuch der 325 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5039 SD A 28 60 5040 SD A 28 61 5041 SD A 28 62 5042 SD A 28 63 5043 SD A 28 64 5044 SD A 28 65 5045 SD A 28 66 5046 SD A 28 67 5047 SD A 28 68 5048 SD A 28 69 4985 SD A 28 7 5049 SD A 28 70 5050 SD A 28 71 Philosophie, Band 1: A-C. Hrsg. von Joachim Ritter. Basel/ Stuttgart: Schwabe & Co AG, Spalten 86-87, 601-603, 736, 954-956. Uno, Atsushi (1961): The Ascertainment of Truth of Knowledge in the Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika. Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [IBK Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 9/1, 377-372 (34-39). Piantelli, Mario (1980-1981): The conception of the two dr̥ṣṭi-s in Śaṅkara's Br̥hadāraṇyakopaniṣadbhāṣya I, 4,10. Indologica Taurinensia 8-9, 313-331. Oberhammer, Gerhard (1967-1968): Notes on the tantrayukti-s. The Adyar Library Bulletin 31-32, 600-616. Takenaka, Tomoyasu (1982?): Mori no hiyu ni tsuite - Ślokavārttika, vanavāda o chūshin toshite [On the metapher "forest" - Centering around Ślokavārttika, vanavāda]. Nippon Bukkyōgakkei Nenpō 41, 33-48. Tamaru, Toshiaki (1981): Uddyotakara no mugasetsu hihan (1). Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 29/2, 943-940. Yamakami, Shōdō (1968): Indo seitōronrigakuha ni okeru "zentai" no gainen [The concept of "Whole" in the orthodox school of Indian logicians]. Tōhōgaku 35, 190-176. Takenaka, Tomoyasu (1978-1980, 1982): Bhāṭṭa ha no fuhenron - Śāstradīpikā no wayaku kenkyū (I-IV) [Übersetzung und Studie der Śāstradīpikā I-IV]. Hanazono Daigaku Kenkyū Kiyō 9 (1978) 33-57, 10 (1979) 1-25, 11 (1980) 1-26, 13 (1982) 97-113. Takenaka, Tomoyasu (1972): Fuhen to kobutsu no kankei no ichidanmen - Bhāṭṭa ha no bhedābheda ronshyō to Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika hihan [Beweisführung bezüglich bhedābheda in der Bhāṭṭa-Schule und Kritik des NyāyaVaiśeṣika]. Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū [Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies] 20/2, 909-905. Tachikawa, Musashi (1981): Kū shisō kenkyū no tame no shosuihei (shōzen). Tōyōgakujutsu Kenkyū 20/2, 120-136. Yamakami, Shōdō (1980): sādhakatama no gogi o meguri Jayantabhaṭṭa to Bhāsarvajña to ni denshōsareta shokenkai [Some interpretations of sādhakatama as exposed by Jayantabhaṭṭa and Bhāsaravajña]. Mikkyōgaku 16-17, 31-47. Nakamura, Hajime (1972): Early Vedāntic scholars subsequent to the Brahma-Sūtra. Studies in Indo-Asian Art and Culture, Vol. 1. Commemoration Volume on the 69th Birthday of Acharya Raghu Vira. Ed. by Perala Ratnam. New Delhi Internat. Acad. of Indian Culture, 165-170. Yamakami, Shōdō (1980): Nyāyasūtra 1.1.23 no kaishaku o meguru shomondai [Interpretations of Nyāyasūtra 1.1.23 - Discrepancies between two Naiyāyika Traditions]. Kyōtosangyō Daigaku Ronshyū [Acta Humanistica et Scientifica Universitatis Sangio Kyotiensis] 9/4, Jinmonkagaku keiretsu [Humanities Series] 8, 22-36. Uno, Atsushi (1977): arthāpatti - guru ha no kenkai o chūshin toshite [arthāpatti with special reference to Gurus 326 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5051 SD A 28 72 5052 SD A 28 73 5053 SD A 28 74 5054 SD A 28 75 5055 SD A 28 76 5056 SD A 28 77 5057 SD A 28 78 5058 SD A 28 79 4986 SD A 28 8 5059 SD A 28 80 5060 SD A 28 81 5061 SD A 28 82 5062 SD A 28 83 view]. Mikkyōgaku 13-14, 34-47. Uno, Atsushi (1963): Indo chishikiron ni okeru shingi no mondai - shori katsuron gakuha o chūshin toshite [,Truth` and ,falsity` in Indian epistemology with special reference to the Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika school]. Tetsugaku Kenkyū [Journal of Philosophical Studies] 42/4, 285-321. Uno, Atsushi (1965): Jainakyō chishikiron no ichi kōsatsu - "ninshiki" no gainen no hatten [A study of Jaina epistemology - Development of the notion of "knowledge"]. Mikkyōgaku 1, 168-189. Yamakami, Shōdō (1978): Bhāsarvajña ga tsutaeru Nyāyasūtra 1.1.26-31 no kaishaku [Some interpretations of Nyāyasūtras 1.1.26-31 as exposed by Bhāsarvajña]. In: Studies dedicated to Professor Atsuuji Ashikaga on the occasion of his Seventy-seventh Birthday. Compiled by the Society for the Near Eastern Studies in Japan. Tokyo: Kokusho Kankokai, 541-558. Zangenberg, F. und Oberhammer, Gerhard (1983): Nyāya. Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie Band 6: Mo-O. Hrsg. von Joachim Ritter, Karlfried Gründer. Schwabe & Co AG, Basel/Stuttgart, Spalten 1011-1020. Perszyk, Kenneth J. (1984): Negative entities and negative facts in Navya-Nyāya. Journal of Indian Philosophy 12/3, 265-275. Gelblum, Tuvia (1970): Sāṃkhya and Sartre. Journal of Indian Philosophy 1, 75-82. Takenaka, Tomoyasu (1977): sāmānya, sārūpya, and sādr̥śya - Kumārila's criticism of the similarity theory (Ślokavārttika, Ākr̥tivāda, kk. 65cd ff.). Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies [Indogaku Bukkyōgaku Kenkyū] 26/1, 505-500. Hedge, R. D. (1983): Bhaṭṭa Jayanta. Annals of BORI 64/1-4, 1-15. Steinkellner, Ernst (1964): Vardhamāna als Kommentator Gaṅgeśa's. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Süd- und Ostasiens 8, 182-223. Franco, Eli (1984): Studies in the Tattvopaplavasimha II. The Theory of Error. Journal of Indian Philosophy 12/2, 105-137. Varma, Siddhesvar (1972): The concept of "agent" - philosophical and grammatical - in Sanskrit tradition. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 28/1-2, 713-721. Bijelwan, C. D. (1972): Bhaṭṭa Jayanta's theory of the test of the truth of knowledge. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 28/3-4, 149-158. Thakur, Anantalal (1976): Kaṇāda - āstika or nāstika. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 32/1-4, 121-136. 327 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5063 SD A 28 84 5064 SD A 28 85 5065 SD A 28 86 5066 SD A 28 87 5067 SD A 28 88 5068 SD A 28 89 4987 SD A 28 9 5069 SD A 28 90 5070 SD A 28 91 5071 SD A 28 92 5072 SD A 28 93 5073 SD A 28 94 Motilal, Bimal Krishna (1961): The doctrine of karaṇa in grammar-logic. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 17/1-2, 63-69. Varadachari, V. (1961): Note on the Prāmāṇyavāda of the Nyāya school. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 17/3-4, 265-273. Wezler, Albrecht (1968-1969): Die "dreifache" Schlussfolgerung im Nyāyasūtra 1.1.5. Indo-Iranian Journal 11, 190211. Mayeda, Sengaku (1976): Review: Tilmann Vetter, Sarvajñātman's Saṃkṣepaśārīram. 1. Kapitel. Einführung, Übersetzung und Anmerkungen ( = Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, phil.-hist. Klasse, Sitzungsberichte, 282. Band, 3, Abh.; Veröffentlichungen der Kommission für Sprachen und Kulturen Süd- und Ostasiens 11). Wien, 1972. Indo-Iranian Journal 18, 134-138. Staal, J. F. (1969): Sanskrit philosophy of language. Current Trends in Linguistics Vol.5: Linguistics in South Asia. Ed. by Thomas A. Sebeok. Mouton, The Hague [u.a.], 499-531. Wezler, Albrecht (1983): A note on concept adr̥ṣṭa as used in the Vaiśeṣikasūtra. In: Aruṇa-Bhāratī - Professor A.N. Jani Felicitation Volume. Ed. by B. Datta, U.C. Sharma, Nitin J. Vyas. Baroda, 35-57. Steinkellner, Ernst (1961): Die Literatur des älteren Nyāya. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde Süd- und Ostasiens 5, 149-163. Wezler, Albrecht (1984): Further references to the Vaiśeṣikasūtra in the Pātañjalayogaśāstravivaraṇa (Studies in the Pātañjalayogaśāstravivaraṇa III). In: Amr̥tadhārā - Prof. R. N. Dandekar Felicitation Volume. Ed. by S.D. Joshi. Delhi: Ajanta Publications, 457-472. Gerow, E. (1982): What is karma (kiṃ karmeti) ? An exercise in philosophical semantics. Indologica Taurinensia 10, 87-116. Kanakura, Enshō (1972): Shorigakuha no saironhō ni taisuru yuibutsuronsha no nanpaku [Refutation of inference in the Tattvoplavasiṃha]. In: Essays on the Buddhist Thought in Honor of Professor Mitsuo Satoh on the occasion of his Seventieth Birthday. Tokyo: Sankibo Buddhist Bookstore Ltd., 45-60. Staal, J. F. (1960): Correlations between language and logic in Indian thought. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 23, 109-122. Gelblum, Tuvia (1979): Review: Karl H. Potter (ed.), Encyclopedia of Indian philosophies. Indian metaphysics and epistemology: the tradition of Nyāya-Vaiśeṣika up to Gaṅgeśa. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1977. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 42, 575-577. 328 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5074 SD A 28 95 5075 SD A 28 96 5076 5077 5078 SD A 28 97 SD A 28 98 SD A 28 99 4844 SD A 3.1 1 4845 SD A 3.1 2 667 SD A 3.1 3 4846 SD A 3.3 1 4855 4856 4857 4858 SD A 3.3 10 SD A 3.3 11 SD A 3.3 12 SD A 3.3 13 4859 SD A 3.3 14 4860 SD A 3.3 15 4861 SD A 3.3 16 4862 SD A 3.3 17a 4863 SD A 3.3 17b Deussen, Paul (Dec.1900): Outlines of Indian philosophy. The Indian Antiquary 29, 365-370, 393-399. Sastri, S.S. Suryanarayana (1931): The Chinese Suvarṇa-Saptati and Māṭhara-Vr̥tti. Journal of Oriental Research Madras 5/1, 34-40. Rao, A.S. Krishna (1927): Inference in Indian logic. Journal of Oriental Research Madras 1/4, 375-379. Chintamani, T. R. (1927): A note on the Cārvāka system. Journal of Oriental Research Madras 1/4, 387-388. Ramaswami Sastri, K.S. (1927): Forgotten Kārikās of Kumārila. Journal of Oriental Research Madras 1, 131-144. Morgenstierne, G. (1930-1932): The Name Munjān and Some Other Names of Places and Peoples in the Hindu Kush. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 439-444. Thomas, F. W. (1930-1932): Two Terms Employed in Kharoṣṭhī Documents from Chinese Turkestan. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 519-528. Miller, Roy Andrew (1993): A Shamanistic Term from Old Korean, Festgabe für Nelly Neumann (MOAG 119) herausgegeben von Antoni K. & Blümmel M.-V., Hamburg, 245-285. Pulleyblank, E. G. (1973): Some further evidence regarding old Chinese -s and its time of disappearance. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 36, 367-373. Pulleyblank, E. G. (1965): The Indo-European Vowel System and the Qualitative Ablaut. Word 21/1, 86-101. Grierson, George (1925): On the Tirahi Language. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 405-416. Stein, Aurel (1925): The speakers of Tirahi. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 399-404. Shafer, Robert (1961): Languages of Ancient Khotan. Zvláštní otisk z čapopisu Archiv orientální 29/1, 35-52. Li, Fang-kuei (1964): The phonemic system of the Tai Lü language. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology Academia Sinica 35, 7-14. Róna-Tas, A. (o.J.): An unpublished Chuvash wordlist in the library of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences. O.A., 159-173. Benveniste, Émile (o.J.): - Chapitre 18: Structure des relations de personne dans le verbe. Bulletin de la Société de Linguistique 43 fasc.1 no. 126. - Chapitre 20: La nature des pronoms. In: For Roman Jakobson. La Haye: Mouton & Co, 1956. In: Problèmes de linguistique générale. O.A.: Gallimard, 225-236, 251-257. Nishida, Tatsuo (1968): A comparative study of the Lisu language (Tak dialect) 1 [jap.]. Tonan Ajia Kenkyū [SouthEast Asian Studies] 6/1, 3-35. Nishida, Tatsuo (1968): A comparative study of the Lisu language (Tak dialect) 2 [jap.]. Tonan Ajia Kenkyū [SouthEast Asian Studies] 6/2, 19-47 (261-289). 329 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4847 SD A 3.3 2 4848 SD A 3.3 3 4849 SD A 3.3 4 4850 SD A 3.3 5 4851 SD A 3.3 6 4852 SD A 3.3 7 4853 SD A 3.3 8 4854 SD A 3.3 9 4941 SD A 31 1 989 SD A 33 10 990 SD A 33 11 1611 SD A 33 12 1612 SD A 33 13 1614 SD A 33 14 1617 SD A 33 15 1621 SD A 33 16 Bailey, H. W. (1930-1932): Iranian Studies. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 6, 945-955. Bailey, H. W. (1930-1932): To the Zamasp-Namak I, II. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 6, 5585, 581-600. Li, Fang-kuei (1971): On Siamese Jaai [chin.]. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology Academia Sinica 42/3, 337-340. Li, Fang Kuei (o.J.): The development of Archaic Chinese *ə. In: Langues et Techniques Nature et Société - I Approche Linguistique. Éd. par Jacqueline M.C. Thomas et Lucien Bernot. Éditions Klincksieck, 157-163. Li, Fang Kuei (1970): Some tonal irregularites in the Tai languages. In: Studies in General and Oriental Linguistics. Presented to Shirō Hattori on the Occasion of His Sixtieth Birthday. Ed. by Roman Jakobson and Shigeo Kawamoto. Tokyo: TEC Corporation for Language and Educational Research, 415-422. Li, Fang-kuei (1971): The final stops in Tushan [chin.]. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology Academia Sinica 43, 195-200. Li, Fang Kuei (1973): Some dental clusters in Tai. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 36/2, 334339. Li, Fang-kuei (1962): Inititials and tonal development in Tai dialects [chin.]. Bulletin of the Institute of History and Philology Academia Sinica 34/1, 31-36. Aubin, Françoise (1972): Travaux et tendances de la Sinologie Soviétique récente. T'oung Pao 58, 161-171. Franco, Eli and Preisendanz, Karin (1997): Introduction and Editorial Essay on Wilhelm Halbfass. Poznan Studies in the Philosophy of the Sciences and the Humanities 59, 1-24. Gnoli, Raniero (1994): La Scuola di Studi Orientali. Le Grandi Scuole della Facoltà. Roma, 382-389. Institut de Civilisation Indienne.-Lettre d`Information de l'Institut de Civilisation Indienne (Instituts d`ExtrêmeOrient du Collège de France). No 12, Octobre 2001, 14 S. Hara, Minoru (2001): The Death of the Hero. Journal of the International College for Advanced Buddhist Studies 4, 340-315. Mejor, Marek (2001): Contribution of Polish Scholars to the Study of Indian Logic. In: Materials of the International Seminar "Argument and Reason in Indian Logic", Warsaw University, Poland, 20-24 June, 2001. Warsaw, 13-21. Paul, Gregor (1988): Universalität und Kritik: "Westliche" Prinzipien? In: W. Schweidler (Hg.), Menschenrechte und Gemeinsinn - westlicher und östlicher Weg? St.Augustin, 139-160. O.A. (1997): SOAS. School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. Postgraduate Prospectus, 1998 330 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1622 SD A 33 17 1636 SD A 33 18 1638 SD A 33 19 4943 SD A 33 2 1640 SD A 33 20 4942 SD A 33 21 4944 4945 4946 4947 SD A 33 3 SD A 33 4 SD A 33 5 SD A 33 6 4948 SD A 33 7 4949 SD A 33 8 84 SD A 33 9 4864 4865 SD A 4 1 SD A 4 2 4866 SD A 4 4 4867 SD A 5 1 Entry. London: University of London, 131 S. Wawrzyniak, Andrzej (1997): The Asia and Pacific Museum in Warsaw: 1973-1998. Warsaw: The Asia & Pacific Museum. Fragner, Bert H. (2001): Die deutschen Orientalisten im 20. Jahrhundert und der Zeitgeist. In: Herrnam Joseph Hiery (ed.), Der Zeitgeist und die Historie. Dettelbach (BHK 15), 37-51. Institut de Civilisation Indienne.-Lettre d`Information de l'Institut de Civilisation Indienne (Instituts d`ExtrêmeOrient du Collège de France). No 11, Octobre 2000, 14 S. Uray, Géza (1959): Raboty vengerskich ycenych po vostokovedeniju v 1956-1957 godach [Arbeiten ungarischer Gelehrter zur Orientalistik in den Jahren 1956-1957]. Problemy Vostokovedenija 1, 144-152. Filipský, Jan (ed.) (1997): Academy of Sciences of the Czech Republic. Oriental Institute 1997. Praha, 40 S. Théodoridès, Jean et Wong, Ming (1971): Alexander von Humboldt et les Études Asiatiques (Lettres inédites a Stanislas Julien). Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient 58, 255-269. Grierson, G. A. (May 1895): The tenth Congress of Orientalists, Geneva 1894. Indian Antiquary 24, 136-140. Winternitz, Moriz (et al.) (Dec. 1898): Georg Bühler in memoriam. Indian Antiquary 27, 337-386. Barth, M. A. (1894-1897): Bulletin of the religions in India. Indian Antiquary 23-26, 352-374; 33-41, 65-73; 57-60. Halbfass, Wilhelm (1985): India and the Comparative Method. Philosophy East and West 35/1, 3-15. The English Translation Project of the Buddhist canon in Chinese. Numata Center for Buddhist Translation and Research. Chief Editor and Chairman of Board of Directors Bukkyo Dendo Kyokai Hagami Shocho. Tokyo, 1984, 23 pages. Collins, Steven (1989): Louis Dumont and the study of religions. Religious Studies Review 15/1, 14-20. Oetke, Claus (1997): Zur Stiftung fächerverknüpfender Beziehungen durch orientalischer Fächer. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 21, 153-192. Lévi, Sylvain (1925): Ptolémée, Le niddesa et la Br̥hatkathā. Études Asiatiques 2, 1-55. Woolner, A. C. (1930-1932): The R̥gveda and the Panjab. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6, 549-554. Stein, Aurel (o.J.): Notes on Ancient Chinese documents, discovered along the Han frontier wall in the desert of Tunhuang. In: The New China Review. O.A., o.A.. Wood, Ann (1972): The Indian Collection (Hinduism) of the Völkermuseum der Universität Zürich. Ethnologische Zeitschrift Zürich 2, 17-34. 331 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4868 SD A 5 2 4869 SD A 5 3 1352 SD A 6 1 4870 SD A 6 1 4879 SD A 6 10 4880 SD A 6 11 4881 SD A 6 12 4882 SD A 6 13 1735 SD A 6 14 4871 SD A 6 2 4872 SD A 6 3 4873 4874 SD A 6 4 SD A 6 5 4875 SD A 6 6 4876 SD A 6 7 4877 SD A 6 8 Lefèvre-Pontalis, Pierre (1896): Notes sur quelques populations du Nord de l'Indo-Chine (2e série). Journal Asiatique (neuvième série) 8, 129-154, 291-303. Demiéville, Paul (1970): Bibliographie: R. Gordon Wasson, Soma, Divine Mushroom of Immortality. Ethnomyological Studies 1. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1968. T'oung Pao 56, 298-302. Bechert, Heinz (2000): Die Periode der portugiesischen Herrschaft und die Anfänger der römische-kathorischen Kirche auf der Insel Ceylon. In: Exotica. Portugals Entdeckungen im Spiegel fürstlicher Kunst- und Wunderkammern der Renaissance. Ed. W. Seipel. pp. 87-99. Nakamura, Hajime (o.J.): Comparative Studiy of the Notion of History in China, India and Japan. Diogenes 42, 4459. Smith, Vincent A. (1897): The Conquests of Samudra Gupta. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 859-910. Smith, Vincent A. (1897): The Iron Pillar of Delhi (Mihraulī) and the Emperor Candra (Chandra). Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1-18. Weber, Albert (June 1901): The Śatrunjaya Māhātmyam (A contribution to the history of the jainas). Ed. by James Burgess. Indian Antiquary 30, 239-251, 288-308. Jettmar, Karl (1985): Chinesen am Indus. Ruperto-Carola (Heidelberger Universitätshefte) 72-73 (37. Jg.), 137-141. Stourzh, Gerald (2000): Begründung und Bedrohung der Menschenrechte in der europäischen Geschichte. Vortrag in Rahmen der Feierlichen Sitzung der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften am 17. Mai 2000. Wien, 18 S. Bischoff, Friedrich A. (1966): L'Empereur de Chine - Essai sur sa situation juridique selon le point de vue de la dynastie des T'ang. In: Asiatische Forschungen 17. Collectanea Mongolica - Festschrift für Professor Dr. Rintchen zum 60. Geburtstag. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 21-28. Schwarz, Franz F. (1970): Die Griechen und die Maurya-Dynastie. In: Franz Altheim und Ruth Stiehl, Geschichte Mittelasiens im Altertum. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter & Co., 267-316. Heine-Geldern, Robert (1951): Das Tocharerproblem und die Pontische Wanderung. Saeculum 2, 225-255. Konow, Sten (o.J.): Professor Poussin on Śakayavanam. Indian Culture 3/1, 1-7. Smith, Vincent A. (1898): Numismatic Notes and Novelties 3. Journal of the Asiatic Society Beng. 67/1, 130-140 (with plate). Chavannes, Edouard (1905): Les pays d'occident d'après le Wei Lio. T'oung Pao (série 2) 6, 519-571. Stein, Aurel (1937): Early relations between India and Īrān. Paper read before the Eats India Association at the Caxton Hall, Westminster, S.W.1, on Tuesday, November 16, 1937. 332 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4878 SD A 6 9 4884 4893 SD A 7 1 SD A 7 10 291 SD A 7 11 292 SD A 7 12 293 SD A 7 13 294 SD A 7 14 295 SD A 7 15 4885 SD A 7 2 4886 SD A 7 3 4887 SD A 7 4 4888 SD A 7 5 4889 SD A 7 6 4890 SD A 7 7 4891 SD A 7 8 Smith, Vincent A. (1897): Samudra Gupta (A specimen chapter of the projected Ancient History of Northern India from the Monuments). Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 19-33. Kühnert, Fr. (1888): Das Kalenderwesen der Chinesen. Oesterreichische Monatsschrift für den Orient 8, 111-116. Kangle, R. P. (1960-1961): Bhāradvāja: An ancient teacher of the political science. Bhāratīya Vidyā 20-21, 333-339. Lariviere, Richard W. (1989): Justices and Paṇýitas: Some Ironies in Contemporary Readings of the Hindu Legal Past. The Journal of Asian Studies 48, 757-769. Lariviere, Richard W.(1993): A Persistent Disjunction: Parallel Realms of Law in India. Center for Asian Studies, 351-360. Arneth, Joseph (1852): Bericht über den Fund Römischer Goldmünzen. Sitzungsber. der philos.-histor. Classe der kais. Akademie der Wissenschaften IX, 573, 3-7. Burgerstein, A. (1912): Materielle Untersuchung der von den Chinesen vor der Erfindung des Papiers als Beschreibstoff benützten Holztäfelchen. Sitzungber. der phil.-histor. Klasse der Kais. Akademie der Wissenschaften, 170, 8, 1-6. Lariviere, Richard (1997): "Dharmaśāstra, Custom, 'Real Law' and 'Apocryphal' Smṛtis". Kölver (ed), Recht, Staat und Verwaltung im klassischen Indien, 97-110. Stein, Aurel (1931): On Ephedra, the Hūm Plant, and the Soma. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6/2, 501514. Stein, Aurel (1957): L'habitat, le monde et le corps humain en Extrême-Orient et en Haute Asie. Journal Asiatique 245, 37-74. Stein, Aurel (1931): On Ephedra, the Hūm Plant, and the Soma. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 6/2, 501514. Schlingloff, Dieter (1982): Indische Seefahrt in römischer Zeit. In: Zur geschichtlichen Bedeutung der frühen Seefahrt (allgemeine und Vergleichende Archäologie 2). München: Verlag C.H. Beck, 51-85. Macdonald, A. W. (1955): Quelques remarques sur les chasses rituelles de l'Inde du Nord-Est et du Centre. Journal Asiatique, 101-115. Alper, Harvey P. (1983): Review: Wilhelm Halbfass, Indien und Europa, Perspektiven ihrer geistigen Begegnung. Philosophy East and West 33/2, 189-196. Kiyota, Minoru (1970): Review: Charles A. Moore (ed.) with the assistance of Aldyth V. Morris, The Japanese Mind (Essentials of Japanese Philosophy and Culture). Honolulu: East-West Center Press and University of Hawaii Press, 333 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4892 SD A 7 9 4883 SD A 8 1 706 SD A 8 2 1353 SD A 9 1 1967. Philosophy East and West 20, 175-182. Robinson, Richard H. (1970): Review: Charles A. Moore (ed.) with the assistance of Aldyth V. Morris, The Japanese Mind (Essentials of Japanese Philosophy and Culture). Honolulu: East-West Center Press and University of Hawaii Press, 1967. Philosophy East and West 20, 193-193. Bharati, Agehananda (1986): Hindu-Faschismus. Forum 387/394 (33. Jg.), 29-35. Bronkhorst, Johannes (1999): Is there an inner conflict of tradition? Proceedings of the International Seminar on Aryan and Non-Aryan in South Asia held at Ann Arbor in October 1996, 33-57. Wijers G. J. (1998): Economic Development in Asia. In: International Institute for Asian Studies Lecture Series 9. 334 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 283 SD N 1 1 284 SD N 1 2 4950 SD N 2 1 4951 SD N 3 1 4952 SD N 3 2 4953 SD N 4 1 4962 SD N 4 10 40 SD N 4 11 43 SD N 4 12 46 SD N 4 13 4954 SD N 4 2 4955 SD N 4 3 4956 SD N 4 4 4957 4958 SD N 4 5 SD N 4 6 4959 SD N 4 7 Heuberger, Helmut und András Höfer (1976): Deutsche Forschung in Nepal 1950 - 1975. Dokumentation und Bibliographie. Ehrhard, Franz-Karl (1992): Scientific Projects and Himalayan Culture (1960 - 1992). The Nepal Research Centre, Kathmandu. Burton-Page, J. (1954): The name "Nepal". Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 16, 592-597. Witzel, Michael (1980): On the Location of the Licchavi Capital of Nepal. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 5-6, 311-337. Jest, C. (1981): The culture of northern Nepal. In: Monuments of Northern Nepal. Paris, 13-16. Höfer, András (1972): Eine Siedlung und Werkstatt der Dorfschmiede (kāmi) in Nepal. Archiv für Völkerkunde 26, 29-57. Ramble, Charles (1986): Buddhist people of the North Nepal Borderland. In: Buddhist Heritage of Nepal. Kathmandu, 103-110. Clarke, G.E. (1990): Ideas of Merit (bsod-nams), Virtue (dge-ba), Blessing (byin-rlabs) and Material Prosperity (rten-'brel) in Highland Nepal. Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford XXI. No.2, 165-184. Hartmann, Jens-Uwe (1993): Some Remarks on Caste in the Theravāda Saṅgha of Nepal, in: G. Toffin, Nepal, Past and Present. Paris: CNRS Editions, 73-81. Devkota, Ramesh Chandra (1991): Policy approaches of NGOs for mobilization and interest representation of rural women in the Nepalese context. CESO, Verhandelingen 49, 1-23. Fürer-Haimendorf, Christoph von (1957): The Inter-Relations of Castes and Ethnic Groups in Nepal. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 20, 243-253. Kaschewsky, Rudolf (o.J.): Zu einigen tibetischen Pilgerplätzen in Nepal. Zentralasiatische Studien 16, 427-442. Macdonald, A. W. (1971): Sociology and Anthropology in Nepal. In: Essays on Ethnology of Nepal and South Asia. Bibliotheca Himalayica Series Kathmandu 3 vol. 3, 27-38. Macdonald, A. W. (1969): Notes sur deux fêtes chez les Thāru de Dāng. Objets et Mondes 9/1, 69-88. Macdonald, A. W. (1966): Les Tamang vus par l'un d'eux. L'Homme 6/1, 27-58. Fürer-Haimendorf, Christoph von (1980): Review: Sherry B. Ortner, Sherpas through their rituals (Cambridge Studies in Cultural Systems 2). Cambridge etc.: Cambridge University Press, 1978. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 43, 158-160. 335 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4960 SD N 4 8 4961 SD N 4 9 4963 SD N 5 1 4964 SD N 5 2 4965 SD N 5 3 453 454 SD N 5 4 SD N 5 5 1597 SD N 5 6 1599 SD N 5 7 4966 SD N 7 1 4975 SD N 7 10 376 SD N 7 11 377 SD N 7 12 1598 SD N 7 13 4967 SD N 7 2 Kölver, Bernhard (1981): Documents from Nepal. Studien zur Indologie und Iranistik 7, 92-108. Waddell, A. L. (Oct. 1893): Frog-worship amongst the Newars, with a note on the etymology of the word ,Nepal`. Indian Antiquary 22, 292-294. Höfer, András (1973): Gold- und Silberschmuck aus Nepal. Archiv für Völkerkunde 27, 5-14. Höfer, András (1970): Zum Gelbgussverfahren in Nepal. Aus der Werkstatt des Jāgat Mān Śākya in Paṭan. Archiv für Völkerkunde 24, 187-201. Wiles, Royce (1987): Review: Mary Sheperd Slusser, Nepal Mandala. A Cultural Study of the Kathmandu Valley. Vol 1: Text; Vol 2: Plates. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press, 1982. Indo-Iranian Journal 30, 146150. Simons, Angela (1996): Das Kollektivgrab Mebrak 63 im Mustang-Distrikt, Nepal. Eurasia Antiqua, 2, 383-395. Gail, Adalbert J. (1996): Buchkunst in Nepal. BIS, 9, 327-344. Rospatt, Alexander von (2001): A Historical Overview of the Renovations on the Svayambhūcaitya at Kathmandu. JNRC 12, 195-241. Vergati, Anne (1999): Image et rituel: À propos des peintures bouddhiques népalaises. Arts Asiatique 54, 33-43. Höfer, András (1975): Urgyen Pema und Tũsur Bon. Eine Padmasambhava-Legende der Tamang, Nepal. In: H. Berger (Hsg.), Mündliche Überlieferungen in Südasien. Fünf Beiträge. Schriftenreihe des Südasien-Instituts der Universität Heidelberg 7. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag, 1-7. Macdonald, Alexander W. (o.J.): Notes Népalaises: Le Janaipurnimā et le Gosāĩkuṇḍa. In: Langues et Techniques Nature et Société 2 Approche ethnologique, Approche naturaliste. Éd. par Jacqueline M.C. Thomas et Lucien Bernot. Éditions Klincksieck, 73-80 (avec 4 planches). Gellner, David N. (1991): Ritualized Devotion, Altruism and Meditation: The Offering of the Guru Maṇýala in Newar Buddhism. IIJ Vol. 34, No. 3. 161-197. Bechert, Heinz (1996): The Original Buddha and the Recent Buddha: A Preliminary Report on Buddhism in a Gurung Community. Off-print from: Change and Continuity: Studies in the Nepalese Culture of the Kathmandu Valley, 367-376. Gellner, David (1988): Buddhism and Hinduism in the Nepal Valley. In: Stewart Sutherland [u.a.] (ed.), The World's Religions. London, 739-755. Höfer, András and Shrestha, P. Bishnu: Ghost exorcism among the Brahmans of Central Nepal. Central Asiatic Journal 17/1, 51-77. 336 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 4970 SD N 7 3 4969 SD N 7 4 4968 SD N 7 5 4971 SD N 7 6 4972 SD N 7 7 4973 4974 SD N 7 8 SD N 7 9 Höfer, András (1973): Is the bonbo an Ecstatic ? Some Ritual Techniques of Tamang Shamanism. In: Christoph von Fürer-Haimendorf (ed.), Contributions to the anthropology of Nepal. Proceedings of a Symposium held at the School of Oriental and African Studies University London June/July 1973, 168-182. Höfer, András (1971): Some Non-Buddhist Elements in Tamang Religion. Vasudha 14/3, 17-23. Höfer, András (1973): A Note on Possession in South Asia. In: Christoph von Fürer-Haimendorf (ed.), Contributions to the anthropology of Nepal. Proceedings of a Symposium held at the School of Oriental and African Studies University London June/July 1973, 159-167. Höfer, András (o.J.): Notes sur le culte du terroir chez les Tamang du Népal. In: Langues et Techniques - Nature et Société 2 Approche ethnologique, Approche naturaliste. Éd. par Jacqueline M.C. Thomas et Lucien Bernot. Éditions Klincksieck, 147-156. Lienhard, Siegfried (1978): Problèmes du syncrétisme religieux au Népal. Bulletin de l'École Française d'ExtrêmeOrient 65/1, 239-270. Macdonald, A. W. (1962): Notes préliminaires sur quelques jhākri du Muglān. Journal Asiatique, 107-139. Macdonald, A. W. (1966): Le Népal. Sources Orientales 7, 283-304. 337 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5130 SD ZA 1 1 5139 SD ZA 1 10 5140 SD ZA 1 11 5141 SD ZA 1 12 469 SD ZA 1 13 470 SD ZA 1 14 471 SD ZA 1 15 472 SD ZA 1 16 463 SD ZA 1 17 1356 SD ZA 1 18 5131 SD ZA 1 2 5132 5133 SD ZA 1 3 SD ZA 1 4 5134 SD ZA 1 5 5135 SD ZA 1 6 5136 SD ZA 1 7 Gabain, Annemarie von (1961): Der Buddhismus in Zentralasien. In: Handbuch der Orientalistik - Erste Abteilung: Der Nahe und der Mittlere Osten - Achter Band Religion 2. Abschnitt: Religionsgeschichte des Orients in der Zeit der Weltreligionen, 496-514. Grønbech, K. (1953): Mongolian in Tibetan script. Studia Orientalia 19/6, 3-8. Tedesco, P. (1954): Review: Ilya Gershevitch, A grammar of Manichean Sogdian. (Publications of the Philological Society 16). Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1954. Language 30/4, 485-489. Kaschewsky, Rudolf (1986): Die Religion der Mongolen. Die Mongolen, 87-123, 627-632 (Abbildungsverzeichnis und Abbildungen). Emmerick, R. E. (1987): Buddhism in Central Asia. The Encyclopedia of Religion. Ed. M. Eliade. Vol. 2. New York, 400-404. Chaloupková, Lyg_ima (1983): Izu_enie Zentral'noj Azii v Burjatii [Zentralasiatische Studien in Burjatien]. Archív Orientální 51, 240-248. Buchbesprechung Bareja-Starzy_ska, Agata (1994):Cerensodnom, Dalantai und Taube, Manfred (1993): Die Mongolica der Berliner Turfansammlung. Berliner Turfantexte XVI. Acta Orientalia 55, 295-300. Zhuulchin welcomes you to Mongolia.Informationsbroschüre Bischoff, Friedrich (1998): On the Chinese Version of some Manchu Imperial Titles. Acta Orientalia Academiae Scientiarum Hung. 51/1-2, 55-61. Marianne Yaldiz and Peter Zieme (2002): 100 Jahre Turfan-Expeditionen. Wege der Forschung in Archäologie, Kunstgeschichte und Philologie. Inä Jahrbuch Preußischer Kulturbesitz, Band 39, 307-327. Heissig, Walther (1976): Die Aufzeichnungen und Erforschung von Volksliteratur in der mongolischen Volksrepublik 1968-74. Central Asiatic Journal 20/4, 237-265. Bailey, H. W. (1951-1952): The Staël-Holstein miscellany. Asia Major (N.S.) 2, 1-45. Benveniste, Émile (1937-1939): Notes Sogdiennes. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 9, 495-519. Klimburg, Max (1985): Steppenkulturen Zentralasiens - Vorislamische Kunst und Kultur Zentralasiens. Leseliste zur Vorlesung im Sommersemester 1985, 4 Seiten. Bawden, C. R. (1957): A first description of a collection of Mongol manuscripts in the University Library, Cambridge. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 151-160. Bibliographie Manichaica, Non-Manichaean Literature. Acta Theologica Danica (Xuāstvānīft - Studies in Manichaeism by Jes P. Asmussen) 7 (1965) 265-286. 338 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5137 5138 5142 SD ZA 1 8 SD ZA 1 9 SD ZA 2 1 5143 SD ZA 2 2 5144 SD ZA 2 4 5145 SD ZA 2 5 5146 SD ZA 2 6 5147 SD ZA 2 7 930 SD ZA 2 8 5148 SD ZA 3 1 5149 SD ZA 3 2 5150 SD ZA 3 3 5151 SD ZA 3 4 5152 SD ZA 3 5 5153 SD ZA 3 6 409 SD ZA 3 7 Benveniste, E. (1951): Notes Sogdiennes. Journal Asiatique 239, 113-125. Veröffentlichungen zur Religionsgeschichte Zentralasiens von Hans-Joachim Klimkeit. 4 Seiten (typescript). Ligeti, Louis (1965): Le Kanǰur Mongol imprimé de la Bibliothèque Nationale. Journal Asiatique, 329-339. Heissig, Walther (1975): Toyin Guosi - Guisi alias ČOΓTU Guisi: Versuch einer Identifizierung. Zentralasiatische Studien 9, 361-446. Weller, Friedrich (1936): Der gedruckte mongolische Kanjur und die Leningrader Handschrift. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft (Neue Folge 15) 90, 399-431. Bawden, Charles R. (o.J.): A volume of the Kanjur in Manchu translation in the Library of the Welcome Institute. Zentralasiatische Studien 14/2, 65-84. Serruys, Henry (1980): On some ,editorial` terms in the Mongol Ganǰur. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 43, 520-531. Giles, Lionel (1933-1935): Dated Chinese Manuscripts in the Stein Collection. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 7, 809-836. Kudara, Kōgi und Zieme, Peter (1990): Uigurische Āgama-Fragmente (2). Altorientalische Forschungen 17, 130145. Iwanowsky, A. (1883): Dsandan dsou yin domok. Légende de la statue de Bouddha, faite en bois de Tchandana. Le Muséon 2, 93-104. Bosson, J. E. (1961): A rediscovered xylograph fragment from the Mongolian 'Phags-pa version of the Subhāṣitaratnanidhi. Central Asiatic Journal 6/1, 85-102. Clauson, Gerard (1959): The ḤP'ags-pa alphabet. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 22, 300-323. Sims-Williams, Nicholas (1981): The Sogdian fragments of Leningrad. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 44/2, 231-240. Skjaervo, Prods Oktor (1981): The old Khotanese fragment H 147 NS 115 and remarks on old Khotanese haṃdärväto, patīśu, vya and ya. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 44/3, 453-467. Shimin, Geng, Klimkeit, Hans-Joachim und Laut, Jens Peter (1987): "Der Herabstieg des Bodhisattva Maitreya vom Tuṣīta-Götterland zur Erde." Das 10. Kapitel der Hami-Handschrift der Maitrisimit. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung (Altorientalische Forschungen) 14/2, 350-376. Bareja-Starzy_ska, Agata (1991): Additional Notes on the Manuscripts of the _iqula Keregleg_i. Acta Orientalia Belgica, VI, 387-393. 339 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 412 SD ZA 3 8 5154 SD ZA 4 1 5163 SD ZA 4 10 5257 SD ZA 4 100 5258 SD ZA 4 101 5259 SD ZA 4 102 5260 SD ZA 4 103 5261 SD ZA 4 104 493 494 SD ZA 4 105 SD ZA 4 106 495 SD ZA 4 107 496 SD ZA 4 108 497 SD ZA 4 109 Hartmann, Jens-Uwe und Wille, Klaus und Zieme, Peter (1996): Indrasenas Beichte. Ein Sanskrit-Text in uigurischer Schrift aus Turfan. BIS 9, 203-216. Göbl, Robert (1975); Reiternomadismus und sesshafte Welt. Der Einbruch der Hunnen in die spätantike Zivilisation (Festvortrag). Almanach der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften (125. Jg.), 1-19. Heissig, Walther (1971): Unbekanntes Bildmaterial zur Geschichte der Khalkha im frühen 19. Jarhundert. Studia Mongolica 1 (9)/12, 163-168. Uray-Kőhalmi, K. (1985): K vogrosu o' o'razovanii kočevych gosudarstv (Na materyalach daurskoj glemennoj konfederajii XVII v.). Uralo-Agtaistika. Archeologija Ėtnografuja Jazyk. Ed. E. I. Ubrjatova. Akademija Nauk SSSR. Izdatel'stvo "Nauka" Sibirskoe Otdelenie, 124-129. Chandra, Lokesh (1984): Notes on Central Asian Buddhist iconography. Amr̥tadhārā - Professor R. N. Dandekar Felicitation Volume. Ed. by S.D. Joshi. Delhi: Ajanta Publications, 255-262. Gabain, A. v. (1955): Besprechung: P. Wilhelm Schmidt, der Ursprung der Gottesidee. Eine historisch-kritische und positive Studie. Bd 10, 3. Abt.: Die Religionen der Hirtenvölker 4. Die asiatischen Hirtenvölker. Die sekundären Hirtenvölker der Mongolen, der Burjaten, der Yuguren, sowie der Tungusen und der Yukagiren. Münster: Aschendorff, 1952. Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 1-2, Spalten 66-69. Zaturpanskij, Choros (1912-1913): Reisewege und Ergebnisse der deutschen Turfan-Expeditionen. Orientalisches Archiv 3, 116-127 (mit 1 Karte und 7 Abbildungen auf 2 Tafeln). Uray-Kőhalmi, Käthe (1987): Synkretismus im Staatskult der frühen Dschingisiden. In: Synkretismus in den Religionen Zentralasiens. Hsg. von Walther Heissig und Hans-Joachim Klimkeit. Ergebnisse eines Kolloquiums vom 24.5. bis 26.5. 1983 in St. Augustin bei Bonn. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz (= Studies in Oriental Religions 13), 136-158. Hambis, Louis (1956): The Mongols in the Ming Era (1368-1644). EW 7/2, 119-127. Kohzad, Ahmad Ali (1956): Afghanistan - Geographical and historical sketches of some localities. EW 7/2, 128-137. Zieme, Peter (1990): Neue sowjetische Veröffentlichungen über die alten Kulturen Xinjiangs. OLZ 85. Heft 2, Sp. 133-142. Tezcan, Semih und Zieme, Peter (1990): Antiislamische Polemik in einem alttürkischen buddhistischen Gedicht aus Turfan. Altorientalische Forschungen 17, 146-151. Klimkeit, Hans-J. (1986): Jesus' Entry into Parinirvāṇa. Manichaean Identity in Buddhist Central Asia. Numen 33/2, 225-240. 340 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5164 SD ZA 4 11 506 SD ZA 4 110 507 SD ZA 4 111 508 SD ZA 4 112 509 SD ZA 4 113 510 SD ZA 4 114 511 SD ZA 4 115 512 SD ZA 4 116 513 SD ZA 4 117 514 SD ZA 4 118 515 SD ZA 4 119 5165 SD ZA 4 12 528 SD ZA 4 120 Heissig, Walther (1970): On a preclassical Mongolian prayer from Olon Süme. In: Studies in General and Oriental Linguistics. Presented to Shirō Hattori on the Occasion of His Sixtieth Birthday. Ed. by Roman Jakobson and Shigeo Kawamoto. Tokyo: TEC Company, 230-234. Mair, Victor H. (1990): Chinese Popular Literature from Tun-huang: The State of the Field (1980-1990). [Draft] Prepared for the conference "Turfan and Tun-huang: The Texts". Venice, 15.-16.1.1990, 1-30. Mit Appendix (1-12). Vorobyova-Desyatovskaya, M. I. (1990): Leningrad Collection of the Sakish Business Documents and Problem of the Investigation of Central Asian Texts. [Draft prepared for the Conference "Turfan and Tun-huang: The Texts". Venice, 15.-16.1.1990], 1-13. Chayet Anne et Corneille Jest, (1991): Le monastere de la Felicite Tranquille, fondation imperiale en Mongolie. Arts Asiatiques XLVI,72-81. Demiéville, P. (1978): Appendice Sur "Damoduoluo" (Dharmatrā/ta/). Publ. de l'École Française d`Extrême-Orient, Paris, Mémoirs Archéologiques XIII, Peintures Monochromes de Dunhuang. Vacek, Jaroslav (1992): To Laugh, To Smile, To Deride in Dravidian and Mongolian. Pilc Journal of Dravidic Studies 2.2, 147-151 Uray-Kőhalmi, Catherine (1995): Besprechung: N. A. Alekseev, Schamanismus der Türken Sibiriens. Versuch einer vergleichenden arealen Untersuchung, 1987. Shaman, Vol.3 No.2, 181-183. Uray-Kőhalmi, Catherine (1995): E. S. Novik, Ritual und Folklore im sibirischen Schamanismus. Eine vergleichende Strukturanalyse, 1989. Shaman, 186-187. Uray-Kőhalmi, Catherine (1995): Besprechung: A. V. Smolyak, Shaman: lichnost´, funktsii, mirovozzrenie (narodï nizhnego Amura), 1991. Shaman, 188-190. Bareja, Agata (?): A Note on the Chapter on 'Tibetan History' in "_iqula Keregleg_i", ?, 1-6. Bareja, Agata (1992): The History of Ancient Tibet According to the XVIIth Century Mongolian Chronicle Erdeniyin Tob_i by Sayang Se_en. Tibetan Studies, Proceedings of the 5th Seminar of the IATS, 341-351. Heissig, Walther (1972): Ein mongolisches Flugblatt zur Mobilisierung gegen den Ölötenfürsten Galdan (1695/6). Oriens Extremus 1-2 (19. Jg.), 165-169. Uray-Kőhalmi, Käthe (1995) Buchbesprechung :Kürsath-Ahlers, Elcin (1994): Zur frühen Staatenbildung von Steppenvölkern: über die Sozio- und Psychogenese der eurasischen Nomadenreiche am Beispiel der Hsiung-Nu und Göktürken mit eigenem Exkurs über die Skythen (Sozialwissenschaftl. Schriften, H 28) Berlin. Wiener Zeitschrift für die Kunde des Morgenlandes 85, 377-395. 341 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 529 SD ZA 4 121 530 SD ZA 4 122 531 SD ZA 4 123 532 SD ZA 4 124 174 SD ZA 4 125 1355 SD ZA 4 126 1589 SD ZA 4 127 1590 SD ZA 4 128 1591 SD ZA 4 129 5166 SD ZA 4 13 1592 SD ZA 4 130 1593 SD ZA 4 131 1594 SD ZA 4 132 1595 SD ZA 4 133 1596 SD ZA 4 134 Huashan, Chao (1996): New Evidence of Manichaeism in Asia: A Description of some recently discovered Manichaean Temples in Turfan. MS, 267-315. Wang Long (Wang Lung) (1988): Transl. by. K. Okada: The Jinta (Chint'a) Temple at Zhangye (Changyeh), and Mogao (Mokao) Caves at Dunhuang (Tunhuang) - An Essay on the Two Gave Temples in Gansu (Kansu) Province in the Early Stage. ARS Buddhica 179, 71-87. [chin./jap.] Vacek, Jaroslav (1996): "To grow, to rise, to be great" in Dravidian and Altaic. 1. Stems with initial vowels. ArchOr 64, 295-334 Charvāt, Petr (1996): The Czech Lands, their Vicinity and the Silk Road in the Middle Ages - a Sample Bibliography. ArchOr 64, 411-422. Uray-Kőhalmi, Käthe (2000): Sibirische Religionen. TRE. Theologische Realenzyklopädie. Berlin, New York: Walter de Gruyter, 236-240. Nocola di Cosmo (1999): State Formation and Periodization in Inner Asian History. In: Journal of World History, 10-1, pp. 1-40. Schlingloff, Dieter (1997-1998): Das Mahāprātihārya in der zentralasiatischen Hīnayāna-Kunst. IT 23-24, 175-194. Rasuly-Paleczek, Gabriele (1998): Ethnic Identity versus Nationalism: The Uzbeks of North-Eastern Afghanistan and the Afghan State. In: Touraj Atabaki & John O'Kane (eds.), Post-Soviet Central Asia, London [u.a.], 204-230. Siklós, Bulcsu (1988): Buddhism in Mongolia. In: Stewart Sutherland [u.a.] (ed.), The World's Religions. London, 811-817. Heissig, Walther (1972): New Mongolian Minstrel Poems. Serie Orientale Roma - Orientalia Romana 4, 3-70. Uray-Kőhalmi, Käthe (1996): Das Weltbild der Tungusen und Mongolen in ihrer epischen Dichtung. In: Leander Petzoldt (ed.), Folk Narrative and World View. Vorträge des 10. Kongresses der Internationalen Gesellschaft für Volkserzählungsforschung (ISFNR) Innsbruck 1992. Bern [u.a.], 805-811. Uray-Kőhalmi, Katalin (1996): Review: William Rozycki, Mongol Elements in Manchu, Bloomington, 1994. Acta Orient. Hung. 49/1-2, 219-220. Uray-Kőhalmi, Katalin (1996): Review: Boudewijn Walrawen, Songs of the Shaman. The Ritual Chants of the Korean Mudang. London, New York, 1994. Acta Orient. Hung. 49/1-2, 220. U. Kőhalmi, Catherine (1997): Review: A.F. Anisimov, Kosmologische Vorstellungen der Völker Nordasiens. Übers. aus dem Russischen von Klaus E. Müller. Hamburg, 1991. Shaman 5/2, 169-170. U. Kőhalmi, Catherine (1997): Catherine U. Kőhalmi's Reply to R.A. Miller's Criticism Concerning her Review of 342 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 1678 SD ZA 4 135 5212 SD ZA 4 136 5167 SD ZA 4 14 5168 SD ZA 4 15 5169 SD ZA 4 16 5170 SD ZA 4 17 5171 SD ZA 4 18 5172 SD ZA 4 19 5155 SD ZA 4 2 5173 SD ZA 4 20 5174 SD ZA 4 21 5175 SD ZA 4 22 5176 SD ZA 4 23 5177 5178 SD ZA 4 24 SD ZA 4 25 5179 SD ZA 4 26 5180 SD ZA 4 27 R.A. Miller and Nelly Naumann's Book, Altjapanisch FaFuri. Shaman 5/2, 165-167. The Royal Geographic Society (1896): The Central Asian Expedition of Cap. Roborovsky and Lieut. Kosloff. The Geographical Journal 8, 161-174. Stein, Aurel M. (1911): Note on maps illustrating explorations in Chinese Turkestan and Kansu. Geographical Journal, 275-280 (with map). Heissig, Walther (1971): Das "Scheuter" Geser-Khan-Manuskript. Zentralasiatische Studien 5, 43-77. Heissig, Walther (1977): Dominik Schröders nachgelassene Monguor (Tu-jen)-Version eines Geser Khan-Epos aus Amdo. Zentralasiatische Studien 11, 287-299. Heissig, Walther (1974): Ein innermongolisches Gebet zum ewigen Himmel. Zentralasiatische Studien 8, 525-561. Heissig, Walther (1977): Das Epenmotiv vom Kampf Gesers mit dem schwarzgefleckten Tiger. Studia Orientalia 47, 89-101. Heissig, Walther (1969): Der Moghol-Dichter `Abd Al-Qãdir. Zentralasiatische Studien 3, 431-437. Heissig, Walther (1977): Eine Geser-Epos Variante aus Tsakhar - Γal Möndör QaΓan. Zentralasiatische Studien 11, 301-350. Brough, John (1970): Supplementary notes on third-century Shan-shan. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 33/1, 39-45. Heissig, Walther (1977): Zur Überlieferung der Gedichte und Lieder des 5. Noyan Khutukhtu Danǰinrabǰai (18031856). Central Asiatic Journal 21/3-4, 215-223. Heisiig, Walther (1977): Innermongolische Propagandadichtung der Sänger Paǰai und Muuökin. Oriens Extremus 1-2 (24. Jg.), 255-265. Heissig, Walther (1976): Eine Anrufung des "weissen Alten". Folia Rara, 51-60. Heissig, Walther (o.J.): Some New Information on Peasant Revolts and People's Uprisings in Eastern (Inner) Mongolia in the 19th Century (1861-1901). O.A., 77-99. Heissig, Walther (o.J.): The ČaΓadai-"Bilig" und ihre Historizität. O.A., 277-290. Samolin, W. (1958): Ethnographic aspects of the archaeology of the Tarim Basin. Central Asiatic Journal 4/1, 45-67. Bailey, H. W. (1971): The Culture of the Iranian Kingdom of Ancient Khotan in Chinese Turkestan. The Expansion of Early Indian Influence into Northern Asia. Memoirs of the Research Department of the Toyo Bunko 29, 16-29. Enoki, Kazuo (1963): The Location of the Capital of Lou-lan and the Date of Kharoṣṭhī Inscriptions. Memoirs of the Research Department of the Toyo Bunko 22, 124-171. 343 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5181 SD ZA 4 28 5156 SD ZA 4 3 5182 5183 SD ZA 4 30 SD ZA 4 30 5184 SD ZA 4 31 5185 SD ZA 4 32 5186 SD ZA 4 33 5187 SD ZA 4 34 5188 SD ZA 4 35 5189 SD ZA 4 36 5190 SD ZA 4 37 5191 5192 SD ZA 4 38 SD ZA 4 39 5157 SD ZA 4 4 5193 5194 SD ZA 4 40 SD ZA 4 41 5195 SD ZA 4 42 5196 SD ZA 4 43 Stein, Aurel (1922): A Chinese expedition across the Pamirs and Hindukush, A.D. 747. Geographical Journal 59, 112-131. Waldschmidt, Ernst (1959): Chinesische archäologische Forschungen in SIn-Kiang (Chinesisch-Turkestan). Orientalistische Literaturzeitung 5-6, Spalten 229-242. Bailey, H. W. (1970): Saka Studies: The ancient kingdom of Khotan. IRAN 8, 65-72. Bailey, H. W. (1971): The kingdom of Khotan. Papers on Far Eastern History 4, 1-16. Kljyaštornyj, Sergej G. (1961): Sur les colonies sogdiennes de la Haute Asie. Ural-Altaische Jahrbücher 33/1-2,9597. Moriyasu, Takao (1974): Three Stake Inscriptons as Source Materials for the History of Uighur Buddhism. Shigaku Zasshi 83/4, 38-53. Maljavkin, A. G. (1972): K voprosu o rasselenii Ujgurov posle gibeli ujgurskogo kaganata. Izvestija Sibirskogo Otdelennjy Akademii Nauk SSSR 1/1, 29-35. Bailey, H. W. (o.J.): Hvatana, Khotana, Khutan In: Klny.: Yādnāme-ye Firdausi., 46-55. Abe, Takao (1954): Where was the capital of the West Uighurs ? Zinbun-Kagaku Kenkyūmyō Kyōto University 1, 435-450. Bailey, H. W. (1967): Altun Khan. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 30, 95-104. Le Coq, A. v. (1909): A short account of the origin, journey, and results of the First Royal Prussion (Second German) expedition to Turfan in Chinese Turkestan. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 299-323. Bailey, H. W: (1949-1950): A Khotanese text concerning the Turks in Kantṣou. Asia Major (N.S.) 1, 27-52. Henning, W. B. (1949-1950): The name of the "Tokharian" language. Asia Major 1, 158-162. Sinor, D. (1935-1939): On Turkish Buddhism in Central Asia. In: Kőrösi Csoma-Archivum. Ed. by Gyula Németh. Supplementary volume 1 (repr. Leiden 1967), 391-396. Bailey, H. W. (1937-1939): Hvatanica II. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 9, 69-78. Bailey, H. W. (1937-1939): Hvatanica III. Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 9, 521-543. Klimkeit, Hans-Joachim (1979): Das Kreuzessymbol in der zentralasiatischen Religionsbewegung. Zum Verhältnis von Christologie und Buddhologie in der zentralasiatischen Kunst. Zeitschrift für Religions- und Geistesgeschichte 31, 93-115. Leumann, Manu (1967): Neue Fragmente des altkhotanischen "Lehrgedichts". Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 117, 366-375. 344 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5197 SD ZA 4 44 5198 SD ZA 4 45 5199 SD ZA 4 45 5200 SD ZA 4 47 5201 SD ZA 4 48 5202 SD ZA 4 49 5158 SD ZA 4 5 5203 5204 SD ZA 4 50 SD ZA 4 51 5205 SD ZA 4 52 5206 SD ZA 4 53 5207 SD ZA 4 54 5208 SD ZA 4 55 5209 SD ZA 4 56 5210 SD ZA 4 57 5211 SD ZA 4 58 5159 SD ZA 4 6 5213 SD ZA 4 60 Minorsky, V. (1937-1939): The Khazars and the Turks in the Ākām al-Marjān. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 9, 141-150. Pelliot, Paul (1912): Kao-Tch'ang, Qočo, Houo-Tcheou et Qarā-Khodja. Journal Asiatique 19, 579-603. Schindler, B. (1949-1950): Preliminary account of the work of Henri Maspero concerning the Chinese documents on wood and on paper discovered by Sir Aurel Stein on his expedition to Central Asia. Asia Major 1, 216-264 (7 figures). Bailey, H. W. (1937-1939): Indo-Turcica. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 9, 289-302. Jisl, Lumír (1963): Hans Leder, ein vergessener Reisender. Abhandlungen und Berichte des Staatlichen Museums für Völkerkunde Dresden 22, 25-52 (1 Karte und 2 Abbildungen). Bischoff, F. A. (1961): Eine buddhistische Wiedergabe christlicher Bräuche: Glanzvolles Manifest genanntes Sūtra. Monumenta Serica 20, 282-310. Sinor, Dénes (1935-1939): A középázsiai török buddhizmusról. In: Kőrösi Csoma-Archivum. Ed. by Gyula Németh. Supplementary volume 1 (repr. Leiden 1967), 353-390. Bethlenfalvy, Géza (1968): Tibetiszikai tanulmányúton Mongóliában. MTA I. Oszt. Közl. 25, 386-392. Stein, Aurel M. (o.J.): La traversée du désert par Hiuan-tsang en 630 ap. J.-C. O.A., 332-354. Stein, Aurel M. (1940): Introduction - Old routes of Western Īrān. Narrative of an archaeological journey carried out and recorded. London: Macmillan and Co, 7-20. Stein, Aurel M. (1901): Archaeological discoveries in the neighbourhood of the Niya river. Hertfort: Stephen Austin & Sons, 1-4. Stein, Aurel M. (1909): Explorations in Central Asia, 1906-8. Geographical Journal, 5-66. Stein, Aurel (1941): The Ancient Trade Route past Hatra and its Roman Posts. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 299-316. Stein, Aurel (o.J.): Innermost Asia and the story of China's Central-asian expansion. O.A., 1-24 (with map). Stein, Aurel (1932): On ancient tracks past the Pāmīrs. Himalayan Journal 4, 1-24 (mit Karte, 2 Zeitungsausschnitten). Stein, Aurel (1933): Note on a map of the Turfan BAsin. Geographical Journal 82/3, 236-246 (with map). Nacagdorz, D. übertragen von Walther Heissig (1965): Die Mongolen (3) - Moderne mongolische Kurzgeschichten. Die Waage 4, 213-216. Pelliot, Paul (1914): Chrétiens d'Asie Centrale et d'Extrême-Orient. T'oung Pao 15, 623-644. 345 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5214 SD ZA 4 61 5215 SD ZA 4 62 5216 SD ZA 4 63 5217 SD ZA 4 64 5218 SD ZA 4 65 5219 SD ZA 4 66 5220 SD ZA 4 67 5221 SD ZA 4 68 5222 SD ZA 4 69 5160 SD ZA 4 7 5223 SD ZA 4 70 5224 SD ZA 4 71 5225 SD ZA 4 72 5226 SD ZA 4 73 5227 SD ZA 4 74 5228 SD ZA 4 75 Martin, H. Desmond (1942): The Mongol Wars with Hsi Hsia (1204-27). Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 195228 (with map). Moses, Larry W. (1980): Mongol Buddhism in the Imperial period. Journal of the Ganganatha Kha Kendriya Sanskrita Vidyapeetha 34/1-4, 157-194. Peoples and Religions in Central Asia (chapter four). Acta Theologica Danica (Xuāstvānīft - Studies in Manichaeism by Jes P. Asmussen) 7 (1965) 130-166, 286-292 (with abbreviations and Index). Chatterji, Suniti Kumar (1973): Hindus and Turks: India-Central Asia relations: Buddhism, Chinese culture and Islam. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Kendriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha 29/1-4, 173-201. Chandra, Lokesh (1970): The Buddhist temples in Eastern Siberia. Journal of the Ganganatha Jha Research Institute 26/1-3, 629-635. Devéria, M. G. (1896): Notes d'épigraphie mongole-chinoise. Journal Asiatique (N.S.) 8, 94-128, 395-443. Klimkeit, Hans Joachim (1983): Der Stifter im Lande der Seidenstraßen. Bemerkungen zur buddhistischen Laienfrömmigkeit. Zeitschrift für Religions- und Geistesgeschichte 35/4, 289-308. Klimkeit, Hans-Joachim (1983): Das manichäische Königtum in Zentralasien. Veröffentlichungen der Societas Uralo-Altaica 18, 225-244. Klimkeit, Hans-J. (1983): The sun and moon as gods in Central Asia. Saras Bulletin 2, 11-23. Heissig, W. (1970-1971): Review: G. Kara, Chants d'un bard Mongol. (Bibliotheca Orientalis Hungarica 12). Budapest: Akadémia Kiado, 1970. Oriens 23-24, 578-580. Klimkeit, Hans-Joachim (1983): Gottes- und Selbsterfahrung in der gnostisch-buddhistischen Religionsbegegnung Zentralasiens. Zeitschrift für Religions- und Geistesgeschichte 35/3, 236-247. Klimkeit, Hans-Joachim (1984): Die Welt als Wirklichkeit und Gleichnis im Buddhismus Zentralasiens. Eranos 53, 83-126. Klimkeit, Hans-Joachim (1984): Die türkischen Parallelen zum Chinesisch-Manichäischen Traktat. Zentralasiatische Studien 17, 82-117. Chayel, Anne (1985): Review: Monique Maillard, Grottes et monuments d'asie centrale. Paris: Jean Maisonneuve, 1983. Arts Asiatiques - Annales du Musée Guimet et du Musée Cernuschi 40, 139-140. Franke, Herbert (1985): The exploration of the Yellow River sources under Emperor Qubilai in 1281. Serie Orientale Roma 56/1, 401-416. Klimkeit, Hans-Joachim (1985): Buddha als Vater. In: Fernöstliche Weisheit und christlicher Glaube. Festgabe für 346 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5229 SD ZA 4 75 5230 SD ZA 4 76 5231 SD ZA 4 77 5232 SD ZA 4 78 5233 SD ZA 4 79 5161 SD ZA 4 8 5234 SD ZA 4 80 5235 SD ZA 4 81 5236 SD ZA 4 82 5237 SD ZA 4 83 5238 SD ZA 4 84 Heinrich Dumoulin SJ zur Vollendung des 80. Lebensjahres. Hsg. von Hans Waldenfels und Thomas Immoos. Mainz: Matthias-Grünewald-Verlag, 235-259. Puri, B. N. (1983): Central asian Printings. A Thematic and Analytical Study. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture),18 pages (typescript). Uyeno, Aki (1983): Paintings of Astāna and excavated literature. Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture),11 pages (typescript). Lyonnet, Bertille (1985): Contributions récentes de la céramologie à l'histoire de l'Afghanistan. Arts Asiatiques Annales du Musée Guimet et du Musée Cernuschi 40, 41-52. Bongard-Levin, G. M. (1983): Archaeological research in Soviet Central Asia and ancient Indian civilization (Kushana Period). Presented at The 31st International Congress of Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa, Tokyo and Kyoto: Toho Gakkai (Institute of Eastern Culture),11 pages (typescript). Nishida, Tatsuo (o.J.): (Kō en) Seieki no Gengo no Hensen to Chūkoku-go [Change of languages in the West of China and Chinese]. 9 pages. Heissig, Walther (o.J.): Die Ballade von Toγtoqu tayiǰi (1863-1922) als Zeitdokument. In: Asien - Tradition und Fortschritt. Festschrift für Horst Hammitzsch zu seinem 60. Geburtstag. Hsg. von Lydia Brüll und Ulrich Kemper. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 193-197. Lunina, Swetlana B. (1986): Die Stadt Merw, ein Zentrum des Kunsthandwerks im mittalalterlichen Orient. In: Festschrift Heinrich Gerhard Franz zum 70. Geburtstag. Hsg. von Brucher et al. Graz, 221-227, 573-579 (mit 17 Tafeln). Fischer, Klaus (1986): Reit- und Transporttiere des Altertums und der Gegenwart im Gebiet der "Seidenstrassen". In: Festschrift Heinrich Gerhard Franz zum 70. Geburtstag. Hsg. von Brucher et al. Graz, 87-92, 521-528 (mit 14 Tafeln). Aubin, Françoise (1979): (Review:) Etudes mongoles et sibériennes (anciennement Etudes mongoles) 8, 1977 (Centre d'Etudes mongoles du Laboratoire d'ethnologie et de sociologie comparative auprès de l'Université de ParisX, Nanterre, 1978). Archives de Sciences Sociales des Religions 47/2, o.A. Emmerick, R. E. (1981): Khotanese bihīya again. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 44/3, 445452. Skjaervø, Prods Oktor (1985): Khotanese v- <old Iranian * dw-. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African 347 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5239 SD ZA 4 85 5240 SD ZA 4 86 5241 5242 5243 5244 SD ZA 4 87a SD ZA 4 87b SD ZA 4 87c SD ZA 4 87d 5245 SD ZA 4 88 5246 SD ZA 4 89 5162 SD ZA 4 9 5247 SD ZA 4 90 5248 SD ZA 4 91 5249 SD ZA 4 92 5250 SD ZA 4 93 5251 SD ZA 4 94 5252 SD ZA 4 95 Studies 48/1, 60-73. Mackenzie, D. N. (1983): Sogdian thieves. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 46/3, 534-535. Mackenzie, D. N. (1985): More thieves, fewer members. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 48, 121. Bailey, H. W. (1958): Arya. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 21, 522-545. Bailey, H. W. (1960): Arya II. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 23, 13-39. Bailey, H. W. (1961): Arya III. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 24, 470-483. Bailey, H. W. (1963): Arya IV. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 26, 69-91. Giles, Lionel (1933-1935): Review: Arthur Waley, A Catalogue of Paintings Recovered from Tun-Huang by Sir Aurel Stein, K.C.I.E., Preserved in the Sub-Department of Oriental Prints and Drawings in the British Museum and in the Museum of Central Asian Antiquities, Delhi. London: Printed by order of the Trustees of the British Museum and of the Government of India, 1931. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 7, 179-192. Giles, Lionel (1933-1935): A Topograghical Fragment from Tunhuang. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 7, 545-573. Heissig, Walther (o.J.): Die mongolische Literatur. In: Die Literaturen der Welt. Zürich: Kindler Verlag, 1133-1140. Clauson, Gerard (1973): Review: Eric Grinstead, Analysis of the Tangut script. (Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies Monograh 10). Lund: Studentenlitteratur, 1972. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 36, 696-698. Bailey, H. W. (1973): Taklamakan miscellany. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 36, 224-227 (with 4 plates). Emmerick, R. E. (1973): Review: James Russell Hamilton (ed. and tr.), Manuscrits ouïgours de Touen-Houang. Le conte bouddhique du bon et du mauvais prince en version ouïgoure. (Mission Paul Pelliot. Documents conservés à la Bibliothèque Nationale 3). Paris: Klincksieck, 1971. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 36, 693696. Hoernle, A. F. Rudolf (March, April 1900): A note on the British Collection of Central Asian Antiquities. Indian Antiquary 29, 63-73, 98-102. Stein, M. Aurel (Dec.1909, Jan.-Feb. 1910): Archaeological notes during explorations in Central Asia in 1906-8. Indian Antiquary 38, 297-302; 39, 11-18, 33-43 (with map). Miller, Roy Andrew (1977): I-Ching San-Tsang in Uigur. Central Asiatic Journal 21, 118-125. 348 Sonderdrucksammlung Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde: Titlelliste (14.07.2011) 5253 SD ZA 4 96 5254 SD ZA 4 97 5255 SD ZA 4 98 5256 SD ZA 4 99 Jarring, Gunnar (1977): Das Schicksal der zentralasiatischen wissenschaftlichen Erbschaft von Philipp Johann Strahlenberg. Central Asiatic Journal 21, 224-228. Utas, Bo (1968): The Jewish-Persian Fragment from Dandān-Uiliq. Orientalia Suecana 17, 123-136. Uray-Kőhalmi, Käthe (1984): Berichte der geheimen Gechichte der Mongolen und des Altan Tobči über Činggis Qan's Politik gegenüber den östlichen ǰürčen. Acta Orient. Hung. 38/3, 289-302. Uray Kőhalmi, Käthe (1985): Die brave Schwester, die böse Schwester und der weisse Hase. In: Fragen der mongolischen Heldendichtung Teil III. Vorträge des 4. Epensymposiums des Sonderforschungsbereichs 12, Bonn 1983. Hsg. von Walther Heissig. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 112-124. 349